As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on February 26, 2008

Securities Act File No. 33-43446

Investment Company Act File No. 811-06444

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM N-1A

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 x

Pre-Effective Amendment No.

Post-Effective Amendment No. 90

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 x

Amendment No. 90

(Check appropriate box or boxes)

 

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

 

 

125 Broad Street, New York, New York   10004
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code (800) 451-2010

Robert I. Frenkel

Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, Connecticut 06902

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

COPY TO:

Burton M. Leibert, Esq.

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019

Continuous

(Approximate Date of Proposed Offering)

It is proposed that this filing will become effective:

 

  ¨ immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
  ¨ on                      pursuant to paragraph (b)
  x 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
  ¨ on                      pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
  ¨ 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
  ¨ on                      pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485.

If appropriate, check the following box:

  ¨ This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

This filing relates solely to Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund, Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund, Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund, Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund, Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund, Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund and Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund.

 


PROSPECTUS

April     , 2008

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any statement to the contrary is a crime.

LOGO

Legg Mason Partners

Appreciation Fund

Class A, B, C, FI, R, I and IS Shares

 

 

INVESTMENT PRODUCTS: NOT  FDIC  INSURED • NO  BANK  GUARANTEE • MAY  LOSE  VALUE


Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund

Contents

 

Investments, risks and performance

  2

More on the fund’s investments

  8

Management

  10

Choosing a class of shares to buy

  13

Comparing the fund’s classes

  15

Sales charges

  16

More about contingent deferred sales charges

  20

Retirement and institutional investors

  21

Buying shares

  24

Exchanging shares

  25

Redeeming shares

  27

Other things to know about transactions

  29

Dividends, distributions and taxes

  33

Share price

  35

Financial highlights

  37

As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund with the same name, effective April 16, 2007. Any information in this Prospectus relating to the fund prior to April 16, 2007 relates to the fund’s predecessor.


 

Investments, risks and performance

Investment objective

The fund seeks to provide long-term appreciation of shareholders’ capital.

Principal investment strategies

Key investments

The fund invests primarily in equity securities of U.S. companies. The fund typically invests in medium and large capitalization companies, but may also invest in small capitalization companies. Equity securities include exchange-traded and over-the-counter common stocks and preferred stocks, debt securities convertible into equity securities, and warrants and rights relating to equity securities.

Selection process

The portfolio managers’ investment strategy consists of individual company selection and management of cash reserves. The portfolio managers look for investments among a strong core of growth and value stocks, consisting primarily of blue chip companies dominant in their industries. The fund may also invest in companies with prospects for sustained earnings growth and/or a cyclical earnings record.

In selecting individual companies for the fund’s portfolio, the portfolio managers look for the following:

n  

Strong or rapidly improving balance sheets

n  

Recognized industry leadership

n  

Effective management teams that exhibit a desire to earn consistent returns for shareholders

In addition, the portfolio managers consider the following characteristics:

n  

Past growth records

n  

Future earnings prospects

n  

Technological innovation

n  

General market and economic factors

n  

Current yield or potential for dividend growth

Generally, companies in the fund’s portfolio fall into one of the following categories:

n  

Undervalued companies: companies with assets or earning power that are either unrecognized or undervalued. The portfolio managers generally look for a catalyst that will unlock these values. The portfolio managers also look for companies that are expected to have unusual earnings growth or whose stocks appear likely to go up in value because of market changes in the way they do business (for example, a corporate restructuring)

n  

Growth at a reasonable price: companies with superior demonstrated and expected growth characteristics whose stocks are available at a reasonable price. Typically, there is strong recurring demand for these companies’ products

The portfolio managers adjust the amount held in cash reserves depending on the portfolio managers’ outlook for the stock market. The portfolio managers will increase the fund’s allocation to cash when, in the portfolio managers’ opinion, market valuation levels become excessive. The portfolio managers may sometimes hold a significant portion of the fund’s assets in cash while waiting for buying opportunities or to provide a hedge against

 

2         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

stock market declines. If the fund holds a significant portion of its assets in cash during periods of stock market increases, that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objective.

Principal risks of investing in the fund

Investing in equity securities can bring benefits, but it may also involve risks. Investors could lose money on their investment in the fund, or the fund may not perform as well as other investments, if:

n  

The U.S. stock market declines

n  

Large and medium capitalization stocks or growth stocks are temporarily out of favor

n  

An adverse event depresses the value of a company’s stock

n  

The portfolio managers’ judgment about the attractiveness, value or potential appreciation of a particular stock or about the amount to hold in cash reserves proves to be incorrect

Who may want to invest

The fund may be an appropriate investment if you:

n  

Are seeking to participate in the long-term capital appreciation potential of the stock market

n  

Are willing to accept the risks of investing in the stock market

n  

Are planning for a long-term goal and can tolerate periods of market volatility

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         3


 

Performance information

The following shows summary performance information for the fund in a bar chart and an Average Annual Total Returns table. The information provides an indication of the risks of investing in the fund by showing changes in its performance from year to year and by showing how the fund’s average total annual returns compare with the returns of the S&P 500 Index, a broad-based unmanaged securities market index of large capitalization companies. The bar chart below shows performance of the fund’s Class A shares, but does not reflect the impact of sales charges (loads). If it did, the returns would be lower than those shown . Unlike the bar chart, the performance for Class A, B, C, I (1) and R shares in the Average Annual Total Returns table reflects the impact of the maximum sales charge (load) applicable to the respective classes and, where indicated, the performance for Class A shares reflects the impact of taxes paid on distributions and on the redemption of shares at the end of the period. No performance information is presented for Class IS shares because no Class IS shares were offered prior to the date of this Prospectus. The returns of Class IS shares would differ from those of other classes to the extent that this class bears different expenses. The performance information shown below is that of the fund’s predecessor. The fund’s past performance, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future.

Total Returns for Class A Shares

LOGO

Highest and lowest quarter returns: (for periods shown in the bar chart)

Highest:         % in      quarter         ; Lowest:         % in      quarter         .

 

(1)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

4         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Average Annual Total Returns (for periods ended December 31, 2007)

 

      1 Year     5 Years     10 Years     Since
Inception
    Inception
Date

Class A

         
 
Return before taxes (1)            %            %            %   N/A     03/10/70
 
Return after taxes on distributions (1)(2)            %            %            %   N/A    
 
Return after taxes on distributions and sale of fund shares (1) (2)            %            %            %   N/A    
 

Other Classes (Return before taxes only)

 

       
 

Class B

           %            %            %   N/A     11/06/92
 

Class C

           %            %            %   N/A     02/04/93
 

Class I (3)

           %            %            %   N/A     01/30/96
 

Class R

           %   N/A     N/A              %   12/28/06
 

Class FI (4)

  N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A    
 
S&P 500 Index (5)            %            %            %     n/a
 

 

(1)

 

On November 20, 2006, the maximum initial sales charge on Class A shares was increased for sales made on and after that date. The average annual returns for Class A shares in the table have been calculated as if the increased maximum initial sales charge had been in effect for the entire period.

 

(2)

 

After-tax returns are calculated using the highest historical individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown. The after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. In some cases the return after taxes may exceed the return before taxes due to an assumed tax benefit from any losses on a sale of fund shares at the end of the measurement period. After-tax returns shown above are for Class A shares only. After-tax returns for other share classes will vary.

 

(3)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

(4)

 

No Class FI shares were outstanding during the calendar year ended December 31, 2007.

 

(5)

 

The S&P 500 Index is an unmanaged market-value weighted index comprised of 500 widely held common stocks. The index does not reflect deductions for fees, expenses or taxes.

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         5


 

Fee table

This table sets forth the fees and expenses you may pay if you invest in fund shares.

Shareholder fees

 

(paid directly from

your investment)

  Class A     Class B     Class C     Class FI   Class R   Class I (1)   Class IS
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a % of offering price)   5.75 %   None     None     None   None   None   None
 
Maximum contingent deferred sales charge (load) (as a % of the lower of net asset value at purchase or redemption)   None (2)   5.00 %   1.00 %   None   None   None   None
 

Annual fund operating expenses

 

(paid by the fund as a
% of net assets)
  Class A     Class B     Class C     Class FI (5)     Class R     Class I (1)     Class IS (5)  
Management fee (3)   0.56 %   0.56 %   0.56 %   0.56 %   0.56 %   0.56 %   0.56 %
   
Distribution and service (12b-1) fees   0.25 %   1.00 %   1.00 %   0.25 %   0.50 %   None     None  
   
Other expenses (4)            %            %            %            %            %            %            %
   
Total annual fund operating expenses            %            %            %            %            %            %            %
   

 

(1)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

(2)

 

You may buy Class A shares in amounts of $1,000,000 or more at net asset value (without an initial sales charge) but if you redeem those shares within 12 months of their purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

 

(3)

 

The fund has a management fee schedule that reduces the management fee rate as assets increase as follows: 0.75% on assets up to and including $250 million; 0.70% on assets over $250 million and up to an including $500 million; 0.65% on assets over $500 million and up to and including $1 billion; 0.60% on assets over $1 billion and up to and including $2 billion; 0.55% on assets over $2 billion and up to and including $3 billion; and 0.50% on assets over $3 billion.

 

(4)

 

Class A, B, C, FI, R and I shares include a fee for recordkeeping services.

 

(5)

 

Other expenses have been estimated for the current fiscal year.

 

6         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Example

This example helps you compare the costs of investing in the fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. Your actual costs may be higher or lower. The example assumes:

n  

You invest $10,000 in the fund for the period shown

n  

Your investment has a 5% return each year — the assumption of a 5% return is required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for purposes of this example and is not a prediction of the fund’s future performance

n  

You reinvest all distributions and dividends without a sales charge

n  

The fund’s operating expenses (before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, if any) remain the same

Number of years you own your shares

 

      1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years  

Class A (with or without redemption)

  $            $            $            $           
   

Class B (redemption at end of period)

  $            $            $            $          (1)
   

Class B (no redemption)

  $            $            $            $          (1)
   

Class C (redemption at end of period)

  $            $            $            $           
   

Class C (no redemption)

  $            $            $            $           
   

Class FI (with or without redemption)

  $            $            $            $           
   

Class R (with or without redemption)

  $            $            $            $           
   

Class I (2) (with or without redemption)

  $            $            $            $           
   

Class IS (with or without redemption)

  $            $            $            $           
   

 

(1)

 

Assumes conversion to Class A shares approximately eight years after purchase.

 

(2)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         7


 

More on the fund’s investments

The fund’s investment objective and principal investment strategies are described under the section entitled “Investments, risks and performance” above. This section provides further information about the investment strategies that may be used by the fund.

The fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval.

Derivatives and hedging techniques

The fund may use derivative contracts, such as futures and options on securities and securities indices and options on these futures, for any of the following purposes:

n  

To hedge against the economic impact of adverse changes in the market value of its securities, because of changes in stock market prices

n  

As a substitute for buying or selling securities

n  

As a cash flow management technique

A derivative contract will obligate or entitle the fund to deliver or receive an asset or cash payment based on the change in value of one or more securities or indices. Even a small investment in derivative contracts can have a big impact on the fund’s stock market exposure. Therefore, using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when stock prices are changing. The fund may not fully benefit from or may lose money on derivatives if changes in their value do not correspond as anticipated to changes in the value of the fund’s holdings. The other parties to certain derivative contracts present the same types of credit risk as issuers of fixed income securities. Derivatives can also make the fund less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets.

Foreign investments

The fund may invest up to 10% of its net assets in the securities of foreign issuers, either directly or in the form of depositary receipts representing an interest in those securities. The fund’s investments in securities of foreign issuers involve greater risk than investments in securities of U.S. issuers. Many foreign countries the fund invests in have markets that are less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets. In some foreign countries, less information is available about issuers and markets because of less rigorous accounting and regulatory standards than in the United States. Currency fluctuations could erase investment gains or add to investment losses. The risks of investing in foreign securities are greater for securities of emerging market issuers because political or economic instability, lack of market liquidity, and negative government actions, such as currency controls or seizure of private businesses or property, are more likely.

Defensive investing

The fund may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions in any type of money market instrument and short-term debt securities or cash without regard to any percentage limitations. If the fund takes a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective.

 

8         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Short sales

The fund may sell securities short from time to time. The fund may hold no more than 25% of the fund’s net assets (taken at the then-current market value) as required collateral for such sales at any one time. A short sale is a transaction in which the fund sells securities it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of the securities. A short sale of a security involves the risk that instead of declining, the price of the security sold short will rise. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security, the fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the fund will realize a gain. The short sale of securities involves the possibility of a theoretically unlimited loss since there is a theoretically unlimited potential for the market price of the security sold short to increase.

Portfolio holdings

The fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the fund’s portfolio securities are described in the Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”).

Other information

The fund also may use other strategies and invest in other securities that are described, along with their risks, in the fund’s SAI. However, the fund might not use all of the strategies and techniques or invest in all of the types of securities described in this Prospectus or in the SAI. Also note that there are many other factors, which are not described here, that could adversely affect your investment and that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objective.

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         9


 

Management

Manager and subadviser

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) is the fund’s investment manager. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the fund’s cash and short-term instruments. As of September 30, 2007, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $190 billion. ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge” or the “subadviser”) provides the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund.

ClearBridge has offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018 and is a recently-organized investment adviser that has been formed to succeed to the equity securities portfolio management business of Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”), which was acquired by Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”) in December 2005. As of September 30, 2007, ClearBridge’s total assets under management were approximately $107.6 billion.

LMPFA and ClearBridge are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion.

Portfolio managers

Harry D. Cohen, managing director and co-chief investment officer of the subadviser, has been responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund’s portfolio since 1979. Scott Glasser, managing director and investment officer of the subadviser, has shared the responsibility for the day-to-day management of the fund’s portfolio since 1995.

The SAI provides additional information about the compensation of the portfolio managers, any other accounts managed by the portfolio managers, and any fund shares held by the portfolio managers.

Management fee

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund paid a management fee of [       ]% of the fund’s average daily net assets for management services.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the fund’s current management agreement and subadvisory agreements is available in the fund’s annual report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

Distribution plan

Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS” or the “distributor”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

The fund has adopted a shareholder services and distribution plan for its Class A, B, C, FI and R shares. Under the plan, the fund pays distribution and/or service fees. The plan provides for payments, based on annualized percentages of average daily net assets, of up to 0.25% for Class A and Class FI shares; up to 1.00% for Class B and Class C; and up to 0.50% for Class R shares. These fees are an ongoing expense and, over time, will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than other types of sales charges. Class I and Class IS shares are not subject to any distribution and/or service fees.

 

10         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

In addition, the distributor may make payments for distribution and/or shareholder servicing activities out of its past profits and other available sources. The distributor may also make payments to dealers for marketing, promotional or related expenses. The amount of these payments is determined by the distributor and may be substantial. The manager or an affiliate may make similar payments under similar arrangements.

The payments described in the paragraph above are often referred to as “revenue sharing payments.” The recipients of such payments may include the fund’s distributor, affiliates of the manager, broker/dealers, financial institutions and other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of the fund. In some circumstances, such payments may create an incentive for an intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the fund to you. Please contact your financial intermediary for details about revenue sharing payments it may receive.

Recent developments

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against Smith Barney Fund Management (“SBFM”), the then-investment adviser or manager to the fund, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”), a former distributor of the fund, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds, including the fund (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that CAM, the Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”) business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed.

SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding. The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         11


 

Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no certainty as to how the above-described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ Boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Funds. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

 

12         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Choosing a class of shares to buy

Individual investors can generally choose among three classes of shares: Classes A, B and C shares. Individual investors that held Class I (formerly Class Y) shares prior to November 20, 2006, may continue to invest in Class I shares. Institutional and retirement plan investors and clients of financial intermediaries should refer to “Retirement and institutional investors” below for a description of the classes available to them. Each class has different sales charges and expenses, allowing you to choose the class that best meets your needs.

When choosing which class of shares to buy, you should consider:

n  

How much you plan to invest

n  

How long you expect to own the shares

n  

The expenses paid by each class detailed in the Fee table and Example at the front of this Prospectus

n  

Whether you qualify for any reduction or waiver of sales charges

If you are choosing between Class A and Class B shares, it will in almost all cases be the more economical choice for you to purchase Class A shares if you plan to purchase shares in an amount of $100,000 or more (whether in a single purchase or through aggregation of eligible holdings). This is because of the reduced sales charge available on larger investments of Class A shares and the lower ongoing expenses of Class A shares compared to Class B shares.

If you intend to invest for only a few years, the effect of Class B contingent deferred sales charges on redemptions made within five years of purchase, as well as the effect of higher expenses of that class, might make an investment in Class C more appropriate. There is no initial sales charge on Class C shares, and the contingent deferred sales charge does not apply to shares redeemed one year or more after purchase.

However, if you plan to invest a large amount and your investment horizon is five years or more, Class C shares might not be as advantageous as Class A shares. The annual distribution and service fees on Class C shares may cost you more over the longer term than the front-end sales charge you would have paid for larger purchases of Class A shares.

You may buy shares:

n  

Through banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual funds supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distribution to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”)

n  

Directly from the fund

Different types of shareholder services may be available to you under arrangements offered by different Service Agents. In addition, these services may vary depending on the share class in which you choose to invest. In making your decision regarding which share class to buy, please keep in mind that your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending on the share class in which you invest. Investors should consult with their Service Agent about comparative pricing of shareholder services available to them under each available share class, the compensation that will be received by their Service Agent in connection with each available share class, and other factors that may be relevant to the investor’s choice of share class in which to invest.

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         13


 

Not all classes of shares are available through each Service Agent. You should contact your Service Agent for further information about available share classes.

Investment minimums

Minimum initial and additional investment amounts vary depending on the class of shares you buy and the nature of your investment.

 

   

Investment Minimum

Initial/Additional Investments (1)

      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class I
(formerly Y)
 

Class IS

General

  $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

IRAs and Uniform Gifts or Transfers to Minor Accounts

  $ 250/$50   $ 250/$50   $ 250/$50   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

SIMPLE IRAs

  $ 1/$1   $ 1/$1   $ 1/$1   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

Systematic Investment Plans

  $ 25/$25   $ 25/$25   $ 25/$25   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

  $ 1/$1     n/a     n/a   None /

None

  n/a   None /

None

 

n/a

 

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

    n/a     n/a    

 

None /

None

  None /

None

  None /

None

  None /

None

 

None/
None

 

Other Retirement Plans

  $ 50/$50   $ 50/$50   $ 50/$50   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

Institutional Investors

  $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   n/a   n/a   $1 million/

None

  $1 million/

None

 

 

(1)

 

Please refer to the section entitled “Retirement and institutional investors” for additional information regarding the investment minimum and eligibility requirements for Retirement Plans, Institutional Investors and Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries.

More information about the fund’s classes of shares is available through the Legg Mason Partners’ Funds website. You’ll find detailed information about sales charges and ways you can qualify for reduced or waived sales charges, including:

n  

The front-end sales charges that apply to the purchase of Class A shares

n  

The contingent deferred sales charges that apply to the redemption of Class B shares, Class C shares and certain Class A shares (redeemed within one year)

n  

Who qualifies for lower sales charges on Class A shares

n  

Who qualifies for a sales load waiver

To access the website, go to http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and click on the name of the fund.

 

14         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Comparing the fund’s classes

The following table compares key features of the fund’s classes. You should review the Fee table and Example at the front of this Prospectus carefully before choosing your share class. Your Service Agent can help you decide which class meets your goals. Your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending upon which class you choose.

 

      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class I
(formerly Y)
 

Class IS

Key features  

n  Initial sales charge

n  You may qualify for reduction or waiver of initial sales charge

n  Generally lower annual expenses than Class B and Class C

 

n  No initial sales charge

n  Contingent deferred sales charge declines over time

n  Converts to Class A after approximately 8 years

n  Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

 

n  No initial sales charge

n  Contingent deferred sales charge for only 1 year

n  Does not convert to Class A

n  Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

 

n  No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n  Only offered to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and eligible Retirement Plans

 

n  No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n  Only offered to eligible Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

 

n  No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n  Only offered to institutional and other eligible investors

n  Generally lower expenses than Class A, Class B,
Class C, Class FI and Class R

 

n  No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n  Only offered to institutional and other eligible investors

n  Generally lower expenses than the other classes

Initial sales charge  

Up to 5.75%; reduced or waived for large purchases and certain investors. No charge for purchases of $1 million or more

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

Contingent deferred sales charge  

1.00% on purchases of $1 million or more if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors

 

Up to 5.00% charged when you redeem shares. The charge is reduced over time and there is no contingent deferred sales charge after 5 years; waived for certain investors

 

1.00% if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

Annual distribution and/or service fees  

0.25% of average daily net assets

 

1.00% of average daily net assets

 

1.00% of average daily net assets

 

0.25% of average daily net assets

 

0.50% of average daily net assets

 

None

 

None

Exchange

Privilege (1)

 

Class A shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class B shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class C shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class FI shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class R shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class I shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class IS shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

(1)

 

Ask your Service Agent about the Legg Mason Partners Funds available for exchange.

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         15


 

Sales charges

Class A shares

You buy Class A shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value plus a sales charge. You pay a lower rate as the size of your investment increases to certain levels called breakpoints. You do not pay a sales charge on the fund’s distributions or dividends you reinvest in additional Class A shares.

The table below shows the rate of sales charge you pay, depending on the amount you purchase. The table below also shows the amount of broker/dealer compensation that will be paid out of the sales charge if you buy shares from a Service Agent (except Premier Financial Services (“PFS”)). For Class A shares sold directly by LMIS, LMIS will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. For Class A shares sold by PFS between December 1, 2007 through the close of business on May 31, 2008, PFS will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. Thereafter, PFS will receive the same level of compensation as other Service Agents. Service Agents will also receive a service fee payable on Class A shares at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares serviced by them.

 

Amount of investment   Sales Charge
as % of
offering
price
  Sales Charge
as % of net
amount
invested
  Broker/Dealer
Commission
as % of
offering price

Less than $25,000

  5.75   6.10   5.00
 

$25,000 but less than $50,000

  5.00   5.26   4.25
 

$50,000 but less than $100,000

  4.50   4.71   3.75
 

$100,000 but less than $250,000

  3.50   3.63   2.75
 

$250,000 but less than $500,000

  2.50   2.56   2.00
 

$500,000 but less than $750,000

  2.00   2.04   1.60
 

$750,000 but less than $1 million

  1.50   1.52   1.20
 

$1 million or more (1)

  -0-   -0-   up to 1.00
 

 

(1)

 

The distributor may pay a commission of up to 1.00% to a Service Agent for purchase amounts of $1 million or more. In such cases, starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, the Service Agent will also receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares held by its clients. Prior to the thirteenth month, the distributor will retain this fee. Where the Service Agent does not receive the payment of this commission, the Service Agent will instead receive the annual distribution/service fee starting immediately after purchase. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Investments of $1,000,000 or more

You do not pay an initial sales charge when you buy $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares. However, if you redeem these Class A shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

 

16         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Qualifying for a reduced Class A sales charge

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners funds to take advantage of the breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in sales charges that may be available to you when you purchase fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services if you are eligible for a letter of intent or a right of accumulation and if you own shares of other Legg Mason Partners funds that are eligible to be aggregated with your purchases. Certain records, such as account statements, may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges.

n  

Accumulation privilege – allows you to combine the current value of Class A shares of the fund with other shares of Legg Mason Partners funds that are owned by:

  ¨  

you; or

  ¨  

your spouse and children under the age of 21

with the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares for purposes of calculating the initial sales charge.

Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (other than money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund may not be combined.

If you hold shares of Legg Mason Partners funds in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be combined.

Certain trustees and fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

n  

Letter of intent – allows you to purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners funds over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge on Class A shares, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. At the time you enter into the letter of intent, you select your asset goal amount. Generally, purchases of Legg Mason Partners fund shares that are purchased during the 13-month period by

  ¨  

you; or

  ¨  

your spouse and children under the age of 21

are eligible for inclusion under the letter, based on the public offering price at the time of the purchase, and any capital appreciation on those shares. Purchases made 90 days prior to the 13-month period are also eligible to be treated as purchases made under the letter of intent. In addition, you can include towards your asset goal amount the current value of any eligible purchases that were made prior to the date of entering into the letter of intent and are still held.

If you hold shares of Legg Mason Partners funds in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be credited towards your letter of intent asset goal.

Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (other than money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund may not be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

If you do not meet your asset goal amount, shares in the amount of any sales charges due, based on the amount of your actual purchases, will be redeemed from your account.

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         17


 

Waivers for certain Class A investors

Class A initial sales charges are waived for certain types of investors, including:

n  

Employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor

n  

Investors who redeemed Class A shares of a Legg Mason Partners fund in the past 60 days, if the investor’s Service Agent is notified

n  

Directors and officers of any Legg Mason-sponsored fund

n  

Employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries

n  

Investors investing through certain retirement plans

If you qualify for a waiver of the Class A initial sales charge, you must notify your Service Agent or the transfer agent at the time of purchase and provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the initial sales charge waiver.

If you want to learn about additional waivers of Class A initial sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or access the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, and click on the name of the fund.

Class B shares

You buy Class B shares at net asset value without paying an initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class B shares within five years of your purchase payment, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge. The contingent deferred sales charge decreases as the number of years since your purchase payment increases.

 

Year after purchase   1st     2nd     3rd     4th     5th     6th through 8th  

Contingent deferred sales charge

  5 %   4 %   3 %   2 %   1 %   0 %
   

LMIS will generally pay Service Agents, other than PFS, selling Class B shares a commission of up to 4.00% of the purchase price of the Class B shares they sell and LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges. For Class B shares sold by PFS, PFS pays a commission of up to 4.00% of the purchase price of the Class B shares sold by its agents and retains the contingent deferred sales charges paid upon certain redemptions. PFS will receive any service and distribution fees paid on all shares held by PFS clients. Service Agents also receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class B shares serviced by them.

Class B conversion

After approximately 8 years, Class B shares automatically convert into Class A shares. This helps you because Class A shares have lower annual expenses. Your Class B shares will convert to Class A shares as follows:

 

Shares issued:

At initial purchase

  

Shares issued:

On reinvestment of
dividends and
distributions

  

Shares issued:

Upon exchange from
another Legg Mason
Partners Fund

Approximately 8 years after the date of purchase payment    In same proportion as the number of Class B shares converting is to total Class B shares you own (excluding shares issued as dividends)    On the date the shares originally acquired would have converted into Class A shares
 

 

18         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Class C shares

You buy Class C shares at net asset value without paying an initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class C shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

LMIS will generally pay Service Agents selling Class C shares a commission of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class C shares they sell and LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charge and an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by these Service Agents until the thirteenth month after purchase. Starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, these Service Agents will receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS shares

Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS shares are purchased at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed.

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         19


 

More about contingent deferred sales charges

The contingent deferred sales charge is based on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less, and therefore you do not pay a sales charge on amounts representing appreciation or depreciation.

In addition, you do not pay a contingent deferred sales charge:

n  

When you exchange shares for shares of another Legg Mason Partners fund

n  

On shares representing reinvested distributions and dividends

n  

On shares no longer subject to the contingent deferred sales charge

Each time you place a request to redeem shares, the fund will first redeem any shares in your account that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and then the shares in your account that have been held the longest.

If you redeemed shares of a Legg Mason Partners fund and paid a contingent deferred sales charge, you may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges as partial compensation for its expenses in selling shares, including the payment of compensation to your Service Agent.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers

The contingent deferred sales charge for each share class will generally be waived:

n  

On payments made through certain systematic withdrawal plans

n  

On certain distributions from a retirement plan

n  

For retirement plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

n  

For involuntary redemptions of small account balances

n  

For 12 months following the death or disability of a shareholder

If you want to learn about additional waivers of contingent deferred sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or access the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, and click on the name of the fund.

 

20         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Retirement and institutional investors

Eligible Investors

Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund can generally choose among five classes of shares: Class C, Class R, Class FI, Class I (formerly Class Y) and Class IS shares.

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents for Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, with limited exceptions. Class A shares will cease to be available to new Retirement Plan investors through a Service Agent if the Service Agent makes Class FI shares available. Please see below for additional information.

“Retirement Plans” include 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit-sharing plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and other similar employer-sponsored retirement plans. Retirement Plans do not include individual retirement vehicles, such as traditional and Roth IRAs, Coverdell education savings accounts, individual 403(b)(7) custodial accounts, Keogh plans, SEPs, SARSEPs, SIMPLE IRAs, or Section 529 savings accounts. Although Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund are not subject to minimum initial investment requirements for any of these share classes, certain investment minimums may be imposed by a financial intermediary.

Other Retirement Plans

Other Retirement Plans can generally choose among three classes of shares: Class A, Class B and Class C. “Other Retirement Plans” include Retirement Plans investing through brokerage accounts, and also include certain Retirement Plans with direct relationships to the fund that are neither Institutional Investors nor investing through omnibus accounts. Individual retirement vehicles, such as IRAs, may also choose among these share classes. Other Retirement Plans and individual retirement vehicles are treated like individual investors for purposes of determining sales charges and any applicable sales charge reductions or waivers.

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries may generally choose among three classes of shares: Class A, Class FI and Class I. “Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries” are investors who invest in the fund through financial intermediaries that offer their clients fund shares through investment programs as authorized by LMIS. Such investment programs may include fee-based advisory account programs and college savings vehicles such as Section 529 plans. The financial intermediary may impose separate investment minimums.

Institutional Investors

Institutional Investors may invest in Class I or Class IS shares if they meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement. Institutional Investors may also invest in Class A, B and C shares, which have different investment minimums and fees and expenses. “Institutional Investors” generally include corporations, banks, trust companies, insurance companies, investment companies, foundations, endowments, pension and profit-sharing plans and other similar entities with direct relationships to the fund.

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         21


 

Class C — Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund may buy Class C shares at net asset value without paying a contingent deferred sales charge. LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class C shares to retirement plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class C shares sold by them. Instead, immediately after purchase, LMIS may pay these Service Agents an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Certain retirement plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. Please read the SAI for more details.

Class R

Class R shares are offered only to Retirement Plans with accounts held on the books of the fund (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial intermediary). LMIS may pay Service Agents selling Class R shares an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.50% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class R shares serviced by them.

Class FI

Class FI shares are offered to investors who invest in the fund through certain financial intermediary and retirement plan programs. LMIS may pay Service Agents selling Class FI shares an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% starting immediately after purchase.

Class I

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. Class I shares are offered only to Institutional Investors who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries, Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, and other investors as authorized by LMIS.

Class IS

Class IS share are offered to Institutional Investors who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement and to investors deemed by LMIS to have low cost shareholder characteristics similar to Institutional Investors, for example, a 401K plan where the plan intermediary maintains a single fund account and bears all the costs of printing and distributing shareholder communications to the participants in the plan. In order to purchase Class IS shares, an investor must hold its shares in one account with the fund.

Class A and Class B — Retirement Plans

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents to Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund. However, certain Retirement Plans that held Class B shares prior to December 1, 2006 are permitted to make additional investments in that class. Certain existing programs for current and prospective Retirement Plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries also remain eligible for Class A shares. Under these programs, the initial sales charge and contingent deferred sales charge for Class A shares are waived where:

n  

Such Retirement Plan’s record keeper offers only load-waived shares,

 

22         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

n  

Fund shares are held on the books of the fund through an omnibus account, and

n  

The Retirement Plan has more than 100 participants, or has total assets exceeding $1 million

LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class A shares to Retirement Plans with a direct omnibus relationship with the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class A shares sold by them. However, for certain Retirement Plans that purchased shares at net asset value prior to November 20, 2006, LMIS may continue to pay Service Agents commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class A shares that are purchased with regular ongoing plan contributions. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Other considerations

Plan sponsors, plan fiduciaries and other financial intermediaries may choose to impose qualification requirements for plans that differ from the fund’s share class eligibility standards. In certain cases this could result in the selection of a share class with higher service and distribution-related fees than otherwise would have been charged. The fund is not responsible for, and has no control over, the decision of any plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary to impose such differing requirements. Please consult with your plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary for more information about available share classes.

With respect to Class A, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class I shares, as applicable, the fund may pay a fee for recordkeeping services performed for the share class.

Not all share classes may be made available by your Service Agent; please contact your Service Agent for additional details.

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         23


 

Buying shares

 

Generally   

You may buy shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge.

The fund generally will not permit non-resident aliens with a non-U.S. address to establish an account. U.S. citizens with an APO/FPO address or an address in the United States (including its territories) and resident aliens with a U.S. address are permitted to establish an account with the fund. Subject to the requirements of local law, U.S. citizens residing in foreign countries are permitted to establish an account with the fund.

 
Through a
Service Agent
  

You should contact your Service Agent to open a brokerage account and make arrangements to buy shares. You must provide the following information for your order to be processed:

n   Class of shares being bought

n   Dollar amount or number of shares being bought

n   Account number (if existing account)

Your Service Agent may charge an annual account maintenance fee.

 
Through the fund   

n   Investors should write to the fund at the following address:

Legg Mason Partners Funds

c/o PFPC Inc.

P.O. Box 9699

Providence, Rhode Island 02940-9699

n   Enclose a check to pay for the shares. For initial purchases, complete and send an account application available upon request from Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at the number below

n   Specify the name of the fund, the share class you wish to purchase and your account number (if existing account)

n   For more information, please call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010

 
Through a systematic investment plan   

You may authorize your Service Agent or the transfer agent to transfer funds automatically from (i) a regular bank account, (ii) cash held in a brokerage account opened with a Service Agent or (iii) certain money market funds in order to buy shares on a regular basis.

n   Amounts transferred must be at least $25 monthly

n   Amounts may be transferred monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

  

n   If you do not have sufficient funds in your account on a transfer date, your Service Agent or the transfer agent may charge you a fee

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services agent or consult the SAI.

 

24         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Exchanging shares

 

Generally    You may exchange shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your exchange request in good order.
 
Legg Mason Partners offers a distinctive family of funds tailored to help meet the varying needs of both large and small investors   

You should contact your Service Agent to exchange into other Legg Mason Partners Funds. Be sure to read the prospectus of the Legg Mason Partners Fund into which you are exchanging. An exchange is a taxable transaction, unless you are investing through a tax-qualified savings plan or account.

n   If you bought shares through a Service Agent, you may exchange shares only for shares of the same class of certain other Legg Mason Partners funds made available for exchange by your Service Agent. Not all Legg Mason Partners funds made available for exchange by your Service Agent may offer all classes. Please contact your Service Agent for more information about the funds and classes that are available for exchange

n   If you bought shares directly from the fund, you may exchange shares only for shares of the same class of another Legg Mason Partners fund, other than shares of Legg Mason Partners S& P 500 Index Fund. Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds offer all classes

n   Not all Legg Mason Partners funds may be offered in your state of residence. Contact your Service Agent or the transfer agent for further information

  

n   Exchanges of Class A, B, C, FI and R shares are subject to minimum investment requirements (except for systematic investment plan exchanges), and all shares are subject to the other requirements of the fund into which exchanges are made

n   If you hold share certificates, the transfer agent must receive the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers before the exchange is effective

n   The fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in an excessive pattern of exchanges

 
Sales charges   

In most instances, your shares will not be subject to an initial sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge at the time of the exchange.

Your contingent deferred sales charge (if any) will continue to be measured from the date of your original purchase of shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and you will be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge of the fund you originally purchased.

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         25


 

By telephone   

If you do not have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, you may be eligible to exchange shares through the fund. You must complete an authorization form to authorize telephone transfers. If eligible, you may make telephone exchanges on any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open. Shareholders should call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 between 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time).

You can make telephone exchanges only between accounts that have identical registrations.

 
By mail    If you do not have a brokerage account, contact your Service Agent or write to the fund at the address on the following page.
 
Through a systematic exchange plan   

You may be permitted to schedule exchanges of shares of any class of the fund for shares of the same class of other Legg Mason Partners Funds.

n   Exchanges may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

n   A predetermined dollar amount of at least $25 per exchange is required

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

26         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Redeeming shares

 

Generally   

You may redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your redemption request in good order, less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge.

Contact your Service Agent to redeem shares of the fund.

If you hold share certificates, the transfer agent must receive the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers with a signature guarantee before you may redeem.

If the shares are held by a fiduciary or corporation, other documents may be required.

Your redemption proceeds will normally be sent within three business days after your request is received in good order but in any event within 7 days. Your redemption proceeds may be delayed for up to 10 days if your purchase was made by check.

If you have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, your redemption proceeds will be sent to your Service Agent. In other cases, unless you direct otherwise, your redemption proceeds will be paid by check mailed to your address of record.

 
By mail   

For accounts held directly at the fund, send written requests to the fund at the following address:

  

Legg Mason Partners Funds

c/o PFPC Inc.

P.O. Box 9699

Providence, Rhode Island 02940-9699

Your written request must provide the following:

n   The name of the fund, the class of shares to be redeemed, and your account number

n   The dollar amount or number of shares to be redeemed

n   Signatures of each owner exactly as the account is registered

n   Signature guarantees, as applicable

 
By telephone   

If you do not have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, you may be eligible to redeem shares (except those held in certain retirement plans) in amounts up to $50,000 per day through the fund. You must complete an authorization form to authorize telephone redemptions. If eligible, you may request redemptions by telephone on any day the NYSE is open. Shareholders should call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 between 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time).

Your redemption proceeds can be sent by check to your address of record or by wire or electronic transfer (ACH) to a bank account designated on your authorization form. You must submit a new authorization form to change the bank account designated to receive wire or electronic transfers and you may be asked to provide certain other documents. The transfer agent may charge a fee on a wire or an electronic transfer (ACH).

 

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         27


 

Automatic cash withdrawal plans   

You can arrange for the automatic redemption of a portion of your shares monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. To qualify you must own shares of the fund with a value of at least $10,000 ($5,000 for retirement plan accounts) and each automatic redemption must be at least $50. If your shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, the sales charge will be waived if your automatic redemptions are equal to or less than 2% per month of your account balance on the date the withdrawals commence, up to a maximum of 12% in one year.

The following conditions apply:

n   Your shares must not be represented by certificates

n   All dividends and distributions must be reinvested

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or consult the SAI.

 

28         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Other things to know about transactions

When you buy, exchange or redeem shares, your request must be in good order. This means you have provided the following information, without which your request may not be processed:

n  

Name of the fund

n  

Your account number

n  

Class of shares being bought, and if you own more than one class, the class of shares being exchanged or redeemed

n  

Dollar amount or number of shares being bought, exchanged or redeemed

n  

Signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered

The transfer agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that any telephone exchange or redemption request is genuine, which may include recording calls, asking the caller to provide certain personal identification information, sending you a written confirmation or requiring other confirmation procedures from time to time. If these procedures are followed, neither the fund nor its agents will bear any liability for such transactions.

Signature guarantees

To be in good order, your redemption request must include a signature guarantee if you:

n  

Are redeeming over $50,000

n  

Are sending signed share certificates or stock powers to the transfer agent

n  

Instruct the transfer agent to mail the check to an address different from the one on your account registration

n  

Changed your account registration or your address within 30 days

n  

Want the check paid to someone other than the account owner(s)

n  

Are transferring the redemption proceeds to an account with a different registration

You can obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, dealers, brokers, credit unions and federal savings and loan institutions, but not from a notary public.

The fund has the right to:

n  

Suspend the offering of shares

n  

Waive or change minimum and additional investment amounts

n  

Reject any purchase or exchange order

n  

Change, revoke or suspend the exchange privilege

n  

Suspend telephone transactions

n  

Suspend or postpone redemptions of shares on any day when trading on the NYSE is restricted, or as otherwise permitted by the SEC

n  

Pay redemption proceeds by giving you securities. You may pay transaction costs to dispose of the securities

Small account balances/Mandatory redemptions

If at any time the aggregate net asset value of the fund shares in your account is less than $500 for any reason (including solely due to declines in net asset value and/or failure to invest at least $500 within a reasonable period), the fund reserves the right to ask you to bring your account up to the applicable minimum investment amount as determined by

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         29


 

your Service Agent. In such case you shall be notified in writing and will have 60 days to make an additional investment to bring your account value up to the required level. If you choose not to do so within this 60-day period, the fund may close your account and send you the redemption proceeds. In the event your account is closed due to a failure to increase your balance to the minimum required amount, you will not be eligible to have your account subsequently reinstated without imposition of any sales charges that may apply to your new purchase. The fund may, with prior notice, change the minimum size of accounts subject to mandatory redemption, which may vary by class, or implement fees for small accounts.

Subject to applicable law, the fund may, with prior notice, adopt other policies from time to time requiring mandatory redemption of shares in certain circumstances.

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares

Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares may interfere with the efficient management of the fund’s portfolio by its portfolio managers, increase portfolio transaction costs, and have a negative effect on a fund’s long-term shareholders. For example, in order to handle large flows of cash into and out of a fund, the portfolio managers may need to allocate more assets to cash or other short-term investments or sell securities, rather than maintaining full investment in securities selected to achieve the fund’s investment objective. Frequent trading may cause a fund to sell securities at less favorable prices. Transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions and market spreads, can detract from the fund’s performance. In addition, the return received by long term shareholders may be reduced when trades by other shareholders are made in an effort to take advantage of certain pricing discrepancies, when, for example, it is believed that the fund’s share price, which is determined at the close of the NYSE on each trading day, does not accurately reflect the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. Funds investing in foreign securities have been particularly susceptible to this form of arbitrage, but other funds could also be affected.

Because of the potential harm to funds in the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex and their long-term shareholders, the Board of the fund has approved policies and procedures that are intended to discourage and prevent excessive trading and market timing abuses through the use of various surveillance techniques. Under these policies and procedures, the fund may limit additional exchanges or purchases of fund shares by shareholders who are believed by the manager to be engaged in these abusive trading activities in the fund or in other funds within the fund complex. In the event that an exchange request is rejected, the shareholder may nonetheless redeem its shares. The intent of the policies and procedures is not to inhibit legitimate strategies, such as asset allocation, dollar cost averaging, or similar activities that may nonetheless result in frequent trading of fund shares. Under the fund’s policies and procedures, the fund reserves the right to restrict or reject purchases of shares (including exchanges) without prior notice whenever a pattern of excessive trading by a shareholder is detected within the fund complex. A committee established by the manager administers the policy. The policy provides that the committee will use its best efforts to restrict a shareholder’s trading privileges in the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex if that shareholder has engaged in a total of four or more “Round Trips” (as

 

30         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

defined below) across all Legg Mason Partners Funds during any rolling 12-month period. However, the committee has the discretion to determine that restricting a shareholder’s trading privileges is not necessary (or that a new limit on Round Trips should be established for the shareholder) if it is determined that the pattern of trading is not abusive or harmful. In making such a determination, the committee will consider, among other things, the nature of the shareholder’s account, the reason for the frequent trading, the amount of trading and the particular funds in which the trading has occurred. Additionally, the committee has the discretion to make inquiries or to take action against any shareholder whose trading appears inconsistent with the frequent trading policy. Examples of the types of actions the committee may take to deter excessive trading in a shareholder account include restricting the shareholder from purchasing additional shares in the fund altogether or imposing other restrictions (such as requiring purchase orders to be submitted by mail) that would deter the shareholder from trading frequently in the fund.

A “Round Trip” is defined as a purchase (including subscriptions and exchanges) into the fund followed by a sale (including redemptions and exchanges) of the same or a similar number of shares out of the fund within 30 days of such purchase. Purchases and sales of the fund’s shares pursuant to an automatic investment plan or similar program for periodic transactions are not considered in determining Round Trips. For purposes of these policies and procedures, the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex also includes certain Western Asset funds and Barrett Opportunity Fund Inc., but does not include money market funds in the fund complex.

The policies apply to any account, whether an individual account or accounts with financial intermediaries such as investment advisers, broker/dealers or retirement plan administrators, commonly called omnibus accounts, where the intermediary holds fund shares for a number of its customers in one account. The fund’s ability to monitor trading in omnibus accounts may, however, be severely limited due to the lack of access to an individual investor’s trading activity when orders are placed through these types of accounts. There may also be operational and technological limitations on the ability of the fund’s service providers to identify or terminate frequent trading activity within the various types of omnibus accounts. The fund’s distributor has entered into agreements with intermediaries requiring the intermediaries to, among other things, help identify frequent trading activity and to prohibit further purchases or exchanges by a shareholder identified as having engaged in frequent trading. These agreements took effect on October 16, 2007.

The fund’s policies also require personnel such as portfolio managers and investment staff to report any abnormal or otherwise suspicious investment activity, and prohibit short-term trades by such personnel for their own account in mutual funds managed by the manager and its affiliates, other than money market funds. Additionally, the fund has adopted policies and procedures to prevent the selective release of information about the fund’s portfolio holdings, as such information may be used for market-timing and similar abusive practices.

The fund’s policies provide for ongoing assessment of the effectiveness of current policies and surveillance tools, and the fund’s Board reserves the right to modify these or adopt additional policies and restrictions in the future. Shareholders should be aware, however, that any surveillance techniques currently employed by the funds or other techniques that may be adopted in the future may not be effective, particularly where the trading takes

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         31


 

place through certain types of omnibus accounts. As noted above, if the fund is unable to detect and deter trading abuses, the fund’s performance and its long-term shareholders may be harmed. In addition, shareholders may be harmed by the extra costs and portfolio management inefficiencies that result from frequent trading of fund shares, even when the trading is not for abusive purposes. Furthermore, the fund may not apply its policies consistently or uniformly, resulting in the risk that some shareholders may be able to engage in frequent trading while others will bear the costs and effects of that trading. The fund will provide advance notice to its shareholders and prospective investors of any specific restrictions on the trading of fund shares that the Board may adopt in the future.

Share certificates

Share certificates for the fund will no longer be issued. If you currently hold share certificates of the fund, such certificates will continue to be honored. If you would like to return your share certificates to the fund and hold your shares in uncertificated form, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services.

Record ownership

If you hold shares through a Service Agent, your Service Agent may establish and maintain your account and be the shareholder of record. In the event that the fund holds a shareholder meeting your Service Agent, as record holder, will vote your shares in accordance with your instructions. If you do not give your Service Agent voting instructions, your Service Agent may nonetheless, under certain circumstances, be entitled to vote your shares.

 

32         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Dividends, distributions and taxes

Dividends and distributions

The fund generally pays dividends and makes capital gain distributions, if any, typically once or twice a year, typically in December. The fund may pay additional distributions and dividends at other times if necessary for the fund to avoid a federal tax. The fund expects distributions to be primarily from capital gains. Capital gain distributions and dividends are reinvested in additional fund shares of the same class you hold. You do not pay a sales charge on reinvested distributions or dividends. Alternatively, you can instruct your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services to have your distributions and/or dividends paid in cash. You can change your choice at any time to be effective as of the next distribution or dividend.

Taxes

In general, redeeming shares, exchanging shares and receiving dividends and distributions (whether in cash or additional shares) are all taxable events. The following table summarizes the tax status to you of certain transactions related to the fund.

 

Transaction    Federal tax status
Redemption or exchange of shares    Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares owned more than one year
 
Long-term capital gain distributions    Long-term capital gain
 
Dividends    Ordinary income for individuals, potentially taxable at long-term capital gain rates
 

Distributions attributable to short-term capital gains are treated as dividends, taxable as ordinary income. Dividends and long-term capital gain distributions are taxable whether received in cash or reinvested in additional fund shares. Although dividends (including dividends from short-term capital gains) are generally taxable as ordinary income, individual shareholders who satisfy certain holding period and other requirements are taxed on such dividends at long-term capital gain rates to the extent the dividends are attributable to “qualified dividend income” received by the fund. Qualified dividend income generally consists of dividends received from U.S. corporations (other than dividends from tax-exempt organizations and certain dividends from real estate investment trusts and regulated investment companies) and certain foreign corporations.

Long-term capital gain distributions are taxable to you as long-term capital gain regardless of how long you have owned your shares. You may want to avoid buying shares when the fund is about to declare a long-term capital gain distribution or a dividend, because it will be taxable to you even though it may actually be a return of a portion of your investment. A dividend declared by the fund in October, November or December and paid during January of the following year will in certain circumstances be treated as paid in December for tax purposes.

After the end of each year, your Service Agent or the fund will provide you with information about the distributions and dividends you received and any redemptions of shares during the previous year. If you do not provide the fund with your correct taxpayer

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         33


 

identification number and any required certifications, you may be subject to back-up withholding on your distributions, dividends and redemption proceeds. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

The above discussion is applicable to shareholders who are U.S. persons. If you are a non-U.S. person, please consult your own tax adviser with respect to the tax consequences to you of an investment in the fund.

 

34         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Share price

You may buy, exchange or redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt of your request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge. The fund’s net asset value per share is the value of its assets minus its liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. Net asset value is calculated separately for each class of shares. The fund calculates its net asset value every day the NYSE is open. This calculation is done when regular trading closes on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time). The NYSE is closed on certain holidays listed in the SAI.

The Board has approved procedures to be used to value the fund’s securities for the purposes of determining the fund’s net asset value. The valuation of the securities of the fund is determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board. The Board has delegated certain valuation functions for the fund to the manager.

The fund generally values its securities based on market prices determined at the close of regular trading on the NYSE. The fund’s currency valuations, if any, are done as of when the London Stock Exchange closes, which is usually at 12 noon Eastern time, as the manager believes that these valuations typically reflect the largest trading volume in the foreign currency markets. A material change in the value of currency during the period between the close of the London Stock Exchange and the calculation of the fund’s net asset value on the same date is considered a significant event, as described below, in response to which the fund may use fair valuation procedures to value the affected investments. For equity securities that are traded on an exchange, the market price is usually the closing sale or official closing price on that exchange. In the case of securities not traded on an exchange, or if such closing prices are not otherwise available, the market price is typically determined by independent third party pricing vendors approved by the fund’s Board using a variety of pricing techniques and methodologies. Short-term debt obligations that will mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, unless it is determined that using this method would not reflect an investment’s fair value. If vendors are unable to supply a price, or if the price supplied is deemed by the manager to be unreliable, the market price may be determined using quotations received from one or more broker/dealers that make a market in the security. When such prices or quotations are not available, or when the manager believes that they are unreliable, the manager may price securities using fair value procedures approved by the Board. The fund may also use fair value procedures if the manager determines that a significant event has occurred between the time at which a market price is determined and the time at which the fund’s net asset value is calculated. In particular, the value of foreign securities may be materially affected by events occurring after the close of the market on which they are valued, but before the fund prices its shares. The fund uses a fair value model developed by an independent third party pricing service to price foreign equity securities on days when there is a certain percentage change in the value of a domestic equity security index, as such percentage may be determined by the manager from time to time.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuation of securities based on readily available market quotations. A fund that uses fair value to price securities may value those securities higher or lower than another fund using market quotations or its own fair value methodologies to price the same securities. There can be

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         35


 

no assurance that the fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the fund determines its net asset value.

The fund invests in securities that are listed on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends and other day when the fund does not price its shares. Therefore, the value of the fund’s shares may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the fund’s shares.

In order to buy, redeem or exchange shares at that day’s price, you must place your order with your Service Agent or the transfer agent before the NYSE closes. If the NYSE closes early, you must place your order prior to the actual closing time.

It is the responsibility of the Service Agents to transmit all orders to buy, exchange or redeem shares to the transfer agent on a timely basis.

 

36         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Financial highlights

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the performance of each class for the past five years (or since the inception of that class). No financial highlights are provided for Class IS shares as the fund commenced the offering of such shares as of the date of this Prospectus. The returns for Class IS shares will differ from those of the other classes to the extent that its expenses differ. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. Total return represents the rate that a shareholder would have earned (or lost) on a fund share assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information in the following tables has been derived from the fund’s and the predecessor fund’s financial statements. These financial statements have been audited by         , an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund’s financial statements, is included in the annual report (available upon request). The financial information shown below for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor. As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares of the fund were renamed Class I shares. Financial highlights for Class FI shares are not provided as no Class FI shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2007.

 

For a Class A share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:

 

Class A Shares (1)  

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         37


 

For a Class B share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:
Class B Shares (1)   2007   2006   2005   2004   2003

 

38         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

For a Class C share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:

 

Class C Shares (1)   2007   2006   2005   2004   2003

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         39


 

For a Class I share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:
Class I Shares (1) (2)   2007   2006   2005   2004   2003

 

40         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

For a Class R share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:
Class R Shares (1)   2007   2006 (2)

 

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund         41


 

Legg Mason Partners Funds Privacy Policy

We are committed to keeping nonpublic personal information about you secure and confidential. This notice is intended to help you understand how we fulfill this commitment. From time to time, we may collect a variety of personal information about you, including:

n  

Information we receive from you on applications and forms, via the telephone, and through our websites;

n  

Information about your transactions with us, our affiliates, or others (such as your purchases, sales, or account balances); and

n  

Information we receive from consumer reporting agencies.

We do not disclose your nonpublic personal information, except as permitted by applicable law or regulation. For example, we may share this information with others in order to process your transactions. We may also provide this information to companies that perform services on our behalf, such as printing and mailing, or to other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements. We will require these companies to protect the confidentiality of this information and to use it only to perform the services for which we hired them.

With respect to our internal security procedures, we maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to protect your nonpublic personal information, and we restrict access to this information.

If you decide at some point either to close your account(s) or become an inactive customer, we will continue to adhere to our privacy policies and practices with respect to your nonpublic personal information.

[This page is not part of the prospectus.]

 

42         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

 

 

(Investment Company Act

file no. 811-6444)

FD0202 04/08

LOGO

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund

 

You may visit the fund’s web site at http:// www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors for a free copy of a Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) or an Annual or Semi-Annual Report, or to request other information.

Shareholder reports Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders. In the fund’s Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the fund’s performance.

The fund sends only one report to a household if more than one account has the same last name and same address. Contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services if you do not want this policy to apply to you.

Statement of additional information The SAI provides more detailed information about the fund and is incorporated by reference into (is legally a part of) this Prospectus.

You can make inquiries about the fund or obtain shareholders reports (without charge) by contacting your Service Agent, by calling Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010, or by writing to the fund at Legg Mason Partners Funds, 125 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004.

Information about the fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov . Copies of this information may be obtained for a duplicating fee by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov , or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

If someone makes a statement about the fund that is not in this Prospectus, you should not rely upon that information. Neither the fund nor the distributor is offering to sell shares of the fund to any person to whom the fund may not lawfully sell its shares.


PROSPECTUS

April     , 2008

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any statement to the contrary is a crime.

LOGO

Legg Mason Partners

Capital and Income Fund

Class A, B, C, FI, R and I Shares

 

 

 

INVESTMENT PRODUCTS: NOT FDIC INSURED Ÿ NO BANK GUARANTEE Ÿ MAY LOSE VALUE

 


Legg Mason Partners

Capital and Income Fund

Contents

 

Investments, risks and performance

  2

More on the fund’s investments

  7

Management

  9

Choosing a class of shares to buy

  13

Comparing the fund’s classes

  15

Sales charge s

  17

More about contingent deferred sales charges

  21

Retirement and institutional investors

  22

Buying shares

  25

Exchanging shares

  26

Redeeming shares

  28

Other things to know about transactions

  30

Dividends, distributions and taxes

  34

Share price

  36

Financial highlights

  38

 

As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund with the same name, effective April 16, 2007. Any information in this Prospectus relating to the fund prior to April 16, 2007 relates to the fund’s predecessor.


 

Investments, risks and performance

Investment objective

The fund seeks total return (that is, a combination of income and long-term capital appreciation).

Principal investment strategies

Key investments

The fund invests in equity and fixed income securities of both U.S. and foreign issuers. The fund seeks to generate income and appreciation by allocating fund assets to income and non-income producing equity and equity related securities, including common stocks, real estate investment trusts and convertible securities. To generate income and enhance exposure to the equity markets, the fund may purchase investment grade and high yield fixed income securities or unrated securities of equivalent quality along with options on securities indices. Securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” Fixed income securities may be of any maturity.

By investing in a combination of equity and fixed income securities, the fund seeks to produce a pattern of total return that moves with the S&P 500 Index, while generating high income. The fund may also use options, futures and options on futures to increase exposure to part or all of the market or to hedge against adverse changes in the market value of its securities.

Selection process

The portfolio managers employ fundamental research and due diligence to assess a company’s:

n  

Growth potential, stock price, potential appreciation and valuation

n  

Credit quality, taking into account financial condition and profitability

n  

Future capital needs

n  

Potential for change in bond rating and industry outlook

n  

Competitive environment and management ability

Principal risks of investing in the fund

Investors could lose money on their investment in the fund, or the fund may not perform as well as other investments, if:

n  

The stock market declines generally, thereby reducing the value of the fund’s equity portfolio

n  

Companies in which the fund invests fail to meet earnings expectations, or fall out of favor with investors, or other events depress their stock prices

n  

Interest rates increase, causing the prices of fixed income securities to decline, thereby reducing the value of the fund’s fixed income portfolio

n  

The issuer of a security owned by the fund defaults on its obligation to pay principal and/or interest or has its credit rating downgraded

n  

The portfolio managers’ judgment about interest rates or the attractiveness, value or income potential of a particular security proves to be incorrect

 

2         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Below investment grade securities, which are commonly known as “junk bonds,” are speculative and their issuers may have diminished capacity to pay principal and interest. These securities have a higher risk of default, tend to be less liquid, and may be more difficult to value. Changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are likely to weaken the capacity of issuers of these securities to make principal and interest payments.

Who may want to invest

The fund may be an appropriate investment if you:

n  

Are seeking to invest in a portfolio that includes both equity and fixed income securities

n  

Are willing to accept the risks of both the stock market and the bond markets

Performance information

The following shows summary performance information for the fund in a bar chart and an Average Annual Total Returns table. The information provides an indication of the risks of investing in the fund by showing changes in its performance from year to year and by showing how the fund’s average annual returns compare with the returns of two broad-based securities market indices. The bar chart below shows performance of the fund’s Class B shares, but do not reflect the impact of sales charges (loads). If they did, the returns would be lower than those shown. Unlike the bar chart, the performance for Class A, B, C and I (1) shares in the Average Annual Total Returns table reflects the impact of the maximum sales charge (load) applicable to the respective classes, and, where indicated, the performance for Class B shares reflects the impact of taxes paid on distributions and the redemption of shares at the end of the period. The performance information shown below includes that of the fund’s predecessor. No performance information is presented for Class FI or Class R shares because no Class FI or Class R shares were offered prior to the date of this Prospectus. The returns of Class FI and Class R shares would differ from those other classes to the extent that these classes bear different expenses. The fund’s past performance, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future.

Total Return for Class B Shares

LOGO

Highest and Lowest Quarterly Returns (for the periods shown in the bar chart):

Highest:     % in          quarter         ; Lowest:         % in          quarter         .

 

 

(1)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         3


 

Average Annual Total Returns (for periods ended December 31, 2007)

 

Class B Shares    1 Year    5 Years    10 Years    Since
Inception (6)
   Date of
Inception

Class B Return Before Taxes

          %           %           %       9/16/85
 

Class B Return After Taxes
on Distributions (1)

          %           %           %       9/16/85
 

Class B Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of
Fund Shares (1)

          %           %           %       9/16/85
 
Other Classes (Return Before
Taxes Only)
                        

Class A Return Before Taxes (2)

          %           %           %       11/6/92
 

Class C Return Before Taxes

          %           %              %    6/15/98
 

Class I Return Before Taxes (3)

          %           %           %       2/7/96
 
Comparative Indexes                         

S&P 500 Index (4)

          %           %           %       N/A
 

Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Index (5)

          %           %           %       N/A
 

 

(1)

 

After-tax returns are calculated using the highest historical individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. In some cases the return after taxes may exceed the return before taxes due to an assumed tax benefit from any losses on a sale of fund shares at the end of the measurement period. After-tax returns shown above are for Class B shares only. After-tax returns for other share classes will vary.

 

(2)

 

On November 20, 2006, the maximum initial sales charge on Class A shares was increased for sales made on or after that date. The average annual returns for Class A shares in the table have been calculated as if the increased maximum initial sales charge had been in effect for the entire period.

 

(3)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

(4)

 

The S&P 500 Index is a market value-weighted index comprised of 500 widely held common stocks, but reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes. An investor cannot invest directly in the index.

 

(5)

 

The Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Index covers the U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade, fixed-rate, taxable bond market of SEC-registered securities. The index includes bonds from the U.S. Treasury, government-related, corporate, mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, and commercial mortgage-back securities sectors. The index reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes. An investor cannot invest directly in the index.

 

(6)

 

Information is provided only for classes with less than 10 years performance history.

 

4         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Fee table

This table sets forth the fees and expenses you may pay if you invest in fund shares.

Shareholder Fees

 

(paid directly from your
investment)
  Class A     Class B     Class C     Class FI   Class R   Class I (1)
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a % of offering price)   5.75 %   None     None     None   None   None
 
Maximum contingent deferred sales charge (load) (as a % of the lower of net asset value at purchase or redemption)   None (2)   5.00 %   1.00 %   None   None   None
 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

 

(paid by the fund as a % of
net assets)
  Class A     Class B     Class C     Class FI (5)     Class R (5)     Class I (1)  
Management fee   0.72 %   0.72 %   0.72 %   0.72 %   0.72 %   0.72 %
   
Distribution and service (12b-1) fees   0.25 %   0.75 %   1.00 %   0.25 %   0.50 %   None  
   
Other expenses (4)        %        %        %        %        %        %
   
Total annual fund operating expenses        %        %        %        %        %        %
   
Less contractual fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement (3)   N/A     N/A          %   N/A     N/A          %
   
Net total annual fund operating expenses        %        %        %        %        %        %
   

 

(1)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

(2)

 

You may buy Class A shares in amounts of $1,000,000 or more at net asset value (without an initial sales charge), but if you redeem those shares within 12 months of their purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

 

(3)

 

Management has contractually agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses (other than brokerage, taxes and extraordinary expenses) to limit total annual operating expenses to 1.79% for Class C shares and 0.74% for Class I shares until [May 1, 2008.]

 

(4)

 

The expenses for Class A, B, C, FI, R and I shares include a fee for recordkeeping services.

 

(5)

 

Other expenses have been estimated for the current fiscal year.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         5


 

Example

This example helps you compare the costs of investing in the fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. Your actual costs may be higher or lower. The example assumes:

n  

You invest $10,000 in the fund for the period shown

n  

Your investment has a 5% return each year — the assumption of a 5% return is required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for purposes of this example and is not a prediction of the fund’s future performance

n  

You reinvest all distributions and dividends without a sales charge

n  

The fund’s operating expenses (before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, if any) remain the same

Number of Years You Own Your Shares

 

Share Classes   1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years  

Class A (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class B (redemption at end of period)

  $     $     $     $          (1)
   

Class B (no redemption)

  $     $     $     $          (1)
   

Class C (redemption at end of period)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class C (no redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class FI (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class R (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class I (2) (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

 

(1)

 

Assumes conversion to Class A shares approximately eight years after purchase.

 

(2)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

6         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

More on the fund’s investments

The fund’s investment objective and principal investment strategies are described under the section entitled “Investments, risks and performance” above. This section provides further information about the investment strategies that may be used by the fund.

The fund’s investments in equity securities may include common stocks traded on an exchange or in the over-the-counter market, preferred stocks, warrants, rights, convertible securities, trust certificates, limited partnership interests, equity-linked debt securities, depository receipts, real estate investment trusts and other equity participations.

The fund’s investments in fixed income securities may include bonds, notes (including structured notes), mortgage-related and asset-backed securities, convertible securities, preferred stocks and money market instruments. Fixed income securities may have all types of interest rate, payment and reset terms, including fixed rate, adjustable rate, zero coupon, contingent, deferred, payment in kind and auction rate features.

The price of fixed income securities will go down if interest rates go up, or the credit rating of the security is downgraded or the issuer defaults on its obligation to pay principal or interest.

The fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval.

Foreign investments

Since the fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers, the fund carries additional risks. Prices of foreign securities may go down because of foreign government actions, political instability or the more limited availability of accurate information about foreign companies. Currency fluctuations could erase investment gains or add to investment losses.

Derivative contracts

The fund may, but need not, use derivative contracts, such as futures and options on securities, securities indices, options on futures, and swaps for the following purposes:

n  

To hedge against the economic impact of adverse changes in the market value of portfolio securities, because of changes in stock market prices or interest rates

n  

As a substitute for buying or selling securities

n  

As a cash flow management technique

n  

To increase the fund’s total return

A derivative contract will obligate or entitle the fund to deliver or receive an asset or cash payment based on the change in value of one or more securities or indices. Even a small investment in derivative contracts can have a large impact on a fund’s stock price and interest rate exposure. Therefore, using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when stock prices or interest rates are changing. The fund may not fully benefit from or may lose money on derivatives if changes in their value do not correspond accurately to changes in the value of the fund’s holdings. The other parties to certain derivative contracts present the same types of default risk as issuers of fixed income securities. Derivatives can also make a fund less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         7


 

Defensive investing

The fund may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions in any type of money market instruments and short-term debt securities or cash without regard to any percentage limitations. If the fund takes a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective.

Short sales

The fund may sell securities short from time to time. The fund may hold no more than 25% of the fund’s net assets (taken at the then-current market value) as required collateral for such sales at any one time. A short sale is a transaction in which the fund sells securities it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of the securities. A short sale of a security involves the risk that instead of declining, the price of the security sold short will rise. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security, the fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the fund will realize a gain. The short sale of securities involves the possibility of a theoretically unlimited loss since there is a theoretically unlimited potential for the market price of the security sold short to increase.

Portfolio holdings

The fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the fund’s portfolio securities are described in the Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”).

Other information

The fund may also use other strategies and invest in other securities that are described, along with their risks, in the fund’s SAI. However, the fund might not use all of the strategies and techniques or invest in all of the types of securities described in this Prospectus or in the SAI. Also note that there are many other factors, which are not described here, that could adversely affect your investment and that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objective.

 

8         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Management

Manager and subadvisers

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) is the fund’s investment manager. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the fund’s cash and short-term instruments. As of September 30, 2007, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $190 billion. ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge”), Western Asset Management Company (“Western Asset”) and Western Asset Management Company Limited (“Western Asset Limited” and, together with ClearBridge and Western Asset, the “subadvisers”) provide the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund.

ClearBridge has offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018 and is an investment adviser that was formed to succeed to the equity securities portfolio management business of Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”), which was acquired by Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”) in December 2005. As of September 30, 2007, ClearBridge’s total assets under management were approximately $107.6 billion.

Western Asset, established in 1971, has offices at 385 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101. Western Asset Limited has offices at 10 Exchange Place, London, England. Western Asset and Western Asset Limited act as investment advisers to institutional accounts, such as corporate pension plans, mutual funds and endowment funds. As of December 31, 2007, Western Asset’s total assets under management were approximately $         billion, and Western Asset Limited’s total assets under management were approximately $         billion.

LMPFA, ClearBridge, Western Asset and Western Asset Limited are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion.

Portfolio managers

Robert Gendelman is lead portfolio manager of the fund with portfolio management responsibility for overseeing the fund’s allocation between equity and fixed-income securities as well as the fund’s equity investments in general. Mr. Gendelman has been a portfolio manager of the fund since July 2006.

Mr. Gendelman joined ClearBridge as a portfolio manager and Managing Director in July of 2006. Mr. Gendelman was employed by Cobble Creek Partners, L.P., a registered investment adviser, beginning in October 2003 and prior to that time was a portfolio manager at Neuberger and Berman for more than five years.

S. Kenneth Leech, Stephen A. Walsh, Jeffrey D. Van Schaik, Keith J. Gardner and Detler S. Schlichter, each of whom is associated with Western Asset, serve as portfolio managers of the fixed income portion of the fund. Messrs. Leech and Walsh have been involved in the day-to-day management of the fixed income portion of the fund since March      2006, while Messrs. Van Schaik and Gardner became co-portfolio managers in April      2007. Mr. Schlicter became a co-portfolio manager in August      2007.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         9


 

These portfolio managers lead a larger team and their focus is on portfolio structure, including sector allocation, duration weighting and term structure decisions.

Messrs. Leech, Walsh, Van Schaik, Gardner and Schlicter are portfolio managers of Western Asset and have been employed by Western Asset for at least the past five years.

The SAI provides information about the compensation of the portfolio managers, other accounts they manage, and any fund shares held by the portfolio managers.

Management fee

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund paid a management fee of         % of the fund’s average daily net assets for management services.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the fund’s current management agreement and subadvisory agreements is available in the fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

Distribution plan

Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS” or the “distributor”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

The fund has adopted a shareholder services and distribution plan for its Class A, B, C, FI and R shares. Under the plan, the fund pays distribution and/or service fees. The plan provides for payments, based on annualized percentages of average daily net assets, of up to 0.25% for Class A and FI shares; up to 0.75% for Class B shares; up to 0.50% for Class R shares; and up to 1.00% for Class C shares. These fees are an ongoing expense and, over time, will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than other types of sales charges. Class I shares are not subject to any distribution and/or service fees.

In addition, the distributor may make payments for distribution and/or shareholder servicing activities out of its past profits and other available sources. The distributor may also make payments to dealers for marketing, promotional or related expenses. The amount of these payments is determined by the distributor and may be substantial. The manager or an affiliate may make similar payments under similar arrangements.

The payments described in the paragraph above are often referred to as “revenue sharing payments.” The recipients of such payments may include the fund’s distributor, affiliates of the manager, broker/dealers, financial institutions and other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of the fund. In some circumstances, such payments may create an incentive for an intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the fund to you. Please contact your financial intermediary for details about revenue sharing payments it may receive.

 

10         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Recent developments

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against SBFM, the then-investment adviser or manager to the fund, and CGMI, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds, including the fund (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that Smith Barney Fund Management, LLC (“SBFM”), the then-investment manager or adviser to certain of the funds, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”), a former distributor of the fund, willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that CAM, the Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”) business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed.

SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding. The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no certainty as to how the above-described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         11


 

proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Funds. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

 

12         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Choosing a class of shares to buy

Individual investors can generally choose among three classes of shares: Classes A, B and C shares. Individual investors that held Class I (formerly Class Y) shares prior to November 20, 2006, may continue to invest in Class I shares. Institutional and retirement plan investors and clients of financial intermediaries should refer to “Retirement and institutional investors” below for a description of the classes available to them.

Each class has different sales charges and expenses, allowing you to choose the class that best meets your needs. When choosing which class of shares to buy, you should consider:

n  

How much you plan to invest

n  

How long you expect to own the shares

n  

The expenses paid by each class detailed in the Fee table and Example at the front of this Prospectus

n  

Whether you qualify for any reduction or waiver of sales charges

If you are choosing between Class A and Class B shares, it will in almost all cases be the more economical choice for you to purchase Class A shares if you plan to purchase shares in an amount of $100,000 or more (whether in a single purchase or through aggregation of eligible holdings). This is because of the reduced sales charges available on larger investments of Class A shares and the lower ongoing expenses of Class A shares compared to Class B shares.

If you intend to invest for only a few years, the effect of Class B contingent deferred sales charges on redemptions made within five years of purchase, as well as the effect of higher expenses of that class, might make an investment in Class C more appropriate. There is no initial sales charge on Class C shares, and the contingent deferred sales charge does not apply to shares redeemed one year or more after purchase.

However, if you plan to invest a large amount and your investment horizon is five years or more, Class C shares might not be as advantageous as Class A shares. The annual distribution and service fees on Class C shares may cost you more over the longer term than the front-end sales charge you would have paid for larger purchases of Class A shares.

You may buy shares:

n  

Through banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”)

n  

Directly from the fund

Different types of shareholder services may be available to you under arrangements offered by different Service Agents. In addition, these services may vary depending on the share class in which you choose to invest. In making your decision regarding which share class to buy, please keep in mind that your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending on the share class in which you invest. Investors should consult with their Service Agent about comparative pricing of shareholder services available to them under each available share class, the compensation that will be received by their Service Agent in connection with each available share class, and other factors that may be relevant to the investor’s choice of share class in which to invest.

Not all classes of shares are available through each Service Agent. You should contact your Service Agent for further information about available share classes.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         13


 

Investment minimums

Minimum initial and additional investment amounts vary depending on the class of shares you buy and the nature of your investment.

 

   

Investment Minimum

Initial/Additional Investment (1)

      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R  

Class I

(formerly Y)

General

  $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

IRAs and Uniform Gifts or Transfers to Minor Accounts

  $ 250/$50   $ 250/$50   $ 250/$50   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

SIMPLE IRAs

  $ 1/$1   $ 1/$1   $ 1/$1   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

Systematic Investment Plans

  $ 25/$25   $ 25/$25   $ 25/$25   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

  $ 1/$1     n/a     n/a   None/None   n/a   None/None
 

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

    n/a     n/a     None/None   None/None   None/None   None/None
 

Other Retirement Plans

  $ 50/$50   $ 50/$50   $ 50/$50   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

Institutional Investors

  $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   n/a   n/a   $1 million/None
 

 

(1)

 

Please refer to the section entitled “Retirement and institutional investors” for additional information regarding the investment minimum and eligibility requirements for Retirement Plans, Institutional Investors and Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries.

More information about the fund’s classes of shares is available through the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website. You’ll find detailed information about sales charges and ways you can qualify for reduced or waived sales charges, including:

n  

The front-end sales charges that apply to the purchase of Class A shares

n  

The contingent deferred sales charges that apply to the redemption of Class B shares, Class C shares and certain Class A shares (redeemed within one year)

n  

Who qualifies for lower sales charges on Class A shares

n  

Who qualifies for a sales load waiver

To access the website, go to http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and click on the name of the fund.

 

14         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Comparing the fund’s classes

The following table compares key features of the fund’s classes. You should review the Fee table and Example at the front of this Prospectus carefully before choosing your share class. Your Service Agent can help you decide which class meets your goals. Your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending upon which class you choose.

 

      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R  

Class I

(formerly Y)

Key features  

n   Initial sales charge

n   You may qualify for reduction or waiver of initial sales charge

n   Generally lower annual expenses than Class B and Class C

 

n   No initial sales charge

n   Contingent deferred sales charge declines over time

n   Converts to Class A after approximately 8 years

n   Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

 

n   No initial sales charge

n   Contingent deferred sales charge for only 1 year

n   Does not convert to Class A

n   Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and eligible Retirement Plans

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to eligible Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to institutional and other eligible investors

n   Generally lower annual expenses than the other classes

Initial sales charge  

Up to 5.75%; reduced or waived for large purchases and certain investors. No charge for purchases of $1 million or more

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         15


 

      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R  

Class I

(formerly Y)

Contingent deferred sales charge  

1.00% on purchases of $1 million or more if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors

 

Up to 5.00% charged when you redeem shares. This charge is reduced over time and there is no contingent deferred sales charge after 5 years; waived for certain investors

 

1.00% if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors

 

None

 

None

 

None

Annual distribution and/or service fees  

0.25% of average daily net assets

 

0.75% of average daily net assets

 

1.00% of average daily net assets

 

0.25% of average daily net assets

 

0.50% of average daily net assets

 

None

Exchange privilege (1)  

Class A shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class B shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class C shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class FI shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class R shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class I shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

(1)

 

Ask your Service Agent about the Legg Mason Partners Funds available for exchange.

 

16         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Sales charges

Class A shares

You buy Class A shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value plus a sales charge. You pay a lower rate as the size of your investment increases to certain levels called breakpoints. You do not pay a sales charge on the fund’s distributions or dividends you reinvest in additional Class A shares.

The table below shows the rate of sales charge you pay, depending on the amount you purchase. The table below also shows the amount of broker/dealer compensation that will be paid out of the sales charge if you buy shares from a Service Agent (except Primerica Financial Services (“PFS”)). For Class A shares sold by LMIS, LMIS will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. For Class A shares sold by PFS from December 1, 2007 through the close of business on May 31, 2008, PFS will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. Thereafter, PFS will receive the same level of compensation as other Service Agents. Service Agents will also receive a service fee payable on Class A shares at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares serviced by them.

 

Amount of investment  

Sales Charge

as a % of

offering price

  Sales Charge as
a % of net
amount invested
  Broker/Dealer
Commission
as % of
offering price

Less than $25,000

  5.75   6.10   5.00
 

$25,000 but less than $50,000

  5.00   5.26   4.25
 

$50,000 but less than $100,000

  4.50   4.71   3.75
 

$100,000 but less than $250,000

  3.50   3.63   2.75
 

$250,000 but less than $500,000

  2.50   2.56   2.00
 

$500,000 but less than $750,000

  2.00   2.04   1.60
 

$750,000 but less than $1 million

  1.50   1.52   1.20
 

$1 million or more (1)

  -0-   -0-   up to 1.00
 

 

(1)

 

The distributor may pay a commission of up to 1.00% to a Service Agent for purchase amounts of $1 million or more. In such cases, starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, the Service Agent will also receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares held by its clients. Prior to the thirteenth month, the distributor will retain this fee. Where the Service Agent does not receive the payment of this commission, the Service Agent will instead receive the annual distribution/service fee starting immediately after purchase. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Investments of $1,000,000 or more

You do not pay an initial sales charge when you buy $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares. However, if you redeem these Class A shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         17


 

Qualifying for a reduced Class A sales charge

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds to take advantage of the breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in sales charges that may be available to you when you purchase fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent or the transfer agent if you are eligible for a letter of intent or a right of accumulation and if you own shares of other Legg Mason Partners Funds that are eligible to be aggregated with your purchases. Certain records, such as account statements, may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges.

n  

Accumulation Privilege  – allows you to combine the current value of Class A shares of the fund with other shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds that are owned by:

  ¨  

you; or

  ¨  

your spouse and children under the age of 21

with the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares for purposes of calculating the initial sales charge.

Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (other than money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners Funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund may not be combined.

If you hold shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be combined.

Certain trustees and fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

n  

Letter of Intent  – allows you to purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge on Class A shares, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. At the time you enter into the letter of intent, you select your asset goal amount. Generally, purchases of Legg Mason Partners Fund shares that are purchased during the 13-month period by:

  ¨  

you; or

  ¨  

your spouse and children under the age of 21

are eligible for inclusion under the letter, based on the public offering price at the time of the purchase, and any capital appreciation on those shares. Purchases made 90 days prior to the 13-month period are also eligible to be treated as purchases made under the letter of intent. In addition, you can include towards your asset goal amount the current value of any eligible purchases that were made prior to the date of entering into the letter of intent and are still held.

If you hold shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (other than money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners Funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund may not be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

If you do not meet your asset goal amount, shares in the amount of any sales charges due, based on the amount of your actual purchases, will be redeemed from your account.

 

18         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Waivers for certain Class A investors

Class A initial sales charges are waived for certain types of investors, including:

n  

Employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor

n  

Investors who redeemed Class A shares of a Legg Mason Partners Fund in the past 60 days, if the investor’s Service Agent is notified

n  

Directors and officers of any Legg Mason-sponsored fund

n  

Employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries

n  

Investors investing through certain retirement plans

If you qualify for a waiver of the Class A initial sales charge, you must notify your Service Agent or the transfer agent at the time of purchase and provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the initial sales charge waiver.

If you want to learn about additional waivers of Class A initial sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or access the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website: http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and click on the name of the fund.

Class B shares

You buy Class B shares at net asset value without paying an initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class B shares within five years of your purchase payment, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge. The contingent deferred sales charge decreases as the number of years since your purchase payment increases.

 

Year after purchase   1st     2nd     3rd     4th     5th     6th through 8th  

Contingent deferred sales charge

  5 %   4 %   3 %   2 %   1 %   0 %
   

LMIS will generally pay Service Agents, other than PFS, selling Class B shares a commission of up to 4.00% of the purchase price of the Class B shares they sell, and LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges. For Class B shares sold by PFS, PFS pays a commission of up to 4.00% of the purchase price of the Class B shares sold by its agents and retains the contingent deferred sales charges paid upon certain redemptions. PFS will receive any service and distribution fees paid on all shares held by PFS clients. Service Agents also receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class B shares serviced by them.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         19


 

Class B conversion

After approximately 8 years, Class B shares automatically convert into Class A shares. This helps you because Class A shares have lower annual expenses. Your Class B shares will convert to Class A shares as follows:

 

Shares issued:
At initial purchase
   Shares issued:
On reinvestment of
dividends and
distributions
  

Shares issued:

Upon exchange from
another Legg Mason
Partners Fund

Approximately 8 years after the date of
purchase payment
   In same proportion as the number of Class B shares converting is to total Class B shares you own (excluding shares issued as dividends)   

On the date the shares originally acquired

would have converted into Class A shares

 

Class C shares

You buy Class C shares at net asset value without paying an initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class C shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

LMIS will generally pay Service Agents selling Class C shares a commission of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class C shares they sell and LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges and an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by these Service Agents until the thirteenth month after purchase. Starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, these Service Agents will receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Class FI, Class R and Class I shares

Class FI, Class R and Class I shares are purchased at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed. As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

20         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

More about contingent deferred sales charges

The contingent deferred sales charge is based on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less, and therefore you do not pay a sales charge on amounts representing appreciation or depreciation.

In addition, you do not pay a contingent deferred sales charge:

n  

When you exchange shares for shares of another Legg Mason Partners Fund

n  

On shares representing reinvested distributions and dividends

n  

On shares no longer subject to the contingent deferred sales charge

Each time you place a request to redeem shares, the fund will first redeem any shares in your account that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and then the shares in your account that have been held the longest.

If you redeemed shares of a Legg Mason Partners Fund and paid a contingent deferred sales charge, you may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges as partial compensation for its expenses in selling shares, including the payment of compensation to your Service Agent.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers

The contingent deferred sales charge for each share class will generally be waived:

n  

On payments made through certain systematic withdrawal plans

n  

On certain distributions from a retirement plan

n  

For retirement plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

n  

For involuntary redemptions of small account balances

n  

For 12 months following the death or disability of a shareholder

If you want to learn more about additional waivers of contingent deferred sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or look at the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and click on the name of the fund.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         21


 

Retirement and institutional investors

Eligible investors

Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund can generally choose among four classes of shares: Class C, Class R, Class FI and Class I (formerly Class Y) shares.

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents for Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, with limited exceptions. Class A shares will cease to be available to new Retirement Plan investors through a Service Agent if the Service Agent makes Class FI shares available. Please see below for additional information.

“Retirement Plans” include 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit-sharing plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and other similar employer-sponsored retirement plans. Retirement Plans do not include individual retirement vehicles, such as traditional and Roth IRAs, Coverdell education savings accounts, individual 403(b)(7) custodial accounts, Keogh plans, SEPs, SARSEPs, SIMPLE IRAs, or Section 529 savings accounts. Although Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund are not subject to minimum initial investment requirements for any of these share classes, certain investment minimums may be imposed by a financial intermediary.

Other Retirement Plans

Other Retirement Plans can generally choose among three classes of shares: Class A, Class B and Class C. “Other Retirement Plans” include Retirement Plans investing through brokerage accounts, and also include certain Retirement Plans with direct relationships to the fund that are neither Institutional Investors nor investing through omnibus accounts. Individual retirement vehicles, such as IRAs, may also choose among these share classes. Other Retirement Plans and individual retirement vehicles are treated like individual investors for purposes of determining sales charges and any applicable sales charge reductions or waivers.

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries may generally choose among three classes of shares: Class A, Class FI and Class I. “Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries” are investors who invest in the fund through financial intermediaries that offer their clients fund shares through investment programs as authorized by LMIS. Such investment programs may include fee-based advisory account programs and college savings vehicles such as Section 529 plans. The financial intermediary may impose separate investment minimums.

Institutional Investors

Institutional Investors may invest in Class I shares if they meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement. Institutional Investors may also invest in Class A, B and C shares, which have different investment minimums and fees and expenses. “Institutional Investors” generally include corporations, banks, trust companies, insurance companies, investment companies, foundations, endowments, pension and profit-sharing plans and other similar entities with direct relationships to the fund.

 

22         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Class C — Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund may buy Class C shares without paying a contingent deferred sales charge. LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class C shares to Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class C shares sold by them. Instead, immediately after purchase, LMIS may pay these Service Agents an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Certain Retirement Plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. Please see the SAI for more details.

Class R

Class R shares are offered only to Retirement Plans with accounts held on the books of the fund (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial intermediary). LMIS may pay Service Agents selling Class R shares an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.50% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class R shares serviced by them.

Class FI

Class FI shares are offered to investors who invest in the fund through certain financial intermediary and retirement plan programs. LMIS may pay Service Agents selling Class FI shares an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% starting immediately after purchase.

Class I

On November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. Class I shares are offered only to Institutional Investors who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries, Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, and other investors as authorized by LMIS. However, investors that held Class Y shares prior to that date will be permitted to make additional investments in Class I shares.

Class A and Class B — Retirement Plans

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents for Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund. However, certain Retirement Plans that held Class B shares prior to December 1, 2006 are permitted to make additional investments in that class. Certain existing programs for current and prospective Retirement Plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries also remain eligible for Class A shares. Under these programs, the initial sales charge and contingent deferred sales charge for Class A shares are waived where:

n  

Such Retirement Plan’s record keeper offers only load-waived shares,

n  

Fund shares are held on the books of the fund through an omnibus account, and

n  

The Retirement Plan has more than 100 participants, or has total assets exceeding $1 million

LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class A shares to Retirement Plans with a direct omnibus relationship with the fund a commission on the purchase price of

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         23


 

Class A shares sold by them. However, for certain Retirement Plans that purchased shares at net asset value prior to November 1, 2006, LMIS may continue to pay Service Agents commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of Class A shares that are purchased with regular ongoing plan contributions. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Other considerations

Plan sponsors, plan fiduciaries and other financial intermediaries may choose to impose qualification requirements for plans that differ from the fund’s share class eligibility standards. In certain cases this could result in the selection of a share class with higher service and distribution related fees than otherwise would have been charged. The fund is not responsible for, and has no control over, the decision of any plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary to impose such differing requirements. Please consult with your plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary for more information about available share classes.

With respect to Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class I shares, the fund may pay a fee for recordkeeping services performed for the share class.

Not all share classes may be made available by your Service Agent, Please contact your Service Agent for additional details.

 

24         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Buying shares

 

Generally   

You may buy shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your purchase request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge.

Effective January 1, 2008, the fund generally will not permit non-resident aliens with a non-U.S. address to establish an account. U.S. citizens with an APO/FPO address or an address in the United States (including its territories) and resident aliens with a U.S. address are permitted to establish an account with the fund. Subject to the requirements of local law, U.S. citizens residing in foreign countries are permitted to establish an account with the fund.

 
Through a Service Agent   

You should contact your Service Agent to open a brokerage account and make arrangements to buy shares. You must provide the following information for your order to be processed:

n    Class of shares being bought

n    Dollar amount or number of shares being bought

n    Account number (if existing account)

Your Service Agent may charge an annual account maintenance fee.

 
Through the fund   

n    Investors should write to the fund at the following address:

Legg Mason Partners Funds

c/o PFPC Inc.

P.O. Box 9699

Providence, Rhode Island 02940-9699

n    Enclose a check to pay for the shares. For initial purchases, complete and send an account application available upon request from Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at the number below

n    Specify the name of the fund, the share class you wish to purchase and your account number (if existing account)

n    For more information, please call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010

 

Through a

systematic

investment plan

  

You may authorize your Service Agent or the transfer agent to transfer funds automatically from (i) a regular bank account, (ii) cash held in a brokerage account opened with a Service Agent or (iii) certain money market funds, in order to buy shares on a regular basis.

n    Amounts transferred must be at least $25

n    Amounts may be transferred monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

n    If you do not have sufficient funds in your account on a transfer date, your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services may charge you a fee

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         25


 

Exchanging shares

 

Generally    You may exchange shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your exchange request in good order.
 
Legg Mason Partners offers a distinctive family of funds tailored to help meet the varying needs of both large and small investors   

You should contact your Service Agent to exchange into other Legg Mason Partners Funds. Be sure to read the prospectus of the Legg Mason Partners Fund into which you are exchanging. An exchange is a taxable transaction, unless you are investing through a tax qualified savings plan or account.

n   If you bought shares through a Service Agent, you may exchange shares only for shares of the same class of certain other Legg Mason Partners Funds made available for exchange by your Service Agent. Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds made available for exchange by your Service Agent may offer all classes. Please contact your Service Agent for more information about the funds and classes that are available for exchange

n   If you bought shares directly from the fund, you may exchange shares only for shares of the same class of another Legg Mason Partners Fund other than shares of Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund. Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds offer all classes

n   Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds may be offered in your state of residence. Contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services for further information

n   Exchanges of Class A, B, C, FI and R shares are subject to minimum investment requirements (except for systematic investment plan exchanges), and all shares are subject to the other requirements of the fund into which exchanges are made

n   If you hold share certificates, the transfer agent must receive the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers before the exchange is effective

n   The fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in an excessive pattern of exchanges

      
Sales charges   

In most instances, your shares will not be subject to an initial sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge at the time of the exchange.

Your contingent deferred sales charge (if any) will continue to be measured from the date of your original purchase of shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and you will be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge of the fund that you originally purchased.

 
By telephone    If you do not have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, you may be eligible to exchange shares through the fund. You must complete an authorization form to authorize telephone transfers. If eligible, you may make telephone exchanges on any day the New

 

26         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

  

York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open. Shareholders should call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 between 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time).

You can make telephone exchanges only between accounts that have identical registrations.

 
By mail    If you do not have a brokerage account, contact your Service Agent or write to the fund at the address on the following page.
 

Through a

systematic

exchange plan

  

You may be permitted to schedule exchanges of shares of any class of the fund for shares of the same class of other Legg Mason Partners Funds.

n    Exchanges may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

n    A predetermined dollar amount of at least $25 per exchange
is required

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         27


 

Redeeming shares

 

Generally   

You may redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your redemption request in good order, less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge.

Contact your Service Agent to redeem shares of the fund.

If you hold share certificates, the transfer agent must receive the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers with a signature guarantee before you may redeem.

If the shares are held by a fiduciary or corporation, other documents may be required.

Your redemption proceeds will normally be sent within three business days after your request is received in good order, but in any event within 7 days. Your redemption proceeds may be delayed for up to 10 days if your purchase was made by check.

If you have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, your redemption proceeds will be sent to your Service Agent. In other cases, unless you direct otherwise, your redemption proceeds will be paid by check mailed to your address of record.

 
By mail   

For accounts held directly at the fund, send written requests to the fund at the following address:

Legg Mason Partners Funds

c/o PFPC Inc.

P.O. Box 9699

Providence, Rhode Island 02940-9699

Your written request must provide the following:

n   The fund name, the class of shares to be redeemed, and your account number

n   The dollar amount or number of shares to be redeemed

n   Signatures of each owner exactly as the account is registered

n   Signature guarantees, as applicable

 
By telephone    If you do not have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, you may be eligible to redeem shares (except those held in certain retirement plans) in amounts up to $50,000 per day through the fund. You must complete an authorization form to authorize telephone redemptions. If eligible, you may request redemptions by telephone on any day the NYSE is open. Shareholders should call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 between 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time).
  

Your redemption proceeds can be sent by check to your address of record or by wire or electronic transfer (ACH) to a bank account designated on your authorization form. You must submit a new authorization form to change the bank account designated to receive wire or electronic transfers and you may be asked to provide certain

 

28         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

   other documents. The transfer agent may charge a fee on a wire or an electronic transfer (ACH).
 
Automatic cash withdrawal plans   

You can arrange for the automatic redemption of a portion of your shares monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. To qualify you must own shares of the fund with a value of at least $10,000 ($5,000 for retirement plan accounts) and each automatic redemption must be at least $50. If your shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, the sales charge will be waived if your automatic redemptions are equal to or less than 2% per month of your account balance on the date the withdrawals commence, up to a maximum of 12% in any one year.

The following conditions apply:

n   Your shares must not be represented by certificates

n   All dividends and distributions must be reinvested

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         29


 

Other things to know about transactions

When you buy, exchange or redeem shares, your request must be in good order. This means you have provided the following information, without which your request may not be processed:

n  

Name of the fund

n  

Your account number

n  

Class of shares being bought, and if you own more than one class, the class of shares being exchanged or redeemed

n  

Dollar amount or number of shares being bought, exchanged or redeemed

n  

Signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered

The fund’s transfer agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that any telephone exchange or redemption request is genuine, which may include recording calls, asking the caller to provide certain personal identification information, sending you a written confirmation or requiring other confirmation procedures from time to time. If these procedures are followed, neither the fund nor its agent will bear any liability for such transactions.

Signature guarantees

To be in good order, your redemption request must include a signature guarantee if you:

n  

Are redeeming over $50,000

n  

Are sending signed share certificates or stock powers to the transfer agent

n  

Instruct the transfer agent to mail the check to an address different from the one on your account registration

n  

Changed your account registration or your address within 30 days

n  

Want the check paid to someone other than the account owner(s)

n  

Are transferring the redemption proceeds to an account with a different registration

You can obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, dealers, brokers, credit unions and federal savings and loan institutions, but not from a notary public.

The fund has the right to:

n  

Suspend the offering of shares

n  

Waive or change minimum and additional investment amounts

n  

Reject any purchase or exchange order

n  

Change, revoke or suspend the exchange privilege

n  

Suspend telephone transactions

n  

Suspend or postpone redemptions of shares on any day when trading on the NYSE is restricted, or as otherwise permitted by the SEC

n  

Pay redemption proceeds by giving you securities. You may pay transaction costs to dispose of the securities

Small account balances/Mandatory redemptions

If at any time the aggregate net asset value of the fund shares in your account is less than $500 for any reason (including solely due to declines in net asset value and/or failure to invest at least $500 within a reasonable period), the fund reserves the right to ask you to

 

30         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

bring your account up to the applicable minimum investment amount as determined by your Service Agent. In such case you shall be notified in writing and will have 60 days to make an additional investment to bring your account value up to the required level. If you choose not to do so within this 60-day period, the fund may close your account and send you the redemption proceeds. In the event your account is closed due to a failure to increase your balance to the minimum required amount, you will not be eligible to have your account subsequently reinstated without imposition of any sales charges that may apply to your new purchase. The fund may, with prior notice, change the minimum size of accounts subject to mandatory redemption, which may vary by class, or implement fees for small accounts.

Subject to applicable law, the fund may, with prior notice, adopt other policies from time to time requiring mandatory redemption of shares in certain circumstances.

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares

Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares may interfere with the efficient management of the fund’s portfolio by its portfolio managers, increase portfolio transaction costs, and have a negative effect on the fund’s long-term shareholders. For example, in order to handle large flows of cash into and out of the fund, the portfolio managers may need to allocate more assets to cash or other short-term investments or sell securities, rather than maintaining full investment in securities selected to achieve the fund’s investment objective. Frequent trading may cause the fund to sell securities at less favorable prices. Transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions and market spreads, can detract from the fund’s performance. In addition, the return received by long-term shareholders may be reduced when trades by other shareholders are made in an effort to take advantage of certain pricing discrepancies, when, for example, it is believed that the fund’s share price, which is determined at the close of the NYSE on each trading day, does not accurately reflect the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. Funds investing in foreign securities have been particularly susceptible to this form of arbitrage, but other funds could also be affected.

Because of the potential harm to funds in the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex and their long-term shareholders, the Board of the fund has approved policies and procedures that are intended to discourage and prevent excessive trading and market timing abuses through the use of various surveillance techniques. Under these policies and procedures, the fund may limit additional exchanges or purchases of fund shares by shareholders who are believed by the manager to be engaged in these abusive trading activities in the fund or in other funds within the fund complex. In the event that an exchange request is rejected, the shareholder may nonetheless redeem its shares. The intent of the policies and procedures is not to inhibit legitimate strategies, such as asset allocation, dollar cost averaging, or similar activities that may nonetheless result in frequent trading of fund shares.

Under the fund’s policies and procedures, the fund reserves the right to restrict or reject purchases of shares (including exchanges) without prior notice whenever a pattern of excessive trading by a shareholder is detected within the fund complex. A committee estab-

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         31


 

lished by the manager administers the policy. The policy provides that the committee will use its best efforts to restrict a shareholder’s trading privileges in the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex if that shareholder has engaged in a total of four or more “Round Trips” (as defined below) across all Legg Mason Partners Funds during any rolling 12-month period. However, the committee has the discretion to determine that restricting a shareholder’s trading privileges is not necessary (or that a new limit on Round Trips should be established for the shareholder) if it is determined that the pattern of trading is not abusive or harmful. In making such a determination, the committee will consider, among other things, the nature of the shareholder’s account, the reason for the frequent trading, the amount of trading and the particular funds in which the trading has occurred. Additionally, the committee has the discretion to make inquiries or to take action against any shareholder whose trading appears inconsistent with the frequent trading policy. Examples of the types of actions the committee may take to deter excessive trading in a shareholder account include restricting the shareholder from purchasing additional shares in the fund altogether or imposing other restrictions (such as requiring purchase orders to be submitted by mail) that would deter the shareholder from trading frequently in the funds.

A “Round Trip” is defined as a purchase (including subscriptions and exchanges) into the fund followed by a sale (including redemptions and exchanges) of the same or a similar number of shares out of the fund within 30 days of such purchase. Purchases and sales of the fund’s shares pursuant to an automatic investment plan or similar program for periodic transactions are not considered in determining Round Trips. For purposes of these policies and procedures, the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex also includes certain Western Asset funds and Barrett Opportunity Fund, Inc., but does not include money market funds in the fund complex.

The policies apply to any account, whether an individual account, accounts with financial intermediaries such as investment advisers, broker/dealers or retirement plan administrators, commonly called omnibus accounts, where the intermediary holds fund shares for a number of its customers in one account. The fund’s ability to monitor trading in omnibus accounts may, however, be severely limited due to the lack of access to an individual investor’s trading activity when orders are placed through these types of accounts. There may also be operational and technological limitations on the ability of the fund’s service providers to identify or terminate frequent trading activity within the various types of omnibus accounts. The fund’s distributor has entered into agreements with intermediaries requiring the intermediaries to, among other things, help identify frequent trading activity and to prohibit further purchases or exchanges by a shareholder identified as having engaged in frequent trading. These agreements took effect on October 16, 2007.

The fund’s policies also require personnel such as the portfolio managers and investment staff to report any abnormal or otherwise suspicious investment activity, and prohibit short-term trades by such personnel for their own account in mutual funds managed by the manager and its affiliates, other than money market funds. Additionally, the fund has adopted policies and procedures to prevent the selective release of information about the fund’s portfolio holdings, as such information may be used for market-timing and similar abusive practices.

The fund’s policies provide for ongoing assessment of the effectiveness of current policies and surveillance tools, and the Board reserves the right to modify these or adopt addi-

 

32         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

tional policies and restrictions in the future. Shareholders should be aware, however, that any surveillance techniques currently employed by the fund or other techniques that may be adopted in the future may not be effective, particularly where the trading takes place through certain types of omnibus accounts. As noted above, if the fund is unable to detect and deter trading abuses, the fund’s performance, and its long-term shareholders, may be harmed. In addition, shareholders may be harmed by the extra costs and portfolio management inefficiencies that result from frequent trading of fund shares, even when the trading is not for abusive purposes. Furthermore, the fund may not apply its policies consistently or uniformly, resulting in the risk that some shareholders may be able to engage in frequent trading while others will bear the costs and effects of that trading. The fund will provide advance notice to shareholders and prospective investors of any specific restrictions on the trading of fund shares that the Board may adopt in the future.

Share certificates

The fund does not issue share certificates. If you currently hold share certificates of the fund, such certificates will continue to be honored. If you would like to return your share certificates to the fund and hold your shares in uncertificated form, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services.

Record ownership

If you hold shares through a Service Agent, your Service Agent may establish and maintain your account and be the shareholder of record. In the event that the fund holds a shareholder meeting, your Service Agent, as record holder, will vote your shares in accordance with your instructions. If you do not give your Service Agent voting instructions, your Service Agent may nonetheless, under certain circumstances, be entitled to vote your shares.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         33


 

Dividends, distributions and taxes

Dividends and distributions

The fund generally makes monthly distributions, which may include a combination of net investment income and/or currently accumulated net realized capital gains that are otherwise required to be distributed. The fund makes capital gains distributions, typically, at least once or twice a year. The fund may pay additional distributions and dividends at other times if necessary for the fund to avoid a federal tax. The fund expects distributions to be primarily from capital gains. Long-term capital gain distributions and dividends are reinvested in additional fund shares of the same class you hold. You do not pay a sales charge on reinvested distributions or dividends. Alternatively, you can instruct your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services to have your distributions and/or dividends paid in cash. You can change your choice at any time to be effective as of the next distribution or dividend.

Taxes

In general, redeeming shares, exchanging shares and receiving dividends and distributions (whether in cash or additional shares) are all taxable events. The following table describes the tax consequences of certain transactions related to the fund.

 

Transaction    Federal tax status
Redemption or exchange of shares    Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares owned more than one year
 
Long-term capital gain distributions    Long-term capital gain
 
Dividends    Ordinary income, potentially taxable at long-term capital gain rates
 

Distributions attributable to short-term capital gains are treated as dividends, taxable as ordinary income. Dividends and long-term capital gain distributions are taxable whether received in cash or reinvested in fund shares. Although dividends (including dividends from short-term capital gains) are generally taxable as ordinary income, individual shareholders who satisfy certain holding period and other requirements are taxed on such dividends at long-term capital gain rates to the extent the dividends are attributable to “qualified dividend income” received by the fund for taxable years beginning before January 1, 2011. “Qualified dividend income” generally consists of dividends received from U.S. corporations (other than dividends from tax exempt organizations and certain dividends from real estate investment trusts and regulated investment companies) and certain foreign corporations.

Long-term capital gain distributions are taxable to you as long-term capital gain regardless of how long you have owned your shares. You may want to avoid buying shares when the fund is about to declare a capital gain distribution or a dividend, because it will be taxable to you even though it may actually be a return of a portion of your investment.

After the end of each year, your Service Agent or the fund will provide you with information about the distributions and dividends you received and any redemptions of

 

34         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

shares during the previous year. If you do not provide the fund with your correct taxpayer identification number and any required certifications, you may be subject to back-up withholding at the rate of 28% on your distributions, dividends and redemption proceeds. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

The above discussion is applicable to shareholders who are U.S. persons. If you are a non-U.S. person, please consult your own tax adviser with respect to the tax consequences to you of an investment in the fund.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         35


 

Share price

You may buy, exchange or redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt of your request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge. The fund’s net asset value per share is the value of its assets minus its liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. Net asset value is calculated separately for each class of shares. The fund calculates its net asset value every day the NYSE is open. This calculation is done when regular trading closes on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time). The NYSE is closed on certain holidays listed in the SAI.

The Board has approved procedures to be used to value the fund’s securities for the purposes of determining the fund’s net asset value. The valuation of the securities of the fund is determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board. The Board has delegated certain valuation functions for the fund to the manager.

The fund generally values its securities based on market prices determined at the close of regular trading on the NYSE. The fund’s currency valuations, if any, are done as of when the London Stock Exchange closes, which is usually at 12 noon Eastern time, as the manager believes that these valuations typically reflect the largest trading volume in the foreign currency markets. A material change in the value of currency during the period between the close of the London Stock Exchange and the calculation of the fund’s net asset value on the same date is considered a significant event, as described below, in response to which the fund may use fair valuation procedures to value the affected investments. For equity securities that are traded on an exchange, the market price is usually the closing sale or official closing price on that exchange. In the case of securities not traded on an exchange, or if such closing prices are not otherwise available, the market price is typically determined by independent third party pricing vendors approved by the fund’s Board using a variety of pricing techniques and methodologies. The market price for debt obligations is generally the price supplied by an independent third party pricing service approved by the fund’s Board, which may use a matrix, formula or other objective method that takes into consideration market indices, yield curves and other specific adjustments. Short-term debt obligations that will mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, unless it is determined that using this method would not reflect an investment’s fair value. If vendors are unable to supply a price, or if the price supplied is deemed by the manager to be unreliable, the market price may be determined using quotations received from one or more brokers/dealers that make a market in the security. When such prices or quotations are not available, or when the manager believes that they are unreliable, the manager may price securities using fair value procedures approved by the Board. Because the fund may invest in securities rated below investment grade — some of which may be thinly traded, for which market quotations may not be readily available or may be unreliable — the fund may use fair valuation procedures more frequently than funds that invest primarily in securities that are more liquid, such as securities of large capitalization domestic issuers. The fund may also use fair value procedures if the manager determines that a significant event has occurred between the time at which a market price is determined and the time at which the fund’s net asset value is calculated. In particular, the value of foreign securities may be materially affected by events occurring after the close of the market on which they are valued, but before the fund prices its shares. The fund uses a fair value model devel-

 

36         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

oped by an independent third party pricing service to price foreign equity securities on days when there is a certain percentage change in the value of a domestic equity security index, as such percentage may be determined by the manager from time to time.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuation of securities based on readily available market quotations. A fund that uses fair value to price securities may value those securities higher or lower than another fund using market quotations or its own fair value methodologies to price the same securities. There can be no assurance that the fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the fund determines its net asset value.

International markets may be open on days when U.S. markets are closed and the value of foreign securities owned by the fund could change on days when you cannot buy or redeem shares.

In order to buy, redeem or exchange shares at that day’s price, you must place your order with your Service Agent or the transfer agent before the NYSE closes. If the NYSE closes early, you must place your order prior to the actual closing time.

It is the responsibility of the Service Agents to transmit all orders to buy, exchange or redeem shares to the transfer agent on a timely basis.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         37


 

Financial highlights

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the performance of each class for the past five years (or since inception of that class). No financial highlights are provided for Class FI or R shares as the fund commenced the offering of such shares as of the date of this Prospectus. The returns for Class FI or R shares will differ from that of the other classes to the extent that their expenses differ. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. Total return represents the rate that a shareholder would have earned (or lost) on a fund share assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information in the following tables has been derived from the fund’s and the predecessor fund’s financial statements. These financial statements which have been audited by                 , an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund’s financial statements, is included in the annual report (available upon request). The financial information shown below for periods prior to April 16, 2006 is that of the fund’s predecessor. As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares of the fund were renamed Class I shares.

 

For a Class A share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:
      2007   2006   2005   2004   2003

 

38         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

For a Class B share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:
      2007   2006   2005   2004   2003

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         39


 

For a Class C share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:
      2007   2006   2005   2004   2003

 

40         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

For a Class I share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:
      2007   2006   2005   2004   2003

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund         41


 

Legg Mason Partners Funds Privacy Policy

We are committed to keeping nonpublic personal information about you secure and confidential. This notice is intended to help you understand how we fulfill this commitment. From time to time, we may collect a variety of personal information about you, including:

n  

Information we receive from you on applications and forms, via the telephone, and through our websites;

n  

Information about your transactions with us, our affiliates, or others (such as your purchases, sales, or account balances); and

n  

Information we receive from consumer reporting agencies.

We do not disclose your nonpublic personal information, except as permitted by applicable law or regulation. For example, we may share this information with others in order to process your transactions. We may also provide this information to companies that perform services on our behalf, such as printing and mailing, or to other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements. We will require these companies to protect the confidentiality of this information and to use it only to perform the services for which we hired them.

With respect to our internal security procedures, we maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to protect your nonpublic personal information, and we restrict access to this information.

If you decide at some point either to close your account(s) or become an inactive customer, we will continue to adhere to our privacy policies and practices with respect to your nonpublic personal information.

[This page is not part of the prospectus.]

 

42         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

 

(Investment Company Act file no. 811-6444)

FD0213 04/08

LOGO

Legg Mason Partners

Capital and Income Fund

You may visit the fund’s web site at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors for a free copy of a Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) or an Annual or Semi-Annual Report, or to request other information.

Shareholder reports Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders. In the fund’s Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the fund’s performance.

The fund sends only one report to a household if more than one account has the same last name and same address. Contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services if you do not want this policy to apply to you.

Statement of additional information The SAI provides more detailed information about the fund and is incorporated by reference into (is legally a part of) this Prospectus.

You can make inquiries about the fund or obtain shareholders reports (without charge) by contacting your Service Agent, by calling Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 or by writing to the fund at Legg Mason Partners Funds, 55 Water Street, New York, New York 10041.

Information about the fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. In addition, information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained for a duplicating fee by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

If someone makes a statement about the fund that is not in this Prospectus, you should not rely upon that information. Neither the fund nor its distributor is offering to sell shares of the fund to any person to whom the fund may not lawfully sell its shares.


PROSPECTUS

April     , 2008

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any statement to the contrary is a crime.

LOGO

 

Legg Mason Partners

Capital Fund

Class A, B, C, FI, R, I and IS Shares

 

 

INVESTMENT PRODUCTS: NOT FDIC INSURED Ÿ NO BANK GUARANTEE Ÿ MAY LOSE VALUE

 


Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund

Contents

 

Investments, risks and performance

  2

More on the fund’s investments

  8

Management

  12

Choosing a class of shares to buy

  15

Comparing the fund’s classes

  17

Sales charge s

  19

More about contingent deferred sales charges

  23

Retirement and institutional investors

  24

Buying shares

  27

Exchanging shares

  28

Redeeming shares

  30

Other things to know about transactions

  32

Dividends, distributions and taxes

  36

Share price

  38

Financial highlights

  40

 

As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund with the same name, effective April 16, 2007. Any information in this Prospectus relating to the fund prior to April 16, 2007 relates to the fund’s predecessor.


 

Investments, risks and performance

Investment objective

The fund seeks capital appreciation through investment in securities which the portfolio managers believe have above-average capital appreciation potential.

Principal investment strategies

Key investments

The fund invests primarily in equity securities of U.S. companies. These companies typically range in size from established large capitalization companies to medium size companies. However, the fund may also invest in small capitalization companies including those at the beginning of their life cycles.

Selection process

The portfolio managers emphasize individual security selection while investing in a variety of industries, which may help to reduce risk. The portfolio managers seek to identify those companies which offer the greatest potential for capital appreciation through careful fundamental analysis of each company and its financial characteristics. The portfolio managers evaluate companies of all sizes but emphasize those with market capitalizations above $1 billion.

In selecting individual companies for investment, the portfolio managers look for the following:

n  

Security prices which appear to undervalue the company’s assets or do not adequately reflect factors such as favorable industry trends, lack of investor recognition or the short-term nature of earnings declines

n  

Special situations such as existing or possible changes in management, corporate policies, capitalization or regulatory environment which may boost earnings or the market price of the company’s securities

n  

Growth potential due to technological advances, new products or services, new methods of marketing or production, changes in demand or other significant new developments which may enhance future earnings

Principal risks of investing in the fund

Investors could lose money on their investment in the fund, or the fund may not perform as well as other investments, if any of the following occurs:

n  

U.S. stock markets decline or stocks perform poorly relative to other types of investments

n  

An adverse event, such as negative press reports about a company in which the fund invests, depresses the value of the company’s securities

n  

The portfolio managers’ judgment about the attractiveness, relative value or potential appreciation of a particular sector or security proves to be incorrect

n  

There is greater volatility of share price because of the fund’s ability to invest in small and medium capitalization companies. Investing in small and medium capitalization companies involves a substantial risk of loss

 

2         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Compared to large capitalization companies, small and medium capitalization companies and the market for their securities are more likely to:

n  

Be more sensitive to changes in earnings results and investor expectations

n  

Have more limited product lines

n  

Have more limited management depth

n  

Have fewer capital resources

n  

Experience sharper swings in market values

n  

Be harder to sell at the times and prices the portfolio managers believe appropriate

n  

Offer greater potential for gain and loss

The fund is not diversified, which means that it is permitted to invest a higher percentage of its assets in any one issuer than a diversified fund. Being non-diversified may magnify the fund’s losses from events affecting a particular issuer.

Who may want to invest

The fund may be an appropriate investment if you:

n  

Are looking for an investment with potentially greater return but higher risk than fixed income investments

n  

Are willing to accept the risks of the stock market

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         3


 

Performance information

The following shows summary performance information for the fund in a bar chart and an Average Annual Total Returns table. The information provides an indication of the risks of investing in the fund by showing changes in its performance from year to year and by showing how the fund’s average annual total returns compare with the return of a broad-based securities market index. The bar chart and the information below show performance of the fund’s Class I (1) shares. Unlike the bar chart, the performance for Class A, B, C and I shares in the Average Annual Total Returns table reflects the impact of the maximum sales charge (load) applicable to the respective classes and, where indicated, the performance for Class I shares reflects the impact of taxes paid on distributions and the redemption of shares at the end of the period. The performance information shown below includes that of the fund’s predecessor. No performance information is presented for Class FI, Class R or Class IS shares because no Class FI, Class R or Class IS shares were offered prior to the date of this Prospectus. The returns of Class FI, Class R and Class IS shares would differ from those of other classes to the extent that these classes bear different expenses. The fund’s past performance is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future.

Total Return for Class I Shares

LOGO

Highest and lowest quarter returns (for the periods shown in the bar chart):

Highest:         % in          quarter of         ; Lowest: (        )% in          quarter of         .

 

(1)

 

Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares on November 20, 2006. The Class I shares were converted into Class O shares and were redesignated as Class I shares on December 1, 2006.

 

4         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Average Annual Total Returns (for periods ended December 31, 2007)

 

      1 Year     5 Years     10 Years     Inception
Date

Class I (1)

       
 
Return before taxes            %            %            %   12/17/76
 
Return after taxes on distributions (2)            %            %            %   12/17/76
 
Return after taxes on distributions and sale of fund shares (2)            %            %            %   12/17/76
 

Other Classes (Return before taxes only)

       
 
Class A            %            %            %   11/1/96
 
Class B            %            %            %   11/1/96
 
Class C            %            %            %   11/1/96
 

Comparative Index

       
 
Russell 3000 Index (3)            %            %            %  
 

 

(1)

 

Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares on November 20, 2006. The Class I shares were converted into Class O shares and were redesignated as Class I shares on December 1, 2006.

 

(2)

 

After-tax returns are calculated using the highest historical individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. In some cases the return after taxes may exceed the return before taxes due to an assumed tax benefit from any losses on a sale of fund shares at the end of the measurement period. After-tax returns shown above are for Class I shares only. After-tax returns for other share classes will vary.

 

(3)

 

The Russell 3000 Index is a broad-based unmanaged capitalization-weighted index of large capitalization companies. It is not possible to invest directly in the index. The index does not reflect deductions for fees, expenses or taxes.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         5


 

Fee table

This table sets forth the fees and expenses you may pay if you invest in fund shares.

Shareholder Fees

 

(paid directly from
your investment)
  Class A     Class B     Class C     Class FI   Class R   Class I (1)   Class IS
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a % of offering price)   5.75 %   None     None     None   None   None   None
 
Maximum contingent deferred sales charge (load) (as a % of the lower of net asset value at purchase or redemption)   None (2)   5.00 %   1.00 %   None   None   None   None
 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

 

(paid by the
fund as a % of
net assets)
  Class A     Class B     Class C     Class FI (5)     Class R (5)     Class I (5)     Class IS (5)  
Management fees (3)   0.56 %   0.56 %   0.56 %   0.56 %   0.56 %   0.56 %   0.56 %
   
Distribution and service (12b-1) fees   0.25 %   1.00 %   1.00 %   0.25 %   0.50 %   None     None  
   
Other expenses (4)            %            %            %            %            %            %            %
   
Total annual fund operating expenses            %            %            %            %            %            %            %
   

 

(1)

 

Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares on November 20, 2006. The Class I shares were converted to Class O shares and redesignated as Class I shares on December 1, 2006.

 

(2)

 

You may buy Class A shares in amounts of $1,000,000 or more at net asset value (without an initial sales charge) but if you redeem those shares within 12 months of their purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

 

(3)

 

The fund has a management fee schedule that reduces the management fee rate as fund assets increase as follows: 1.00% on average daily net assets up to $100 million, 0.75% on average daily net assets between $100 million and $200 million, 0.625% on average daily net assets between $200 million and $400 million and 0.50% on average daily net assets over $400 million.

 

(4)

 

The expenses shown for Class A, B, C, FI, R and I shares include a fee for recordkeeping services.

 

(5)

 

Other expenses have been estimated for the current fiscal year.

 

6         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Example

This example helps you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. Your actual cost may be higher or lower. The example assumes:

n  

You invest $10,000 in the fund for the period shown

n  

Your investment has a 5% return each year — the assumption of a 5% return is required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for purposes of this example and is not a prediction of the fund’s future performance

n  

You reinvest all distributions and dividends without a sales charge

n  

The fund’s operating expenses (before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, if any) remain the same

Number of Years You Own Your Shares

 

      1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years  

Class A (with or without redemption)

  $            $            $            $           
   

Class B (redemption at end of period)

  $     $     $     $   (1)
   

Class B (no redemption)

  $     $     $     $   (1)
   

Class C (with redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class C (no redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class FI (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class R (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class I (2) (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class IS (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

 

(1)

 

Assumes conversion to Class A shares approximately eight years after purchase. All Class B shares purchased prior to November 20, 2006 convert to Class A shares approximately seven years after purchase.

 

(2)

 

Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares on November 20, 2006. The Class I shares were converted to Class O shares and redesignated as Class I shares on December 1, 2006.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         7


 

More on the fund’s investments

The fund’s investment objective and principal investment strategies are described under the section entitled “Investments, risks and performance” above. This section provides further information about the investment strategies that may be used by the fund.

The fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval.

Equity investments

The fund may invest in all types of equity securities including preferred stock and convertible preferred stock. Equity securities include exchange traded and over-the-counter common stocks and preferred stocks, debt securities convertible into equity securities, baskets of equity securities such as exchange traded funds, warrants, rights, depositary receipts, trust certificates, limited partnership interests and shares of other investment companies. Equity securities may also include investments in real estate investment trusts (REITs), which are pooled investment vehicles that invest in real estate or real estate loans or interests.

Equity securities represent an ownership interest in the issuing company. Holders of equity securities are not creditors of the company, and in the event of the liquidation of the company, would be entitled to their pro rata share of the company’s assets, if any, after creditors, including the holders of fixed income securities, and holders of any senior equity securities are paid. See “Foreign and emerging market investments” below for the general risks of foreign investing.

Debt obligations

Subject to its investment policies, the fund may invest in debt obligations, which are securities used by issuers to borrow money. Debt obligations include bonds, notes (including structured notes), debentures, commercial paper and other money market instruments issued by banks, corporations, local, state and national governments and instrumentalities, both U.S. and foreign, and supranational entities, mortgage-related and asset-backed securities, convertible securities, and loan participations and assignments. Debt obligations may be fixed income securities, or have various types of payment and reset terms or features, including adjustable rate, zero coupon, contingent, deferred, payment in kind and auction rate features. Certain types of debt obligations that the fund may invest in are described below. The fund may invest without limit in convertible debt securities. The fund emphasizes those convertible debt securities that offer the appreciation potential of common stocks. The fund may also invest in debt obligations of foreign issuers. See “Foreign and emerging market investments” below for the general risks of foreign investing.

High yield, lower quality securities

The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in non-convertible debt securities rated below investment grade or, if unrated, of equivalent quality as determined by the portfolio managers. High yield, lower quality securities are securities that are rated below investment grade by a recognized rating agency or unrated securities determined by the portfolio managers to be of equivalent quality. These securities are commonly known as “junk bonds.” The issuers of lower quality bonds may be highly leveraged and have difficulty servicing their debt, especially during prolonged economic recessions or periods of rising

 

8         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

interest rates. The prices of lower quality securities are volatile and may go down due to market perceptions of deteriorating issuer creditworthiness or economic conditions. Lower quality securities may become illiquid and hard to value in down markets.

Securities rated below investment grade are considered speculative and, compared to investment grade securities, tend to have more volatile prices and:

n  

Increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to adverse economic and business developments

n  

Greater risk of loss due to default or declining credit quality

n  

Greater likelihood that adverse economic or company specific events will make the issuer unable to make interest and/or principal payments

n  

Greater susceptibility to negative market sentiments leading to depressed prices and a decrease of liquidity

Distressed debt securities

The fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in distressed debt securities. Distressed debt securities are debt securities that are subject to bankruptcy proceedings or are in default or are at imminent risk of being in default. Distressed debt securities are speculative and involve substantial risk. Generally, the fund will invest in distressed debt securities when the portfolio managers believe they offer significant potential for higher returns or can be exchanged for other securities ( e.g., equity securities) that offer this potential. However, there can be no assurance that the issuer will make an exchange offer or adopt a plan of reorganization. The fund will generally not receive interest payments on the distressed debt securities and may incur costs to protect its investment. In addition, principal may not be repaid. Distressed debt securities and any securities received in an exchange may be difficult to sell and may be subject to restrictions on resale.

Foreign and emerging market investments

The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in securities of foreign issuers. The fund may invest directly in foreign issuers or invest in depositary receipts. Because the value of a depositary receipt is dependent upon the market price of an underlying foreign security, depositary receipts are subject to most of the risks associated with investing in foreign securities directly.

Investing in foreign issuers, including emerging market issuers, may involve additional risks compared to investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. Some of these risks do not apply to larger, more developed countries. These risks are more pronounced to the extent the fund invests in issuers in countries with emerging markets or if the fund invests significantly in one country. These risks may include:

n  

Less information about non-U.S. issuers or markets may be available due to less rigorous disclosure and accounting standards or regulatory practices

n  

Many non-U.S. markets are smaller, less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets. In a changing market, the portfolio managers may not be able to sell the fund’s portfolio securities in amounts and at prices the portfolio managers consider reasonable, or the fund may have difficulty determining the fair value of its securities

n  

The U.S. dollar may appreciate against non-U.S. currencies or a foreign government may impose restrictions on currency conversion or trading

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         9


 

n  

The economies of non-U.S. countries may grow at a slower rate than expected or may experience a downturn or recession

n  

Economic, political and social developments may adversely affect non-U.S. securities markets

The fund invests in securities denominated in foreign currencies and may engage in forward foreign currency contracts. See “Derivative contracts.”

Sovereign government and supranational debt

The fund may invest in all types of fixed income securities of governmental issuers in all countries, including emerging markets. These sovereign debt securities may include:

n  

Fixed income securities issued or guaranteed by governments, governmental agencies or instrumentalities and political subdivisions located in emerging market countries

n  

Fixed income securities issued by government owned, controlled or sponsored entities located in emerging market countries

n  

Interests in entities organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of instruments issued by any of the above issuers

n  

Brady Bonds, which are debt securities issued under the framework of the Brady Plan as a means for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external indebtedness

n  

Participations in loans between emerging market governments and financial institutions

n  

Fixed income securities issued by supranational entities such as the World Bank or the European Union. A supranational entity is a bank, commission or company established or financially supported by the national governments of one or more countries to promote reconstruction or development

Sovereign government and supranational debt involve many of the risks described above of foreign and emerging markets investments as well as the risk of debt moratorium, repudiation or renegotiation and the fund may be unable to enforce its rights against the issuers.

Derivative contracts

The fund may, but need not, use derivative contracts, such as options on securities or currencies, forward foreign currency contracts, interest rate futures and options on interest rate futures:

n  

To hedge against the economic impact of adverse changes in the market value of portfolio securities due to changes in stock market prices, currency exchange rates or interest rates

n  

As a substitute for buying or selling securities

n  

To enhance the fund’s return as a non-hedging strategy that may be considered speculative

A derivative contract will obligate or entitle the fund to deliver or receive an asset or cash payment based on the change in value of one or more securities, currencies or indices. Even a small investment in derivative contracts can have a big impact on the fund’s currency, securities market and interest rate exposure. Therefore, using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when interest rates, exchange rates or securities markets are changing. The fund may not fully benefit from or may lose money on derivatives if changes in their value do not correspond accurately to changes in the value of the fund’s holdings. The other parties to certain derivative contracts present the same types of default risk as issuers of fixed income securities. Derivatives can also make the fund less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets.

 

10         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Borrowing

The fund may borrow up to 15% of its total assets. The fund will only borrow from banks. Certain borrowing may create an opportunity for increased return but, at the same time, creates special risks. For example, borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of the fund’s shares and in the return on the fund’s portfolio. The fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowing. Interest on any borrowing will be a fund expense and will reduce the value of the fund’s shares.

Risk of high portfolio turnover

The fund may engage in active and frequent trading, resulting in high portfolio turnover. This may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher capital gains, increasing their tax liability. Frequent trading also increases transaction costs, which could detract from the fund’s performance.

Defensive investing

The fund may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions in any type of money market instruments and short-term debt securities or cash without regard to any percentage limitation. If the fund takes a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective.

Short sales

The fund may sell securities short from time to time. The fund may hold no more than 25% of the fund’s net assets (taken at the then-current market value) as required collateral for such sales at any one time. A short sale is a transaction in which the fund sells securities it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of the securities. A short sale of a security involves the risk that instead of declining, the price of the security sold short will rise. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security, the fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the fund will realize a gain. The short sale of securities involves the possibility of a theoretically unlimited loss since there is a theoretically unlimited potential for the market price of the security sold short to increase.

Portfolio holdings

The fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the fund’s portfolio securities are described in the Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”).

Other information

The fund may also use other strategies and invest in other securities that are described, along with their risks, in the fund’s SAI. However, the fund may not use all of the strategies and techniques or invest in all of the types of securities described in this Prospectus or in the SAI. Also note that there are many other factors, which are not described here, that could adversely affect your investment and that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objective.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         11


 

Management

Manager and subadviser

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) is the fund’s investment manager. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the fund’s cash and short-term instruments. As of September 30, 2007, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $190 billion. ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge” or the “subadviser”) provides the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund.

ClearBridge has offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018 and is an investment adviser that was formed to succeed to the equity securities portfolio management business of Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”), which was acquired by Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”) in December 2005. As of September 30, 2007, ClearBridge’s total assets under management were approximately $107.6 billion.

LMPFA and ClearBridge are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion.

Portfolio managers

Brian Posner has served as portfolio manager and Brian Angerame as co-portfolio manager of the fund since July 2006.

Mr. Posner is the Chief Executive Officer of ClearBridge and is an investment officer of the manager. He joined Legg Mason and the subadviser in 2005. Previously, he was a co-founder and Managing Partner of Hygrove Partners LLC, a New York-based asset management company, which was founded in 2000.

Mr. Angerame is a Director and investment officer of the subadviser. He joined the manager or its affiliates or predecessor firms in 2000.

The SAI provides additional information about compensation of the portfolio managers, other accounts they manage and any fund shares held by the portfolio managers.

Management fee

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund paid a management fee of      % of the fund’s average daily net assets for management services. The fund has a management fee schedule that reduces the management fee rate as fund assets increase as follows: 1.00% on average daily net assets up to $100 million, 0.75% on average daily net assets between $100 million and $200 million, 0.625% on average daily net assets between $200 million and $400 million and 0.50% on average daily net assets over $400 million.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the fund’s management agreement and subadvisory agreement is available in the fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

 

12         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Distribution plan

Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS” or the “distributor”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

The fund has adopted a shareholder services and distribution plan for its Class A, B, C, FI and R shares. Under the plan, the fund pays distribution and/or service fees. The plan provides for payments, based on annualized percentages of average daily net assets, of up to 0.25% for Class A and FI shares; up to 0.50% for Class R shares; and up to 1.00% for Class B and Class C shares. These fees are an ongoing expense and, over time, will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than other types of sales charges. Class I and Class IS shares are not subject to any distribution and/or service fees.

In addition, the distributor may make payments for distribution and/or shareholder servicing activities out of its past profits and other available sources. The distributor may also make payments to dealers for marketing, promotional or related expenses. The amount of these payments is determined by the distributor and may be substantial. The manager or an affiliate may make similar payments under similar arrangements.

The payments described in the paragraph above are often referred to as “revenue sharing payments.” The recipients of such payments may include the fund’s distributor, affiliates of the manager, broker/dealers, financial institutions and other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of the fund. In some circumstances, such payments may create an incentive for an intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the fund to you. Please contact your financial intermediary for details about revenue sharing payments it may receive.

Recent developments

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”), the then-investment adviser or manager to certain of the funds, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”), a former distributor of the fund, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that CAM, the Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”) Citigroup business unit that, at the time, included the fund’s investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         13


 

the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed. SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order requires Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no certainty as to how the above-described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004 less certain expenses be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ boards selected a new transfer agent for the fund. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

This fund is not an Affected Fund and, therefore, did not implement the transfer agent arrangement described above and, therefore, will not receive any portion of the distributions.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

 

14         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Choosing a class of shares to buy

Individual investors can generally choose among three classes of shares: Classes A, B and C shares. Individual investors that held Class I (formerly Classes O and Y) shares prior to November 20, 2006 may continue to invest in Class I shares. Institutional and retirement plan investors and clients of financial intermediaries should refer to “Retirement and institutional investors” below for a description of the classes available to them.

Each class has different sales charges and expenses, allowing you to choose the class that best meets your needs. When choosing which class of shares to buy, you should consider:

n  

How much you plan to invest

n  

How long you expect to own the shares

n  

The expenses paid by each class detailed in the Fee table and Example at the front of this Prospectus

n  

Whether you qualify for any reduction or waiver of sales charges

If you are choosing between Class A and Class B shares, it will in almost all cases be the more economical choice for you to purchase Class A shares if you plan to purchase shares in an amount of $100,000 or more (whether in a single purchase or through aggregation of eligible holdings). This is because of the reduced sales charge available on larger investments of Class A shares and the lower ongoing expenses of Class A shares compared to Class B shares.

If you intend to invest for only a few years, the effect of Class B contingent deferred sales charges on redemptions made within five years of purchase, as well as the effect of higher expenses of that class, might make an investment in Class C shares more appropriate. There is no initial sales charge on Class C shares, and the contingent deferred sales charge does not apply to shares redeemed one year or more after purchase.

However, if you plan to invest a large amount and your investment horizon is five years or more, Class C shares may not be as advantageous as Class A shares. The annual distribution and service fees on Class C shares may cost you more over the longer term than the front-end sales charge you would have paid for larger purchases of Class A shares.

You may buy shares:

n  

Through banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”)

n  

Directly from the fund

Different types of shareholder services may be available to you under arrangements offered by different Service Agents. In addition, these services may vary depending on the share class in which you choose to invest. In making your decision regarding which share class to buy, please keep in mind that your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending on the share class in which you invest. Investors should consult with their Service Agent about comparative pricing of shareholder services available to them under each available share class, the compensation that will be received by their Service Agent in connection with each available share class, and other factors that may be relevant to the investor’s choice of share class in which to invest.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         15


 

Not all classes of shares are available through all Service Agents. You should contact your Service Agent for further information about available share classes.

Investment minimums

Minimum initial and additional investment amounts vary depending on the class of shares you buy and the nature of your investment account.

 

   

Investment Minimum

Initial/Additional Investments (1)

       
      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R  

Class I (2)
(formerly
Class O and

Class Y)

  Class IS

General

  $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

IRAs and Uniform Gifts or Transfers to Minor Accounts

  $ 250/$50   $ 250/$50   $ 250/$50   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

SIMPLE IRAs

  $ 1/$1   $ 1/$1   $ 1/$1   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

Systematic Investment Plans

  $ 25/$25   $ 25/$25   $ 25/$25   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

  $ 1/$1     n/a     n/a   None/None   n/a   None/None   n/a
 

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

    n/a     n/a     None/None   None/None   None/None   None/None   None/None
 

Other Retirement Plans

  $ 50/$50   $ 50/$50   $ 50/$50   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

Institutional Investors

  $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   n/a   n/a   $1 million/

None

  $1 million/

None

 

 

(1)

 

Please refer to the section entitled “Retirement and institutional investors” for additional information regarding the investment minimum and eligibility requirements for Retirement Plans, Institutional Investors and Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries.

 

(2)

 

Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares on November 20, 2006. The Class I shares were converted to Class O shares and redesignated as Class I shares on December 1, 2006.

More information about the fund’s classes of shares is available through the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website. You’ll find detailed information about sales charges and ways you can qualify for reduced or waived sales charges, including:

n  

The front-end sales charges that apply to the purchase of Class A shares

n  

The contingent deferred sales charges that apply to the redemption of Class B shares, Class C shares and certain Class A shares (redeemed within one year)

n  

Who qualifies for lower sales charges on Class A shares

n  

Who qualifies for a sales load waiver

To access the website, go to http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and click on the name of the fund.

 

16         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Comparing the fund’s classes

The following table compares key features of the fund’s classes. You should review the Fee table and Example at the front of this Prospectus carefully before choosing your share class. Your Service Agent can help you decide which class meets your goals. Your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending upon which class you choose.

 

      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class I (1)   Class IS

Key

features

 

n   Initial sales charge

n   You may qualify for reduction or waiver of initial sales charge

n   Generally lower annual expenses than Class B and Class C

 

n   No initial sales charge

n   Contingent deferred sales charge declines over time

n   Converts to Class A after approximately 8 years (2)

n   Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

 

n   No initial sales charge

n   Contingent deferred sales charge for only 1 year

n   Does not convert to Class A

n   Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and eligible Retirement Plans

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to eligible Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to institutional and other eligible investors

n   Generally lower expenses than Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI or Class R

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to institutional and other eligible investors

n   Generally lower expenses than the other classes

Initial

sales

charge

 

Up to 5.75%; reduced or waived for large purchases and certain investors. No charge for purchases of $1 million or more

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

Contingent deferred sales

charge

 

1.00% on purchases of $1 million or more if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors

 

Up to 5.00% charged when you redeem shares. The charge is reduced over time and there is no contingent deferred sales charge after 5 years; waived for certain investors (3)

 

1.00% if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain other investors

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         17


 

      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class I (1)   Class IS
Annual distribution and/or service fees  

0.25% of average daily net assets

 

1.00% of average daily net assets

 

1.00% of average daily net assets

 

0.25% of average daily net assets

 

0.50% of average daily net assets

 

None

 

None

Exchange privilege (4)  

Class A shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class B shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class C shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class FI shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class R shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class I shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class IS shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

(1)

 

Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares on November 20, 2006. The Class I shares were converted to Class O shares and redesignated as Class I shares on December 1, 2006.

 

(2)

 

Class B shares purchased prior to November 20, 2006 will convert to Class A shares approximately seven years after purchase.

 

(3)

 

Class B shares purchased prior to November 20, 2006 will continue to be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge schedule in effect at the time such shares were purchased.

 

(4)

 

Ask your Service Agent about the Legg Mason Partners Funds available for exchange.

 

18         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Sales charges

Class A shares

You buy Class A shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value plus a sales charge. You pay a lower rate as the size of your investment increases to certain levels called breakpoints. You do not pay a sales charge on the fund’s distributions or dividends you reinvest in additional Class A shares.

The table below shows the rate of sales charge you pay, depending on the amount you purchase. The table below also shows the amount of broker/dealer compensation that will be paid out of the sales charge if you buy shares from a Service Agent. For Class A shares sold by LMIS, LMIS will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. Service Agents will also receive a service fee payable on Class A shares at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares serviced by them.

 

Amount of investment  

Sales Charge
as % of

offering price

 

Sales Charge
as % of

net amount
invested

  Broker/Dealer
Commission
as % of
offering price

Less than $25,000

  5.75   6.10   5.00
 

$25,000 but less than $50,000

  5.00   5.26   4.25
 

$50,000 but less than $100,000

  4.50   4.71   3.75
 

$100,000 but less than $250,000

  3.50   3.63   2.75
 

$250,000 but less than $500,000

  2.50   2.56   2.00
 

$500,000 but less than $750,000

  2.00   2.04   1.60
 

$750,000 but less than $1 million

  1.50   1.52   1.20
 

$1 million or more (1)

  0   0   up to 1.00
 

 

(1)

 

The distributor may pay a commission of up to 1.00% to a Service Agent for purchase amounts of $1 million or more. In such cases, starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, the Service Agent will also receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares held by its clients. Prior to the thirteenth month, the distributor will retain this fee. Where the Service Agent does not receive the payment of this commission, the Service Agent will instead receive the annual distribution/service fee starting immediately after purchase. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Investments of $1,000,000 or more

You do not pay an initial sales charge when you buy $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares. However, if you redeem these Class A shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

Qualifying for a reduced Class A sales charge

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners funds to take advantage of the breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in sales charges that may be available to you when you purchase fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services if you are eligible for a letter of intent or a right of accumulation and if you own shares of other Legg Mason Partners funds that are eligible to be aggregated with your purchases.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         19


 

Certain records, such as account statements, may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges.

n  

Accumulation privilege – allows you to combine the current value of Class A shares of the fund with other shares of Legg Mason Partners funds that are owned by:

  ¨  

you; or

  ¨  

your spouse and children under the age of 21

with the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares for purposes of calculating the initial sales charge.

Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (other than money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners Funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund may not be combined.

If you hold shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be combined.

Certain trustees and fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

n  

Letter of intent – allows you to purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge on Class A shares, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. At the time you enter into the letter of intent, you select your asset goal amount. Generally, purchases of Legg Mason Partners Fund shares that are purchased during the 13-month period by

  ¨  

you; or

  ¨  

your spouse and children under the age of 21

are eligible for inclusion under the letter, based on the public offering price at the time of the purchase, and any capital appreciation on those shares. Purchases made 90 days prior to the 13-month period are also eligible to be treated as purchases made under the letter of intent. In addition, you can include towards your asset goal amount the current value of any eligible purchases that were made prior to the date of entering into the letter of intent and are still held.

If you hold shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (other than money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners Funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund may not be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

If you do not meet your asset goal amount, shares in the amount of any sales charges due, based on the amount of your actual purchases, will be redeemed from your account.

Waivers for certain Class A investors

Class A initial sales charges are waived for certain types of investors, including:

n  

Employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor

 

20         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

n  

Investors who redeemed Class A shares of a Legg Mason Partners fund in the past 60 days, if the investor’s Service Agent is notified

n  

Directors and officers of any Legg Mason-sponsored fund

n  

Employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries

n  

Investors investing through certain retirement plans

If you qualify for a waiver of the Class A initial sales charge, you must notify your Service Agent or the transfer agent at the time of purchase and provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the initial sales charge waiver.

If you want to learn about additional waivers of Class A initial sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or access the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website: http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, and click on the name of the fund.

Class B shares

You buy Class B shares at net asset value without paying an initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class B shares within five years of your purchase payment, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge. The contingent deferred sales charge decreases as the number of years since your purchase payment increases.

 

Year after purchase   1st     2nd     3rd     4th     5th     6th through 8th  

Contingent deferred sales charge

  5 %   4 %   3 %   2 %   1 %   0 %
   

Class B shares purchased prior to November 20, 2006, will continue to be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge schedule in effect at the time the shares were purchased.

LMIS will generally pay Service Agents selling Class B shares a commission of up to 4.00% of the purchase price of the Class B shares they sell and LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges. Service Agents also receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class B shares serviced by them.

Class B conversion

After approximately 8 years, Class B shares automatically convert into Class A shares. Class B shares purchased prior to November 20, 2006, however, will continue to automatically convert into Class A shares after 7 years. This helps you because Class A shares have lower annual expenses. Your Class B shares will convert to Class A shares as follows:

 

Shares issued:
At initial purchase
   Shares issued:
On reinvestment of
dividends and
distributions
   Shares issued:
Upon exchange from
another Legg Mason
Partners fund
Approximately 8 years after the date of purchase agreement    In the same proportion as the number of Class B shares converting is to total Class B shares you own (excluding shares issued as dividends)    On the date the shares originally acquired would have converted into Class A shares
 

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         21


 

Class C shares

You buy Class C shares at net asset value without paying an initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class C shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

LMIS will generally pay Service Agents selling Class C shares a commission of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class C shares they sell and LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges and an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by these Service Agents until the thirteenth month after purchase. Starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, these Service Agents will then receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS shares

Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS shares are purchased at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed. As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. The Class I shares were converted into Class O shares and redesignated as Class I shares on December 1, 2006.

 

22         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

More about contingent deferred sales charges

The contingent deferred sales charge is based on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less, and therefore you do not pay a sales charge on amounts representing appreciation or depreciation.

In addition, you do not pay a contingent deferred sales charge:

n  

When you exchange shares for shares of another Legg Mason Partners fund

n  

On shares representing reinvested distributions and dividends

n  

On shares no longer subject to the contingent deferred sales charge

Each time you place a request to redeem shares, the fund will first redeem any shares in your account that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and then the shares in your account that have been held the longest.

If you redeemed shares of a Legg Mason Partners fund and paid a contingent deferred sales charge, you may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges as partial compensation for its expenses in selling shares, including the payment of compensation to your Service Agent.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers

The contingent deferred sales charge for each share class will generally be waived:

n  

On payments made through certain systematic withdrawal plans

n  

On certain distributions from a retirement plan

n  

For retirement plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

n  

For involuntary redemptions of small account balances

n  

For 12 months following the death or disability of a shareholder

If you want to learn about additional waivers of contingent deferred sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or access the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website: http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, and click on the name of the fund.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         23


 

Retirement and institutional investors

Eligible investors

Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund can generally choose among four classes of shares: Class C, Class R, Class FI and Class I (formerly Class O and Class Y) shares.

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents for Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, with limited exceptions. Class A shares will cease to be available to new Retirement Plan investors through a Service Agent if the Service Agent makes Class FI shares available. Please see below for additional information.

“Retirement Plans” include 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit-sharing plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and other similar employer-sponsored retirement plans. Retirement Plans do not include individual retirement vehicles, such as traditional and Roth IRAs, Coverdell education savings accounts, individual 403(b)(7) custodial accounts, Keogh plans, SEPs, SARSEPs, SIMPLE IRAs, or Section 529 savings accounts. Although Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund are not subject to minimum initial investment requirements for any of these share classes, certain investment minimums may be imposed by a financial intermediary.

Other Retirement Plans

Other Retirement Plans can generally choose among three classes of shares: Class A, Class B and Class C. “Other Retirement Plans” include Retirement Plans investing through brokerage accounts, and also include certain Retirement Plans with direct relationships to the fund that are neither Institutional Investors nor investing through omnibus accounts. Individual retirement vehicles, such as IRAs, may also choose among these share classes. Other Retirement Plans and individual retirement vehicles are treated like individual investors for purposes of determining sales charges and any applicable sales charge reductions or waivers.

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries may generally choose among three classes of shares: Class A, Class FI and Class I (formerly Class O and Class Y). “Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries” are investors who invest in the fund through financial intermediaries that offer their clients fund shares through investment programs as authorized by LMIS. Such investment programs may include fee-based advisory account programs and college savings vehicles such as Section 529 plans. The financial intermediary may impose separate investment minimums.

Institutional Investors

Institutional Investors may invest in Class I (formerly Class O and Class Y) and Class IS shares if they meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement. Institutional

 

24         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Investors may also invest in Class A, B and C shares, which have different investment minimums and fees and expenses. “Institutional Investors” generally include corporations, banks, trust companies, insurance companies, investment companies, foundations, endowments, pension and profit-sharing plans and other similar entities with direct relationships to the fund.

Class C — Retirement plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund may buy Class C shares without paying a contingent deferred sales charge. LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class C shares to retirement plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class C shares sold by them. Instead, immediately after purchase, LMIS may pay these Service Agents an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Certain Retirement Plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. Please see the SAI for more details.

Class R

Class R shares are offered only to Retirement Plans with accounts held on the books of the fund (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial intermediary). LMIS may pay Service Agents selling Class R shares an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.50% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class R shares serviced by them.

Class FI

Class FI shares are offered to investors who invest in the fund through certain financial intermediary and retirement plan programs. LMIS may pay Service Agents selling Class FI shares an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% starting immediately after purchase.

Class I

On November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. Class I shares were converted into Class O shares and redesignated as Class I shares on December 1, 2006. Class I shares are offered only to Institutional Investors who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries, Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, and other investors as authorized by LMIS. However, investors that held Class Y shares prior to November 20, 2006 will be permitted to make additional investments in Class I shares.

Class IS

Class IS shares are offered to Institutional Investors who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement and to investors deemed by LMIS to have low cost shareholder characteristics similar to Institutional Investors, for example, a 401K plan where the plan intermediary maintains a single fund account and bears all the costs of printing and distributing shareholder communications to the participants in the plan. In order to purchase Class IS shares, an investor must hold its shares in one account with the fund.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         25


 

Class A and Class B — Retirement plans

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents to Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund. However, certain Retirement Plans that held Class B shares prior to December 1, 2006 are permitted to make additional investments in that class. Certain existing programs for current and prospective Retirement Plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries also remain eligible for Class A shares. Under these programs, the initial sales charge and contingent deferred sales charge for Class A shares are waived where:

n  

such Retirement Plan’s record keeper offers only load-waived shares,

n  

fund shares are held on the books of the fund through an omnibus account, and

n  

the Retirement Plan has more than 100 participants, or has total assets exceeding $1 million.

LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class A shares to Retirement Plans with a direct omnibus relationship with the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class A shares sold by them. However, for certain Retirement Plans that purchased shares at net asset value prior to November 20, 2006, LMIS may continue to pay Service Agents commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class A shares that are purchased with regular ongoing plan contributions. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Other considerations

Plan sponsors, plan fiduciaries and other financial intermediaries may choose to impose qualification requirements for plans that differ from the fund’s share class eligibility standards. In certain cases this could result in the selection of a share class with higher service and distribution related fees than otherwise would have been charged. The fund is not responsible for, and has no control over, the decision of any plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary to impose such differing requirements. Please consult with your plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary for more information about available share classes.

With respect to Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class I shares, as applicable, the fund may pay a fee for recordkeeping services performed for the share class.

Not all share classes may be made available by your Service Agent. Please contact your Service Agent for additional details.

 

26         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Buying shares

 

Generally   

You may buy shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your purchase request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge.

Effective January 1, 2008, the fund generally does not permit non-resident aliens with a non-U.S. address to establish an account. U.S. citizens with an APO/FPO address or an address in the United States (including its territories) and resident aliens with a U.S. address are permitted to establish an account with the fund. Subject to the requirements of local law, U.S. citizens residing in foreign countries are permitted to establish an account with the fund.

 
Through a Service Agent   

You should contact your Service Agent to open a brokerage account and make arrangements to buy shares. You must provide the following information for your order to be processed:

n   Class of shares being bought

n   Dollar amount or number of shares being bought

n   Account number (if existing account)

Your Service Agent may charge an annual account maintenance fee.

 
Through the fund   

n   Investors should write to the fund at the following address:

Legg Mason Partners Funds

c/o PFPC Inc.

P.O. Box 9699

Providence, Rhode Island 02940-9699

n   Enclose a check to pay for the shares. For initial purchases, complete and send an account application available upon request from Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at the number below

n   Specify the name of the fund, the share class you wish to purchase and your account number (if existing account)

n   For more information, please call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010

 
Through a systematic investment plan   

You may authorize your Service Agent or the transfer agent to transfer funds automatically from (i) a regular bank account, (ii) cash held in a brokerage account opened with a Service Agent or (iii) certain money market funds in order to buy shares on a regular basis.

n   Amounts transferred must be at least $25

n   Amounts may be transferred monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

n   If you do not have sufficient funds in your account on a transfer date, your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services may charge you a fee

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         27


 

Exchanging shares

 

Generally    You may exchange shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your exchange request in good order.
 
Legg Mason Partners offers a distinctive family of funds tailored to help meet the varying needs of both large and small investors   

You should contact your Service Agent to exchange into other Legg Mason Partners Funds. Be sure to read the prospectus of the Legg Mason Partners Fund into which you are exchanging. An exchange is a taxable transaction, unless you are investing through a tax-qualified savings plan or account.

n  If you bought shares through a Service Agent, you may exchange shares only for shares of the same class of certain other Legg Mason Partners Funds made available for exchange by your Service Agent. Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds made available for exchange by your Service Agent may offer all classes. Please contact your Service Agent for more information about the funds and classes that are available for exchange

n  If you bought shares directly from the fund, you may exchange shares only for shares of the same class of another Legg Mason Partners Fund, other than shares of Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund. Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds offer all classes

n  Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds may be offered in your state of residence. Contact your Service Agent or the transfer agent for further information

n  Exchanges of Class A, B, C, FI and R shares are subject to minimum investment requirements (except for systematic investment plan exchanges), and all shares are subject to the other requirements of the fund into which exchanges are made

n  If you hold share certificates, the transfer agent must receive the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers before the exchange is effective

n  The fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in an excessive pattern of exchanges

 
Sales charges   

In most instances, your shares will not be subject to an initial sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge at the time of the exchange.

Your contingent deferred sales charge (if any) will continue to be measured from the date of your original purchase of shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and you will be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge of the fund you originally purchased.

 

 

28         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

By telephone   

If you do not have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, you may be eligible to exchange shares through the fund. You must complete an authorization form to authorize telephone transfers. If eligible, you may make telephone exchanges on any day the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) is open. Shareholders should call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 between 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time).

You can make telephone exchanges only between accounts that have identical registrations.

 
By mail    If you do not have a brokerage account, contact your Service Agent or write to the fund at the address on the following page.
 
Through a systematic exchange plan   

You may be permitted to schedule exchanges of shares of any class of the fund for shares of the same class of other Legg Mason Partners Funds.

n    Exchanges may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

n    A predetermined dollar amount of at least $25 per exchange is required

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         29


 

Redeeming shares

 

Generally   

You may redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your redemption request in good order, less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge.

Contact your Service Agent to redeem shares of the fund.

If you hold share certificates, the transfer agent must receive the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers with a signature guarantee before you may redeem.

If the shares are held by a fiduciary or corporation, other documents may be required.

Your redemption proceeds will normally be sent within three business days after your request is received in good order but in any event within seven days. Your redemption proceeds may be delayed for up to ten days if your purchase was made by check.

If you have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, your redemption proceeds will be sent to your Service Agent. In other cases, unless you direct otherwise, your redemption proceeds will be paid by check mailed to your address of record.

 
By mail   

For accounts held directly at the fund, send your written requests to the fund at the following address:

Legg Mason Partners Funds

c/o PFPC Inc.

P.O. Box 9699

Providence, Rhode Island 02940-9699

Your written request must provide the following:

n    The name of the fund, the class of shares to be redeemed and your account number

n    The dollar amount or number of shares to be redeemed

n    Signatures of each owner exactly as the account is registered

n    Signature guarantees, as applicable

 
By telephone   

If you do not have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, you may be eligible to redeem shares (except those held in certain retirement plans) in amounts up to $50,000 per day through the fund. You must complete an authorization form to authorize telephone redemptions. If eligible, you may request redemptions by telephone on any day the NYSE is open. Shareholders should call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 between 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time).

Your redemption proceeds can be sent by check to your address of record or by wire or electronic transfer (ACH) to a bank account designated on your authorization form. You must submit a new authorization form to change the bank account designated to receive

 

30         Legg Mason Partners Funds


   wire or electronic transfers and you may be asked to provide certain other documents. The transfer agent may charge a fee on a wire or an electronic transfer.
 
Automatic cash withdrawal plans   

You can arrange for the automatic redemption of a portion of your shares monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. To qualify you must own shares of the fund with a value of at least $10,000 ($5,000 for retirement plan accounts) and each automatic redemption must be at least $50. If your shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, the sales charge will be waived if your automatic redemptions are equal to or less than 2% per month of your account balance on the date the withdrawals commence up to a maximum of 12% in one year.

The following conditions apply:

n  Your shares must not be represented by certificates

n  All dividends and distributions must be reinvested

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         31


 

Other things to know about transactions

When you buy, exchange or redeem shares, your request must be in good order. This means you have provided the following information, without which your request may not be processed:

n  

Name of the fund

n  

Your account number

n  

Class of shares being bought, and if you own more than one class, the class of shares being exchanged or redeemed

n  

Dollar amount or number of shares being bought, exchanged or redeemed

n  

Signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered

The fund’s transfer agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that any telephone exchange or redemption request is genuine, which may include recording calls, asking the caller to provide certain personal identification information, sending you a written confirmation or requiring other confirmation procedures from time to time. If these procedures are followed, neither the fund nor its agents will bear any liability for such transactions.

Signature guarantees

To be in good order, your redemption request must include a signature guarantee if you:

n  

Are redeeming over $50,000

n  

Are sending signed share certificates or stock powers to the transfer agent

n  

Instruct the transfer agent to mail the check to an address different from the one on your account registration

n  

Changed your account registration or your address within 30 days

n  

Want the check paid to someone other than the account owner(s)

n  

Are transferring the redemption proceeds to an account with a different registration

You can obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, dealers, brokers, credit unions and federal savings and loan institutions, but not from a notary public.

The fund has the right to:

n  

Suspend the offering of shares

n  

Waive or change minimum and additional investment amounts

n  

Reject any purchase or exchange order

n  

Change, revoke or suspend the exchange privilege

n  

Suspend telephone transactions

n  

Suspend or postpone redemptions of shares on any day when trading on the NYSE is restricted, or as otherwise permitted by the SEC

n  

Pay redemption proceeds by giving you securities. You may pay transaction costs to dispose of the securities

Small account balances/mandatory redemptions

If at any time the aggregate net asset value of the fund shares in your account is less than $500 for any reason (including solely due to declines in net asset value and/or failure to invest at least $500 within a reasonable period), the fund reserves the right to ask you to bring your account up to the applicable minimum investment amount as determined by

 

32         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

your Service Agent. In such case you shall be notified in writing and will have 60 days to make an additional investment to bring your account value up to the required level. If you choose not to do so within this 60-day period, the fund may close your account and send you the redemption proceeds. In the event your account is closed due to a failure to increase your balance to the minimum required amount, you will not be eligible to have your account subsequently reinstated without imposition of any sales charges that may apply to your new purchase. The fund may, with prior notice, change the minimum size of accounts subject to the mandatory redemption, which may vary by class, or implement fees for small accounts.

Subject to applicable law, the fund may, with prior notice, adopt other policies from time to time requiring mandatory redemptions of shares in certain circumstances.

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares

Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares may interfere with the efficient management of the fund’s portfolio by its portfolio managers, increase portfolio transaction costs, and have a negative effect on the fund’s long-term shareholders. For example, in order to handle large flows of cash into and out of the fund, the portfolio managers may need to allocate more assets to cash or other short-term investments or sell securities, rather than maintaining full investment in securities selected to achieve the fund’s investment objective. Frequent trading may cause the fund to sell securities at less favorable prices. Transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions and market spreads, can detract from the fund’s performance. In addition, the return received by long-term shareholders may be reduced when trades by other shareholders are made in an effort to take advantage of certain pricing discrepancies, when, for example, it is believed that the fund’s share price, which is determined at the close of the NYSE on each trading day, does not accurately reflect the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. Funds investing in foreign securities have been particularly susceptible to this form of arbitrage, but other funds could also be affected.

Because of the potential harm to funds in the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex and their long-term shareholders, the Board of the fund has approved policies and procedures that are intended to discourage and prevent excessive trading and market timing abuses through the use of various surveillance techniques. Under these policies and procedures, the fund may limit additional exchanges or purchases of fund shares by shareholders who are believed by the manager to be engaged in these abusive trading activities in the fund or in other funds within the fund complex. In the event that an exchange request is rejected, the shareholder may nonetheless redeem its shares. The intent of the policies and procedures is not to inhibit legitimate strategies, such as asset allocation, dollar cost averaging, or similar activities that may nonetheless result in frequent trading of fund shares.

Under the fund’s policies and procedures, the fund reserves the right to restrict or reject purchases of shares (including exchanges) without prior notice whenever a pattern of excessive trading by a shareholder is detected within the fund complex. A committee established by the manager administers the policy. The policy provides that the committee will use its best efforts to restrict a shareholder’s trading privileges in the Legg Mason Partners

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         33


 

Funds if that shareholder has engaged in a total of four or more “Round Trips” (as defined below) across all Legg Mason Partners Funds during any rolling 12-month period. However, the committee has the discretion to determine that restricting a shareholder’s trading privileges is not necessary (or that a new limit on Round Trips should be established for the shareholder) if it is determined that the pattern of trading is not abusive or harmful. In making such a determination, the committee will consider, among other things, the nature of the shareholder’s account, the reason for the frequent trading, the amount of trading and the particular funds in which the trading has occurred. Additionally, the committee has the discretion to make inquiries or to take action against any shareholder whose trading appears inconsistent with the frequent trading policy. Examples of the types of actions the committee may take to deter excessive trading in a shareholder account include restricting the shareholder from purchasing additional shares in a fund altogether or imposing other restrictions (such as requiring purchase orders to be submitted by mail) that would deter the shareholder from trading frequently in the funds.

A “Round Trip” is defined as a purchase (including subscriptions and exchanges) into a fund followed by a sale (including redemptions and exchanges) of the same or a similar number of shares out of the fund within 30 days of such purchase. Purchases and sales of the fund’s shares pursuant to an automatic investment plan or similar program for periodic transactions are not considered in determining Round Trips. For purposes of these policies and procedures, the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex also includes certain Western Asset funds and Barrett Opportunity Fund, Inc., but does not include money market funds in the fund complex.

The policies apply to any account, whether an individual account, accounts with financial intermediaries such as investment advisers, broker/dealers or retirement plan administrators, commonly called omnibus accounts, where the intermediary holds fund shares for a number of its customers in one account. The fund’s ability to monitor trading in omnibus accounts may, however, be severely limited due to the lack of access to an individual investor’s trading activity when orders are placed through these types of accounts. There may also be operational and technological limitations on the ability of the fund’s service providers to identify or terminate frequent trading activity within the various types of omnibus accounts. The fund’s distributor has entered into agreements with intermediaries requiring the intermediaries to, among other things, help identify frequent trading activity and to prohibit further purchases or exchanges by a shareholder identified as having engaged in frequent trading. These agreements took effect on October 16, 2007.

The fund’s policies also require personnel such as portfolio managers and investment staff to report any abnormal or otherwise suspicious investment activity, and prohibits short-term trades by such personnel for their own account in mutual funds managed by the manager and its affiliates, other than money market funds. The fund has also adopted policies and procedures to prevent the selective release of information about the fund’s portfolio holdings, as such information may be used for market-timing and similar abusive practices.

The fund’s policies provide for ongoing assessment of the effectiveness of current policies and surveillance tools, and the Board reserves the right to modify these or adopt additional policies and restrictions in the future. Shareholders should be aware, however, that any surveillance techniques currently employed by the fund or other techniques that

 

34         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

may be adopted in the future may not be effective, particularly where the trading takes place through certain types of omnibus accounts. As noted above, if the fund is unable to detect and deter trading abuses, the fund’s performance, and its long-term shareholders, may be harmed. In addition, shareholders may be harmed by the extra costs and portfolio management inefficiencies that result from frequent trading of fund shares, even when the trading is not for abusive purposes. Furthermore, the fund may not apply its policies consistently or uniformly, resulting in the risk that some shareholders may be able to engage in frequent trading while others will bear the costs and effects of that trading. The fund will provide advance notice to shareholders and prospective investors of any specific restrictions on the trading of fund shares that the Board may adopt in the future.

Share certificates

The fund does not issue share certificates. If you currently hold share certificates of the fund, such certificates will continue to be honored. If you would like to return your share certificate to the fund and hold your shares in uncertificated form, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services.

Record ownership

If you hold shares through a Service Agent, your Service Agent may establish and maintain your account and be the shareholder of record. In the event that the fund holds a shareholder meeting your Service Agent, as record holder, will vote your shares in accordance with your instructions. If you do not give your Service Agent voting instructions, your Service Agent may nonetheless, under certain circumstances, be entitled to vote your shares.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         35


 

Dividends, distributions and taxes

Dividends and distributions

The fund generally pays dividends and makes capital gain distributions, if any, typically once or twice a year, typically in December. The fund may pay additional distributions and dividends at other times if necessary for the fund to avoid a federal tax. The fund expects distributions to be primarily from capital gains. Unless otherwise directed, capital gain distributions and dividends are reinvested in additional fund shares of the same class you hold. You do not pay a sales charge on reinvested distributions or dividends. Alternatively, you can instruct your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services to have your distributions and/or dividends paid in cash. You can change your choice at any time to be effective as of the next distribution or dividend.

Taxes

In general, redeeming shares, exchanging shares and receiving dividends and distributions (whether in cash or additional shares) are all taxable events. The following table summarizes the tax status to you of certain transactions related to the fund.

 

Transaction    Federal income tax status
Redemption or exchanges of shares    Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares owned more than one year
 
Long-term capital gain distributions (designated as capital gain dividends)    Long-term capital gain
 
Dividends of net investment income (including distributions of net short-term capital gain)    Ordinary income (except in the case of dividends attributable to “qualified dividend income,” as discussed below)
 

Distributions attributable to short-term capital gains are treated as dividends, taxable as ordinary income. Dividends and long-term capital gain distributions are taxable whether received in cash or reinvested in fund shares.

Long-term capital gain distributions (designated as capital gain dividends) are taxable to you as long-term capital gain regardless of how long you have owned your shares. You may want to avoid buying shares when the fund is about to declare a capital gain dividend or a dividend of net investment income, because it will be taxable to you even though it may actually be a return of a portion of your investment. Although dividends of net investment income (including dividends from short-term capital gains) are generally taxable as ordinary income, individual shareholders who satisfy certain holding period and other requirements are taxed on such dividends at long-term capital gain rates to the extent the dividends are attributable to “qualified dividend income” received by the fund. “Qualified dividend income” generally consists of dividends received from U.S. corporations (other than dividends from tax exempt organizations and certain dividends from real estate investment trusts and regulated investment companies) and certain foreign corporations.

After the end of each year, your Service Agent or the fund will provide you with information about the distributions and dividends you received and any redemptions of shares during the previous year. If you do not provide the fund with your correct taxpayer

 

36         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

identification number and any required certifications, you may be subject to back-up withholding at the rate of 28% on your distributions, dividends and redemption proceeds. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

The above discussion is applicable to shareholders who are U.S. persons. If you are a non-U.S. person, please consult your own tax adviser with respect to the U.S. tax consequences to you of an investment in the fund.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         37


 

Share price

You may buy, exchange or redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt of your request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge. The fund’s net asset value per share is the value of its assets minus its liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. Net asset value is calculated separately for each class of shares. The fund calculates its net asset value every day the NYSE is open. This calculation is done when regular trading closes on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time). The NYSE is closed on certain holidays listed in the SAI.

The Board has approved procedures to be used to value the fund’s securities for the purposes of determining the fund’s net asset value. The valuation of the securities of the fund is determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board. The Board has delegated certain valuation functions for the fund to the manager.

The fund generally values its securities based on market prices determined at the close of regular trading on the NYSE. The fund’s currency valuations, if any, are done as of when the London Stock Exchange closes, which is usually at 12 noon Eastern time, as the manager believes that these valuations typically reflect the largest trading volume in the foreign currency markets. A material change in the value of currency during the period between the close of the London Stock Exchange and the calculation of the fund’s net asset value on the same date is considered a significant event, as described below, in response to which the fund may use fair valuation procedures to value the affected investments. For equity securities that are traded on an exchange, the market price is usually the closing sale or official closing price on that exchange. In the case of securities not traded on an exchange, or if such closing prices are not otherwise available, the market price is typically determined by independent third party pricing vendors approved by the Board using a variety of pricing techniques and methodologies. The market price for debt obligations is generally the price supplied by an independent third party pricing service approved by the Board, which may use a matrix, formula or other objective method that takes into consideration market indices, yield curves and other specific adjustments. Short-term debt obligations that will mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, unless it is determined that using this method would not reflect an investment’s fair value. If vendors are unable to supply a price, or if the price supplied is deemed by the manager to be unreliable, the market price may be determined using quotations received from one or more brokers/dealers that make a market in the security. When such prices or quotations are not available, or when the manager believes that they are unreliable, the manager may price securities using fair value procedures approved by the Board. Because the fund may invest in securities of small capitalization companies, issuers located in emerging markets or rated below investment grade — some of which may be thinly traded, for which market quotations may not be readily available or may be unreliable — the fund may use fair valuation procedures more frequently than funds that invest primarily in securities that are more liquid, such as securities of large capitalization domestic issuers. The fund may also use fair value procedures if the manager determines that a significant event has occurred between the time at which a market price is determined and the time at which the fund’s net asset value is calculated. In particular, the value of foreign securities may be materially affected by events occurring after the close of the market on which they are valued, but

 

38         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

before the fund prices its shares. The fund uses a fair value model developed by an independent third party pricing service to price foreign equity securities on days when there is a certain percentage change in the value of a domestic equity security index, as such percentage may be determined by the manager from time to time.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuation of securities based on readily available market quotations. A fund that uses fair value to price securities may value those securities higher or lower than another fund using market quotations or its own fair value methodologies to price the same securities. There can be no assurance that the fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the fund determines its net asset value.

The fund may invest in securities that are listed on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends and other days when the fund does not price its shares. Therefore, the value of the fund’s shares may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the fund’s shares.

In order to buy, redeem or exchange shares at that day’s price, you must place your order with your Service Agent or the transfer agent before the NYSE closes. If the NYSE closes early, you must place your order prior to the actual closing time.

It is the responsibility of the Service Agents to transmit all orders to buy, exchange or redeem shares to the transfer agent on a timely basis.

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         39


 

Financial highlights

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the performance of each class of the fund for the past five years. No financial highlights are provided for Class FI, R or IS shares as the fund commenced the offering of such shares as of the date of this Prospectus. The returns for Class FI, R and IS shares will differ from that of the other classes to the extent that their expenses differ. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. Total return represents the rate that a shareholder would have earned (or lost) on a fund share assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information in the following tables has been derived from the fund’s and the predecessor fund’s financial statements. These financial statements have been audited by                                 , an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund’s financial statements, is included in the annual report (available upon request). The financial statements containing information for each of the periods ended on or prior to December 31, 2004 in the following table were audited by another independent registered public accounting firm.

The financial information shown below for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor. Class Y shares of the fund were renamed Class I shares on November 20, 2006. The Class I shares were converted into Class O shares and redesignated as Class I shares on December 1, 2006.

 

For a Class A share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:  
Class A Shares   2007   2006   2005   2004   2003

 

40         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

For a Class B share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:
Class B Shares   2007   2006   2005   2004   2003

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         41


 

For a Class C share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:  
Class C Shares   2007   2006   2005   2004   2003

 

42         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

For a Class I share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:

Class I Shares   2007   2006   2005   2004   2003

 

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund         43


 

Legg Mason Partners Funds Privacy Policy

We are committed to keeping nonpublic personal information about you secure and confidential. This notice is intended to help you understand how we fulfill this commitment. From time to time, we may collect a variety of personal information about you, including:

n  

Information we receive from you on applications and forms, via the telephone, and through our websites;

n  

Information about your transactions with us, our affiliates, or others (such as your purchases, sales, or account balances); and

n  

Information we receive from consumer reporting agencies.

We do not disclose your nonpublic personal information, except as permitted by applicable law or regulation. For example, we may share this information with others in order to process your transactions. We may also provide this information to companies that perform services on our behalf, such as printing and mailing, or to other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements. We will require these companies to protect the confidentiality of this information and to use it only to perform the services for which we hired them.

With respect to our internal security procedures, we maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to protect your nonpublic personal information, and we restrict access to this information.

If you decide at some point either to close your account(s) or become an inactive customer, we will continue to adhere to our privacy policies and practices with respect to your nonpublic personal information.

 

[This page is not part of the prospectus.]

 

44         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

 

 

(Investment Company

file no. 811-06444)

FD         04/08

LOGO

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund

You may visit the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors for a free copy of a Prospectus, statement of additional information (“SAI”) or an annual or semi-annual report, or to request other information.

Shareholder reports Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders. In the fund’s Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the fund’s performance.

The fund sends only one report to a household if more than one account has the same last name and same address. Contact your Service Agent or the Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services if you do not want this policy to apply to you.

Statement of additional information The SAI provides more detailed information about the fund and is incorporated by reference into (is legally a part of) this Prospectus.

You can make inquiries about the fund or obtain shareholder reports or the SAI (without charge) by contacting your Service Agent, by calling Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 or by writing to the fund at Legg Mason Partners Funds, 55 Water Street, New York, NY, 10041.

Information about the fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained for a duplicating fee by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

If someone makes a statement about the fund that is not in this Prospectus, you should not rely upon that information. Neither the fund nor the distributor is offering to sell shares of the fund to any person to whom the fund may not lawfully sell its shares.


PROSPECTUS

April     , 2008

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any statement to the contrary is a crime.

LOGO

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund

Class A, B, C, FI, R and I Shares

 

 

 

 

INVESTMENT PRODUCTS: NOT FDIC INSURED Ÿ NO BANK GUARANTEE Ÿ MAY LOSE VALUE

 


Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund

Contents

 

 

Investments, risks and performance

  2

More on the fund’s investments

  9

Management

  15

Choosing a class of shares to buy

  19

Comparing the fund’s classes

  21

Sales charges

  23

More about contingent deferred sales charges

  27

Retirement and institutional investors

  28

Buying shares

  31

Exchanging shares

  32

Redeeming shares

  34

Other things to know about transactions

  36

Dividends, distributions and taxes

  40

Share price

  42

Financial highlights

  44

 

As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund with substantially the same name, effective April 16, 2007. Any information in this Prospectus relating to the fund prior to April 16, 2007 relates to the fund’s predecessor. Prior to June 30, 2006, the fund’s predecessor operated as a closed-end investment company.


 

Investments, risks and performance

Investment objectives

The fund’s primary investment objectives are growth and conservation of capital. Income is a secondary investment objective.

Principal investment strategies

Key investments

The fund invests primarily in common stock or securities convertible into common stock of companies in industries the portfolio manager believes have the potential to grow at a faster rate than the economy as a whole and that appear to have above-average earnings and dividend growth potential.

Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in equity securities. The fund emphasizes investments in U.S. stocks with large market capitalizations, but the fund also invests in stocks with small and medium capitalizations and may invest up to 25% of its assets in foreign securities. These securities may be denominated and traded in foreign currencies and may be traded in the U.S. or on international stock exchanges. The fund’s foreign investments are typically equity securities, but the fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in foreign fixed-income securities. In addition, the fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in securities of emerging markets issuers. The fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in fixed-income securities, some or all of which may be high yield, lower quality securities rated below investment grade by a recognized rating agency or unrated securities determined by the portfolio manager to be of equivalent quality (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”).

Selection process

The fund intends to pursue both growth and conservation of capital while generally maintaining a rather fully-invested position in equities by selecting certain equity securities primarily for the growth opportunities they present and other equity securities primarily for the purpose of conserving capital. The portfolio manager looks for companies he believes are able to increase earnings and dividends at an above-average rate and still retain enough cash to finance future growth in their businesses. The portfolio manager emphasizes individual security selection while spreading the fund’s investments among industries and sectors for broad market exposure.

The portfolio manager seeks to construct an investment portfolio whose weighted average market capitalization is similar to the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index of Composite Stocks (“S&P 500 Index”). The portfolio manager uses fundamental analysis to identify high-quality companies — companies with an oligopoly or monopoly in their respective markets, a strong franchise and market share, a high return on equity and conservative accounting practices — and then considers whether the stocks are relatively over- or under-valued. The portfolio manager also looks for a catalyst for stock price appreciation, such as good management, positive changes in strategy or improvement in the company’s competitive position. The portfolio manager favors companies with above-average growth in dividend yields because the portfolio manager believes this shows responsible use of

 

2         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

capital on the part of the companies. The fund invests for the longer term. The portfolio manager, however, continues to reappraise the fund’s holdings, take profits or losses and raise cash to reinvest in newly emerging areas of interest, within the scope of the fund’s investment policy.

The portfolio manager’s sell discipline is the result of the portfolio manager’s regular review of the fund’s portfolio holdings. If a company’s fundamentals deteriorate or its business fails to meet the portfolio manager’s expectations for growth or his conservation of capital, the portfolio manager evaluates the stock as a sale candidate. The portfolio manager continually assesses the risk and reward profile of companies in the portfolio. The portfolio manager generally will reduce a position as risk and reward becomes less favorable. The portfolio manager generally will eliminate a position whose valuation becomes excessive or unsustainable. The portfolio manager may also sell a stock to substitute a similar company with a materially better risk and reward.

Principal risks of investing in the fund

Investors could lose money on their investment in the fund, or the fund may not perform as well as other investments, if:

n  

Stock prices decline generally or stocks perform poorly relative to other types of investments

n  

Large capitalization companies fall out of favor with investors

n  

Companies in which the fund invests suffer unexpected losses or lower than expected earnings

n  

The portfolio manager’s judgment about the attractiveness, value or income potential of a particular security proves to be incorrect

n  

An adverse event, such as negative press reports about a company in the fund’s portfolio, depresses the value of the company’s securities

n  

There is greater volatility of share price because of the fund’s ability to invest in small and medium capitalization companies. Investing in small and medium capitalization companies involves a substantial risk of loss. Compared to large capitalization companies, small and medium capitalization companies and the market for their securities are more likely to:

  ¨  

Be more sensitive to changes in earnings results and investor expectations

  ¨  

Have more limited product lines, capital resources and management depth

  ¨  

Experience sharper swings in market values

  ¨  

Be harder to sell at the times and prices the portfolio manager believes appropriate

  ¨  

Offer greater potential for gain and loss

n  

The issuer of a debt security owned by the fund defaults on its obligation to pay principal and/or interest or has its credit rating downgraded. This risk is higher for below investment grade securities

Common stock and convertible securities

Most of the risks listed above pertain to investments in common stock and securities convertible into common stock.

In addition to those risks, investing in common stock involves risks because common stocks do not represent an obligation of the issuer, and do not offer the degree of protection of debt securities. The issuance of debt securities or preferred stock by an issuer will

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         3


 

create senior claims which could adversely affect the rights of holders of common stock with respect to the assets of the issuer upon liquidation or bankruptcy.

Investing in securities convertible into common stock also involves different risks. Because a convertible security provides an option to the holder to exchange the security for common shares or the cash value of common shares, the market price will tend to fluctuate in relationship to the price of the common shares into which the security is convertible. Because convertible securities are usually viewed by the issuer as future common stock, they are generally subordinated to other senior securities and may be rated lower than the issuer’s non-convertible debt obligations or preferred stock.

Foreign securities

Investing in non-U.S. issuers may involve different risks compared to investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. These risks are more pronounced to the extent the fund invests in issuers in countries with emerging markets or if the fund invests significantly in one country. These risks may include:

n  

Less information about non-U.S. issuers or markets may be available due to less rigorous disclosure and accounting standards or regulatory practices

n  

Many non-U.S. markets are smaller, less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets. In a changing market, the portfolio manager may not be able to sell the fund’s portfolio securities in amounts and at prices the portfolio manager considers reasonable

n  

Economic, political and social developments significantly disrupt the financial markets or interfere with the fund’s ability to enforce its rights against foreign government issuers

High yield, lower quality securities

High yield securities (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”) are considered speculative because they have a higher risk of issuer default and, compared to investment grade securities, tend to have:

n  

More volatile prices and increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to adverse economic and business developments

n  

Greater risk of loss due to default or declining credit quality

n  

Greater likelihood that adverse economic or company specific events will make the issuer unable to make interest and/or principal payments

n  

Greater susceptibility to negative market sentiments leading to depressed prices and decreased liquidity

Who may want to invest

The fund may be an appropriate investment if you:

n  

Are seeking to participate in the long-term growth potential of the U.S. stock market

n  

Are willing to accept the risks of the stock market

 

4         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Performance information

On June 30, 2006, the fund’s predecessor converted from a closed-end investment company to an open-end investment company with the same investment objectives and substantially similar investment strategies. Shares of the closed-end fund outstanding at the time of the conversion were designated Class O shares. The information in the total return bar chart and comparative performance table for periods prior to June 30, 2006 is the performance of the closed-end fund.

The following shows summary performance information for the fund in a bar chart and an Average Annual Total Returns table based on the fund’s net asset value per share. The information provides an indication of the historical risks of investing in the fund by showing changes in its performance from year to year and by showing how the fund’s average annual returns compare with the returns of a broad-based securities market index. The bar chart below shows performance of the Class O shares of the fund (and the fund’s predecessor, including as a closed-end fund) which are not offered by this Prospectus. Unlike the bar chart, the performance for Class A, B, C and I (1) shares in the Average Annual Total Returns table reflects the impact of the maximum sales charge (load) applicable to the respective classes, and where indicated, the performance for Class O shares reflects the impact of taxes paid on distributions and the redemption of shares at the end of the period. No performance information is presented for Class FI or Class R shares because no Class FI or Class R shares were offered prior to the date of this Prospectus. The returns of Class FI and Class R shares would differ from those of other classes to the extent that these classes bear different expenses. The fund’s past performance is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future.

 

(1)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         5


 

Total Returns for Class O Shares

LOGO

Highest and lowest quarter returns (for the periods shown in the bar chart):

Highest:         % in          quarter         ; Lowest:         % in          quarter         .

Average Annual Total Returns (calendar years ended December 31, 2007)

 

Class O Shares    1 year     5 years     10 years     Since
Inception
    Inception Date
Return before taxes             %            %            %   N/A      9/24/29
 
Return after taxes on distributions (1)             %            %            %   N/A     9/24/29
 
Return after taxes on distributions and sale of fund shares             %            %            %   N/A     9/24/29
 
Other Classes (Return
before taxes only)
                                      
Class A             %   N/A     N/A              %   12/28/06
 
Class B             %   N/A     N/A     N/A     12/28/06
 
Class C             %   N/A     N/A     N/A     12/28/06
 
Class I             %   N/A     N/A     N/A     12/28/06
 
Comparative Index                                       
S&P 500 Index (2)             %            %            %            %  
 

 

(1)

 

After-tax returns are calculated using the highest historical individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after tax returns depend upon an individual investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. In some cases the return after taxes may exceed the return before taxes due to an assumed tax benefit from any losses on a sale of fund shares at the end of the measurement period. After-tax returns shown above are for Class O shares only. After-tax returns for other share classes will vary.

 

(2)

 

The S&P 500 Index is a market-value weighted index comprised of 500 widely held common stocks. It is not possible to invest directly in the index. The index does not reflect deductions for fees, expenses or taxes.

 

6         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Fee table

This table sets forth the fees and expenses you may pay if you invest in fund shares.

Shareholder Fees

 

(directly from your investment)   Class A     Class B     Class C     Class FI   Class R   Class I (1)
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a % of offering price)   5.75 %   None     None     None   None   None
 
Maximum contingent deferred sales charge (load) (as a % of the lower of net asset value at purchase or redemption)   None (2)   5.00 %   1.00 %   None   None   None
 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

 

(paid by the fund as a %
of net assets)
  Class A     Class B (6)     Class C (6)     Class FI (6)     Class R (6)     Class I (6)  
Management fee (3)(4)   0.52 %   0.52 %   0.52 %   0.52 %   0.52 %   0.52 %
   
Distribution and service (12b-1) fees   0.25 %   1.00 %   1.00 %   0.25 %   0.50 %   None  
   
Other expenses (5)        %        %        %        %        %        %
   
Total annual fund operating expenses        %        %        %        %        %        %
   

 

(1)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

(2)

 

You may buy Class A shares in amounts of $1,000,000 or more at net asset value (without an initial sales charge) but if you redeem those shares within 12 months of their purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

 

(3)

 

The fund has a management fee schedule that reduces the management fee rate as assets increase as follows: 0.650% on assets up to $350 million, 0.550% on assets between $350 million and $500 million, 0.525% on assets between $500 million and $750 million, 0.500% on assets between $750 million and $1 billion and 0.450% on assets in excess of $1 billion. The management fee may be increased or decreased based on the performance of the fund relative to the investment record of the S&P 500 Index. This type of fee is sometimes referred to as a “fulcrum” fee. At the end of each calendar quarter, for each percentage point by which the investment performance of the fund exceeds or is exceeded by the investment record of the S&P 500 Index over the one-year period ending on the last day of the calendar quarter for which the adjustment is being calculated, the management fee will be adjusted upward or downward by the product of (i)  1 / 4 of 0.01% multiplied by (ii) the average daily net assets of the fund for the one-year period preceding the end of the calendar quarter. The base fee is calculated based on average daily net assets over the most recent quarter while the performance adjustment is based on average daily net assets over a one-year period. The performance adjustment, therefore, is based in part on the fund’s historical performance during a rolling one-year period preceding the time at which it is assessed.

 

 

 

Under the current breakpoint fee structure for the base fee, if the assets of the fund decrease, the rate of the base fee increases. Accordingly, as the fund’s assets decrease, the performance adjustment is added to or subtracted from a base fee of a higher rate. If the amount by which the fund outperforms the S&P 500 Index is not a whole percentage point, a pro-rata adjustment shall be made. However, there will be no performance adjustment unless the investment performance of the fund exceeds or is exceeded by the investment record of the S&P 500 Index by at least one percentage point. The maximum quarterly adjustment is  1 / 4 of 0.10%, which would occur if the fund’s performance exceeds or is exceeded by the S&P 500 Index by ten or more percentage points. As a result, assuming the fund’s current asset level, the fund could pay an annualized management fee that ranges from 0.42% to 0.62% of the fund’s average daily net assets. The table below illustrates the management fee rate that would be applicable based on the relative performance of the fund and the S&P 500 Index during any 12-month period. The fee rate calculated with respect to any 12-month period will apply only for the next quarterly period and then will be subject to recalculation for the following quarter.

 

 

    Underperformance     Neu-
tral
    Outperformance  

Difference between fund
performance and S&P
500 Index return

  -10%
or
more
    -9%     -8%     -7%     -6%     -5%     -4%     -3%     -2%     -1%     0%     +1%     +2%     +3%     +4%     +5%     +6%     +7%     +8%     +9%     +10%
or
more
 
Management fee (annualized)   .42 %   .43 %   .44 %   .45 %   .46 %   .47 %   .48 %   .49 %   .50 %   .51 %   .52 %   .53 %   .54 %   .55 %   .56 %   .57 %   .58 %   .59 %   .60 %   .61 %   .62 %

 

    The first performance adjustment was paid on June 30, 1995 for the one-year period ended on that date after which any performance adjustment has been calculated quarterly based on a rolling one-year period.

 

(4)

 

Based on assets and performance as of December 31, 2007, the fund’s management fee is comprised of a base fee of     % and a performance adjustment of (    )%.

 

(5)

 

The expenses for Class A, B, C, FI, R and I shares include a fee for record keeping services.

(6)

 

Other expenses have been estimated for the current year.

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         7


 

Example

This example helps you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. Your actual cost may be higher or lower. The example assumes:

n  

You invest $10,000 in the fund for the period shown

n  

Your investment has a 5% return each year — the assumption of a 5% return is required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for purposes of this example and is not a prediction of the fund’s future performance

n  

You reinvest all distributions and dividends without a sales charge

n  

The fund’s operating expenses (before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, if any) remain the same

Number of Years You Own Your Shares

 

      1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years  

Class A (with or without redemption)

  $            $            $            $           
   

Class B (redemption at end of period)

  $            $            $            $          (1)
   

Class B (no redemption)

  $            $            $            $          (1)
   

Class C (redemption at end of period)

  $            $            $            $           
   

Class C (no redemption)

  $            $            $            $           
   

Class FI (with or without redemption)

  $            $            $            $           
   

Class R (with or without redemption)

  $            $            $            $           
   

Class I (2) (with or without redemption)

  $            $            $            $           
   

 

(1)

 

Assumes conversion to Class A shares approximately eight years after purchase.

 

(2)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

8         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Mo re on the fund’s investments

The fund’s investment objective and principal investment strategies are described under the section entitled “Investments, risks and performance” above. This section provides further information about the investment strategies that may be used by the fund.

The fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval.

Principal investments

Equity securities

Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in equity securities. Traditionally, the fund principally invests in common stock of large-capitalization companies.

Although the fund’s portfolio usually will consist of equity securities listed on the New York and other stock exchanges, issues traded in the over-the-counter market may also be purchased and held to the extent deemed advisable by the fund’s management.

Common stock.   Common stocks are shares of a corporation or other entity that entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the profits of the corporation, if any, without preference over any other shareholder or class of shareholders, including holders of the entity’s preferred stock and other senior equity. Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so.

Convertible securities.   Convertible securities are typically preferred stocks that are convertible into common stocks at a specified price or conversion ratio. Because they have the characteristics of both fixed-income securities and common stock, convertible securities are sometimes called “hybrid” securities. Thus, convertible securities will ordinarily provide opportunities for producing both current income and longer-term capital appreciation. Convertible preferred stocks are senior securities of a company offering a stated dividend rate. Convertible securities will at times be priced in the market like other fixed-income securities — that is, their prices will tend to rise when interest rates decline and will tend to fall when interest rates rise.

Foreign securities

The fund may invest up to 25% of its assets in foreign securities. These securities may be denominated and traded in foreign currencies, and may be traded in the United States or on international stock exchanges. The fund’s foreign investments are typically equity securities, but the fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in foreign fixed-income securities. Many foreign securities may be less liquid and their prices more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. Other risks of investing in foreign securities include less governmental supervision and regulations with respect to the issuance of such securities as compared to the United States, less available information concerning foreign issuers than U.S. issuers and higher brokerage commissions and longer transaction settlement periods as compared to the United States. In addition, with respect to some foreign countries there is the possibility of nationalization, expropriation or confiscatory taxation. Income earned in a foreign nation may be subject to taxation (including withholding taxes on interest and

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         9


 

dividends), or other taxes may be imposed with respect to investments in foreign securities. Dividend income the fund receives from foreign securities may not be eligible for the special tax treatment applicable to qualified dividend income.

Foreign companies are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards or to other regulatory requirements comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies. Thus, there may be less available information concerning non-U.S. issuers of securities held by the fund than is available concerning U.S. companies. Other risks associated with investments in foreign securities include limitations on the removal of securities, property or other assets of the fund, difficulties in pursuing legal remedies and obtaining judgments in foreign courts, political or social instability, and diplomatic developments that could adversely affect the fund’s investments in companies located in foreign countries.

Certain of the risks associated with international investments and investing in smaller capital markets are heightened for investments in emerging market countries. For example, some of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced devaluation relative to the U.S. dollar, and major adjustments have been made periodically in certain of such currencies. Certain of such countries face serious exchange constraints. In addition, governments of many emerging market countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In certain cases, the government owns or controls many companies. Accordingly, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in developing countries which could affect private sector companies and consequently, the value of certain securities held in the fund’s portfolio.

The fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in securities of emerging markets issuers. Investment in certain emerging market securities is restricted or controlled to varying degrees which may at times limit or preclude investment in certain emerging market securities and increase the costs and expenses of a fund. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than other classes, restrict investment opportunities in issuers in industries deemed important to national interests and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors.

Debt obligations

The fund may invest its assets in non-convertible bonds, debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness whether for the short or long term or hold a portion of its assets in cash, government securities or other types of securities, whenever the fund’s portfolio manager deems such investments advisable. The fund may invest in debt obligations, which are securities used by issuers to borrow money, when the portfolio manager believes they may be useful for the purposes of generating income and growth of capital. The portfolio manager analyzes the credit quality of unrated securities similarly to how he analyzes equity investments (reviewing the business model and cash flows and talking to management) and then makes a quality determination. This analysis is done by the portfolio manager with the assistance of research analysts. Debt obligations include bonds, notes (including structured notes), debentures, commercial paper and other money market

 

10         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

instruments issued by banks, corporations, local, state and national governments and instrumentalities, both U.S. and foreign, and supranational entities, mortgage-related and asset-backed securities, convertible securities, and loan participations and assignments. Debt obligations may be fixed-income securities, or have various types of payment and reset terms or features, including adjustable rate, zero coupon, contingent, deferred, payment in kind and auction rate features.

High yield, lower quality securities

The fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in fixed-income securities that are high yield, lower quality securities rated below investment grade by a recognized rating agency or unrated securities determined by the portfolio manager to be of equivalent quality. These securities are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” The issuers of lower quality bonds may be highly leveraged and have difficulty servicing their debts, especially during prolonged economic recessions or periods of rising interest rates. The prices of lower quality securities are volatile and may go down due to market perceptions of deteriorating issuer creditworthiness or economic conditions. Lower quality securities may become illiquid and hard to value in down markets.

Non-principal investments

Preferred stock

Preferred stocks, like common stocks, represent an equity ownership in an issuer, but generally have a priority claim over common stocks, but not over debt, with respect to dividend payments and upon the liquidation or bankruptcy of the issuer. Therefore, preferred stock is subject to the credit risk of the issuer, but because of its subordinate position to debt obligations of the issuer, the deterioration of the credit of an issuer is likely to cause greater decreases in the value of preferred stock than in more senior debt obligations.

Exchange-traded funds

The fund may invest in shares of open-end mutual funds or unit investment trusts that are traded on a stock exchange, called exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”). The fund invests in both creation units and retail classes of ETF shares. Typically, an ETF seeks to track the performance of an index, such as the S&P 500 or the NASDAQ 100, by holding in its portfolio either the same securities that comprise the index, or a representative sample of the index. Investing in an ETF will give the fund exposure to the securities comprising the index on which the ETF is based, and the fund will gain or lose value depending on the performance of the index.

Like mutual funds, ETFs have expenses, including advisory fees paid by ETF holders, and, as a result, an investor is subject to a duplicative level of fees if the fund invests in ETFs.

Warrants

Warrants acquired by the fund entitle it to buy common stock from the issuer at a specified price and time. Warrants are subject to the same market risks as stocks, but may be more volatile in price. Because investing in warrants can provide a greater potential for profit or loss than an equivalent investment in the underlying security, warrants involve leverage and are considered speculative investments. At the time of issuance of a warrant, the cost is

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         11


 

generally substantially less than the cost of the underlying security itself, and therefore, the investor is able to gain exposure to the underlying security with a relatively low capital investment. Price movements in the underlying security are generally magnified in the price movements of the warrant, although changes in the market value of the warrant may not necessarily correlate to the prices of the underlying security. The fund’s investment in warrants will not entitle it to receive dividends or exercise voting rights and will become worthless if the warrants cannot be profitably exercised before the expiration dates.

Repurchase agreements

The fund may enter into repurchase agreements for cash management purposes. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the seller of a security commits itself at the time of the sale to repurchase that security from the buyer at a mutually agreed upon time and price. When the fund enters into a repurchase agreement, it is in effect lending money. The fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with dealers, domestic banks or recognized financial institutions which, in the opinion of the manager, based on guidelines established by the fund’s Board, are deemed creditworthy. The manager will monitor the value of the securities underlying the repurchase agreement at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement to ensure that the value of the securities always exceeds the repurchase price. In the event of default by the seller under the repurchase agreement, the fund may incur losses and experience time delays in connection with the disposition of the underlying securities. To the extent that, in the meantime, the value of the securities that the fund has purchased has decreased, the fund could experience a loss.

Securities lending

The fund may lend portfolio securities representing up to one-third of the value its of total assets in order to increase its net investment income. The loans are continuously secured by cash or liquid securities equal to no less than the market value, determined daily, of the securities loaned. The risks in lending securities consist of possible delay in receiving additional collateral, delay in recovery of securities when the loan is called or possible loss of collateral should the borrower fail financially.

Derivatives and hedging techniques

In order to enhance returns, reduce risks, and manage taxes and cash flows, the fund may invest in derivatives. The fund also uses several derivative strategies (such as options or index options) to hedge market risks (such as broad or specific market increments, interest rates and currency exchange rates) and cash flows and to seek to increase the fund’s income or gain, including the purchase of calls, puts and collars. The fund may own “in the money” calls on the S&P 500 Index, funded by a combination of cash, high yield bonds and convertible bonds (“in the money” means the value of the underlying instrument or stock index exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option). This strategy keeps the fund fully invested, while giving it the flexibility to easily manage the volatile cash flows that occur when the fund pays its capital gains distributions. “In the money” call options on the S&P 500 Index fall less than the market does when the value of the S&P 500 Index nears or falls below the strike price of the option.

 

12         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Therefore, this strategy should make the fund less volatile than the S&P 500 Index in the event of a severe market decline. The fund may also own puts on the S&P 500 Index. This strategy will protect against a decline in the fund’s return in the event of a market decline. The fund may write covered calls in order to increase its returns. Both of these strategies should make the fund less volatile than the S&P 500 Index in the event of a market decline.

The fund may purchase put and call options and write covered put and call options on stocks and stock indices listed on domestic and foreign securities exchanges in order to hedge against movements in the equity markets or to increase income or gain to the fund. In addition, the fund may purchase options on stocks that are traded over-the-counter. Options on stock indices are similar to options on specific securities. However, because options on stock indices do not involve the delivery of an underlying security, the option represents the holder’s right to obtain from the writer cash in an amount equal to a fixed multiple of the amount by which the exercise price exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying stock index on the exercise date. Stock index options are subject to position and exercise limits and other regulations imposed by the exchange on which they are traded.

Borrowing

The fund may borrow to meet redemption requests. Certain borrowing may create an opportunity for increased return, but, at the same time, creates special risks. For example, borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of the fund’s shares and in the return on the fund’s portfolio. The fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowings. Interest on any borrowings will be a fund expense and will reduce the value of the fund’s shares.

Short sales

The fund may sell securities short from time to time. The fund may hold no more than 25% of the fund’s net assets (taken at the then-current market value) as required collateral for such sales at any one time. A short sale is a transaction in which the fund sells securities it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of the securities. A short sale of a security involves the risk that instead of declining, the price of the security sold short will rise. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security, the fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the fund will realize a gain. The short sale of securities involves the possibility of a theoretically unlimited loss since there is a theoretically unlimited potential for the market price of the security sold short to increase.

Defensive investing

During adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, the fund’s manager may deem it advisable to invest varying portions of the fund’s assets in fixed-income securities or to hold substantial amounts of cash or its equivalent. These investments may be inconsistent with the fund’s investment objectives and principal investment strategies. To the extent that the fund invests defensively, it is unlikely the fund will achieve its investment objectives.

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         13


 

Percentage limitations

Any policy or limitation for the fund that is expressed as a percentage of assets is determined at the time of purchase of portfolio securities. The policy will not be violated if these limitations are exceeded after purchase because of changes in the market value of the fund’s assets or for any other reason. The fund will comply with any percentage limitations imposed on the fund by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (e.g., borrowing restrictions) or by SEC staff positions (e.g., percentage limitations on illiquid securities).

Trading frequency

Although the fund generally invests for the longer term, the fund may engage in active and frequent trading, resulting in high portfolio turnover, in order to achieve its investment objectives. This may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher capital gains, increasing their tax liability. Frequent trading also increases transaction costs, which could detract from the fund’s performance. The “Financial highlights” section of this Prospectus shows the fund’s historical portfolio turnover rate.

Portfolio holdings

The fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the fund’s portfolio securities are described in the Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”).

Other information

The fund may also use other strategies and invest in other securities that are described, along with their risks, in the fund’s SAI. However, the fund may not use all of the strategies and techniques or invest in all of the types of securities described in this Prospectus or in the SAI. Also note that there are many other factors, which are not described here, that could adversely affect your investment and that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objectives.

 

14         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Management

Manager and subadviser

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) is the fund’s investment manager. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the fund’s cash and short-term instruments. As of December 31, 2007, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $         billion. ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge” or the “subadviser”) provides the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund.

ClearBridge has offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018 and is an investment adviser that was formed to succeed to the equity securities portfolio management business of Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”), which was acquired by Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”) in December 2005. As of September 30, 2007, ClearBridge’s total assets under management were approximately $107.6 billion.

LMPFA and ClearBridge are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion.

Portfolio manager

Michael Kagan, investment officer and co-director of research for ClearBridge, has been a co-manager of the fund since 1995 and has served as its sole portfolio manager since 1998. Mr. Kagan has been with ClearBridge or its affiliates or predecessor firms since 1994.

The SAI provides additional information about compensation of the portfolio manager, other accounts he manages and any fund shares held by the portfolio manager.

Management fee

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund paid a management fee of         % of the fund’s average daily net assets for management services.

The fund has a management fee rate as assets increase as follows: 0.650% on assets up to $350 million, 0.550% on assets between $350 million and $500 million, 0.525% on assets between $500 million and $750 million, 0.500% on assets between $750 million and $1 billion and 0.450% on assets in excess of $1 billion.

The management fee may be increased or decreased based on the performance of the fund relative to the investment record of the S&P 500 Index. This type of fee is sometimes referred to as a “fulcrum” fee. At the end of each calendar quarter, for each percentage point by which the investment performance of the fund exceeds or is exceeded by the investment record of the S&P 500 Index over the one year period ending on the last day of the calendar quarter for which the adjustment is being calculated, the management fee will be adjusted upward or downward by the product of: (i) 1/4 of 0.01% multiplied by (ii) the average daily net assets of the fund for the one year period preceding the end of the calendar quarter. The base fee is calculated based on average daily net assets over the most recent quarter while the performance adjustment is based on average daily net assets over a one-year period. The

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         15


 

performance adjustment, therefore, is based in part on the fund’s historical performance during a rolling one-year period preceding the time at which it is assessed.

Under the current breakpoint fee structure for the base fee, if the assets of the fund decrease, the rate of the base fee increases. Accordingly, as the fund’s assets decrease, the performance adjustment is added to or subtracted from a base fee of a higher rate. If the amount by which the fund outperforms or underperforms the S&P 500 Index is not a whole percentage point, a pro rata adjustment shall be made. However, there will be no performance adjustment unless the investment performance of the fund exceeds or is exceeded by the investment record of the S&P 500 Index by at least one percentage point. The maximum quarterly adjustment is 1/4 of 0.10%, which would occur if the fund’s performance exceeds or is exceeded by the S&P 500 Index by ten or more percentage points.

As a result, assuming the fund’s current asset level, the fund could pay an annualized management fee that ranges from 0.42% to 0.62% of the fund’s average daily net assets. The table below illustrates the management fee rate that would be applicable based on the relative performance of the fund and the S&P 500 Index during any 12-month period. The fee rate calculated with respect to any 12-month period will apply only for the next quarterly period and then will be subject to recalculation for the following quarter.

    Underperformance     Neutral     Outperformance  

Difference between
fund performance and
S&P 500 Index return

  -10%
or
more
    -9%     -8%     -7%     -6%     -5%     -4%     -3%     -2%     -1%     0%     +1%     +2%     +3%     +4%     +5%     +6%     +7%     +8%     +9%     +10%
or
more
 
Management fee (annualized)   .42 %   .43 %   .44 %   .45 %   .46 %   .47 %   .48 %   .49 %   .50 %   .51 %   .52 %   .53 %   .54 %   .55 %   .56 %   .57 %   .58 %   .59 %   .60 %   .61 %   .62 %

The first performance adjustment was paid on June 30, 1995 for the one-year period ended on that date after which any performance adjustment has been calculated quarterly based on a rolling one-year period.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the fund’s current management agreement and subadvisory agreement is available in the fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

Distribution plan

Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS” or the “distributor”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

The fund has adopted a shareholder services and distribution plan for its Class A, B, C, FI and R shares. Under the plan, the fund pays distribution and/or service fees. The plan provides for payments, based on annualized percentages of average daily net assets, of up to 0.25% for Class A and FI shares; up to 0.50% for Class R shares; and up to 1.00% for Class B and Class C shares. These fees are an ongoing expense and, over time, will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than other types of sales charges. Class I shares are not subject to any distribution and/or service fees.

In addition, the distributor may make payments for distribution and/or shareholder servicing activities out of its past profits and other available sources. The distributor may also make payments to dealers for marketing, promotional or related expenses. The amount of these payments is determined by the distributor and may be substantial. The manager or an affiliate may make similar payments under similar arrangements.

 

16         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

The payments described in the paragraph above are often referred to as “revenue sharing payments.” The recipients of such payments may include the fund’s distributor, affiliates of the manager, broker/dealers, financial institutions and other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of the fund. In some circumstances, such payments may create an incentive for an intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the fund to you. Please contact your financial intermediary for details about revenue sharing payments it may receive.

Recent developments

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”), the then-investment adviser or manager to certain of the funds, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”), a former distributor of the fund, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that CAM, the Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”) business unit that, at the time, included the fund’s investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed. SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order requires Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no certainty as to how the above-described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that trans-

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         17


 

fer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004 less certain expenses be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ boards selected a new transfer agent for the fund. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

This fund is not an Affected Fund and, therefore, did not implement the transfer agent arrangement described above and will not receive any portion of the distributions.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

 

18         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Choosing a class of shares to buy

Individual investors can generally choose among three classes of shares: Classes A, B and C shares. Individual investors that held Class I (formerly Class Y) shares prior to November 20, 2006 may continue to invest in Class I shares. Institutional and retirement plan investors and clients of financial intermediaries should refer to “Retirement and institutional investors” below for a description of the classes available to them.

Each class has different sales charges and expenses, allowing you to choose the class that best meets your needs. When choosing which class of shares to buy, you should consider:

n  

How much you plan to invest

n  

How long you expect to own the shares

n  

The expenses paid by each class detailed in the Fee table and Example at the front of this Prospectus

n  

Whether you qualify for any reduction or waiver of sales charges

If you are choosing between Class A and Class B shares, it will in almost all cases be the more economical choice for you to purchase Class A shares if you plan to purchase shares in an amount of $100,000 or more (whether in a single purchase or through aggregation of eligible holdings). This is because of the reduced sales charge available on larger investments of Class A shares and the lower ongoing expenses of Class A shares compared to Class B shares.

If you intend to invest for only a few years, the effect of Class B contingent deferred sales charges on redemptions made within five years of purchase, as well as the effect of higher expenses of that class, might make an investment in Class C more appropriate. There is no initial sales charge on Class C shares, and the contingent deferred sales charge does not apply to shares redeemed one year or more after purchase.

However, if you plan to invest a large amount and your investment horizon is five years or more, Class C shares might not be as advantageous as Class A shares. The annual distribution and service fees on Class C shares may cost you more over the longer term than the front-end sales charge you would have paid for larger purchases of Class A shares.

You may buy shares:

n  

Through banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”)

n  

Directly from the fund

Different types of shareholder services may be available to you under arrangements offered by different Service Agents. In addition, these services may vary depending on the share class in which you choose to invest. In making your decision regarding which share class to buy, please keep in mind that your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending on the share class in which you invest. Investors should consult with their Service Agent about comparative pricing of shareholder services available to them under each available share class, the compensation that will be received by their Service Agent in connection with each available share class, and other factors that may be relevant to the investor’s choice of a share class in which to invest.

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         19


 

Not all classes of shares are available through each Service Agent. You should contact your Service Agent for further information about available share classes.

Investment minimums

Minimum initial and additional investment amounts vary depending on the class of shares you buy and the nature of your investment account.

 

    Investment Minimum
Initial/Additional Investments (1)
      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R  

Class I

(formerly Y)

General

  $500/$50   $500/$50   $500/$50   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

IRAs and Uniform Gifts or Transfers to Minor Accounts

  $250/$50   $250/$50   $250/$50   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

Simple IRAs

  $1/$1   $1/$1   $1/$1   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

Systematic Investment Plans

  $25/$25   $25/$25   $25/$25   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

  $1/$1   n/a   n/a   None/None   n/a   None/None
 

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

  n/a   n/a   None/None   None/None   None/None   None/None
 

Other Retirement Plans

  $50/$50   $50/$50   $50/$50   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

Institutional Investors

  $500/$50   $500/$50   $500/$50   n/a   n/a   $1 million/None
 

 

(1)

 

Please refer to the section entitled “Retirement plans and institutional investors” for additional information regarding the investment minimum and eligibility requirements for Retirement Plans, Institutional Investors and Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries.

More information about the fund’s classes of shares is available through the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website. You’ll find detailed information about sales charges and ways you can qualify for reduced or waived sales charges, including:

n  

The front-end sales charges that apply to the purchase of Class A shares

n  

The contingent deferred sales charges that apply to the redemption of Class B shares and Class C shares and certain Class A shares (redeemed within one year)

n  

Who qualifies for lower sales charges on Class A shares

n  

Who qualifies for a sales load waiver

To access the website, go to http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and click on the name of the fund.

 

20         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Comparing the fund’s classes

The following table compares key features of the fund’s classes. You should review the Fee table and Example at the front of this Prospectus carefully before choosing your share class. Your Service Agent can help you decide which class meets your goals. Your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending upon which class you choose.

 

      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class I
Key features  

n   Initial sales charge

n   You may qualify for reduction or waiver of initial sales charge

n   Generally lower annual expenses than Class B and Class C

 

n   No initial sales charge

n   Contingent deferred sales charge declines over time

n   Converts to Class A after approximately 8 years

n   Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

 

n   No initial sales charge

n   Contingent deferred sales charge for only 1 year

n   Does not convert to Class A

n   Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and eligible Retirement Plans

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to eligible Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to institutional and other eligible investors

n   Generally lower annual expenses than the other classes

Initial sales charge  

Up to 5.75%; reduced or waived for large purchases and certain investors. No charge for purchases of $1 million or more

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

Contingent deferred sales charge  

1.00% on purchases of $1 million or more if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors

 

Up to 5.00% charged when you redeem shares. The charge is reduced over time and there is no contingent deferred sales charge after 5 years; waived for certain investors

 

1.00% if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain retirement plan investors

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         21


 

      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class I
Annual distribution and/or service fees  

0.25% of average daily net assets

 

1.00% of average daily net assets

 

1.00% of average daily net assets

 

0.25% of average daily net assets

 

0.50% of average daily net assets

 

None

Exchange privilege (1)  

Class A shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class B shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class C shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class FI shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class R shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class I shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

(1)

 

Ask your Service Agent about the Legg Mason Partners Funds available for exchange.

 

22         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Sales charges

Class A shares

You buy Class A shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value plus a sales charge. You pay a lower rate as the size of your investment increases to certain levels called breakpoints. You do not pay a sales charge on the fund’s distributions or dividends you reinvest in additional Class A shares.

The table below shows the rate of sales charge you pay, depending on the amount you purchase. The table below also shows the amount of broker/dealer compensation that will be paid out of the sales charge if you buy shares from a Service Agent. For Class A shares sold by LMIS, LMIS will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. Service Agents will also receive a service fee payable on Class A shares at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares serviced by them.

 

Amount of purchase   Sales Charge
as a % of
offering price
  Sales Charge as
a % of net
amount invested
  Broker/Dealer
commission
as a % of
offering price

Less than $25,000

  5.75   6.10   5.00
 

$25,000 but less than $50,000

  5.00   5.26   4.25
 

$50,000 but less than $100,000

  4.50   4.71   3.75
 

$100,000 but less than $250,000

  3.50   3.63   2.75
 

$250,000 but less than $500,000

  2.50   2.56   2.00
 

$500,000 but less than $750,000

  2.00   2.04   1.60
 

$750,000 but less than $1 million

  1.50   1.52   1.20
 

$1 million or more (1)

  0.00   0.00   up to 1.00
 

 

(1)

 

The distributor may pay a commission of up to 1.00% to a Service Agent for purchase amounts of $1 million or more. In such cases, starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, the Service Agent will also receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares held by its clients. Prior to the thirteenth month, the distributor will retain this fee. Where the Service Agent does not receive the payment of this commission, the Service Agent will instead receive the annual distribution/service fee starting immediately after purchase. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Investments of $1,000,000 or more

You do not pay an initial sales charge when you buy $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares. However, if you redeem these Class A shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

Qualifying for a reduced Class A sales charge

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners funds to take advantage of the breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in sales charges that may be available to you when you purchase fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services if you are eligible for a letter of intent or a right of accumulation and

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         23


 

if you own shares of other Legg Mason Partners funds that are eligible to be aggregated with your purchase.

Certain records, such as account statements, may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges.

n  

Accumulation Privilege – allows you to combine the current value of Class A shares of the fund with all other shares of Legg Mason Partners funds that are owned by:

  ¨  

you; or

  ¨  

your spouse and children under the age of 21

with the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares for purposes of calculating the initial sales charge.

Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (other than money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners Funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of the fund may not be combined.

If you hold shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be combined.

Certain trustees and fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

n  

Letter of Intent – allows you to purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge on Class A shares, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. At the time you enter into the letter of intent, you select your asset goal amount. Generally, purchases of Legg Mason Partners Fund shares that are purchased during the 13-month period by:

  ¨  

you; or

  ¨  

your spouse and children under the age of 21

are eligible for inclusion under the letter, based on the public offering price at the time of the purchase, and any capital appreciation on those shares. Purchases made 90 days prior to the 13-month period are also eligible to be treated as purchases made under the letter of intent. In addition, you can include towards your asset goal an amount of the current value of any eligible purchases that were made prior to the date of entering into the letter of intent and are still held.

If you hold shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (other than money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners Funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of the fund may not be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

If you do not meet your asset goal amount, shares equal to the amount of any sales charges due for your actual purchases will be redeemed from your account.

Waivers for certain Class A investors

Class A initial sales charges are waived for certain types of investors, including:

n  

Employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor

 

24         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

n  

Investors who redeemed Class A shares of a Legg Mason Partners fund in the past 60 days, if the investor’s Service Agent is notified

n  

Directors and officers of any Legg Mason-sponsored fund

n  

Employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries

n  

Investors investing through certain retirement plans

If you qualify for a waiver of the Class A initial sales charge, you must notify your Service Agent or the transfer agent at the time of purchase and provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the initial sales charge waiver.

If you want to learn about the additional waivers of Class A initial sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or access the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website at: http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, and click on the name of the fund.

Class B shares

You buy Class B shares at net asset value without paying an initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class B shares within five years of your purchase payment, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge. The contingent deferred sales charge decreases as the number of years since your purchase payment increases.

 

Year after purchase   1st     2nd     3rd     4th     5th     6th through 8th  

Contingent deferred sales charge

  5 %   4 %   3 %   2 %   1 %   0 %
   

LMIS will generally pay Service Agents selling Class B shares a commission of up to 4.00% of the purchase price of the Class B shares they sell and LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges. Service Agents also receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class B shares serviced by them.

Class B conversion

After approximately 8 years, Class B shares automatically convert into Class A shares. This helps you because Class A shares have lower annual expenses. Your Class B shares will convert to Class A shares as follows:

 

Shares issued:

At initial purchase

  

Shares issued:

On reinvestment of
dividends and
distributions

  

Shares issued:

Upon exchange from
another Legg Mason
Partners Fund

Approximately 8 years after the date of purchase payment    In the same proportion as the number of Class B shares converting is to total Class B shares you own (excluding shares issued as dividends)    On the date the shares originally acquired would have converted into Class A shares
 

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         25


 

Class C shares

You buy Class C shares at net asset value without paying an initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class C shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

LMIS will generally pay Service Agents selling Class C shares a commission of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class C shares they sell and LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges and an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by these Service Agents until the thirteenth month after purchase. Starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, these Service Agents also receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Class FI, Class R and Class I shares

Class FI, Class R and Class I shares are purchased at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed. As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

26         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

More about contingent deferred sales charges

The contingent deferred sales charge is based on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less, and therefore you do not pay a sales charge on amounts representing appreciation or depreciation.

In addition, you do not pay a contingent deferred sales charge:

n  

When you exchange shares for shares of another Legg Mason Partners fund

n  

On shares representing reinvested distributions and dividends

n  

On shares no longer subject to the contingent deferred sales charge

Each time you place a request to redeem shares, the fund will first redeem any shares in your account that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and then the shares in your account that have been held the longest.

If you redeemed shares of a Legg Mason Partners fund and paid a contingent deferred sales charge, you may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges as partial compensation for its expenses in selling shares, including the payment of compensation to your Service Agent.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers

The contingent deferred sales charge for each share class will generally be waived:

n  

On payments made through certain systematic withdrawal plans

n  

On certain distributions from a retirement plan

n  

For retirement plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

n  

For involuntary redemptions of small account balances

n  

For 12 months following the death or disability of a shareholder

If you want to learn more about additional waivers of contingent deferred sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or access the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website at: http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and click on the name of the fund.

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         27


 

Retirement and institutional investors

Eligible investors

Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund can generally choose among four classes of shares: Class C, Class R, Class FI and Class I (formerly Class Y) shares.

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents for Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, with limited exceptions. Class A shares will cease to be available to new Retirement Plan investors through a Service Agent if the Service Agent makes Class FI shares available. Please see below for additional information.

“Retirement Plans” include 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit-sharing plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and other similar employer-sponsored retirement plans. Retirement Plans do not include individual retirement vehicles, such as traditional and Roth IRAs, Coverdell education savings accounts, individual 403(b)(7) custodial accounts, Keogh plans, SEPs, SARSEPs, SIMPLE IRAs, or Section 529 savings accounts. Although Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund are not subject to minimum initial investment requirements for any of these share classes, certain investment minimums may be imposed by a financial intermediary.

Other Retirement Plans

Other Retirement Plans can generally choose among three classes of shares: Class A, Class B and Class C. “Other Retirement Plans” include Retirement Plans investing through brokerage accounts, and also include certain Retirement Plans with direct relationships to the fund that are neither Institutional Investors nor investing through omnibus accounts. Individual retirement vehicles, such as IRAs, may also choose among these share classes. Other Retirement Plans and individual retirement vehicles are treated like individual investors for purposes of determining sales charges and any applicable sales charge reductions or waivers.

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries may generally choose among three classes of shares: Class A, Class FI and Class I. “Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries” are investors who invest in the fund through financial intermediaries that offer their clients fund shares through investment programs as authorized by LMIS. Such investment programs may include fee-based advisory account programs and college savings vehicles such as Section 529 plans. The financial intermediary may impose separate investment minimums.

Institutional Investors

Institutional Investors may invest in Class I shares if they meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement. Institutional Investors may also invest in Class A, B and C shares, which have different investment minimums and fees and expenses. “Institutional Investors” generally include corporations, banks, trust companies, insurance companies, investment companies, foundations, endowments, pension and profit-sharing plans and other similar entities with direct relationships to the fund.

 

28         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Class C – Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund may buy Class C shares without paying a contingent deferred sales charge. LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class C shares to Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class C shares sold by them. Instead, immediately after purchase, LMIS may pay these Service Agents an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Certain Retirement Plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. Please see the SAI for more details.

Class R

Class R shares are offered only to Retirement Plans with accounts held on the books of the fund (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial intermediary). LMIS may pay Service Agents selling Class R shares an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.50% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class R shares serviced by them.

Class FI

Class FI shares are offered to investors who invest in the fund through certain financial intermediary and retirement plan programs. LMIS may pay Service Agents selling Class FI shares an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% starting immediately after purchase.

Class I

On November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. Class I shares are offered only to Institutional Investors who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries, Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, and other investors authorized by LMIS.

Class A and Class B – Retirement Plans

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents to Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund. However, certain Retirement Plans that held Class B shares prior to December 1, 2006 are permitted to make additional investments in that class. Certain existing programs for current and prospective Retirement Plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries also remain eligible for Class A shares. Under these programs, the initial sales charge and contingent deferred sales charge for Class A shares are waived where:

n  

Such Retirement Plan’s record keeper offers only load-waived shares,

n  

Fund shares are held on the books of the fund through an omnibus account, and

n  

The Retirement Plan has more than 100 participants, or has total assets exceeding $1 million.

LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class A shares to Retirement Plans with a direct omnibus relationship with the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class A shares

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         29


 

sold by them. However, for certain Retirement Plans that purchased shares at net asset value prior to November 20, 2006, LMIS may continue to pay Service Agents commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of Class A shares that are purchased with regular ongoing plan contributions. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Other considerations

Plan sponsors, plan fiduciaries and other financial intermediaries may choose to impose qualification requirements for plans that differ from the fund’s share class eligibility standards. In certain cases this could result in the selection of a share class with higher service and distribution related fees than otherwise would have been charged. The fund is not responsible for, and has no control over, the decision of any plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary to impose such differing requirements. Please consult with your plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary for more information about available share classes.

With respect to Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class I shares, the fund may pay a fee for recordkeeping services performed for the share class.

Not all share classes may be made available by your Service Agent. Please contact your Service Agent for additional details.

 

30         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Buying shares

 

Generally

  

You may buy shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your purchase request in good order, plus applicable sales charge.

Effective January 1, 2008, the fund generally does not permit non-resident aliens with a non-U.S. address to establish an account. U.S. citizens with an APO/FPO address or an address in the United States (including its territories) and resident aliens with a U.S. address are permitted to establish an account with the fund. Subject to the requirements of local law, U.S. citizens residing in foreign countries are permitted to establish an account with the fund.

 

Through a

Service Agent

  

You should contact your Service Agent to open a brokerage account and make arrangements to buy shares. You must provide the following information for your order to be processed:

n   Class of shares being bought

n   Dollar amount or number of shares being bought

n   Account number (if existing account)

Your Service Agent may charge an annual account maintenance fee.

 
Through the fund   

n   Investors should write the fund at the following address:

Legg Mason Partners Funds

c/o PFPC Inc.

P.O. Box 9699

Providence, Rhode Island 02940-9699

n   Enclose a check to pay for the shares. For initial purchases, complete and send an account application, available upon request from Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at the number below

n   Specify the name of the fund, the share class you wish to purchase and your account number (if existing account)

n   For more information, please call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010

 

Through a

systematic

investment plan

  

You may authorize your Service Agent or the transfer agent to transfer funds automatically from (i) a regular bank account, (ii) cash held in a brokerage account opened with a Service Agent or (iii) certain money market funds in order to buy shares on a regular basis.

n   Amounts transferred must be at least $25

n   Amounts may be transferred monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

n   If you do not have sufficient funds in your account on a transfer date, your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services may charge you a fee

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         31


 

Exchanging shares

 

Generally    You may exchange shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your exchange request in good order.
 
Legg Mason Partners offers a distinctive family of funds tailored to help meet the varying needs of both large and small investors   

You should contact your Service Agent to exchange into other Legg Mason Partners Funds. Be sure to read the prospectus of the Legg Mason Partners Fund into which you are exchanging. An exchange is a taxable transaction, unless you are investing through a tax-qualified savings plan or account.

n    If you bought shares through a Service Agent, you may exchange shares only for shares of the same class of certain other Legg Mason Partners Funds made available for exchange by your Service Agent. Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds made available for exchange by your Service Agent may offer all classes. Please contact your Service Agent for more information about the funds and classes that are available for exchange

n    If you bought shares directly from the fund, you may exchange shares only for shares of the same class of another Legg Mason Partners Fund, other than shares of Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of the fund. Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds offer all classes

n    Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds may be offered in your state of residence. Contact your Service Agent or the transfer agent for further information

n    Exchanges of Class A, B, C, FI and R shares are subject to minimum investment requirements (except for systematic investment plan exchanges), and all shares are subject to the other requirements of the fund into which exchanges are made

n    If you hold share certificates, the transfer agent must receive the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers before the exchange is effective

n    The fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in an excessive pattern of exchanges

 
Sales charges   

In most instances, your shares will not be subject to an initial sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge at the time of the exchange.

Your contingent deferred sales charge (if any) will continue to be measured from the date of your original purchase of shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and you will be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge of the fund you originally purchased.

 
By telephone    If you do not have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, you may be eligible to exchange shares through the fund. You must complete an authorization form to authorize telephone transfers. If

 

32         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

   eligible, you may make telephone exchanges on any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open. Shareholders should call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 between 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time).
  

You can make telephone exchanges only between accounts that have identical registrations.

 
By mail    If you do not have a brokerage account, contact your Service Agent or write to the fund at the address on the following page.
 
Through a systematic exchange plan   

You may be permitted to schedule exchanges of shares of any class of the fund for shares of the same class of other Legg Mason Partners Funds.

n    Exchanges may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

n    A predetermined dollar amount of at least $25 per exchange is required

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         33


 

Redeeming shares

 

Generally   

You may redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your redemption request in good order, less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge.

Contact your Service Agent to redeem shares of the fund.

If you hold share certificates, the transfer agent must receive the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers with a signature guarantee before you may redeem.

If the shares are held by a fiduciary or corporation, other documents may be required.

Your redemption proceeds will normally be sent within 3 business days after your request is received in good order but in any event within 7 days. Your redemption proceeds may be delayed for up to 10 days if your purchase was made by check.

If you have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, your redemption proceeds will be sent to your Service Agent. In other cases, unless you direct otherwise, your redemption proceeds will be paid by check mailed to your address of record.

 
By mail   

For accounts held directly at the fund, send written requests to the fund at the following address:

Legg Mason Partners Funds

c/o PFPC Inc.

P.O. Box 9699

Providence, Rhode Island 02940-9699

Your written request must provide the following:

n    The fund name, the class of shares to be redeemed and your account number

n    The dollar amount or number of shares to be redeemed

n    Signatures of each owner exactly as the account is registered

n    Signature guarantees, as applicable

 
By telephone   

If you do not have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, you may be eligible to redeem shares (except those held in certain retirement plans) by telephone in amounts up to $50,000 per day through the fund. You must complete an authorization form to authorize telephone redemptions. If eligible, you may request redemptions by telephone on any day the NYSE is open. Shareholders should call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 between 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time).

Your redemption proceeds can be sent by check to your address of record or by wire or electronic transfer (ACH) to a bank account designated on your authorization form. You must submit a new authorization form to change the bank account designated to receive

 

34         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

  

wire or electronic transfers and you may be asked to provide certain other documents. The transfer agent may charge a fee on a wire or an electronic transfer.

 
Automatic cash withdrawal plans    You can arrange for the automatic redemption of a portion of your shares monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. To qualify you must own shares of the fund with a value of at least $10,000 ($5,000 for retirement plan accounts) and each automatic redemption must be at least $50. If your shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, the sales charge will be waived if your automatic redemptions are equal to or less than 2% per month of your account balance on the date the withdrawals commence, up to a maximum of 12% in one year.
  

The following conditions apply:

n   Your shares must not be represented by certificates

n   All dividends and distributions must be reinvested

   For more information, please contact your Service Agent or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         35


 

Other things to know about transactions

When you buy, exchange or redeem shares, your request must be in good order. This means you have provided the following information, without which your request may not be processed:

n  

Name of the fund

n  

Your account number

n  

Class of shares being bought, and if you own more than one class, the class of shares being exchanged or redeemed

n  

Dollar amount or number of shares being bought, exchanged or redeemed

n  

Signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered

The fund’s transfer agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that any telephone exchange or redemption request is genuine, which may include recording calls, asking the caller to provide certain personal identification information, sending you a written confirmation or requiring other confirmation procedures from time to time. If these procedures are followed, neither the fund nor its agents will bear any liability for such transactions.

Signature guarantees

To be in good order, your redemption request must include a signature guarantee if you:

n  

Are redeeming over $50,000

n  

Are sending signed share certificates or stock powers to the transfer agent

n  

Instruct the transfer agent to mail the check to an address different from the one on your account registration

n  

Changed your account registration or your address within 30 days

n  

Want the check paid to someone other than the account owner(s)

n  

Are transferring the redemption proceeds to an account with a different registration

You can obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, dealers, brokers, credit unions and federal savings and loans, but not from a notary public.

The fund has the right to:

n  

Suspend the offering of shares

n  

Waive or change minimum and additional investment amounts

n  

Reject any purchase or exchange order

n  

Change, revoke or suspend the exchange privilege

n  

Suspend telephone transactions

n  

Suspend or postpone redemptions of shares on any day when trading on the NYSE is restricted, or as otherwise permitted by the SEC

n  

Pay redemption proceeds by giving you securities. You may pay transaction costs to dispose of the securities

Small account balances/Mandatory redemptions

If at any time the aggregate net asset value of the fund shares in your account is less than $500 for any reason (including solely due to declines in net asset value and/or failure to invest at least $500 within a reasonable period), the fund reserves the right to ask you to

 

36         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

bring your account up to the applicable minimum investment amount as determined by your Service Agent. In such case you shall be notified in writing and will have 60 days to make an additional investment to bring your account value up to the required level. If you choose not to do so within this 60-day period, the fund may close your account and send you the redemption proceeds. In the event your account is closed due to a failure to increase your balance to the minimum required amount, you will not be eligible to have your account subsequently reinstated without imposition of any sales charges that may apply to your new purchase. The fund may, with prior notice, change the minimum size of accounts subject to the mandatory redemption, which may vary by class, or implement fees for small accounts.

Subject to applicable law, the fund may, without prior notice, adopt other policies from time to time requiring mandatory redemptions of shares in certain circumstances.

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

Frequent purchases and sales of fund shares

Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares may interfere with the efficient management of the fund’s portfolio by its portfolio manager, increase portfolio transaction costs, and have a negative effect on the fund’s long-term shareholders. For example, in order to handle large flows of cash into and out of the fund, the portfolio manager may need to allocate more assets to cash or other short-term investments or sell securities, rather than maintaining full investment in securities selected to achieve the fund’s investment objectives. Frequent trading may cause the fund to sell securities at less favorable prices. Transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions and market spreads, can detract from the fund’s performance. In addition, the return received by long-term shareholders may be reduced when trades by other shareholders are made in an effort to take advantage of certain pricing discrepancies, when, for example, it is believed that the fund’s share price, which is determined at the close of the NYSE on each trading day, does not accurately reflect the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. Funds investing in foreign securities have been particularly susceptible to this form of arbitrage, but other funds could also be affected.

Because of the potential harm to funds in the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex and their long-term shareholders, the Board of the fund has approved policies and procedures that are intended to discourage and prevent excessive trading and market timing abuses through the use of various surveillance techniques. Under these policies and procedures, the fund may limit additional exchanges or purchases of fund shares by shareholders who are believed by the manager to be engaged in these abusive trading activities in the fund or in other funds within the fund complex. In the event that an exchange request is rejected, the shareholder may nonetheless redeem its shares. The intent of the policies and procedures is not to inhibit legitimate strategies, such as asset allocation, dollar cost averaging, or similar activities that may nonetheless result in frequent trading of fund shares.

Under the fund’s policies and procedures, the fund reserves the right to restrict or reject purchases of shares (including exchanges) without prior notice whenever a pattern of excessive trading by a shareholder is detected within the fund complex. A committee estab-

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         37


 

lished by the manager administers the policy. The policy provides that the committee will use its best efforts to restrict a shareholder’s trading privileges in the Legg Mason Partners Funds if that shareholder has engaged in a total of four or more “Round Trips” (as defined below) across all Legg Mason Partners Funds during any rolling 12-month period. However, the committee has the discretion to determine that restricting a shareholder’s trading privileges is not necessary (or that a new limit on Round Trips should be established for the shareholder) if it is determined that the pattern of trading is not abusive or harmful. In making such a determination, the committee will consider, among other things, the nature of the shareholder’s account, the reason for the frequent trading, the amount of trading and the particular funds in which the trading has occurred. Additionally, the committee has the discretion to make inquiries or to take action against any shareholder whose trading appears inconsistent with the frequent trading policy. Examples of the types of actions the committee may take to deter excessive trading in a shareholder account include restricting the shareholder from purchasing additional shares in a fund altogether or imposing other restrictions (such as requiring purchase orders to be submitted by mail) that would deter the shareholder from trading frequently in the funds.

A “Round Trip” is defined as a purchase (including subscriptions and exchanges) into a fund followed by a sale (including redemptions and exchanges) of the same or a similar number of shares out of the fund within 30 days of such purchase. Purchases and sales of the fund’s shares pursuant to an automatic investment plan or similar program for periodic transactions are not considered in determining Round Trips. For purposes of these policies and procedures, the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex also includes certain Western Asset funds and Barrett Opportunity Fund, Inc., but does not include money market funds in the fund complex.

The policies apply to any account, whether an individual account, accounts with financial intermediaries such as investment advisers, broker/dealers or retirement plan administrators, commonly called omnibus accounts, where the intermediary holds fund shares for a number of its customers in one account. The fund’s ability to monitor trading in omnibus accounts may, however, be severely limited due to the lack of access to an individual investor’s trading activity when orders are placed through these types of accounts. There may also be operational and technological limitations on the ability of the fund’s service providers to identify or terminate frequent trading activity within the various types of omnibus accounts. The fund’s distributor has entered into agreements with intermediaries requiring the intermediaries to, among other things, help identify frequent trading activity and to prohibit further purchases or exchanges by a shareholder identified as having engaged in frequent trading. These agreements took effect on October 16, 2007.

The fund’s policies also require personnel such as the portfolio manager and investment staff to report any abnormal or otherwise suspicious investment activity, and prohibits short-term trades by such personnel for their own account in mutual funds managed by the manager and its affiliates, other than money market funds. The fund has also adopted policies and procedures to prevent the selective release of information about the fund’s portfolio holdings, as such information may be used for market-timing and similar abusive practices.

The fund’s policies provide for ongoing assessment of the effectiveness of current policies and surveillance tools, and the Board reserves the right to modify these or adopt

 

38         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

additional policies and restrictions in the future. Shareholders should be aware, however, that any surveillance techniques currently employed by the fund or other techniques that may be adopted in the future may not be effective, particularly where the trading takes place through certain types of omnibus accounts. As noted above, if the fund is unable to detect and deter trading abuses, the fund’s performance, and its long-term shareholders, may be harmed. In addition, shareholders may be harmed by the extra costs and portfolio management inefficiencies that result from frequent trading of fund shares, even when the trading is not for abusive purposes. Furthermore, the fund may not apply its policies consistently or uniformly, resulting in the risk that some shareholders may be able to engage in frequent trading while others will bear the costs and effects of that trading. The fund will provide advance notice to shareholders and prospective investors of any specific restrictions on the trading of fund shares that the Board may adopt in the future.

Share certificates

The fund does not issue share certificates. If you currently hold share certificates, such certificates will continue to be honored. If you would like to return your share certificate to the fund and hold your shares in uncertificated form, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services.

Record ownership

If you hold shares through a Service Agent, your Service Agent may establish and maintain your account and be the shareholder of record. In the event that the fund holds a shareholder meeting your Service Agent, as record holder, will vote your shares in accordance with your instructions. If you do not give your Service Agent voting instructions, your Service Agent may nonetheless, under certain circumstances, be entitled to vote your shares.

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         39


 

Dividends, distributions and taxes

The fund generally pays dividends from its net investment income, if any, on a quarterly basis. The fund intends to distribute annually any net capital gains (the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses). The fund may pay additional distributions and dividends at other times if necessary for the fund to avoid a federal tax. The fund expects distributions to be primarily from capital gains. Capital gain distributions and dividends are reinvested in additional fund shares of the same class you hold. You do not pay a sales charge on reinvested distributions or dividends. Alternatively, you can instruct your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services to have your distributions and/or dividends paid in cash. You can change your choice at any time to be effective as of the next distribution or dividend.

Taxes

The following discussion is very general. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

In general, you will have to pay federal income taxes, as well as any state and local taxes, when you redeem shares or receive a distribution (whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares). Any tax liability that you owe as a result of any of these taxable events is your own responsibility. The federal income tax treatment of redemptions and distributions is summarized in the following table:

 

Transaction    Federal income tax status
Redemption or exchange of shares    Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares owned more than one year
 
Long-term capital gain distributions (designated as capital gain dividends)    Long-term capital gain
 
Dividends of net investment income (including distributions of net short-term capital gain)    Ordinary income (except in the case of dividends attributable to “qualified dividend income,” as discussed below)
 

Distributions attributable to short-term capital gains are treated as dividends, taxable as ordinary income. Ordinary income dividends and net capital gain distributions are taxable whether received in cash or reinvested in fund shares.

Long-term capital gain distributions are taxable to you as long-term capital gain regardless of how long you have owned your shares. You may want to avoid buying shares when the fund is about to declare a capital gain dividend or a dividend of net investment income, because it will be taxable to you even though it may actually be a return of a portion of your investment. Although dividends of net investment income (including dividends from short-term capital gains) are generally taxable as ordinary income, individual shareholders who satisfy certain holding period and other requirements are taxed on such dividends at long-term capital gain rates to the extent the dividends are attributable to “qualified dividend income” received by the fund. “Qualified dividend income” generally

 

40         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

consists of dividends received from U.S. corporations (other than dividends from tax exempt organizations and certain dividends from real estate investment trusts and regulated investment companies) and certain foreign corporations.

After the end of each year, your Service Agent or the fund will provide you with information about the distributions and dividends that you received and any redemptions of shares during the previous year. If you do not provide the fund with your correct taxpayer identification number and any required certifications, you may be subject to back-up withholding at the rate of 28% of a portion of your distributions, dividends, and, redemption proceeds. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

The above discussion is applicable to shareholders who are U.S. persons. If you are a non-U.S. person, please consult your own tax adviser with respect to the U.S. tax consequences to you of an investment in the portfolio.

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         41


 

Share price

You may buy, exchange or redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt of your request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge. The fund’s net asset value per share is the value of its assets minus its liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. Net asset value is calculated separately for each class of shares. The fund calculates its net asset value every day the NYSE is open. This calculation is done when regular trading closes on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time). The NYSE is closed on certain holidays listed in the SAI.

The Board has approved procedures to be used to value the fund’s securities for the purposes of determining the fund’s net asset value. The valuation of the securities of the fund is determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board. The Board has delegated certain valuation functions for the fund to the manager.

The fund generally values its securities based on market prices determined at the close of regular trading on the NYSE. The fund’s currency valuations, if any, are done as of when the London Stock Exchange closes, which is usually at 12 noon Eastern time, as the manager believes that these valuations typically reflect the largest trading volume in the foreign currency markets. A material change in the value of currency during the period between the close of the London Stock Exchange and the calculation of the fund’s net asset value on the same date is considered a significant event, as described below, in response to which the fund may use fair valuation procedures to value the affected investments. For equity securities that are traded on an exchange, the market price is usually the closing sale or official closing price on that exchange. In the case of securities not traded on an exchange, or if such closing prices are not otherwise available, the market price is typically determined by independent third party pricing vendors approved by the fund’s Board using a variety of pricing techniques and methodologies. The market price for debt obligations is generally the price supplied by an independent third party pricing service approved by the fund’s Board, which may use a matrix, formula or other objective method that takes into consideration market indices, yield curves and other specific adjustments. Short-term debt obligations that will mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, unless it is determined that using this method would not reflect an investment’s fair value. If vendors are unable to supply a price, or if the price supplied is deemed by the manager to be unreliable, the market price may be determined using quotations received from one or more broker/dealers that make a market in the security. When such prices or quotations are not available, or when the manager believes that they are unreliable, the manager may price securities using fair value procedures approved by the Board. Because the fund may invest in securities of small capitalization companies: securities of issuers located in emerging markets or high yield securities (“junk bonds”) — some of which may be thinly traded, for which market quotations may not be readily available or may be unreliable — the fund may use fair valuation procedures more frequently than funds that invest primarily in securities that are more liquid, such as securities of large capitalization domestic issuers. The fund may also use fair value procedures if the manager determines that a significant event has occurred between the time at which a market price is determined and the time at which the fund’s net asset value is calculated. In particular, the value of foreign securities may be materially affected by events occurring after the close of the market on which they

 

42         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

are valued, but before the fund prices its shares. The fund uses a fair value model developed by an independent third party pricing service to price foreign equity securities on days when there is a certain percentage change in the value of a domestic equity security index, as such percentage may be determined by the manager from time to time.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuation of securities based on readily available market quotations. A fund that uses fair value to price securities may value those securities higher or lower than another fund using market quotations or its own fair value methodologies to price the same securities. There can be no assurance that the fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the fund determines its net asset value.

The fund invests in securities that are listed on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends and other days when the fund does not price its shares. Therefore, the value of the fund’s shares may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the fund’s shares.

In order to buy, redeem or exchange shares at that day’s price, you must place your order with your Service Agent or the transfer agent before the NYSE closes. If the NYSE closes early, you must place your order prior to the actual closing time.

It is the responsibility of the Service Agents to transmit all orders to buy, exchange or redeem shares to the transfer agent on a timely basis.

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         43


 

Financial highlights

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the performance of each class of the fund for the past five years (or since inception of that class). On June 30, 2006, the fund’s predecessor converted from a closed-end investment company to an open-end investment company with the same investment objectives and substantially similar investment strategies. Shares of the closed-end fund outstanding as of that date were designated Class O shares of the fund’s predecessor.

No financial highlights are provided for Class FI or R shares as the fund commenced the offering of such shares as of the date of this Prospectus. The returns for Class FI and R shares will differ from that of the other classes to the extent that their expenses differ. Certain information reflects financial results for a single fund share. Total return represents the rate that a shareholder would have earned (or lost) on a fund share assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information in the following tables has been derived from the fund’s and the predecessor fund’s financial statements. These financial statements have been audited by             , an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund’s financial statements, is included in the annual report (available upon request). The financial statements containing information for each of the periods ended on or prior to December 31, 2004 in the following table were audited by another independent registered public accounting firm. The financial information shown below for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor. As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares of the fund were renamed Class I shares.

 

44         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

For a Class A share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31, unless otherwise noted:  
Class A Shares   2007   2006

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         45


 

For a Class O share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:
Class O Shares  

2007

 

2006 (1)

  2005   2004   2003

 

46         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Legg Mason Partners Funds Privacy Policy

We are committed to keeping nonpublic personal information about you secure and confidential. This notice is intended to help you understand how we fulfill this commitment. From time to time, we may collect a variety of personal information about you, including:

n  

Information we receive from you on applications and forms, via the telephone, and through our websites;

n  

Information about your transactions with us, our affiliates, or others (such as your purchases, sales, or account balances); and

n  

Information we receive from consumer reporting agencies.

We do not disclose your nonpublic personal information, except as permitted by applicable law or regulation. For example, we may share this information with others in order to process your transactions. We may also provide this information to companies that perform services on our behalf, such as printing and mailing, or to other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements. We will require these companies to protect the confidentiality of this information and to use it only to perform the services for which we hired them.

With respect to our internal security procedures, we maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to protect your nonpublic personal information, and we restrict access to this information.

If you decide at some point either to close your account(s) or become an inactive customer, we will continue to adhere to our privacy policies and practices with respect to your nonpublic personal information.

[This page is not part of the prospectus.]

 

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund         47


 

 

(Investment Company Act file no. 811-6444)

FD 03573 04/08

LOGO

Legg Mason Partners

Equity Fund

You may visit the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors for a free copy of a Prospectus, Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) or an Annual or Semi-Annual Report, or to request other information.

Shareholder reports Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders. In the fund’s Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the fund’s performance.

The fund sends only one report to a household if more than one account has the same last name and same address. Contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services if you do not want this policy to apply to you.

Statement of additional information The SAI provides more detailed information about the fund and is incorporated by reference into (is legally part of) this Prospectus.

You can make inquiries about the fund or obtain shareholders reports or the SAI (without charge) by contacting your Service Agent, by calling Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 or by writing to the fund at Legg Mason Partners Funds, 55 Water Street, New York, New York 10041.

Information about the fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. In addition, information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the Commission at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the Fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained for a duplicating fee by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov , or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

If someone makes a statement about the fund that is not in this Prospectus, you should not rely upon that information. Neither the fund nor its distributor is offering to sell shares of the fund to any person to whom the fund may not lawfully sell its shares.


PROSPECTUS

April 9, 2008

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any statement to the contrary is a crime.

LOGO

Legg Mason Partners

Investors Value Fund

Class A, B, C, FI, R, I and IS Shares

 

 

INVESTMENT PRODUCTS: NOT FDIC INSURED Ÿ NO BANK GUARANTEE Ÿ MAY LOSE VALUE

 


Legg Mason Partners

Investors Value Fund

Contents

 

Investments, risks and performance

  2

More on the fund’s investments

  7

Management

  11

Choosing a class of shares to buy

  15

Comparing the fund’s classes

  18

Sales charges

  20

More about contingent deferred sales charges

  24

Retirement and institutional investors

  25

Buying shares

  28

Exchanging shares

  29

Redeeming shares

  31

Other things to know about transactions

  33

Dividends, distributions and taxes

  37

Share price

  39

Financial highlights

  41

 

As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund with substantially the same name, effective April 16, 2007. Any information in this Prospectus relating to the fund prior to April 16, 2007 relates to the fund’s predecessor.


 

Investments, risks and performance

Investment objectives

The primary investment objective of the fund is to seek long-term growth of capital. Current income is a secondary objective.

Principal investment strategies

Key investments

The fund invests primarily in common stocks of established U.S. companies. The fund may also invest in other equity securities. To a lesser degree, the fund may invest in debt securities.

Selection process

The portfolio managers emphasize individual security selection while diversifying the fund’s investments across industries, which may help to reduce risk. The portfolio managers focus on established large capitalization companies (over $5 billion in market capitalization), seeking to identify those companies with favorable valuations and attractive growth potential. The portfolio managers employ fundamental analysis to analyze each company in detail, ranking its management, strategy and competitive market position.

In selecting individual companies for investment, the portfolio managers look for:

n  

Share prices that appear to be temporarily oversold or do not reflect positive company developments

n  

Share prices that appear to undervalue the company’s assets, particularly on a sum-of-the-parts basis

n  

Special situations including corporate events, changes in management, regulatory changes or turnaround situations

n  

Company specific items such as competitive market position, competitive products and services, experienced management team and stable financial condition

Principal risks of investing in the fund

Investors could lose money on their investment in the fund, or the fund may not perform as well as other investments, if any of the following occurs:

n  

Stock prices decline or perform poorly relative to other types of investments

n  

An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, negatively affects the stock price of a company in which the fund invests

n  

Large capitalization stocks or value investing falls out of favor with investors

n  

The portfolio managers’ judgment about the attractiveness, growth prospects or potential appreciation of a particular sector or stock proves to be incorrect

Who may want to invest

The fund may be an appropriate investment if you:

n  

Are looking for an investment with potentially greater return but higher risk than fixed income investments

n  

Are willing to accept the risks of the stock market

 

2         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Performance information

The following shows summary performance information for the fund in a bar chart and an Average Annual Total Returns table. The information provides an indication of the risks of investing in the fund by showing changes in its performance from year to year and by showing how the fund’s average annual total returns compare with the return of a broad-based securities market index. The bar chart and the information below show performance of the fund’s Class I shares (1) . Unlike the bar chart, the performance for Class A, B and C shares in the Average Annual Total Returns table reflects the impact of the maximum sales charge (load) applicable to the respective classes and, where indicated, the performance for Class I shares reflects the impact of taxes paid on distributions and the redemption of shares at the end of the period. The performance information shown below includes that of the fund’s predecessor. No performance information is presented for Class FI, Class R or Class IS shares because no Class FI, Class R and Class IS shares were offered prior to the date of this Prospectus. The returns of Class FI, Class R and Class IS shares would differ from those of other classes to the extent that these classes bear different expenses. The fund’s past performance is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future.

Total Return for Class I Shares

LOGO

Highest and lowest quarter returns (for the periods shown in the bar chart):

Highest:         % in      quarter of         ; Lowest:         % in      quarter of         .

 

(1)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. Class I shares were converted to Class O shares and Class O shares were re-designated as Class I shares on August 17, 2007.

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         3


 

Average Annual Total Returns (for periods ended 12/31/2007)

 

      1 year     5 years     10 years     Since
Inception
  Inception
Date

Class I (1)

         
 
Return before taxes            %            %            %   N/A   5/29/58
 
Return after taxes on distributions (1)            %            %            %   N/A   5/29/58
 
Return after taxes on distributions and sale of fund shares (2)            %            %            %   N/A   5/29/58
 
Other Classes (Return before taxes only)          
 
Class A            %            %            %   N/A   1/3/95
 
Class B            %            %            %   N/A   1/3/95
 
Class C            %            %            %   N/A   1/3/95
 
Comparative Index S&P 500 Index (3)            %            %            %   N/A  
 

 

(1)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. Class I shares were converted to Class O shares and Class O shares were re-designated as Class I shares on August 17, 2007.

 

(2)

 

After-tax returns are calculated using the highest historical individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. In some cases the return after taxes may exceed the return before taxes due to an assumed tax benefit from any losses on a sale of fund shares at the end of the measurement period. After-tax returns shown above are for Class A shares only. After-tax returns for other share classes will vary.

 

(3)

 

The Standard & Poor’s 500 Index of Composite Stocks (“S&P 500 Index”) is an unmanaged market-value weighted index comprised of 500 widely held common stocks. It is not possible to invest directly in the index. The index does not reflect deductions for fees, expenses or taxes.

 

4         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Fee table

This table sets forth the fees and expenses you may pay if you invest in fund shares.

Shareholder Fees

 

(fees paid directly from
your investment)
  Class A     Class B     Class C     Class FI   Class R   Class I (1)   Class IS
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a % of offering price)   5.75 %   None     None     None   None   None   None
 
Maximum contingent deferred sales charge (load) (as a % of the lower of net asset value at purchase or redemption)   None (2)   5.00 %   1.00 %   None   None   None   None
 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

 

(paid by the fund as a %
of net assets)
  Class A     Class B     Class C     Class FI (6)     Class R (6)     Class I (1)     Class IS (6)  
Management fee (3)   0.52 %   0.52 %   0.52 %   0.52 %   0.52 %   0.52 %   0.52 %
   
Distribution and service (12b-1) fees   0.25 %   1.00 %   1.00 %   0.25 %   0.50 %   None     None  
   
Other expenses (4)            %            %            %            %            %            %            %
   
Total annual fund operating expenses            %            %            %            %            %            %            %
   
Less contractual fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement (5)   N/A              %            %   N/A     N/A              %   N/A  
   
Net total annual fund operating expenses            %            %            %            %            %            %            %
   

 

(1)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. Class I shares were converted to Class O shares and were re-designated as Class I shares on August 17, 2007.

 

(2)

 

You may buy Class A shares in amounts of $1,000,000 or more at net asset value (without an initial sales charge) but if you redeem those shares within 12 months of their purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

 

(3)

 

The fund has a management fee schedule that reduces the management fee rate as assets increase as follows: 0.65% on average daily net assets up to $350 million, 0.55% on average daily net assets between $350 million and $500 million, 0.525% on average daily net assets between $500 million and $750 million, 0.50% on average daily net assets between $750 million and $1 billion and 0.45% on average daily net assets over $1 billion.

 

    The management fee may be increased or decreased based on the performance of the fund relative to the investment record of the S&P 500 Index. This type of fee is sometimes referred to as a “fulcrum” fee. At the end of each calendar quarter, for each percentage point by which the investment performance of the fund exceeds or is exceeded by the investment record of the S&P 500 Index over the one year period ending on the last day of the calendar quarter for which the adjustment is being calculated, the management fee will be adjusted upward or downward by the product of: (i) 1/4 of 0.01% multiplied by (ii) the average daily net assets of the fund for the one year period preceding the end of the calendar quarter. The base fee is calculated based on average daily net assets over the most recent quarter while the performance adjustment is based on average daily net assets over a one-year period. The performance adjustment, therefore, is based in part on the fund’s historical performance during a rolling one-year period preceding the time at which it is assessed.

 

    Under the current breakpoint fee structure for the base fee, if the assets of the fund decrease, the rate of the base fee increases. Accordingly, as the fund’s assets decrease, the performance adjustment is added to or subtracted from a base fee of a higher rate. If the amount by which the fund outperforms or underperforms the S&P 500 Index is not a whole percentage point, a pro rata adjustment shall be made. However, there will be no performance adjustment unless the investment performance of the fund exceeds or is exceeded by the investment record of the S&P 500 Index by at least one percentage point. The maximum quarterly adjustment is 1/4 of 0.10%, which would occur if the fund’s performance exceeds or is exceeded by the S&P 500 Index by ten or more percentage points.

 

   

As a result, assuming the fund’s current asset level, the fund could pay an annualized management fee that ranges from 0.42% to 0.62% of the fund’s average daily net assets. The table below illustrates the management fee rate that would be applicable

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         5


 

 

based on the relative performance of the fund and the S&P 500 Index during any 12-month period. The fee rate calculated with respect to any 12-month period will apply only for the next quarterly period and then will be subject to recalculation for the following quarter. The performance adjustment will be paid quarterly based on a rolling one year period.

 

    Underperformance     Neutral     Outperformance  

Difference between
fund performance
and S&P 500 Index
return

  -10%
or
more
    -9%     -8%     -7%     -6%     -5%     -4%     -3%     -2%     -1%     0%     +1%     +2%     +3%     +4%     +5%     +6%     +7%     +8%     +9%     +10%
or
more
 
Management fee (annualized)   .42 %   .43 %   .44 %   .45 %   .46 %   .47 %   .48 %   .49 %   .50 %   .51 %   .52 %   .53 %   .54 %   .55 %   .56 %   .57 %   .58 %   .59 %   .60 %   .61 %   .62 %

 

(4)

 

The expenses shown for Class A, B, C, FI, R and I shares include a fee for record keeping services.

 

(5)

 

Management has contractually agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses (other than brokerage commissions, taxes and extraordinary expenses) to limit total annual operating expenses to 1.76% for Class B, 1.64% for Class C and 0.56% for Class I (formerly Classes Y and O) until [May 1, 2008].

 

(6)

 

Other expenses have been estimated for the current fiscal year.

Example

This example helps you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. Your actual cost may be higher or lower. The example assumes:

n  

You invest $10,000 in the fund for the period shown

n  

Your investment has a 5% return each year — the assumption of a 5% return is required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for purposes of this example and is not a prediction of the fund’s future performance

n  

You reinvest all distributions and dividends without a sales charge

n  

The fund’s operating expenses (before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, if any) remain the same

Number of Years You Own Your Shares

 

      1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years  

Class A (with or without redemption)

  $          $          $            $             
   

Class B (redemption at end of period)

  $     $     $     $   (1)
   

Class B (no redemption)

  $     $     $     $   (1)
   

Class C (with redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class C (no redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class FI (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class R (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class I (2) (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class IS (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

 

(1)

 

Assumes conversion to Class A shares approximately eight years after purchase. All Class B shares purchased prior to November 20, 2006 will convert approximately seven years after purchase.

 

(2)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. Class I shares were converted to Class O shares and were re-designated as Class I shares on August 17, 2007.

 

6         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

More on the fund’s investments

The fund’s investment objectives and principal investment strategies are described under the section entitled “Investments, risks and performance” above. This section provides further information about the investment strategies that may be used by the fund.

The fund’s investment objectives may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval.

Equity investments

The fund may invest in all types of equity securities including preferred stock and convertible preferred stock. Equity securities include exchange traded and over-the-counter common stocks and preferred stocks, debt securities convertible into equity securities, baskets of equity securities such as exchange traded funds, warrants, rights, depositary receipts, trust certificates, limited partnership interests and shares of other investment companies. Equity securities may also include investments in real estate investment trusts (REITs), which are pooled investment vehicles that invest in real estate or real estate loans or interests.

Equity securities represent an ownership interest in the issuing company. Holders of equity securities are not creditors of the company, and in the event of the liquidation of the company, would be entitled to their pro rata share of the company’s assets, if any, after creditors, including the holders of fixed income securities, and holders of any senior equity securities are paid. See “Foreign and emerging markets investments” below for the general risks of foreign investing.

Debt obligations

Subject to its investment policies, the fund may invest in debt obligations, which are securities used by issuers to borrow money. Debt obligations include bonds, notes (including structured notes), debentures, commercial paper and other money market instruments issued by banks, corporations, local, state and national governments and instrumentalities, both U.S. and foreign, and supranational entities, mortgage-related and asset-backed securities, convertible securities, and loan participations and assignments. Debt obligations may be fixed income securities, or have various types of payment and reset terms or features, including adjustable rate, zero coupon, contingent, deferred, payment in kind and auction rate features. Certain types of debt obligations that the fund may invest in are described below. The fund may invest without limit in convertible debt securities. The fund may also invest in debt obligations of foreign issuers. See “Foreign and emerging market investments” below for the general risks of foreign investing.

High yield, lower quality securities

The fund may invest up to 5% of its assets in non-convertible debt securities rated below investment grade or, if unrated, of equivalent quality as determined by the portfolio managers. High yield, lower quality securities are securities that are rated below investment grade by a recognized rating agency or unrated securities determined by the manager to be of equivalent quality. These securities are commonly known as “junk bonds.” The issuers of lower quality bonds may be highly leveraged and have difficulty servicing their debt, especially during prolonged economic recessions or periods of rising interest rates. The

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         7


 

prices of lower quality securities are volatile and may go down due to market perceptions of deteriorating issuer creditworthiness or economic conditions. Lower quality securities may become illiquid and hard to value in down markets.

Securities rated below investment grade are considered speculative and, compared to investment grade securities, tend to have more volatile prices and:

n  

Increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to adverse economic and business developments

n  

Greater risk of loss due to default or declining credit quality

n  

Greater likelihood that adverse economic or company specific events will make the issuer unable to make interest and/or principal payments

n  

Greater susceptibility to negative market sentiments leading to depressed prices and a decrease of liquidity

Distressed debt securities

Distressed debt securities are debt securities that are subject to bankruptcy proceedings or are in default or are at imminent risk of being in default. Distressed debt securities are speculative and involve substantial risk. Generally, the fund will invest in distressed debt securities when the portfolio managers believe they offer significant potential for higher returns or can be exchanged for other securities (e.g. equity securities) that offer this potential. However, there can be no assurance that the issuer will make an exchange offer or adopt a plan of reorganization. The fund will generally not receive interest payments on the distressed debt securities and may incur costs to protect its investment. In addition, principal may not be repaid. Distressed debt securities and any securities received in an exchange may be difficult to sell and may be subject to restrictions on resale.

Foreign and emerging market investments

The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in securities of foreign issuers. The fund may invest directly in foreign issuers or invest in depositary receipts. Because the value of a depositary receipt is dependent upon the market price of an underlying foreign security, depositary receipts are subject to most of the risks associated with investing in foreign securities directly.

Investing in foreign issuers, including emerging market issuers, may involve additional risks compared to investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. Some of these risks do not apply to larger, more developed countries. These risks are more pronounced to the extent the fund invests in issuers in countries with emerging markets or if the fund invests significantly in one country. These risks may include:

n  

Less information about non-U.S. issuers or markets may be available due to less rigorous disclosure and accounting standards or regulatory practices

n  

Many non-U.S. markets are smaller, less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets. In a changing market, the portfolio managers may not be able to sell the fund’s portfolio securities in amounts and at prices the portfolio managers consider reasonable, or the fund may have difficulty determining the fair value of its securities

n  

The U.S. dollar may appreciate against non-U.S. currencies or a foreign government may impose restrictions on currency conversion or trading

n  

The economies of non-U.S. countries may grow at a slower rate than expected or may experience a downturn or recession

 

8         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

n  

Economic, political and social developments may adversely affect non-U.S. securities markets

The fund invests in securities denominated in foreign currencies and may engage in forward foreign currency contracts. See “Derivatives contracts.”

Sovereign government and supranational debt

The fund may invest in all types of fixed income securities of governmental issuers in all countries, including emerging markets. These sovereign debt securities may include:

n  

Fixed income securities issued or guaranteed by governments, governmental agencies or instrumentalities and political subdivisions located in emerging market countries

n  

Fixed income securities issued by government owned, controlled or sponsored entities located in emerging market countries

n  

Interests in entities organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of instruments issued by any of the above issuers

n  

Brady Bonds, which are debt securities issued under the framework of the Brady Plan as a means for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external indebtedness

n  

Participations in loans between emerging market governments and financial institutions

n  

Fixed income securities issued by supranational entities such as the World Bank or the European Union. A supranational entity is a bank, commission or company established or financially supported by the national governments of one or more countries to promote reconstruction or development

Sovereign government and supranational debt involve many of the risks described above of foreign and emerging markets investments as well as the risk of debt moratorium, repudiation or renegotiation and the fund may be unable to enforce its rights against the issuers.

Derivatives contracts

The fund may, but need not, use derivative contracts, such as options on securities or currencies, forward foreign currency contracts interest rate futures and options on interest rate futures:

n  

To hedge against the economic impact of adverse changes in the market value of portfolio securities due to changes in stock market prices, currency exchange rates or interest rates

n  

As a substitute for buying or selling securities

n  

To enhance the fund’s return as a non-hedging strategy that may be considered speculative

A derivative contract will obligate or entitle the fund to deliver or receive an asset or cash payment based on the change in value of one or more securities, currencies or indices. Even a small investment in derivative contracts can have a big impact on the fund’s currency, securities market and interest rate exposure. Therefore, using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when interest rates, exchange rates or securities markets are changing. The fund may not fully benefit from or may lose money on derivatives if changes in their value do not correspond accurately to changes in the value of the fund’s holdings. The other parties to certain derivative contracts present the same types of default risk as issuers of fixed income securities. Derivatives can also make a fund less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets.

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         9


 

Borrowing

The fund may borrow under certain circumstances. Certain borrowing may create an opportunity for increased return, but, at the same time, creates special risks. For example, borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of the fund’s shares and in the return on the fund’s portfolio. The fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowings. Interest on any borrowings will be a fund expense and will reduce the value of the fund’s shares.

Risk of high portfolio turnover

The fund may engage in active and frequent trading, resulting in high portfolio turnover. This may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher capital gains, increasing their tax liability. Frequent trading also increases transaction costs, which could detract from the fund’s performance.

Defensive investing

The fund may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions in any type of money market instruments and short-term debt securities without regard to any percentage limitation. If the fund takes a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objectives.

Short sales

The fund may sell securities short from time to time. The fund may hold no more than 25% of the fund’s net assets (taken at the then-current market value) as required collateral for such sales at any one time. A short sale is a transaction in which the fund sells securities it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of the securities. A short sale of a security involves the risk that instead of declining, the price of the security sold short will rise. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security, the fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the fund will realize a gain. The short sale of securities involves the possibility of a theoretically unlimited loss since there is a theoretically unlimited potential for the market price of the security sold short to increase.

Portfolio holdings

The fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the fund’s portfolio securities are described in the Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”).

Other information

The fund also may use other strategies and invest in other securities that are described, along with their risks, in the fund’s SAI. However, the fund might not use all of the strategies and techniques or invest in all of the types of securities described in this Prospectus or in the SAI. Also note that there are many other factors, which are not described here, that could adversely affect your investment and that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objectives.

 

10         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Management

Manager and subadviser

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) is the fund’s investment manager. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of the fund and other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the fund’s cash and short-term instruments. As of September 30, 2007, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $190 billion. ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge” or the “subadviser”) provides the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund.

ClearBridge has offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018 and is an investment adviser that was formed to succeed to the equity securities portfolio management business of Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”), which was acquired by Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”) in December 2005. As of September 30, 2007 ClearBridge’s total assets under management were approximately $107.6 billion.

LMPFA and ClearBridge are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion.

Portfolio managers

Dmitri Khaykin and Robert Feitler are the portfolio managers primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the fund. Mr. Khaykin joined the subadviser or its affiliates or predecessor firms in 2003. Prior to 2003, Mr. Khaykin was a research analyst for the telecommunications sector at Gabelli & Company, Inc. and an associate in the risk management division of Morgan Stanley & Co., Inc. Mr. Feitler joined the subadviser or its affiliates or predecessor firms in 1995.

The SAI provides information about the compensation of the portfolio managers, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers, and any fund shares held by the portfolio managers.

Management fee

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund paid a management fee of         % of the fund’s average daily net assets for management services.

The fund has a management fee schedule that reduces the management fee rate as assets increase as follows: 0.650% on average daily net assets up to $350 million, 0.550% on average daily net assets between $3.50 million and $500 million, 0.525% on average daily net assets between $500 million and $750 million, 0.500% on average daily net assets between $750 million and $1 billion and 0.450% on average daily net assets over $1 billion. The management fee may be increased or decreased based on the performance of the fund relative to the investment record of the S&P 500 Index. This type of fee is sometimes referred to as a “fulcrum” fee. At the end of each calendar quarter, for each percentage point by which the investment performance of the fund exceeds or is exceeded by the investment record of the S&P 500 Index over the one year period ending on the last day of the calendar quarter for

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         11


 

which the adjustment is being calculated, the Base Fee will be adjusted upward or downward by the product of: (i) 1/4 of 0.01% multiplied by (ii) the average daily net assets of the fund for the one year period preceding the end of the calendar quarter. The base fee is calculated based on average daily net assets over the most recent quarter while the performance adjustment is based on average daily net assets over a one-year period. The performance adjustment, therefore, is based in part on the fund’s historical performance during a rolling one-year period preceding the time at which it is assessed.

Under the current breakpoint fee structure for the base fee, if the assets of the fund decrease, the rate of the base fee increases. Accordingly, as the fund’s assets decrease, the performance adjustment is added to or subtracted from a base fee of a higher rate. If the amount by which the fund outperforms or underperforms the S&P 500 Index is not a whole percentage point, a pro rata adjustment shall be made. However, there will be no performance adjustment unless the investment performance of the fund exceeds or is exceeded by the investment record of the S&P 500 Index by at least one percentage point. The maximum quarterly adjustment is 1/4 of 0.10%, which would occur if the fund’s performance exceeds or is exceeded by the S&P 500 Index by ten or more percentage points.

As a result, assuming the fund’s current asset level, the fund could pay an annualized management fee that ranges from 0.42% to 0.62% of the fund’s average daily net assets. The table below illustrates the management fee rate that would be applicable based on the relative performance of the fund and the S&P 500 Index during any 12-month period. The fee rate calculated with respect to any 12-month period will apply only for the next quarterly period and then will be subject to recalculation for the following quarter. The performance adjustment will be paid quarterly based on a rolling one year period.

 

    Underperformance     Neutral     Outperformance  

Difference between
fund performance
and S&P 500 Index
return

  -10%
or
more
    -9%     -8%     -7%     -6%     -5%     -4%     -3%     -2%     -1%     0%     +1%     +2%     +3%     +4%     +5%     +6%     +7%     +8%     +9%     +10%
or
more
 
Management fee (annualized)   .42 %   .43 %   .44 %   .45 %   .46 %   .47 %   .48 %   .49 %   .50 %   .51 %   .52 %   .53 %   .54 %   .55 %   .56 %   .57 %   .58 %   .59 %   .60 %   .61 %   .62 %

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the fund’s management agreement and subadvisory agreement is available in the fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

Distribution plan

Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS” or the “distributor”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

The fund has adopted a shareholder services and distribution plan for its Class A, B, C, FI and R shares. Under the plan, the fund pays distribution and/or service fees. The plan provides for payments, based on annualized percentages of average daily net assets, of up to 0.25% for Class A and FI shares; up to 0.50% for Class R shares; and up to 1.00% for Class B and Class C shares. These fees are an ongoing expense and, over time will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than other types of sales charges. Class I and Class IS shares are not subject to any distribution and/or service fees.

In addition, the distributor may make payments for distribution and/or shareholder servicing activities out of its past profits and other available sources. The distributor may

 

12         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

also make payments to dealers for marketing, promotional or related expenses. The amount of these payments is determined by the distributor and may be substantial. The manager or an affiliate may make similar payments under similar arrangements.

The payments described in the paragraph above are often referred to as “revenue sharing payments.” The recipients of such payments may include the fund’s distributor, affiliates of the manager, broker/dealers, financial institutions and other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of the fund. In some circumstances, such payments may create an incentive for an intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the fund to you. Please contact your financial intermediary for details about revenue sharing payments it may receive.

Recent developments

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”), the then-investment adviser or manager to certain of the funds, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”), a former distributor of the fund, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that CAM, the Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”) Citigroup business unit that, at the time, included the fund’s investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed. SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order requires Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         13


 

certainty as to how the above-described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004 less certain expenses be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ boards selected a new transfer agent for the fund. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

This fund is not an Affected Fund and, therefore, did not implement the transfer agent arrangement described above and, therefore, will not receive any portion of the distributions.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

 

14         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Choosing a class of shares to buy

Individual investors can generally choose among three classes of shares: Classes A, B and C shares. Individual investors that held Class I (formerly Classes Y and O) shares prior to November 20, 2006 may continue to invest in Class I shares. Institutional and retirement plan investors and clients of financial intermediaries should refer to “Retirement and institutional investors” below for a description of the classes available to them. Each class has different sales charges and expenses, allowing you to choose the class that best meets your needs.

When choosing which class of shares to buy, you should consider:

n  

How much you plan to invest

n  

How long you expect to own the shares

n  

The expenses paid by each class detailed in the Fee table and Example at the front of this Prospectus

n  

Whether you qualify for any reduction or waiver of sales charges

If you are choosing between Class A and Class B shares, it will in almost all cases be the more economical choice for you to purchase Class A shares if you plan to purchase shares in an amount of $100,000 or more (whether in a single purchase or through aggregation of eligible holdings). This is because of the reduced sales charge available on larger investments of Class A shares and the lower ongoing expenses of Class A shares compared to Class B shares.

If you intend to invest for only a few years, the effect of Class B contingent deferred sales charges on redemptions made within five years of purchase, as well as the effect of higher expenses of that class, might make an investment in Class C more appropriate. There is no initial sales charge on Class C shares, and the contingent deferred sales charge does not apply to shares redeemed one year or more after purchase.

However, if you plan to invest a large amount and your investment horizon is five years or more, Class C shares might not be as advantageous as Class A shares. The annual distribution and service fees on Class C shares may cost you more over the longer term than the front-end sales charge you would have paid for larger purchases of Class A shares.

You may buy shares:

n  

Through banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”)

n  

Directly from the fund

Different types of shareholder services may be available to you under arrangements offered by different Service Agents. In addition, these services may vary depending on the share class in which you choose to invest. In making your decision regarding which share class to buy, please keep in mind that your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending on the share class in which you invest. Investors should consult with their Service Agent about comparative pricing of shareholder services available to them under each available share class, the compensation that will be received by their Service Agent in connection with each available share class, and other factors that may be relevant to the investor’s choice of share class in which to invest.

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         15


 

Not all classes of shares are available through each Service Agent. You should contact your Service Agent for further information about available share classes.

Investment minimums

Minimum initial and additional investment amounts vary depending on the class of shares you buy and the nature of your investment account.

 

    Investment Minimum
Initial/Additional Investments (1)
   
      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R  

Class I
(formerly

Classes Y

and O) (2)

 

Class IS

General

  $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   n/a   n/a     n/a     n/a
 

IRAs and Uniform Gifts or Transfers to Minor Accounts

  $ 250/$50   $ 250/$50   $ 250/$50   n/a   n/a     n/a     n/a
 

SIMPLE IRAs

  $ 1/$1   $ 1/$1   $ 1/$1   n/a   n/a     n/a     n/a
 

Systematic Investment Plans

  $ 25/$25   $ 25/$25   $ 25/$25   n/a   n/a     n/a     n/a
 

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

  $ 1/$1     n/a     n/a   None/None   n/a     None     n/a
 

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

    n/a     n/a     None /None   None/None   None/None     None/None     None/None
 

Other Retirement Plans

  $ 50/$50   $ 50/$50   $ 50/$50   n/a   n/a     n/a     n/a
 

Institutional Investors

  $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   n/a   n/a   $ 1 million/None   $ 1 million/None
 

 

(1)

 

Please refer to the section entitled “Retirement and institutional investors” for additional information regarding the investment minimum and eligibility requirements for Retirement Plans, Institutional Investors and Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries.

 

(2)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. Class I shares were converted to Class O shares and were re-designated as Class I shares on August 17, 2007.

 

16         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

More information about the fund’s classes of shares is available through the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website. You’ll find detailed information about sales charges and ways you can qualify for reduced or waived sales charges, including:

n  

The front-end sales charges that apply to the purchase of Class A shares

n  

The contingent deferred sales charges that apply to the redemption of Class B shares, Class C shares and certain Class A shares (redeemed within one year)

n  

Who qualifies for lower sales charges on Class A shares

n  

Who qualifies for a sales load waiver

To access the website, go to http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and click on the name of the fund.

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         17


 

Comparing the fund’s classes

The following table compares key features of the fund’s classes. You should review the Fee table and Example at the front of this Prospectus carefully before choosing your share class. Your Service Agent can help you decide which class meets your goals. Your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending upon which class you choose.

 

     

Class A

  Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R  

Class I
(formerly

Classes Y
and O)

  Class IS
Key Features  

n   Initial sales charge

n   You may qualify for reduction or waiver of initial sales charge

n   Generally lower annual expenses than Class B and Class C

 

n   No initial sales charge

n   Contingent deferred sales charge declines over time

n   Converts to Class A after approximately 8 years (1)

n   Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

 

n   No initial sales charge

n   Contingent deferred sales charge for only 1 year

n   Does not convert to Class A

n   Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and eligible Retirement Plans

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to eligible Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to institutional and other eligible investors

n   Generally lower expenses than Class A, Class C, Class FI or Class R

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to institutional and other eligible investors

n   Generally lower expenses than the other classes

Initial sales charge  

Up to 5.75%; reduced or waived for large purchases and certain investors. No charge for purchases of $1 million or more

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

18         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R  

Class I
(formerly

Classes Y
and O) (3)

 

Class IS

Contingent deferred sales charge  

1.00% on purchases of $1 million or more if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors

 

Up to 5.00% charged when you redeem shares. The charge is reduced over time and there is no contingent deferred sales charge after 5 years; waived for certain investors (2)

 

1.00% if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain other investors

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

Annual distribution and/or service fees  

0.25% of average daily net assets

 

1.00% of average daily net assets

 

1.00% of average daily net assets

 

0.25% of average daily net assets

 

0.50% of average daily net assets

 

None

 

None

Exchange Privilege (3)  

Class A shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class B shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class C shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class FI shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class R shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class I shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class IS shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

(1)

 

Class B shares purchased prior to November 20, 2006 will convert to Class A shares approximately seven years after purchase.

 

(2)

 

Class B shares purchased prior to November 20, 2006 will continue to be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge schedule in effect at the time such shares were purchased.

 

(3)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. Class I shares were converted to Class O shares and Class O shares were re-designated as Class I shares on August 17, 2007.

 

(4)

 

Ask your Service Agent about the Legg Mason Partners Funds available for exchange.

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         19


 

Sales charges

Class A shares

You buy Class A shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value plus a sales charge. You pay a lower rate as the size of your investment increases to certain levels called breakpoints. You do not pay a sales charge on the fund’s distributions or dividends you reinvest in additional Class A shares.

The table below shows the rate of sales charge you pay, depending on the amount you purchase. The table below also shows the amount of broker/dealer compensation that will be paid out of the sales charge if you buy shares from a Service Agent. For Class A shares sold by LMIS, LMIS will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. Service Agents also will receive a service fee payable on Class A shares at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares serviced by them.

 

Amount of investment   Sales Charge
as % of
offering price
  Sales Charge
as % of net
amount
invested
  Broker/Dealer
Commission
as % of
offering price

Less than $25,000

  5.75   6.10   5.00
 

$25,000 but less than $50,000

  5.00   5.26   4.25
 

$50,000 but less than $100,000

  4.50   4.71   3.75
 

$100,000 but less than $250,000

  3.50   3.63   2.75
 

$250,000 but less than $500,000

  2.50   2.56   2.00
 

$500,000 but less than $750,000

  2.00   2.04   1.60
 

$750,000 but less than $1 million

  1.50   1.52   1.20
 

$1 million or more (1)

  0   0   up to 1.00
 

 

(1)

 

The distributor may pay a commission of up to 1.00% to a Service Agent for purchase amounts of $1 million or more. In such cases, starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, the Service Agent will also receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares held by its clients. Prior to the thirteenth month, the distributor will retain this fee. Where the Service Agent does not receive the payment of this commission, the Service Agent will instead receive the annual distribution/service fee starting immediately after purchase. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Investments of $1,000,000 or more

You do not pay an initial sales charge when you buy $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares. However, if you redeem these Class A shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

 

20         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Qualifying for a reduced Class A sales charge

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners funds to take advantage of the breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in sales charges that may be available to you when you purchase fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent or Legg Mason Shareholders Services if you are eligible for a letter of intent or a right of accumulation and if you own shares of other Legg Mason Partners funds that are eligible to be aggregated with your purchases. Certain records, such as account statements, may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges.

n  

Accumulation privilege – allows you to combine the current value of Class A shares of the fund with other shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds that are owned by:

  ¨  

you; or

  ¨  

your spouse and children under the age of 21

with the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares for purposes of calculating the initial sales charge.

Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (other than money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners Funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O Shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund may not be combined.

If you hold shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be combined.

Certain trustees and fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

n  

Letter of intent – allows you to purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge on Class A shares, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. At the time you enter into the letter of intent, you select your asset goal amount. Generally, purchases of Legg Mason Partners Fund shares that are purchased during the 13-month period by:

  ¨  

you; or

  ¨  

your spouse and children under the age of 21

are eligible for inclusion under the letter, based on the public offering price at the time of the purchase, and any capital appreciation on those shares. Purchases made 90 days prior to the 13-month period are also eligible to be treated as purchases made under the letter of intent. In addition, you can include towards your asset goal amount the current value of any eligible purchases that were made prior to the date of entering into the letter of intent and are still held.

If you hold shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (other than money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners Funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund may not be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         21


 

If you do not meet your asset goal amount, shares in the amount of any sales charges due, based on the amount of your actual purchases, will be redeemed from your account.

Waivers for certain Class A investors

Class A initial sales charges are waived for certain types of investors, including:

n  

Employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor

n  

Investors who redeemed Class A shares of a Legg Mason Partners fund in the past 60 days, if the investor’s Service Agent is notified

n  

Directors and officers of any Legg Mason-sponsored fund

n  

Employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries

n  

Investors investing through certain retirement plans

If you qualify for a waiver of the Class A initial sales charge, you must notify your Service Agent or the transfer agent at the time of purchase and provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the initial sales charge waiver.

If you want to learn about additional waivers of Class A initial sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or access the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website: http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, and click on the name of the fund.

Class B shares

You buy Class B shares at net asset value without paying an initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class B shares within five years of your purchase payment, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge. The contingent deferred sales charge decreases as the number of years since your purchase payment increases.

 

Year after purchase   1st     2nd     3rd     4th     5th     6th through 8th  

Contingent deferred sales charge

  5 %   4 %   3 %   2 %   1 %   0 %
   

Class B shares purchased prior to November 20, 2006, will continue to be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge schedule in effect at the time the shares were purchased.

LMIS will generally pay Service Agents selling Class B shares a commission of up to 4.00% of the purchase price of the Class B shares they sell and LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges. Service Agents also receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class B shares serviced by them.

 

22         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Class B conversion

After approximately 8 years, Class B shares automatically convert into Class A shares. Class B shares purchased prior to November 20, 2006, however, will continue to automatically convert into Class A shares after 7 years. This helps you because Class A shares have lower annual expenses. Your Class B shares will convert to Class A shares as follows:

 

Shares issued:
At initial purchase
   Shares issued:
On reinvestment of
dividends and
distributions
   Shares issued:
Upon exchange from
another Legg Mason
Partners Fund
Approximately 8 years after the date of purchase payment    In the same proportion as the number of Class B shares converting is to total Class B shares you own (excluding shares issued as dividends)    On the date the shares originally acquired would have converted into
Class A shares
 

Class C shares

You buy Class C shares at net asset value without paying an initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class C shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

LMIS will generally pay Service Agents selling Class C shares a commission of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class C shares they sell and LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges and an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by these Service Agents until the thirteenth month after purchase. Starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, these Service Agents will receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS shares

Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS shares are purchased at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed. As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. The Class I shares were converted into Class O shares and Class O shares were redesignated as Class I shares on August 17, 2007.

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         23


 

More about contingent deferred sales charges

The contingent deferred sales charge is based on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less, and therefore you do not pay a sales charge on amounts representing appreciation or depreciation.

In addition, you do not pay a contingent deferred sales charge:

n  

When you exchange shares for shares of another Legg Mason Partners fund

n  

On shares representing reinvested distributions and dividends

n  

On shares no longer subject to the contingent deferred sales charge

Each time you place a request to redeem shares, the fund will first redeem any shares in your account that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and then the shares in your account that have been held the longest.

If you redeemed shares of a Legg Mason Partners fund and paid a contingent deferred sales charge, you may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges as partial compensation for its expenses in selling shares, including the payment of compensation to your Service Agent.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers

The contingent deferred sales charge for each share class will generally be waived:

n  

On payments made through certain systematic withdrawal plans

n  

On certain distributions from a retirement plan

n  

For retirement plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

n  

For involuntary redemptions of small account balances

n  

For 12 months following the death or disability of a shareholder

If you want to learn about additional waivers of contingent deferred sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or visit the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website: http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, and click on the name of the fund.

 

24         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Retirement and institutional investors

Eligible investors

Retirement plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund can generally choose among five classes of shares: Class C, Class R, Class FI, Class I (formerly Classes Y and O) and Class IS shares.

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents for Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, with limited exceptions. Class A shares will cease to be available to new Retirement Plan investors through a Service Agent if the Service Agent makes Class FI shares available. Please see below for additional information.

“Retirement Plans” include 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit-sharing plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and other similar employer-sponsored retirement plans. Retirement Plans do not include individual retirement vehicles, such as traditional and Roth IRAs, Coverdell education savings accounts, individual 403(b)(7) custodial accounts, Keogh plans, SEPs, SARSEPs, SIMPLE IRAs, or Section 529 savings accounts. Although Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund are not subject to minimum initial investment requirements for any of these share classes, certain investment minimums may be imposed by a financial intermediary.

Other Retirement Plans

Other Retirement Plans can generally choose among three classes of shares: Class A, Class B and Class C. “Other Retirement Plans” include Retirement Plans investing through brokerage accounts, and also include certain Retirement Plans with direct relationships to the fund that are neither Institutional Investors nor investing through omnibus accounts. Individual retirement vehicles, such as IRAs, may also choose among these share classes. Other Retirement Plans and individual retirement vehicles are treated like individual investors for purposes of determining sales charges and any applicable sales charge reductions or waivers.

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries may generally choose among three classes of shares: Class A, Class FI and Class I (formerly Classes Y and O). “Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries” are investors who invest in the fund through financial intermediaries that offer their clients fund shares through investment programs as authorized by LMIS. Such investment programs may include fee-based advisory account programs, and college savings vehicles such as Section 529 plans. The financial intermediary may impose separate investment minimums.

Institutional Investors

Institutional Investors may invest in Class I (formerly Classes Y and O) and Class IS shares if they meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement. Institutional Investors may also invest in Class A, B and C shares, which have different investment

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         25


 

minimums and fees and expenses. “Institutional Investors” generally include corporations, banks, trust companies, insurance companies, investment companies, foundations, endowments, pension and profit-sharing plans and other similar entities with direct relationships to the fund.

Class C – Retirement plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund may buy Class C shares without paying a contingent deferred sales charge. LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class C shares to retirement plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class C shares sold by them. Instead, immediately after purchase, LMIS may pay these Service Agents an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Certain Retirement Plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. Please see the SAI for more details.

Class R

Class R shares are offered only to Retirement Plans with accounts held on the books of the fund (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial intermediary). LMIS may pay Service Agents selling Class R shares an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.50% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class R shares serviced by them.

Class FI

Class FI shares are offered to investors who invest in the fund through certain financial intermediary and retirement plan programs. LMIS may pay Service Agents selling Class FI shares an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% starting immediately after purchase.

Class I

On November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. Class I shares were converted to Class O shares and were re-designated as Class I shares on August 17, 2007. Class I shares are offered only to Institutional Investors who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries, Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, and other investors authorized by LMIS. However, investors that held Class Y or Class O shares prior to November 20, 2006 will be permitted to make additional investments in Class I shares.

Class IS

Class IS shares are offered to Institutional Investors who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement and to investors deemed by LMIS to have low cost shareholder characteristics similar to Institutional Investors, for example, a 401K plan where the plan intermediary maintains a single fund account and bears all the costs of printing and distributing shareholder communications to the participants in the plan. In order to purchase Class IS shares, an investor must hold its shares in one account with the fund.

 

26         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Class A and Class B – Retirement plans

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents to Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund. However, certain Retirement Plans that held Class B shares prior to December 1, 2006 are permitted to make additional investments in that class. Certain existing programs for current and prospective Retirement Plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries also remain eligible for Class A shares. Under these programs, the initial sales charge and contingent deferred sales charge for Class A shares are waived where:

n  

Such Retirement Plan’s record keeper offers only load-waived shares,

n  

Fund shares are held on the books of the fund through an omnibus account, and

n  

The Retirement Plan has more than 100 participants, or has total assets exceeding $1 million.

LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class A shares to Retirement Plans with a direct omnibus relationship with the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class A shares sold by them. However, for certain Retirement Plans that purchased shares at net asset value prior to November 20, 2006, LMIS may continue to pay Service Agents commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class A shares that are purchased with regular ongoing plan contributions. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Other considerations

Plan sponsors, plan fiduciaries and other financial intermediaries may choose to impose qualification requirements for plans that differ from the fund’s share class eligibility standards. In certain cases this could result in the selection of a share class with higher service and distribution-related fees than otherwise would have been charged. The fund is not responsible for, and has no control over, the decision of any plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary to impose such differing requirements. Please consult with your plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary for more information about available share classes.

With respect to Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class I shares, the fund may pay a fee for recordkeeping services performed for the share class.

Not all share classes may be made available by your Service Agent. Please contact your Service Agent for additional details.

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         27


 

Buying shares

 

Generally   

You may buy shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your purchase request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge.

Effective January 1, 2008, the fund generally does not permit non-resident aliens with a non-U.S. address to establish an account. U.S. citizens with an APO/FPO address or an address in the United States (including its territories) and resident aliens with a U.S. address are permitted to establish an account with the fund. Subject to the requirements of local law, U.S. citizens residing in foreign countries are permitted to establish an account with the fund.

 
Through a Service Agent   

You should contact your Service Agent to open a brokerage account and make arrangements to buy shares. You must provide the following information for your order to be processed:

n   Class of shares being bought

n   Dollar amount or number of shares being bought

n   Account number (if existing account)

Your Service Agent may charge an annual account maintenance fee.

 
Through the fund   

n   Investors should write to the fund at the following address:

Legg Mason Partners Funds

c/o PFPC Inc.

P.O. Box 9699

Providence, Rhode Island 02940-9699

n   Enclose a check to pay for the shares. For initial purchases, complete and send an account application available upon request from Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at the number below

n   Specify the name of the fund, the share class you wish to purchase and your account number (if existing account)

n   For more information, please call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010

 
Through a systematic investment plan   

You may authorize your Service Agent or the transfer agent to transfer funds automatically from (i) a regular bank account, (ii) cash held in a brokerage account opened with a Service Agent or (iii) certain money market funds in order to buy shares on a regular basis.

n   Amounts transferred must be at least $25

n   Amounts may be transferred monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

n   If you do not have sufficient funds in your account on a transfer date, your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services may charge you a fee

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

28         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Exchanging shares

 

Generally    You may exchange shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your exchange request in good order.
 
Legg Mason Partners offers a distinctive family of funds tailored to help meet the varying needs of both large and small investors   

You should contact your Service Agent to exchange into other Legg Mason Partners Funds. Be sure to read the prospectus of the Legg Mason Partners Fund into which you are exchanging. An exchange is a taxable transaction unless you are investing through a tax-qualified savings plan or account.

n   If you bought shares through a Service Agent, you may exchange shares only for shares of the same class of certain other Legg Mason Partners Funds made available for exchange by your Service Agent. Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds made available for exchange by your Service Agent may offer all classes. Please contact your Service Agent for more information about the funds and classes that are available for exchange

n   If you bought shares directly from the fund, you may exchange shares only for shares of the same class of another Legg Mason Partners Fund, other than shares of Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund. Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds offer all classes

n   Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds may be offered in your state of residence. Contact your Service Agent or the transfer agent for further information

n   Exchanges of Class A, B, C, FI and R shares are subject to minimum investment requirements (except for systematic investment plan exchanges), and all shares are subject to the other requirements of the fund into which exchanges are made

n   If you hold share certificates, the transfer agent must receive the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers before the exchange is effective

n   The fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in an excessive pattern of exchanges

 
Sales charges   

In most instances, your shares will not be subject to an initial sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge at the time of the exchange.

Your contingent deferred sales charge (if any) will continue to be measured from the date of your original purchase of shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and you will be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge of the fund you originally purchased.

 
By telephone    If you do not have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, you may be eligible to exchange shares through the fund. You must complete an authorization form to authorize telephone transfers. If

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         29


 

  

eligible, you may make telephone exchanges on any day the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) is open. Shareholders should call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 between 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time).

You can make telephone exchanges only between accounts that have identical registrations.

 
By mail    If you do not have a brokerage account, contact your Service Agent or write to the fund at the address on the following page.
 
Through a systematic
exchange plan
  

You may be permitted to schedule exchanges of shares of any class of the fund for shares of the same class of other Legg Mason Partners Funds.

n   Exchanges may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

n   A predetermined dollar amount of at least $25 per exchange is required

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

30         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Redeeming shares

 

Generally   

You may redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your redemption request in good order, less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge.

Contact your Service Agent to redeem shares of the fund.

If you hold share certificates, the transfer agent must receive the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers with a signature guarantee before you may redeem.

If the shares are held by a fiduciary or corporation, other documents may be required.

Your redemption proceeds will normally be sent within three business days after your request is received in good order but in any event within seven days. Your redemption proceeds may be delayed for up to ten days if your purchase was made by check.

If you have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, your redemption proceeds will be sent to your Service Agent. In other cases, unless you direct otherwise, your redemption proceeds will be paid by check mailed to your address of record.

 
By mail   

For accounts held directly at the fund, send written requests to the fund at the following address:

Legg Mason Partners Funds

c/o PFPC Inc.

P.O. Box 9699

Providence, Rhode Island 02940-9699

Your written request must provide the following:

n    The fund name, the class of shares to be redeemed and your account number

n    The dollar amount or number of shares to be redeemed

n    Signatures of each owner exactly as the account is registered

n    Signature guarantees, as applicable

 
By telephone   

If you do not have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, you may be eligible to redeem shares (except those held in certain retirement plans) in amounts up to $50,000 per day through the fund. You must complete an authorization form to authorize telephone redemptions. If eligible, you may request redemptions by telephone on any day the NYSE is open. Shareholders should call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 between 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time).

Your redemption proceeds can be sent by check to your address of record or by wire or electronic transfer (ACH) to a bank account designated on your authorization form. You must submit a new authorization form to change the bank account designated to receive

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         31


   wire or electronic transfers and you may be asked to provide certain other documents. The transfer agent may charge a fee on a wire or an electronic transfer.
 
Automatic cash withdrawal plans   

You can arrange for the automatic redemption of a portion of your shares on a monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. To qualify you must own shares of the fund with a value of at least $10,000 ($5,000 for retirement plan accounts) and each automatic redemption must be at least $50. If your shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, the sales charge will be waived if your automatic redemptions are equal to or less than 2% per month of your account balance on the date the withdrawals commence, up to a maximum of 12% in one year.

The following conditions apply:

n  Your shares must not be represented by certificates

n  All dividends and distributions must be reinvested

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or consult the SAI.

 

32         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Other things to know about transactions

When you buy, exchange or redeem shares, your request must be in good order. This means you have provided the following information, without which your request may not be processed:

n  

Name of the fund

n  

Your account number

n  

Class of shares being bought, and if you own more than one class, the class of shares being exchanged or redeemed

n  

Dollar amount or number of shares being bought, exchanged or redeemed

n  

Signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered

The fund’s transfer agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that any telephone exchange or redemption request is genuine, which may include recording calls, asking the caller to provide certain personal identification information, sending you a written confirmation or requiring other confirmation procedures from time to time. If these procedures are followed, neither the fund nor its agents will bear any liability for such transactions.

Signature guarantees

To be in good order, your redemption request must include a signature guarantee if you:

n  

Are redeeming over $50,000

n  

Are sending signed share certificates or stock powers to the transfer agent

n  

Instruct the transfer agent to mail the check to an address different from the one on your account registration

n  

Changed your account registration or your address within 30 days

n  

Want the check paid to someone other than the account owner(s)

n  

Are transferring the redemption proceeds to an account with a different registration

You can obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, dealers, brokers, credit unions and federal savings and loan institutions, but not from a notary public.

The fund has the right to:

n  

Suspend the offering of shares

n  

Waive or change minimum and additional investment amounts

n  

Reject any purchase or exchange order

n  

Change, revoke or suspend the exchange privilege

n  

Suspend telephone transactions

n  

Suspend or postpone redemptions of shares on any day when trading on the NYSE is restricted, or as otherwise permitted by the SEC

n  

Pay redemption proceeds by giving you securities. You may pay transaction costs to dispose of the securities

Small account balances/mandatory redemptions

If at any time the aggregate value of the fund shares in your account is less than $500 for any reason (including solely due to declines in net asset value and/or failure to invest at least $500 within a reasonable period), the fund reserves the right to ask you to bring your

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         33


 

account up to the applicable minimum investment amount as determined by your Service Agent. In such case you shall be notified in writing and will have 60 days to make an additional investment to bring your account value up to the required level. If you choose not to do so within this 60-day period, the fund may close your account and send you the redemption proceeds. In the event your account is closed due to a failure to increase your balance to the minimum required amount, you will not be eligible to have your account subsequently reinstated without imposition of any sales charges that may apply to your new purchase. The fund may, with prior notice, change the minimum size of accounts subject to the mandatory redemption, which may vary by class, or implement fees for small accounts.

Subject to applicable law, the fund may, with prior notice, adopt other policies from time to time requiring mandatory redemptions of shares in certain circumstances.

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares

Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares may interfere with the efficient management of the fund’s portfolio by its portfolio managers, increase portfolio transaction costs, and have a negative effect on the fund’s long-term shareholders. For example, in order to handle large flows of cash into and out of the fund, the portfolio managers may need to allocate more assets to cash or other short-term investments or sell securities, rather than maintaining full investment in securities selected to achieve the fund’s investment objective. Frequent trading may cause the fund to sell securities at less favorable prices. Transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions and market spreads, can detract from the fund’s performance. In addition, the return received by long-term shareholders may be reduced when trades by other shareholders are made in an effort to take advantage of certain pricing discrepancies, when, for example, it is believed that the fund’s share price, which is determined at the close of the NYSE on each trading day, does not accurately reflect the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. Funds investing in foreign securities have been particularly susceptible to this form of arbitrage, but other funds could also be affected.

Because of the potential harm to funds in the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex and their long-term shareholders, the Board of the fund has approved policies and procedures that are intended to discourage and prevent excessive trading and market timing abuses through the use of various surveillance techniques. Under these policies and procedures, the fund may limit additional exchanges or purchases of fund shares by shareholders who are believed by the manager to be engaged in these abusive trading activities in the fund or in other funds within the fund complex. In the event that an exchange request is rejected, the shareholder may nonetheless redeem its shares. The intent of the policies and procedures is not to inhibit legitimate strategies, such as asset allocation, dollar cost averaging, or similar activities that may nonetheless result in frequent trading of fund shares.

Under the fund’s policies and procedures, the fund reserves the right to restrict or reject purchases of shares (including exchanges) without prior notice whenever a pattern of

 

34         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

excessive trading by a shareholder is detected within the fund complex. A committee established by the manager administers the policy. The policy provides that the committee will use its best efforts to restrict a shareholder’s trading privileges in the Legg Mason Partners Funds if that shareholder has engaged in a total of four or more “Round Trips” (as defined below) across all Legg Mason Partners Funds during any rolling 12-month period. However, the committee has the discretion to determine that restricting a shareholder’s trading privileges is not necessary (or that a new limit on Round Trips should be established for the shareholder) if it is determined that the pattern of trading is not abusive or harmful. In making such a determination, the committee will consider, among other things, the nature of the shareholder’s account, the reason for the frequent trading, the amount of trading and the particular funds in which the trading has occurred. Additionally, the committee has the discretion to make inquiries or to take action against any shareholder whose trading appears inconsistent with the frequent trading policy. Examples of the types of actions the committee may take to deter excessive trading in a shareholder account include restricting the shareholder from purchasing additional shares in a fund altogether or imposing other restrictions (such as requiring purchase orders to be submitted by mail) that would deter the shareholder from trading frequently in the funds.

A “Round Trip” is defined as a purchase (including subscriptions and exchanges) into a fund followed by a sale (including redemptions and exchanges) of the same or a similar number of shares out of the fund within 30 days of such purchase. Purchases and sales of the fund’s shares pursuant to an automatic investment plan or similar program for periodic transactions are not considered in determining Round Trips. For purposes of these policies and procedures, the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex also includes certain Western Asset funds and Barrett Opportunity Fund, Inc., but does not include money market funds in the fund complex.

The policies apply to any account, whether an individual account, accounts with financial intermediaries such as investment advisers, broker/dealers or retirement plan administrators, commonly called omnibus accounts, where the intermediary holds fund shares for a number of its customers in one account. The fund’s ability to monitor trading in omnibus accounts may, however, be severely limited due to the lack of access to an individual investor’s trading activity when orders are placed through these types of accounts. There may also be operational and technological limitations on the ability of the fund’s service providers to identify or terminate frequent trading activity within the various types of omnibus accounts. The fund’s distributor has entered into agreements with intermediaries requiring the intermediaries to, among other things, help identify frequent trading activity and to prohibit further purchases or exchanges by a shareholder identified as having engaged in frequent trading. These agreements took effect on October 16, 2007.

The fund’s policies also require personnel such as portfolio managers and investment staff to report any abnormal or otherwise suspicious investment activity, and prohibits short-term trades by such personnel for their own account in mutual funds managed by the manager and its affiliates, other than money market funds. The fund has also adopted policies and procedures to prevent the selective release of information about the fund’s portfolio holdings, as such information may be used for market-timing and similar abusive practices.

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         35


 

The fund’s policies provide for ongoing assessment of the effectiveness of current policies and surveillance tools, and the Board reserves the right to modify these or adopt additional policies and restrictions in the future. Shareholders should be aware, however, that any surveillance techniques currently employed by the fund or other techniques that may be adopted in the future may not be effective, particularly where the trading takes place through certain types of omnibus accounts. As noted above, if the fund is unable to detect and deter trading abuses, the fund’s performance, and its long-term shareholders, may be harmed. In addition, shareholders may be harmed by the extra costs and portfolio management inefficiencies that result from frequent trading of fund shares, even when the trading is not for abusive purposes. Furthermore, the fund may not apply its policies consistently or uniformly, resulting in the risk that some shareholders may be able to engage in frequent trading while others will bear the costs and effects of that trading. The fund will provide advance notice to shareholders and prospective investors of any specific restrictions on the trading of fund shares that the Board may adopt in the future.

Share certificates

The fund does not issue share certificates. If you currently hold share certificates, such certificates will continue to be honored. If you would like to return your share certificate to the fund and hold your shares in uncertificated form, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services.

Record ownership

If you hold shares through a Service Agent, your Service Agent may establish and maintain your account and be the shareholder of record. In the event that the fund holds a shareholder meeting, your Service Agent, as record holder, will vote your shares in accordance with your instructions. If you do not give your Service Agent voting instructions, your Service Agent may nonetheless, under certain circumstances, be entitled to vote your shares.

 

36         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Dividends, distributions and taxes

Dividends and distributions

The fund generally pays dividends quarterly and makes capital gain distributions, if any, typically once or twice a year, typically in December. The fund may pay additional distributions and dividends at other times if necessary for the fund to avoid a federal tax. The fund expects distributions to be primarily from capital gains. Unless otherwise directed, capital gain distributions and dividends are reinvested in additional fund shares of the same class you hold. You do not pay a sales charge on reinvested distributions or dividends. Alternatively, you can instruct your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services to have your distributions and/or dividends paid in cash. You can change your choice at any time to be effective as of the next distribution or dividend.

Taxes

In general, redeeming shares, exchanging shares and receiving dividends and distributions (whether in cash or additional shares) are all taxable events. The following table summarizes the tax status to you of certain transactions related to the fund.

 

Transaction    Federal income tax status
Redemption or exchange of shares    Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares owned more than one year
 
Long-term capital gain distributions (designated as capital gains dividends)    Long-term capital gain
 
Dividends of net investment income (including distributions of net short-term capital gain)    Ordinary income (except in the case of dividends attributable to “qualified dividend income”, as discussed below)
 

Distributions attributable to short-term capital gains are treated as dividends, taxable as ordinary income. Dividends and long-term capital gain distributions are taxable whether received in cash or reinvested in fund shares.

Long-term capital gain distributions (designated as capital gains dividends) are taxable to you as long-term capital gain regardless of how long you have owned your shares. You may want to avoid buying shares when the fund is about to declare a capital gain dividend or a dividend of net investment income, because it will be taxable to you even though it may actually be a return of a portion of your investment. Although dividends of net investment income (including dividends from short-term capital gains) are generally taxable as ordinary income, individual shareholders who satisfy certain holding period and other requirements are taxed on such dividends at long-term capital gain rates to the extent the dividends are attributable to “qualified dividend income” received by the fund. “Qualified dividend income” generally consists of dividends received from U.S. corporations (other than dividends from tax exempt organizations and certain dividends from real estate investment trusts and regulated investment companies) and certain foreign corporations.

After the end of each year, your Service Agent or the fund will provide you with information about the distributions and dividends you received and any redemptions of

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         37


 

shares during the previous year. If you do not provide the fund with your correct taxpayer identification number and any required certifications, you may be subject to back-up withholding at the rate of 28% on your distributions, dividends and redemption proceeds. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

The above discussion is applicable to shareholders who are U.S. persons. If you are a non-U.S. person, please consult your own tax adviser with respect to the U.S. tax consequences to you of an investment in the fund.

 

38         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Share price

You may buy, exchange or redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt of your request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge. The fund’s net asset value per share is the value of its assets minus its liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. Net asset value is calculated separately for each class of shares. The fund calculates its net asset value every day the NYSE is open. This calculation is done when regular trading closes on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time). The NYSE is closed on certain holidays listed in the SAI.

The Board has approved procedures to be used to value the fund’s securities for the purposes of determining the fund’s net asset value. The valuation of the securities of the fund is determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board. The Board has delegated certain valuation functions for the fund to the manager.

The fund generally values its securities based on market prices determined at the close of regular trading on the NYSE. The fund’s currency valuations, if any, are done as of when the London Stock Exchange closes, which is usually at 12 noon Eastern time, as the manager believes that these valuations typically reflect the largest trading volume in the foreign currency markets. A material change in the value of currency during the period between the close of the London Stock Exchange and the calculation of the fund’s net asset value on the same date is considered a significant event, as described below, in response to which the fund may use fair valuation procedures to value the affected investments. For equity securities that are traded on an exchange, the market price is usually the closing sale or official closing price on that exchange. In the case of securities not traded on an exchange, or if such closing prices are not otherwise available, the market price is typically determined by independent third party pricing vendors approved by the fund’s Board using a variety of pricing techniques and methodologies. The market price for debt obligations is generally the price supplied by an independent third party pricing service approved by the fund’s Board, which may use a matrix, formula or other objective method that takes into consideration market indices, yield curves and other specific adjustments. Short-term debt obligations that will mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, unless it is determined that using this method would not reflect an investment’s fair value. If vendors are unable to supply a price, or if the price supplied is deemed by the manager to be unreliable, the market price may be determined using quotations received from one or more brokers/dealers that make a market in the security. When such prices or quotations are not available, or when the manager believes that they are unreliable, the manager may price securities using fair value procedures approved by the Board. Because the fund may invest in securities of issuers located in emerging markets or high yield securities (“junk bonds”) — some of which may be thinly traded, for which market quotations may not be readily available or may be unreliable — the fund may use fair valuation procedures more frequently than funds that invest primarily in securities that are more liquid, such as securities of large capitalization domestic issuers. The fund may also use fair value procedures if the manager determines that a significant event has occurred between the time at which a market price is determined and the time at which the fund’s net asset value is calculated. In particular, the value of foreign securities may be materially affected by events occurring after the close of the market on which they are valued, but before the fund prices its shares.

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         39


 

The fund uses a fair value model developed by an independent third party pricing service to price foreign equity securities on days when there is a certain percentage change in the value of a domestic equity security index, as such percentage may be determined by the manager from time to time.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuation of securities based on readily available market quotations. A fund that uses fair value to price securities may value those securities higher or lower than another fund using market quotations or its own fair value methodologies to price the same securities. There can be no assurance that the fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the fund determines its net asset value.

The fund may invest in securities that are listed on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends and other days when the fund does not price its shares. Therefore, the value of the fund’s shares may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the fund’s shares.

In order to buy, redeem or exchange shares at that day’s price, you must place your order with your Service Agent or the transfer agent before the NYSE closes. If the NYSE closes early, you must place your order prior to the actual closing time.

It is the responsibility of the Service Agents to transmit all orders to buy, exchange or redeem shares to the transfer agent on a timely basis.

 

40         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Financial highlights

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the performance of each class of the fund for the past five years. No financial highlights are provided for Class FI, R or IS shares as the fund commenced the offering of such shares as of the date of this Prospectus. The returns for Class FI, R and IS shares will differ from that of the other classes to the extent that their expenses differ. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. Total return represents the rate that a shareholder would have earned (or lost) on a fund share assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information in the following tables has been derived from the fund’s and the predecessor fund’s financial statements. These financial statements have been audited by              , an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund’s financial statements, is included in the annual report (available upon request). The financial statements containing information for each of the periods ended on or prior to December 31, 2005 in the following tables were audited by another independent registered public accounting firm.

The financial information shown below for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor. As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares of the fund were renamed Class I Shares. The Class I shares were converted into Class O shares and were redesignated as Class I shares on August 17, 2007.

 

For a Class A share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:
Class A Shares   2007   2006   2005   2004   2003

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         41


 

For a Class B share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:
Class B Shares   2007   2006   2005   2004   2003

 

42         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

For a Class C share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:
Class C Shares   2007   2006   2005   2004   2003

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         43


 

 

For a Class I share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:
Class I Shares   2007   2006   2005   2004   2003

 

44         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Legg Mason Partners Funds Privacy Policy

We are committed to keeping nonpublic personal information about you secure and confidential. This notice is intended to help you understand how we fulfill this commitment. From time to time, we may collect a variety of personal information about you, including:

n  

Information we receive from you on applications and forms, via the telephone, and through our websites;

n  

Information about your transactions with us, our affiliates, or others (such as your purchases, sales, or account balances); and

n  

Information we receive from consumer reporting agencies.

We do not disclose your nonpublic personal information, except as permitted by applicable law or regulation. For example, we may share this information with others in order to process your transactions. We may also provide this information to companies that perform services on our behalf, such as printing and mailing, or to other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements. We will require these companies to protect the confidentiality of this information and to use it only to perform the services for which we hired them.

With respect to our internal security procedures, we maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to protect your nonpublic personal information, and we restrict access to this information.

If you decide at some point either to close your account(s) or become an inactive customer, we will continue to adhere to our privacy policies and practices with respect to your nonpublic personal information.

[This page is not part of the prospectus.]

 

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund         45


 

 

 

(Investment Company Act

file no. 811-6444)

FD03542 04/08

LOGO

Legg Mason Partners

Investors Value Fund

You may visit the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors for a free copy of a Prospectus, statement of additional information (“SAI”) or an annual or semi-annual report, or to request other information.

Shareholder reports Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders. In the fund’s Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the fund’s performance.

The fund sends only one report to a household if more than one account has the same last name and same address. Contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services if you do not want this policy to apply to you.

Statement of additional information The SAI provides more detailed information about the fund and is incorporated by reference into (is legally a part of) this Prospectus.

You can make inquiries about the fund or obtain shareholder reports (without charge) by contacting your Service Agent, by calling Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 or by writing to the fund at Legg Mason Partners Funds, 55 Water Street, New York, New York, 10041.

Information about the fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Public Reference Room (the “SEC”) in Washington, D.C. In Addition, information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained for a duplicating fee by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

If someone makes a statement about the fund that is not in this Prospectus, you should not rely upon that information. Neither the fund nor the distributor is offering to sell shares of the fund to any person to whom the fund may not lawfully sell its shares.


PROSPECTUS

April     , 2008

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any statement to the contrary is a crime.

LOGO

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund

Class A, B, C, FI, R, 1, I, and IS Shares

 

 

INVESTMENT PRODUCTS: NOT FDIC INSURED Ÿ NO BANK GUARANTEE Ÿ MAY LOSE VALUE

 


Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund

Contents

 

Investments, risks and performance

  2

More on the fund’s investments

  8

Management

  11

Choosing a class of shares to buy

  14

Comparing the fund’s classes

  16

Sales charge s

  18

More about contingent deferred sales charges

  22

Retirement and institutional investors

  23

Buying shares

  26

Exchanging shares

  27

Redeeming shares

  29

Other things to know about transactions

  31

Dividends, distributions and taxes

  35

Share price

  37

Financial highlights

  39

 

As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund with the same name, effective April 16, 2007. Any information in this Prospectus relating to the fund prior to April 16, 2007 relates to the fund’s predecessor.


 

Investments, risks and performance

Investment objective

The fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

Principal investment strategies

Key investments

Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in equity securities of companies with small market capitalizations and related investments. The fund expects that, under normal market conditions, the equity securities in which it invests will typically be common stocks. For the purposes of this 80% policy, small capitalization companies are companies with market cap values not exceeding (i) $3 billion or (ii) the highest month-end market capitalization value of any stock in the Russell 2000 Index for the previous 12 months, whichever is greater. Securities of companies whose market capitalizations no longer meet this definition after purchase by the fund are still considered to be securities of small capitalization companies for purposes of the fund’s 80% investment policy. The Russell 2000 Index measures the performance of the 2,000 smallest companies in the Russell 3000 Index. As of April     , 2008, the market capitalization of companies included in the Russell 2000 Index ranged from approximately $     million to $     billion. The fund may invest up to 20% of the value of its net assets in equity securities of companies that are not considered to be small cap companies. In addition, the fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in equity securities of foreign issuers, either directly or through depository receipts.

Selection process

The portfolio managers use a growth-oriented investment style that emphasizes small U.S. companies believed to have one or more of following:

n  

Superior management teams

n  

Good prospects for growth

n  

Predictable, growing demand for their products or services

n  

Dominant positions in a niche market or customers who are very large companies

n  

Earnings and revenue recovery potential due to exposure to economically cyclical end markets

n  

Strong or improving financial conditions

In addition, the fund may invest in companies the portfolio managers believe to be emerging companies relative to potential markets.

The fund may invest in companies the portfolio managers believe to be undervalued relative to their peers. The fund may continue to hold securities of issuers that become mid cap or large cap issuers if, in the portfolio managers’ judgment, these securities remain good investments for the fund.

The portfolio managers generally use a “bottom-up” approach when selecting securities for the fund. This means that the portfolio managers look primarily at individual companies against the context of broader market forces.

 

2         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Principal risks of investing in the fund

Investing in small capitalization companies involves a substantial risk of loss.

Investors could lose money on their investment in the fund, or the fund may not perform as well as other investments, if:

n  

U.S. stock markets perform poorly relative to other types of investments

n  

Small capitalization or growth stocks fall out of favor with investors

n  

Recession or adverse economic trends adversely affect the earnings or financial condition of small companies

n  

An adverse company specific event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, negatively affects the stock price of a company in which the fund invests

n  

The portfolio managers’ judgment about the attractiveness, growth prospects, value or potential appreciation of a particular security or sector proves to be incorrect

n  

There is greater volatility of share price because of the fund’s focus on small cap companies

n  

Small capitalization stocks underperform mid capitalization and large capitalization stocks

Compared to large cap companies, small cap companies and the market for their equity securities are more likely to:

n  

Be more sensitive to changes in earnings results and investor expectations

n  

Have more limited product lines, capital resources and management depth

n  

Experience sharper swings in market values

n  

Be harder to sell at the times and prices the portfolio managers believe appropriate

n  

Offer greater potential for gain and loss

The market prices of companies believed to have great prospects for revenue and earnings growth tend to reflect those expectations. When it appears those expectations will not be met, the prices of growth securities typically fall.

Securities of foreign issuers

Investing in foreign issuers may involve unique risks compared to investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. These risks are more pronounced to the extent the fund invests in issuers in countries with emerging markets or if the fund invests significantly in one country. These risks may include:

n  

Less information about non-U.S. issuers or markets may be available due to less rigorous disclosure and accounting standards or regulatory practices

n  

Many non-U.S. markets are smaller, less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets. In a changing market, the portfolio managers may not be able to sell the fund’s portfolio securities in amounts and at prices the portfolio managers consider reasonable

n  

Economic, political and social developments significantly disrupt the financial markets or interfere with the fund’s ability to enforce its rights against foreign government issuers

In addition, because the value of a depository receipt is dependent on the market price of an underlying foreign security, depository receipts are subject to most of the risks associated with investing in foreign securities directly.

Who may want to invest

The fund may be an appropriate investment if you:

n  

Are seeking to participate in the long-term potential of small capitalization growth companies

n  

Are looking for an investment with potentially greater return but higher risk than a fund that invests primarily in large capitalization companies

n  

Are willing to accept the risks of the stock market and special risks of investing in smaller companies with more limited track records

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         3


 

Performance information

The following shows summary performance information for the fund in a bar chart and an Average Annual Total Returns table. The information provides an indication of the risks of investing in the fund by showing changes in its performance from year to year and by showing how the fund’s average annual total returns compare with the returns of broad-based securities market indices. The bar chart and the information below show performance of the fund’s Class A shares, but do not reflect the impact of sales charges (loads). If they did, the returns would be lower than those shown. Unlike the bar chart, the performance for Class A, B, C, FI, R, I (1) and 1 shares in the Average Annual Total Returns table reflects the impact of the maximum sales charge (load) applicable to the respective classes and, where indicated, the performance for Class A shares reflects the impact of taxes paid on distributions and the redemption of shares at the end of the period. The performance information shown below includes that of the fund’s predecessor. No performance information is presented for Class IS shares because no Class IS shares were offered prior to the date of this Prospectus. The returns of Class IS shares would differ from those other classes to the extent that this class bears different expenses. The fund’s past performance, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future.

Total Return for Class A Shares

LOGO

Highest and lowest quarter returns (for the periods shown in the bar chart):

Highest:         % in          quarter         ; Lowest:         % in          quarter         .

 

(1)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. As of March 2, 2007, all Class O shares converted to Class I shares.

 

4         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Average Annual Total Returns (for periods ended December 31, 2007)

 

       1 Year      5 Years      Since
Inception
     Inception
Date

Class A

                 
 
Return before taxes    %      %      %      07/01/98
 
Return after taxes on distributions (1)    %      %      %      07/01/98
 
Return after taxes on distributions and sale of fund shares (1)    %      %      %      07/01/98
 

Other Classes
(Return before taxes only)

                 
 
Class B    %      %      %      07/01/98
 
Class C    %      %      %      07/01/98
 
Class FI (2)    n/a      n/a      n/a     
 
Class R    %      n/a      %      12/28/06
 
Class I (3)    %      %      %      11/01/04
 
Class 1    n/a      n/a      n/a      3/2/07
 

Comparative Indexes

                 
 

Russell 2000 Growth Index (4)

   %      %      %     
 
Russell 2000 Index (5)    %      %      %     
 

 

(1)

 

After-tax returns are calculated using the highest historical individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. In some cases the return after taxes may exceed the return before taxes due to an assumed tax benefit from any losses on a sale of fund shares at the end of the measurement period. After-tax returns shown above are for Class A shares only. After-tax returns for other share classes will vary.

 

(2)

 

No performance information is presented for Class FI shares since no Class FI shares were outstanding during the calendar year ended December 31, 2007.

 

(3)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. As of March 2, 2007, all Class O shares converted to Class I shares.

 

(4)

 

The Russell 2000 Growth Index measures the performance of those Russell 2000 Index companies with higher price-to-book ratios and higher forecasted growth values. It is not possible to invest directly in an index. The index does not reflect deductions for fees, expenses or taxes.

 

(5)

 

The Russell 2000 Index includes companies with market capitalizations below the top 1,000 stocks of the equity market. It is not possible to invest directly in an index. The index does not reflect deductions for fees, expenses or taxes.

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         5


 

Fee table

This table sets forth the fees and expenses you may pay if you invest in fund shares. Effective July 27, 2007, the fund’s Class 1 shares were closed to all purchases and incoming exchanges.

Shareholder Fees

 

(paid directly from your
investment)
  Class A     Class B     Class C     Class FI   Class R   Class 1     Class I (1)   Class IS
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a % of offering price)   5.75 %   None     None     None   None   8.50 %   None   None
     
Maximum contingent deferred sales charge (load) (as a % of the lower of net asset value at purchase or redemption)   None (2)   5.00 %   1.00 %   None   None   None     None   None
     

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

 

(paid by the fund as a
% of net assets)
  Class A     Class B     Class C     Class FI (5)     Class R     Class 1     Class I (1)     Class IS (5)  
Management fee   0.75 %   0.75 %   0.75 %   0.75 %   0.75 %   0.75 %   0.75 %   0.75 %
   
Distribution and service
(12b-1) fees
  0.25 %   1.00 %   1.00 %   0.25 %   0.50 %   None     None     None  
   
Other expenses (3)            %            %            %            %            %            %            %            %
   
Total annual fund operating expenses (4)            %            %            %            %            %            %            %            %
   
Fee waiver and/or expense reimbursement            %            %            %   NA     NA     NA     NA     NA  
   
Net annual fund operating expenses            %            %            %            %            %            %            %            %
   

 

(1)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. As of March 2, 2007, all Class O shares converted to Class I shares.

 

(2)

 

You may buy Class A shares in amounts of $1,000,000 or more at net asset value (without an initial sales charge) but if you redeem those shares within 12 months of their purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

 

(3)

 

The other expenses shown for Class A, B, C, FI, R and I shares include a fee for recordkeeping services.

 

(4)

 

Management has contractually agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse expenses (other than brokerage commissions, taxes and extraordinary expenses) to limit total annual operating expenses to 1.12% for Class A shares, 2.26% for Class B shares and 1.95% for Class C shares until [May 1, 2008].

 

(5)

 

Other expenses have been estimated for the current fiscal year.

 

6         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Example

This example helps you compare the cost of investing in the fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. Your actual cost may be higher or lower. The example assumes:

n  

You invest $10,000 in the fund for the period shown

n  

Your investment has a 5% return each year — the assumption of a 5% return is required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) for purposes of this example and is not a prediction of the fund’s future performance

n  

You reinvest all distributions and dividends without a sales charge

n  

The fund’s operating expenses (after giving effect to the contractual fee waiver in effect through May 1, 2008) remain the same

Number of Years You Own Your Shares

 

      1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years  

Class A (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class B (redemption at end of period)

  $     $     $     $   (1)
   

Class B (no redemption)

  $     $     $     $   (1)
   

Class C (redemption at end of period)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class C (no redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class FI (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class R (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class 1 (3) (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class I (2) (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class IS (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

 

(1)

 

Assumes conversion to Class A shares approximately eight years after purchase. All Class B shares purchased prior to November 20, 2006 will convert approximately seven years after purchase.

 

(2)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. As of March 2, 2007, all Class O shares converted to Class I shares.

 

(3)

 

Includes 8.50% initial sales charge. Effective July 27, 2007, the fund’s Class 1 shares were closed to all purchases and incoming exchanges.

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         7


 

More on the fund’s investments

The fund’s investment objective and principal investment strategies are described under the section entitled “Investments, risks and performance” above. This section provides further information about the investment strategies that may be used by the fund.

The fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval.

Equity investments

The fund may invest in all types of equity securities. In addition to exchange traded and over-the-counter common stocks, the fund may also invest in preferred stocks, debt securities convertible into equity securities, baskets of equity securities such as exchange traded funds, warrants, rights, depository receipts, trust certificates, limited partnership interests and shares of other investment companies. Equity securities may also include investments in real estate investment trusts (REITs), which are pooled investment vehicles that invest in real estate or real estate loans or interests.

Equity securities represent an ownership interest in the issuing company. Holders of equity securities are not creditors of the company, and in the event of the liquidation of the company, would be entitled to their pro rata share of the company’s assets, if any, after creditors, including the holders of fixed income securities, and holders of any senior equity securities are paid.

Debt obligations

The fund may invest in non-convertible bonds, notes and other debt securities when the portfolio managers believe that their total return potential equals or exceeds the potential return of equity securities. Debt obligations include bonds, notes (including structured notes), debentures, commercial paper and other money market instruments issued by banks, corporations, local, state and national governments and instrumentalities, both U.S. and foreign, and supranational entities, mortgage-related and asset-backed securities, convertible securities, and loan participations and assignments. Debt obligations may be fixed income securities, or have various types of payment and reset terms or features, including adjustable rate, zero coupon, contingent, deferred, payment in kind and auction rate features.

The fund may invest to a limited extent in debt obligations of foreign issuers. The fund’s investments in foreign securities may involve greater risk than investments in securities of U.S. issuers.

The fund may invest in securities denominated in foreign currencies and may engage in forward foreign currency contracts. Currency fluctuations could erase investment gains or add to investment losses. See “Derivative contracts.”

Derivative contracts

The fund may, but need not, use derivative contracts, such as options on securities or currencies, forward foreign currency contracts, interest rate futures and options on interest rate futures:

n  

To hedge against the economic impact of adverse changes in the market value of portfolio securities due to changes in stock market prices, currency exchange rates or interest rates

n  

As a substitute for buying or selling securities

n  

To enhance the fund’s return as a non-hedging strategy that may be considered speculative

 

8         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

A derivative contract will obligate or entitle the fund to deliver or receive an asset or cash payment based on the change in value of one or more securities, currencies or indices. Even a small investment in derivative contracts can have a big impact on the fund’s currency, securities market and interest rate exposure. Therefore, using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains when interest rates, exchange rates or securities markets are changing. The fund may not fully benefit from or may lose money on derivatives if changes in their value do not correspond accurately to changes in the value of the fund’s holdings. The other parties to certain derivative contracts present the same types of default risk as issuers of fixed income securities. Derivatives can also make a fund less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets.

Borrowing

The fund may borrow in certain limited circumstances. Certain borrowing may create an opportunity for increased return but, at the same time, creates special risks. For example, borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of the fund’s shares and in the return on the fund’s portfolio. The fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowings. Interest on any borrowings will be a fund expense and will reduce the value of the fund’s shares.

Repurchase agreements

The fund may enter into repurchase agreements with dealers, banks or recognized financial institutions which, in the opinion of the portfolio managers, are deemed creditworthy for cash management purposes and, in the portfolio managers’ discretion, as a temporary and/or defensive investment strategy. Repurchase agreements could involve risks in the event of a default or insolvency of the other party to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions upon the fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities.

Risk of high portfolio turnover

The fund may engage in active and frequent trading, resulting in high portfolio turnover. This may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher capital gains, increasing their tax liability. Frequent trading also increases transaction costs, which could detract from the fund’s performance.

Short sales

The fund may sell securities short from time to time. The fund may hold no more than 25% of the fund’s net assets (taken at the then-current market value) as required collateral for such sales at any one time. A short sale is a transaction in which the fund sells securities it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of the securities. A short sale of a security involves the risk that instead of declining, the price of the security sold short will rise. If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the fund replaces the borrowed security, the fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the fund will realize a gain. The short sale of securities involves the possibility of a theoretically unlimited loss since there is a theoretically unlimited potential for the market price of the security sold short to increase.

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         9


 

Defensive investing

The fund may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions in any type of money market instruments and short-term debt securities without regard to any percentage limitation. If the fund takes a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective.

Portfolio holdings

The fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the fund’s portfolio securities are described in the Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”).

Other information

The fund also may use other strategies and invest in other securities that are described, along with their risks, in the fund’s SAI. However, the fund may not use all of the strategies and techniques or invest in all of the types of securities described in this Prospectus or in the SAI. Also note that there are many other factors, which are not described here, that could adversely affect your investment and that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objective.

 

10         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Management

Manager and subadviser

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) is the fund’s investment manager. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the portfolio’s cash and short-term instruments. As of September 30, 2007, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $190 billion. ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge” or the “subadviser”) provides the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund.

ClearBridge has offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018 and is an investment adviser that was formed to succeed to the equity securities portfolio management business of Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”), which was acquired by Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”) in December 2005. As of September 30, 2007, ClearBridge’s total assets under management were approximately $107.6 billion.

LMPFA and ClearBridge are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion.

Portfolio managers

Jeffrey J. Russell and Aram E. Green have co-managed the fund since 2007. Messrs. Russell and Green are primarily responsible for overseeing the day-to-day operation of the fund and have the ultimate authority to make portfolio decisions.

Mr. Russell is a Managing Director and Senior Portfolio Manager of ClearBridge and has 27 years of industry experience. Mr. Russell joined the subadviser or its predecessor in 1990 and was previously employed by Drexel Burnham Lambert as a Global Portfolio Manager.

Mr. Green is a Director and Equity Analyst of ClearBridge. He has 7 years of investment industry experience. Mr. Green joined the subadviser in 2006 and was previously an equity analyst with Hygrove Partners LLC.

The SAI provides additional information about compensation of the portfolio managers, other accounts they manage and any fund shares held by the portfolio managers.

Management fee

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund paid a management fee of 0.    % of the fund’s average daily net assets for management services.

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         11


 

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the fund’s management agreement and subadvisory agreement is available in the fund’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

Distribution plan

Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS” or the “distributor”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

The fund has adopted a shareholder services and distribution plan for its Class A, B, C, FI and R shares. Under the plan, the fund pays distribution and/or service fees. The plan provides for payments, based on annualized percentages of average daily net assets, of up to 0.25% for Class A and Class FI shares; up to 1.00% for Class B and Class C shares; and up to 0.50% for Class R shares. These fees are an ongoing expense and, over time, will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than other types of sales charges. Class I, Class 1 and Class IS shares are not subject to any distribution and/or service fees.

In addition, the distributor may make payments for distribution and/or shareholder servicing activities out of its past profits and other available sources. The distributor may also make payments to dealers for marketing, promotional or related expenses. The amount of these payments is determined by the distributor and may be substantial. The manager or an affiliate may make similar payments under similar arrangements.

The payments described in the paragraph above are often referred to as “revenue sharing payments.” The recipients of such payments may include the fund’s distributor, affiliates of the manager, broker/dealers, financial institutions and other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of the fund. In some circumstances, such payments may create an incentive for an intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the fund to you. Please contact your financial intermediary for details about revenue sharing payments it may receive.

Recent developments

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”), the then-investment adviser or manager to certain of the funds, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”), a former distributor of the fund, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that CAM, the Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”) business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM

 

12         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed.

SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding. The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no certainty as to how the above-described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004 less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Funds. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material effect on the Affected Funds.

This fund is not an Affected Fund and, therefore, did not implement the transfer agent arrangement described above and, therefore, will not receive any portion of the distributions.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         13


 

Choosing a class of shares to buy

Individual investors can generally choose among three classes of shares: Class A, B and C shares. Effective July 27, 2007, the fund’s Class 1 shares were closed to all purchases and incoming exchanges. Investors owning Class 1 shares on that date may continue to maintain their then-current Class 1 shares, but are no longer permitted to add to their Class 1 share positions (excluding reinvestment of dividends and distributions). Individual investors that held Class I (formerly Class Y) shares prior to November 20, 2006 may continue to invest in Class I shares. Institutional and retirement plan investors and clients of financial intermediaries should refer to “Retirement and institutional investors” below for a description of the classes available to them.

Each class has different sales charges and expenses, allowing you to choose the class that best meets your needs. When choosing which class of shares to buy, you should consider:

n  

How much you plan to invest

n  

How long you expect to own the shares

n  

The expenses paid by each class detailed in the Fee table and Example at the front of this Prospectus

n  

Whether you qualify for any reduction or waiver of sales charges

If you are choosing between Class A and Class B shares, it will in almost all cases be the more economical choice for you to purchase Class A shares if you plan to purchase shares in an amount of $100,000 or more (whether in a single purchase or through aggregation of eligible holdings). This is because of the reduced sales charge available on larger investments of Class A shares and the lower ongoing expenses of Class A shares compared to Class B shares.

If you intend to invest for only a few years, the effect of Class B contingent deferred sales charges on redemptions made within five years of purchase, as well as the effect of higher expenses of that class, may make an investment in Class C more appropriate. There is no initial sales charge on Class C shares, and the contingent deferred sales charge does not apply to shares redeemed one year or more after purchase.

However, if you plan to invest a large amount and your investment horizon is five years or more, Class C shares may not be as advantageous as Class A shares. The annual distribution and service fees on Class C shares may cost you more over the longer term than the front-end sales charge you would have paid for larger purchases of Class A shares.

You may buy shares:

n  

Through banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to see shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”)

n  

Directly through the fund

Different types of shareholder services may be available to you under arrangements offered by different Service Agents. In addition, these services may vary depending on the share class in which you choose to invest. In making your decision regarding which share class to buy, please keep in mind that your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending on the share class in which you invest. Investors should consult with their Service Agent about comparative pricing of shareholder services available to them under

 

14         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

each available share class, the compensation that will be received by their Service Agent in connection with each available share class, and other factors that may be relevant to the investor’s choice of share class in which to invest.

Not all classes of shares are available through all Service Agents. You should contact your Service Agent for further information about available share classes.

Investment minimums

Minimum initial and additional investment amounts vary depending on the class of shares you buy and the nature of your investment account.

 

   

Investment Minimum

Initial/Additional Investments (1)(2)

      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R  

Class I
(formerly

Class O and
Class Y)

  Class IS

General

  $500/$50   $500/$50   $500/$50   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

IRAs and Uniform Gifts or Transfers to Minor Accounts

  $250/$50   $250/$50   $250/$50   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

SIMPLE IRAs

  $1/$1   $1/$1   $1/$1   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

Systematic Investment Plans

  $25/$25   $25/$25   $25/$25   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

  $1/$1   n/a   n/a   None/None   n/a   None/None   n/a
 

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

  n/a   n/a   None/None   None/None   None/None   None/None   None/None
 

Other Retirement Plans

  $50/$50   $50/$50   $50/$50   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a
 

Institutional Investors

  $500/$50   $500/$50   $500/$50   n/a   n/a   $1 million/None   $1 million/None
 

 

(1)

 

Please refer to the section entitled “Retirement and institutional investors” for additional information regarding the investment minimum and eligibility requirements for Retirement Plans, Institutional Investors and Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries.

 

(2)

 

Effective July 27, 2007, the fund’s Class 1 shares were closed to all purchases and incoming exchanges.

More information about the fund’s classes of shares is available through the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website. You’ll find detailed information about sales charges and ways you can qualify for reduced or waived sales charges, including:

n  

The front-end sales charges that apply to the purchase of Class A shares

n  

The contingent deferred sales charges that apply to the redemption of Class B shares, Class C shares and certain Class A shares (redeemed within one year)

n  

Who qualifies for lower sales charges on Class A shares

n  

Who qualifies for a sales load waiver

To access the website, go to http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and click on the name of the fund.

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         15


 

Comparing the fund’s classes

The following table compares key features of the fund’s classes. You should review the Fee table and Example at the front of this Prospectus carefully before choosing your share class. Your Service Agent can help you decide which class meets your goals. Your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending upon which class you choose.

 

      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class 1   Class I
(formerly
Class O and
Class Y)
  Class IS
Key
features
 

n   Initial sales
charge

n   You may
qualify for
reduction or
waiver of
initial sales
charge

n   Generally lower annual expenses than Class B and Class C

 

n   No initial sales charge

n   Contingent deferred sales charge declines
over time

n   Converts to
Class A after approximately 8 years (2)

n   Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

 

n   No initial sales charge

n   Contingent deferred
sales
charge for only 1 year

n   Does not convert to Class A

n   Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

 

n   No initial or
contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and eligible Retirement Plans

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred
sales
charge

n   Only
offered to eligible Retirement Plans


 

n   Closed to all purchases and incoming exchanges

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to
institutional and other eligible investors

n   Generally lower expenses than Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI and Class R

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to institutional and other eligible investors

n   Generally lower expenses than the other classes

Initial sales charge  

Up to 5.75%; reduced or
waived for
large purchases and certain
investors.
No charge for purchases of $1 million or more

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

n/a

 

None

 

None

 

16         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R   Class 1   Class I   Class IS
Contingent deferred sales charge  

1.00% on
purchases of $1 million or
more
if you redeem
within 1 year of purchase; waived
for certain investors

 

Up to 5.00% charged when you redeem shares. The charge is reduced over time and there is no contingent deferred sales charge after 5 years; waived for certain investors (3)

 

1.00% if you
redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

 

None

Annual distribution and/or service fees  

0.25% of average daily
net assets

 

1.00% of
average daily
net assets

 

1.00% of
average daily
net assets

 

0.25% of
average daily
net assets

 

0.50% of average daily net assets

 

None

 

None

 

None

Exchange privilege (1)  

Class A shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class B shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class C shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class FI shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class R shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class 1 shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds that offer Class 1 shares and Class A shares of certain other Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class I shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class IS shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

 

(1)

 

Ask your Service Agent about the Legg Mason Partners Funds available for exchange.

 

(2)

 

Class B shares purchased prior to November 20, 2006 will convert to Class A shares approximately seven years after purchase.

 

(3)

 

Class B shares purchased prior to November 20, 2006 will continue to be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge schedule in effect at the time such shares were purchased.

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         17


 

Sales charges

Class A shares

You buy Class A shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value plus a sales charge. You pay a lower rate as the size of your investment increases to certain levels called breakpoints. You do not pay a sales charge on the fund’s distributions or dividends you reinvest in additional Class A shares.

The table below shows the rate of sales charge you pay, depending on the amount you purchase. The table below also shows the amount of broker/dealer compensation that will be paid out of the sales charge if you buy shares from a Service Agent (except Primerica Financial Services (“PFS”)). For Class A shares sold by LMIS, LMIS will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. For Class A shares sold by PFS between December 1, 2007 through the close of business on May 31, 2008, PFS will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. Thereafter, PFS will receive the same level of compensation as other Service Agents. Service Agents also will receive a service fee payable on Class A shares at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares serviced by them.

 

Amount of investment   Sales Charge
as % of
offering price
  Sales Charge
as % of
net amount
invested
  Broker/Dealer
Commission
as % of
offering price

Less than $25,000

  5.75   6.10   5.00
 

$25,000 but less than $50,000

  5.00   5.26   4.25
 

$50,000 but less than $100,000

  4.50   4.71   3.75
 

$100,000 but less than $250,000

  3.50   3.63   2.75
 

$250,000 but less than $500,000

  2.50   2.56   2.00
 

$500,000 but less than $750,000

  2.00   2.04   1.60
 

$750,000 but less than $1 million

  1.50   1.52   1.20
 

$1 million or more (1)

  0   0   up to 1.00
 

 

(1)

 

The distributor may pay a commission of up to 1.00% to a Service Agent for purchase amounts of $1 million or more. In such cases, starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, the Service Agent will also receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares held by its clients. Prior to the thirteenth month, the distributor will retain this fee. Where the Service Agent does not receive the payment of this commission, the Service Agent will instead receive the annual distribution/service fee starting immediately after purchase. Please contact your Service Agent for more important information.

Investments of $1,000,000 or more

You do not pay an initial sales charge when you buy $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares. However, if you redeem these Class A shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

 

18         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Qualifying for a reduced Class A sales charge

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds to take advantage of the breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in sales charges that may be available to you when you purchase fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholders Services if you are eligible for a letter of intent or a right of accumulation and if you own shares of other Legg Mason Partners Funds that are eligible to be aggregated with your purchases. Certain records, such as account statements, may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges.

n  

Accumulation privilege – allows you to combine the current value of Class A shares of the fund with other shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds that are owned by

  ¨  

you; or

  ¨  

your spouse and children under the age of 21

with the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares for purposes of calculating the initial sales charge.

Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (other than money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners Funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund may not be combined.

If you hold shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be combined.

Certain trustees and fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

n  

Letter of intent – allows you to purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge on Class A shares, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. At the time you enter into the letter of intent, you select your asset goal amount. Generally, purchases of Legg Mason Partners Fund shares that are purchased during the 13-month period by

  ¨  

you; or

  ¨  

your spouse and children under the age of 21

are eligible for inclusion under the letter, based on the public offering price at the time of the purchase, and any capital appreciation on those shares. Purchases made 90 days prior to the 13-month period are also eligible to be treated as purchases made under the letter of intent. In addition, you can include towards your asset goal amount the current value of any eligible purchases that were made prior to the date of entering into the letter of intent and are still held.

If you hold shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (other than money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners Funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund may not be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

If you do not meet your asset goal amount, shares in the amount of any sales charges due, based on the amount of your actual purchases, will be redeemed from your account.

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         19


 

Waivers for certain Class A investors

Class A initial sales charges are waived for certain types of investors, including:

n  

Employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor

n  

Investors who redeemed Class A shares of a Legg Mason Partners Fund in the past 60 days, if the investor’s Service Agent is notified

n  

Directors and officers of any Legg Mason-sponsored fund

n  

Employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries

n  

Investors investing through certain retirement plans

If you qualify for a waiver of the Class A initial sales charge, you must notify your Service Agent or the transfer agent at the time of purchase and provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the initial sales charge waiver.

If you want to learn about additional waivers of Class A initial sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or access the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website: http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, and click on the name of the fund.

Class B shares

You buy Class B shares at net asset value without paying an initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class B shares within five years of your purchase payment, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge. The contingent deferred sales charge decreases as the number of years since your purchase payment increases.

 

Year after purchase   1st     2nd     3rd     4th     5th     6th through 8th  

Contingent deferred sales charge

  5 %   4 %   3 %   2 %   1 %   0 %
   

Class B shares purchased prior to November 20, 2006, will continue to be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge schedule in effect at the time the shares were purchased.

LMIS will generally pay Service Agents, other than PFS, selling Class B shares a commission of up to 4.00% of the purchase price of the Class B shares they sell and LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges. For Class B shares sold by PFS, PFS pays a commission of up to 4.00% of the purchase price of the Class B shares sold by its Service Agents and retains the contingent deferred sales charges paid upon certain redemptions. PFS will receive any service and distribution fees paid on all shares held by PFS clients. Service Agents also receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class B shares serviced by them.

Class B conversion

After approximately 8 years, Class B shares automatically convert into Class A shares. Class B shares purchased prior to November 20, 2006, however, will continue to automatically convert into Class A shares after 7 years. This helps you because Class A shares have lower annual expenses. Your Class B shares will convert to Class A shares as follows:

 

Shares issued:

At initial purchase

  

Shares issued:

On reinvestment of
dividends and
distributions

  

Shares issued:

Upon exchange from
another Legg Mason
Partners Fund

Approximately 8 years after the date of purchase payment    In the same proportion as the number of Class B shares converting is to total Class B shares you own (excluding shares issued as dividends)    On the date the shares originally acquired would have converted into Class A shares
 

 

20         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Class C shares

You buy Class C shares at net asset value without paying an initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class C shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

LMIS will pay Service Agents selling Class C shares a commission of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class C shares they sell and LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges and an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by these Service Agents until the thirteenth month after purchase. Starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, these Service Agents will then receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS shares

Class FI, R, I and IS shares are purchased at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed. As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. As of March 2, 2007, all Class O shares converted to Class I shares.

Class 1 shares

Effective July 27, 2007, the fund’s Class 1 shares were closed to all purchases and incoming exchanges. Investors owning Class 1 shares on that date may continue to maintain their then-current Class 1 shares, but are no longer permitted to add to their Class 1 share positions (excluding reinvestment of dividends and distributions).

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         21


 

More about contingent deferred sales charges

The contingent deferred sales charge is based on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less, and therefore you do not pay a sales charge on amounts representing appreciation or depreciation.

In addition, you do not pay a contingent deferred sales charge:

n  

When you exchange shares for shares of another Legg Mason Partners Fund

n  

On shares representing reinvested distributions and dividends

n  

On shares no longer subject to the contingent deferred sales charge

Each time you place a request to redeem shares, the fund will first redeem any shares in your account that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and then the shares in your account that have been held the longest.

If you redeemed shares of a Legg Mason Partners Fund and paid a contingent deferred sales charge, you may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges as partial compensation for its expenses in selling shares, including the payment of compensation to your Service Agent.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers

The contingent deferred sales charge for each share class will generally be waived:

n  

On payments made through certain systematic withdrawal plans

n  

On certain distributions from a retirement plan

n  

For retirement plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

n  

For involuntary redemptions of small account balances

n  

For 12 months following the death or disability of a shareholder

If you want to learn about additional waivers of contingent deferred sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or look at the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website: http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors, and click on the name of the fund.

 

22         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Retirement and institutional investors

Eligible investors

Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund can generally choose among five classes of shares: Class C, Class R, Class FI, Class I (formerly Class O and Class Y) and Class IS.

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents for Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, with limited exceptions. Class A shares will cease to be available to new Retirement Plan investors through a Service Agent if the Service Agent makes Class FI shares available. Please see below for additional information.

“Retirement Plans” include 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit-sharing plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and other similar employer-sponsored retirement plans. Retirement Plans do not include individual retirement vehicles, such as traditional and Roth IRAs, Coverdell education savings accounts, individual 403(b)(7) custodial accounts, Keogh plans, SEPs, SARSEPs, SIMPLE IRAs, or Section 529 savings accounts. Although Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund are not subject to minimum initial investment requirements for any of these share classes, certain investment minimums may be imposed by a financial intermediary.

Other Retirement Plans

Other Retirement Plans can generally choose among three classes of shares: Class A, Class B and Class C. “Other Retirement Plans” include Retirement Plans investing through brokerage accounts, and also include certain Retirement Plans with direct relationships to the fund that are neither Institutional Investors nor investing through omnibus accounts. Individual retirement vehicles, such as IRAs, may also choose among these share classes. Other Retirement Plans and individual retirement vehicles are treated like individual investors for purposes of determining sales charges and any applicable sales charge reductions or waivers.

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries may generally choose among three classes of shares: Class A, Class FI and Class I. “Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries” are investors who invest in the fund through financial intermediaries that offer their clients fund shares through investment programs as authorized by LMIS. Such investment programs may include fee-based advisory account programs, and college savings vehicles such as Section 529 plans. The financial intermediary may impose separate investment minimums.

Institutional Investors

Institutional Investors may invest in Class I or Class IS shares if they meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement. Institutional Investors may also invest in Class A, B and C shares, which have different investment minimums and fees and expenses. “Institutional Investors” generally include corporations, banks, trust companies, insurance companies, investment companies, foundations, endowments, pension and profit-sharing plans and other similar entities with direct relationships to the fund.

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         23


 

Class C — Retirement Plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund may buy Class C shares without paying a contingent deferred sales charge. LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class C shares to retirement plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class C shares sold by them. Instead, immediately after purchase, LMIS may pay these Service Agents an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Certain retirement plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. Please read the SAI for more details.

Class R

Class R shares are offered only to Retirement Plans with accounts held on the books of the fund (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial intermediary). LMIS may pay Service Agents selling Class R shares an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.50% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class R shares serviced by them.

Class FI

Class FI shares are offered to investors who invest in the fund through certain financial intermediary and retirement plan programs. LMIS may pay Service Agents selling Class FI shares an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% starting immediately after purchase.

Class I

On November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares and as of March 2, 2007, all Class O shares were converted to Class I shares. Class I shares are offered only to Institutional Investors who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries, Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, and other investors authorized by LMIS. However, investors that held Class Y or Class O shares prior to that date will be permitted to make additional investments in Class I shares.

Class IS

Class IS shares are offered to Institutional Investors who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement and to investors deemed by LMIS to have low cost shareholder characteristics similar to Institutional Investors, for example, a 401K plan where the plan intermediary maintains a single fund account and bears all the costs of printing and distributing shareholder communications to the participants in the plan. In order to purchase Class IS shares, an investor must hold its shares in one account with the fund.

Class A and Class B — Retirement Plans

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents to Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund. However, Retirement Plans that held Class B shares prior to December 1, 2006 are permitted to make additional investments in that class. Certain existing programs for current and prospective Retirement Plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries also remain eligible for Class A shares.

 

24         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Under these programs, the waiver for the initial sales load and contingent deferred sales charge for Class A shares are waived where:

n  

Such Retirement Plan’s record keeper offers only load-waived shares,

n  

Fund shares are held on the books of the fund through an omnibus account, and

n  

The Retirement Plan has more than 100 participants, or has total assets exceeding $1 million.

LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class A shares to Retirement Plans with a direct omnibus relationship with the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class A shares sold by them. However, for certain Retirement Plans that purchased shares at net asset value prior to November 20, 2006, LMIS may continue to pay Service Agents commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class A shares that are purchased with regular ongoing plan contributions. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Other considerations

Plan sponsors, plan fiduciaries and other financial intermediaries may choose to impose qualification requirements for plans that differ from the fund’s share class eligibility standards. In certain cases this could result in the selection of a share class with higher service and distribution related fees than otherwise would have been charged. The fund is not responsible for, and has no control over, the decision of any plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary to impose such differing requirements. Please consult with your plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary for more information about available share classes.

With respect to Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class I shares, the fund may pay a fee for recordkeeping services performed for the share class.

Not all share classes may be made available by your Service Agent. Please contact your Service Agent for additional details.

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         25


 

Buying shares

 

Generally   

You may buy shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your purchase request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge.

Effective January 1, 2008, the fund generally will not permit non-resident aliens with a non-U.S. address to establish an account. U.S. citizens with an APO/FPO address or an address in the United States (including its territories) and resident aliens with a U.S. address are permitted to establish an account with the fund. Subject to the requirements of local law, U.S. citizens residing in foreign countries are permitted to establish an account with the fund.

 
Through a Service Agent   

You should contact your Service Agent to open a brokerage account and make arrangements to buy shares. You must provide the following information for your order to be processed:

n    Class of shares being bought

n    Dollar amount or number of shares being bought

n    Account number (if existing account)

Your Service Agent may charge an annual account maintenance fee.

 
Through the fund   

n    Investors should write to the fund at the following address:

Legg Mason Partners Funds

c/o PFPC, Inc.

P.O. Box 9699

Providence, Rhode Island 02940-9699

n    Enclose a check to pay for the shares. For initial purchases, complete and send an account application, available upon request from Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at the number below

n    Specify the name of the fund, the share class you wish to purchase and your account number (if existing account)

n    For more information, please call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010

 
Through a systematic investment plan   

You may authorize a Service Agent or the transfer agent to transfer funds automatically from (i) a regular bank account, (ii) cash held in a brokerage account opened with a Service Agent or (iii) certain money market funds in order to buy shares on a regular basis.

n    Amounts transferred must be at least $25

n    Amounts may be transferred monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

n    If you do not have sufficient funds in your account on a transfer date, your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services may charge you a fee

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

26         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Exchanging shares

 

Generally    You may exchange shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your exchange request in good order.
 
Legg Mason Partners offers a distinctive family of funds tailored to help meet the varying needs of both large and small investors   

You should contact your Service Agent to exchange into other Legg Mason Partners Funds. Be sure to read the prospectus of the Legg Mason Partners Fund into which you are exchanging. An exchange is a taxable transaction, unless you are investing through a tax-qualified savings plan or account.

n    If you bought shares through a Service Agent, you may exchange shares only for shares of the same class of certain other Legg Mason Partners Funds made available for exchange by your Service Agent. However, if you are a Class 1 shareholder, you may exchange Class 1 shares for Class A shares of other Legg Mason Partners Funds that do not offer Class 1 shares and that are made available for exchange through your Service Agent. Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds made available for exchange by your Service Agent may offer all classes. Please contact your Service Agent for more information about the funds and classes that are available for exchange

n    If you bought shares directly from the fund, you may exchange shares only for shares of the same class of another Legg Mason Partners Fund, other than shares of Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund. However, if you are a Class 1 shareholder, you may exchange Class 1 shares for Class A shares of other Legg Mason Partners Funds that do not offer Class 1 shares. Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds offer all classes

n    Class 1 shareholders may exchange Class 1 shares for Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds that do not offer Class 1 shares

n    Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds may be offered in your state of residence. Contact your Service Agent or the transfer agent for further information

n    Exchanges of Class A, B, C, FI and R shares are subject to minimum investment requirements (except for systematic investment plan exchanges), and all shares are subject to the other requirements of the fund into which exchanges are made

n    If you hold share certificates, the transfer agent must receive the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers before the exchange is effective

n    The fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in an excessive pattern of exchanges

 

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         27


 

Sales charges   

In most instances, your shares will not be subject to an initial sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge at the time of the exchange.

Your contingent deferred sales charge (if any) will continue to be measured from the date of your original purchase of shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and you will be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge of the fund you originally purchased.

 
By telephone   

If you do not have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, you may be eligible to exchange shares through the fund. You must complete an authorization form to authorize telephone transfers. If eligible, you may make telephone exchanges on any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open. Shareholders should call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 between 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time).

You can make telephone exchanges only between accounts that have identical registrations.

 
By mail    If you do not have a brokerage account, contact your Service Agent or write to the fund at the address on the following page.
 
Through a systematic exchange plan   

You may be permitted to schedule exchanges of shares of any class of the fund for shares of the same class of other Legg Mason Partners Funds.

n    Exchanges may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

n    A predetermined dollar amount of at least $25 per exchange is required

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholders Services or consult the SAI.

 

28         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Redeeming shares

 

Generally   

You may redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your redemption request in good order, less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge.

Contact your Service Agent to redeem shares of the fund.

If you hold share certificates, the transfer agent must receive the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers with a signature guarantee before you may redeem.

If the shares are held by a fiduciary or corporation, other documents may be required.

Your redemption proceeds will normally be sent within three business days after your request is received in good order but in any event within 7 days. Your redemption proceeds may be delayed for up to 10 days if your purchase was made by check.

If you have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, your redemption proceeds will be sent to your Service Agent. In other cases, unless you direct otherwise, your redemption proceeds will be paid by check mailed to your address of record.

 
By mail   

For accounts held directly at the fund, send written requests to the fund at the following address:

Legg Mason Partners Funds

c/o PFPC Inc.

P.O. Box 9699

Providence, Rhode Island 02940-9699

Your written request must provide the following:

n   The fund name, the class of shares to be redeemed and your account number

n   The dollar amount or number of shares to be redeemed

n   Signatures of each owner exactly as the account is registered

n   Signature guarantees, as applicable

 

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         29


 

By telephone   

If you do not have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, you may be eligible to redeem shares (except those held in certain retirement plans) in amounts up to $50,000 per day through the fund. You must complete an authorization form to authorize telephone redemptions. If eligible, you may request redemptions by telephone on any day the NYSE is open. Shareholders should call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 between 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time).

Your redemption proceeds can be sent by check to your address of record or by wire or electronic transfer (ACH) to a bank account designated on your authorization form. You must submit a new authorization form to change the bank account designated to receive wire or electronic transfers and you may be asked to provide certain other documents. The transfer agent may charge a fee on a wire or an electronic transfer.

 
Automatic cash withdrawal plans   

You can arrange for the automatic redemption of a portion of your shares monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually. To qualify you must own shares of the fund with a value of at least $10,000 ($5,000 for retirement plan accounts) and each automatic redemption must be at least $50. If your shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, the sales charge will be waived if your automatic redemptions are equal to or less than 2% per month of your account balances on the date the withdrawals commence, up to a maximum of 12% in one year.

The following conditions apply:

n   Your shares must not be represented by certificates

n   All dividends and distributions must be reinvested

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or consult the SAI.

 

30         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Other things to know about transactions

When you buy, exchange or redeem shares, your request must be in good order. This means you have provided the following information, without which your request may not be processed:

n  

Name of the fund

n  

Your account number

n  

Class of shares being bought, and if you own more than one class, the class of shares being exchanged or redeemed

n  

Dollar amount or number of shares being bought, exchanged or redeemed

n  

Signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered

The fund’s transfer agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that any telephone exchange or redemption request is genuine, which may include recording calls, asking the caller to provide certain personal identification information, sending you a written confirmation or requiring other confirmation procedures from time to time. If these procedures are followed, neither the fund nor its agents will bear any liability for such transactions.

Signature guarantees

To be in good order, your redemption request must include a signature guarantee if you:

n  

Are redeeming over $50,000

n  

Are sending signed share certificates or stock powers to the transfer agent

n  

Instruct the transfer agent to mail the check to an address different from the one on your account registration

n  

Changed your account registration or your address within 30 days

n  

Want the check paid to someone other than the account owner(s)

n  

Are transferring the redemption proceeds to an account with a different registration

You can obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, dealers, brokers, credit unions and federal savings and loan institutions, but not from a notary public.

The fund has the right to:

n  

Suspend the offering of shares

n  

Waive or change minimum and additional investment amounts

n  

Reject any purchase or exchange order

n  

Change, revoke or suspend the exchange privilege

n  

Suspend telephone transactions

n  

Suspend or postpone redemptions of shares on any day when trading on the NYSE is restricted, or as otherwise permitted by the SEC

n  

Pay redemption proceeds by giving you securities. You may pay transaction costs to dispose of the securities

Small account balances/Mandatory redemptions

If at any time the aggregate value of the fund shares in your account is less than $500 for any reason (including solely due to declines in net asset value and/or failure to invest at least $500 within a reasonable period), the fund reserves the right to ask you to bring your account up to the applicable minimum investment amount as determined by your Service

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         31


 

Agent. In such case you shall be notified in writing and will have 60 days to make an additional investment to bring your account value up to the required level. If you choose not to do so within this 60-day period, the fund may close your account and send you the redemption proceeds. In the event your account is closed due to a failure to increase your balance to the minimum required amount, you will not be eligible to have your account subsequently reinstated without imposition of any sales charges that may apply to your new purchase. The fund may, with prior notice, change the minimum size of accounts subject to the mandatory redemption, which may vary by class, or implement fees for small accounts.

Subject to applicable law, the fund may, with prior notice, adopt other policies from time to time requiring mandatory redemptions of shares in certain circumstances.

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholders Services or consult the SAI.

Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares

Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares may interfere with the efficient management of the fund’s portfolio by its portfolio managers, increase portfolio transaction costs, and have a negative effect on the fund’s long-term shareholders. For example, in order to handle large flows of cash into and out of the fund, the portfolio managers may need to allocate more assets to cash or other short-term investments or sell securities, rather than maintaining full investment in securities selected to achieve the fund’s investment objective. Frequent trading may cause the fund to sell securities at less favorable prices. Transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions and market spreads, can detract from the fund’s performance. In addition, the return received by long-term shareholders may be reduced when trades by other shareholders are made in an effort to take advantage of certain pricing discrepancies, when, for example, it is believed that the fund’s share price, which is determined at the close of the NYSE on each trading day, does not accurately reflect the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. Funds investing in foreign securities have been particularly susceptible to this form of arbitrage, but other funds could also be affected.

Because of the potential harm to funds in the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex and their long-term shareholders, the Board of the fund has approved policies and procedures that are intended to discourage and prevent excessive trading and market timing abuses through the use of various surveillance techniques. Under these policies and procedures, the fund may limit additional exchanges or purchases of fund shares by shareholders who are believed by the manager to be engaged in these abusive trading activities in the fund or in other funds within the fund complex. In the event that an exchange request is rejected, the shareholder may nonetheless redeem its shares. The intent of the policies and procedures is not to inhibit legitimate strategies, such as asset allocation, dollar cost averaging, or similar activities that may nonetheless result in frequent trading of fund shares.

Under the fund’s policies and procedures, the fund reserves the right to restrict or reject purchases of shares (including exchanges) without prior notice whenever a pattern of excessive trading by a shareholder is detected within the fund complex. A committee established by the manager administers the policy. The policy provides that the committee will use its best efforts to restrict a shareholder’s trading privileges in the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex if that shareholder has engaged in a total of four or more “Round Trips”

 

32         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

(as defined below) across all Legg Mason Partners Funds during any rolling 12-month period. However, the committee has the discretion to determine that restricting a shareholder’s trading privileges is not necessary (or that a new limit on Round Trips should be established for the shareholder) if it is determined that the pattern of trading is not abusive or harmful. In making such a determination, the committee will consider, among other things, the nature of the shareholder’s account, the reason for the frequent trading, the amount of trading and the particular funds in which the trading has occurred. Additionally, the committee has the discretion to make inquiries or to take action against any shareholder whose trading appears inconsistent with the frequent trading policy. Examples of the types of actions the committee may take to deter excessive trading in a shareholder account include restricting the shareholder from purchasing additional shares in the fund altogether or imposing other restrictions (such as requiring purchase orders to be submitted by mail) that would deter the shareholder from trading frequently in the funds.

A “Round Trip” is defined as a purchase (including subscriptions and exchanges) into the fund followed by a sale (including redemptions and exchanges) of the same or a similar number of shares out of the fund within 30 days of such purchase. Purchases and sales of the fund’s shares pursuant to an automatic investment plan or similar program for periodic transactions are not considered in determining Round Trips. For purposes of these policies and procedures, the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex also includes certain Western Asset funds and Barrett Opportunity Fund, Inc., but does not include money market funds in the fund complex.

The policies apply to any account, whether an individual account, accounts with financial intermediaries such as investment advisers, broker/dealers or retirement plan administrators, commonly called omnibus accounts, where the intermediary holds fund shares for a number of its customers in one account. The fund’s ability to monitor trading in omnibus accounts may, however, be severely limited due to the lack of access to an individual investor’s trading activity when orders are placed through these types of accounts. There may also be operational and technological limitations on the ability of the fund’s service providers to identify or terminate frequent trading activity within the various types of omnibus accounts. The fund’s distributor has entered into agreements with intermediaries requiring the intermediaries to, among other things, help identify frequent trading activity and to prohibit further purchases or exchanges by a shareholder identified as having engaged in frequent trading. These agreements took effect on October 16, 2007.

The fund’s policies also require personnel such as the portfolio manager and investment staff to report any abnormal or otherwise suspicious investment activity, and prohibit short-term trades by such personnel for their own account in mutual funds managed by the manager and its affiliates, other than money market funds. Additionally, the fund has adopted policies and procedures to prevent the selective release of information about the fund’s portfolio holdings, as such information may be used for market-timing and similar abusive practices.

The fund’s policies provide for ongoing assessment of the effectiveness of current policies and surveillance tools, and the Board reserves the right to modify these or adopt additional policies and restrictions in the future. Shareholders should be aware, however, that any surveillance techniques currently employed by the fund or other techniques that may be adopted in the future may not be effective, particularly where the trading takes place

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         33


 

through certain types of omnibus accounts. As noted above, if the fund is unable to detect and deter trading abuses, the fund’s performance, and its long-term shareholders, may be harmed. In addition, shareholders may be harmed by the extra costs and portfolio management inefficiencies that result from frequent trading of fund shares, even when the trading is not for abusive purposes. Furthermore, the fund may not apply its policies consistently or uniformly, resulting in the risk that some shareholders may be able to engage in frequent trading while others will bear the costs and effects of that trading. The fund will provide advance notice to shareholders and prospective investors of any specific restrictions on the trading of fund shares that the Board may adopt in the future.

Share certificates

The fund does not issue share certificates. If you currently hold share certificates, such certificates will continue to be honored. If you would like to return your share certificate to the fund and hold your shares in uncertificated form, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services.

Record ownership

If you hold shares through a Service Agent, your Service Agent may establish and maintain your account and be the shareholder of record. In the event that the fund holds a shareholder meeting your Service Agent, as record holder, will vote your shares in accordance with your instructions. If you do not give your Service Agent voting instructions, your Service Agent may nonetheless, under certain circumstances, be entitled to vote your shares.

 

34         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Dividends, distributions and taxes

Dividends and distributions

The fund generally pays dividends and makes capital gain distributions, if any, once a year, typically in December. The fund may pay additional distributions and dividends at other times if necessary for the fund to avoid a federal tax. The fund expects distributions to be primarily from capital gains. Unless otherwise directed, capital gain distributions and dividends are reinvested in additional fund shares of the same class you hold. You do not pay a sales charge on reinvested distributions or dividends. Alternatively, you can instruct your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services to have your distributions and/or dividends paid in cash. You can change your choice at any time to be effective as of the next distribution or dividend.

Taxes

In general, redeeming shares, exchanging shares and receiving dividends and distributions (whether in cash or additional shares) are all taxable events. The following table summarizes the tax status to you of certain transactions related to the fund.

 

Transaction    Federal income tax status
Redemption or exchange of shares    Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares owned more than one year
 
Long-term capital gain distributions (designated as capital gain dividends)    Long-term capital gain
 
Dividends of investment income (including distributions of net short-term capital gain)    Ordinary income (except in the case of dividends attributable to “qualified dividend income,” as discussed below)
 

Distributions attributable to short-term capital gains are treated as dividends, taxable as ordinary income. Dividends of investment income and long-term capital gain distributions (designated as capital gain dividends) are taxable whether received in cash or reinvested in fund shares.

Long-term capital gain distributions (designated as capital gain dividends) are taxable to you as long-term capital gain regardless of how long you have owned your shares. You may want to avoid buying shares when the fund is about to declare a capital gain dividend or a dividend of net investment income, because it will be taxable to you even though it may actually be a return of a portion of your investment. Although dividends of investment income (including dividends from short-term capital gains) are generally taxable as ordinary income, individual shareholders who satisfy certain holding period and other requirements are taxed on such dividends at long-term capital gain rates to the extent the dividends are attributable to “qualified dividend income” received by the fund. “Qualified dividend income” generally consists of dividends received from U.S. corporations (other than dividends from tax exempt organizations and certain dividends from real estate investment trusts and regulated investment companies) and certain foreign corporations.

After the end of each year, your Service Agent or the fund will provide you with information about the distributions and dividends you received and any redemptions of

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         35


 

shares during the previous year. If you do not provide the fund with your correct taxpayer identification number and any required certifications, you may be subject to back-up withholding on your distributions, dividends and redemption proceeds. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

The above discussion is applicable to shareholders who are U.S. persons. If you are a non-U.S. person, please consult your own tax adviser with respect to the U.S. tax consequences to you of an investment in the fund.

 

36         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Share price

You may buy, exchange or redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt of your request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge. The fund’s net asset value per share is the value of its assets minus its liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. Net asset value is calculated separately for each class of shares. The fund calculates its net asset value every day the NYSE is open. This calculation is done when regular trading closes on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time). The NYSE is closed on certain holidays listed in the SAI.

The Board has approved procedures to be used to value the fund’s securities for the purposes of determining the fund’s net asset value. The valuation of the securities of the fund is determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board. The Board has delegated certain valuation functions for the fund to the manager.

The fund generally values its securities based on market prices determined at the close of regular trading on the NYSE. The fund’s currency valuations, if any, are done as of when the London Stock Exchange closes, which is usually at 12 noon Eastern time, as the manager believes that these valuations typically reflect the largest trading volume in the foreign currency markets. A material change in the value of currency during the period between the close of the London Stock Exchange and the calculation of the fund’s net asset value on the same date is considered a significant event, as described below, in response to which the fund may use fair valuation procedures to value the affected investments. For equity securities that are traded on an exchange, the market price is usually the closing sale or official closing price on that exchange. In the case of securities not traded on an exchange, or if such closing prices are not otherwise available, the market price is typically determined by independent third party pricing vendors approved by the Board using a variety of pricing techniques and methodologies. The market price for debt obligations is generally the price supplied by an independent third party pricing service approved by the Board, which may use a matrix, formula or other objective method that takes into consideration market indices, yield curves and other specific adjustments. Short-term debt obligations that will mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, unless it is determined that using this method would not reflect an investment’s fair value. If vendors are unable to supply a price, or if the price supplied is deemed by the manager to be unreliable, the market price may be determined using quotations received from one or more broker/dealers that make a market in the security. When such prices or quotations are not available, or when the manager believes that they are unreliable, the manager may price securities using fair value procedures approved by the Board. Because the fund invests in securities of small capitalization companies — some of which may be thinly traded, for which market quotations may not be readily available or may be unreliable — the fund may use fair valuation procedures more frequently than funds that invest primarily in securities that are more liquid, such as securities of large capitalization domestic issuers. The fund may also use fair value procedures if the manager determines that a significant event has occurred between the time at which a market price is determined and the time at which the fund’s net asset value is calculated. In particular, the value of foreign securities may be materially affected by events occurring after the close of the market on which they are valued, but before the fund prices its shares. The fund uses a fair value model

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         37


 

developed by an independent third party pricing service to price foreign equity securities on days when there is a certain percentage change in the value of a domestic equity security index, as such percentage may be determined by the manager from time to time.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuation of securities based on readily available market quotations. A fund that uses fair value to price securities may value those securities higher or lower than another fund using market quotations or its own fair value methodologies to price the same securities. There can be no assurance that the fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the fund determines its net asset value.

The fund may invest in securities that are listed on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends and other days when the fund does not price its shares. Therefore, the value of a fund’s shares may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the fund’s shares.

In order to buy, redeem or exchange shares at that day’s price, you must place your order with your Service Agent or the transfer agent before the NYSE closes. If the NYSE closes early, you must place your order prior to the actual closing time.

It is the responsibility of the Service Agents to transmit all orders to buy, exchange or redeem shares to the transfer agent on a timely basis.

 

38         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Financial highlights

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the performance of each class of the fund for the past five years (or since inception of that class). No financial highlights are presented for Class IS shares as the fund commenced the offering of such shares as of the date of this Prospectus. The returns for Class IS shares will differ from that of other classes to the extent that their expenses differ. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. Total return represents the rate that a shareholder would have earned (or lost) on a fund share assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information in the following tables has been derived from the fund’s and the predecessor fund’s financial statements, which have been audited by                          , an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund’s financial statements, is included in the annual report (available upon request). The financial information shown below for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor. The financial statements containing information for each of the periods ended on or prior to December 31, 2004 in the following table were audited by another independent registered public accounting firm. No financial highlights are presented for Class FI shares as no Class FI shares were outstanding during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares of the fund were renamed Class I shares. As of March 2, 2007, Class O shares of the fund converted to Class I shares.

 

For a Class A share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:
Class A Shares   2007   2006   2005   2004   2003

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         39


 

For a Class B share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:
Class B Shares   2007   2006   2005   2004   2003

 

40         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

For a Class C share throughout each year ended December 31:
Class C Shares   2006   2005   2004   2003   2002

 

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         41


 

For a Class I share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31:  
Class I Shares   2007   2006   2005   2004 (3)

 

42         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

For a Class R share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31
(unless otherwise noted):
Class R Shares   2007   2006

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         43


 

For a Class 1 share outstanding throughout each year ended December 31
(unless otherwise noted):
Class 1 shares   2007

 

44         Legg Mason Partners Funds


 

Legg Mason Partners Funds Privacy Policy

We are committed to keeping nonpublic personal information about you secure and confidential. This notice is intended to help you understand how we fulfill this commitment. From time to time, we may collect a variety of personal information about you, including:

n  

Information we receive from you on applications and forms, via the telephone, and through our websites;

n  

Information about your transactions with us, our affiliates, or others (such as your purchases, sales, or account balances); and

n  

Information we receive from consumer reporting agencies.

We do not disclose your nonpublic personal information, except as permitted by applicable law or regulation. For example, we may share this information with others in order to process your transactions. We may also provide this information to companies that perform services on our behalf, such as printing and mailing, or to other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements. We will require these companies to protect the confidentiality of this information and to use it only to perform the services for which we hired them.

With respect to our internal security procedures, we maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to protect your nonpublic personal information, and we restrict access to this information.

If you decide at some point either to close your account(s) or become an inactive customer, we will continue to adhere to our privacy policies and practices with respect to your nonpublic personal information.

[This page is not part of the Prospectus.]

 

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund         45


 

 

 

(Investment Company file No. 811-6444) FD03540 04/08

LOGO

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund

You may look at the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors for a free copy of a Prospectus, statement of additional information (“SAI”) or an Annual or Semi-Annual Report, or to request other information.

Shareholder reports Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders. In the fund’s Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the fund’s performance.

The fund sends only one report to a household if more than one account has the same last name and same address. Contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services if you do not want this policy to apply to you.

Statement of additional information The SAI provides more detailed information about the fund and is incorporated by reference into (is legally a part of) this Prospectus.

You can make inquiries about the fund or obtain shareholders reports (without charge) by contacting your Service Agent, by calling Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 or by writing to the fund at Legg Mason Partners Funds, 55 Water Street, New York, New York 10041.

Information about the fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained for a duplicating fee by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

If someone makes a statement about the fund that is not in this prospectus, you should not rely upon that information. Neither the fund nor the distributor is offering to sell shares of the fund to any person to whom the fund may not lawfully sell its shares.


PROSPECTUS

April     , 2008

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any statements to the contrary is a crime.

LOGO

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund

Class A, B, C, FI, R and I Shares

 

 

 

 

 

INVESTMENT PRODUCTS: NOT FDIC INSURED Ÿ NO BANK GUARANTEE Ÿ MAY LOSE VALUE

 


Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund

Contents

 

Investments, risks and performance

  2

More on the fund’s investments

  7

More on the fund’s social awareness criteria

  9

Management

  10

Choosing a class of shares to buy

  13

Comparing the fund’s classes

  15

Sales charges

  17

More about contingent deferred sales charges

  21

Retirement and institutional investors

  22

Buying shares

  25

Exchanging shares

  26

Redeeming shares

  28

Other things to know about transactions

  30

Dividends, distributions and taxes

  34

Share price

  36

Financial highlights

  38

 

As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund with the same name, effective April 16, 2007. Any information in this Prospectus relating to the fund prior to April 16, 2007 relates to the fund’s predecessor.


 

Investments, risks and performance

Investment objective

The fund seeks to provide high total return consisting of capital appreciation and current income.

Principal investment strategies

Key investments

The fund invests primarily in common stocks and other equity securities of U.S. companies. Equity securities include exchange-traded and over-the-counter common stocks and preferred shares, debt securities convertible into equity securities, and warrants and rights relating to equity securities. The fund targets a 30% investment (normally between 25% and 35%) in fixed income securities. The fixed income securities in which the fund invests are primarily investment grade, and may be of any maturity. The fund also may invest a portion of its assets in equity and debt securities of foreign issuers. As described below, the fund emphasizes companies that both offer attractive investment opportunities and demonstrate a positive awareness of their impact on the society in which they operate, relative to other companies in their industries.

Selection process

Equity Securities. The fund invests in a broad range of companies, industries and sectors, without regard to market capitalization. The portfolio managers use a “core” approach to selecting equity securities. In selecting individual equity securities, the portfolio managers look for companies they believe are undervalued. Specifically, the portfolio managers look for:

n  

Attractive risk-adjusted price/earnings ratio, relative to growth

n  

Positive earnings trends

n  

Favorable financial condition

Fixed Income Securities. In selecting fixed income investments, the portfolio managers:

n  

Determine sector and maturity weightings based on intermediate- and long-term assessments of the economic environment and interest rate outlook

n  

Use fundamental analysis to determine the relative value of bond issues

n  

Identify undervalued bonds and attempt to avoid bonds that may be subject to credit downgrades

Social Awareness Criteria. As a component of the selection process, the portfolio managers consider whether, relative to other companies in an industry, a company that meets these investment criteria also is sensitive to social issues related to its products, services, or methods of doing business.

Social factors considered include:

n  

Fair and reasonable employment practices

n  

Contributions to the general well-being of the citizens of its host communities and countries and respect for human rights

n  

Efforts and strategies to minimize the negative impact of business activities and to preserve the earth’s ecological heritage with those environmental polices, practices and procedures that are currently acceptable, or are exhibiting improvement

 

2         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

n  

Avoidance of investments in companies that:

  ¨  

Manufacture nuclear weapons or other weapons of mass destruction

  ¨  

Derive more than 5% of their revenue from the production of non-nuclear weaponry

  ¨  

Derive more than 5% of their revenue from the production or sales of tobacco

Principal risks of investing in the fund

Investors could lose money on their investment in the fund, or the fund may not perform as well as other investments, as a result of the following risks:

n  

Stock prices decline generally

n  

Socially aware companies fall out of favor with investors or fail to perform as well as companies that do not fit the fund’s social criteria

n  

Interest rates rise, causing the value of fixed income securities in the fund’s portfolio to decline

n  

The issuer of a fixed income security owned by the fund defaults on its obligation to pay principal and/or interest or the security’s credit rating is downgraded

n  

The portfolio manager’s judgment about the attractiveness, value or appreciation of a particular security, or the creditworthiness of a company in which the fund invests, proves to be incorrect

n  

An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, depresses the value of a particular company’s stock

n  

Investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks not ordinarily associated with investments in securities of domestic issuers. Such risks include fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, future political and economic developments, and the possible imposition of exchange controls or other foreign governmental laws or restrictions

Because the portfolio managers use social awareness criteria as a component of their selection process, the fund’s universe of investments may be smaller than that of other funds. In some circumstances, this could cause the fund’s return to be lower than that of a fund that may invest in other issuers with strong earnings and growth potential, but that do not meet the fund’s social awareness criteria.

Who may want to invest

The fund may be an appropriate investment if you:

n  

Are seeking to invest in a portfolio with a socially aware component

n  

Are seeking a combination of capital appreciation and current income

n  

Are willing to accept the risks of the stock and bond markets

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          3


 

Performance information

The following shows summary performance information for the fund in a bar chart and an Average Annual Total Returns table. The information provides an indication of the risks of investing in the fund by showing changes in its performance from year to year and by showing how the fund’s average annual returns compare with the returns of broad-based securities market indices. The bar chart and the information below show performance of the fund’s Class B shares, but do not reflect the impact of sales charges (loads). If they did, the returns would be lower than those shown. Unlike the bar chart, the performance for Class A, B, C and I (1) shares in the Average Annual Total Returns table reflects the impact of the maximum sales charge (load) and reinvestment of distributions and dividends applicable to the respective classes and the performance for Class B shares reflects, where indicated, the impact of taxes paid on distributions and the redemption of shares at the end of the period. The performance information shown below includes that of the fund’s predecessor. No performance information is presented for Class FI or Class R shares because no Class FI or Class R shares were outstanding prior to the date of this Prospectus. The returns of Class FI and Class IS shares would differ from those of other classes to the extent that these classes bear different expenses. The fund’s past performance, before and after taxes, is not necessarily an indication of how the fund will perform in the future.

Total Returns for Class B Shares

LOGO

Highest and Lowest Quarterly returns (for periods shown in the bar chart):

Highest:         % in      quarter         ; Lowest:         % in      quarter         .

 

(1)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

4         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

Average Annual Total Returns (calendar year ended December 31, 2007)

 

      1 Year     5 Years     10 Years     Inception
Date
Class A Return before taxes (1)            %            %            %   11/6/92
 
Class B Return before taxes            %            %            %   2/2/87
 
Class B Return after taxes on distributions (2)            %            %            %  
 
Class B Return after taxes on distributions and sale of fund shares (2)            %            %            %  
 
Class C Return before taxes            %            %            %   5/5/93
 
Class I Return before taxes (3)   N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A
 
S&P 500 Index (4)            %            %            %   N/A
 
Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Index (5)            %            %            %   N/A
 
Blended Index with Lehman Aggregate (6)            %            %            %   N/A
 

 

(1)

 

As of November 20, 2006, the maximum initial sales charge on Class A shares of the fund increased from 5.00% to 5.75% for shares purchased on or after that date. The average annual returns for Class A shares in the table have been calculated as if the increased sales charge had been in effect for the entire period.

 

(2)

 

After-tax returns are calculated using the highest historical individual federal marginal income tax rates and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Actual after-tax returns depend on an investor’s tax situation and may differ from those shown, and the after-tax returns shown are not relevant to investors who hold their fund shares through tax-deferred arrangements, such as 401(k) plans or individual retirement accounts. In some cases the return after taxes may exceed the return before taxes due to an assumed tax benefit from any losses on a sale of fund shares at the end of the measurement period. After-tax returns shown above are for Class B shares only. After-tax returns for Class A, Class C and Class I shares will vary.

 

(3)

 

Class Y shares were redesignated as Class I shares effective as of November 20, 2006. There were no Class I shares outstanding for the calendar year ended December 31, 2007.

 

(4)

 

The S&P 500 Index is a market value-weighted index comprised of 500 widely held common stocks. It is not possible to invest directly in the index.

 

(5)

 

The Lehman Brothers U.S. Aggregate Index is designed to represent the U.S. dollar denominated, investment-grade, and fixed-rate, taxable bond market of SEC-registered securities. The index includes bonds from the U.S Treasury, U.S. government-related securities, corporate bonds, mortgage backed securities (agency fixed-rate and hybrid adjustable rate mortgage pass-through securities), asset backed securities and commercial mortgage backed securities sectors.

 

(6)

 

The Blended Index with Lehman U.S. Aggregate has been prepared by the manager. It consists of 70% of the performance of the S&P 500 Index and 30% of the Lehman Aggregate Index.

It is not possible to invest directly in an index. An index does not reflect deductions for fees, expenses, or taxes.

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          5


 

Fee table

This table sets forth the fees and expenses you may pay if you invest in fund shares.

Shareholder Fees

 

(paid directly from your
investment)
  Class A     Class B     Class C     Class FI   Class R   Class I (1)
Maximum sales charge (load) imposed on purchases (as a % of offering price)   5.75 %   None     None     None   None   None
 
Maximum contingent deferred sales charge (load) (as a % of the lower of net asset value at purchase or redemption)   None (2)   5.00 %   1.00 %   None   None   None
 

Annual Fund Operating Expenses

 

(paid by the fund as a % of
net assets)
  Class A     Class B     Class C     Class FI (3)   Class R (3)   Class I (1)  
Management fee   0.65 %   0.65 %   0.65 %   0.65%   0.65%   0.65 %
   
Distribution and service (12b-1) fee   0.25 %   1.00 %   1.00 %   None   None   None  
   
Other expenses (4)            %            %            %   %   %            %
   
Total annual fund operating expenses            %            %            %   %   %            %
   

 

(1)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

(2)

 

You may buy Class A shares in amounts of $1,000,000 or more at net asset value (without an initial sales charge), but if you redeem those shares within 12 months of their purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

 

(3)

 

Other expenses have been estimated for the current year.

 

(4)

 

Class A, B, C, FI and R shares include a fee for recordkeeping services.

 

Example

This example helps you compare the costs of investing in the fund with the costs of investing in other mutual funds. Your actual costs may be higher or lower. The example assumes:

n  

You invest $10,000 in the fund for the period shown

n  

Your investment has a 5% return each year the assumption of a 5% return is required by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) for purposes of this example and is not a prediction of the fund’s future performance

n  

You reinvest all distributions and dividends without a sales charge

n  

The fund’s operating expenses (before fee waivers and/or expense reimbursement, if any) remain the same

Number of Years You Own Your Shares

 

      1 year   3 years   5 years   10 years  

Class A (with or without redemption)

  $            $            $            $           
   

Class B (redemption at end of period)

  $            $            $            $          (1)
   

Class B (no redemption)

  $            $            $            $          (1)
   

Class C (redemption at end of period)

  $            $            $            $           
   

Class C (no redemption)

  $            $            $            $           
   

Class FI (with or without redemption)

    $     $     $     $  
   

Class R (with or without redemption)

  $     $     $     $    
   

Class I (with or without redemption)

  $            $            $            $           
   

 

(1)

 

Assumes conversion to Class A shares approximately eight years after purchase.

 

(2)

 

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

6         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

More on the fund’s investments

The fund’s investment objective and principal investment strategies are described under the section entitled “Investments, risks, and performance” above. This section provides further information about the investment strategies that may be used by the fund.

The fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Board of Trustees without shareholder approval.

Derivative contracts

The fund may, but need not, use derivative contracts, such as futures and options on securities or securities indices, options on these futures, and interest rate futures, for any of the following purposes:

n  

To hedge against the economic impact of adverse changes in the market value of portfolio securities, because of changes in interest rates or stock prices

n  

As a substitute for buying or selling securities

n  

As a cash flow management technique

A derivative contract will obligate or entitle a fund to deliver or receive an asset or cash payment based on the change in value of one or more securities or indexes. Even a small investment in derivative contracts can have a big impact on the fund’s interest rate or stock market exposure. Therefore, using derivatives can disproportionately increase losses and reduce opportunities for gains. The fund may not fully benefit from or may lose money on derivatives if changes in their value do not correspond as anticipated to changes in the value of the fund’s holdings. The other parties to certain derivative contracts present the same types of default risk as issuers of fixed income securities. Derivatives can also make the fund less liquid and harder to value, especially in declining markets.

Foreign securities

The fund may invest a portion of its assets, generally less than 15% (but not more than 25%), in securities of foreign issuers. These securities generally include American Depositary Receipts (ADRs), Yankee Bonds and other securities quoted in U.S. dollars, but may also include non-U.S. dollar denominated securities. Because the fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers, the fund carries additional risks. The value of your investment may decline if the U.S. and/or foreign stock markets decline or currency rates adversely affect the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar. Prices of foreign securities may go down because of foreign government actions, political instability or the more limited availability of accurate information about foreign companies. These risks are greater for issuers in emerging markets.

Defensive investing

The fund may depart from its principal investment strategies in response to adverse market, economic or political conditions by taking temporary defensive positions in any type of money market and short-term debt securities or cash without regard to any percentage limitations. If the fund takes a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective.

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          7


 

Portfolio holdings

The fund’s policies and procedures with respect to the disclosure of the fund’s portfolio securities are described in the Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”).

Other information

The fund may also use other strategies and invest in other securities that are described, along with their risks, in the SAI. However, the fund might not use all of the strategies and techniques or invest in all of the types of securities described in this Prospectus or in the SAI. Also note that there are many other factors, which are not described here that could adversely affect your investment and that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objective.

 

8         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

More on the fund’s social awareness criteria

The portfolio managers believe that there is a direct correlation between companies that demonstrate an acute awareness of their impact on the society within which they operate and companies that offer attractive long-term investment potential. The portfolio managers believe that addressing social issues in a positive manner can translate into sound business. For example, by ensuring a product or service does not negatively impact the environment, a company can avoid costly litigation and clean-up costs; or by maintaining positive standards for the workplace and a diverse employee population, a company can better ensure access to quality management talent and improved productivity; or by becoming more involved in the community, a company can enhance its consumer franchise. The portfolio managers also believe that top quality management teams who successfully balance their companies’ business interests with their social influences can gain competitive advantages over the long run, which may result in increased shareholder values and, therefore, make the company’s shares a better investment. The fund is designed to combine both financial and social criteria in all of its investment decisions.

The portfolio managers will use their best efforts to assess a company’s social performance. This analysis will be based on present activities, and will not preclude securities solely because of past activities. The portfolio managers will monitor the social progress or deterioration of each company in which the fund invests.

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          9


 

Management

Manager and subadviser

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) is the fund’s investment manager. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the fund’s cash and short-term instruments. As of September 30, 2007, LMPFA’s total assets under management were approximately $190 billion. Legg Mason Investment Counsel Inc. (“LMIC” or the “subadviser”) provides the day-to-day portfolio management of the fund.

LMIC, with offices at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, provides customized investment counsel to individuals, family groups and institutions as well as trust services. LMIC seeks to maximize performance while managing risk through an investment discipline that is supported by fundamental research and dedicated resources, and portfolio managers are supported by a social research team that conducts proprietary research on social issues. Portfolio managers at LMIC average [22] years of investment management experience. As of December 31, 2007, LMIC oversaw more than $         million for socially responsive clients.

LMPFA and LMIC are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”). Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion.

Portfolio managers

Ronald T. Bates is a Managing Director at LMIC with investment responsibility for a number of foundations, endowments, institutional and private clients. In addition, Mr. Bates serves as the Director of the Socially Responsive Investment Team. Mr. Bates has been in the investment management business for 20 years. Prior to joining LMIC in January 2005, he was a Managing Director of Scudder, Stevens & Clark since January 1997. Mr. Bates is the lead portfolio manager and he manages the equity portion of the fund.

David K. Kafes joined Legg Mason in 1990 in the Operations Department. Mr. Kafes is Vice President and Portfolio Manager at LMIC. In 1996, he joined Legg Mason Capital Management, Inc. as a Portfolio Administrator for fixed income portfolios. He began managing short-term portfolios in 1997. He is the Senior Portfolio Manager of the taxable short-term sector and co-manager of institutional portfolios. Mr. Kafes earned a B.S. in Psychology and a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of Maryland. He also earned an M.B.A. in Finance from the University of Baltimore. He is a member of the Baltimore Security Analysts Society, the Washington D.C. Association of Money Managers, and he received the CFA designation in 2004. Mr. Kafes manages the fixed income portion of the fund.

The SAI provides information about the compensation of the portfolio managers, other accounts managed by the portfolio managers and any fund shares held by the portfolio managers.

 

10         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

Management fee

For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2008, the fund paid a management fee of [    ]% of the fund’s average daily net assets for management services.

A discussion regarding the basis for the Board’s approval of the fund’s current management and subadvisory agreements is available in the fund’s annual report for the period ended January 31, 2008.

Distribution plan

Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS” or the “distributor”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

The fund has adopted a shareholder services and distribution plan for its Class A, B, C, FI and R shares. Under the plan, the fund pays distribution and/or service fees. The plan provides for payments, based on annualized percentages of average daily net assets, of up to 0.25% for Class A and Class FI shares, up to 1.00% for Class B and Class C shares and up to 0.50% for Class R shares. These fees are an ongoing expense and, over time, will increase the cost of your investment and may cost you more than other types of sales charges. Class I shares are not subject to any distribution and/or service fees.

In addition, the distributor may make payments for distribution and/or shareholder servicing activities out of its past profits and other available sources. The distributor may also make payments to dealers for marketing, promotional or related expenses. The amount of these payments is determined by the distributor and may be substantial. The manager or an affiliate may make similar payments under similar arrangements.

The payments described in the paragraph above are often referred to as “revenue sharing payments.” The recipients of such payments may include the fund’s distributor, affiliates of the manager, broker/dealers, financial institutions and other financial intermediaries through which investors may purchase shares of the fund. In some circumstances, such payments may create an incentive for an intermediary or its employees or associated persons to recommend or sell shares of the fund to you. Please contact your financial intermediary for details about revenue sharing payments it may receive.

Recent developments

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against Smith Barney Fund Management (“SBFM”), the then-investment adviser or manager to the fund, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”), a former distributor of the fund, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds, including the fund (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”), the Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”) business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Fund’s investment manager and

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          11


 

other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also finds that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed.

SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no certainty as to how the above-described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ Boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Funds. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

 

12         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

Choosing a class of shares to buy

Individual investors can generally choose among three classes of shares: Classes A, B, and C shares. Individual investors that held Class I (formerly Class Y) shares prior to November 20,2006, may continue to invest in Class I shares. Institutional and retirement plan investors and clients of financial intermediaries should refer to “Retirement and institutional investors” below for a description of the classes available to them.

Each class has different sales charges and expenses, allowing you to choose the class that best meets your needs. When choosing which class of shares to buy, you should consider:

n  

How much you plan to invest

n  

How long you expect to own the shares

n  

The expenses paid by each class detailed in the Fee table and Example at the front of this Prospectus

n  

Whether you qualify for any reduction or waiver of sales charges

If you are choosing between Class A and Class B shares, it will in almost all cases be the more economical choice for you to purchase Class A shares if you plan to purchase shares in an amount of $100,000 or more (whether in a single purchase or through aggregation of eligible holdings). This is because of the reduced sales charge available on larger investments of Class A shares and the lower ongoing expenses of Class A shares compared to Class B shares.

If you intend to invest for only a few years, the effect of Class B contingent deferred sales charges on redemptions made within five years of purchase, as well as the effect of higher expenses of that class, might make an investment in Class C more appropriate. There is no initial sales charge on Class C shares, and the contingent deferred sales charge does not apply to shares redeemed one year or more after purchase.

However, if you plan to invest a large amount and your investment horizon is five years or more, Class C shares might not be as advantageous as Class A shares. The annual distribution and service fees on Class C shares may cost you more over the longer term than the front-end sales charge you would have paid for larger purchases of Class A shares.

You may buy shares:

n  

Through banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the distributor to see shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”)

n  

Directly from the fund

Different types of shareholder services may be available to you under arrangements offered by different Service Agents. In addition, these services may vary depending on the share class in which you choose to invest. In making your decision regarding which share class to buy, please keep in mind that your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending on the share class in which you invest. Investors should consult with their Service Agent about comparative pricing of shareholder services available to them under each available share class, the compensation that will be received by their Service Agent in connection with each available share class, and other factors that may be relevant to the investor’s choice of share class in which to invest.

Not all classes of shares are available through each Service Agent. You should contact your Service Agent for further information about available share classes.

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          13


 

Investment minimums

Minimum initial and additional investment amounts vary depending on the class of shares you buy and the nature of your investment.

 

   

Investment Minimum

Initial/Additional Investment (1)

      Class A   Class B   Class C   Class FI   Class R  

Class I

(formerly Y)

General

  $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   n/a   n/a     n/a
 

IRAs and Uniform Gifts or Transfers to Minor Accounts

  $ 250/$50   $ 250/$50   $ 250/$50   n/a   n/a     n/a
 

SIMPLE IRAs

  $ 1/$1   $ 1/$1   $ 1/$1   n/a   n/a     n/a
 

Systematic Investment Plans

  $ 25/$25   $ 25/$25   $ 25/$25   n/a   n/a     n/a
 

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries

  $ 1/$1     n/a     n/a   None/None   n/a     None/None
 

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

    None/None     n/a     None/None   None/None   None/None     None/None
 

Other Retirement Plans

  $ 50/$50   $ 50/$50   $ 50/$50   n/a   n/a     n/a
 

Institutional Investors

  $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   $ 500/$50   n/a   n/a   $ 1 million/None
 

 

(1)

 

Please refer to the section entitled “Retirement and institutional investors” for additional information regarding the investment minimum and eligibility requirements for Retirement Plans, Institutional Investors and Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries.

More information about the fund’s classes of shares is available through the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website. You’ll find detailed information about sales charges and ways you can qualify for reduced or waived sales charges, including:

n  

The front-end sales charges that apply to the purchase of Class A shares

n  

The contingent deferred sales charges that apply to the redemption of Class B shares, Class C shares and certain Class A shares (redeemed within one year)

n  

Who qualifies for lower sales charges on Class A shares

n  

Who qualifies for a sales load waiver

To access the website, go to http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and click on the name of the fund.

 

14         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

Comparing the fund’s classes

The following table compares key features of the fund’s classes. You should review the Fee table and Example at the front end of this Prospectus carefully before choosing your share class. Your Service Agent can help you decide which class meets your goals. Your Service Agent may receive different compensation depending upon which class you choose.

 

      Class A   Class B   Class C
Key features  

n   Initial sales charge

n   You may qualify for reduction or waiver of initial sales charge

n   Generally lower annual expenses than Class B and Class C

 

n   No initial sales charge

n   Contingent deferred sales charge declines over time

n   Converts to Class A after approximately 8 years

n   Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

 

n   No initial sales charge

n   Deferred sales charge for only 1 year

n   Does not convert to Class A

n   Generally higher annual expenses than Class A

Initial sales charge  

Up to 5.75%; reduced or waived for large purchases and certain investors. No charge for purchases of $1 million or more

 

None

 

None

Contingent deferred sales charge  

1.00% on purchases of $1 million or more if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors

 

Up to 5.00% charged when you redeem shares. This charge is reduced over time and there is no contingent deferred sales charge after 5 years; waived for certain investors

 

1.00% if you redeem within 1 year of purchase; waived for certain investors

Annual distribution and/or service fees  

0.25% of average daily net assets

 

1.00% of average daily net assets

 

1.00% of average daily net assets

Exchange Privilege (1)  

Class A shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class B shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class C of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

(1)

 

Ask your Service Agent about the Legg Mason Partners Funds available for exchange.

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          15


 

      Class FI   Class R   Class I
(formerly Y)
Key features  

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries and eligible Retirement Plans

 

n   No initial or contingent deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to eligible Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

 

n   No initial or deferred sales charge

n   Only offered to institutional and other eligible investors

n   Generally lower expenses than the other classes

Initial sales charge  

None

 

None

 

None

Contingent deferred sales charge  

None

 

None

 

None

Annual distribution and/or service fees  

0.25% of average daily net assets

 

0.50% of average daily net assets

 

None

Exchange Privilege (1)  

Class FI shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class R shares of applicable Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

Class I shares of most Legg Mason Partners Funds

 

(1)

 

Ask your Service Agent about the Legg Mason Partners Funds available for exchange.

 

16         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

Sales charges

Class A shares

You buy Class A shares at the offering price, which is the net asset value plus a sales charge. You pay a lower rate as the size of your investment increases to certain levels called breakpoints. You do not pay a sales charge on the fund’s distributions or dividends you reinvest in additional Class A shares.

The table below shows the rate of sales charge you pay, depending on the amount you purchase. The table below also shows the amount of broker/dealer compensation that will be paid out of the sales charge if you buy shares from a Service Agent (except Primerica Financial Services (“PFS”)). For Class A shares sold directly by LMIS, LMIS will receive the sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares (or any contingent deferred sales charge paid on redemptions) and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. For Class A shares sold by PFS between December 1, 2007 through the close of business on May 31, 2008, PFS will receive the front-end sales charge imposed on purchases of Class A shares and will retain the full amount of such sales charge. Thereafter, PFS will receive the same level of compensation as other Service Agents. Service Agents will also receive a service fee payable on Class A shares at an annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares serviced by them.

 

Amount of investment  

Sales Charge

as % of

offering price

 

Sales Charge

as % of net
amount invested

 

Broker/Dealer

Commission

as % of

offering price

Less than $25,000

  5.75   6.10   5.00
 

$25,000 but less than $50,000

  5.00   5.26   4.25
 

$50,000 but less than $100,000

  4.50   4.71   3.75
 

$100,000 but less than $250,000

  3.50   3.63   2.75
 

$250,000 but less than $500,000

  2.50   2.56   2.00
 

$500,000 but less than $750,000

  2.00   2.04   1.60
 

$750,000 but less than $1 million

  1.50   1.52   1.20
 

$1 million or more (1)

  -0-   -0-   up to 1.00
 

 

(1)

 

The distributor may pay a commission of up to 1.00% to a Service Agent for purchase amounts of $1 million or more. In such cases, starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, the Service Agent will also receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class A shares held by its clients. Prior to the thirteenth month, the distributor will retain this fee. Where the Service Agent does not receive the payment of this commission, the Service Agent will instead receive the annual distribution/service fee starting immediately after purchase. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Investments of $1,000,000 or more

You do not pay an initial sales charge when you buy $1,000,000 or more of Class A shares. However, if you redeem these Class A shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

Qualifying for a reduced Class A sales charge

There are several ways you can combine multiple purchases of Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners funds to take advantage of the breakpoints in the sales charge schedule. In order to take advantage of reductions in sales charges that may be available to you when

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          17


 

you purchase fund shares, you must inform your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services if you are eligible for a letter of intent or a right of accumulation and if you own shares of other Legg Mason Partners funds that are eligible to be aggregated with your purchases. Certain records, such as account statements, may be necessary in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges.

n  

Accumulation privilege – allows you to combine the current value of Class A shares of the fund with other shares of Legg Mason Partners funds that are owned by:

  ¨  

you; or

  ¨  

your spouse and children under the age of 21

with the dollar amount of your next purchase of Class A shares for purposes of calculating the initial sales charge.

Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (other than money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund may not be combined.

If you hold shares of Legg Mason Partners funds in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be combined.

Certain trustees and fiduciaries may be entitled to combine accounts in determining their sales charge.

n  

Letter of intent – allows you to purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners funds over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge on Class A shares, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. At the time you enter into the letter of intent, you select your asset goal amount. Generally, purchases of Legg Mason Partners fund shares that are purchased during the 13-month period by:

  ¨  

you; or

  ¨  

your spouse and children under the age of 21

are eligible for inclusion under the letter, based on the public offering price at the time of the purchase, and any capital appreciation on those shares. Purchases made 90 days prior to the 13-month period are also eligible to be treated as purchases made under the letter of intent. In addition, you can include towards your asset goal amount the current value of any eligible purchases that were made prior to the date of entering into the letter of intent and are still held.

If you hold shares of Legg Mason Partners funds in accounts at two or more Service Agents, please contact your Service Agents to determine which shares may be credited towards your letter of intent asset goal.

Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (other than money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund may not be credited to your letter of intent asset goal.

If you do not meet your asset goal amount, shares in the amount of any sales charges due, based on the amount of your actual purchases, will be redeemed from your account.

Waivers for certain Class A investors

Class A initial sales charges are waived for certain types of investors, including:

n  

Employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor

 

18         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

n  

Investors who redeemed Class A shares of a Legg Mason Partners fund in the past 60 days, if the investor’s Service Agent is notified

n  

Directors and officers of any Legg Mason-sponsored fund

n  

Employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries

n  

Investors investing through certain retirement plans

If you qualify for a waiver of the Class A initial sales charge, you must notify your Service Agent or the transfer agent at the time of purchase and provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the initial sales charge waiver.

If you want to learn about additional waivers of Class A initial sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or access the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website: http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and click on the name of the fund.

Class B shares

You buy Class B shares at net asset value without paying an initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class B shares within five years of your purchase payment, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge. The contingent deferred sales charge decreases as the number of years since your purchase payment increases.

 

Year after purchase   1st     2nd     3rd     4th     5th     6th through 8th  

Contingent deferred sales charge

  5 %   4 %   3 %   2 %   1 %   0 %
   

LMIS will generally pay Service Agents, other than PFS, selling Class B shares a commission of up to 4.00% of the purchase price of the Class B shares they sell, and LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges. For Class B shares sold by PFS, PFS pays a commission of up to 4.00% of the purchase price of the Class B shares sold by its agents and retains the contingent deferred sales charges paid upon certain redemptions. PFS will receive any service and distribution fees paid on all shares held by PFS clients. Service Agents also receive an annual distribution/services fee of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class B shares serviced by them.

Class B conversion

After approximately 8 years, Class B shares automatically convert into Class A shares. This helps you because Class A shares have lower annual expenses. Your Class B shares will convert to Class A shares as follows:

 

Shares issued:

At initial purchase

   Shares issued:
On reinvestment of
dividends and
distributions
   Shares issued:
Upon exchange from
another Legg Mason
Partners Fund
Approximately 8 years after the date of purchase payment    In same proportion as the number of Class B shares converting is to total Class B shares you own (excluding shares issued as dividends)    On the date the shares originally acquired would have converted into Class A shares
 

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          19


 

Class C shares

You buy Class C shares at net asset value without paying an initial sales charge. However, if you redeem your Class C shares within one year of purchase, you will pay a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00%.

LMIS will generally pay Service Agents selling Class C shares a commission of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class C shares they sell and LMIS will retain the contingent deferred sales charges and an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1,00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by these Service Agents until the thirteenth month after purchase. Starting in the thirteenth month after purchase, these Service Agents will receive an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Class FI, Class R and Class I shares

Class FI, Class R and Class I shares are purchased at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge when redeemed. As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

20         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

More about contingent deferred sales charges

The contingent deferred sales charge is based on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less and therefore you do not pay a sales charge on amounts representing appreciation or depreciation.

In addition, you do not pay a contingent deferred sales charge:

n  

When you exchange shares for shares of another Legg Mason Partners fund

n  

On shares representing reinvested distributions and dividends

n  

On shares no longer subject to the contingent deferred sales charge.

Each time you place a request to redeem shares, the fund will first redeem any shares in your account that are not subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and then the shares in your account that have been held the longest.

If you redeemed shares of a Legg Mason Partners Fund and paid a contingent deferred sales charge, you may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption. Please contact your Service Agent for additional information.

The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges as partial compensation for its expenses in selling shares, including the payment of compensation to your Service Agent.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers

The contingent deferred sales charge for each share class will generally be waived:

n  

On payments made through certain systematic withdrawal plans

n  

On certain distributions from a retirement plan

n  

For retirement plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund

n  

For involuntary redemptions of small account balances

n  

For 12 months following the death or disability of a shareholder

If you want to learn more about additional waivers of deferred sales charges, contact your Service Agent, consult the SAI or look at the Legg Mason Partners Funds’ website: http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and click on the name of the fund.

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          21


 

Retirement and institutional investors

Eligible investors

Retirement plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund can generally choose among four classes of shares: Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class I (formerly Class Y) shares.

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents for Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund, with limited exceptions. Class A shares will cease to be available to new Retirement Plan investors through a Service Agent if the Service Agent makes Class FI shares available. Please see below for additional information.

“Retirement Plans” include 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit-sharing plans, non-qualified deferred compensation plans and other similar employer-sponsored retirement plans. Retirement Plans do not include individual retirement vehicles, such as traditional and Roth IRAs, Coverdell education savings accounts, individual 403(b)(7) custodial accounts, Keogh plans, SEPs, SARSEPs, SIMPLE IRAs, or Section 529 savings accounts. Although Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund are not subject to minimum initial investment requirements for any of these share classes, certain investment minimums may be imposed by a financial intermediary.

Other Retirement Plans

Other Retirement Plans can generally choose among three classes of shares: Class A, Class B and Class C. “Other Retirement Plans” include Retirement Plans investing through brokerage accounts, and also include certain Retirement Plans with direct relationships to the fund that are neither Institutional Investors nor investing through omnibus accounts. Individual retirement vehicles, such as IRAs, may also choose among these share classes. Other Retirement Plans and individual retirement vehicles are treated like individual investors for purposes of determining sales charges and any applicable sales charge reductions or waivers.

Clients of eligible financial intermediaries

Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries may generally choose among three classes of shares: Class A, Class FI and Class I. “Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries” are investors who invest in the fund through financial intermediaries that offer their clients fund shares through investment programs as authorized by LMIS. Such investment programs may include fee-based advisory account programs and college savings vehicles such as Section 529 plans. The financial intermediary may impose separate investment minimums.

Institutional investors

Institutional Investors may invest in Class I shares if they meet $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement. Institutional Investors may also invest in Class A, B and C shares, which have different investment minimums and fees and expenses. “Institutional Investors” generally include corporations, banks, insurance companies, foundations, retirement plans and other similar entities with direct relationships to the fund.

 

22         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

Class C — Retirement plans

Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund may buy Class C shares without paying a contingent deferred sales charge. LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class C shares to retirement plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class C shares sold by them. Instead, immediately after purchase, LMIS may pay these Service Agents an annual distribution/service fee of up to 1.00% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class C shares serviced by them.

Certain Retirement Plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. Please see the SAI for more details.

Class R

Class R shares are offered only to Retirement Plans with accounts held on the books of the fund (either at the plan level or at the level of the financial intermediary). LMIS may pay Service Agents selling Class R shares an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.50% of the average daily net assets represented by the Class R shares serviced by them.

Class FI

Class FI shares are offered to investors who invest in the fund through certain financial intermediary and retirement plan programs. LMIS may pay Service Agents selling Class FI shares an annual distribution/service fee of up to 0.25% starting immediately after purchase.

Class I

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares and are offered only to Institutional Investors who meet the $1,000,000 minimum initial investment requirement, Clients of Eligible Financial Intermediaries, and other investors as authorized by LMIS. However, investors that held Class Y shares prior to that date will be permitted to make additional investments in Class I shares.

Class A and Class B — Retirement plans

Class A and Class B shares are no longer offered through Service Agents for Retirement Plans with omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund. However, certain Retirement Plans that held Class B shares prior to December 1, 2006 are permitted to make additional investments in that class. Certain existing programs for current and prospective Retirement Plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries also remain eligible for Class A shares. Under these programs, the initial sales charge and contingent deferred sales charge for Class A shares are waived where:

n  

Such Retirement Plan’s record keeper offers only load-waived shares,

n  

Fund shares are held on the books of the fund through an omnibus account, and

n  

The Retirement Plan has more than 100 participants, or has total assets exceeding $1 million

LMIS does not pay Service Agents selling Class A shares to Retirement Plans with a direct omnibus relationship with the fund a commission on the purchase price of Class A shares sold by them. However, for certain Retirement Plans that purchased shares at net asset value prior

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          23


 

to November 20, 2006, LMIS may continue to pay Service Agents commissions of up to 1.00% of the purchase price of the Class A shares that are purchased with regular ongoing plan contributions. Please contact your Service Agent for more information.

Other considerations

Plan sponsors, plan fiduciaries and other financial intermediaries may choose to impose qualification requirements for plans that differ from the fund’s share class eligibility standards. In certain cases this could result in the selection of a share class with higher service and distribution-related fees than otherwise would have been charged. The fund is not responsible for, and has no control over, the decision of any plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary to impose such differing requirements. Please consult with your plan sponsor, plan fiduciary or financial intermediary for more information about available share classes.

With respect to each of Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI and Class R shares, the fund may pay a fee for recordkeeping services performed for the share class.

Not all share classes may be made available by your Service Agent. Please contact your Service Agent for additional details.

 

24         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

Buying shares

 

Generally   

You may buy shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your purchase request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge.

Effective January 1, 2008, the fund generally will not permit non-resident aliens with a non-U.S. address to establish an account. U.S. citizens with an APO/FPO address or an address in the United States (including its territories) and resident aliens with a U.S. address are permitted to establish an account with the fund. Subject to the requirements of local law, U.S. citizens residing in foreign countries are permitted to establish an account with the fund.

 
Through a Service Agent   

You should contact your Service Agent to open a brokerage account and make arrangements to buy shares. You must provide the following information, for your order to be processed:

n   Class of shares being bought

n   Dollar amount or number of shares being bought

n   Account number (if existing account)

Your Service Agent may charge an annual account maintenance fee.

 
Through the fund   

n   Investors should write to the fund at the following address:

Legg Mason Partners Funds

c/o PFPC Inc.

P.O. Box 9699

Providence, Rhode Island 02940-9699

n   Enclose a check to pay for the shares. For initial purchases, complete and send an account application available upon request from Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at the number below

n   Specify the name of the fund, the share class you wish to purchase and your account number (if existing account)

n   For more information, please call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010

 
Through a systematic investment plan   

You may authorize your Service Agent or the transfer agent to transfer funds automatically from (i) a regular bank account, (ii) cash held in a brokerage account with a Service Agent or (iii) certain money market funds, in order to buy shares on a regular basis.

n   Amounts transferred must be at least $25

n   Amounts may be transferred monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually.

n   If you do not have sufficient funds in your account on a transfer date, your Service Agent or the transfer agent may charge you a fee

 

For more information, contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          25


 

Exchanging shares

 

Generally    You may exchange shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your exchange request in good order.
 
Legg Mason Partners offers a distinctive family of funds tailored to help meet the varying needs of both large and small investors   

You should contact your Service Agent to exchange into other Legg Mason Partners Funds. Be sure to read the prospectus of the Legg Mason Partners Fund into which you are exchanging. An exchange is a taxable transaction, unless you are investing through a tax-qualified savings plan or account.

n   If you bought shares through a Service Agent, you may exchange shares only for shares of the same class of certain other Legg Mason Partners Funds made available for exchange by your Service Agent. Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds made available for exchange by your Service Agent may offer all classes. Please contact your service Agent for more information about the funds and classes that are available for exchange.

n   If you bought shares directly from the fund, you may exchange shares only for shares of the same class of another Legg Mason Partners Fund other than shares of Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund. Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds offer all classes.

n   Not all Legg Mason Partners Funds may be offered in your state of residence. Contact your Service Agent or the transfer agent for further information.

n   Exchanges of Class A, B, C, FI and R shares are subject to minimum investment requirements (except for systematic investment plan exchanges), and all shares are subject to the other requirements of the fund into which exchanges are made.

n   If you hold share certificates, the transfer agent must receive the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers before the exchange is effective.

n   The fund may suspend or terminate your exchange privilege if you engage in an excessive pattern of exchanges.

 
Sales Charges   

Your shares will not be subject to an initial sales charge or a contingent deferred sales charge at the time of the exchange.

In most instances, your contingent deferred sales charge (if any) will continue to be measured from the date of your original purchase of shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and you will be subject to the contingent deferred sales charge of the fund that you originally purchased.

 
By telephone    If you do not have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, you may be eligible to exchange shares through the fund. You must complete an authorization form to authorize telephone transfers. If eligible, you may make telephone exchanges on any day the New

 

26         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

  

York Stock Exchange, Inc. (“NYSE”) is open. Shareholders should call Legg Mason Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 between 8:30 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time).

You can make telephone exchanges only between accounts that have identical registrations.

 
By mail    If you do not have a brokerage account, contact your Service Agent or write to the fund at the address on the following page.
 
Through a systematic exchange plan   

You may be permitted to schedule exchanges of shares of any class of the fund for shares of the same class of other Legg Mason Partners Funds

n   Exchanges may be made monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually or annually

n   A predetermined dollar amount of at least $25 per exchange is required

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          27


 

Redeeming shares

 

Generally   

You may redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt by your Service Agent or the transfer agent of your redemption request in good order, less any applicable contingent deferred sales charge.

Contact your Service Agent to redeem shares of the fund.

If you hold share certificates, the transfer agent must receive the certificates endorsed for transfer or with signed stock powers with a signature guarantee before you may redeem.

If the shares are held by a fiduciary or corporation, other documents may be required.

Your redemption proceeds will be sent within three business days after your request is received in good order, but in any event within 7 days. Your redemption proceeds may be delayed for up to 10 days if you purchase was made by check.

If you have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, your redemption proceeds will be sent to your Service Agent. In other cases, unless you direct otherwise, your redemption proceeds will be paid by check mailed to your address of record.

 
By mail   

For accounts held directly at the fund, send written requests to the fund at the following address:

Legg Mason Partners Funds

c/o PFPC Inc.

P.O. Box 9699

Providence, Rhode Island 02940-9699

Your written request must provide the following:

n   The fund name, the class of shares to be redeemed, and your account number

n   The dollar amount or number of shares to be redeemed

n   Signatures of each owner exactly as the account is registered

n   Signature guarantees, as applicable

 
By telephone   

If you do not have a brokerage account with a Service Agent, you may be eligible to redeem shares (except those held in certain retirement plans) in amounts up to $50,000 per day through the fund. You must complete an authorization form to authorize telephone redemptions. If eligible, you may request redemptions by telephone on any day the NYSE is open. Shareholders should call Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010 between 9:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. (Eastern time).

Your redemption proceeds can be sent by check to your address of record or by wire or electronic transfer (ACH) to a bank account designated on your authorization form. You must submit a new authorization form to change the bank account designated to receive

 

28         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

   wire or electronic transfers and you may be asked to provide certain other documents. The transfer agent may charge a fee on a wire or an electronic transfer (ACH).
 
Automatic cash withdrawal plans   

You can arrange for the automatic redemption of a portion of your shares monthly, every alternate month, quarterly, semi-annually, or annually. To qualify, you must own shares of the fund with a value of at least $10,000 ($5,000 for retirement plan accounts) and each automatic redemption must be at least $50. If your shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, the sales charge will be waived if your automatic redemptions are equal to or less than 2% per month of your account balance on the date the withdrawals commence, up to a maximum of 12% in any one year.

The following conditions apply:

n   Your shares must not be represented by certificates

n   All dividends and distributions must be reinvested

 

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or consult the SAI.

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          29


 

Other things to know about transactions

When you buy, exchange or redeem shares, your request must be in good order. This means you have provided the following information, without which your request may not be processed:

n  

Name of the fund

n  

Your account number

n  

Class of shares being bought, and if you own more than one class, the class of shares being exchanged or redeemed

n  

Dollar amount or number of shares being bought, exchanged or redeemed

n  

Signature of each owner exactly as the account is registered

The fund’s transfer agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services will employ reasonable procedures to confirm that any telephone exchange or redemption request is genuine, which may include recording calls, asking the caller to provide certain personal identification information, sending you a written confirmation or requiring other confirmation procedures from time to time. If these procedures are followed, neither the fund nor the transfer agent will bear any liability for such transactions.

Signature guarantees

To be in good order, your redemption request must include a signature guarantee if you:

n  

Are redeeming over $50,000

n  

Are sending signed share certificates or stock powers to the transfer agent

n  

Instruct the transfer agent to mail the check to an address different from the one on your account registration

n  

Changed your account registration or your address within 30 days

n  

Want the check paid to someone other than the account owner(s)

n  

Are transferring the redemption proceeds to an account with a different registration

You can obtain a signature guarantee from most banks, dealers, brokers, credit unions and federal savings and loan institutions, but not from a notary public.

The fund has the right to:

n  

Suspend the offering of shares

n  

Waive or change minimum and additional investment amounts

n  

Reject any purchase or exchange order

n  

Change, revoke or suspend the exchange privilege

n  

Suspend telephone transactions

n  

Suspend or postpone redemptions of shares on any day when trading on the NYSE is restricted, or as otherwise permitted by the SEC

n  

Pay redemption proceeds by giving you securities. You may pay transaction costs to dispose of the securities

Small account balances/Mandatory redemptions

If at any time the aggregate net asset value of the fund shares in your account is less than $500 for any reason (including solely due to declines in net asset value and/or failure to invest at least $500 within a reasonable period), the fund reserves the right to ask you to

 

30         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

bring your account up to the applicable minimum investment amount as determined by your Service Agent. In such case you shall be notified in writing and will have 60 days to make an additional investment to bring your account value up to the required level. If you choose not to do so within this 60-day period, the fund may close your account and send you the redemption proceeds. In the event your account is closed due to a failure to increase your balance to the minimum required amount, you will not be eligible to have your account subsequently reinstated without imposition of any sales charges that may apply to your new purchase. The fund may, with prior notice, change the minimum size of accounts subject to mandatory redemption, which may vary by class, or implement fees for small accounts.

Subject to applicable law, the fund may, with prior notice, adopt other policies from time to time requiring mandatory redemption of shares in certain circumstances.

For more information, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services or consult the SAI.

Frequent purchases and sales of fund shares

Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares may interfere with the efficient management of the fund’s portfolio by its portfolio managers, increase portfolio transaction costs, and have a negative effect on the fund’s long-term shareholders. For example, in order to handle large flows of cash into and out of a fund, the portfolio managers may need to allocate more assets to cash or other short-term investments or sell securities, rather than maintaining full investment in securities selected to achieve the fund’s investment objective. Frequent trading may cause the fund to sell securities at less favorable prices. Transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions and market spreads, can detract from the fund’s performance. In addition, the return received by long-term shareholders may be reduced when trades by other shareholders are made in an effort to take advantage of certain pricing discrepancies, when, for example, it is believed that the fund’s share price, which is determined at the close of the NYSE on each trading day, does not accurately reflect the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. Funds investing in foreign securities have been particularly susceptible to this form of arbitrage, but other funds could also be affected.

Because of the potential harm to funds in the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex and their long-term shareholders, the Board of the fund has approved policies and procedures that are intended to discourage and prevent excessive trading and market timing abuses through the use of various surveillance techniques. Under these policies and procedures, the fund may limit additional exchanges or purchases of fund shares by shareholders who are believed by the manager to be engaged in these abusive trading activities in the fund or in other funds within the complex. In the event that an exchange request is rejected, the shareholder may nonetheless redeem its shares. The intent of the policies and procedures is not to inhibit legitimate strategies, such as asset allocation, dollar cost averaging, or similar activities that may nonetheless result in frequent trading of fund shares.

Under the fund’s policies and procedures, the fund reserves the right to restrict or reject purchases of shares (including exchanges) without prior notice whenever a pattern of excessive trading by a shareholder is detected within the fund complex. A committee established by the manager administers the policy. The policy provides that the committee will

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          31


 

use its best efforts to restrict a shareholder’s trading privileges in the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex if that shareholder has engaged in a total of four or more “Round Trips” (as defined below) across all Legg Mason Partners Funds during any rolling 12-month period. However, the committee has the discretion to determine that restricting a shareholder’s trading privileges is not necessary (or that a new limit on Round Trips should be established for the shareholder) if it is determined that the pattern of trading is not abusive or harmful. In making such a determination, the committee will consider, among other things, the nature of the shareholder’s account, the reason for the frequent trading, the amount of trading and the particular funds in which the trading has occurred. Additionally, the committee has the discretion to make inquiries or to take action against any shareholder whose trading appears inconsistent with the frequent trading policy. Examples of the types of actions the committee may take to deter excessive trading in a shareholder account include restricting the shareholder from purchasing additional shares in the fund altogether or imposing other restrictions (such as requiring purchase orders to be submitted by mail) that would deter the shareholder from trading frequently in the fund.

A “Round Trip” is defined as a purchase (including subscriptions and exchanges) into the fund followed by a sale (including redemptions and exchanges) of the same or a similar number of shares out of the fund within 30 days of such purchase. Purchases and sales of the fund’s shares pursuant to an automatic investment plan or similar program for periodic transactions are not considered in determining Round Trips. For purposes of these policies and procedures, the Legg Mason Partners Funds complex also includes certain Western Asset funds and Barrett Opportunity Fund, Inc., but does not include money market funds in the fund complex.

The policies apply to any account, whether an individual account or accounts with financial intermediaries such as investment advisers, broker/dealers or retirement plan administrators, commonly called omnibus accounts, where the intermediary holds fund shares for a number of its customers in one account. The fund’s ability to monitor trading in omnibus accounts may, however, be severely limited due to the lack of access to an individual investor’s trading activity when orders are placed through these types of accounts. There may also be operational and technological limitations on the ability of the fund’s service providers to identify or terminate frequent trading activity within the various types of omnibus accounts. The fund’s distributor has entered into agreements with intermediaries requiring the intermediaries to, among other things, help identify frequent trading activity and to prohibit further purchases or exchanges by a shareholder identified as having engaged in frequent trading. These agreements took effect on October 16, 2007.

The fund’s policies also require personnel such as portfolio managers and investment staff to report any abnormal or otherwise suspicious investment activity, and prohibit short-term trades by such personnel for their own account in mutual funds managed by the manager and its affiliates, other than money market funds. Additionally, the fund has adopted policies and procedures to prevent the selective release of information about the fund’s portfolio holdings, as such information may be used for market-timing and similar abusive practices.

The fund’s policies provide for ongoing assessment of the effectiveness of current policies and surveillance tools, and the Board reserves the right to modify these or adopt additional policies and restrictions in the future. Shareholders should be aware, however, that

 

32         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

any surveillance techniques currently employed by the fund or other techniques that may be adopted in the future may not be effective particularly where the trading takes place through certain types of omnibus accounts. As noted above, if the fund is unable to detect and deter trading abuses, the fund’s performance and its long-term shareholders may be harmed. In addition, shareholders may be harmed by the extra costs and portfolio management inefficiencies that result from frequent trading of fund shares, even when the trading is not for abusive purposes. Furthermore, the fund may not apply its policies consistently or uniformly, resulting in the risk that some shareholders may be able to engage in frequent trading while others will bear the costs and effects of that trading. The fund will provide advance notice to shareholders and prospective investors of any specific restrictions on the trading of fund shares that the Board may adopt in the future.

Share certificates

Share certificates for the fund will no longer be issued. If you currently hold share certificates of the fund, such certificates will continue to be honored. If you would like to return your share certificates to the fund and hold your shares in uncertificated form, please contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services.

Record ownership

If you hold shares through a Service Agent, your Service Agent may establish and maintain your account and be the shareholder of record. In the event that the fund holds a shareholder meeting, your Service Agent, as record holder, will vote your shares in accordance with your instructions. If you do not give your Service Agent voting instructions, your Service Agent may nonetheless, under certain circumstances, be entitled to vote your shares.

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          33


 

Dividends, distributions and taxes

Dividends and distributions

The fund generally pays dividends quarterly and makes capital gain distributions, if any, typically once or twice a year. The fund may pay additional distributions and dividends at other times if necessary for the fund to avoid a federal tax. The fund expects distributions to be primarily from capital gains. You do not pay a sales charge on reinvested distributions or dividends. Capital gain distributions and dividends are reinvested in additional fund shares of the same class you hold. Alternatively, you can instruct your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services to have your distributions and/or dividends paid in cash. You can change your choice at any time to be effective as of the next distribution or dividend.

Taxes

In general, redeeming shares, exchanging shares and receiving dividends and distributions (whether in cash or additional shares) are all taxable events. The following table summarizes the tax status to you of certain transactions related to the fund.

 

Transaction    Federal tax status
Redemption or exchange of shares    Usually capital gain or loss; long-term only if shares owned more than one year
 
Long-term capital gain distributions    Long-term capital gain
 
Dividends    Ordinary income, potentially taxable at long-term capital gain rates
 

Distributions attributable to short-term capital gains are treated as dividends, taxable as ordinary income. Dividends and long-term capital gain distributions are taxable whether received in cash or reinvested in fund shares. Although dividends (including dividends from short-term capital gains) are generally taxable as ordinary income, individual shareholders who satisfy certain holding period and other requirements are taxed on such dividends at long-term capital gain rates to the extent the dividends are attributable to “qualified dividend income” received by the fund. “Qualified dividend income” generally consists of dividends received from U.S. corporations (other than dividends from tax-exempt organizations and certain dividends from real estate investment trusts and regulated investment companies) and certain foreign corporations.

Long-term capital gain distributions are taxable to you as long-term capital gain regardless of how long you have owned your shares. You may want to avoid buying shares when the fund is about to declare a capital gain distribution or a dividend, because it will be taxable to you even though it may actually be a return of a portion of your investment. A dividend declared by the fund in October, November or December and paid during January of the following year will in certain circumstances be treated as paid in December for tax purposes. After the end of each year, your Service Agent or the fund will provide you with information about the distributions and dividends you received and any redemptions of shares during the previous year. If you do not provide the fund with your correct

 

34         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

taxpayer identification number and any required certifications, you may be subject to back-up withholding on your distributions, dividends, and redemption proceeds. Because each shareholder’s circumstances are different and special tax rules may apply, you should consult your tax adviser about your investment in the fund.

The above discussion is applicable to shareholders who are U.S. persons. If you are a non-U.S. person, please consult your own tax adviser with respect to the U.S. tax consequences to you of an investment in the fund.

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          35


 

Share price

You may buy, exchange or redeem shares at their net asset value next determined after receipt of your request in good order, plus any applicable sales charge. The fund’s net asset value per share is the value of its assets minus its liabilities divided by the number of shares outstanding. Net asset value is calculated separately for each class of shares. The fund calculates its net asset value every day the NYSE is open. This calculation is done when regular trading closes on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time). The NYSE is closed on certain holidays listed in the SAI.

The Board has approved procedures to be used to value the fund’s securities for the purposes of determining the fund’s net asset value. The valuation of the securities of the fund is determined in good faith by or under the direction of the Board. The Board has delegated certain valuation functions for the fund to the manager.

The fund generally values its securities based on market prices determined at the close of regular trading on the NYSE. The fund’s currency valuations, if any, are done as of when the London Stock Exchange closes, which is usually at 12 noon Eastern time, as the manager believes that these valuations typically reflect the largest trading volume in the foreign currency markets. A material change in the value of currency during the period between the close of the London Stock Exchange and the calculation of the fund’s net asset value on the same date is considered a significant event, as described below, in response to which the fund may use fair valuation procedures to value the affected investments. For equity securities that are traded on an exchange, the market price is usually the closing sale or official closing price on that exchange. In the case of securities not traded on an exchange, or if such closing prices are not otherwise available, the market price is typically determined by independent third party pricing vendors approved by the fund’s Board using a variety of pricing techniques and methodologies. The market price for debt obligations is generally the price supplied by an independent third party pricing service approved by the fund’s board, which may use a matrix, formula or other objective method that takes into consideration market indices, yield curves and other specific adjustments. Short-term debt obligations that will mature in 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, unless it is determined that using this method would not reflect an investment’s fair value. If vendors are unable to supply a price, or if the price supplied is deemed by the manager to be unreliable, the market price may be determined using quotations received from one or more brokers/dealers that make a market in the security. When such prices or quotations are not available, or when the manager believes that they are unreliable, the manager may price securities using fair value procedures approved by the Board. Because the fund may invest in securities of small capitalization companies or issuers located in emerging markets — some of which may be thinly traded, for which market quotations may not be readily available or may be unreliable — the fund may use fair valuation procedures more frequently than funds that invest primarily in securities that are more liquid, such as securities of large capitalization domestic issuers. The fund may also use fair value procedures if the manager determines that a significant event has occurred between the time at which a market price is determined and the time at which the fund’s net asset value is calculated. In particular, the value of foreign securities may be materially affected by events occurring after the close of the market on which they are

 

36         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

valued, but before the fund prices its shares. The fund uses a fair value model developed by an independent third party pricing service to price foreign equity securities on days when there is a certain percentage change in the value of a domestic equity security index, as such percentage may be determined by the manager from time to time.

Valuing securities at fair value involves greater reliance on judgment than valuation of securities based on readily available market quotations. A fund that uses fair value to price securities may value those securities higher or lower than another fund using market quotations or its own fair value methodologies to price the same securities. There can be no assurance that the fund could obtain the fair value assigned to a security if it were to sell the security at approximately the time at which the fund determines its net asset value.

The fund invests in securities that are listed on foreign exchanges that trade on weekends and other days when the fund does not price its shares. Therefore, the value of the fund’s shares may change on days when you will not be able to purchase or redeem the fund’s shares.

In order to buy, redeem or exchange shares at that day’s price, you must place your order with your Service Agent or the transfer agent before the NYSE closes. If the NYSE closes early, you must place your order prior to the actual closing time.

It is the responsibility of the Service Agents to transmit all orders to buy, exchange or redeem shares to the transfer agent on a timely basis.

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          37


 

Financial highlights

The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the performance of each class for the past five years. No financial highlights are provided for Class FI or R shares as the fund commenced the offering of such shares as of the date of this Prospectus. Certain information reflects financial results for a single share. Total return represents the rate that a shareholder would have earned (or lost) on a fund share assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The information in the following tables has been derived from the fund’s and the predecessor fund’s financial statements. These financial statements have been audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the fund’s financial statements, is included in the annual report (available upon request). No information is presented for Class I shares because no Class I shares were outstanding during the fiscal year ended January 31, 2008. The financial information shown below for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor. As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares of the fund were renamed Class I shares.

 

For a Class A share (1) outstanding throughout each year ended January 31:
      2008   2007   2006   2005   2004

 

38         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

For a Class B share (1) outstanding throughout each year ended January 31:
      2008   2007   2006   2005   2004

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          39


 

For a Class C share (1) outstanding throughout each year ended January 31:
      2008   2007   2006   2005   2004

 

40         Legg Mason Partners Mutual Funds


 

Legg Mason Partners Funds Privacy Policy

We are committed to keeping nonpublic personal information about you secure and confidential. This notice is intended to help you understand how we fulfill this commitment. From time to time, we may collect a variety of personal information about you, including:

n  

Information we receive from you on applications and forms, via the telephone, and through our websites;

n  

Information about your transactions with us, our affiliates, or others (such as your purchases, sales, or account balances); and

n  

Information we receive from consumer reporting agencies.

We do not disclose your nonpublic personal information, except as permitted by applicable law or regulation. For example, we may share this information with others in order to process your transactions. We may also provide this information to companies that perform services on our behalf, such as printing and mailing, or to other financial institutions with whom we have joint marketing agreements. We will require these companies to protect the confidentiality of this information and to use it only to perform the services for which we hired them.

With respect to our internal security procedures, we maintain physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards to protect your nonpublic personal information, and we restrict access to this information.

If you decide at some point either to close your account(s) or become an inactive customer, we will continue to adhere to our privacy policies and practices with respect to your nonpublic personal information.

[This page is not part of the prospectus.]

 

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund          41


 

 

(Investment Company Act file no. 811-6444)

FD 0225 04/08

LOGO

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund

An investment portfolio of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund

You may visit the fund’s web site at www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors for a free copy of a Prospectus, Statement of additional information (“SAI”) or an Annual or Semi-Annual Report or to request other information.

Shareholder reports Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to shareholders. In the fund’s Annual Report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the fund’s performance.

The fund sends only one report to a household if more than one account has the same last name and the same address. Contact your Service Agent or Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services if you do not want this policy to apply to you.

Statement of additional information The SAI provides more detailed information about the fund and is incorporated by reference into (is legally a part of) this Prospectus.

You can make inquiries about the fund or obtain shareholders reports (without charge) by contacting your Service Agent, by calling Legg Mason Partners Shareholder Services at 800-451-2010, (or for clients of a PFS Registered Representative, call Primerica Shareholder Services at 800-544-5445) or by writing to the fund at Legg Mason Partners Funds, 55 Water Street, New York, New York 10041.

Information about the fund (including the SAI) can be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-202-551-8090. Reports and other information about the fund are available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of this information may be obtained for a duplicating fee by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov , or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

If someone makes a statement about the fund that is not in this Prospectus, you should not rely upon that information. Neither the fund nor its distributor is offering to sell shares of the fund to any person to whom the fund may not lawfully sell its shares.

The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined whether this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any statements to the contrary is a crime.


April     , 2008

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

LEGG MASON PARTNERS APPRECIATION FUND

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

(800) 451-2010

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus and is meant to be read in conjunction with the prospectus of Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund, Inc. (the “fund”) dated April     , 2008, as amended or supplemented from time to time (the “Prospectus”), and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the Prospectus.

As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund with the same name. The fund is now grouped for organizational and governance purposes with other Legg Mason Partners funds that are predominantly equity-type funds, and is a series of Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust. Certain historical information contained in the SAI for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor.

Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The annual report contains financial statements that are incorporated by reference into this SAI. A Prospectus and copies of the annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the fund’s distributor (each called a “Service Agent”) to sell shares of the fund, or by writing or calling the fund at the address or telephone number above. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), a wholly-owned broker-dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”), serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Investment Objective and Management Policies

   2

Investment Practices

   4

Risk Factors

   11

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

   13

Investment Policies

   15

Management

   19

Investment Management and Other Services

   27

Portfolio Manager Disclosure

   36

Portfolio Transactions

   39

Purchase of Shares

   41

Redemption of Shares

   47

Valuation of Shares

   49

Exchange Privilege

   49

Dividends, Distributions and Taxes

   50

Additional Information

   58

Financial Statements

   63

Appendix A—Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures

   A-1

THIS SAI IS NOT A PROSPECTUS AND IS AUTHORIZED FOR DISTRIBUTION TO PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ONLY IF PRECEDED OR ACCOMPANIED BY AN EFFECTIVE PROSPECTUS.

 

1


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND MANAGEMENT POLICIES

The fund is an open-end, diversified, management investment company. The fund’s investment objective is to provide long-term appreciation of shareholders’ capital. The fund’s Prospectus discusses the fund’s investment objective and the policies it employs to achieve its objective. The fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) without shareholder approval.

Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) serves as investment manager to the fund. ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge” or the “subadviser”) serves as the subadviser to the fund.

Principal Investment Strategies

The fund invests primarily in equity securities of U.S. companies. The fund typically invests in medium and large capitalization companies, but may also invest in small capitalization companies. Equity securities include exchange-traded and over-the-counter common stocks and preferred stocks, debt securities convertible into equity securities, and warrants and rights relating to equity securities.

The portfolio managers adjust the amount held in cash reserves depending on the portfolio managers’ outlook for the stock market. The portfolio managers will increase the fund’s allocation to cash when, in the portfolio managers’ opinion, market valuation levels become excessive. The portfolio managers may sometimes hold a significant portion of the fund’s assets in cash while waiting for buying opportunities or to provide a hedge against stock market declines. If the fund holds a significant portion of its assets in cash during periods of stock market increases, that could prevent the fund from achieving its investment objective.

Additional Information

The fund’s principal investment strategies are described above. The following information and the information under “Investment Practices” below provides additional information on these principal strategies and describes other investment strategies that may be used by the fund.

Common Stock. The fund may invest in common stocks. Common stocks are shares of a corporation or other entity entitling the holder to a pro rata share of the profits of the corporation, if any, without preference over any other shareholder or class of shareholders, including holders of the entity’s preferred stock and other senior equity. Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so.

Preferred Stock. Preferred stocks, like debt obligations, are generally fixed-income securities. Shareholders of preferred stocks normally have the right to receive dividends at a fixed rate when and as declared by the issuer’s board, but do not participate in other amounts available for distribution by the issuing corporation. Preferred stock dividends must be paid before common stock dividends and for that reason preferred stocks generally entail less risk than common stocks. Upon liquidation, preferred stocks are entitled to a specified liquidation preference, which is generally the same as the par or stated value, and are senior in right of payment to common stock. Preferred stocks are, however, equity securities in the sense they do not represent a liability of the issuer and, therefore, do not offer as great a degree of protection of capital or assurance of continued income as investments in corporate debt securities. In addition, preferred stocks are subordinated in right of payment to all debt obligations and creditors of the issuer, and convertible preferred stocks may be subordinated to other preferred stock of the same issuer.

Warrants. The fund may invest up to 5% of its assets in warrants. Warrants entitle the fund to buy common stock from the issuer at a specified price and time. Warrants are subject to the same market risks as stocks, but may be more volatile in price. The fund’s investment in warrants will not entitle it to receive dividends or exercise voting rights and will become worthless if the warrants cannot be profitably exercised before the expiration dates.

 

2


Convertible Securities. Convertible securities in which the fund may invest, including both convertible debt and convertible preferred stock, may be converted at either a stated price or stated rate into underlying shares of common stock. Because of this feature, convertible securities enable an investor to benefit from increases in the market price of the underlying common stock. Convertible securities provide higher yields than the underlying equity securities, but generally offer lower yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality. Like bonds, the value of convertible securities fluctuates in relation to changes in interest rates and, in addition, also fluctuates in relation to the underlying common stock.

Foreign Securities. The fund may invest up to 10% of its net assets (at the time of investment) in foreign securities. The fund may invest directly in foreign issuers or invest in depositary receipts (securities of foreign issuers in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) or similar securities representing interests in the common stock of foreign issuers). ADRs are receipts, typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company, which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. EDRs are receipts issued in Europe, which evidence a similar ownership arrangement. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets and EDRs are designed for use in European securities markets. The underlying securities are not always denominated in the same currency as the ADRs or EDRs. Although investment in the form of ADRs or EDRs facilitates trading in foreign securities, it does not mitigate the risks associated with investing in foreign securities.

Investments in foreign securities incur higher costs than investments in U.S. securities, including higher costs in making securities transactions as well as foreign government taxes, which may reduce the investment return of the fund. In addition, foreign investments may include additional risks associated with currency exchange rates, less complete financial information about individual companies, less market liquidity and political instability.

Money Market Instruments. The fund may invest in times of unusual or adverse market, economic or political conditions, for temporary defensive purposes and for cash management purposes, in corporate and government bonds and notes and money market instruments. Money market instruments include: obligations issued or guaranteed by the United States government, its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. government securities”); certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic banks (including their branches located outside the United States and subsidiaries located in Canada), domestic branches of foreign banks, savings and loan associations and similar institutions; high grade commercial paper; and repurchase agreements with respect to the foregoing types of instruments. Certificates of deposit (“CDs”) are short-term, negotiable obligations of commercial banks. Time deposits (“TDs”) are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions. The fund may invest in cash and in short-term instruments, and it may hold cash and short-term instruments without limitation when the manager determines that it is appropriate to maintain a temporary defensive posture. Short-term instruments in which the fund may invest include: (a) obligations issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including repurchase agreements with respect to such securities); (b) bank obligations (including CDs, TDs and bankers’ acceptances of domestic or foreign banks, domestic savings and loan associations and similar institutions); (c) floating rate securities and other instruments denominated in U.S. dollars issued by international development agencies, banks and other financial institutions, governments and their agencies or instrumentalities and corporations located in countries that are members of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development; and (d) commercial paper rated no lower than A-2 by Standard & Poor’s, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”) or Prime-2 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or the equivalent from another major rating service or, if unrated, of an issuer having an outstanding, unsecured debt issue then rated within the three highest rating categories.

 

3


INVESTMENT PRACTICES

In attempting to achieve its investment objective, the fund may employ, among others, the following portfolio strategies.

Repurchase Agreements. The fund may enter into repurchase agreements. In a repurchase agreement, the fund buys, and the seller agrees to repurchase, a security at a mutually agreed upon time and price (usually within seven days). The repurchase agreement thereby determines the yield during the purchaser’s holding period, while the seller’s obligation to repurchase is secured by the value of the underlying security. The fund’s custodian will have custody of, and will hold in a segregated account, securities acquired by the fund under a repurchase agreement. Repurchase agreements are considered by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) to be loans by the fund. Repurchase agreements could involve risks in the event of a default or insolvency of the other party to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions upon the fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities. In an attempt to reduce the risk of incurring a loss on a repurchase agreement, the fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with domestic banks with total assets in excess of $1 billion, or primary government securities dealers reporting to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, with respect to securities of the type in which the fund may invest, and will require that additional securities be deposited with it if the value of the securities purchased should decrease below resale price.

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC, the fund, along with other affiliated entities managed by the manager, may transfer uninvested cash balances into one or more joint repurchase accounts. These balances are invested in one or more repurchase agreements, secured by U.S. government securities. Each joint repurchase arrangement requires that the market value of the collateral be sufficient to cover payments of interest and principal; however, in the event of default by the other party to the agreement, retention or sale of the collateral may be subject to legal proceedings.

Lending of Portfolio Securities. Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, the fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations meeting capital and other credit requirements or other criteria established by the fund’s Board. Loans of portfolio securities will be collateralized by cash, letters of credit or U.S. government securities, which are maintained at all times in an amount equal to at least 102% of the current market value of the loaned securities. Any gain or loss in the market price of the securities loaned occurring during the term of the loan would be for the account of the fund.

By lending its securities, the fund can increase its income by continuing to receive interest and any dividends on the loaned securities as well as by either investing the collateral received for securities loaned in short-term instruments or obtaining yield in the form of interest paid by the borrower when U.S. government securities are used as collateral. Although the generation of income is not the primary investment goal of the fund, income received could be used to pay the fund’s expenses and would increase an investor’s total return. The fund will adhere to the following conditions whenever its portfolio securities are loaned: (i) the fund must receive at least 102% cash collateral or equivalent securities of the type discussed in the preceding paragraph from the borrower; (ii) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities rises above the level of such collateral; (iii) the fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (iv) the fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities and any increase in market value; (v) the fund may pay only reasonable custodian fees in connection with the loan; and (vi) voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, provided, however, that if a material event adversely affecting the investment occurs, the fund must terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities. Loan agreements involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the other party including possible delays or restrictions upon the fund’s ability to recover the loaned securities or dispose of the collateral for the loan.

 

4


Generally, the borrower will be required to make payments to the fund in lieu of any dividends the fund would have otherwise received had it not loaned the shares to the borrower. Any such payments, however, will not be treated as “qualified dividend income” for purposes of determining what portion of the fund’s regular dividends (as defined below) received by individuals may be taxed at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains (see “Taxes” below).

Derivatives Transactions

Financial Futures and Options Transactions. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) eliminated limitations on futures transactions and options thereon by registered investment companies, provided that the investment manager to the registered investment company claims an exclusion from regulation as a commodity pool operator. The fund is operated by a person who has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and therefore is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act. As a result of these CFTC rule changes, the fund is no longer restricted in its ability to enter into futures transactions and options thereon under CFTC regulations. The fund however, continues to have policies with respect to futures and options thereon as set forth below.

Options, Futures and Currency Strategies. The fund may, but is not required to, use forward currency contracts and certain options and futures strategies to attempt to hedge its portfolio, i.e., reduce the overall level of investment risk normally associated with the fund as a substitute for buying or selling securities, or as a cash management technique. There can be no assurance that such efforts will succeed.

To attempt to hedge against adverse movements in exchange rates between currencies, the fund may enter into forward currency contracts for the purchase or sale of a specified currency at a specified future date. Such contracts may involve the purchase or sale of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar or may involve two foreign currencies. The fund may enter into forward currency contracts either with respect to specific transactions or with respect to its portfolio positions. For example, when the subadviser anticipates making a purchase or sale of a security, it may enter into a forward currency contract in order to set the rate (either relative to the U.S. dollar or another currency) at which the currency exchange transaction related to the purchase or sale will be made (“transaction hedging”). Further, when the subadviser believes that a particular currency may decline compared to the U.S. dollar or another currency, the fund may enter into a forward contract to sell the currency the subadviser expects to decline in an amount approximating the value of some or all of the fund’s securities denominated in that currency, or when the subadviser believes that one currency may decline against a currency in which some or all of the portfolio securities held by the fund are denominated, it may enter into a forward contract to buy the currency expected to appreciate for a fixed amount (“position hedging”). In this situation, the fund may, in the alternative, enter into a forward contract to sell a different currency for a fixed amount of the currency expected to decline where the subadviser believes that the value of the currency to be sold pursuant to the forward contract will fall whenever there is a decline in the value of the currency in which portfolio securities of the fund are denominated (“cross hedging”). The fund will segregate (i) cash, (ii) U.S. Government securities or (iii) equity securities or debt securities (of any grade) in certain currencies provided such assets are liquid, unencumbered and marked to market daily, with a value equal to the aggregate amount of the fund’s commitments under forward contracts entered into with respect to position hedges and cross-hedges. If the value of the segregated securities declines, additional cash or securities are segregated on a daily basis so that the value of the amount will equal the amount of the fund’s commitments with respect to such contracts.

For hedging purposes, the fund may write covered call options and purchase put and call options on currencies to hedge against movements in exchange rates and on debt securities to hedge against the risk of fluctuations in the prices of securities held by the fund or which the subadviser intends to include in its portfolio. The fund also may use interest rate futures contracts and options thereon to hedge against changes in the general level in interest rates.

 

5


The fund may write call options on securities and currencies only if they are covered, and such options must remain covered so long as the fund is obligated as a writer. A call option written by the fund is “covered” if the fund owns the securities or currency underlying the option or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security or currency without additional cash consideration (or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated account on the fund’s books) upon conversion or exchange of other securities or currencies held in its portfolio. A call option is also covered if the fund holds on a share-for-share basis a call on the same security or holds a call on the same currency as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written or greater than the exercise price of the call written if the difference is maintained by the fund in cash, Treasury bills or other high-grade, short-term obligations in a segregated account on the fund’s books.

The fund may purchase put and call options in anticipation of declines in the value of portfolio securities or increases in the value of securities to be acquired. If the expected changes occur, the fund may be able to offset the resulting adverse effect on its portfolio, in whole or in part, through the options purchased. The risk assumed by the fund in connection with such transactions is limited to the amount of the premium and related transaction costs associated with the option, although the fund may be required to forfeit such amounts in the event the prices of securities underlying the options do not move in the direction or to the extent anticipated. The fund may invest up to 5% of the total assets in put and call options on securities.

Although the fund might not employ the use of forward currency contracts, options and futures, the use of any of these strategies would involve certain investment risks and transaction costs to which it might not otherwise be subject. These risks include: dependence on the subadviser’s ability to predict movements in the prices of individual debt securities, fluctuations in the general fixed-income markets and movements in interest rates and currency markets; imperfect correlation between movements in the price of currency, options, futures contracts or options thereon and movements in the price of the currency or security hedged or used for cover; the fact that skills and techniques needed to trade options, futures contracts and options thereon or to use forward currency contracts are different from those needed to select the securities in which the fund invests; and lack of assurance that a liquid market will exist for any particular option, futures contract or options thereon at any particular time.

Over-the-counter options in which the fund may invest differ from exchange-traded options in that they are two-party contracts, with price and other terms negotiated between buyer and seller, and generally do not have as much market liquidity as exchange-traded options. The fund may be required to treat as illiquid over-the-counter options purchased and securities being used to cover certain written over-the-counter options.

Stock Index Options. The fund may purchase put and call options and write call options on domestic stock indexes listed on domestic exchanges in order to realize its investment objective of capital appreciation or for the purpose of hedging its portfolio. A stock index fluctuates with changes in the market values of the stocks included in the index.

Options on stock indexes are generally similar to options on stock except that the delivery requirements are different. Instead of giving the right to take or make delivery of stock at a specified price, an option on a stock index gives the holder the right to receive a cash “exercise settlement amount” equal to (a) the amount, if any, by which the fixed exercise price of the option exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying index on the date of exercise, multiplied by (b) a fixed “index multiplier.” Receipt of this cash amount will depend upon the closing level of the stock index upon which the option is based being greater than, in the case of a call, or less than, in the case of a put, the exercise price of the option. The amount of cash received will be equal to such difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars or a foreign currency, as the case may be, times a specified multiple. The writer of the option is obligated, in return for the premium received, to make delivery of this amount. The writer may offset its position in stock index options prior to expiration by entering into a closing transaction on an exchange or it may let the option expire unexercised.

 

6


The effectiveness of purchasing or writing stock index options as a hedging technique will depend upon the extent to which price movements in the portion of the securities portfolio of the fund correlate with price movements of the stock index selected. Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether the fund will realize a gain or loss from the purchase or writing of options on an index depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the case of certain indexes, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of a particular stock. Accordingly, successful use by the fund of options on stock indexes will be subject to the subadviser’s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the stock market generally or of a particular industry. This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.

The fund will engage in stock index options transactions only when determined by the subadviser to be consistent with the fund’s efforts to control risk. There can be no assurance that such judgment will be accurate or that the use of these portfolio strategies will be successful. The fund can invest up to 5% of its total assets in put and call options on domestic and foreign stock indexes.

Options on Securities. As discussed more generally above, the fund may engage in the writing of covered call options. The fund may also purchase put options and enter into closing transactions.

The principal reason for writing covered call options on securities is to attempt to realize, through the receipt of premiums, a greater return than would be realized on the securities alone. In return for a premium, the writer of a covered call option forgoes the right to any appreciation in the value of the underlying security above the strike price for the life of the option (or until a closing purchase transaction can be effected). Nevertheless, the call writer retains the risk of a decline in the price of the underlying security. Similarly, the principal reason for writing covered put options is to realize income in the form of premiums. The writer of a covered put option accepts the risk of a decline in the price of the underlying security. The size of the premiums the fund may receive may be adversely affected as new or existing institutions, including other investment companies, engage in or increase their option-writing activities.

Options written by the fund will normally have expiration dates between one and six months from the date written. The exercise price of the options may be below, equal to or above the current market values of the underlying securities when the options are written. In the case of call options, these exercise prices are referred to as “in-the-money,” “at-the-money” and “out-of-the-money,” respectively.

The fund may write (a) in-the-money call options when the subadviser expects the price of the underlying security to remain flat or decline moderately during the option period, (b) at-the-money call options when the subadviser expects the price of the underlying security to remain flat or advance moderately during the option period and (c) out-of-the-money call options when the subadviser expects that the price of the security may increase but not above a price equal to the sum of the exercise price plus the premiums received from writing the call option. In any of the preceding situations, if the market price of the underlying security declines and the security is sold at this lower price, the amount of any realized loss will be offset wholly or in part by the premium received. Out-of-the-money, at-the-money and in-the-money put options (the reverse of call options as to the relation of exercise price to market price) may be utilized in the same market environments as such call options are used in equivalent transactions.

So long as the obligation of the fund as the writer of an option continues, the fund may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker/dealer through which the option was sold, requiring it to deliver, in the case of a call, or take delivery of, in the case of a put, the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. This obligation terminates when the option expires or the fund effects a closing purchase transaction. The fund can no longer effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option once it has been assigned an exercise notice. To secure its obligation to deliver the underlying security when it writes a call option, or to pay for the underlying security when it writes a put option, the fund will be required to deposit in escrow the underlying

 

7


security or other assets in accordance with the rules of the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”) or similar clearing corporation and the securities exchange on which the option is written.

An option position may be closed out only where there exists a secondary market for an option of the same series on a recognized securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market. The fund expects to write options only on national securities exchanges or in the over-the-counter market. The fund may purchase put options issued by the OCC or in the over-the-counter market. The fund may realize a profit or loss upon entering into a closing transaction. In cases in which the fund has written an option, it will realize a profit if the cost of the closing purchase transaction is less than the premium received upon writing the option and will incur a loss if the cost of the closing purchase transaction exceeds the premium received upon writing the option. Similarly, when the fund has purchased an option and engages in a closing sale transaction, whether it recognizes a profit or loss will depend upon whether the amount received in the closing sale transaction is more or less than the premium the fund initially paid for the original option plus the related transaction costs.

Although the fund generally will purchase or write only those options for which the subadviser believes there is an active secondary market so as to facilitate closing transactions, there is no assurance that sufficient trading interest to create a liquid secondary market on a securities exchange will exist for any particular option or at any particular time, and for some options no such secondary market may exist. A liquid secondary market in an option may cease to exist for a variety of reasons. In the past, for example, higher than anticipated trading activity or order flow, or other unforeseen events, have at times rendered certain of the facilities of the OCC and national securities exchanges inadequate and resulted in the institution of special procedures, such as trading rotations, restrictions on certain types of orders or trading halts or suspensions in one or more options. There can be no assurance that similar events, or events that may otherwise interfere with the timely execution of customers’ orders, will not recur. In such event, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options. If, as a covered call option writer, the fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise.

Securities exchanges generally have established limitations governing the maximum number of calls and puts of each class which may be held or written, or exercised within certain periods, by an investor or group of investors acting in concert (regardless of whether the options are written on the same or different securities exchanges or are held, written or exercised in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers). It is possible that the fund and other clients of the subadviser and certain of their affiliates may be considered to be such a group. A securities exchange may order the liquidation of positions found to be in violation of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.

In the case of options written by the fund that are deemed covered by virtue of the fund’s holding convertible or exchangeable preferred stock or debt securities, the time required to convert or exchange and obtain physical delivery of the underlying common stocks with respect to which the fund has written options may exceed the time within which the fund must make delivery in accordance with an exercise notice. In these instances, the fund may purchase or temporarily borrow the underlying securities for purposes of physical delivery. By so doing, the fund will not bear any market risk because the fund will have the absolute right to receive from the issuer of the underlying security an equal number of shares to replace the borrowed stock, but the fund may incur additional transaction costs or interest expenses in connection with any such purchase or borrowing.

Although the subadviser will attempt to take appropriate measures to minimize the risks relating to the fund’s writing of call options and purchasing of put and call options, there can be no assurance the fund will succeed in its option-writing program.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. As described generally above, the fund may enter into futures contracts and purchase and write (sell) options on these contracts, including but not limited to,

 

8


interest rate, securities index and foreign currency contracts and put and call options on these futures contracts. Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific security at a specified future time and at a specified price. The fund may enter into futures contracts and options on futures to seek higher investment returns when a futures contract is priced more attractively than stocks comprising a benchmark index, to facilitate trading or to reduce transaction costs. The fund will only enter into futures contracts and options on futures contracts that are traded on a domestic exchange and board of trade. Assets committed to futures contracts will be segregated on the fund’s books to the extent required by law.

The primary purpose of entering into a futures contract by the fund is to protect the fund from fluctuations in the value of securities without actually buying or selling the securities. For example, in the case of stock index futures contracts, if the fund anticipates an increase in the price of stocks it intends to purchase at a later time, the fund could enter into contracts to purchase the stock index (known as taking a “long” position) as a temporary substitute for the purchase of stocks. If an increase in the market influences the stock index as anticipated, the value of the futures contracts increases and thereby serves as a hedge against the fund’s not participating in a market advance. The fund then may close out the futures contracts by entering into offsetting futures contracts to sell the stock index (known as taking a “short” position) as it purchases individual stocks. The fund can accomplish similar results by buying securities with long maturities and selling securities with short maturities. But by using futures contracts as an investment tool to reduce risk, given the greater liquidity in the futures market, it may be possible to accomplish the same result more easily and more quickly.

No consideration will be paid or received by the fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures contract. Initially, the fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents equal to approximately 1% to 10% of the contract amount (this amount is subject to change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and brokers or members of such board of trade may charge a higher amount). This amount is known as “initial margin” and is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract which is returned to the fund, upon termination of the futures contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” to and from the broker, will be made daily as the price of the index or securities underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” In addition, when the fund enters into a long position in a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, it must deposit into a segregated account on the fund’s books an amount of cash or cash equivalents equal to the total market value of the underlying futures contract, less amounts held in the fund’s commodity brokerage account at its broker. At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, the fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the fund’s existing position in the contract.

The fund will not enter into futures contracts and related options for which the aggregate initial margin and premiums exceed 5% of the fair market value of the fund’s assets after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any contracts it has entered into. Owning the underlying security or segregation of assets will cover all futures and options on futures positions. With respect to long positions in a futures contract or option (e.g., futures contracts to purchase the underlying instrument and call options purchased or put options written on these futures contracts or instruments), the underlying value of the futures contract at all times will not exceed the sum of cash, short-term U.S. debt obligations or other high quality obligations set aside for this purpose.

Investment Company Securities . Subject to applicable statutory and regulatory limitations, the fund may invest in shares of other investment companies, including shares of other mutual funds, closed-end funds, and unregistered investment companies. Investments in other investment companies are subject to the risk of the securities in which those investment companies invest. In addition, to the extent the fund invests in securities of other investment companies, fund shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of such companies in addition to the expenses of the fund’s own operation. These costs include management, brokerage, shareholder servicing and other operational expenses.

 

9


The fund may invest in shares of mutual funds or unit investment trusts that are traded on a stock exchange, called exchange-traded funds or ETFs. Typically an ETF seeks to track the performance of an index, such as the S&P 500, the NASDAQ 100, the Lehman Treasury Bond Index, or more narrow sector or foreign indices, by holding in its portfolio either the same securities that comprise the index, or a representative sample of the index. Investing in an ETF will give the fund exposure to the securities comprising the index on which the ETF is based.

Unlike shares of typical mutual funds or unit investment trusts, shares of ETFs are designed to be traded throughout a trading day, bought and sold based on market values and not at net asset value. For this reason, shares could trade at either a premium or discount to net asset value. However, the portfolios held by index-based ETFs are publicly disclosed on each trading day, and an approximation of actual net asset value is disseminated throughout the trading day. Because of this transparency, the trading prices of index based ETFs tend to closely track the actual net asset value of the underlying portfolios and the fund will generally gain or lose value depending on the performance of the index. However, gains or losses on the fund’s investment in ETFs will ultimately depend on the purchase and sale price of the ETF. In the future, as new products become available, the fund may invest in ETFs that are actively managed. Actively managed ETFs will likely not have the transparency of index-based ETFs, and therefore, may be more likely to trade at a discount or premium to actual net asset values.

The fund may invest in closed-end investment companies which hold securities of U. S. and/or non-U.S. issuers. Because shares of closed-end funds trade on an exchange, investments in closed-end investment funds may entail the additional risk that the market value of such investments may be substantially less than their net asset value.

Short Sales. A short sale is a transaction in which the fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of that security. To effect a short sale, the fund arranges through a broker to borrow the security it does not own to be delivered to a buyer of such security. In borrowing the security to be delivered to the buyer, the fund will become obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. A short sale results in a gain when the price of the securities sold short declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which a security is purchased to replace the borrowed security. Conversely, a short sale will result in a loss if the price of the security sold short increases. Short selling is a technique that may be considered speculative and involves risk beyond the amount of money used to secure each transaction.

When the fund makes a short sale, the broker effecting the short sale typically holds the proceeds as part of the collateral securing the fund’s obligation to cover the short position. The fund may use securities it owns to meet such collateral obligations. Generally, the fund may not keep, and must return to the lender, any dividends or interest that accrue on the borrowed security during the period of the loan. Depending on the arrangements with a broker or the custodian, the fund may or may not receive any payments (including interest) on collateral it designates as security for the broker.

In addition, until the fund closes its short position or replaces the borrowed security, the fund, pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), will designate liquid assets it owns (other than short sale proceeds) as segregated assets in an amount equal to its obligation to purchase the securities sold short. The amount segregated in this manner will be increased or decreased each business day (called marked-to-the-market) in an amount equal to the changes in the market value of the fund’s obligation to purchase the security sold short. This may limit the fund’s investment flexibility as well as its ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

The fund will realize a gain if the price of a security declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which the fund purchases a security to replace the borrowed security. On the other hand, the fund will incur a loss if the price of the security increases between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased and the amount of any loss increased by any premium or interest that the fund may be required to pay in connection with

 

10


a short sale. It should be noted that possible losses from short sales differ from those that could arise from a cash investment in a security in that losses from a short sale may be limitless, while the losses from a cash investment in a security cannot exceed the total amount of the investment in the security.

Short Sales Against the Box. The fund may enter into a short sale of common stock such that when the short position is open the fund owns an amount of preferred stocks or debt securities, convertible or exchangeable, without payment of further consideration, into an equal number of shares of the common stock sold short. This kind of short sale, which is described as “against the box,” will be entered into by the fund for the purpose of receiving a portion of the interest earned by the executing broker from the proceeds of the sale. The proceeds of the sale will be held by the broker until the settlement date when the fund delivers the convertible securities to close out its short position. Although prior to delivery the fund will have to pay an amount equal to any dividends paid on the common stock sold short, the fund will receive the dividends from the preferred stock or interest from the debt securities convertible into the stock sold short, plus a portion of the interest earned from the proceeds of the short sale. The fund will deposit, in a segregated account with its custodian, convertible preferred stock or convertible debt securities in connection with short sales against the box.

To avoid limitations under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act” on borrowing by investment companies, short sales by the fund will be “against the box,” or the fund’s obligation to deliver the securities sold short will be “covered.” The fund will not make short sales of securities or maintain a short position if doing so could create liabilities or require collateral deposits and segregation of assets aggregating more than 25% of the value of the fund’s total assets. Management currently intends to limit the fund’s short sales to shares issued by exchange-traded funds which hold portfolios of securities that seek to track the performance of a specific index or Basket of stocks. Utilizing this strategy will allow the portfolio managers to adjust the fund’s exposure in a particular sector, in a cost effective and convenient manner, without having to see the fund’s holdings of individual stocks in that sector.

RISK FACTORS

General. There can be no assurance that the fund’s investment objective will be achieved. The value of the fund’s investments will fluctuate in response to changes in market and economic conditions, as well as the financial condition and prospects of issuers in which the fund invests.

Foreign Investments. Investments in foreign securities incur higher costs than investments in U.S. securities, including higher costs in making securities transactions as well as foreign government taxes which may reduce the investment return of the fund. In addition, foreign investments may include additional risks associated with currency exchange rates, less complete financial information about individual companies, less market liquidity and political instability.

U.S. and Foreign Taxes. The fund’s investment in foreign securities may be subject to taxes withheld at the source on dividend or interest payments. Foreign taxes paid by the fund may be creditable or deductible by U.S. shareholders for U.S. income tax purposes. No assurance can be given that applicable tax laws and interpretations will not change in the future. Moreover, non-U.S. investors may not be able to credit or deduct such foreign taxes.

Futures Contracts and Related Options. There are several risks in connection with the use of futures contracts as a hedging device. Successful use of futures contracts by the fund is subject to the ability of the subadviser to predict correctly movements in the stock market or in the direction of interest rates. These predictions involve skills and techniques that may be different from those involved in the management of investments in securities. In addition, there can be no assurance that there will be a perfect correlation between movements in the price of the securities underlying the futures contract and movements in the price of the securities that are the subject of the hedge. A decision of whether, when and how to hedge involves the exercise

 

11


of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected trends in market behavior or interest rates.

Positions in futures contracts may be closed out only on the exchange on which they were entered into (or through a linked exchange) and no secondary market exists for those contracts. In addition, although the fund intends to enter into futures contracts only if there is an active market for the contracts, there is no assurance that an active market will exist for the contracts at any particular time. Most futures exchanges and boards of trade limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular contract, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond that limit. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses. In such event, and in the event of adverse price movements, the fund would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin; in such circumstances, an increase in the value of the portion of the fund’s portfolio being hedged, if any, may partially or completely offset losses on the futures contract. As described above, however, no assurance can be given that the price of the securities being hedged will correlate with the price movements in a futures contract and thus provide an offset to losses on the futures contract.

 

12


DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

For funds in the Legg Mason Partners family of funds, each fund’s Board of Trustees has adopted policies and procedures developed by LMPFA with respect to the disclosure of the funds’ portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about each fund’s portfolio securities. The policy requires that consideration always be given as to whether disclosure of information about any fund’s portfolio holdings is in the best interests of such fund’s shareholders, and that any conflicts of interest between the interests of the fund’s shareholders and those of LMPFA, the fund’s distributor or their affiliates, be addressed in a manner that places the interests of fund shareholders first. The policy provides that information regarding a fund’s portfolio holdings may not be shared with non-Legg Mason employees, with investors or potential investors (whether individual or institutional), or with third parties unless it is done for legitimate fund business purposes and in accordance with the policy.

LMPFA’s policy generally provides for the release of details of securities positions once they are considered “stale.” Data is considered stale 25 calendar days following quarter-end. LMPFA believes that this passage of time prevents a third party from benefiting from an investment decision made by a fund that has not been fully reflected by the market.

Under the policy, a fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and non-Legg Mason employees with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after calendar quarter end. Typically, simultaneous public disclosure is achieved by the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings may not be made until 25 days following quarter-end and/or posting the information to a Legg Mason or the funds’ Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

The policy permits the release of limited portfolio holdings information that is not yet considered stale in a number of situations, including:

 

  1. A fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

 

  2. A fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

 

  3. A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by a portfolio manager (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

 

  4. A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction (i.e., brokers and custodians).

 

  5. A fund’s sector weightings, yield and duration, performance attribution (e.g. analysis of the fund’s out performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

 

  6. A fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its Independent Trustees, and its independent public accountants, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

Under the policy, if information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is released pursuant to an ongoing arrangement with any party, a fund must have a legitimate business purpose for the release of the information, and either the party receiving the information must be under a duty of confidentiality, or the release of non-public

 

13


information must be subject to trading restrictions and confidential treatment to prohibit the entity from sharing with an unauthorized source or trading upon any non-public information provided. Neither a fund, nor Legg Mason, nor any other affiliated party may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about a fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by a fund’s Board. The release of portfolio holdings other than in ongoing arrangements is subject to a written agreement which requires the recipient to keep the information confidential and to use the information only for the purpose specified in the agreement. The approval of a fund’s Chief

Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained prior to release of the information other than in an ongoing arrangement.

The approval of a fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions to the policy. Any exceptions to the policy must be consistent with the purposes of the policy. Exceptions are considered on a case-by-case basis and are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with LMPFA’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions to the policies are reported to a fund’s Board at its next regularly scheduled meeting.

Currently, the funds typically disclose their complete portfolio holdings approximately 25 days after calendar quarter end on Legg Mason’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors.

Set forth below is a list, as of August 31, 2007, of those parties with whom LMPFA, on behalf of the funds, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information, the frequency of the release under such arrangements, and the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

 

Recipient

  

Frequency

  

Delay before dissemination

State Street Bank and Trust Company (Fund Custodian and Accounting Agent)

   Daily    None

Institutional Shareholders Services (Proxy Voting Services)

   As necessary    None

Bloomberg

   Quarterly    25 days after quarter end

Lipper

   Quarterly    25 days after quarter end

S&P

   Quarterly    25 days after quarter end

Morningstar

   Quarterly    25 days after quarter end

Vestek

   Daily    None

Factset

   Daily    None

The Bank of New York

   Daily    None

Thomson

   Semi-annually    None

Dataware

   Daily    None

ITG

   Daily    None

 

14


Portfolio holdings information for a fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

 

Recipient

  

Frequency

  

Delay before dissemination

Baseline

   Daily    None

Frank Russell

   Monthly    1 day

Callan

   Quarterly    25 days after quarter end

Mercer

   Quarterly    25 days after quarter end

eVes tment Alliance

   Quarterly    25 days after quarter end

CRA RogersCasey

   Quarterly    25 days after quarter end

Cambridge Associates

   Quarterly    25 days after quarter end

Marco Consulting

   Quarterly    25 days after quarter end

Wilshire

   Quarterly    25 days after quarter end

Informa Investment Services (Efron)

   Quarterly    25 days after quarter end

CheckFree (Mobius)

   Quarterly    25 days after quarter end

Nelsons Information

   Quarterly    25 days after quarter end

Investor Tools

   Daily    None

Advent

   Daily    None

BARRA

   Daily    None

Plexus

  

Quarterly

(Calendar)

   Sent 1-3 business days
following the end of a quarter

Elkins/McSherry

  

Quarterly

(Calendar)

   Sent 1-3 business days
following the end of a quarter

Quantitative Services Group

   Daily    None

AMBAC

   Daily    None

Deutsche Bank

   Monthly    6-8 business days

Fitch

   Monthly    6-8 business days

Liberty Hampshire

   Weekly and Month End    None

Sun Trust

   Weekly and Month End    None

New England Pension Consultants

   Quarterly    25 days after quarter end

Evaluation Associates

   Quarterly    25 days after quarter end

Watson Wyatt

   Quarterly    25 days after quarter end

S&P (Rating Agency)

   Weekly Tuesday Night    1 business day

Moody’s (Rating Agency)

  

Monthly

   6-8 business days

Electra Information Systems

   Daily    None

SunGard

   Daily    None

INVESTMENT POLICIES

The fund has adopted the following fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies below for the protection of shareholders. Investment policies described in this SAI are fundamental only if they are identified as such. Fundamental investment policies cannot be changed without approval by the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the fund, defined as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting power present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the voting power are present in person or by proxy or (b) more than 50% of the voting power of the fund.

If any percentage restriction described below is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s fundamental policies are as follows:

 

  1. The fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  2.

The fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other

 

15


 

authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  3. The fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  4. The fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  5. The fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  6. The fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  7. Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the fund may not make any investment if, as a result, the fund’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of the fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate the fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently the fund does not contemplate borrowing money for leverage, but if the fund does so, it will not likely do so to a substantial degree. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit a fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not

 

16


registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause the fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to a fund, as with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when the fund’s manager or a sub-adviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. The fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. The fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over a fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing senior securities except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. A fund also may borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by a fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of a fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning real estate; however, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If a fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be

 

17


subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in exchange traded funds that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (7) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy in (7) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; securities of foreign governments; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

The fund’s fundamental policies are written and will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

Under the non-fundamental investment policies adopted by the fund, the fund may not:

 

  1. Purchase any securities on margin (except for such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities and except that the fund may engage in short sales). For purposes of this restriction, the deposit or payment by the fund of securities and other assets in escrow and collateral agreements with respect to initial or maintenance margin in connection with futures contracts and related options and options on securities, indices or similar items is not considered to be the purchase of a security on margin.

 

  2. Invest more than 5% of the value of its net assets in warrants. Included within that amount, but not to exceed 2% of the value of the fund’s net assets, may be warrants that are not listed on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the “NYSE”) or the American Stock Exchange. Warrants acquired by the fund in units or attached to securities may be deemed to be without value.

 

  3. Invest in mineral-type programs or leases.

 

  4. Purchase or otherwise acquire any security if as a result, more than 15% of its net assets would be invested in securities that are illiquid.

 

  5. Invest for the purpose of exercising control of management.

 

  6. Purchase securities of any company with a record of less than three years’ continuous operation if such purchase would cause its investments in such companies to exceed 5% of the value of its total assets. (For purposes of this limitation, issuers include predecessors, sponsors, controlling persons, general partners, guarantors and originators of underlying assets.)

 

18


Diversification

The fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that the fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer, or (b) the fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the fund can invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, the fund cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.

MANAGEMENT

The business affairs of the fund are managed by or under the direction of the Board of the Trust. The Board elects officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the fund and who execute policies authorized by the Board.

The current Trustees, including the Trustees of the fund who are not “interested persons” of the fund (the “Independent Trustees”), as defined in the 1940 Act, and executive officers of the fund, their birth years, their principal occupations during at least the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of funds associated with Legg Mason the Trustees oversee, and other board memberships they hold are set forth below. The address of each Trustee is c/o R. Jay Gerken, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

 

19


The following information relates to the Trust’s recently elected Board.

 

Name and

Year of Birth

  Position(s)
with Fund
  Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time
Served**
 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

  Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex to
be Overseen
by Trustee
 

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During

Past Five Years

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:

       

Paul R. Ades

Born 1940

  Trustee   Since 1983   Law firm of Paul R. Ades, PLLC (since 2000)   47   None

Andrew L. Breech

Born 1952

  Trustee   Since 1991   President, Dealer Operating Control Service, Inc. (automotive retail management) (since 1985)   47   None

Dwight B. Crane

Born 1937

  Trustee   Since 1981   Independent Consultant (since 1969); formerly Professor, Harvard Business School (1969 to 2007)   49   None

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

Born 1934

  Trustee   Since 1981   Retired; formerly, President and Director, Book Publishing Co. (1970 to 2002)   47   None

Frank G. Hubbard

Born 1937

  Trustee   Since 1993   President, Avatar International Inc. (business development) (since 1998)   47   None

Howard J. Johnson

Born 1938

  Trustee   From 1981
to 1998
and 2000
to Present
  Chief Executive Officer, Genesis Imaging LLC (technology company) (since 2003)   47   None

David E. Maryatt

Born 1936

  Trustee   Since 1983   Private Investor; President and Director, ALS Co. (real estate management and development firm) (since 1993)   47   None

Jerome H. Miller

Born 1938

  Trustee   Since 1995   Retired   47   None

Ken Miller

Born 1942

  Trustee   Since 1983   Chairman, Young Stuff Apparel Group, Inc. (apparel manufacturer) (since 1963)   47   None

 

20


Name and

Year of Birth

  Position(s)
with Fund
  Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time
Served**
 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

  Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex to
be Overseen
by Trustee
 

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During

Past Five Years

John J. Murphy

Born 1944

  Trustee   Since 2002   President, Murphy Capital Management (investment advice) (since 1983)   47   Director, Nicholas Applegate funds (13 funds); Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (11 funds); formerly, Director, Atlantic Stewardship Bank (2004 to 2005); Director, Barclays International Funds Group Ltd. and affiliated companies (to 2003)

Thomas F. Schlafly

Born 1948

  Trustee   Since 1983  

Of Counsel, Husch Blackwell Sanders LLP

(law firm) (since 1984); President, The Saint Louis Brewery, Inc.

(since 1989)

  47   Director, Citizens National Bank of Greater St. Louis, MO (since 2006)

Jerry A. Viscione

Born 1944

  Trustee   Since 1993   Retired; formerly, Executive Vice President, Marquette University (1997 to 2002)   47   None

INTERESTED TRUSTEE:

       

R. Jay Gerken , CFA

Born 1951

  Trustee,

President,
Chairman
and Chief
Executive
Officer

  Since 2002   Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 137 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and Citi Fund Management, Inc. (“CFM”) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)   137   Former Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Fund (2002 to 2006)

 

21


 

* Each Trustee serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a Board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

Mr. Gerken is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with the manager and/or certain of its affiliates.

 

Name, Year of Birth

and Address

  

Position(s)
with Fund

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

OFFICERS:

        

R. Jay Gerken, CFA

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer    Since 2002    Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co.; Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 149 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman, SBFM and CFM (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)

Ted P. Becker

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chief Compliance Officer    Since 2006    Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason, Inc. (2006 to present); Managing Director of Compliance at Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to present); Chief Compliance Officer with certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA and certain affiliates; Managing Director of Compliance at Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM,” a group of affiliated investment advisers, which included SBFM, Smith Barney Asset Management and CFM and other affiliated investment advisory entities) (2002 to 2005).

John Chiota

Born 1968

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer    Since 2006    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President at CAM (since 2004); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006). Prior to August 2004, Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of TD Waterhouse.

Steven Frank

Born 1967

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Controller    Since 2005    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. or its predecessors (since 2002); Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2001 to 2005).

 

22


Name, Year of Birth

and Address

  

Position(s)
with Fund

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Robert I. Frenkel

Born 1954

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Secretary and Chief Legal Officer    Since 2003    Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for CAM (since 2000); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2003). Previously, Secretary of CFM (2001 to 2004).

Thomas C. Mandia

Born 1962

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Assistant Secretary    Since 2000    Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel for CAM (since 1992); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co.

Kaprel Ozsolak

Born 1965

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    Since 2004    Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President at CAM (1996 to 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain funds associated with CAM (2004 to 2005). Previously, Controller of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2002 to 2004).

Albert Laskaj

Born 1977

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Controller    Since 2007    Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2007); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2007); accounting manager of certain mutual funds associated with certain predecessor firms of Legg Mason & Co. (2003 to 2005).

 

* Each officer serves until his or her respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took office for any funds in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

Officers of the fund receive no compensation from the fund, although they may be reimbursed by the fund for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

The Board has three standing Committees: the Audit Committee, the Governance Committee and the Pricing Committee.

The Audit Committee and the Governance Committee are composed of all of the Independent Trustees. The Pricing Committee is composed of the Chairman of the Board and one Independent Trustee.

The Audit Committee oversees, among other things, the scope of the fund’s audit, the fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls. The primary purposes of the Board’s Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of the fund and the qualifications and independence of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered

 

23


public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the fund by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to its manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to the fund’s operations and financial reporting. The Audit Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and negotiation of the fund’s investment management and subadvisory arrangements.

The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee also identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems appropriate, a professional search firm. The Governance Committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The Governance Committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

 

   

whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

 

   

whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the manager, service providers or their affiliates;

 

   

whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

 

   

whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

 

   

the contribution which the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution which the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the Governance Committee may consider relevant;

 

   

the character and integrity of the person; and

 

   

whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

The Pricing Committee is charged with determining the fair value prices for securities when required.

As indicated above, the Trust’s Board is recently elected and is newly constituted as the Board that oversees all of the equity-type funds in the fund complex. All members of the Board previously have served on Boards of predecessors to the Legg Mason Partners funds. The Board met          times during the fund’s last fiscal year. The Audit, Governance and Pricing Committees are recently established committees of this Board and meet             ,              and              times, respectively, during the fund’s last fiscal year.

 

24


The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in the fund and other investment companies in the fund complex supervised by the Trustees as of December 31, 2007.

 

Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range
of Equity
Securities in
the Fund
   Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities In
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen
by Trustee

Independent Trustees

     

Paul R. Ades

     

Andrew L. Breech

     

Dwight B. Crane

     

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

     

Frank G. Hubbard

     

Howard J. Johnson

     

David E. Maryatt

     

Jerome H. Miller

     

Ken Miller

     

John J. Murphy

     

Thomas F. Schlafly

     

Jerry A. Viscione

     

Interested Trustee

     

R. Jay Gerken

     

As of April     , 2008, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund, or of a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund.

Information regarding compensation paid by the fund to its recently elected Board and to its prior Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the fund’s Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Gerken, an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the fund for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

The fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustee fees based upon asset size. The fund currently pays each of the Independent Trustees his pro rata share of: an annual fee of $100,000, plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person, and $1,000 for telephonic Board meetings in which that Trustee participates. The lead Independent Trustee will receive an additional $25,000 per year and the Chair of the Audit Committee will receive an additional $15,000 per year.

 

25


Recently Elected Board

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the

Fund for the
Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
2007(2)
   Total Pension or
Retirement
Benefits Paid
as Part of Fund
Expenses
    Total
Compensation
from Fund
Complex Paid
to Trustee for the
Calendar Year
Ended
December 31, 2007
   Number of
Portfolios in Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee for the
Calendar Year
Ended
December 31, 2007

Independent Trustees

          

Paul R. Ades

   $             $ 0     $             47

Andrew L. Breech

   $      $ 0     $      47

Dwight B. Crane

   $          (2)   $      49

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

   $      $ 0     $      47

Frank G. Hubbard

   $      $ 0     $      47

Howard J. Johnson

   $      $ 0     $      47

David E. Maryatt

   $      $ 0     $      47

Jerome H. Miller

   $      $ 0     $      47

Ken Miller

   $      $ 0     $      47

John J. Murphy

   $      $ 0     $      47

Thomas F. Schlafly

   $      $ 0     $      47

Jerry A. Viscione

   $      $ 0     $      47

Interested Trustee

          

R. Jay Gerken(1)

   $ 0    $ 0     $ 0    137

 

(1) Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as a Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.
(2) Pursuant to a prior emeritus retirement plan, Mr. Crane received, in a lump sum, an aggregate benefit having a net present value equal to $444,643. Each fund formerly overseen by Mr. Crane paid a pro rata share (based upon asset size) of the aggregate benefit to Mr. Crane. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse these funds an amount equal to 50% of the benefits paid to Mr. Crane.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the Trustees of the fund were paid by the fund compensation listed below for their services as Trustees. Information as to the compensation paid to the former Trustees of the fund for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 is also shown below.

 

26


Prior Board

 

Name of Person

     Aggregate
Compensation
from the Fund
for Fiscal Year
Ended 12/31/07
     Total Pension or
Retirement
Benefits Paid
as part of
Fund Expenses(1)(2)
  Total
Compensation
from Fund
and Fund Complex
Paid to Directors
for Fiscal Year
Ended 12/31/07
     Number of
Funds for
Which Trustee
Served Within
Fund
Complex

Independent Directors

           

Dwight B. Crane

     $            (2)   $        46

Burt N. Dorsett(3)

     $            (2)   $        24

Elliot S. Jaffe(4)

     $            (2)   $        24

Stephen E. Kaufman

     $            (2)   $        36

Cornelius C. Rose, Jr.

     $            (2)   $        24

Interested Director

           

R. Jay Gerken(1)

       $0      $0     $0      137

 

(1)

Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.

(2) Pursuant to prior emeritus retirement plans, the following former Directors have received or are entitled to receive benefits (calculated on a net present value basis) as follows: Mr. Barg: $392,886; Mr. Brody: $288,359; Mr. Dorsett: $286,616; Mr. Jaffe: $286,616; Mr. Kaufman: $425,147; Mr. McCann: $221,176; Mr. Rose: $286,616. Mr. Crane also is entitled to receive benefits under the emeritus retirement plans; his benefits are described in a table above. Benefits under the emeritus retirement plans are paid in quarterly installments unless the Trustee elected to receive them in a lump sum at net present value. Each fund formerly overseen by the Trustees pays its pro rata share (based on asset size) of these aggregate benefits. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse the funds an amount equal to 50% of these benefits.
(3) Pursuant to a deferred compensation plan that terminated on January 1, 2007, Burt N. Dorsett has elected to defer payment of the following amounts of his compensation: $6,488.87 for the fund for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006; and $28,700 for the Legg Mason Partners Funds for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
(4) Mr. Jaffe retired as of December 31, 2006.

As of April     , 2008, the Trustees and officers of the fund as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the fund.

As of April     , 2008, to the knowledge of the fund, the following shareholders or “groups” (as such term is defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) owned beneficially or of record 5% or more of the shares of the following classes:

 

Class

  

Name and Address

   Percent of
Shares

 

27


INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager

LMPFA serves as investment manager to the fund pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”) with the fund. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the cash and short-term investments of the fund.

Under the Management Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the fund’s Board, the manager is delegated the responsibility of managing the fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objective and policies, making investment decisions for the fund and placing orders to purchase and sell securities. The manager also performs administrative and management services necessary for the operation of the fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting, and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the fund’s existence, and (v) maintaining the registration and qualification of the fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

The Management Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the fund’s Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. The Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s trustees, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Management Agreement provides that neither the manager nor its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

For its services under the Management Agreement, LMPFA receives an investment management fee that is calculated daily and payable monthly according to the following schedule:

 

Average Daily Net Assets

   Investment Management Fee Rate  

First $250 million

   0.750 %

Next $250 million

   0.700 %

Next $500 million

   0.650 %

Next $1 billion

   0.600 %

Next $1 billion

   0.550 %

Over $3 billion

   0.500 %

For the period from December 1, 2005 through July 31, 2006, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) served as the fund’s manager under the same fee schedule as described above.

 

28


Prior to December 1, 2005, SBFM served as investment adviser and administrator to the fund pursuant to separate investment advisory and administration agreements and received separate investment advisory and administrative fees.

Prior to December 1, 2005, the fund paid SBFM an advisory fee, accrued daily and paid monthly, according to the following schedule:

 

Average Daily Net Assets

    

First $250 million

   0.550%

Next $250 million

   0.513%

Next $500 million

   0.476%

Next $1 billion

   0.439%

Next $1 billion

   0.402%

Over $3 billion

   0.365%

Prior to December 1, 2005, the fund paid SBFM administrative fees, accrued daily and paid monthly, according to the following schedule:

 

Average Daily Net Assets

  

Annual Rate

 

First $250 million

   0.200 %

Next $250 million

   0.187  

Next $500 million

   0.174  

Next $1 billion

   0.161  

Next $1 billion

   0.148  

Over $3 billion

   0.135  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund accrued management fees of $            . LMPFA voluntarily waived $             and reimbursed the fund for expenses in the amount of $            .

The Fund accrued management fees of $             for management services provided by LMPFA for the period from August 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the fund accrued management fees of $             for the management services provided by SBFM for the period from January 1, 2006 through July 31, 2006.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, the fund accrued the following advisory fees:

 

2005

   $ 24,175,618

For the fiscal year ended December 31, the fund paid SBFM the following administrative fees:

 

2005*

   $ 8,895,433
 
  * For the period January 1, 2005 through November 30, 2005

Subadviser

ClearBridge serves as the subadviser to the fund pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement between the manager and ClearBridge (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). ClearBridge, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, is an investment adviser that was formed to succeed to the equity securities portfolio management business of CAM, which was acquired by Legg Mason in December 2005. As of December 31, 2007, ClearBridge’s total assets under management were approximately $         billion. ClearBridge is a wholly owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

 

29


Under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and the manager, the subadviser will, except for the management of cash and short-term investments that is performed by LMPFA, manage the fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objective(s) and policies, assist in supervising all aspects of the fund’s operations, make investment decisions for the fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the fund.

The Sub-Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the subadviser. The subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement on 90 days’ written notice to the fund and the manager. The manager and the subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. This Sub-Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment by the subadviser and shall not be assignable by the manager without the consent of the subadviser.

As compensation for its sub-advisory services, the manager pays the subadviser a fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to LMPFA, net of expense waivers and reimbursements. For the period from August 1, 2006, through December 31, 2006, and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the manager paid $             and $            , respectively, in sub-advisory fees.

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under the Management Agreement and the Distribution Plan (as discussed below), the fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things, interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars and independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuance and redemption or repurchase of the fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, members of the Board and employees of the fund, if any; and the fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the fund and its officers, Board members and employees; litigation expenses and any non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the fund is a party and the legal obligation which the fund may have to indemnify the fund’s Board members and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares, either through contractual or voluntary arrangements. Any such waivers and/or reimbursements are described in the fund’s Prospectus. The contractual and voluntary fee waivers and/or reimbursements do not cover extraordinary expenses, such as (a) any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demand related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time; (b) transaction costs (such as brokerage commissions and dealer and underwriter

 

30


spreads); (c) taxes and interest expenses; and (d) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of the fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of board members or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

             Independent registered public accounting firm, located at             , has been selected to audit and report upon the fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008.

Counsel

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019, serves as counsel to the fund.

Stoock & Strook & Lavan LLP, 180 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038-4982, serves as counsel to the Independent Trustees.

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of the fund. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of the fund; receives and delivers all assets for the fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity; collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of the fund; and makes disbursements on behalf of the fund. State Street neither determines the fund’s investment policies, nor decides which securities the fund will buy or sell. For its services, State Street receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. The fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. State Street may also act as the fund’s securities lending agent and in that case would receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

PFPC Inc. (“PFPC” or “transfer agent”), located at 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, serves as the fund’s transfer agent. Under the transfer agency agreement, the transfer agent maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, the transfer agent receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month, and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

Code of Ethics. Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the fund, its manager, the subadviser, and the distributor have each adopted codes of ethics that permit their respective personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes of ethics and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility. Copies of the codes of ethics of the fund and its manager, subadviser and distributor are on file with the SEC.

 

31


Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures

Although individual Trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager, the Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to the manager, believing that the manager should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

LMPFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for the fund to the subadviser through its contract with the subadviser. The subadviser will use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for the fund. Should LMPFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of the subadviser to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and the fund, the Board of Trustees of LMPFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that LMPFA votes proxies. LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadviser and providing them to the fund as required for the fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

The subadviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to the fund’s portfolio securities are voted, a summary of which is attached as Appendix A to this SAI. Information regarding how the fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) by calling 1-888-425-6432, (2) on the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

Distributors

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, located at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor pursuant to a written agreement (the “distribution agreement”). For the period from December 1, 2007, through December 31, 2007, LMIS has served as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor. For the period from December 1, 2005, through December 31, 2005, the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and the period from January 1, 2007, through November 30, 2007, LMIS, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”) and PFS Investments Inc. (“PFS”) served as the fund’s distributors. Prior to December 1, 2005, CGMI and PFS Distributors, Inc. (“PFS Distributors”), the predecessor in interest to PFS, served as the fund’s distributors.

The distributor’s obligation is an agency or “best efforts” arrangement under which the distributor is required to take and pay only for such shares of the fund as may be sold to the public. The distributor is not obligated to sell any stated number of shares. The distribution agreement is renewable from year to year if approved (a) by the trustees or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The distribution agreement provides that it will terminate if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party on 60 days’ written notice.

LMIS may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act.

 

32


Initial Sales Charge

For fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 the aggregate dollar amount of commissions on Class A and Class C shares paid to CGMI, LMIS and PFS were as follows:

Class A Shares

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

 

     CGMI and
LMIS
   PFS

2007

   $                     $                 

2006

   $ 768,446    $ 5,792,396

2005

   $ 1,291,157    $ 6,014,645

Class C Shares

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

 

     CGMI

2007

   $              

2006

     n/a

2005

     n/a

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (paid to LMIS, CGMI and PFS)

Class A Shares

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

 

     CGMI and
LMIS*
   PFS

2007

   $                 $             

2006

   $ 3,974    $ 30,356

2005

   $ 2,841    $ 44,865

Class B Shares

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

 

     CGMI and
LMIS*
   PFS

2007

   $                  $                 

2006

   $ 591,228    $ 2,027,154

2005

   $ 867,069    $ 2,343,653

Class C Shares

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

 

     CGMI and
LMIS*

2007

   $             

2006

   $ 24,584

2005

   $ 41,278

Services and Distribution Plan

The fund has adopted an amended shareholder services and distribution plan (the “12b-1 Plan”) pursuant to Rule l2b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to its Class A, B, C, FI and R shares. Under the 12b-1 Plan, the fund

 

33


pays service and distribution fees to LMIS for the services it provides and expenses it bears with respect to the distribution of Class A, B, C, FI and R shares and providing services to Class A, B, C, FI and R shareholders. The distributor provides the fund’s Board with periodic reports of amounts expended under the 12b-1 Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. The fund pays service fees, accrued daily and payable monthly, calculated at the annual rate of 0.25% of the value of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to the fund’s Class A, B, C, FI and R shares. In addition, the fund pays distribution fees, with respect to the Class B and C shares, at the annual rate of 0.75%, and, with respect to Class R shares, at an annual rate of 0.25%, of the fund’s average daily net assets.

Prior to December 1, 2005, the fund paid service and distribution fees directly to CGMI and PFS under separate 12b-1 Plans with respect to shares sold through CGMI and PFS.

Fees under the 12b-1 Plan may be used to make payments to the distributor for distribution services, to Service Agents in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to other parties in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to make payments for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing, and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than regulators and existing shareholders. The fund also may make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of fund shares and/or shareholder services provided.

The 12b-1 Plan also provides that the distributor and Service Agents may receive all or a portion of the sales charges paid by Class A, B C, FI and R investors.

The 12b-1 Plan permits the fund to pay fees to the distributor, Service Agents and others as compensation for their services, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. Thus, even if their expenses exceed the fees provided for by the 12b-1 Plan, the fund will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if their expenses are less than the fees paid to them, they will realize a profit. The fund may pay the fees to the distributor and others until the 12b-1 Plan or distribution agreement is terminated or not renewed. In that event, the distributor’s or other recipient’s expenses in excess of fees received or accrued through the termination date will be the distributor’s or other recipient’s sole responsibility and not obligations of the fund. In their annual consideration of the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan for the fund, the Trustees review the 12b-1 Plan and the expenses for each class within the fund separately.

The 12b-1 Plan also recognizes that various service providers to the fund, such as the manager, may make payments for distribution related expenses out of their own resources, including past profits, or payments received from the fund for other purposes, such as management fees, and that the fund’s distributor or Service Agents may from time to time use their own resources for distribution-related services, in addition to the fees paid under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan specifically provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the fund within the context of Rule 12b-1, then the payments are deemed to be authorized by the 12b-1 Plan, if permitted under applicable law.

The 12b-1 Plan continues in effect if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of both a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Independent Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the fund and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreement related to the 12b-1 Plan (for purposes of this paragraph “Qualified” Trustees). The Qualified Trustees, in the exercise of their business judgment in the best interests of the shareholders of the fund and each Class, have approved the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan requires that the fund and the distributor provide to the Board and the Board review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and the purposes therefor) under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan further provides that the selection and nomination of the Qualified Trustees is committed to the discretion of the Qualified Trustees then in office. The 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to any class of the fund at any time by a vote of a majority of the

 

34


fund’s Qualified Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that class. The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of permitted expenses of the class thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding securities of that class and may not be materially amended in any case without a vote of a majority of both the trustees and qualified trustees. The fund will preserve copies of any plan, agreement or report made pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan for a period of not less than six years, and for the first two years the fund will preserve such copies in an easily accessible place.

As contemplated by the 12b-1 Plan, the distributor acts as an agent of the fund in connection with the offering of shares of the fund pursuant to the distribution agreement.

Dealer reallowances are described in the fund’s Prospectus.

The following service and distribution fees were incurred during the years indicated:

12b-1 Plan Fees

 

     Year Ended
12/31/07
   Year Ended
12/31/06
    Year Ended
12/31/05

Class A

   $                     $ 9,074,321     $ 8,952,702

Class B

   $      $ 9,278,320       10,339,736

Class C

   $      $ 6,428,528       6,595,305

Class FI

        N/A       N/A

Class R

   $      $ 0 *     N/A
 
  * Amount represents less than $1.00.

Distribution expenses incurred by LMIS, CGMI and/or PFS for advertising, printing and mailing prospectuses, support services and overhead expenses, payments to Service Agents and for accruals for interest on the excess of expenses incurred in the distribution of the fund’s shares are expressed in the following tables:

For the period from January 1, 2007 through December 31, 2007, LMIS incurred the following distribution expenses for the fund. Distribution expenses included compensation of Service Agents, printing costs of prospectuses and marketing materials.

 

Class

   Financial
Consultant
Compensation
   Third Party
Service Fees
   Branch
Operation
Expenses
   Marketing
Distribution
   Printing    Total
Current
Expenses

A

   $                     $                  $       $                  $                 $                 

B

   $      $      $      $      $      $  

C

   $      $      $      $      $      $  

FI

   $      $      $      $      $      $  

R

   $      $      $      $      $      $  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, CGMI incurred the following distribution expenses for the fund. Distribution expenses included compensation of financial advisors, printing costs of prospectuses and marketing materials.

 

35


Class

   Financial
Consultant
Compensation
   Third Party
Service Fees
   Branch
Operation
Expenses
   Marketing
Distribution
   Printing    Total
Current
Expenses

A

   $                     $       $                     $       $       $                 

B

   $      $      $      $      $      $  

C

   $      $      $      $      $      $  

FI

   $      $      $      $      $      $  

R

   $      $      $      $      $      $  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, PFS incurred the following distribution expenses for the fund. Distribution expenses included compensation of Registered Representatives, printing costs of prospectuses and marketing materials.

 

Class

   Financial
Consultant
Compensation
   Third Party
Service Fees
   Branch
Operation
Expenses
   Marketing
Distribution
   Printing    Total
Current
Expenses

A

   $                     $       $                     $                 $       $                 

B

   $      $      $      $      $      $  

PORTFOLIO MANAGER DISCLOSURE

Portfolio Manager

The following tables set forth certain additional information with respect to the portfolio managers for the fund. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of December 31, 2007.

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies, for each portfolio manager, the number of accounts (other than the fund with respect to which information is provided) for which he has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, and other accounts. For each category, if applicable, the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts where fees are based on performance is also indicated.

 

Portfolio Managers   

Registered Investment
Companies

  

Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles

  

Other Accounts

Harry D. Cohen    Registered investment companies with $         billion in total assets under management    Other pooled investment vehicle with $         billion in assets under management    Other accounts with $         billion in total assets under management
Scott K. Glasser    Registered investment companies with $         billion in total assets under management    Other pooled investment vehicle with $         billion in assets under management    Other accounts with $         billion in total assets under management

Portfolio Manager Compensation

Effective April 1, 2007, ClearBridge investment professionals receive base salary, other employee benefits and are eligible to receive incentive compensation. Base salary is fixed and typically determined based on market factors and the skill and experience of individual investment personnel.

ClearBridge has incentive and deferred compensation plans (the “Plans”) for its investment professionals, including the fund’s portfolio manager(s) and research analysts. The Plans are designed to align the objectives of ClearBridge investment professionals with those of fund shareholders and other ClearBridge clients. Additionally, the deferred plans are designed to retain its investment professionals and reward long-term performance.

 

36


Incentive Compensation

Investment performance is the key component in determining the final incentive award for all of ClearBridge’s investment professionals. A portfolio manager’s initial incentive award is based on the investment professional’s ongoing contribution to ClearBridge’s investment and business results and externally measured competitive pay practices for the portfolio manager’s position/experience within the firm. This award is then adjusted upward or downward (up to +/-50%) based on investment performance during the most recent year over a rolling 1, 3, and 5 year time period. Product performance is ranked among a “peer group” of non-ClearBridge investment managers and the product’s pre-tax investment performance against the applicable product benchmark (e.g. a securities index and, with respect to a fund, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s prospectus to which the fund’s average annual total returns are compared).

The peer group of non-ClearBridge investment managers is defined by product style/type, vehicle type and geography and selected by independent vendors that track and provide (for a fee paid by ClearBridge) relevant peer group performance and ranking data (e.g. primarily Lipper or Callan).

The 1, 3, and 5 year performance versus benchmark and peer group approximate effective weightings are 35% for trailing 1 year performance, 50% for trailing 3 year performance, and 15% for trailing 5 year performance.

Lastly, the incentive award for an investment professional may also be adjusted by the ClearBridge Chief Investment Officer(s) based on other qualitative factors such as contribution to the firm and the development of investment staff.

For ClearBridge’s centralized research professionals, there is an incentive compensation plan based on annual performance on a combined scorecard containing a portfolio manager questionnaire survey and stock picking performance. The analyst’s stock picks are tracked on a formal basis through Factset and make up a portion of the analysts overall scorecard performance. These stock picks are measured versus their respective sector indices.

Deferred Award

Up to 20% of an investment professional’s annual incentive compensation is subject to deferral. For portfolio managers, 25% of this deferral is invested in their primary managed product while another 25% is invested in an elected proprietary ClearBridge sub-advised fund. Therefore, portfolio managers may potentially have 50% of their deferred award amount tracking the performance of their primary managed product. Every portfolio manager selects their primary product for the elective component. Legg Mason then makes a company investment in the Legg Mason Partners funds equal to the deferral amounts by fund. This investment is a company asset held on the Legg Mason balance sheet and paid out to the employees upon vesting over a four year deferral period. The remaining 50% of the deferral is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

For centralized research analysts, 50% of this deferral tracks the performance of up to two elected proprietary funds. Legg Mason then makes an investment at the company level into each of the funds in the deferral program based on the aggregate dollars deferred by each individual in that plan year (similar to the above description). The remaining 50% of the deferral is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

 

37


Potential Conflicts of Interest

Potential conflicts of interest may arise when the fund’s portfolio managers also have day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the portfolio managers listed in the table above.

The manager, the subadviser and the fund have adopted compliance polices and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the manager or the subadviser and the individuals that each employs. For example, each of the manager and the subadviser seeks to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The manager and the subadviser have also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by manager, the subadviser and the fund will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear. These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention . A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities . If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies . At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

Selection of Broker/Dealers. Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or accounts that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the subadviser determines in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts managed. For this reason, the subadviser has formed a brokerage committee that reviews, among other things, the allocation of brokerage to broker/dealers, best execution and soft dollar usage.

Variation in Compensation . A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the manager’s management fee and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio

 

38


manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the manager and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

Related Business Opportunities . The manager or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of fund and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the manager and its affiliates.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of fund securities by the portfolio managers as of December 31, 2007.

 

Portfolio Managers

   Dollar Range of
Ownership of Securities
Harry D. Cohen    $ 500,001-$1 million
Scott K. Glasser      $100,001-$500,000

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Subject to policies as may be established by the fund’s Board from time to time, the subadviser is primarily responsible for the fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the fund’s portfolio transactions, except that the manager manages the cash and the short-term investments of the fund. Commissions are negotiated with broker/dealers on all transactions.

The cost of securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission concession or a net price. The purchase by the fund of participations or assignments may be pursuant to privately negotiated transactions pursuant to which the fund may be required to pay fees to the seller or forego a portion of payments in respect of the participation agreement. The aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the fund for its three most recent fiscal years is set forth below under “Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid.”

Pursuant to the Management Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the manager and the subadviser are authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of the manager and subadviser in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker/dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker/dealer commits its own capital.

In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) to the fund and/or the other accounts over which the manager, the subadviser or their affiliates exercise investment discretion. The manager and the subadviser are authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the manager or subadviser, as applicable, determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The manager and

 

39


the subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the manger or the subadviser, as applicable, in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases the fund’s costs, the manager and the subadviser do not believe that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses as manager or subadviser, as applicable. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

Research services furnished to the manager or subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for the fund may be used by the manager or subadviser, as applicable, in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the manager or subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the manager or subadviser manages may be used by the manager or subadviser, as applicable, in servicing the fund. Not all of these research services are used by the manager or the subadviser in managing any particular account, including the fund.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the following table sets forth certain information regarding the fund’s payment of brokerage commissions and brokerage transactions to brokers because of research services provided:

 

Total Brokerage
Commissions Paid

  Amount of Transactions
Involving Commissions
Paid to Brokers
$                    $                 

The fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The Board has adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate. Any such compensation will be paid in accordance with applicable SEC regulations.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, The fund has paid aggregate brokerage commissions and brokerage commissions to CGMI, a former distributor of the fund, and its affiliates for portfolio transactions as set forth below:

 

    Total Brokerage
Commissions
  Commissions paid
to CGMI and
Affiliates*
  % of Total
Brokerage
Commissions paid
to CGMI and
Affiliates
    % of Total Dollar
Amount of
Transactions
Involving
Commissions Paid
to CGMI and
Affiliates
 
2007   $                      N/A   N/A     N/A  
2006   $ 5,498,532   $ 95,302   1.73 %   2.24 %
2005   $ 6,713,937   $ 140,621   2.09 %   2.14 %

 

 

* CGMI was not an affiliated person of the fund under the 1940 Act after December 1, 2005.

As of December 1, 2005, LMIS became an underwriter of the fund under the 1940 Act. For the period December 1, 2005 though December 31, 2007, the fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to LMIS or its affiliates.

 

40


In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the fund as well as for one or more of the manager’s or the subadviser’s other clients. Investment decisions for the fund and for the manager’s or subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for the fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for the fund and for other portfolios managed by the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

For reporting purposes, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in the fund’s investment portfolio (other than short-term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the manager or subadviser, as applicable, deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

Increased portfolio turnover necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the fund. To the extent portfolio trading results in realization of net short-term capital gains, shareholders will be taxed on such gains at ordinary tax rates (except shareholders who invest through individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) and other retirement plans which are not taxed currently on accumulations in their accounts). The portfolio turnover rates for the fund for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 were 33% and     %, respectively.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund purchased securities issued by the following regular broker/dealers of the fund, which had the following values as of December 31, 2007.

 

Name of Regular Broker or Dealer or Parent (Issuer)

   Type of
Security Owned
D=debt

E=equity
   Value of any
Securities
Owned at end
of current
period
(000s omitted)

 

PURCHASE OF SHARES

General

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors, including retirement plans purchasing through certain Service Agents, may purchase shares directly from the fund. When purchasing shares of the fund, investors must specify whether the purchase is for Class A, B, C, FI, R or I* shares. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly at the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee.

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements, please see the fund’s Prospectus.

 

 

* As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

41


There are no minimum investment requirements for purchases of Class A shares by: (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”), (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, as well as (iv) by the ”immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons. The fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time.

Share certificates for the fund will no longer be issued. If you currently hold shares of the fund, such certificates will continue to be honored.

Purchase orders received by the fund or a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE, on any day the fund calculates its net asset value, are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day (the “trade date”). Orders received by a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day, provided the order is received by the fund or the fund’s agent prior to its close of business. Payment must be made with the purchase order.

Systematic Investment Plan . Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any time by purchasing shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. Under the Systematic Investment Plan, the distributor or the transfer agent is authorized through preauthorized transfers of at least $25 on a monthly, quarterly, every alternate month, semi-annual or annual basis to charge the shareholder’s account held with a bank or other financial institution as indicated by the shareholder, to provide for systematic additions to the shareholder’s fund account. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete the transfer will be charged a fee of up to $25 by the distributor or the transfer agent. Additional information is available from the fund or a Service Agent.

Sales Charge Alternatives

The following classes of shares are available for purchase. See the Prospectus for a discussion of who is eligible to purchase certain classes and of factors to consider in selecting which class of shares to purchase.

Class A Shares. Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the net asset value (“NAV”), plus an initial sales charge, as described in the fund’s Prospectus.

Purchases of Class A shares of $1,000,000 or more will be made at NAV without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% on redemptions made within 12 months of purchase. The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class B and Class C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

Members of the selling group may receive a portion of the sales charge as described above and may be deemed to be underwriters of the fund as defined in the 1933 Act. The sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate of purchases of Class A shares of the fund made at one time by any “person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account.

For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

Class B and C Shares. Class B and C shares are sold without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” below.

 

42


Class FI, R, I and IS Shares . Class FI, R, I and IS shares are sold at NAV with no initial sales charge on purchases and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers. Purchases of Class A shares may be made at NAV without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

 

(a) sales to (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason (ii) current and retired Board Members, (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, as well as (iv) the ”immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

 

(b) sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

 

(c) offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with the fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

 

(d) purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the fund (or Class A shares of another Legg Mason Partners Fund that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in the fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

 

(e) purchases by accounts managed by registered investment advisory subsidiaries of Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”);

 

(f) purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts; and

 

(g) purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the sales charge.

All existing retirement plan shareholders who purchased Class A shares at NAV prior to November 20, 2006 are permitted to purchase additional Class A shares at NAV. Certain existing programs for current and prospective retirement plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries approved by LMIS prior to November 20, 2006, will also remain eligible to purchase Class A shares at NAV.

Accumulation Privilege —Please see the fund’s Prospectus for information regarding accumulation privileges.

 

43


Letter of Intent —The Letter of Intent helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners funds over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. You have a choice of seven Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

 

(1)  $25,000

   (5)  $500,000

(2)  $50,000

   (6)  $750,000

(3)  $100,000

   (7)  $1,000,000
(4)  $250,000   

Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the Legg Mason Partners funds.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a thirteen (13) month period Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less any Eligible Prior Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases towards the Letter, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter.

Eligible Fund Purchases. Generally, shares of a Legg Mason Partners fund may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (except for money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund are not eligible.

This list may change from time to time. Investors should check with their Service Agent to see which funds may be eligible.

Eligible Accounts. Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

Eligible Prior Purchases. You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

Purchases made 90 days prior to the 13-month period are also eligible to be treated as purchases made under the letter of intent. Any Eligible Fund Purchases in Eligible Accounts made during that period will count towards your Goal and will also be eligible for the lower sales charge applicable to your Asset Level Goal. You will be credited by way of additional shares at the current offering price for the difference between (a) the aggregate

 

44


sales charges actually paid for those eligible shares and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for your Asset Level Goal.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter. You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must however contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through PFPC, contact PFPC prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then current offering price for the difference between: (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges. Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with a fund’s Prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

Cancellation of Letter. You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, by notifying the transfer agent in writing. The Letter will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares. Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date of your Letter (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter) is accepted, will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal. If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal or you elect to liquidate all of your holdings or cancel the Letter before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and; (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, the transfer agent, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are: (a) Class B shares; (b) Class C shares; and (c) Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less.

 

45


Class C shares and Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 1.00% charge if redeemed within 12 months of purchase.

In circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge is imposed on Class B shares, the amount of the charge will depend on the number of years since the shareholder made the purchase payment from which the amount is being redeemed. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years since a purchase payment, all purchase payments made during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day of the preceding statement month. The following table sets forth the rates of the charge for redemptions of Class B shares by shareholders.

 

Year Since Purchase Payment Was Made

   Contingent
Deferred Sales
Charge
 

First

   5.00 %

Second

   4.00  

Third

   3.00  

Fourth

   2.00  

Fifth

   1.00  

Sixth through eighth

   0.00  

Class B shares will convert automatically to Class A shares approximately eight years after the date on which they were purchased and thereafter will no longer be subject to any distribution fees. There will also be converted at that time such proportion of Class B Dividend Shares (Class B shares that were acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions) owned by the shareholder as the total number of his or her Class B shares converting at the time bears to the total number of outstanding Class B shares (other than Class B Dividend Shares) owned by the shareholder.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other Legg Mason Partners funds. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% of the shareholder’s account balance at the time the withdrawals commence per month, up to a maximum of 12.00% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined in the Code) of the shareholder; (d) mandatory post-retirement distributions from retirement plans or IRAs commencing on or after attainment of age 70  1 / 2 (except that shareholders who purchased shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge prior to May 23, 2005 will be “grandfathered” and will be eligible to obtain the waiver at age 59  1 / 2 by demonstrating such eligibility at the time of redemption); (e) involuntary redemptions; (f) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of the fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; (g) tax-free returns of an excess contribution to any retirement plan; and (h) certain redemptions of shares of the fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

 

46


The contingent deferred sales charge is waived on Class C shares purchased by retirement plan omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other Legg Mason Partners funds may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

Grandfathered Retirement Program with Exchange Features

Certain retirement plan programs authorized by prior to November 20, 2006 (collectively, the “Grandfathered Retirement Program”) to offer eligible retirement plan investors the opportunity to exchange all of their Class C shares for Class A shares of an applicable Legg Mason Partners Fund are permitted to maintain such share class exchange feature for current and prospective retirement plan investors.

Under the Grandfathered Retirement Program, Class C shares may be purchased by plans investing less than $3 million. Class C shares are eligible for exchange into Class A shares not later than eight years after the plan joins the program. They are eligible for exchange in the following circumstances:

If a participating plan’s total Class C holdings in all non-money market Legg Mason Partners Funds equals at least $3,000,000 at the end of the fifth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program, the participating plan will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of the fund. Such participating plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing within 30 days after the fifth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange offer has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the 90th day after the fifth anniversary date. If the participating plan does not qualify for the five-year exchange to Class A shares, a review of the participating plan’s holdings will be performed each quarter until either the participating plan qualifies or the end of the eighth year.

Any participating plan that has not previously qualified for an exchange into Class A shares will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of the same fund regardless of asset size at the end of the eighth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program. Such plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing approximately 60 days before the eighth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the eighth anniversary date. Once an exchange has occurred, a participating plan will not be eligible to acquire additional Class C shares, but instead may acquire Class A shares of the same fund. Any Class C shares not converted will continue to be subject to the distribution fee.

For further information regarding this Program, contact your Service Agent or the transfer agent. Participating plans that enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program prior to June 2, 2003 should contact the transfer agent for information regarding Class C exchange privileges applicable to their plan.

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption of shares of the fund may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any periods during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets the fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the fund’s investments or determination of its net asset value is not reasonably practicable or (c) for any other periods as the SEC by order may permit for the protection of the fund’s shareholders.

 

47


If the shares to be redeemed were issued in certificate form, the certificates must be endorsed for transfer (or be accompanied by an endorsed stock power) and must be submitted to the transfer agent together with the redemption request. Any signature appearing on a share certificate, stock power or written redemption request in excess of $50,000 must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution such as a domestic bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit union, member bank of the Federal Reserve System or member firm of a national securities exchange. Written redemption requests of $50,000 or less do not require a signature guarantee unless more than one such redemption request is made in any 10-day period. Redemption proceeds will be mailed to an investor’s address of record. The transfer agent may require additional supporting documents for redemptions made by corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A redemption request will not be deemed properly received until the transfer agent receives all required documents in proper form.

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions. The redemption proceeds will be remitted on or before the seventh business day following receipt of proper tender, except on any days on which the NYSE is closed or as permitted under the 1940 Act, in extraordinary circumstances. Redemption proceeds for shares purchased by check, other than certified or official bank check, will be remitted upon clearance of the check, which may take up to ten days.

Each Service Agent is responsible for transmitting promptly orders for its customers. The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

The fund no longer issues share certificates. Outstanding share certificates will continue to be honored. If you hold share certificates, it will take longer to exchange or redeem shares.

Distribution in Kind

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, the fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion of a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the fund’s net assets by a distribution in kind of portfolio securities in lieu of cash. If a redemption is paid in portfolio securities, such securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share Price” in the fund’s Prospectus. Shareholders may incur brokerage commissions when they subsequently sell those securities.

Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders as, described in the Prospectus. To the extent withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in the fund, continued withdrawal payments will reduce the shareholder’s investment, and may ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in the fund. Furthermore, as it generally would not be advantageous to a shareholder to make additional investments in the fund at the same time he or she is participating in the Withdrawal Plan, purchases by such shareholders in amounts of less than $5,000 ordinarily will not be permitted. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between classes of a fund.

Shareholders of the fund who wish to participate in the Withdrawal Plan and who hold their shares of the fund in certificate form must deposit their share certificates with the transfer agent as agent for Withdrawal Plan members. All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at net asset value in additional shares of the fund. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the Withdrawal Plan must be received by the

 

48


transfer agent no later than the eighth day of the month to be eligible for participation beginning with that month’s withdrawal. For additional information, shareholders should contact their Service Agent.

Additional Information Regarding Telephone Redemption And Exchange Program

Neither the fund nor its agents will be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that are reasonably believed to be genuine. The fund and its agents will employ procedures designed to verify the identity of the caller and legitimacy of instructions (for example, a shareholder’s name and account number will be required and phone calls may be recorded). The fund reserves the right to suspend, modify or discontinue the telephone redemption and exchange program or to impose a charge for this service at any time following at least 7 days’ prior notice to shareholders.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The fund’s net asset value per share is determined as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, on each day that the NYSE is open, by dividing the value of the fund’s net assets attributable to each class by the total number of shares of the class outstanding. The NYSE currently is scheduled to be closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas, and on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when one of these holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively. Because of the differences in distribution fees and class-specific expenses, the per share net asset value of each Class may differ. Please see the Prospectus for a description of the procedures used by the fund in valuing its assets.

Determination of Public Offering Price

The fund offers its shares to the public on a continuous basis. The public offering price for each class of shares of the fund is equal to the net asset value per share at the time of purchase, plus the initial sales charge for Class A shares. A contingent deferred sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class A, B and C shares.

Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the fund based on the net asset value of a share of the fund as of December 31, 2007.

 

Class A (based on a net asset value of $         and a maximum initial sales charge of 5.75%)

   $         

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

General. The exchange privilege enables shareholders in any Legg Mason Partners fund to acquire shares of the same class in a fund with different investment objectives when they believe a shift between funds is an appropriate investment decision. This privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the fund shares being acquired may legally be sold. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. Prospectuses may be obtained from your Service Agent.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current net asset value and, subject to any applicable contingent deferred sales charge, the proceeds are immediately invested, at a price as described above, in shares of the fund being acquired. The distributor reserves the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

 

49


Class A, FI, R, I and IS Exchanges. Class A, FI, R, I and IS shareholders of the fund who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares for shares of the respective class in another fund may do so without imposition of any charge.

Class B Exchanges. Class B shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class B shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class B shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class B shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Class C Exchanges. Class C shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class C shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class C shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Certain retirement plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to November 20, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. See “Grandfathered Retirement Programs” for additional information.

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege

The fund is not designed to provide investors with a means of speculation on short-term market movements. A pattern of frequent exchanges by investors can be disruptive to efficient portfolio management and, consequently, can be detrimental to a the fund and its shareholders. See “Frequent purchases and sales of fund shares” in the Prospectus.

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, the fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components—redemption orders with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the fund’s next determined net asset value but the purchase order would be effective only at the net asset value next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by telephone. See the fund’s Prospectus for additional information. Exchanges will be processed at the net asset value next determined. Redemption procedures discussed above are also applicable for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon receipt of all supporting documents in proper form. If the account registration of the shares of the fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the shares of the fund exchanged, no signature guarantee is required.

This exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent or, if they hold fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent, to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

Dividends and Distributions

The fund’s policy is to distribute its net investment income and net realized capital gains, if any, annually. The fund may also pay additional dividends shortly before December 31 each year from certain amounts of undistributed ordinary income and capital gains realized, in order to avoid a federal tax liability.

If a shareholder does not otherwise instruct, dividends and capital gains distributions will be reinvested automatically in additional shares of the same Class at net asset value, with no additional sales charge or

 

50


contingent deferred sales charge. A shareholder may change the option at any time by notifying his Service Agent. Shareholders whose accounts are held directly at the transfer agent should notify the transfer agent in writing, requesting a change to this reinvest option.

Dividends on a class of shares of the fund may be lower than another class of shares as a result of different expenses with respect to the classes. Distributions of capital gains, if any, will be in the same amount for each Class of shares.

Taxes

The following is a summary of certain material United States federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of the fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Each prospective shareholder is urged to consult his own tax adviser with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the fund. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change possibly with retroactive effect.

The Fund and Its Investments

The fund intends to continue to qualify to be treated as a regulated investment company under the Code each taxable year. To so qualify, the fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities, foreign currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and, net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” ( i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditional permitted mutual fund income); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, United States government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than United States government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, any two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting securities are held by the fund and which are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Fund investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in the fund’s being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

As a regulated investment company, the fund will not be subject to United States federal income tax on the portion of its taxable income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” ( i.e ., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporation rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute.

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the fund to the extent it does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for that year and (ii) 98% of its capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31

 

51


of that year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or net capital gain net income retained by the fund that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any underdistribution or overdistribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. The fund anticipates that it will pay such dividends and will make such distributions as are necessary in order to avoid the application of this excise tax.

If, in any taxable year, the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirement, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders will not be deductible by the fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, including any distributions of net long-term capital gains, will be taxable to shareholders as dividend income. However, such dividends will be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, if the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. If the fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets ( i.e . the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the fund had been liquidated) in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

On December 31, 2006, the unused capital loss carryovers by the fund were approximately $14,941,704. For federal income tax purposes, this amount is available to be applied against future capital gains of the fund, if any, that are realized prior to the expiration of the applicable carryover. The amount and year of expiration for each carryforward loss is indicated below. Expiration occurs on December 31 of the years indicated below.

 

     2010

Carryforward Amounts

   $ 14,941,704

The fund’s transactions in foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on foreign currencies) will be subject to special provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the fund ( i.e ., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the fund and defer fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio ( i.e ., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any foreign currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the fund as a regulated investment company.

The fund’s investment in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most foreign currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most stock indices, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by the fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term

 

52


capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the fund.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, the fund may make or receive periodic net payments. The fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). The tax treatment of many types of credit default swaps is uncertain.

The fund may be required to treat amounts as taxable income or gain, subject to the distribution requirements referred to above, even though no corresponding amounts of cash are received concurrently, as a result of (1) mark-to-market, constructive sale or rules applicable to PFICs (as defined below) or partnerships or trusts in which the fund invests or to certain options, futures or forward contracts, or “appreciated financial positions” or (2) the inability to obtain cash distributions or other amounts due to currency controls or restrictions on repatriation imposed by a foreign country with respect to the fund’s investments (including through depositary receipts) in issuers in such country or (3) tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with “original issue discount,” including zero-coupon or deferred payment bonds and pay-in-kind debt obligations, or to market discount if an election is made with respect to such market discount. The fund may therefore be required to obtain cash to be used to satisfy these distribution requirements by selling securities at times that it might not otherwise be desirable to do so or borrowing the necessary cash, thereby incurring interest expenses.

In general, gain or loss on a short sale is recognized when the fund closes the sale by delivering the borrowed property to the lender, not when the borrowed property is sold. Gain or loss from a short sale is generally considered as capital gain or loss to the extent that the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in the fund’s hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used by the fund to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date of the short sale, special rules would generally treat the gains on short sales as short-term capital gains. These rules may also terminate the running of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by the fund. Moreover, a loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by the fund for more than one year. In general, the fund will not be permitted to deduct payments made to reimburse the lender of securities for dividends paid on borrowed stock if the short sale is closed on or before the 45th day after the short sale is entered into.

Foreign Investments. Dividends or other income (including, in some cases, capital gains) received by the fund from investments in foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. The fund will not be eligible to elect to treat any foreign taxes it pays as paid by its shareholders, who therefore will not be entitled to credits for such taxes on their own tax returns. Foreign taxes paid by the fund will reduce the return from the fund’s investments.

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless the fund were to elect otherwise.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. If the fund purchases shares in certain foreign investment entities, called “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”), it may be subject to United States federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is

 

53


distributed as a taxable dividend by the fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

If the fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the fund might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to make this election, the fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain.

Alternatively, the fund may make a mark-to-market election that will result in the fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased all of the PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, the fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by the fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years of the fund, unless revoked with the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). By making the election, the fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. The fund may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax.

The fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effect of these rules.

Taxation of United States Shareholders

Dividends and Distributions. Dividends and other distributions by the fund are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any distribution or dividend declared by the fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the fund during January of the following calendar year.

The fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income, and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers). However, if the fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers), it will be subject to a corporate tax (currently at a rate of 35%) on the amount retained. In that event, the fund will designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include it as income for United Stares federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the 35% tax paid by the fund on the undistributed amount against their United States federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for United States federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income. Organizations or persons not subject to federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the fund upon filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that the fund designates as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the fund. All other dividends of the fund (including dividends from short-term

 

54


capital gains) from its current and accumulated earnings and profits (“regular dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income.

Special rules apply, however, to regular dividends paid to individuals. Such a dividend, with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, may be subject to tax at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains for individuals (currently at a maximum rate of 15%), provided that the individual receiving the dividend satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. Dividends subject to these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus are not included in the computation of an individual’s net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset capital losses. The long-term capital gains rates will apply to: (i) 100% of the regular dividends paid by the fund to an individual in a particular taxable year if 95% or more of the fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) in that taxable year is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund; or (ii) the portion of the regular dividends paid by the fund to an individual in a particular taxable year that is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund in that taxable year if such qualified dividend income accounts for less than 95% of the fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) for that taxable year. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” generally means income from dividends received by the fund from U.S. corporations and qualified foreign corporations, provided that the fund satisfies certain holding period requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations and has not hedged its position in the stock in certain ways. However, qualified dividend income does not include any dividends received from tax-exempt corporations. Also, dividends received by the fund from a real estate investment trust or another regulated investment company generally are qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are made out of qualified dividend income received by such real estate investment trust or other regulated investment company. In the case of securities lending transactions, payments in lieu of dividends are not qualified dividend income. If a shareholder elects to treat fund dividends as investment income for purposes of the limitation on the deductibility of investment interest, such dividends would not be qualified dividend income.

We will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount of dividends paid by us that are eligible for the reduced rates.

If an individual receives a regular dividend qualifying for the long-term capital gains rates and such dividend constitutes an “extraordinary dividend,” and the individual subsequently recognizes a loss on the sale or exchange of stock in respect of which the extraordinary dividend was paid, then the loss will be long-term capital loss to the extent of such extraordinary dividend. An “extraordinary dividend” on common stock for this purpose is generally a dividend (i) in an amount greater than or equal to 10% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period or (ii) in an amount greater than 20% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period.

Distributions in excess of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in his shares of the fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds his shares of the fund as capital assets). Shareholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. Dividends paid by the fund that are attributable to dividends received by the fund from domestic corporations may qualify for the federal dividends-received deduction for corporations.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares just purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If the fund is the holder of record of any stock

 

55


on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such stock, such dividends are included in the fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such stock became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends ( i.e., the date on which a buyer of the stock would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends) or (b) the date the fund acquired such stock. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, the fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

Under current law, the Fund serves to block unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by its tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b). Certain types of income received by the Fund from real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”), taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the Fund to designate some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To Fund shareholders such excess inclusion income may (1) constitute taxable income, as UBTI for those shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities; (2) not be offset against net operating losses for tax purposes; (3) not be eligible for reduced US withholding for non-US shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (4) cause the Fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations” as defined by the Code are Fund shareholders.

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of his shares, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his or her basis in the shares. A redemption of shares by the fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the fund, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of a fund share held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for United States federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right ( e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment in a family of mutual funds.

Backup Withholding. The fund may be required to withhold, for United States federal income tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide the fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Certain shareholders are exempt from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s United States federal income tax liabilities.

Notices. Shareholders will also receive, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of the fund’s taxable year regarding the United States federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and deemed distributions that were paid (or that are treated as having been paid) by the fund to its shareholders during the preceding taxable year.

 

56


Other Taxes. Distributions also may be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders

Dividends paid by the fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty to the extent derived from investment income and short-term capital gains. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

In general, United States federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a non-U.S. shareholder in respect of any distributions of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, exempt-interest dividends, or upon the sale or other disposition of shares of a fund.

For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2008, properly-designated dividends are generally exempt from United States federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the fund is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the fund’s net short-term capital gain over the fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, depending on its circumstances, the fund may designate all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the fund designates the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

A distribution from the fund to foreign shareholders who have held more than 5% of the fund at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of distribution is treated as real property gain subject to 35% withholding tax and treated as income effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business with certain tax filing requirements applicable, if such distribution is attributable to a distribution received by the fund from a REIT. A distribution paid prior to 2008 attributable to the fund’s sale of a REIT or other U.S. real property holding company will also be treated as real property gain if 50% or more of the value of the fund’s assets are invested in REITs and other U.S. real property holding corporations and if the foreign shareholder has held more than 5% of a class of stock at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution.

 

57


The foregoing is only a summary of certain material United States federal income tax consequences affecting the fund and its shareholders. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Trust . The certificate of trust to establish Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (referred to in this section as the trust) was filed with the State of Maryland on October 4, 2006. On April 16, 2007, the fund was redomiciled as a series of the trust. Prior thereto, the fund was a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, a Massachusetts business trust. Prior to reorganization of the fund as a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, the fund was a Maryland corporation.

The fund is a series of the trust, a Maryland business trust. A Maryland business trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and shareholders of the trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Board (referred to in this section as the trustees) and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust (referred to in this section as the declaration). Some of the more significant provisions of the declaration are described below.

Shareholder Voting. The declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the trust, or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the trust or any series or class.

The fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but the fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the declaration. The declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares he or she owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of all series and classes of the trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares.

Election and Removal of Trustees. The declaration provides that the trustees may establish the number of trustees and that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining trustees, except when election of trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two-thirds of the trustees and that trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining trustees. The provisions of the declaration relating to the election and removal of trustees may not be amended without the approval of two-thirds of the trustees.

Amendments to the Declaration. The trustees are authorized to amend the declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, trustees, officers or, employees of the trust or that limit the rights to indemnification or insurance provided in the declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification under the declaration prior to the amendment.

Issuance and Redemption of Shares. The fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal,

 

58


preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the trustees may determine. The fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide the fund with identification required by law, or if the fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings. The declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to the fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and the fund may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation.

Small Accounts. The declaration provides that the fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the trustees from time to time. Alternately, the declaration permits the fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

Series and Classes. The declaration provides that the trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges, and other features of the series and classes. The trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into another class.

Each share of the fund, as a series of the trust, represents an interest in the fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability. The declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of the fund and requires the fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. In addition, the fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The declaration further provides that a trustee acting in his or her capacity of trustee is not personally liable to any person other than the trust or its shareholders, for any act, omission, or obligation of the trust. Further, a trustee is held to the same standard of conduct as a director of a Maryland corporation. This requires that a trustee perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the trust or a series thereof, and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. The declaration also permits the limitation of a trustee’s liability to the full extent provided under Maryland law. Under current Maryland law, a trustee is liable to the trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The declaration requires the trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been trustees, officers or employees of the trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The declaration provides that any trustee who serves as chair of the Board or of a committee of the Board, lead independent trustee, or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

Derivative Actions. The declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and

 

59


other harm that can be caused to the fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by three unrelated shareholders must first be made on the fund’s trustees. The declaration details various information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of the fund, the trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the fund. The declaration further provides that shareholders owning shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected fund must join in bringing the derivative action. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the fund in connection with the consideration of the demand, if in the judgment of the independent trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

The declaration further provides that the fund shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the fund be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

Annual and semi-annual reports. The fund sends its shareholders a semi-annual report and an audited annual report, which include listings of the investment securities held by the fund at the end of the period covered. In an effort to reduce the fund’s printing and mailing costs, the fund consolidates the mailing of its semi-annual and annual reports by household. This consolidation means that a household having multiple accounts with the identical address of record receives a single copy of each report. Shareholders who do not want this consolidation to apply to their accounts should contact their Service Agent or the transfer agent.

CERTAIN ADDITIONAL LEGAL MATTERS

Beginning in June 2004, class action lawsuits alleging violations of the federal securities laws were filed against CGMI, a former distributor of the fund, and other affiliated funds (collectively, the “Funds”), including SBFM and Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (“SBAM”), which were then investment adviser or manager to certain of the fund (the “Managers”), substantially all of the mutual funds then managed by the Managers (the “Defendant Funds”), and Board Members of the Defendant Funds (collectively, the “Defendants”). The complaints alleged, among other things, that CGMI created various undisclosed incentives for its brokers to sell Smith Barney and Salomon Brothers funds. In addition, according to the complaints, the Managers caused the Defendant Funds to pay excessive brokerage commissions to CGMI for steering clients towards proprietary funds. The complaints also alleged that the defendants breached their fiduciary duty to the Defendant Funds by improperly charging Rule 12b-1 fees and by drawing on fund assets to make undisclosed payments of soft dollars and excessive brokerage commissions. The complaints also alleged that the Defendant Funds failed to adequately disclose certain of the allegedly wrongful conduct. The complaints sought injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, rescission of the Defendant Funds’ contracts with the Managers, recovery of all fees paid to the Managers pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On December 15, 2004, a consolidated amended complaint (the “Complaint”) was filed alleging substantially similar causes of action. On May 27, 2005, all of the Defendants filed motions to dismiss the

 

60


Complaint. On July 26, 2006, the court issued a decision and order (1) finding that plaintiffs lacked standing to sue on behalf of the shareholders of the Defendant Funds in which none of the plaintiffs had invested and dismissing those Defendant Funds from the case (although stating that they could be brought back into the case if standing as to them could be established), and (2) other than one stayed claim, dismissing all of the causes of action against the remaining Defendants, with prejudice, except for the cause of action under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, which the court granted plaintiffs leave to replead as a derivative claim.

On October 16, 2006, plaintiffs filed their Second Consolidated Amended Complaint (“Second Amended Complaint”) which alleges derivative claims on behalf of nine funds identified in the Second Amended Complaint, including the fund, under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, against Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”) and Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (“SBAM”) as investment advisers to the identified funds, as well as CGMI as a distributor for the identified funds, including the fund (collectively, the “Second Amended Complaint Defendants”). The Second Amended Complaint alleges no claims against any of the Funds or any of their Board Members. Under Section 36(b), the Second Amended Complaint alleges similar facts and seeks similar relief against the Second Amended Complaint Defendants as the Complaint.

On December 3, 2007, the court granted the Defendants’ motion to dismiss, with prejudice. On January 2, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals.

Additional lawsuits arising out of these circumstances and presenting similar allegations and requests for relief may be filed in the future.

***

On May 31, 2005, SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against SBFM, the then-investment adviser or manager to the fund, and CGMI, a former distributor of the fund, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds, including the fund (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order finds that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that CAM, the Citigroup business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed. SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed

 

61


pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no certainty as to how the above-described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Fund boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ Boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Fund. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

***

Beginning in August 2005, five class action lawsuits alleging violations of federal securities laws and state law were filed against CGMI and SBFM (collectively, the “Defendants”) based on the May 31, 2005 settlement order issued against the Defendants by the SEC as described in above. The complaints seek injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, removal of SBFM as the investment manager for the Smith Barney family of funds, rescission of the Funds’ management and other contracts with SBFM, recovery of all fees paid to SBFM pursuant to such contracts, and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On October 5, 2005, a motion to consolidate the five actions and any subsequently filed, related action was filed. That motion contemplates that a consolidated amended complaint alleging substantially similar causes of action will be filed in the future.

On September 26, 2007, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York issued an order dismissing the consolidated complaint. The plaintiffs have the right to appeal the order.

***

On September 16, 2005, the staff of the SEC informed SBFM and ClearBridge (formerly SBAM) that the staff was considering recommending that the SEC institute administrative proceedings against SBFM and ClearBridge for alleged violations of Section 19(a) and 34(b) of the Investment Company Act (and related Rule 19a-1). On September 7, 2007, SBFM and SBAM, without admitting or denying any findings therein, consented to the entry of an order by the SEC relating to the disclosure by certain closed-end funds previously managed by SBFM or SBAM of the sources of distributions paid by the funds between 2001 and 2004. Each of SBFM and SBAM agreed to pay a fine of $450,000, for which they were indemnified by Citigroup, their former parent. It is not expected that this matter will adversely impact the fund or its Manager.

***

 

62


The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. Additional lawsuits presenting allegations and requests for relief arising out of or in connection with any of the foregoing matters may be filed against these and related parties in the future.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of the fund and the fund’s predecessor (Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2007, Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007, Statements of Changes in Net Assets for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007, Financial Highlights for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2007, and Notes to Financial Statements along with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of the Fund), are incorporated by reference into this SAI (filed on March     , 2008; Accession Number                                ).

 

63


APPENDIX A

PROXY VOTING GUIDELINES & PROCEDURES

The Proxy Voting Procedures are applicable when ClearBridge votes proxies for clients that have authorized it to do so and for each U.S. registered investment company for which it acts as adviser or sub-adviser with power to vote proxies. The Proxy Voting Procedures state that ClearBridge’s goal is to act prudently and solely in the best interests of the owners of the accounts it manages.

The Proxy Voting Procedures contain voting policies relating to three categories of proxy issues. The first category includes proxy issues for which a position is stated in the procedures (for example, with respect to voting on director nominees in uncontested elections, ClearBridge votes for director nominees). The second category includes issues for which a list of factors to be considered in casting a vote is provided. With respect to these issues, ClearBridge votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles of acting prudently and in the best interests of the owners and considering the designated factors (for example, on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications, ClearBridge considers how reasonable the criteria are and to what degree the criteria may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board). The third category picks up all issues that do not fall into either of the first two categories. For these issues, ClearBridge votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles described above.

The Proxy Voting Procedures set forth guidelines for identifying and resolving conflicts that may arise between ClearBridge’s interests and those of its clients. Periodically, ClearBridge distributes a memorandum alerting employees of their obligations regarding conflicts. Employees are instructed to report conflicts to the Compliance Department. Financial Control provides an up-to-date list of client relationships that account for 1% or more of ClearBridge’s annual revenues.

ClearBridge has created a Proxy Committee which oversees the proxy voting process, resolves conflicts of interest, reviews certain votes, i.e., situations where ClearBridge votes against a specific policy or against management recommendations. The Committee also oversees the performance of the third party vendor charged with administering and implementing the voting.

 

A-1


April     , 2008

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

LEGG MASON PARTNERS CAPITAL AND INCOME FUND

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

(800) 451-2010

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus and is meant to be read in conjunction with the prospectus of the Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund (the “fund”) dated April     , 2008, as amended or supplemented from time to time, and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the prospectus.

As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund with the same name. The fund is now grouped for organizational and governance purposes with other Legg Mason Partners funds that are predominantly equity-type funds, and is a series of Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust. Certain historical information contained in the SAI for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor.

Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The annual report contains financial statements that are incorporated herein by reference. A prospectus and copies of the annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the fund’s distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”), or by writing or calling the fund at the address or telephone number above. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”) serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Management    2
Investment Management and Other Services    10
Portfolio Manager Disclosure    14
Investment Objectives and Management Policies    18
Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings    38
Purchase of Shares    50
Redemption of Shares    56
Exchange Privilege    57
Distributor    58
Valuation of Shares    61
Taxes    61
Additional Information    68
Financial Statements    73

Appendix A—Western Asset Management Company and Western Asset Management Company Limited Proxy Voting Policy

   A-1

Appendix B—Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures

   B-1

Appendix C—Description of Ratings

   C-1

This Statement of Additional Information is NOT a prospectus and is authorized for distribution to prospective investors only if preceded or accompanied by an effective prospectus.

 

1


MANAGEMENT

The business affairs of the fund are managed by or under the direction of the Board of Trustees (the “Board”). The Board elects officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the fund and who execute policies authorized by the Board.

The current Trustees, including the Trustees of the fund who are not “interested persons” of the fund (the “Independent Trustees”) as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and executive officers of the fund, their birth years, their principal occupations during at least the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of funds associated with Legg Mason the Trustees oversee, and other board memberships they hold are set forth below. The address of each Trustee is c/o R. Jay Gerken, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

The following information relates to the Trust’s recently elected Board of Trustees.

 

Name and Year of Birth

  Position(s)
with Fund
  Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**
 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

  Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
 

Other Board

Memberships

Held by Trustee

During

Past Five Years

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:

       

Paul R. Ades

Born 1940

  Trustee   Since 1983   Law firm of Paul R. Ades, PLLC (since 2000)   47   None

Andrew L. Breech

Born 1952

  Trustee   Since 1991   President, Dealer Operating Control Service, Inc. (automotive retail management) (since 1985)   47   None

Dwight B. Crane

Born 1937

  Trustee   Since 1981   Independent Consultant (since 1969); formerly, Professor, Harvard Business School (1969 to 2007)   49   None

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

Born 1934

  Trustee   Since 1981   Retired; formerly, President and Director, Book Publishing Co. (1970 to 2002)   47   None

Frank G. Hubbard

Born 1937

  Trustee   Since 1993   President, Avatar International Inc. (business development) (since 1998)   47   None

Howard J. Johnson

Born 1938

  Trustee   From 1981 to
1998 and 2000
to Present
  Chief Executive Officer, Genesis Imaging LLC (technology company) (since 2003)   47   None

David E. Maryatt

Born 1936

  Trustee   Since 1983   Private Investor; President and Director, ALS Co. (real estate management and development firm) (since 1993)   47   None

 

2


Name and Year of Birth

   Position(s)
with Fund
   Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board

Memberships

Held by Trustee

During

Past Five Years

Jerome H. Miller

Born 1938

   Trustee    Since 1995    Retired    47    None

Ken Miller

Born 1942

   Trustee    Since 1983    Chairman, Young Stuff Apparel Group, Inc. (apparel manufacturer) (since 1963)    47    None

John J. Murphy

Born 1944

   Trustee    Since 2002    President, Murphy Capital Management (investment advice) (since 1983)    47    Director, Nicholas Applegate funds (13 funds); Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (11 funds); formerly, Director, Atlantic Stewardship Bank (2004 to 2005); Director, Barclays International Funds Group Ltd. and affiliated companies (to 2003)

Thomas F. Schlafly

Born 1948

   Trustee    Since 1983    Of Counsel, Husch Blackwell Sanders LLP (law firm) (since 1984); President, The Saint Louis Brewery, Inc. (since 1989)    47    Director, Citizens National Bank of Greater St. Louis, MO (since 2006)

Jerry A. Viscione

Born 1944

   Trustee    Since 1993    Retired; formerly, Executive Vice President, Marquette University (1997 to 2002)    47    None

 

3


Name and Year of Birth

   Position(s)
with Fund
   Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board

Memberships

Held by Trustee

During

Past Five Years

INTERESTED TRUSTEE:

           

R. Jay Gerken , CFA†

Born 1951

   Trustee,
President,
Chairman
and Chief
Executive
Officer
   Since 2002   

Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Chairman of the Board and Trustee/

Director of 149 funds associated with Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”) and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and Citi Fund Management, Inc. (“CFM”) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)

   137    Former Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (2002-2006)

 

* Each Trustee serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a Board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.
Mr. Gerken is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with the manager and/or certain of its affiliates.

 

4


Name, Year of Birth and Address

   Position(s)
with Fund
   Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

OFFICERS:

        

Ted P. Becker

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chief Compliance
Officer
   Since 2006    Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason (2006 to present); Managing Director of Compliance at Legg Mason & Co (2005 to present); Chief Compliance Officer with certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA and certain affiliates; Managing Director of Compliance at Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM,” a group of affiliated investment advisers, which included SBFM, Smith Barney Asset Management and CFM and other affiliated investment advisory entities) (2002 to 2005).

John Chiota

Born 1968

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Chief Anti-
Money
Laundering
Compliance
Officer
   Since 2006    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President at CAM (since 2004); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006). Prior to August 2004, Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of TD Waterhouse.

Robert I. Frenkel

Born 1954

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Secretary and
Chief Legal
Officer
   Since 2003    Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for CAM (since 2000); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2003). Previously, Secretary of CFM (2001 to 2004).

 

5


Name, Year of Birth and Address

   Position(s)
with Fund
   Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

R. Jay Gerken, CFA

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chairman,
President
and Chief
Executive
Officer
   Since 2002    Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co.; Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 149 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman, SBFM and CFM (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005).

Thomas C. Mandia

Born 1962

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Assistant
Secretary
   Since 2000    Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel for CAM (since 1992); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co.

Kaprel Ozsolak

Born 1965

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Chief
Financial
Officer
and
Treasurer
   Since 2004    Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President at CAM ( 1996 to 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2004 to 2005). Previously, Mr. Ozsolak was Controller of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2002 to 2004).

Steven Frank

Born 1967

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Controller    Since 2005    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. or its predecessors (since 2002); Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2001 to 2005).

Albert Laskaj

Born 1977

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Controller    Since 2007    Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2007); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2007); accounting manager of certain mutual funds associated with certain predecessor firms of Legg Mason & Co. (2003 to 2005).

 

6


 

* Each officer serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took office for any funds in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

Officers of the fund receive no compensation from the fund, although they may be reimbursed by the fund for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

The Board has three standing Committees: the Audit Committee, the Governance Committee and the Pricing Committee. The Audit Committee and the Governance Committee are composed of all of the Independent Trustees. The Pricing Committee is composed of the Chairman of the Board and one Independent Trustee.

The Audit Committee oversees, among other things, the scope of the fund’s audit, the fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls. The primary purposes of the Board’s Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of the fund and the qualifications and independence of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the fund by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to its manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to the fund’s operations and financial reporting. The Audit Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and negotiation of the fund’s investment management and subadvisory arrangements.

The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee also identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems appropriate, a professional search firm. The Governance Committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The Governance Committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

 

   

whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

 

   

whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the investment adviser, service providers or their affiliates;

 

   

whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

 

   

whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

 

7


   

the contribution which the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution which the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the Governance Committee may consider relevant;

 

   

the character and integrity of the person; and

 

   

whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

The Pricing Committee is charged with determining the fair value prices for securities when required.

As indicated above, the Trust’s Board is recently elected and is newly constituted as the Board that oversees all of the equity-type funds in the fund complex. All members of the Board previously have served on Boards of predecessors of the Legg Mason Partners funds. The Board met      times during the fund’s last fiscal year. The Audit, Governance and Pricing Committees are recently established committees of this Board and met             ,              and              times, respectively, during the fund’s last fiscal year.

The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in the fund and other investment companies in the fund complex supervised by the Trustees as of December 31, 2007.

 

Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range of
Equity Securities
in the Fund
   Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity
Securities In Registered
Investment Companies
Overseen by Trustee

Independent Trustees

     

Paul R. Ades

     

Andrew L. Breech

     

Dwight B. Crane

     

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

     

Frank G. Hubbard

     

Howard J. Johnson

     

David E. Maryatt

     

Jerome H. Miller

     

Ken Miller

     

John J. Murphy

     

Thomas F. Schlafly

     

Jerry A. Viscione

     

Interested Trustee

     

R. Jay Gerken

     

As of April     , 2008, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund, or of a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund.

Information regarding compensation paid by the fund to its recently elected Board and to its prior Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the fund’s Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Gerken, an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the fund for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

The fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustee fees based upon asset size. The fund currently pays each of the Independent Trustees his pro rata share of: an annual fee of $100,000 plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled

 

8


Board meeting attended in person, and $1,000 for telephonic Board meetings in which that Trustee participates. The lead Independent Trustee will receive an additional $25,000 per year and the Chair of the Audit Committee will receive an additional $15,000 per year.

Recently Elected Board

Information as to the compensation paid to the Trustees by the fund complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2007 and by the fund for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 is shown below.

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate
Compensation from
the Fund for the
Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2007
   Total Pension or
Retirement
Benefits Paid
as Part of Fund
Expenses
    Total Compensation
from Fund Complex
Paid to Trustee for
the Calendar Year
Ended December 31,
2007
   Number of
Portfolios in
Fund Complex
Overseen by
Trustee

Independent Trustees

          

Paul R. Ades

   $             $ 0     $             47

Andrew L. Breech

   $      $ 0     $      47

Dwight B. Crane

   $        (2 )   $      49

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

   $      $ 0     $      47

Frank G. Hubbard

   $      $ 0     $      47

Howard J. Johnson

   $      $ 0     $      47

David E. Maryatt

   $      $ 0     $      47

Jerome H. Miller

   $      $ 0     $      47

Ken Miller

   $      $ 0     $      47

John J. Murphy

   $      $ 0     $      47

Thomas F. Schlafly

   $      $ 0     $      47

Jerry A. Viscione

   $      $ 0     $      47

Interested Trustee

          

R. Jay Gerken(1)

   $      $ 0     $      137

 

(1) Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as a Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.
(2) Pursuant to a prior emeritus retirement plan, Mr. Crane received in a lump sum an aggregate benefit having a net present value equal to $444,643. Each fund formerly overseen by Mr. Crane paid a pro rata share (based upon asset size) of the aggregate benefit to Mr. Crane. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse these funds an amount equal to 50% of the benefits paid to Mr. Crane.

Prior Board

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the former Trustees of the fund were paid by the fund the compensation listed below for their service as trustees.

 

Trustee

   Aggregate
Compensation
from Fund for the
Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2007

Lee Abraham

   $         

Jane Dasher

   $         

R. Jay Gerken(1)

   $         

Richard E. Hanson, Jr.

   $         

Paul Hardin

   $         

Roderick C. Rasmussen(4)

   $         

John P. Toolan

   $         

 

(1) Mr. Gerken is an “interested person” of the trust and was not compensated for his service as Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.

 

9


(2) Pursuant to prior emeritus retirement plans, the following former Trustees have received benefits (calculated on a net present value basis) as follows: Mr. Abraham: $288,607; Mr. Bloostein: $439,878; Mr. Foley: $245,580; Mr. Hardin: $539,396; Mr. Rasmussen: $288,607; and Mr. Toolan: $288,607. Benefits under the emeritus retirement plans are paid in quarterly installments unless the Trustee elected to receive them in a lump sum at net present value. Each fund formerly overseen by these Trustees paid its pro rata share (based on asset size) of these aggregate benefits. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse the funds an amount equal to 50% of these benefits. None of these amounts were paid during the period covered by this table.

As of March     , 2008, the Trustees and officers of the trust, as a group, owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the Fund.

As of March     , 2008, to the knowledge of the fund, the following shareholders or “groups” (as that term is defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) owned beneficially or of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the following classes:

 

Name

   Class    Percentage of Shares

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager

LMPFA serves as investment manager to the fund pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”). LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund.

Under the Management Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the fund’s Board, the manager is delegated the responsibility of managing the fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objective and policies, making investment decisions for the fund and placing orders to purchase and sell securities. The manager also performs administrative and management services necessary for the operation of the fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting, and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the fund’s existence, and (v) maintaining the registration and qualification of the fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

The Management Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the fund’s Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. The Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Trustees, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Management Agreement provides that neither the manager nor its personnel shall be liable

 

10


for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

For its services under the Management Agreement, LMPFA receives an investment management fee that is calculated daily and payable monthly according to the following schedule:

 

Up to and including $1 billion

   0.750 %

Over $1 billion and up to and including $2 billion

   0.725 %

Over $2 billion and up to and including $5 billion

   0.700 %

Over $5 billion and up to and including $10 billion

   0.675 %

Over $10 billion

   0.650 %

For the period from December 1, 2005 through July 31, 2006, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) served as the fund’s manager under the same fee schedule as described above.

The fund paid investment advisory/management fees to its manager for the last three fiscal years as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31:
2007   2006   2005
  $ 20,418,294   $ 18,575,480

Subadvisers

Western Asset Management Company (“WAM”) and Western Asset Management Company Limited (“WAML”) provide the day-to-day portfolio management of the fixed income portfolio of the fund. WAM, established in 1971, has offices at 385 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, California 91101. WAML has offices at 10 Exchange Place, London, England. WAM and WAML act as investment advisers to institutional accounts, such as corporate pension plans, mutual funds and endowment funds. As of December 31, 2007, WAM’s total assets under management were approximately $     billion, and WAML’s total assets under management were approximately $     billion. WAM and WAML are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Legg Mason.

ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge”) provides the day-to-day portfolio management of the equity portfolio of the fund. ClearBridge has offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018 and is an adviser that was formed to succeed to the equity securities portfolio management business of CAM, which was acquired by Legg Mason in December 2005. As of December 31, 2007, ClearBridge’s total assets under management were approximately $         billion.

Under the sub-advisory agreements between each subadviser and the manager (“each, a “Sub-Advisory Agreement” and collectively, the “Sub-Advisory Agreements””), subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and the manager, the subadvisers will manage the fund’s portfolio (or allocated portion thereof) in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objective and policies, assist in supervising all aspects of the fund’s operations, make investment decisions for the fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the fund.

Each Sub-Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate a Sub-Advisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the subadviser. Each subadviser may terminate its respective Sub-Advisory Agreement on 90 days’ written notice to the fund and the manager. The manager and a subadviser may terminate the applicable Sub-Advisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. Each Sub-Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of

 

11


assignment by the applicable subadviser and shall not be assignable by the manager without the consent of the applicable subadviser.

As compensation for their sub-advisory services, the manager pays to (i) ClearBridge and WAM an annual fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to LMPFA, net of expense waivers and reimbursements, allocated to the respective subadviser based on proportion of assets managed and (ii) WAML an annual fee equal to 0.30% of the fund’s assets that are allocated to WAML. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and the period from August 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the manager paid WAM subadvisory fees of $             and $862,376, respectively. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and the period from August 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the manager paid ClearBridge subadvisory fees of $             and $5,320,325, respectively.

Prior to August 1, 2006, Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc. (“SBAM”) served as investment subadviser to the fund. For the period January 1, 2006 through July 31, 2006, SBAM received $6,019,510 for investment subadvisory services. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 SBAM received $9,358,53 for investment sub-advisory services.

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under the Management Agreement and the 12b-1 Plan (as discussed below), the fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things: interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuance and redemption or repurchase of the fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, members of the Board and employees of the fund, if any; and the fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the fund and its officers, Board members and employees; litigation expenses and any nonrecurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the fund is a party and the legal obligation which the fund may have to indemnify the fund’s Board members and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares, either through contractual or voluntary arrangements. Any such waivers and/ or reimbursements are described in the fund’s prospectus. The contractual and voluntary fee waivers and/ or reimbursements do not cover extraordinary expenses, such as (a) any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demand related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time; (b) transaction costs (such as brokerage commissions and dealer and underwriter spreads) and taxes; and (c) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of the fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of Board members or the approval of the independent registered public accounting

 

12


firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 of the 1940 Act, the fund, its manager, the subadvisers, and the distributor have adopted codes of ethics that permit personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.

Copies of the Codes of Ethics of the fund, its manager, its subadvisers and its distributor are on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“the SEC”).

Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures

Although individual Trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager, the Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to the manager, believing that the manager should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

LMPFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for the fund, as applicable, to the subadvisers through its contracts with the subadvisers. The subadvisers will use their own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for the fund. Should LMPFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of a subadviser to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and the fund, the Board of Directors of LMPFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that LMPFA votes proxies. LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadvisers and providing them to the fund as required for the fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

Each subadviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to the fund’s portfolio securities are voted. The Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures of WAM and WAML are attached as Appendix A and a summary of ClearBridge’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures is attached as Appendix B to this SAI. Information regarding how the fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) by calling 1-888-425-6432, (2) on the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

                                , independent registered public accounting firm,                                 , has been selected to audit and report upon the fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008.

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019-6099, serves as counsel to the fund.

 

13


Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, 180 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038-4982, serves as counsel to the Independent Trustees.

PORTFOLIO MANAGER DISCLOSURE

Portfolio Managers

The following tables set forth certain additional information with respect to the portfolio managers for the fund. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of December 31, 2007.

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies, for each portfolio manager, the number of accounts (other than the fund with respect to which information is provided) for which he or she has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, other accounts and accounts with fees based on performance.

 

Portfolio Manager

  

Registered
Investment Companies

  

Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles

  

Other Accounts

Robert Gendelman         Registered investment companies with $         billion in total assets under management         Other pooled investment vehicles with $     billion in assets under management         Other accounts with $     billion in total assets under management
S. Kenneth Leech             Registered investment companies with $             billion in total assets under management             Other pooled investment vehicles with $             billion in assets under management             Other accounts with $             billion in total assets under management
Stephen A. Walsh             Registered investment companies with $         billion in total assets under management             Other pooled investment vehicles with $             billion in assets under management             Other accounts with $         billion in total assets under management
Keith J. Gardner         Registered investment companies with $         billion in total assets under management         Other pooled investment vehicles with $         billion in assets under management         Other accounts with $         billion in total assets under management
Jeffery D. Van Schaik         registered investment companies with $         billion in total assets under management    None         other accounts with $         billion in total assets under management

Detlev S. Schlicter

        registered investment companies with $         billion in total assets under management    None         other accounts with $         billion in total assets under management

 

14


Number of accounts and total assets for which advisory fee is based on performance as of December 31, 2007:

 

     Other Accounts
     Accounts    Assets

Keith J. Gardner

     

Robert Gendelman

     

S. Kenneth Leech

     

Detlev S. Schlicter

     

Jeffery D. Van Schaik

     

Stephen A. Walsh

     

 

Portfolio Manager Compensation

ClearBridge. Effective April 1, 2007, ClearBridge investment professionals receive base salary, other employee benefits and are eligible to receive incentive compensation. Base salary is fixed and typically determined based on market factors and the skill and experience of individual investment personnel.

ClearBridge has incentive and deferred compensation plans (the “Plans”) for its investment professionals, including the fund’s portfolio manager(s) and research analysts. The Plans are designed to align the objectives of ClearBridge investment professionals with those of fund shareholders and other ClearBridge clients. Additionally, the deferred plans are designed to retain its investment professionals and reward long-term performance.

Incentive Compensation. Investment performance is the key component in determining the final incentive award for all of ClearBridge’s investment professionals. The portfolio manager’s initial incentive award is based on the investment professional’s ongoing contribution to ClearBridge’s investment and business results and externally measured competitive pay practices for the portfolio manager’s position/experience within the firm. This award is then adjusted upward or downward (up to +/-50%) based on investment performance during the most recent year over a rolling 1, 3, and 5 year time period. Product performance is ranked among a “peer group” of non-ClearBridge investment managers and the product’s pre-tax investment performance against the applicable product benchmark (e.g. a securities index and, with respect to a fund, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s prospectus to which the fund’s average annual total returns are compared).

The peer group of non-ClearBridge investment managers is defined by product style/type, vehicle type and geography and selected by independent vendors that track and provide (for a fee paid by ClearBridge) relevant peer group performance and ranking data (e.g. primarily Lipper or Callan).

The 1, 3, and 5 year performance versus benchmark and peer group approximate effective weightings are 35% for trailing 1 year performance, 50% for trailing 3 year performance, and 15% for trailing 5 year performance.

Lastly, the incentive award for an investment professional may also be adjusted by the ClearBridge Chief Investment Officer(s) based on other qualitative factors such as contribution to the firm and the development of investment staff.

For ClearBridge’s centralized research professionals, there is an incentive compensation plan based on annual performance on a combined scorecard containing a portfolio manager questionnaire survey and stock picking performance. The analyst’s stock picks are tracked on a formal basis through Factset and make up a portion of the analysts overall scorecard performance. These stock picks are measured versus their respective sector indices.

Deferred Award. Up to 20% of an investment professional’s annual incentive compensation is subject to deferral. For the portfolio manager, 25% of this deferral is invested in his primary managed product while another

 

15


25% is invested in an elected proprietary ClearBridge sub-advised fund. Therefore, the portfolio manager may potentially have 50% of their deferred award amount tracking the performance of their primary managed product. The portfolio manager selects his primary product for the elective component. Legg Mason then makes a company investment in the Legg Mason Partners funds equal to the deferral amounts by fund. This investment is a company asset held on the Legg Mason balance sheet and paid out to the employees upon vesting over a four year deferral period. The remaining 50% of the deferral is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

For centralized research analysts, 50% of this deferral tracks the performance of up to two elected proprietary funds. Legg Mason then makes an investment at the company level into each of the funds in the deferral program based on the aggregate dollars deferred by each individual in that plan year (similar to the above description). The remaining 50% of the deferral is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

WAM and WAML. WAM’s and WAML’s compensation system assigns each employee a total compensation “target” and a respective cap, which are derived from annual market surveys that benchmark each role with its job function and peer universe. This method is designed to reward employees with total compensation reflective of the external market value of their skills, experience, and ability to produce desired results. Standard compensation includes competitive base salaries, generous employee benefits, and a retirement plan.

In addition, WAM’s and WAML’s employees are eligible for bonuses. These are structured to closely align the interests of employees with those of the subadviser, and are determined by the professional’s job function and pre-tax performance as measured by a formal review process. All bonuses are completely discretionary. One of the principal factors considered is a portfolio manager’s investment performance versus appropriate peer groups and benchmarks (e.g., a securities index and with respect to a fund, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s prospectus to which the fund’s average annual total returns are compared or, if none, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s annual report). Each of WAM and WAML may also measure a portfolio manager’s pre-tax investment performance against other benchmarks, as it determines appropriate. Because portfolio managers are generally responsible for multiple accounts (including the funds) with similar investment strategies, they are compensated on the performance of the aggregate group of similar accounts, rather than a specific account. A smaller portion of a bonus payment is derived from factors that include client service, business development, length of service to the investment manager, management or supervisory responsibilities, contributions to developing business strategy and overall contributions to the subadviser’s business.

Finally, in order to attract and retain top talent, all professionals are eligible for additional incentives in recognition of outstanding performance. These were determined based upon the factors described above and include Legg Mason stock options and long-term incentives that vest over a set period of time past the award date.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Potential conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager of the fund has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the fund’s portfolio managers.

The manager, the subadvisers and the fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the manager and the individuals that each employs. For example, each of the manager and the subadvisers seeks to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The manager and the subadvisers have also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by the manager, the subadvisers and the fund will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear.

 

16


These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention . A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, a portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities . If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies . At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

Selection of Brokers/Dealers . Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or account that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide portfolio managers with brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the portfolio manager determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages.

Variation in Compensation . A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to a portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the manager’s management fee and/or a portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. A portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the manager and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance a portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

Related Business Opportunities . The investment manager or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of fund and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the investment manager and its affiliates.

 

17


Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of fund securities by each portfolio manager as of December 31, 2007.

 

Portfolio Managers

   Dollar Range of
Ownership of Securities

Keith J. Gardner

  

Robert Gendelman

  

S. Kenneth Leech

  

Stephen A. Walsh

  

Jeffery D. Van Schaik

  

Detlev S. Schlicter

  

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND MANAGEMENT POLICIES

The fund’s prospectus discusses the fund’s investment objective and policies. The following discussion supplements the description of the fund’s investment policies in the prospectus.

Investment Objective

The fund’s investment objective is total return (that is, a combination of income and long-term capital appreciation). The fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.

Principal Investment Strategies

The fund invests in equity and fixed income securities of both U.S. and foreign issuers. The fund seeks to generate income and appreciation by allocating fund assets to income and non-income producing equity and equity related securities, including common stocks, real estate investment trusts and convertible securities. To generate income and enhance exposure to the equity markets, the fund will purchase investment grade and high yield fixed income securities or unrated securities of equivalent quality along with options on securities indices. Securities rated below investment grade are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” Fixed income securities may be of any maturity.

By investing in a combination of equity and fixed income securities, the fund seeks to produce a pattern of total return that moves with the Standard & Poor’s Daily Price Index of 500 Common Stocks (the “S&P 500 Index”), while generating high income. The fund may also use options, futures and options on futures to increase exposure to part or all of the market or to hedge against adverse changes in the market value of its securities.

Additional Information

The fund’s principal investment strategies are described above. The following provides additional information about these principal strategies and describes other investment strategies that may be used by the fund.

Equity Securities

Common Stocks.  The fund may purchase common stocks. Common stocks are shares of a corporation or other entity that entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the profits of the corporation, if any, without preference over any other shareholder or class of shareholders, including holders of the entity’s preferred stock and other senior equity. Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so.

Convertible Securities.  The fund may invest in convertible securities, which are fixed-income securities that may be converted at either a stated price or stated rate into underlying shares of common stock. Convertible

 

18


securities have general characteristics similar to both fixed-income and equity securities. Although to a lesser extent than with fixed-income securities, the market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, tends to increase as interest rates decline. In addition, because of the conversion feature, the market value of convertible securities tends to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying common stocks and, therefore, also will react to variations in the general market for equity securities.

Like fixed-income securities, convertible securities are investments which provide for a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than common stocks. Of course, like all fixed-income securities, there can be no assurance of current income because the issuers of the convertible securities may default on their obligations. Convertible securities, however, generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality because of the potential for capital appreciation. A convertible security, in addition to providing fixed income, offers the potential for capital appreciation through the conversion feature, which enables the holder to benefit from increases in the market price of the underlying common stock. However, there can be no assurance of capital appreciation because securities prices fluctuate.

Convertible securities generally are subordinated to other similar but non-convertible securities of the same issuer, although convertible bonds enjoy seniority in right of payment to all equity securities, and convertible preferred stock is senior to common stock of the same issuer. Because of the subordination feature, however, convertible securities typically have lower ratings than similar non-convertible securities.

Synthetic Convertible Securities.  The fund may invest in synthetic convertible securities. Synthetic convertible securities differ from convertible securities in certain respects, including that each component of a synthetic convertible security has a separate market value and responds differently to market fluctuations. Investing in synthetic convertible securities involves the risk normally involved in holding the securities comprising the synthetic convertible security.

Unlike a convertible security, which is a single security, a synthetic convertible security is comprised of distinct securities that together resemble convertible securities in certain respects. Synthetic convertible securities are typically created by combining non-convertible bonds or preferred stocks with warrants or stock call options. The options that will form elements of synthetic convertible securities may be listed on a securities exchange or on Nasdaq or may be privately traded. The components of a synthetic convertible security generally are not offered as a unit and may be purchased and sold by the fund at different times.

Warrants or Rights.  Warrants or rights may be acquired by the fund in connection with other securities or separately and provide the fund with the right to purchase at a later date other securities of the issuer. The fund has undertaken that its investment in warrants or rights, valued at the lower of cost or market, will not exceed 5% of the value of its net assets. Warrants or rights acquired by the fund in units or attached to securities will be deemed to be without value for purposes of this restriction.

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”).  The fund may invest in shares of REITs, which are pooled investment vehicles that invest primarily in income-producing real estate or real estate-related loans or interests. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs may also include operating or finance companies. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. A mortgage REIT can make construction, development or long-term mortgage loans, which are sensitive to the credit quality of the borrower. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both equity and mortgages, generally by holding both ownership interests and mortgage interests in real estate. REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with several requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

19


Fixed Income Securities

Corporate Debt Obligations.  The fund may invest in corporate debt obligations and zero coupon securities issued by financial institutions and corporations. Corporate debt obligations are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity.

Zero Coupon, Pay-In-Kind and Delayed Interest Securities.  The fund may invest in zero coupon, pay-in-kind and delayed interest securities as well as custodial receipts or certificates underwritten by securities dealers or banks that evidence ownership of future interest payments, principal payments or both on certain U.S. government securities. Zero coupon securities pay no cash income to their holders until they mature and are issued at substantial discounts from their value at maturity. When held to maturity, their entire return comes from the difference between their purchase price and their maturity value. Zero-coupon and delayed interest securities are issued at a significant discount from their principal amount. While zero-coupon bonds do not require the periodic payment of interest, deferred interest bonds provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins. Payment-in-kind bonds allow the issuer, at its option, to make current interest payments on the bonds either in cash or in additional bonds. The values of zero coupon, pay-in-kind and delayed interest securities are subject to greater fluctuations than are the values of securities that distribute income regularly and may be more speculative than such securities.

Custodial receipts evidencing specific coupon or principal payments have the same general attributes as zero coupon U.S. government securities but are not considered to be U.S. government securities. Although under the terms of a custodial receipt the fund is typically authorized to assert its rights directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, the fund may be required to assert through the custodian bank such rights as may exist against the underlying issuer. Thus, in the event the underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, the fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the fund had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, in the event that the trust or custodial account in which the underlying security has been deposited is determined to be an association taxable as a corporation, instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying security would be reduced in respect of any taxes paid.

Mortgage-Backed Securities.  The fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities, which are securities representing interests in “pools” of mortgage loans. Monthly payments of interest and principal by the individual borrowers on mortgages are “passed through” to the holders of the securities (net of fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of the securities) as the mortgages in the underlying mortgage pools are paid off. The average lives of mortgage pass-throughs are variable when issued because their average lives depend on prepayment rates. The average life of these securities is likely to be substantially shorter than their stated final maturity as a result of unscheduled principal prepayment. Prepayments on underlying mortgages result in a loss of anticipated interest, and all or part of a premium if any has been paid, and the actual yield (or total return) to a fund may be different than the quoted yield on the securities. Mortgage prepayments generally increase with falling interest rates and decrease with rising interest rates. Additional payment may be made out of unscheduled repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying residential property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs that may be incurred. Prepayments of principal on mortgage-backed securities may tend to increase due to refinancing of mortgages as interest rates decline. Like other fixed income securities, when interest rates rise the value of a mortgage pass-through security generally will decline; however, when interest rates are declining, the value of mortgage pass-through securities with prepayment features may not increase as much as that of other fixed-income securities.

Payment of principal and interest on some mortgage pass-through securities (but not the market value of the securities themselves) may be guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government (in the case of securities guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”)), or guaranteed by agencies

 

20


or instrumentalities of the U.S. government (such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”)) or supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agency’s obligations, such as, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”). Mortgage pass-through securities may also be issued by non-governmental issuers (such as commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers). Some of these mortgage pass-through securities may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees.

Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by prepayments of principal resulting from the sale, refinancing or foreclosure of the underlying property, net of fees or costs which may be incurred. Some mortgage pass-through securities (such as securities issued by GNMA) are described as “modified pass-through.” These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgages in the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether the mortgagor actually makes the payment.

The principal governmental guarantor of mortgage pass-through securities is GNMA, which is a wholly owned U.S. government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of mortgages. These guarantees, however, do not apply to the market value or yield of mortgage pass-through securities. GNMA securities are often purchased at a premium over the maturity value of the underlying mortgages. This premium is not guaranteed and will be lost if prepayment occurs.

Government-related guarantors (i.e., whose guarantees are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government) include FNMA and FHLMC. FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders. It is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. FNMA purchases conventional residential mortgages (i.e., mortgages not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency) from a list of approved seller/servicers, which include state and federally-chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks, credit unions and mortgage bankers. Pass-through securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed by FNMA as to timely payment of principal and interest.

FHLMC is also a government-sponsored corporation owned by private stockholders. FHLMC issues participation certificates which represent interests in conventional mortgages (i.e., not federally insured or guaranteed) from FHLMC’s national portfolio. FHLMC guarantees timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal regardless of the status of the underlying mortgage loans.

Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of mortgage loans. Such issuers may also be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage-related securities. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payments in the former pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of mortgage loans in these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The insurance and guarantees are issued by governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or guarantors can meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements. The fund may also buy mortgage-related securities without insurance or guarantees.

 

21


Collateralized mortgage obligations are a type of bond secured by an underlying pool of mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates that are structured to direct payments on underlying collateral to different series of classes of the obligations.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls . The funds may borrow in certain circumstances. As discussed under “Investment Policies,” below, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires a fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings.

The SEC takes the position that transactions that have a leveraging effect on the capital structure of a fund or are economically equivalent to borrowing, including, among others, engaging in mortgage dollar rolls, can be viewed as constituting a form of borrowing and therefore senior securities of the fund for purposes of the 1940 Act. Such a transaction will not be considered to constitute the issuance of a “senior security” by a fund and will not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement described above, if the fund establishes a segregated account with its custodian bank in which it maintains cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid assets equal in value to its obligations in respect of the transaction, or uses other methods permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, or orders issued by the SEC thereunder, to “cover” the transaction.

Borrowing and other transactions used for leverage may cause the value of a fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow or engage in such transactions. This is because leverage tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Leverage thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay such obligations, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with engaging in leverage, and these costs would offset and could eliminate a fund’s net investment income in any given period.

Asset-Backed Securities.  The fund may invest in asset-backed securities. These securities, issued by trusts and special purpose corporations, are backed by a pool of assets, such as credit card and automobile loan receivables, representing the obligations of a number of different parties. Asset-backed securities arise through the grouping by governmental, government-related and private organizations of loans, receivables and other assets originated by various lenders. Interests in pools of these assets differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal paid at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, asset-backed securities provide periodic payments which generally consist of both interest and principal payments.

Corporate asset-backed securities present certain risks. For instance, in the case of credit card receivables, these securities may not have the benefit of any security interest in the related collateral. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities.

Corporate asset-backed securities are often backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors to make payments on underlying assets, the securities may contain elements of credit support which fall into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure

 

22


that the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default ensures payment through insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties. The fund will not pay any additional or separate fees for credit support. The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information respecting the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that anticipated or failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an instrument in such a security.

Recent Market Events

The fixed-income markets are experiencing a period of extreme volatility which has negatively impacted market liquidity conditions. Initially, the concerns on the part of market participants were focused on the subprime segment of the mortgage-backed securities market. However, these concerns have since expanded to include a broad range of mortgage- and asset-backed and other fixed-income securities, including those rated investment grade, the U.S. and international credit and interbank money markets generally, and a wide range of financial institutions and markets, asset classes and sectors. As a result, fixed-income instruments are experiencing liquidity issues, increased price volatility, credit downgrades, and increased likelihood of default. Securities that are less liquid are more difficult to value and may be hard to dispose of. Domestic and international equity markets have also been experiencing heightened volatility and turmoil, with issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets particularly affected. During times of market turmoil, investors tend to look to the safety of securities issued or backed by the U.S. Treasury, causing the prices of these securities to rise, and the yield to decline. These events and the continuing market upheavals may have an adverse effect on the fund.

The fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), including those that are issued by private issuers, and therefore may have some exposure to subprime loans as well as to the mortgage and credit markets generally. Private issuers include commercial banks, savings associations, mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies and special purpose finance entities (called special purpose vehicles or SPVs) and other entities that acquire and package mortgage loans for resale as MBS. Unlike MBS issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its sponsored entities, MBS issued by private issuers do not have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee, but may have credit enhancement provided by external entities such as banks or financial institutions or achieved through the structuring of the transaction itself. Examples of such credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include the issue of senior and subordinated securities (e.g., the issuance of securities by an SPV in multiple classes or “tranches,” with one or more classes being senior to other subordinated classes as to the payment of principal and interest, with the result that defaults on the underlying mortgage loans are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class); creation of “reserve funds” (in which case cash or investments, sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying mortgage loans, are held in reserve against future losses); and “overcollateralization” (in which case the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying mortgage loans exceed that required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). However, there can be no guarantee that credit enhancements, if any, will be sufficient to prevent losses in the event of defaults on the underlying mortgage loans.

In addition, MBS that are issued by private issuers are not subject to the underwriting requirements for the underlying mortgages that are applicable to those MBS that have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee. As a result, the mortgage loans underlying private MBS may, and frequently do, have less favorable collateral, credit risk or other underwriting characteristics than government or government-sponsored MBS and have wider variances in a number of terms including interest rate, term, size, purpose and borrower characteristics. Privately issued pools more frequently include second mortgages, high loan-to-value mortgages and manufactured housing loans. The coupon rates and maturities of the underlying mortgage loans in a private-label MBS pool may vary to a greater extent than those included in a government guaranteed pool, and the pool may include subprime mortgage loans. Subprime loans refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans. For these reasons, the loans underlying

 

23


these securities have had in many cases higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements.

The risk of non-payment is greater for MBS that are backed by mortgage pools that contain subprime loans, but a level of risk exists for all loans. Market factors adversely affecting mortgage loan repayments may include a general economic turndown, high unemployment, a general slowdown in the real estate market, a drop in the market prices of real estate, or an increase in interest rates resulting in higher mortgage payments by holders of adjustable rate mortgages.

If the fund purchases subordinated MBS, the subordinated MBS may serve as a credit support for the senior securities purchased by other investors. In addition, the payments of principal and interest on these subordinated securities generally will be made only after payments are made to the holders of securities senior to the fund’s securities. Therefore, if there are defaults on the underlying mortgage loans, the fund will be less likely to receive payments of principal and interest, and will be more likely to suffer a loss.

Privately issued MBS are not traded on an exchange and there may be a limited market for the securities, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, MBS held in the fund’s portfolio may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loans.

The fund may also purchase asset-backed securities (“ABS”) that have many of the same characteristics and risks as the MBS described above, except that ABS may be backed by non-real-estate loans, leases or receivables such as auto, credit card or home equity loans.

The fund may purchase commercial paper, including asset-backed commercial paper (“ABCP”) that is issued by structured investment vehicles or other conduits. These conduits may be sponsored by mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies, hedge funds, private equity firms and special purpose finance entities. ABCP typically refers to a debt security with an original term to maturity of up to 270 days, the payment of which is supported by cash flows from underlying assets, or one or more liquidity or credit support providers, or both. Assets backing ABCP, which may be included in revolving pools of assets with large numbers of obligors, include credit card, car loan and other consumer receivables and home or commercial mortgages, including subprime mortgages. The repayment of ABCP issued by a conduit depends primarily on the cash collections received from the conduit’s underlying asset portfolio and the conduit’s ability to issue new ABCP. Therefore, there could be losses to the fund investing in ABCP in the event of credit or market value deterioration in the conduit’s underlying portfolio, mismatches in the timing of the cash flows of the underlying asset interests and the repayment obligations of maturing ABCP, or the conduit’s inability to issue new ABCP. To protect investors from these risks, ABCP programs may be structured with various protections, such as credit enhancement, liquidity support, and commercial paper stop-issuance and wind-down triggers. However there can be no guarantee that these protections will be sufficient to prevent losses to investors in ABCP.

Some ABCP programs provide for an extension of the maturity date of the ABCP if, on the related maturity date, the conduit is unable to access sufficient liquidity through the issue of additional ABCP. This may delay the sale of the underlying collateral and the fund may incur a loss if the value of the collateral deteriorates during the extension period. Alternatively, if collateral for ABCP commercial paper deteriorates in value, the collateral may be required to be sold at inopportune times or at prices insufficient to repay the principal and interest on the ABCP. ABCP programs may provide for the issuance of subordinated notes as an additional form of credit enhancement. The subordinated notes are typically of a lower credit quality and have a higher risk of default. A fund purchasing these subordinated notes will therefore have a higher likelihood of loss than investors in the senior notes.

The fund may also invest in other types of fixed-income securities which are subordinated or “junior” to more senior securities of the issuer, or which represent interests in pools of such subordinated or junior securities. Such securities may include preferred stock. Under the terms of subordinated securities, payments that would

 

24


otherwise be made to their holders may be required to be made to the holders of more senior securities, and/or the subordinated or junior securities may have junior liens, if they have any rights at all, in any collateral (meaning proceeds of the collateral are required to be paid first to the holders of more senior securities). As a result, subordinated or junior securities will be disproportionately adversely affected by a default or even a perceived decline in creditworthiness of the issuer.

The fund’s compliance with its investment restrictions and limitations is usually determined at the time of investment. If the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates after purchase by the fund, or if the maturity of a security is extended after purchase by the fund, the portfolio managers will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Certain mortgage- or asset-backed securities may provide, upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults, for the investors to become the holders of the underlying assets. In that case a fund may become the holder of securities that it could not otherwise purchase, based on its investment strategies or its investment restrictions and limitations, at a time when such securities may be difficult to dispose of because of adverse market conditions.

Short Sales . A short sale is a transaction in which the fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of that security. To effect a short sale, the fund arranges through a broker to borrow the security it does not own to be delivered to a buyer of such security. In borrowing the security to be delivered to the buyer, the fund will become obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. A short sale results in a gain when the price of the securities sold short declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which a security is purchased to replace the borrowed security. Conversely, a short sale will result in a loss if the price of the security sold short increases. Short selling is a technique that may be considered speculative and involves risk beyond the amount of money used to secure each transaction.

When the fund makes a short sale, the broker effecting the short sale typically holds the proceeds as part of the collateral securing the fund’s obligation to cover the short position. The fund may use securities it owns to meet such collateral obligations. Generally, the fund may not keep, and must return to the lender, any dividends or interest that accrue on the borrowed security during the period of the loan. Depending on the arrangements with a broker or the custodian, the fund may or may not receive any payments (including interest) on collateral it designates as security for the broker.

In addition, until the fund closes its short position or replaces the borrowed security, the fund, pursuant to the 1940 Act, will designate liquid assets it owns (other than short sale proceeds) as segregated assets in an amount equal to its obligation to purchase the securities sold short. The amount segregated in this manner will be increased or decreased each business day (called marked-to-the-market) in an amount equal to the changes in the market value of the fund’s obligation to purchase the security sold short. This may limit the fund’s investment flexibility as well as its ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

The fund will realize a gain if the price of a security declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which the fund purchases a security to replace the borrowed security. On the other hand, the fund will incur a loss if the price of the security increases between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased and the amount of any loss increased by any premium or interest that the fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. It should be noted that possible losses from short sales differ from those that could arise from a cash investment in a security in that losses from a short sale may be limitless, while the losses from a cash investment in a security cannot exceed the total amount of the investment in the security.

Short Sales Against the Box . The fund may enter into a short sale of common stock such that when the short position is open the fund owns an amount of preferred stocks or debt securities, convertible or exchangeable, without payment of further consideration, into an equal number of shares of the common stock sold short. This kind of short sale, which is described as “against the box,” will be entered into by the fund for the purpose of receiving a portion of the interest earned by the executing broker from the proceeds of the sale. The proceeds of the sale will be held by the broker until the settlement date when the fund delivers the convertible securities to close out its short position. Although prior to delivery the fund will have to pay an amount equal to any dividends

 

25


paid on the common stock sold short, the fund will receive the dividends from the preferred stock or interest from the debt securities convertible into the stock sold short, plus a portion of the interest earned from the proceeds of the short sale. The fund will deposit, in a segregated account with its custodian, convertible preferred stock or convertible debt securities in connection with short sales against the box.

Covered Option Writing.  The fund may write put and call options on securities. The fund realizes fees (referred to as “premiums”) for granting the rights evidenced by the options. A put option embodies the right of its purchaser to compel the writer of the option to purchase from the option holder an underlying security at a specified price at any time during the option period. In contrast, a call option embodies the right of its purchaser to compel the writer of the option to sell to the option holder an underlying security at a specified price at any time during the option period.

Upon the exercise of a put option written by the fund, the fund may suffer a loss equal to the difference between the price at which the fund is required to purchase the underlying security and its market value at the time of the option exercise, less the premium received for writing the option. Upon the exercise of a call option written by the fund, the fund may suffer a loss equal to the excess of the security’s market value at the time of the option exercise over the option exercise price, less the premium received for writing the option.

The fund will write only covered options. Accordingly, whenever the fund writes a call option, it will continue to own or have the present right to acquire the underlying security for as long as it remains obligated as the writer of the option. To support its obligation to purchase the underlying security if a put option is exercised, the fund will either (a) deposit with State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) in a segregated account cash or equity and debt securities of any grade provided such securities have been determined by the subadviser to be liquid and unencumbered pursuant to guidelines established by the Trustees, having a value at least equal to the exercise price of the option or (b) continue to own an equivalent number of puts on the same underlying security having the same exercise prices and expiration dates as those written by the fund, or an equivalent number of puts on the same underlying security with exercise prices equal to or greater than those that it has written (or, if the exercise prices of the puts it holds are less than the exercise prices of those that it has written, it will deposit the difference with State Street in a segregated account).

Purchasing Put and Call Options on Securities.  The fund may utilize its assets to purchase put options on portfolio securities and may do so at or about the same time it purchases the underlying security or at a later time. By buying a put, the fund limits the risk of loss from a decline in market value of the security until the put expires. Any appreciation in the value of, or in the yield otherwise available from the underlying security, however, will be partially offset by the amount of the premium paid for the put option and any related transaction costs. The fund may utilize its assets to purchase call options on portfolio securities. Call options may be purchased by the fund in order to acquire the underlying securities for the fund at a price that avoids any additional cost that would result from a substantial increase in the market value of a security. The fund also may purchase call options to increase its return to investors at a time when the call is expected to increase in value due to anticipated appreciation of the underlying security.

Prior to their expirations, put and call options may be sold in closing sale transactions (sales by the fund, prior to the exercise of options it has purchased, of options of the same series), and profit or loss from the sale will depend on whether the amount received is more or less than the premium paid for the option plus the related transaction costs.

More About Options on Securities.  Although the fund generally will purchase or write only those options for which its subadviser believes there is an active secondary market, there is no assurance that sufficient trading interest to create a liquid secondary market on a securities exchange will exist for any particular option or at any particular time, and for some options no such secondary market may exist. A liquid secondary market in an option may cease to exist for a variety of reasons. At times in the past, for example, higher than anticipated trading activity or order flow or other unforeseen events have rendered inadequate certain of the facilities of the

 

26


Options Clearing Corporation (the “Clearing Corporation”) as well as U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and resulted in the institution of special procedures such as trading rotations, restrictions on certain types of orders or trading halts or suspensions in one or more options. There can be no assurance that similar events, or events that may otherwise interfere with the timely execution of customers’ orders, will not recur. In such event, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options. If the fund, as a covered call option writer, is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise.

Securities exchanges generally have established limitations governing the maximum number of calls and puts of each class that may be held, written or exercised within certain time periods by an investor or group of investors acting in concert (regardless of whether the options are written on the same or different securities exchanges or are held, written or exercised in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers). It is possible that the fund, other clients of a subadviser and certain of their affiliates may be considered to be such a group. A securities exchange may order the liquidation of positions found to be in violation of these limits and it may impose certain other sanctions.

In the case of options that are deemed covered by virtue of the fund’s holding convertible or exchangeable preferred stock or debt securities, the time required to convert or exchange and obtain physical delivery of the underlying common stocks with respect to which the fund has written options may exceed the time within which the fund must make delivery in accordance with an exercise notice. In these instances, the fund may purchase or borrow temporarily the underlying securities for purposes of physical delivery. By so doing, the fund will not bear any market risk because the fund will have the absolute right to receive from the issuer of the underlying security an equal number of shares to replace the borrowed stock, but the fund may incur additional transaction costs or interest expenses in connection with any such purchase or borrowing.

Additional risks exist with respect to certain U.S. government securities for which the fund may write covered call options. If the fund writes covered call options on mortgage-backed securities, the securities that it holds as cover may, because of scheduled amortization or unscheduled prepayments, cease to be sufficient cover. The fund will compensate for the decline in the value of the cover by purchasing an appropriate additional amount of those securities.

Stock Index Options.  The fund may purchase and write exchange-listed put and call options on stock indexes primarily to hedge against the effects of market-wide price movements. A stock index measures the movement of a certain group of stocks by assigning relative values to the common stocks included in the index. Examples of well-known stock indexes are the S&P 500 Index and the NYSE Composite Index. Some stock index options are based on a broad market index such as the NYSE Composite Index or a narrower market index such as the Standard & Poor’s 100. Indexes also are based on an industry or market segment such as the AMEX Oil Index or the AMEX Computer Technology Index.

Options on stock indexes are similar to options on securities. However, (a) because options on stock indexes do not involve the delivery of an underlying security, the option represents the holder’s right to obtain from the writer in cash a fixed multiple of the amount by which the exercise price exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying index on the exercise date; (b) the expiration cycles of stock index options are monthly, while those of stock options are currently quarterly and (c) the delivery requirements are different. Instead of giving the right to take or make delivery of stock at a specified price, an option on a stock index gives the holder the right to receive a cash “exercise settlement amount” equal to (a) the amount, if any, by which the fixed exercise price of the option exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying index on the date of exercise, multiplied by (b) a fixed “index multiplier.” Receipt of this cash amount will depend upon the closing level of the stock index upon which the option is based being greater than (in the case of a call) or less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option. The amount of cash received will be equal to such difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option expressed in dollars times a specified multiple. The writer of the option is

 

27


obligated, in return for the premium received, to make delivery of this amount. The writer may offset its position in stock index options prior to expiration by entering into a closing transaction on an exchange or it may let the option expire unexercised.

Because the value of an index option depends upon movements in the level of the index rather than the price of a particular stock, whether the fund will realize gain or loss from the purchase or writing of options on an index depends upon movements in the level of stock prices in the stock market generally or, in the case of certain indexes, in an industry or market segment, rather than movements in the price of a particular stock. Accordingly, successful use by the fund of options on stock indexes will be subject to the ability of the subadviser to correctly predict movements in the stock market generally or of a particular industry. This requires different skills and techniques than predicting changes in the prices of individual stocks.

The fund will engage in stock index options transactions only when such a strategy is determined by the subadviser to be consistent with the fund’s efforts to control risk. There can be no assurance that such judgment will be accurate or that the use of these portfolio strategies will be successful. When the fund writes an option on a stock index, it will establish a segregated account in the name of the fund consisting of cash, equity securities or debt securities of any grade in an amount equal to or greater than the market value of the option, provided such securities are liquid and unencumbered and are marked to market daily pursuant to guidelines established by the Trustees.

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts.  To seek to increase total return or hedge against changes in interest rates or securities prices, the fund may purchase and sell futures contracts, and purchase and write call and put options on these futures contracts. The fund may also enter into closing purchase and sale transactions with respect to any of these contracts and options. These futures contracts may be based on various securities (such as U.S. government securities), securities indices and any other financial instruments and indices. All futures contracts entered into by the fund are traded on U.S. exchanges or boards of trade that are licensed, regulated or approved by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”).

Futures Contracts.  A futures contract may generally be described as an agreement between two parties to buy and sell particular financial instruments for an agreed price during a designated month (or to deliver the final cash settlement price, in the case of a contract relating to an index or otherwise not calling for physical delivery at the end of trading in the contract).

Positions taken in the futures markets are normally not held to maturity but are instead liquidated through offsetting transactions which may result in a profit or a loss. While futures contracts on securities will usually be liquidated in this manner, the fund may instead make, or take, delivery of the underlying securities whenever it appears economically advantageous to do so. A clearing corporation associated with the exchange on which futures contracts are traded guarantees that, if still open, the sale or purchase will be performed on the settlement date.

The CFTC recently eliminated limitations on futures transactions and options thereon by registered investment companies, provided that the investment manager of the registered investment company claims an exclusion from regulation as a commodity pool operator. The fund is operated by a person who has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and therefore is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act. As a result of these CFTC rule changes, the fund is no longer restricted in its ability to enter into futures transactions and options thereon under CFTC regulations. The fund, however, continues to have policies with respect to futures and options thereon as set forth herein. The current view of the staff of the SEC is that a fund’s long and short positions in future contracts as well as put and call options on futures written by it must be collateralized with cash or other liquid securities and segregated with the fund’s custodian or a designated sub-custodian or “covered” in a manner similar to that for covered options on securities and designed to eliminate any potential leveraging.

 

28


Hedging and Other Strategies.  Hedging is an attempt to establish with more certainty than would otherwise be possible the effective price or rate of return on portfolio securities or securities that the fund proposes to acquire. When interest rates are rising or securities prices are falling, the fund can seek to offset a decline in the value of its current portfolio securities through the sale of futures contracts. When interest rates are falling or securities prices are rising, the fund, through the purchase of futures contracts, can attempt to secure better rates or prices than might later be available in the market when it effects anticipated purchases.

The fund may, for example, take a “short” position in the futures market by selling futures contracts in an attempt to hedge against an anticipated rise in interest rates or a decline in market prices that would adversely affect the value of the fund’s portfolio securities. These futures contracts may include contracts for the future delivery of securities held by the fund or securities with characteristics similar to those of the fund’s portfolio securities.

If, in the opinion of the subadvisers, there is a sufficient degree of correlation between price trends for the fund’s portfolio securities and futures contracts based on other financial instruments, securities indices or other indices, the fund may also enter into such futures contracts as part of its hedging strategy. Although under some circumstances prices of securities in the fund’s portfolio may be more or less volatile than prices of these futures contracts, the subadvisers will attempt to estimate the extent of this volatility difference based on historical patterns and compensate for any differential by having the fund enter into a greater or lesser number of futures contracts or by attempting to achieve only a partial hedge against price changes affecting the fund’s portfolio securities.

When a short hedging position is successful, any depreciation in the value of portfolio securities will be substantially offset by appreciation in the value of the futures position. On the other hand, any unanticipated appreciation in the value of the fund’s portfolio securities would be substantially offset by a decline in the value of the futures position.

On other occasions, the fund may take a “long” position by purchasing futures contracts. This would be done, for example, when the fund anticipates the subsequent purchase of particular securities when it has the necessary cash, but expects the prices then available in the applicable market to be less favorable than prices that are currently available. The fund may also purchase futures contracts as a substitute for transactions in securities, to alter the investment characteristics of portfolio securities or to gain or increase its exposure to a particular securities market.

Options on Futures Contracts.  The fund may purchase and write options on futures for the same purposes as its transactions in futures contracts. The purchase of put and call options on futures contracts will give the fund the right (but not the obligation) for a specified price to sell or to purchase, respectively, the underlying futures contract at any time during the option period. As the purchaser of an option on a futures contract, the fund obtains the benefit of the futures position if prices move in a favorable direction but limits its risk of loss in the event of an unfavorable price movement to the loss of the premium and transaction costs.

The writing of a call option on a futures contract generates a premium which may partially offset a decline in the value of the fund’s assets. By writing a call option, the fund becomes obligated, in exchange for the premium (upon exercise of the option) to sell a futures contract if the option is exercised, which may have a value higher than the exercise price. Conversely, the writing of a put option on a futures contract generates a premium which may partially offset an increase in the price of securities that the fund intends to purchase. However, the fund becomes obligated (upon exercise of the option) to purchase a futures contract if the option is exercised, which may have a value lower than the exercise price. The loss incurred by the fund in writing options on futures is potentially unlimited and may exceed the amount of the premium received.

The holder or writer of an option on a futures contract may terminate its position by selling or purchasing an offsetting option of the same series. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected. The fund’s ability to establish and close out positions on such options will be subject to the development and maintenance of a liquid market.

 

29


Other Considerations.  The fund may engage in futures and related options transactions either for bona fide hedging purposes or to seek to increase total return. To the extent that the fund is using futures and related options for hedging purposes, futures contracts will be sold to protect against a decline in the price of securities that the fund owns or futures contracts will be purchased to protect the fund against an increase in the price of securities it intends to purchase. The subadvisers will determine that the price fluctuations in the futures contracts and options on futures used for hedging purposes are substantially related to price fluctuations in securities held by the fund or securities or instruments which it expects to purchase. As evidence of its hedging intent, the fund expects that, on 75% or more of the occasions on which it takes a long futures or option position (involving the purchase of futures contracts), the fund will have purchased, or will be in the process of purchasing, equivalent amounts of related securities in the cash market at the time when the futures or option position is closed out. However, in particular cases, when it is economically advantageous for the fund to do so, a long futures position may be terminated or an option may expire without the corresponding purchase of securities or other assets.

Transactions in futures contracts and options on futures involve brokerage costs, require margin deposits and, in the case of contracts and options obligating the fund to purchase securities, require the fund to establish a segregated account consisting of cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the underlying value of such contracts and options.

While transactions in futures contracts and options on futures may reduce certain risks, these transactions themselves entail certain other risks. For example, unanticipated changes in interest rates or securities prices may result in a poorer overall performance for the fund than if it had not entered into any futures contracts or options transactions.

Perfect correlation between the fund’s futures positions and portfolio positions will be impossible to achieve. In the event of an imperfect correlation between a futures position and a portfolio position which is intended to be protected, the desired protection may not be obtained and the fund may be exposed to risk of loss.

Some futures contracts or options on futures may become illiquid under adverse market conditions. In addition, during periods of market volatility, a commodity exchange may suspend or limit trading in a futures contract or related option, which may make the instrument temporarily illiquid and difficult to price. Commodity exchanges may also establish daily limits on the amount that the price of a futures contract or related option can vary from the previous day’s settlement price. Once the daily limit is reached, no trades may be made that day at a price beyond the limit. This may prevent the fund from closing out positions and limiting its losses.

Among the several risks accompanying the utilization of futures contracts and options on futures contracts are the following: First, the successful use of futures and options is dependent upon the ability of the subadvisers to predict correctly movements in the stock market or in the direction of interest rates. These predictions involve skills and techniques that may be different from those involved in the management of investments in securities. If the prices of the underlying commodities move in an unanticipated manner, the fund may lose the expected benefit of these futures or options transactions and may incur losses. Second, positions in futures contracts and options on futures contracts may be closed out only by entering into offsetting transactions on the exchange where the position was entered into (or through a linked exchange), and as a result of daily price fluctuation limits there can be no assurance the offsetting transaction could be entered into at an advantageous price at a particular time. Consequently, the fund may realize a loss on a futures contract or option that is not offset by an increase in the value of its portfolio securities being hedged or the fund may not be able to close a futures or options position without incurring a loss in the event of adverse price movements.

Swaps, Caps, Floors, Collars and Swaptions.  As one way of managing its exposure to different types of investments, the fund may enter into interest rate swaps, currency swaps, and other types of swap agreements, such as caps, collars, floors and swaptions. In a typical interest rate swap, one party agrees to make regular payments equal to a floating interest rate times a “notional principal amount,” in return for payments equal to a fixed rate times the same notional amount, for a specified period of time. If a swap agreement provides for

 

30


payment in different currencies, the parties might agree to exchange the notional principal amount as well. Swaps may also depend on other prices or rates, such as the value of an index or mortgage prepayment rates.

In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-upon level, while the seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and selling a floor. A swaption is an option to buy or sell a swap position.

Swap agreements will tend to shift the fund’s investment exposure from one type of investment to another. For example, if the fund agreed to exchange payments in dollars for payments in a foreign currency, the swap agreement would tend to decrease the fund’s exposure to U.S. interest rates and increase its exposure to foreign currency and interest rates. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. Depending on how they are used, swap agreements may increase or decrease the overall volatility of the fund’s investments and its share price and yield.

Swap agreements are sophisticated risk management instruments that typically require a small cash investment relative to the magnitude of risks assumed. As a result, swaps can be highly volatile and may have a considerable impact on the fund’s performance. Swap agreements are subject to credit risks related to the counterparty’s ability to perform, and may decline in value if the counterparty’s creditworthiness deteriorates. The fund may also suffer losses if it is unable to terminate outstanding swap agreements or reduce its exposure through offsetting transactions. The fund will maintain in a segregated account cash or liquid securities equal to the net amount, if any, of the excess of the fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to swap, cap, collar, floor or swaption transactions.

Additional Investments

Investment Company Securities . Subject to applicable statutory and regulatory limitations, the fund may invest in shares of other investment companies, including shares of other mutual funds, closed-end funds, and unregistered investment companies. Investments in other investment companies are subject to the risk of the securities in which those investment companies invest. In addition, to the extent the fund invests in securities of other investment companies, fund shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of such companies in addition to the expenses of the fund’s own operation. These costs include management, brokerage, shareholder servicing and other operational expenses.

The fund may invest in shares of mutual funds or unit investment trusts that are traded on a stock exchange, called exchange-traded funds or ETFs. Typically an ETF seeks to track the performance of an index, such as the S&P 500, the NASDAQ 100, the Lehman Treasury Bond Index, or more narrow sector or foreign indices, by holding in its portfolio either the same securities that comprise the index, or a representative sample of the index. Investing in an ETF will give the fund exposure to the securities comprising the index on which the ETF is based.

Unlike shares of typical mutual funds or unit investment trusts, shares of ETFs are designed to be traded throughout a trading day, bought and sold based on market values and not at net asset value. For this reason, shares could trade at either a premium or discount to net asset value. However, the portfolios held by index-based ETFs are publicly disclosed on each trading day, and an approximation of actual net asset value is disseminated throughout the trading day. Because of this transparency, the trading prices of index based ETFs tend to closely track the actual net asset value of the underlying portfolios and the fund will generally gain or lose value depending on the performance of the index. However, gains or losses on the fund’s investment in ETFs will ultimately depend on the purchase and sale price of the ETF. In the future, as new products become available, the fund may invest in ETFs that are actively managed. Actively managed ETFs will likely not have the transparency of index-based ETFs, and therefore, may be more likely to trade at a discount or premium to actual net asset values.

 

31


The fund may invest in closed-end investment companies which hold securities of U. S. and/or non-U.S. issuers. Because shares of closed-end funds trade on an exchange, investments in closed-end investment funds may entail the additional risk that the market value of such investments may be substantially less than their net asset value.

Foreign Securities and American Depositary Receipts.  The fund may invest in foreign securities and American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”). ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts issued generally by domestic banks and representing the deposit with the bank of a security of a foreign issuer. ADRs are publicly traded on exchanges or over the counter in the United States.

Investing in the securities of foreign companies involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These risks include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, generally higher commission rates on foreign portfolio transactions, the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, political instability which could affect U.S. investments in foreign countries and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. Additionally, dividends or interest payable on foreign securities, and in some cases capital gains, may be subject to foreign withholding or other foreign taxes. Foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and therefore may exhibit greater price volatility. Changes in foreign exchange rates will affect the value of those securities which are denominated or quoted in currencies other than U.S. dollars. Many of the foreign securities held by the fund will not be registered with, nor will the issuers thereof be subject to the reporting requirements of, the SEC. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information about the securities and the foreign company or government issuing them than is available about a domestic company or government entity. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross national product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions.

Money Market Instruments.  When the subadvisers believe that market conditions warrant, the fund may adopt a temporary defensive posture and invest in short-term instruments without limitation. Short-term instruments in which the fund may invest include U.S. government securities; certain bank obligations (including certificates of deposit (“CDs”), time deposits (“TDs”) and bankers’ acceptances of domestic or foreign banks, domestic savings and loan associations and similar institutions); commercial paper rated no lower than A-2 by Standard & Poor’s or Prime-2 by Moody’s Investors Service Inc. (“Moody’s”) or the equivalent from another major rating service or, if unrated, of an issuer having an outstanding unsecured debt issue then rated within the three highest rating categories; and repurchase agreements as described below.

Repurchase Agreements.  The fund may engage in repurchase agreement transactions with banks which are the issuers of instruments acceptable for purchase by the fund and with certain dealers on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s list of reporting dealers. Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement, the fund would acquire an underlying debt obligation for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week), subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the fund to resell, the obligation at an agreed-upon price and time, thereby determining the yield during the fund’s holding period. This arrangement results in a fixed rate of return that is not subject to market fluctuations during the fund’s holding period. The value of the underlying securities will be at least equal at all times to the total amount of the repurchase obligation, including interest. Repurchase agreements could involve certain risks in the event of default or insolvency of the other party, including possible delays or restrictions upon the fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities, the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which the fund seeks to assert its rights to them, the risk of incurring expenses associated with asserting those rights and the risk of losing all or part of the income from the agreement. The subadvisers, acting under the supervision of the trust’s Board of Trustees, reviews on an ongoing basis the value of the collateral and the creditworthiness of those banks and dealers with which the fund may enter into repurchase agreements to evaluate potential risks.

 

32


Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the SEC, the fund, along with other affiliated entities managed by a subadviser, may transfer uninvested cash balances into one or more joint repurchase accounts. These balances are invested in one or more repurchase agreements, secured by U.S. government securities. Securities used as collateral for repurchase agreements are financial assets subject to the fund’s entitlement orders through its securities account at its custodian bank until the agreements mature. Each joint repurchase agreement requires that the market value of the collateral be sufficient to cover payments of interest and principal; however, in the event of default by the other party to the agreement, retention or sale of the collateral may be subject to legal proceedings.

U.S. Government Securities.  U.S. government securities include debt obligations of varying maturities issued or guaranteed by the United States government or its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. government securities”). U.S. government securities include not only direct obligations of the United States Treasury (such as Treasury Bills, Treasury Notes and Treasury Bonds), but also securities issued or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, GNMA, General Services Administration, Central Bank for Cooperatives, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Land Banks, FNMA, Maritime Administration, Tennessee Valley Authority, District of Columbia Armory Board, Student Loan Marketing Association, and Resolution Trust Corporation. Certain U.S. government securities, such as those issued or guaranteed by GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC, are mortgage-related securities. Because the United States government is not obligated by law to provide support to an instrumentality that it sponsors, the fund will invest in obligations issued by such an instrumentality only if the subadviser determines that the credit risk with respect to the instrumentality does not make its securities unsuitable for investment by the fund. U.S. government securities generally do not involve the credit risks associated with other types of interest-bearing securities, although, as a result, the yields available from U.S. government securities are generally lower than the yields available from interest-bearing corporate securities.

Bank Obligations.  Domestic commercial banks organized under Federal law are supervised and examined by the Comptroller of the Currency, are required to be members of the Federal Reserve System and to be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). Domestic banks organized under state law are supervised and examined by state banking authorities, but are members of the Federal Reserve System only if they elect to join. Most state banks are insured by the FDIC (although such insurance may not be of material benefit to the fund, depending upon the principal amount of CDs of each held by the fund) and are subject to federal examination and to a substantial body of federal law and regulation. As a result of federal and state laws and regulations, domestic branches of domestic banks are, among other things, generally required to maintain specified levels of reserves, and are subject to other supervision and regulation designed to promote financial soundness.

Obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks, such as CDs and TDs, may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch, or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and governmental regulation. Obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks and foreign banks are subject to different risks than are those of U.S. banks or U.S. branches of foreign banks. These risks include foreign economic and political developments, foreign governmental restrictions that may adversely affect payment of principal and interest on the obligations, foreign exchange controls and foreign withholding and other taxes on interest income. Foreign branches of U.S. banks are not necessarily subject to the same or similar regulatory requirements applicable to U.S. banks, such as mandatory reserve requirements, loan limitations and accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping requirements. In addition, less information may be publicly available about a foreign branch of a U.S. bank than about a U.S. bank. CDs issued by wholly owned Canadian subsidiaries of U.S. banks are guaranteed as to repayment of principal and interest, but not as to sovereign risk, by the U.S. parent bank.

Obligations of U.S. branches of foreign banks may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch, or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and by federal and state regulation as well as governmental action in the country in which the foreign bank has its head office. A U.S. branch of a foreign bank with assets in excess of $1 billion may or may not be subject to reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve System or by the state in which the branch is located if the branch is licensed in that state. In

 

33


addition, branches licensed by the Comptroller of the Currency and branches licensed by certain states (“State Branches”) may or may not be required to: (a) pledge to the regulator by depositing assets with a designated bank within the state, an amount of its assets equal to 5% of its total liabilities; and (b) maintain assets within the state in an amount equal to a specified percentage of the aggregate amount of liabilities of the foreign bank payable at or through all of its agencies or branches within the state. The deposits of State Branches may not necessarily be insured by the FDIC. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about a U.S. branch of a foreign bank than about a U.S. bank.

In view of the foregoing factors associated with the purchase of CDs and TDs issued by foreign banks and foreign branches of U.S. banks, the fund’s subadviser will carefully evaluate such investments on a case-by-case basis.

Ratings as Investment Criteria.  In general, the ratings of the nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (“NRSROs”) represent the opinions of these agencies as to the quality of securities they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality and do not evaluate the market value risk of the securities. These ratings will be used by the fund as initial criteria for the selection of portfolio securities, but the fund also will rely upon the independent advice of the subadviser to evaluate potential investments. Among the factors that will be considered are the long-term ability of the issuer to pay principal and interest and general economic trends. Appendix C to this SAI contains further information concerning the rating categories of NRSROs and their significance.

Subsequent to its purchase by the fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum required for purchase by the fund. In addition, it is possible that an NRSRO might not change its rating of a particular issue to reflect subsequent events. None of these events will require sale of such securities by the fund, but the fund’s subadviser will consider such events in its determination of whether the fund should continue to hold the securities. In addition, to the extent the ratings change as a result of changes in such organizations or their rating systems, or because of a corporate reorganization, the fund will attempt to use comparable ratings as standards for its investments in accordance with its investment objective and policies.

When-Issued Securities and Delayed-Delivery Transactions.  To secure an advantageous price or yield, the fund may purchase certain securities on a when-issued basis or purchase or sell securities for delayed delivery. The fund will enter into such transactions for the purpose of acquiring portfolio securities and not for the purpose of leverage. Delivery of the securities in such cases occurs beyond the normal settlement periods, but no payment or delivery is made by the fund prior to the reciprocal delivery or payment by the other party to the transaction. In entering into a when-issued or delayed-delivery transaction, the fund will rely on the other party to consummate the transaction and may be disadvantaged if the other party fails to do so.

These are normally subject to changes in value based upon changes, real or anticipated, in the level of interest rates and, although to a lesser extent in the case of U.S. government securities, the public’s perception of the creditworthiness of the issuers. In general, U.S. government securities tend to appreciate when interest rates decline and depreciate when interest rates rise. Purchasing these securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, therefore, can involve the risk that the yields available in the market when the delivery takes place may actually be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself. Similarly, the sale of U.S. government securities for delayed delivery can involve the risk that the prices available in the market when the delivery is made may actually be higher than those obtained in the transaction itself.

In the case of the purchase of securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis by the fund, the fund will meet its obligations on the settlement date from then-available cash flow, the sale of securities held in the segregated account, the sale of other securities or, although it would not normally expect to do so, from the sale of the securities purchased on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis (which may have a value greater or less than the fund’s payment obligations).

 

34


Lending of Portfolio Securities.  Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, the fund has the ability to lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations. Such loans, if and when made, may not exceed 20% of the fund’s total assets taken at value. The fund will not lend portfolio securities to its affiliates unless it has applied for and received specific authority to do so from the SEC. Loans of portfolio securities will be collateralized by cash, letters of credit or U.S. government securities which are maintained at all times in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the loaned securities.

By lending its securities, the fund can increase its income by continuing to receive interest or dividends on the loaned securities as well as by either investing the cash collateral in short-term instruments or obtaining yield in the form of interest paid by the borrower when U.S. government securities are used as collateral. The fund will comply with the following conditions whenever its portfolio securities are loaned: (a) the fund must receive at least 100% cash collateral or equivalent securities from the borrower; (b) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities loaned rises above the level of such collateral; (c) the fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (d) the fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, and any increase in market value; (e) the fund may pay only reasonable custodian fees in connection with the loan; and (f) voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower; provided, however, that if a material event adversely affecting the investment in the loaned securities occurs, the fund must terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities. The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of secured credit, consist of a possible delay in receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. Loans will be made to firms deemed by the fund’s subadviser to be of good standing and will not be made unless, in the judgment of the subadviser, the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk. Payments received by the fund in lieu of any dividends paid on the loaned securities will not be treated as “qualified dividend income” for purposes of determining what portion of the fund’s dividends received by individuals may be taxed at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains (see “Taxes” below).

Medium-, Low- and Unrated Securities.  The fund may invest its assets in medium- or low- rated securities and unrated securities of comparable quality. Securities rated below investment grade are frequently called junk bonds. Generally, these securities offer a higher current yield than the yield offered by higher-rated securities, but involve greater volatility of price and risk of loss of income and principal, including the probability of default by or bankruptcy of the issuers of such securities. Medium- and low-rated and comparable unrated securities (a) will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that, in the judgment of the rating organization, are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions and (b) are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. Thus, it is possible that these types of factors could, in certain instances, reduce the value of securities held by the fund with a commensurate effect on the value of the fund’s shares. Therefore, an investment in the fund should not be considered as a complete investment program and may not be appropriate for all investors.

While the market values of medium- and low-rated and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities, the market values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated securities. In addition, medium- and low-rated and comparable unrated securities generally present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of medium- and low-rated and comparable unrated securities are often highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them, so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater because medium- and low-rated and comparable unrated securities generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. The fund may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. In addition, the markets in which medium- and low-rated or comparable unrated securities are traded generally are

 

35


more limited than those in which higher-rated securities are traded. The existence of limited markets for these securities may restrict the availability of securities for the fund to purchase and also may have the effect of limiting the ability of the fund to (a) obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing securities and calculating net asset value and (b) sell securities at their fair value either to meet redemption requests or to respond to changes in the economy or the financial markets. Any economic recession, however, would likely disrupt severely the market for medium- and low-rated securities and adversely affect the value of such securities. Any such economic downturn also would adversely affect the ability of the issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest thereon.

Securities which are rated below investment grade such as Ba by Moody’s or BB by Standard & Poor’s have speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Securities which are rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment and assurance of interest and principal payments over any long period of time may be small. Securities which are rated Caa or CCC or below are of poor standing. Those issues may be in default or present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest. Securities rated C by Moody’s and D by Standard & Poor’s are in the lowest rating class and indicate that payments are in default or that a bankruptcy petition has been filed with respect to the issuer or that the issuer is regarded as having extremely poor prospects. See Appendix C for bond ratings by Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s.

Fixed-income securities, including medium- and low-rated and comparable unrated securities, frequently have call or buy-back features that permit their issuers to call or repurchase the securities from their holders, such as the fund. If an issuer exercises these rights during periods of declining interest rates, the fund may have to replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return to the fund.

In light of the risks described above, the subadvisers, in evaluating the creditworthiness of an issue, whether rated or unrated, will take various factors into consideration, which may include, as applicable, the issuer’s financial resources, its sensitivity to economic conditions and trends, the operating history of and the community support for the facility financed by the issue, the ability of the issuer’s management and regulatory matters.

Illiquid and Restricted Securities.  The fund may purchase securities that are restricted as to resale (“restricted securities”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Some restricted securities can be offered and sold to “qualified institutional buyers” under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. The Board of Trustees may determine, based upon a continuing review of the trading markets for a specific restricted security, that such restricted securities are liquid and therefore not subject to the fund’s restriction on illiquid investments. The Board of Trustees has adopted guidelines and delegated to management the daily function of determining and monitoring liquidity of restricted securities available pursuant to Rule 144A. The Board, however, retains sufficient oversight and is ultimately responsible for the determinations. Since it is not possible to predict with assurance exactly how the market for Rule 144A restricted securities will develop, the Board will carefully monitor the fund’s investments in these securities, focusing on such important factors, among others, as valuation, liquidity and availability of information. Investments in restricted securities could have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in the fund to the extent that qualified institutional buyers become for a time uninterested in purchasing these restricted securities.

Securities of Unseasoned Issuers.  Securities in which the fund may invest may have limited marketability and, therefore, may be subject to wide fluctuations in market value. In addition, certain securities may lack significant operating history and be dependent on products or services without an established market share.

Yield Curve Options.  The fund may enter into options on the “spread,” or yield differential, between two fixed income securities, in transactions referred to as “yield curve” options. In contrast to other types of options, a yield curve option is based on the difference between the yields of designated securities, rather than the prices of the individual securities, and is settled through cash payments. Accordingly, a yield curve option is profitable to the holder if this differential widens (in the case of a call) or narrows (in the case of a put), regardless of whether the yields of the underlying securities increase or decrease.

 

36


Yield curve options may be used for the same purposes as other options on securities. Specifically, the fund may purchase or write such options for hedging purposes. For example, the fund may purchase a call option on the yield spread between two securities, if it owns one of the securities, anticipates purchasing the other security and wants to hedge against an adverse change in the yield spread between the two securities. The fund may also purchase or write yield curve options for other than hedging purposes ( i.e., in an effort to increase its current income) if, in the judgment of the subadvisers, the fund will be able to profit from movements in the spread between the yields of the underlying securities. The trading of yield curve options is subject to all of the risks associated with the trading of other types of options. In addition, however, such options present risk of loss even if the yield of one of the underlying securities remains constant, if the spread moves in a direction or to an extent that was not anticipated. Yield curve options written by the fund will be “covered.” A call (or put) option is covered if the fund holds another call (or put) option on the spread between the same two securities and maintains in a segregated account with its custodian cash or cash equivalents sufficient to cover the fund’s net liability under the two options. Therefore, the fund’s liability for such a covered option is generally limited to the difference between the amount of the fund’s liability under the option written by the fund less the value of the option held by the fund. Yield curve options may also be covered in such other manner as may be in accordance with the requirements of the counterparty with which the option is traded and applicable laws and regulations. Yield curve options are traded over-the-counter and because they have been only recently introduced, established trading markets for these securities have not yet developed.

Borrowing. The fund may borrow in certain circumstances. As discussed under “Investment Policies,” below, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires a fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings.

The SEC takes the position that transactions that have a leveraging effect on the capital structure of a fund or are economically equivalent to borrowing, including, among others, engaging in mortgage dollar rolls or entering into reverse repurchase agreements, can be viewed as constituting a form of borrowing and therefore senior securities of the fund for purposes of the 1940 Act. Such a transaction will not be considered to constitute the issuance of a “senior security” by a fund and will not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement described above, if the fund establishes a segregated account with its custodian bank in which it maintains cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid assets equal in value to its obligations in respect of the transaction, or uses other methods permitted under the 1940 Act, the rules and regulations thereunder, or orders issued by the SEC thereunder, to “cover” the transaction.

Borrowing and other transactions used for leverage may cause the value of the fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow or engage in such transactions. This is because leverage tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Leverage thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay such obligations, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with engaging in leverage, and these costs would offset and could eliminate a fund’s net investment income in any given period.

Corporate Loans.  The fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in corporate loans. Corporate loans are negotiated and underwritten by a bank or syndicate of banks and other institutional investors. The fund may acquire an interest in corporate loans through the primary market by acting as one of a group of lenders of a corporate loan. The primary risk in an investment in corporate loans is that the borrower may be unable to meet its interest and/or principal payment obligations. The occurrence of such default with regard to a corporate loan in which the fund had invested would have an adverse effect on the fund’s net asset value. Corporate loans in which the fund may invest may be collateralized or uncollateralized and senior or subordinate. Investments in uncollateralized and/or subordinate loans entail a greater risk of nonpayment than do investments in corporate loans which hold a more senior position in the borrower’s capital structure or that are secured with collateral.

 

37


The fund may also acquire an interest in corporate loans by purchasing both participations (“Participations”) in and assignments (“Assignments”) of portions of corporate loans from third parties. By purchasing a Participation, the fund acquires some or all of the interest of a bank or other lending institution in a loan to a corporate borrower. The Participations typically will result in the fund’s having a contractual relationship only with the lender and not the borrower. The fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the Participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing Participations, the fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the Participation. As a result, the fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the Participation. The fund will acquire Participations only if the lender interpositioned between the fund and the borrower is determined by the subadvisers to be creditworthy. When the fund purchases Assignments from lenders, the fund will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the loan. However, since Assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and assignors, the rights and obligations acquired by the fund as the purchaser of an Assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigned lender.

In addition, the fund may have difficulty disposing of its investments in corporate loans. The liquidity of such securities is limited and the fund anticipates that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market could have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and on the fund’s ability to dispose of particular Assignments or Participations when necessary to meet the fund’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event, such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for corporate loans also may make it more difficult for the fund to assign a value to those securities for purposes of valuing the fund’s investments and calculating its net asset value. The fund’s policy limiting its illiquid securities will be applicable to investments in corporate loans.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

For funds in the Legg Mason Partners family of funds, each fund’s board of trustees has adopted policies and procedures developed by LMPFA with respect to the disclosure of the funds’ portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about each fund’s portfolio securities. The policy requires that consideration always be given as to whether disclosure of information about any fund’s portfolio holdings is in the best interests of such fund’s shareholders, and that any conflicts of interest between the interests of the fund’s shareholders and those of LMPFA, the funds’ distributor or its affiliates, be addressed in a manner that places the interests of fund shareholders first. The policy provides that information regarding the fund’s portfolio holdings may not be shared with non-Legg Mason employees, with investors or potential investors (whether individual or institutional), or with third parties unless it is done for legitimate fund business purposes and in accordance with the policy.

LMPFA’s policy generally provides for the release of details of securities positions once they are considered “stale.” Data is considered stale 25 calendar days following quarter-end. LMPFA believes that this passage of time prevents a third party from benefiting from an investment decision made by a fund that has not been fully reflected by the market.

Under the policy, a fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and non-Legg Mason employees with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after calendar quarter end. Typically, simultaneous public disclosure is achieved by the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings may not be made until 25 days following quarter-end and/or posting the information to Legg Mason’s or the funds’ Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

 

38


The policy permits the release of limited portfolio holdings information that is not yet considered stale in a number of situations, including:

1. A fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

2. The fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

3. A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by a portfolio manager (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

4. A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction (i.e., brokers and custodians).

5. A fund’s sector weightings, yield and duration, performance attribution (e.g. analysis of the fund’s out-performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

6. A fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its Independent Trustees and its independent public accounting firm, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

Under the policy, if information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is released pursuant to an ongoing arrangement with any party, a fund must have a legitimate business purpose for the release of the information, and either a party receiving the information must be under a duty of confidentiality, or the release of non-public information must be subject to trading restrictions and confidential treatment to prohibit the entity from sharing with an unauthorized source or trading upon any non-public information provided. Neither a fund, nor Legg Mason nor any other affiliated person may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about a fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by a fund’s Board. The release of portfolio holdings other than in ongoing arrangements is subject to a written agreement which requires the recipient to keep the information confidential and to use the information only for the purpose specified in the agreement. The approval of a fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained prior to release of the information other than in an ongoing arrangement.

The approval of a fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions to the policy. Any exceptions to the policy must be consistent with the purposes of the policy. Exceptions are considered on a case-by-case basis and are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with LMPFA’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions to the policies are reported annually to the fund’s Board.

Currently, the funds typically disclose their complete portfolio holdings approximately 25 days after calendar quarter-end on Legg Mason’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors.

 

39


Set forth below is a list, as of August 31, 2007, of those parties with whom LMPFA, on behalf of the funds, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information, the frequency of the release under such arrangements, and the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

 

Recipient

  

Frequency

   Delay Before Dissemination
State Street Bank and Trust Company (Fund Custodian and Accounting Agent)    Daily    None
Institutional Shareholder Services (Proxy voting services)    As necessary    None

Bloomberg

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Lipper

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

S&P

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Morningstar

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Vestek

   Daily    None

Factset

   Daily    None

The Bank of New York

   Daily    None

Thomson

   Semi-annually    None

Dataware

   Daily    None

ITG

   Daily    None

Portfolio holdings information for a fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

 

Recipient

  

Frequency

   Delay Before Dissemination

Baseline

   Daily    None

Frank Russell

   Monthly    1 Day

Callan

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Mercer

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

eVestment Alliance

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

CRA RogersCasey

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Cambridge Associates

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Marco Consulting

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Wilshire

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Informa Investment Services (Efron)

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

CheckFree (Mobius)

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Nelsons Information

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Investor Tools

   Daily    None

Advent

   Daily    None

BARRA

   Daily    None

Plexus

   Quarterly (Calendar)    Sent 1-3 business days
following the end of a Quarter

Elkins/McSherry

   Quarterly (Calendar)    Sent 1-3 business days
following the end of a Quarter

Quantitative Services Group

   Daily    None

AMBAC

   Daily    None

Deutsche Bank

   Monthly    6-8 business days

Fitch

   Monthly    6-8 business days

Liberty Hampshire

   Weekly and Month End    None

Sun Trust

   Weekly and Month End    None

 

40


Recipient

  

Frequency

   Delay Before Dissemination

New England Pension Consultants

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Evaluation Associates

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Watson Wyatt

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

S&P (Rating Agency)

   Weekly Tuesday Night    1 business day

Moody’s (Rating Agency)

   Monthly    6-8 business days

Electra Information Systems

   Daily    None

SunGard

   Daily    None

Additional Risk Factors

General.  Investors should realize that risk of loss is inherent in the ownership of any securities and that the fund’s net asset value will fluctuate, reflecting the fluctuations in the market value of its portfolio positions. The following sections describe some of the important risk factors involved in connection with the types of investments or investment practices indicated. See “Investment Objectives and Management Policies” for a description of the permissible investments and investment practices of the fund.

Fixed Income Securities . Investments in fixed income securities may subject the fund to risks, including the risks indicated below.

Interest Rate Risk.  When interest rates decline, the market value of fixed income securities tends to increase. Conversely, when interest rates increase, the market value of fixed income securities tends to decline. The volatility of a security’s market value will differ depending upon the security’s duration, the issuer and the type of instrument.

Default Risk/Credit Risk.  Investments in fixed income securities are subject to the risk that the issuer of the security could default on its obligations, causing the fund to sustain losses on such investments. A default could impact both interest and principal payments.

Call Risk and Extension Risk.  Fixed income securities may be subject to both call risk and extension risk. Call risk exists when the issuer may exercise its right to pay principal on an obligation earlier than scheduled, which would cause cash flows to be returned earlier than expected. This typically results when interest rates have declined and the fund will suffer from having to reinvest in lower yielding securities. Extension risk exists when the issuer may exercise its right to pay principal on an obligation later than scheduled, which would cause cash flows to be returned later than expected. This typically results when interest rates have increased, and the fund will suffer from the inability to invest in higher yielding securities.

Real Estate Investment Trusts.  The values of securities issued by REITs are affected by tax and regulatory requirements and by perceptions of management skill. They are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers or tenants, self-liquidation, the possibility of failing to qualify for the ability to avoid tax by satisfying distribution requirements under the Code, and failing to maintain exemption from the 1940 Act. Also, the fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of expenses incurred by REITs in which the fund invests. REITs are also sensitive to factors such as changes in real estate values and property taxes, interest rates, overbuilding and creditworthiness of the issuer.

Zero Coupon, Pay-In-Kind and Delayed Interest Securities.  The values of these securities may be highly volatile as interest rates rise or fall. In addition, the fund’s investments in zero coupon, pay-in-kind and delayed interest securities will result in special tax consequences. Although zero coupon securities do not make interest payments, for tax purposes a portion of the difference between a zero coupon security’s maturity value and its purchase price is taxable income of the fund each year. The value of zero-coupon bonds is subject to greater fluctuation in market value in response to changes in market interest rates than bonds of comparable maturity that pay interest currently. Both zero-coupon and payment-in-kind bonds allow an issuer to avoid the need to generate

 

41


cash to meet current interest payments. Accordingly, such bonds may involve greater credit risks than bonds that pay interest currently. Even though such bonds do not pay current interest in cash, the fund is nonetheless required to accrue interest income on such investments and to distribute such amounts at least annually to shareholders. Accordingly, for the fund to continue to qualify for tax treatment as a regulated investment company and to avoid income and possibly excise tax, the fund may be required to distribute as a dividend an amount that is greater than the total amount of cash it actually receives. These distributions must be made from the fund’s cash assets or, if necessary, from the proceeds of sales of portfolio securities. The fund will not be able to purchase additional income-producing securities with cash used to make such distributions and its current income ultimately may be reduced as a result.

Derivative Instruments.  In accordance with its investment policies, the fund may invest in certain derivative instruments, which are securities or contracts that provide for payments based on or “derived” from the performance of an underlying asset, index or other economic benchmark. Essentially, a derivative instrument is a financial arrangement or a contract between two parties (and not a true security like a stock or a bond). Transactions in derivative instruments can be, but are not necessarily, riskier than investments in conventional stocks, bonds and money market instruments. A derivative instrument is more accurately viewed as a way of reallocating risk among different parties or substituting one type of risk for another. Every investment by the fund, including an investment in conventional securities, reflects an implicit prediction about future changes in the value of that investment. Every fund investment also involves a risk that the portfolio managers’ expectations will be wrong. Transactions in derivative instruments often enable the fund to take investment positions that more precisely reflect the portfolio managers’ expectations concerning the future performance of the various investments available to the fund. Derivative instruments can be a legitimate and often cost-effective method of accomplishing the same investment goals as could be achieved through other investment in conventional securities.

Derivative contracts include options, futures contracts, forward contracts, forward commitment and when-issued securities transactions, forward foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate, mortgage and currency swaps. The following are the principal risks associated with derivative instruments.

Market risk:  The instrument will decline in value or an alternative investment would have appreciated more, but this is no different from the risk of investing in conventional securities.

Leverage and associated price volatility:  Leverage causes increased volatility in the price and magnifies the impact of adverse market changes, but this risk may be consistent with the investment objective of even a conservative fund in order to achieve an average portfolio volatility that is within the expected range for that type of fund.

Credit risk:  The issuer of the instrument may default on its obligation to pay interest and principal.

Liquidity and valuation risk:  Many derivative instruments are traded in institutional markets rather than on an exchange. Nevertheless, many derivative instruments are actively traded and can be priced with as much accuracy as conventional securities. Derivative instruments that are custom designed to meet the specialized investment needs of a relatively narrow group of institutional investors such as the fund are not readily marketable and are subject to the fund’s restrictions on illiquid investments.

Correlation risk:  There may be imperfect correlation between the price of the derivative and the underlying asset. For example, there may be price disparities between the trading markets for the derivative contract and the underlying asset.

Each derivative instrument purchased for the fund’s portfolio is reviewed and analyzed by the fund’s portfolio managers to assess the risk and reward of each such instrument in relation to the fund’s portfolio investment strategy. The decision to invest in derivative instruments or conventional securities is made by measuring the respective instrument’s ability to provide value to the fund and its shareholders.

 

42


Special Investment Considerations and Risks With Respect to Futures, Options, Currency Transactions, Swaps and Swap-Related Products.  The successful use of the investment practices described above with respect to futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward contracts, options on securities and on foreign currencies, and swaps and swap-related products draws upon skills and experience that are different from those needed to select the other instruments in which the fund invests. Should interest or exchange rates or the prices of securities or financial indices move in an unexpected manner, the fund may not achieve the desired benefits of futures, options, swaps and forwards or may realize losses and thus be in a worse position than if such strategies had not been used. Unlike many exchange-traded futures contracts and options on futures contracts, there are no daily price fluctuation limits with respect to options on currencies, forward contracts and other negotiated or over-the-counter instruments, and adverse market movements could therefore continue to an unlimited extent over a period of time. In addition, the correlation between movements in the price of the securities and currencies hedged or used for cover will not be perfect and could produce unanticipated losses.

With respect to interest rate swaps, the fund recognizes that such arrangements are relatively illiquid and will include the principal amount of the obligations owed to it under a swap as an illiquid security for purposes of the fund’s investment restrictions except to the extent a third party (such as a large commercial bank) has guaranteed the fund’s ability to offset the swap at any time.

The fund’s ability to dispose of its positions in the foregoing instruments will depend on the availability of liquid markets in the instruments. Markets in a number of the instruments are relatively new and still developing, and it is impossible to predict the amount of trading interest that may exist in those instruments in the future. Particular risks exist with respect to the use of each of the foregoing instruments and could result in such adverse consequences to the fund as the possible loss of the entire premium paid for an option bought by the fund, and the inability of the fund, as the writer of a covered call option, to benefit from the appreciation of the underlying securities above the exercise price of the option. As a result, no assurance can be given that the fund will be able to use those instruments effectively for the purposes set forth above.

In connection with its transactions in futures, options, swaps and forwards, the fund may be required to place assets in a segregated account with the fund’s custodian bank to ensure that the fund will be able to meet its obligations under these instruments. Assets held in a segregated account generally may not be disposed of for so long as the fund maintains the positions giving rise to the segregation requirement. Segregation of a large percentage of the fund’s assets could impede implementation of the fund’s investment policies or the fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Particular Risks of Futures Contracts.  The prices of futures contracts are volatile and are influenced, among other things, by actual and anticipated changes in interest rates, which in turn are affected by fiscal and monetary policies and national and international political and economic events.

At best, the correlation between changes in prices of futures contracts and of the securities or currencies being hedged can be only approximate. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends upon circumstances such as: variations in speculative market demand for futures and for debt securities or currencies, including technical influences in futures trading; and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the instruments underlying the standard futures contracts available for trading, with respect to interest rate levels, maturities, and creditworthiness of issuers. A decision of whether, when, and how to hedge involves skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of unexpected market behavior or interest rate trends.

Because of the low margin deposits required, futures trading involves an extremely high degree of leverage. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss, as well as gain, to the investor. For example, if at the time of purchase, 10% of the value of the futures contract is deposited as margin, a subsequent 10% decrease in the value of the futures contract would result in a total loss of the margin deposit, before any deduction for the transaction costs, if the account were then closed out. A 15%

 

43


decrease would result in a loss equal to 150% of the original margin deposit, if the futures contract were closed out. Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. The fund, however, would presumably have sustained comparable losses if, instead of the futures contract, it had invested in the underlying financial instrument and sold it after the decline.

Furthermore, in the case of a futures contract purchase, in order to be certain that the fund has sufficient assets to satisfy its obligations under a futures contract, the fund sets aside and commits to back the futures contract an amount of cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid, high-grade debt securities equal in value to the current value of the underlying instrument less the margin deposit. In the case of a futures contract sale, the fund will either set aside amounts as in the case of a futures contract purchase, own the security underlying the contract, or hold a call option permitting the fund to purchase the same futures contract at a price no higher than the contract price. Assets used as cover cannot be sold while the position in the corresponding futures contract is open, unless they are replaced with similar assets. As a result, the commitment of a significant portion of the fund’s assets to cover could impede portfolio management or the fund’s ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

Most U.S. futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of futures contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.

Mortgage-Backed Securities.  To the extent the fund purchases mortgage-related securities at a premium, mortgage foreclosures and prepayments of principal (which may be made at any time without penalty) may result in some loss of the fund’s principal investment to the extent of the premium paid. The yield generated by the fund that invests in mortgage-related securities may be affected by reinvestment of prepayments at higher or lower rates than the original investment. In addition, like other debt securities, the values of mortgage-related securities, including government and government-related mortgage pools, generally will fluctuate in response to market interest rates.

Other Asset-Backed Securities.  The estimated life of an asset-backed security varies with the prepayment experience with respect to the underlying debt instruments. The rate of such prepayments, and hence the life of an asset-backed security, will be primarily a function of current market interest rates, although other economic and demographic factors may be involved. For example, falling interest rates generally result in an increase in the rate of prepayments of mortgage loans, while rising interest rates generally decrease the rate of prepayments. An acceleration in prepayments in response to sharply falling interest rates will shorten the security’s average maturity and limit the potential appreciation in the security’s value relative to a conventional debt security. Consequently, asset-backed securities are not as effective in locking in high long-term yields. Conversely, in periods of sharply rising rates, prepayments generally slow, increasing the security’s average life and its potential for price depreciation.

Certain Investment Guidelines

The fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities with contractual or other restrictions on resale and other instruments not readily marketable, including (a) repurchase agreements with maturities greater than seven days, (b) time deposits maturing from two business days through seven calendar days and (c) to the extent that a liquid secondary market does not exist for the instruments, futures contracts and options thereon. The investment guidelines set forth in this paragraph may be changed at any time without shareholder consent by vote of the trust’s Board of Trustees.

 

44


Investment Policies

The fund has adopted the following fundamental investment policies for the protection of shareholders. Investment policies described in this SAI are fundamental only if they are identified as such. Fundamental investment policies may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund. A “majority” is defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting power present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the voting power of the fund are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the voting power of the fund.

If any percentage restriction described below is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s fundamental investment policies are as follows:

1. The fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

2. The fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

3. The fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

4. The fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

5. The fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

6. The fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

7. Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the fund may not make any investment if, as a result, the fund’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of a fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any

 

45


increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate a fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently the fund does not contemplate borrowing money for leverage, but if the fund does so, it will not likely do so to a substantial degree. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit a fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause a fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to a fund, as with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when the fund’s manager or a subadviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. The fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. A fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent a fund from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing senior securities except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. A fund also may borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by a fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of a fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s

 

46


gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning real estate; however, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent a fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If a fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in exchange traded funds that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (7) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy in (7) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; securities of foreign governments; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to a fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

The fund’s fundamental investment policies are written and will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

Diversification

The fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that the fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies

 

47


or instrumentalities) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer, or (b) the fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the fund can invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, the fund cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.

Portfolio Transactions

Subject to policies as may be established by the fund’s Board from time to time, the subadvisers are primarily responsible for the fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the fund’s portfolio transactions. Commissions are negotiated with broker/dealers on all transactions. The cost of securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission, concession or a net price. The aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the fund for the three most recent fiscal years is set forth below under “Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid.”

Pursuant to the Management Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreements, each of the manager and each subadviser is authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of the manager and the subadvisers in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker/dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker/dealer commits its own capital.

In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) to the fund and/or the other accounts over which a subadviser or its affiliates exercise investment discretion. The manager and each subadviser is authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the subadviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the manager or the subadvisers, as applicable, and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The manager and a subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the manager or a subadviser, as applicable, in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases the fund’s costs, the manager and the subadvisers do not believe that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces their expenses as the manager or subadvisers. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

Research services furnished to the manager or the subadvisers by brokers who effect securities transactions for the fund may be used by the manager or a subadviser in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the manager or a subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the manager or the subadviser manages may be used by the manager or the subadviser in servicing the fund. Not all of these research services are used by the manager or the subadvisers in managing any particular account, including the fund. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund paid commissions to brokers that provided research services as follows:

 

Total Dollar Amount of

Brokerage Transactions

Related to Research Services

  

Total Dollar Amount of

Brokerage Commissions

Paid on Transactions

Related to Research Services

  

 

48


The fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The fund’s Board has adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2007, the fund paid aggregate brokerage commissions and brokerage commissions to Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”) and its affiliates as set out below:

 

     Aggregate Broker
Commissions Paid
   Amount of Brokerage
Commissions Paid
by the fund to CGMI
and Affiliates

Year Ended December 31, 2005

   $ 2,613,605    $ 63,165

Year Ended December 31, 2006

   $      $  

Year Ended December 31, 2007

   $        N/A

As of December 1, 2005, LMIS became an underwriter of the fund under the 1940 Act. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 and the period December 1, 2005 through December 31, 2006, the fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to LMIS or its affiliates.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund purchased securities issued by the following regular broker/dealers of the fund, which had the following values as of December 31, 2007:

 

Broker-Dealer

  

Value of Securities as of

December 31, 2007

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the fund as well as for one or more of the manager’s or a subadviser’s other clients. Investment decisions for the fund and for the manager’s or a subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for the fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for the fund and for other funds managed by the manager or a subadviser occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

For reporting purposes, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in the fund’s investment portfolio (other than short- term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should a subadviser deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, the portfolio turnover rates were 175% and         % (excluding mortgage dollar roll transactions), respectively.

 

49


In the event that portfolio turnover increases, this increase necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the fund. To the extent portfolio trading results in realization of net short-term capital gains, shareholders will be taxed on such gains at ordinary tax rates (except shareholders who invest through IRAs and other retirement plans which are not taxed currently on accumulations in their accounts).

PURCHASE OF SHARES

General. Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors, including retirement plans purchasing through certain Service Agents, may purchase shares directly from the fund. When purchasing shares of the fund, investors must specify whether the purchase is for Class A, B, C, FI, R or I* shares. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly at the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee.

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements, please see the fund’s prospectus.

There are no minimum investment requirements for purchases of Class A shares by: (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”), (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, as well as (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons. The fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time.

Share certificates for the fund will no longer be issued. If you currently hold share certificates of the fund, such certificates will continue to be honored.

Purchase orders received by the fund prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day (the “trade date”). Orders received by a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day, provided the order is received by the fund’s agent prior to its close of business. Payment must be made with the purchase order.

Systematic Investment Plan.  Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any time by purchasing shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. Under the Systematic Investment Plan, the distributor or the transfer agent is authorized through preauthorized transfers of at least $25 on a monthly, quarterly, every alternate month, semi-annual or annual basis to charge the shareholder’s account held with a bank or other financial institution as indicated by the shareholder, to provide for systematic additions to the shareholder’s fund account. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete the transfer will be charged a fee of up to $25 by the distributor, the transfer agent. Additional information is available from the fund or a Service Agent.

Sales Charge Alternatives

The following classes of shares are available for purchase. See the prospectus for a discussion of who is eligible to purchase certain classes and of factors to consider in selecting which class of shares to purchase.

 

 

* As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

50


Class A Shares .   Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the net asset value (“NAV”) plus an initial sales charge, as described in the fund’s prospectus.

Members of the selling group may receive a portion of the sales charge as described in the fund’s prospectus and may be deemed to be underwriters of the fund as defined in the 1933 Act. Sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate of purchases of Class A shares of the fund made at one time by any “person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

Purchases of Class A shares of $1,000,000 or more will be made at NAV without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% on redemptions made within 12 months of purchase. The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class B and C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

Class B and C Shares.  Class B and C shares are sold without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” below.

Class FI, R and I Shares.  Class FI, R and I shares are sold at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers. Purchases of Class A shares may be made at NAV without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

(a) sales to (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired Board Members, (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, as well as (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

(b) sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

(c) offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with the fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

(d) purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the fund (or Class A shares of another Legg Mason Partners Fund that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in the fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

(e) purchases by accounts managed by registered investment advisory subsidiaries of Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”);

(f) purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts; and

(g) purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS.

 

51


In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the sales charge.

All existing retirement plan shareholders who purchased Class A shares at NAV prior to November 20, 2006, are permitted to purchase additional Class A shares at NAV. Certain existing programs for current and prospective retirement plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries approved by LMIS prior to November 20, 2006 will also remain eligible to purchase Class A shares at NAV.

Accumulation Privilege.  Please see the fund’s prospectus for information regarding accumulation privileges.

Letter of Intent.  The Letter of Intent helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. You have a choice of seven Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

(1) $25,000

(2) $50,000

(3) $100,000

(4) $250,000

(5) $500,000

(6) $750,000

(7) $1,000,000

Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the Legg Mason Partners Funds.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a thirteen (13) month period Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less any Eligible Prior Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases towards the Letter, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter.

Eligible Fund Purchases.  Generally, any shares of a Legg Mason Partners Fund may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (except for money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners Funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund are not eligible.

This list may change from time to time. Investors should check with their Service Agent to see which funds may be eligible.

 

52


Eligible Accounts.  Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

Eligible Prior Purchases.  You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

Purchases made 90 days prior to the 13-month period are also eligible to be treated as purchases made under the Letter of Intent. Any Eligible Fund Purchases in Eligible Accounts made during that period will count towards your Goal and will also be eligible for the lower sales charge applicable to your Asset Level Goal. You will be credited by way of additional shares at the current offering price for the difference between (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for those eligible shares and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for your Asset Level Goal.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter.  You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must, however, contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, contact the transfer agent prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then current offering price for the difference between: (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges.  Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with the fund’s prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

Cancellation of Letter.  You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, by notifying the transfer agent in writing. The Letter will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares.  Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date your Letter (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter) is accepted, will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal.  If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal or you elect to liquidate all of your holdings or cancel the Letter before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, the transfer agent, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and

 

53


surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are: (a) Class B shares; (b) Class C shares; and (c) Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less.

Class C shares and Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 12 months of purchase. In circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge is imposed on Class B shares, the amount of the charge will depend on the number of years since the shareholder made the purchase payment from which the amount is being redeemed, as further described in the prospectus. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years since a purchase payment, all purchase payments made during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day of the preceding statement month.

Class B shares will convert automatically to Class A shares approximately eight years after the date on which they were purchased and thereafter will no longer be subject to any distribution fees. There will also be converted at that time such proportion of Class B dividend shares (Class B shares that were acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions) owned by the shareholders as the total number of his or her Class B shares converting at the time bears to the total number of outstanding Class B shares (other than Class B dividend shares) owned by the shareholder.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other Legg Mason Partners mutual funds. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% of the shareholder’s account balance at the time the withdrawals commence per month, up to a maximum of 12% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined in the Code) of the shareholder; (d) mandatory post-retirement distributions from retirement plans or IRAs commencing on or after attainment of age 70  1 / 2 (except that shareholders who purchased shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge prior to May 23, 2005, will be “grandfathered” and will be eligible to obtain the waiver at age 59  1 / 2 by demonstrating such eligibility at the time of redemption); (e) involuntary redemptions; (f) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of the fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; (g) tax-free returns of an excess contribution to any retirement plan; and (h) certain redemptions of shares of the fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

 

54


The contingent deferred sales charge is waived on new Class C shares purchased by retirement plan omnibus accounts held on the books of a fund.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other Legg Mason Partners Funds may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

Grandfathered Retirement Program with Exchange Features

Certain retirement plan programs authorized prior to November 20, 2006 (collectively, the “Grandfathered Retirement Program”), to offer eligible retirement plan investors the opportunity to exchange all of their Class C shares for Class A shares of an applicable Legg Mason Partners fund, are permitted to maintain such share class exchange feature for current and prospective retirement plan investors.

Under the Grandfathered Retirement Program, Class C shares may be purchased by plans investing less than $3 million. Class C shares are eligible for exchange into Class A shares not later than eight years after the plan joins the program. They are eligible for exchange in the following circumstances:

If a participating plan’s total Class C holdings in all non-money market Legg Mason Partners Funds equal at least $3,000,000 at the end of the fifth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program, the participating plan will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of the fund. Such participating plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing within 30 days after the fifth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange offer has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the 90th day after the fifth anniversary date. If the participating plan does not qualify for the five-year exchange to Class A shares, a review of the participating plan’s holdings will be performed each quarter until either the participating plan qualifies or the end of the eighth year.

Any participating plan that has not previously qualified for an exchange into Class A shares will be offered the opportunity to exchange all of its Class C shares for Class A shares of the same fund regardless of asset size at the end of the eighth year after the date the participating plan enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program. Such plans will be notified of the pending exchange in writing approximately 60 days before the eighth anniversary of the enrollment date and, unless the exchange has been rejected in writing, the exchange will occur on or about the eighth anniversary date. Once an exchange has occurred, a participating plan will not be eligible to acquire additional Class C shares, but instead may acquire Class A shares of the same fund. Any Class C shares not converted will continue to be subject to the distribution fee.

For further information regarding this Program, contact your Service Agent or the transfer agent. Participating plans that enrolled in the Grandfathered Retirement Program prior to June 2, 2003 should contact the transfer agent for information regarding Class C exchange privileges applicable to their plan.

Determination of Public Offering Price

The fund offers its shares on a continuous basis. The public offering price for Class A shares of the fund is equal to the net asset value per share at the time of purchase plus an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment. The public offering price for Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R and Class I shares (and Class A share purchases, including applicable rights of accumulation, equaling or exceeding $1,000,000) is equal to the net asset value per share at the time of purchase and no sales charge is imposed at the time of purchase. A contingent deferred sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class B and Class C shares, and of Class A shares when purchased in amounts equaling or exceeding $1,000,000. Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the fund based on the net asset value of a share of the fund as of December 31, 2007.

 

Class A (based on a net asset value of $     and a maximum initial
sales charge of     %)

   $     

 

55


REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets the fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the fund’s investments or determination of net asset value is not reasonably practicable or (c) for such other periods as the SEC by order may permit for protection of the fund’s shareholders.

If the shares to be redeemed were issued in certificate form, the certificates must be endorsed for transfer (or be accompanied by an endorsed stock power) and must be submitted to the transfer agent together with the redemption request. Any signature appearing on a share certificate, stock power or written redemption request in excess of $50,000 must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution such as a domestic bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit union, member bank of the Federal Reserve System or member firm of a national securities exchange. Written redemption requests of $50,000 or less do not require a signature guarantee unless more than one such redemption request is made in any 10-day period. Redemption proceeds will be mailed to an investor’s address of record. The transfer agent may require additional supporting documents for redemptions made by corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A redemption request will not be deemed properly received until the transfer agent receives all required documents in proper form.

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions. The redemption proceeds will be remitted on or before the seventh business day following receipt of proper tender, except on any days on which the NYSE is closed or as permitted under the 1940 Act, in extraordinary circumstances. Redemption proceeds for shares purchased by check, other than a certified or official bank check, will be remitted upon clearance of the check, which may take up to ten days. Each Service Agent is responsible for transmitting promptly orders for its customers.

The fund no longer issues share certificates.

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

Additional Information Regarding Telephone Redemption and Exchange Program . Neither the fund nor its agents will be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that are reasonably believed to be genuine. The fund and its agents will employ procedures designed to verify the identity of the caller and legitimacy of instructions (for example, a shareholder’s name and account number will be required and phone calls may be recorded). The fund reserves the right to suspend, modify or discontinue the telephone redemption and exchange program or to impose a charge for this service at any time following at least seven (7) days’ prior notice to shareholders.

Distributions in Kind

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, the fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion of a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the fund’s net assets by a distribution in kind of fund securities in lieu of cash. If a redemption is paid in portfolio securities, such securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share price” in the fund’s prospectus. Securities issued as a distribution in kind may incur brokerage commissions when shareholders subsequently sell those securities.

 

56


Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders as described in the prospectus. To the extent withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in the fund, there will be a reduction in the value of the shareholder’s investment, and continued withdrawal payments may reduce the shareholder’s investment and ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in the fund. Furthermore, as it generally would not be advantageous to a shareholder to make additional investments in the fund at the same time he or she is participating in the Withdrawal Plan, purchases by such shareholder in amounts of less than $5,000 ordinarily will not be permitted. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between funds or classes of the fund. All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at net asset value in additional shares of the fund.

Shareholders who wish to participate in the Withdrawal Plan and who hold their shares in certificate form must deposit their share certificates with the transfer agent as agent for Withdrawal Plan members. For additional information shareholders should contact their Service Agent. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the Withdrawal Plan must be received by the transfer agent no later than the eighth day of the month to be eligible for participation beginning with that month’s withdrawal.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in a fund with different investment objectives when they believe that a shift between funds is an appropriate investment decision. This privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the fund shares being acquired may legally be sold. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. Prospectuses may be obtained from a Service Agent.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current net asset value, and the proceeds are immediately invested in shares of the fund being acquired at that fund’s then current net asset value. The distributor reserves the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Class A, Class FI, Class R and Class I Exchanges . Class A, Class FI, Class R and Class I shareholders of the fund who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares for shares of the respective class in fund may do so without imposition of any charge.

Class B Exchanges . Class B shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class B shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class B shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class B shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Class C Exchanges . Class C shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class C shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class C shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Certain retirement plan programs with exchange features in effect prior to December 1, 2006, as approved by LMIS, will remain eligible for exchange from Class C shares to Class A shares in accordance with the program terms. See “Grandfathered Retirement Programs” for additional information.

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege . The fund is not designed to provide investors with a means of speculation on short-term market movements. A pattern of frequent exchanges by investors can be disruptive to efficient portfolio management and, consequently, can be detrimental to the fund and its shareholders. See “Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of fund Shares” in the prospectus.

 

57


During times of drastic economic or market conditions, the fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components—redemption orders with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the fund’s next determined net asset value but the purchase order would be effective only at the net asset value next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by telephone. See the fund’s prospectus for additional information. Exchanges will be processed at the net asset value next determined. Redemption procedures discussed above are also applicable for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon receipt of all supporting documents in proper form. If the account registration of the shares of the fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the shares of the fund exchanged, no signature guarantee is required.

This exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent or, if they hold fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

Share certificates

The fund no longer issues share certificates. If you currently hold share certificates they will continue to be honored. If you hold share certificates, it will take longer to exchange or redeem shares.

DISTRIBUTOR

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, located at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor pursuant to a written agreement dated December 1, 2005 (the “distribution agreement”). For the period from December 1, 2007, through December 31, 2007, LMIS has served as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor. For the period from December 1, 2005, through December 31, 2005, the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and the period from January 1, 2007, through November 30, 2007, LMIS, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”) and PFS Investments Inc. (“PFS”) served as the fund’s distributors. Prior to December 1, 2005, CGMI and PFS Distributors, Inc. (“PFS Distributors”), the predecessor in interest to PFS, served as the fund’s distributors.

The distributor’s obligation is an agency or “best efforts” arrangement under which the distributor is required to take and pay only for such shares of the fund as may be sold to the public. The distributor is not obligated to sell any stated number of shares. The distribution agreement is renewable from year to year if approved (a) by the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of Independent Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any such party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The distribution agreement provides that it will terminate if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party on 60 days’ written notice, provided that each of the CGMI and PFS distribution agreements may be terminated upon 90 days’ written notice by the distributor.

LMIS may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 the aggregate dollar amount of sales charges on Class A shares was $         for CGMI and PFS, $         for LMIS, CGMI and PFS, and $         for LMIS, CGMI and PFS, respectively.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 the aggregate dollar amount of sales charges on Class C shares was $         for CGMI and PFS, $     for LMIS, CGMI and PFS, and $     for LMIS, CGMI and PFS, respectively.

 

58


For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, CGMI, LMIS and PFS received from shareholders $        ,          and $        , respectively, in contingent deferred sales charges on the redemption of Class A shares.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 CGMI, LMIS and PFS received from shareholders $        ,          and $        , respectively, in contingent deferred sales charges on the redemption of Class B shares.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 CGMI, LMIS and PFS received from shareholders $        ,          and $        , respectively, in contingent deferred sales charges on the redemption of Class C shares.

Services and Distribution Arrangements

The fund has adopted an amended shareholder services and distribution plan (the “12b-1 Plan”) pursuant to Rule l2b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to its Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI and Class R shares. Under the 12b-1 Plan, the fund pays service and distribution fees to LMIS for the services it provides and expenses it bears with respect to the distribution of Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI and Class R shares and providing services to Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI and Class R shareholders. The distributor will provide the fund’s Board with periodic reports of amounts expended under the 12b-1 Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. The fund pays service fees, accrued daily and payable monthly, calculated at the annual rate of 0.25% of the value of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to the fund’s Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI and Class R shares. The fund pays distribution fees with respect to Class R at the annual rate of 0.25% of the fund’s average daily net assets. In addition, the fund pays distribution fees with respect to the Class B and Class C shares at the annual rate of 0.75% of the fund’s average daily net assets.

Fees under the 12b-1 Plan may be used to make payments to the distributor for distribution services, to Service Agents in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to other parties in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to make payments for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing, and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than regulators and existing shareholders. The fund also may make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of fund shares and/or shareholder services provided.

The 12b-1 Plan also provides that the distributor and Service Agents may receive all or a portion of the sales charges paid by Class A, Class B, and Class C investors.

The 12b-1 Plan permits the fund to pay fees to the distributor, Service Agents and others as compensation for their services, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. Thus, even if its expenses exceed the fees provided for by the 12b-1 Plan, the fund will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if its expenses are less than the fees paid to them, they will realize a profit. The fund may pay the fees to the distributor and others until the 12b-1 Plan or Distribution Agreement is terminated or not renewed. In that event, the distributor’s or other recipient’s expenses in excess of fees received or accrued through the termination date will be the distributor’s or other recipient’s sole responsibility and not obligations of the fund. In their annual consideration of the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan for the fund, the Trustees will review the 12b-1 Plan and the expenses for each class within the fund separately.

The 12b-1 Plan also recognizes that various service providers to the fund, such as the manager, may make payments for distribution related expenses out of their own resources, including past profits, or payments received from the fund for other purposes, such as management fees, and that the fund’s distributor or Service Agents may from time to time use their own resources for distribution-related services, in addition to the fees paid under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan specifically provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the fund within the context of Rule 12b-1, then the payments are deemed to be authorized by the 12b-1 Plan, if permitted under applicable law.

 

59


The 12b-1 Plan continues in effect if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of both a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreement related to the 12b-1 Plan (for purposes of this paragraph “Qualified Trustees”). The Qualified Trustees, in the exercise of their business judgment in the best interests of the shareholders of the fund and each class, have approved the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan requires that the fund and the distributor provide to the Board and the Board review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and the purposes therefor) under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan further provides that the selection and nomination of the Qualified Trustees is committed to the discretion of the Qualified Trustees then in office. The 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to any class of the fund at any time by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Qualified Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that class. The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of permitted expenses of the class thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding securities of that class and may not be materially amended in any case without a vote of a majority of both the Trustees and Qualified Trustees. The fund will preserve copies of any plan, agreement or report made pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan for a period of not less than six years, and for the first two years the fund will preserve such copies in an easily accessible place.

As contemplated by the 12b-1 Plan, the distributor acts as an agent of the trust in connection with the offering of shares of the fund pursuant to the distribution agreement.

Prior to December 1, 2007, the fund paid service and distribution fees directly to CGMI and PFS Distributors under separate 12b-1 Plans with respect to shares sold through CGMI and PFS Distributors.

The following service and distribution fees were incurred by the fund pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan in effect during the periods indicated:

 

     Fiscal Year
12/31/07
   Fiscal Year
12/31/06
     Fiscal Year
12/31/05

Class A

   $                     $ 4,424,118      $ 3,648,720

Class B

   $      $ 4,320,065      $ 4,466,261

Class C

   $      $ 4,619,781      $ 4,123,421

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, distribution expenses incurred by LMIS, CGMI and/or PFS for advertising, printing and mailing prospectuses, support services and overhead expenses, payments to Service Agents and for accruals for interest on the excess of expenses incurred in the distribution of the fund’s shares are set forth in the following tables:

LMIS

 

    Marketing
Distribution
Expenses
  Printing
Expenses
  Financial
Advisor
Expenses
  Third Party
Service
Fees
Class A   $                 $                 $                 $              
Class B   $     $     $     $  
Class C   $     $     $     $  

CGMI

 

    Marketing
Distribution
Expenses
  Printing
Expenses
  Financial
Advisor
Expenses
  Branch
Ops
Expenses
  Third party
Service
Fees
Class A   $      $      $      $      $   
Class B   $     $     $     $     $  
Class C   $     $     $     $     $  

 

60


PFS

 

    Marketing
Distribution
Expenses
  Printing
Expenses
  Financial
Advisor
Expenses
  Branch
Ops
Expenses
  Third party
Service
Fees
Class A   $               $      $                 $                 $   
Class B   $     $     $     $     $  

Dealer reallowances are described in the fund’s prospectus.

No information was presented for Class FI or R shares because those classes were not available prior to the date of the prospectus and this SAI.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The net asset value per share of the fund’s classes is calculated on each day, Monday through Friday, except days on which the NYSE is closed. The NYSE currently is scheduled to be closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas, and on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when one of these holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively. Because of the differences in distribution fees and class-specific expenses, the per share net asset value of each class will differ. Please see the prospectus for a description of the procedures used by the fund in valuing its assets.

TAXES

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of the fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the fund. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

The Fund and Its Investments

The fund intends to continue to qualify to be treated as a regulated investment company under the Code each taxable year. To so qualify, the fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities, foreign currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” ( i . e ., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditional permitted mutual fund income); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, any two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting securities are held by the fund and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

 

61


Fund investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in the fund’s being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

As a regulated investment company, the fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” ( i.e. , income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporation rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders.

On December 31, 2007 the fund’s unused capital loss carryforward was approximately $            . For U.S. federal income tax purposes, this amount is available to be applied against future capital gains of the fund that are realized prior to the expiration of the applicable carryforward. The carryforward expires December 31, 2010.

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the fund to the extent it does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for that year and (ii) 98% of its capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of that year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the fund that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any underdistribution or overdistribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. The fund anticipates that it will pay such dividends and will make such distributions as are necessary in order to avoid the application of this excise tax.

If, in any taxable year, the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirement, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders will not be deductible by the fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, including any distributions of net long-term capital gains, will be taxable to shareholders as dividend income. Such dividends will be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, if the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. If the fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets ( i.e . the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the fund had been liquidated) in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

The fund’s transactions in foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on foreign currencies) will be subject to special provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the fund ( i.e ., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the fund and defer fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio ( i.e ., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any foreign currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the fund as a regulated investment company.

 

62


The fund’s investment in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most foreign currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most stock indices, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by the fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the fund.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, the fund may make or receive periodic net payments. The fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). The tax treatment of many types of credit default swaps is uncertain.

The fund may be required to treat amounts as taxable income or gain, subject to the distribution requirements referred to above, even though no corresponding amounts of cash are received concurrently, as a result of (1) mark-to-market, constructive sale or rules applicable to PFICs (as defined below) or partnerships or trusts in which the fund invests or to certain options, futures or forward contracts, or “appreciated financial positions” or (2) the inability to obtain cash distributions or other amounts due to currency controls or restrictions on repatriation imposed by a foreign country with respect to the fund’s investments (including through depositary receipts) in issuers in such country or (3) tax rules applicable to debt obligations acquired with “original issue discount,” including zero-coupon or deferred payment bonds and pay-in-kind debt obligations, or to market discount if an election is made with respect to such market discount. The fund may therefore be required to obtain cash to be used to satisfy these distribution requirements by selling securities at times that it might not otherwise be desirable to do so or borrowing the necessary cash, thereby incurring interest expenses.

In general, gain or loss on a short sale is recognized when the fund closes the sale by delivering the borrowed property to the lender, not when the borrowed property is sold. Gain or loss from a short sale is generally considered as capital gain or loss to the extent that the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in the fund’s hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used by the fund to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date of the short sale, special rules would generally treat the gains on short sales as short-term capital gains. These rules may also terminate the running of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by the fund. Moreover, a loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by the fund for more than one year. In general, the fund will not be permitted to deduct payments made to reimburse the lender of securities for dividends paid on borrowed stock if the short sale is closed on or before the 45th day after the short sale is entered into.

Foreign Investments . Dividends or other income (including, in some cases, capital gains) received by the fund from investments in foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. If more than 50% of the fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, the fund may elect for U.S. income tax purposes to treat foreign income taxes paid by it as paid by its shareholders. The fund may qualify for and make this election in some, but not necessarily all, of its taxable years. If the fund were to make an election, shareholders of the fund would be required to take into account an amount equal to their pro rata portions of such foreign taxes in computing their taxable income and then treat an amount equal to those foreign taxes as a U.S. federal income tax deduction or as a foreign tax credit against their U.S. federal income taxes. Shortly after any year for which it makes such an election, the fund

 

63


will report to its shareholders the amount per share of such foreign income tax that must be included in each shareholder’s gross income and the amount which will be available for the deduction or credit. No deduction for foreign taxes may be claimed by a shareholder who does not itemize deductions. Certain limitations will be imposed on the extent to which the credit (but not the deduction) for foreign taxes may be claimed.

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless the fund were to elect otherwise.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies.  If the fund purchases shares in certain foreign investment entities, called “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”), it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

If the fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the fund might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to make this election, the fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain.

Alternatively, the fund may make a mark-to-market election that will result in the fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased all of the PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, the fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by the fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years of the fund, unless revoked with the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). By making the election, the fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. The fund may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax.

The fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effect of these rules.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders

Dividends and Distributions.  Dividends and other distributions by the fund are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by the fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the fund during January of the following calendar year. The fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income, and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers). However, if the fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers), it will be subject

 

64


to a corporate tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on the amount retained. In that event, the fund will designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the 35% tax paid by the fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income. Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the fund upon filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that the fund designates as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the fund. All other dividends of the fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current and accumulated earnings and profits (“regular dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income.

Special rules apply, however, to regular dividends paid to individuals. Such a dividend, with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, may be subject to tax at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains for individuals (currently at a maximum rate of 15%), provided that the individual receiving the dividend satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. Dividends subject to these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus are not included in the computation of an individual’s net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset capital losses. The long-term capital gains rates will apply to: (i) 100% of the regular dividends paid by the fund to an individual in a particular taxable year if 95% or more of the fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) in that taxable year is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund; or (ii) the portion of the regular dividends paid by the fund to an individual in a particular taxable year that is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund in that taxable year if such qualified dividend income accounts for less than 95% of the fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) for that taxable year. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” generally means income from dividends received by the fund from U.S. corporations and certain foreign corporations ( e.g., foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the United States or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States) which are not PFICs. Dividend income will not be treated as qualified dividend income unless the fund satisfies certain holding period requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations and has not hedged its position in the stock in certain ways. However, qualified dividend income does not include any dividends received from tax-exempt corporations. Also, dividends received by the fund from a real estate investment trust or another regulated investment company generally are qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are made out of qualified dividend income received by such real estate investment trust or other regulated investment company. In the case of securities lending transactions, payments in lieu of dividends are not qualified dividend income. If a shareholder elects to treat fund dividends as investment income for purposes of the limitation on the deductibility of investment interest, such dividends would not be qualified dividend income.

We will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount of dividends paid by us that are eligible for the reduced rates.

If an individual receives a regular dividend qualifying for the long-term capital gains rates and such dividend constitutes an “extraordinary dividend,” and the individual subsequently recognizes a loss on the sale or exchange of stock in respect of which the extraordinary dividend was paid, then the loss will be long-term capital loss to the extent of such extraordinary dividend. An “extraordinary dividend” on common stock for this purpose

 

65


is generally a dividend (i) in an amount greater than or equal to 10% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period or (ii) in an amount greater than 20% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period.

Distributions in excess of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in his shares of the fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds his shares of the fund as capital assets). Shareholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. Dividends paid by the fund that are attributable to dividends received by the fund from domestic corporations may qualify for the federal dividends-received deduction for corporations.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares just purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If the fund is the holder of record of any stock on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such stock, such dividends will be included in the fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such stock became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends ( i.e., the date on which a buyer of the stock would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends) or (b) the date the fund acquired such stock. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, the fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

Sales of Shares.  Upon the sale or exchange of his shares, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his basis in his shares. A redemption of shares by the fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the fund, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of a fund share held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right ( e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment within a family of mutual funds.

Under current law, the fund serves to block unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by its tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the fund if shares in the fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b). Certain types of income received by the fund from real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”), taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the fund to designate some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To fund shareholders such excess inclusion income may (1) constitute taxable income, as “unrealized business taxable income” (“UBTI”) for those shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such

 

66


as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities; (2) not be offset against net operating losses for tax purposes; (3) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (4) cause the fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations” as defined by the Code are fund shareholders. If a charitable remainder annuity trust or charitable remainder unitrust (each as defined by Code Section 664) has UBTI for a tax year, a 100% excise tax on the UBTI is imposed on the Trust.

Backup Withholding.  The fund may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide the fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Certain shareholders are exempt from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.

Notices.  Shareholders will receive, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of the fund’s taxable year regarding the U.S. federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and deemed distributions that were paid (or that are treated as having been paid) by the fund to its shareholders during the preceding taxable year.

Other Taxes.  Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders.  Dividends paid by the fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty to the extent derived from investment income and short-term capital gains. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

In general, United States federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a non-U.S. shareholder in respect of any distributions of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, exempt-interest dividends, or upon the sale or other disposition of shares of the fund.

For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2008, properly-designated dividends are generally exempt from United States federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the fund is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the fund’s net short-term capital gain over the fund’s long-term capital loss for

 

67


such taxable year). However, depending on its circumstances, the fund may designate all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the fund designates the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

A distribution from the fund to foreign shareholders who have held more than 5% of the fund at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of distribution is treated as real property gain subject to 35% withholding tax and treated as income effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business with certain tax filing requirements applicable, if such distribution is attributable to a distribution received by the fund from a REIT. A distribution paid prior to 2008 attributable to the fund’s sale of a REIT or other U.S. real property holding company will also be treated as real property gain if 50% or more of the value of the fund’s assets are invested in REITs and other U.S. real property holding corporations and if the foreign shareholder has held more than 5% of a class of stock at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution.

The foregoing is only a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences affecting the fund and its shareholders. Current and prospective shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street, located at One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of the fund. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of the fund; receives and delivers all assets for the fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity; collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of the fund; and makes disbursements on behalf of the fund. State Street neither determines the fund’s investment policies, nor decides which securities the fund will buy or sell. For its services, State Street receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. The fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. State Street may also act as the fund’s securities lending agent and in that case receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

PFPC, located at 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts, 01581, serves as the fund’s transfer agent. Under the transfer agency agreement, the transfer agent maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, the transfer agent receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month, and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

The Trust

The certificate of trust to establish Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (referred to in this section as the trust) was filed with the State of Maryland on October 4, 2006. On April 16, 2007, the fund was redomiciled as a series of the trust. Prior thereto, the fund was a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, a Massachusetts business trust. Prior to reorganization of the fund as a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, the fund was a series of Legg Mason Partners Income Funds, a Massachusetts business trust.

 

68


The fund is a series of the trust, a Maryland business trust. A Maryland business trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Board (referred to in this section as the trustees) and shareholders of the trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust (referred to in this section as the declaration). Some of the more significant provisions of the declaration are described below.

Shareholder Voting.  The declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the trust, or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the trust or any series or class.

The fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but the fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the declaration. The declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares he or she owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of all series and classes of the trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares.

Election and Removal of Trustees.  The declaration provides that the trustees may establish the number of trustees and that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining trustees, except when election of trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two-thirds of the trustees and that trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining trustees. The provisions of the declaration relating to the election and removal of trustees may not be amended without the approval of two-thirds of the trustees.

Amendments to the Declaration.  The trustees are authorized to amend the declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, trustees, officers or, employees of the trust or that limit the rights to indemnification or insurance provided in the declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification under the declaration prior to the amendment.

Issuance and Redemption of Shares . The fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the trustees may determine. The fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide the fund with identification required by law, or if the fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings. The declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to the fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and the fund may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation.

Small Accounts. The declaration provides that the fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the trustees from time to time. Alternately, the declaration permits the fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

 

69


Series and Classes. The declaration provides that the trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges, and other features of the series and classes. The trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into another class.

Each share of the fund, as a series of the trust, represents an interest in the fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability. The declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of the fund and requires the fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. In addition, the fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The declaration further provides that a trustee acting in his or her capacity of trustee is not personally liable to any person other than the trust or its shareholders, for any act, omission, or obligation of the trust. Further, a trustee is held to the same standard of conduct as a director of a Maryland corporation. This requires that a trustee perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the trust or a series thereof, and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. The declaration also permits the limitation of a trustee’s liability to the full extent provided under Maryland law. Under current Maryland law, a trustee is liable to the trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The declaration requires the trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been trustees, officers or employees of the trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The declaration provides that any trustee who serves as chair of the Board or of a committee of the Board, lead independent trustee, or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

Derivative Actions . The declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to the fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by three unrelated shareholders must first be made on the fund’s trustees. The declaration details various information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of the fund, the trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the fund. The declaration further provides that shareholders owning shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected fund must join in bringing the derivative action. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the fund in connection with the consideration of the demand, if in the judgment of the independent trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

 

70


The declaration further provides that the fund shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the fund be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

Annual and semi-annual reports

The fund sends its shareholders a semi-annual report and an audited annual report, which include listings of investment securities held by the fund at the end of the period covered. In an effort to reduce the fund’s printing and mailing costs, the fund consolidates the mailing of its semi-annual and annual reports by household. This consolidation means that a household having multiple accounts with the identical address of record will receive a single copy of each report. In addition, the fund also consolidates the mailing of its prospectus so that a shareholder having multiple accounts (that is, individual, IRA and/or Self-Employed Retirement Plan accounts) will receive a single prospectus annually. Shareholders who do not want this consolidation to apply to their accounts should contact their Service Agent or the transfer agent.

Legal Matters

Beginning in June 2004, class action lawsuits alleging violations of the federal securities laws were filed against CGMI, a former distributor of the fund and other affiliated funds (collectively, the “Funds”), including SBFM and SBAM, which were then investment adviser or manager to certain of the Funds (the “Managers”), substantially all of the mutual funds then managed by the Managers (the “Defendant Funds”), and Board Members of the Defendant Funds (collectively, the “Defendants”). The complaints alleged, among other things, that CGMI created various undisclosed incentives for its brokers to sell Smith Barney and Salomon Brothers funds. In addition, according to the complaints, the Managers caused the Defendant Funds to pay excessive brokerage commissions to CGMI for steering clients towards proprietary funds. The complaints also alleged that the Defendants breached their fiduciary duty to the Defendant Funds by improperly charging Rule 12b-1 fees and by drawing on fund assets to make undisclosed payments of soft dollars and excessive brokerage commissions. The complaints also alleged that the Defendant Funds failed to adequately disclose certain of the allegedly wrongful conduct. The complaints sought injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, rescission of the Defendant Funds’ contracts with the Managers, recovery of all fees paid to the Managers pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On December 15, 2004, a consolidated amended complaint (the “Complaint”) was filed alleging substantially similar causes of action. On May 27, 2005, all of the Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Complaint. On July 26, 2006, the court issued a decision and order (1) finding that plaintiffs lacked standing to sue on behalf of the shareholders of the Defendant Funds in which none of the plaintiffs had invested, including Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund , and dismissing those Defendant Funds from the case (although stating that they could be brought back into the case if standing as to them could be established), and (2) other than one stayed claim, dismissing all of the causes of action against the remaining Defendants, with prejudice, except for the cause of action under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, which the court granted plaintiffs leave to replead as a derivative claim.

On October 16, 2006, plaintiffs filed their Second Consolidated Amended Complaint (“Second Amended Complaint”) which alleges derivative claims on behalf of nine funds identified in the Second Amended Complaint under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, against CAM, SBAM and SBFM as investment advisers to the identified funds, as well as CGMI as a distributor for the identified funds (collectively, the “Second Amended Complaint Defendants”). The Fund was not identified in the Second Amended Complaint. The Second Amended Complaint alleges no claims against any of the Funds or any of their Board Members. Under Section 36(b), the Second Amended Complaint alleges similar facts and seeks similar relief against the Second Amended Complaint Defendants as the Complaint.

 

71


On December 3, 2007, the court granted the Defendants’ motion to dismiss, with prejudice. On January 2, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals.

Additional lawsuits arising out of these circumstances and presenting similar allegations and requests for relief may be filed in the future.

***

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against SBFM, the then-investment adviser or manager to the fund and CGMI, a former distributor of the fund, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds, including the fund (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that CAM, the Citigroup business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed. SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no certainty as to how the above-described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ Boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Fund. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

 

72


Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

***

Beginning in August 2005, five class action lawsuits alleging violations of federal securities laws and state law were filed against CGMI and SBFM (collectively, the “Defendants”) based on the May 31, 2005 settlement order issued against the Defendants by the SEC as described in above. The complaints seek injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, removal of SBFM as the investment manager for the Smith Barney family of funds, rescission of the Funds’ management and other contracts with SBFM, recovery of all fees paid to SBFM pursuant to such contracts, and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On October 5, 2005, a motion to consolidate the five actions and any subsequently filed, related action was filed. That motion contemplates that a consolidated amended complaint alleging substantially similar causes of action will be filed in the future.

On September 26, 2007, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York issued an order dismissing the consolidated compliant. The plaintiffs have the right to appeal the order.

***

On September 16, 2005, the staff of the SEC informed SBFM and SBAM that the staff was considering recommending administrative proceedings against SBFM and SBAM for alleged violations of Section 19(a) and 34(b) of the 1940 Act (and related Rule 19a-1). On September 27, 2007, SBFM and SBAM, without admitting or denying any findings therein, consented to the entry of an order by the SEC relating to the disclosure by certain closed-end funds previously managed by SBFM or SBAM of the sources of distributions paid by the funds between 2001 and 2004. Each of SBFM and SBAM agreed to pay a fine of $450,000, for which it was indemnified by Citigroup, its former parent. It is not expected that this matter will adversely impact the fund or its current manager.

***

The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. Additional lawsuits presenting allegations and requests for relief arising out of or in connection with any of the foregoing matters may be filed against these and related parties in the future.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of the fund and the fund’s predecessor (Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2007, Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007, Statements of Changes in Net Assets for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007, Financial Highlights for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2007, and Notes to Financial Statements along with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of the fund), are incorporated by reference into this SAI (filed on March     , 2008; Accession Number                    ).

 

73


APPENDIX A

Western Asset Management Company and Western Asset Management Company Limited (together, “Western Asset” or the “Firm”) Proxy Voting Policy

Background

An investment adviser is required to adopt and implement policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). The authority to vote the proxies of our clients is established through investment management agreements or comparable documents. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities have been established for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the investment manager.

Policy

As a fixed income only manager, the occasion to vote proxies is very rare. However, the Firm has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.

While the guidelines included in the procedures are intended to provide a benchmark for voting standards, each vote is ultimately cast on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration the Firm’s contractual obligations to our clients and all other relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote (such that these guidelines may be overridden to the extent the Firm deems appropriate).

In exercising its voting authority, Western Asset will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of its affiliates (other than Western Asset Management Company Limited) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

Procedure

Responsibility and Oversight

The Western Asset Legal and Compliance Department (“Compliance Department”) is responsible for administering and overseeing the proxy voting process. The gathering of proxies is coordinated through the Corporate Actions area of Investment Support (“Corporate Actions”). Research analysts and portfolio managers are responsible for determining appropriate voting positions on each proxy utilizing any applicable guidelines contained in these procedures.

Client Authority

At account start-up, or upon amendment of an IMA, the applicable client IMA are similarly reviewed. If an agreement is silent on proxy voting, but contains an overall delegation of discretionary authority or if the account represents assets of an ERISA plan, Western Asset will assume responsibility for proxy voting. The Client Account Transition Team maintains a matrix of proxy voting authority.

 

A-1


Proxy Gathering

Registered owners of record, client custodians, client banks and trustees (“Proxy Recipients”) that receive proxy materials on behalf of clients should forward them to Corporate Actions. Proxy Recipients for new clients (or, if Western Asset becomes aware that the applicable Proxy Recipient for an existing client has changed, the Proxy Recipient for the existing client) are notified at start-up of appropriate routing to Corporate Actions of proxy materials received and reminded of their responsibility to forward all proxy materials on a timely basis. If Western Asset personnel other than Corporate Actions receive proxy materials, they should promptly forward the materials to Corporate Actions.

Proxy Voting

Once proxy materials are received by Corporate Actions, they are forwarded to the Legal and Compliance Department for coordination and the following actions:

a. Proxies are reviewed to determine accounts impacted.

b. Impacted accounts are checked to confirm Western Asset voting authority.

c. Legal and Compliance Department staff reviews proxy issues to determine any material conflicts of interest. (See conflicts of interest section of these procedures for further information on determining material conflicts of interest.)

d. If a material conflict of interest exists, (i) to the extent reasonably practicable and permitted by applicable law, the client is promptly notified, the conflict is disclosed and Western Asset obtains the client’s proxy voting instructions, and (ii) to the extent that it is not reasonably practicable or permitted by applicable law to notify the client and obtain such instructions (e.g., the client is a mutual fund or other commingled vehicle or is an ERISA plan client), Western Asset seeks voting instructions from an independent third party.

e. Legal and Compliance Department staff provides proxy material to the appropriate research analyst or portfolio manager to obtain their recommended vote. Research analysts and portfolio managers determine votes on a case-by-case basis taking into account the voting guidelines contained in these procedures. For avoidance of doubt, depending on the best interest of each individual client, Western Asset may vote the same proxy differently for different clients. The analyst’s or portfolio manager’s basis for their decision is documented and maintained by the Legal and Compliance Department.

f. Legal and Compliance Department staff votes the proxy pursuant to the instructions received in (d) or (e) and returns the voted proxy as indicated in the proxy materials.

Timing

Western Asset personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

Recordkeeping

Western Asset maintains records of proxies voted pursuant to Section 204-2 of the Advisers Act and ERISA DOL Bulletin 94-2. These records include:

a. A copy of Western Asset’s policies and procedures.

b. Copies of proxy statements received regarding client securities.

c. A copy of any document created by Western Asset that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies.

 

A-2


d. Each written client request for proxy voting records and Western Asset’s written response to both verbal and written client requests.

e. A proxy log including:

1. Issuer name;

2. Exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted;

3. Council on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures (“CUSIP”) number for the shares to be voted;

4. A brief identification of the matter voted on;

5. Whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer;

6. Whether a vote was cast on the matter;

7. A record of how the vote was cast; and

8. Whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation of the issuer’s management team.

Records are maintained in an easily accessible place for five years, the first two in Western Asset’s offices.

Disclosure

Western Asset’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part II of Form ADV. Clients will be provided a copy of these policies and procedures upon request. In addition, upon request, clients may receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

Conflicts of Interest

All proxies are reviewed by the Legal and Compliance Department for material conflicts of interest. Issues to be reviewed include, but are not limited to:

1. Whether Western (or, to the extent required to be considered by applicable law, its affiliates) manages assets for the company or an employee group of the company or otherwise has an interest in the company;

2. Whether Western or an officer or director of Western or the applicable portfolio manager or analyst responsible for recommending the proxy vote (together, “Voting Persons”) is a close relative of or has a personal or business relationship with an executive, director or person who is a candidate for director of the company or is a participant in a proxy contest; and

3. Whether there is any other business or personal relationship where a Voting Person has a personal interest in the outcome of the matter before shareholders.

Voting Guidelines

Western Asset’s substantive voting decisions turn on the particular facts and circumstances of each proxy vote and are evaluated by the designated research analyst or portfolio manager. The examples outlined below are meant as guidelines to aid in the decision making process.

Guidelines are grouped according to the types of proposals generally presented to shareholders. Part I deals with proposals which have been approved and are recommended by a company’s board of directors; Part II deals with proposals submitted by shareholders for inclusion in proxy statements; Part III addresses issues relating to voting shares of investment companies; and Part IV addresses unique considerations pertaining to foreign issuers.

 

A-3


I. Board Approved Proposals

The vast majority of matters presented to shareholders for a vote involve proposals made by a company itself that have been approved and recommended by its board of directors. In view of the enhanced corporate governance practices currently being implemented in public companies, Western Asset generally votes in support of decisions reached by independent boards of directors. More specific guidelines related to certain board-approved proposals are as follows:

1. Matters relating to the Board of Directors

Western Asset votes proxies for the election of the company’s nominees for directors and for board-approved proposals on other matters relating to the board of directors with the following exceptions:

a. Votes are withheld for the entire board of directors if the board does not have a majority of independent directors or the board does not have nominating, audit and compensation committees composed solely of independent directors.

b. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who is considered an independent director by the company and who has received compensation from the company other than for service as a director.

c. Votes are withheld for any nominee for director who attends less than 75% of board and committee meetings without valid reasons for absences.

d. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis in contested elections of directors.

2. Matters relating to Executive Compensation

Western Asset generally favors compensation programs that relate executive compensation to a company’s long-term performance. Votes are cast on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals relating to executive compensation, except as follows:

a. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for stock option plans that will result in a minimal annual dilution.

b. Western Asset votes against stock option plans or proposals that permit replacing or repricing of underwater options.

c. Western Asset votes against stock option plans that permit issuance of options with an exercise price below the stock’s current market price.

d. Except where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors, Western Asset votes for employee stock purchase plans that limit the discount for shares purchased under the plan to no more than 15% of their market value, have an offering period of 27 months or less and result in dilution of 10% or less.

3. Matters relating to Capitalization

The management of a company’s capital structure involves a number of important issues, including cash flows, financing needs and market conditions that are unique to the circumstances of each company. As a result, Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on board-approved proposals involving changes to a company’s capitalization except where Western Asset is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

a. Western Asset votes for proposals relating to the authorization of additional common stock.

b. Western Asset votes for proposals to effect stock splits (excluding reverse stock splits).

c. Western Asset votes for proposals authorizing share repurchase programs.

 

A-4


4. Matters relating to Acquisitions, Mergers, Reorganizations and Other Transactions

Western Asset votes these issues on a case-by-case basis on board-approved transactions.

5. Matters relating to Anti-Takeover Measures

Western Asset votes against board-approved proposals to adopt anti-takeover measures except as follows:

a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to ratify or approve shareholder rights plans.

b. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to adopt fair price provisions.

6. Other Business Matters

Western Asset votes for board-approved proposals approving such routine business matters such as changing the company’s name, ratifying the appointment of auditors and procedural matters relating to the shareholder meeting.

a. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals to amend a company’s charter or bylaws.

b. Western Asset votes against authorization to transact other unidentified, substantive business at the meeting.

II. Shareholder Proposals

SEC regulations permit shareholders to submit proposals for inclusion in a company’s proxy statement. These proposals generally seek to change some aspect of a company’s corporate governance structure or to change some aspect of its business operations. Western Asset votes in accordance with the recommendation of the company’s board of directors on all shareholder proposals, except as follows:

1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals to require shareholder approval of shareholder rights plans.

2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that are consistent with Western Asset’s proxy voting guidelines for board-approved proposals.

3. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on other shareholder proposals where the firm is otherwise withholding votes for the entire board of directors.

III. Voting Shares of Investment Companies

Western Asset may utilize shares of open or closed-end investment companies to implement its investment strategies. Shareholder votes for investment companies that fall within the categories listed in Parts I and II above are voted in accordance with those guidelines.

1. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to changes in the investment objectives of an investment company taking into account the original intent of the fund and the role the fund plays in the clients’ portfolios.

2. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis all proposals that would result in increases in expenses ( e.g. , proposals to adopt 12b-1 plans, alter investment advisory arrangements or approve fund mergers) taking into account comparable expenses for similar funds and the services to be provided.

IV. Voting Shares of Foreign Issuers

In the event Western Asset is required to vote on securities held in non-U.S. issuers – i.e. issuers that are incorporated under the laws of a foreign jurisdiction and that are not listed on a U.S. securities exchange or the

 

A-5


NASDAQ stock market, the following guidelines are used, which are premised on the existence of a sound corporate governance and disclosure framework. These guidelines, however, may not be appropriate under some circumstances for foreign issuers and therefore apply only where applicable.

1. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals calling for a majority of the directors to be independent of management.

2. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals seeking to increase the independence of board nominating, audit and compensation committees.

3. Western Asset votes for shareholder proposals that implement corporate governance standards similar to those established under U.S. federal law and the listing requirements of U.S. stock exchanges, and that do not otherwise violate the laws of the jurisdiction under which the company is incorporated.

4. Western Asset votes on a case-by-case basis on proposals relating to (1) the issuance of common stock in excess of 20% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders do not have preemptive rights, or (2) the issuance of common stock in excess of 100% of a company’s outstanding common stock where shareholders have preemptive rights.

 

A-6


APPENDIX B

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

The Proxy Voting Procedures are applicable when ClearBridge votes proxies for clients that have authorized it to do so and for each U.S. registered investment company for which it acts as adviser or sub-adviser with power to vote proxies. The Proxy Voting Procedures state that ClearBridge’s goal is to act prudently and solely in the best interests of the owners of the accounts it manages.

The Proxy Voting Procedures contain voting policies relating to three categories of proxy issues. The first category includes proxy issues for which a position is stated in the procedures (for example, with respect to voting on director nominees in uncontested elections, ClearBridge votes for director nominees). The second category includes issues for which a list of factors to be considered in casting a vote is provided. With respect to these issues, ClearBridge votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles of acting prudently and in the best interests of the owners and considering the designated factors (for example, on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications, ClearBridge considers how reasonable the criteria are and to what degree the criteria may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board). The third category picks up all issues that do not fall into either of the first two categories. For these issues, ClearBridge votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles described above.

The Proxy Voting Procedures set forth guidelines for identifying and resolving conflicts that may arise between ClearBridge’s interests and those of its clients. Periodically, ClearBridge distributes a memorandum alerting employees of their obligations regarding conflicts. Employees are instructed to report conflicts to the Compliance Department. Financial Control provides an up-to-date list of client relationships that account for 1% or more of ClearBridge’s annual revenues.

ClearBridge has created a Proxy Committee which oversees the proxy voting process, resolves conflicts of interest, reviews certain votes, i.e. , situations where ClearBridge votes against a specific policy or against management recommendations. The Committee also oversees the performance of the third party vendor charged with administering and implementing the voting.

 

B-1


APPENDIX C

DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and Fitch Ratings represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt obligations. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. As described by the rating agencies, ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuances. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa —Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa —Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A —Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa —Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba —Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B —Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa —Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca —Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C —Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal and Tax Exempt Ratings:

Municipal Ratings are opinions of the investment quality of issuers and issues in the US municipal and tax-exempt markets. As such, these ratings incorporate Moody’s assessment of the default probability and loss severity of these issuers and issues. The default and loss content for Moody’s municipal long-term rating scale differs from Moody’s general long-term rating scale. (Please refer to Corporate Equivalent Ratings under Policies and Procedures.)

 

C-1


Municipal Ratings are based upon the analysis of four primary factors relating to municipal finance: economy, debt, finances, and administration/management strategies. Each of the factors is evaluated individually and for its effect on the other factors in the context of the municipality’s ability to repay its debt.

Municipal Long-Term Rating Definitions:

Aaa —Issuers or issues rated Aaa demonstrate the strongest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Aa —Issuers or issues rated Aa demonstrate very strong creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

A —Issuers or issues rated A present above-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Baa —Issuers or issues rated Baa represent average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax- exempt issuers or issues.

Ba —Issuers or issues rated Ba demonstrate below-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

B —Issuers or issues rated B demonstrate weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax- exempt issuers or issues.

Caa —Issuers or issues rated Caa demonstrate very weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Ca —Issuers or issues rated Ca demonstrate extremely weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

C —Issuers or issues rated C demonstrate the weakest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal Short-Term Debt And Demand Obligation Ratings:

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels—“MIG 1” through “MIG 3.” In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG,” or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1 —This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2 —This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

 

C-2


MIG 3 —This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG —This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Demand Obligation Ratings:

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating. When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1. VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

VMIG 1 —This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2 —This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3 —This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG —This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Short-Term Prime Ratings:

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

P-1 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

 

C-3


Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: (1) likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; (2) nature of and provisions of the obligation; and (3) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category definition.

AAA —An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA —An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial obligations is very strong.

A —An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB —An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C —Obligations rated “BB”, “B”, “CCC”, “CC”, and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB —An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B —An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB”, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC —An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC —An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C —A subordinated debt or preferred stock obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “C” rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. A “C” also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

 

C-4


D —An obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or Minus (–): The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

N.R.: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The “i” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The “i” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “p” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with “L” apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The “p” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The “p” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “i” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a “pi” subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a “pi” subscript. Ratings with a “pi” subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters “pr” indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

 

C-5


t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Notes:

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:

 

   

Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

 

   

Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1 —Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2 —Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3 —Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

A-1 —Short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments is extremely strong.

A-2 —Short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3 —Short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B —A short-term obligation rated “B” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of “B-1”, “B-2”, and “B-3” may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the “B” category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

C-6


B-1 —A short-term obligation rated “B-1” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2 —A short-term obligation rated “B-2” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3 —A short-term obligation rated “B-3” is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C —A short-term obligation rated “C” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D —A short-term obligation rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The “i” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The “i” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “p” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with “L” apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The “p” subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The “p” subscript will always be used in conjunction with the “i” subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a “pi” subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a “pi” subscript. Ratings with a “pi” subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters “pr” indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

 

C-7


preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date. Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Commercial Paper:

A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from “A” for the highest-quality obligations to “D” for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

A-1 —This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.

A-2 —Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated “A-1”.

A-3 —Issues carrying this designation have an adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

B —Issues rated “B” are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.

C —This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.

D —Debt rated “D” is in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when interest payments of principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes such payments will be made during such grace period.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Dual Ratings:

Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.

The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the commercial paper rating symbols for the put option (for example, “AAA/A-1+”). With short-term demand debt, Standard & Poor’s note rating symbols are used with the commercial paper rating symbols (for example, “SP-1+/A-1+”).

 

C-8


Description of Fitch Ratings International Long-Term Credit Ratings:

International Long-Term Credit Ratings (“LTCR”) may also be referred to as “Long-Term Ratings.” When assigned to most issuers, it is used as a benchmark measure of probability of default and is formally described as an Issuer Default Rating (IDR). The major exception is within Public Finance, where IDRs will not be assigned as market convention has always focused on timeliness and does not draw analytical distinctions between issuers and their underlying obligations. When applied to issues or securities, the LTCR may be higher or lower than the issuer rating (IDR) to reflect relative differences in recovery expectations. The following rating scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings.

Investment Grade

AAA —Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA —Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A —High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB —Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that there is currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

BB —Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

B —Highly speculative. For issuers and performing obligations, “B” ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment. For individual obligations, “B” ratings may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of “R1” (outstanding).

CCC —For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of “R2” (superior), or “R3” (good) or “R4” (average).

CC —For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with a Recovery Rating of “R4” (average) or “R5” (below average).

C —For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of “R6” (poor).

 

C-9


RD —Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

D —Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following: (i) failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation; (ii) the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor; or (iii) the distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.

Issuers will be rated “D” upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of “C” to “B” ratings categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the “B” or “CCC-C” categories.

Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.

Description of Fitch Ratings International Short-Term Credit Ratings:

International Short-Term Credit Ratings may also be referred to as “Short-Term Ratings.” The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings. A short-term rating has a time horizon of less than 13 months for most obligations, or up to three years for U.S. public finance, in line with industry standards, to reflect unique characteristics of bond, tax, and revenue anticipation notes that are commonly issued with terms up to three years. Short-term ratings thus places greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.

F1 —Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2 —Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3 —Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

B —Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C —High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D —Default. Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

 

C-10


Notes to Fitch Ratings International Long-Term and Short-Term Credit Ratings:

The modifiers “+” or “–” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” Long-term rating category, to categories below “CCC”, or to Short-term ratings other than “F1”. (The +/– modifiers are only used to denote issues within the CCC category, whereas issuers are only rated CCC without the use of modifiers.)

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative”, for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

Rating Outlook: An Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are ‘stable’ could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

Program ratings (such as the those assigned to MTN shelf registrations) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program. In particular, in the case of non-standard issues, i.e. those that are linked to the credit of a third party or linked to the performance of an index, ratings of these issues may deviate from the applicable program rating.

Variable rate demand obligations and other securities which contain a short-term “put” or other similar demand feature will have a dual rating, such as AAA/F1+. The first rating reflects the ability to meet long-term principal and interest payments, whereas the second rating reflects the ability to honor the demand feature in full and on time.

Interest Only: Interest Only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

Principal Only: Principal Only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive their initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

Rate of Return: Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.

“PIF”: Paid-in -Full; denotes a security that is paid-in-full, matured, called, or refinanced.

“NR” indicates that Fitch Ratings does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

“Withdrawn”: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced, or for any other reason Fitch Ratings deems sufficient.

 

C-11


April     , 2008

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

LEGG MASON PARTNERS CAPITAL FUND

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

(800) 451-2010

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus and is meant to be read in conjunction with the prospectus of the Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund (the “fund”), dated April     , 2008, and as further amended or supplemented from time to time (the “prospectus”), and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the prospectus.

As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund with the same name. The fund is now grouped for organizational and governance purposes with other Legg Mason Partners funds that are predominantly equity-type funds, and is a series of Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust. Certain historical information contained in the SAI for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor.

Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The annual report contains financial statements that are incorporated herein by reference. The prospectus and copies of the annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the fund’s distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”) or by writing or calling the fund at the address or telephone number above. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), a wholly-owned broker-dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”), serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Investment Objective and Management Policies

   2

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

   40

Investment Policies

   42

Management

   47

Investment Management and Other Services

   54

Portfolio Manager Disclosure

   58

Distributor

   61

Portfolio Transactions

   65

Purchase of Shares

   68

Redemption of Shares

   74

Valuation of Shares

   75

Exchange Privilege

   75

Dividends, Distributions and Taxes

   77

Additional Information

   83

Financial Statements

   89

Appendix A — Description of Ratings

   A-1

Appendix B — Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

   B-1

This Statement of Additional Information is NOT a prospectus and is authorized for distribution to prospective investors only if preceded or accompanied by an effective prospectus.

 

1


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND MANAGEMENT POLICIES

The fund is an open-end, non-diversified, management investment company. The prospectus discusses the fund’s investment objective and the policies it employs to achieve its objective. The following discussion supplements the description of the fund’s investment policies in its prospectus. Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) serves as investment manager to the fund. ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge” or the “subadviser”) serves as the subadviser to the fund.

Investment Objective

The fund seeks capital appreciation. The fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) without shareholder approval.

Principal Investment Strategies

The fund seeks capital appreciation through investment in securities which the manager believes have above-average capital appreciation potential. The fund invests primarily in equity securities of U.S. companies. These companies typically range in size from established large capitalization companies to medium size companies. However, the fund may also invest in small capitalization companies including those at the beginning of their life cycles.

Additional Information

The fund’s principal investment strategies are described above. The following provides additional information about these principal strategies and describes other investment strategies that may be used by the fund.

The fund invests primarily in equity securities of U.S. companies. These companies may range in size from established large capitalization companies to medium sized companies. However, the fund may also invest in smaller market capitalization companies at the beginning of their life cycles. The manager evaluates companies of all sizes but emphasizes those with both market capitalizations and market float above $1 billion. The fund will not concentrate its investments in any particular industry.

The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in non-convertible securities rated below investment grade. These high yield securities are commonly known as “junk bonds.” There is no limit on the amount of the fund’s assets that can be invested in convertible securities rated below investment grade. The fund may also invest up to 10% of its assets in distressed debt securities that are in default or that are subject to bankruptcy proceedings.

To meet operating expenses, to serve as collateral in connection with certain investment techniques and to meet anticipated redemption requests, the fund generally holds a portion of its assets in short-term fixed income securities (U.S. government obligations or investment grade debt securities) or cash or cash equivalents. As described below, short-term investments may include repurchase agreements with banks or broker-dealers.

When management deems it appropriate, for temporary defensive purposes, the fund may also invest without limitation in investment grade fixed-income securities or hold assets in cash or cash equivalents. Investment grade debt securities are debt securities rated “BBB” or better by Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”) or “Baa” or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., (“Moody’s”) or if rated by other rating agencies or if unrated, securities deemed by the manager to be of comparable quality. See “Appendix A—Description of Ratings.” To the extent the fund assumes a defensive position, it will not be pursuing its investment objective. Investments in such investment grade fixed-income securities may also be made for the purpose of capital appreciation, as in the case of purchases of bonds traded at a substantial discount or when the manager believes interest rates may decline.

 

2


The fund may invest up to 10% of the value of its net assets in illiquid securities such as securities for which there is a limited trading market or which are restricted securities. The fund may purchase Rule 144A securities, including such securities for which there is a secondary market of “qualified institutional buyers,” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). The fund’s holdings of Rule 144A securities which are liquid securities will not be subject to the 10% limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in foreign securities.

The fund may from time to time make loans of portfolio securities to selected members of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). Such loans will not exceed 10% of the fund’s total assets taken at value.

The fund may invest in repurchase agreements in an amount up to 25% of its total assets. The fund enters into repurchase agreements with respect to securities in which it may otherwise invest. In addition, in order to meet redemptions or to take advantage of promising investment opportunities without disturbing an established portfolio, the fund may engage in borrowing in an amount of up to an aggregate of 15% of the value of its total assets at the time of borrowing. In addition, the fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes an aggregate amount which may not exceed 5% of the value of its total assets at the time of borrowing. The fund shall borrow only from banks. Borrowings may be unsecured, or may be secured by not more than 15% of the value of the fund’s total assets. As a matter of operating policy, however, the fund will not secure borrowings by more than 10% of the value of the fund’s total assets.

Although the fund may not purchase or sell warrants, the fund may invest in debt or other securities which have warrants attached, provided that the value of those warrants does not exceed 10% of the value of the fund’s total assets.

As a hedge against either a decline in the value of the securities included in the fund’s portfolio, or against an increase in the price of the securities which it plans to purchase, or in order to preserve or maintain a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to achieve a particular return on cash balances, or in order to increase income or gain, the fund may use all of the investment strategies referred to under “Derivatives” below.

The fund may engage in short sales of securities.

The section below contains a discussion of certain investment practices and certain of the risks associated with those practices in which the fund may invest, and supplements the description of the fund’s investments and risks contained in the prospectus. Investment practices are listed alphabetically, and cross-references between related investment practices are included for ease of reference. The fund may, but need not, invest in all of the investments and utilize all of the investment techniques described here or in the fund’s prospectus.

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities.     Unlike fixed rate mortgage securities, adjustable rate mortgage securities are collateralized by or represent interests in mortgage loans with variable rates of interest. These variable rates of interest reset periodically to align themselves with market rates. The fund will not benefit from increases in interest rates to the extent that interest rates rise to the point where they cause the current coupon of the underlying adjustable rate mortgages to exceed any maximum allowable annual or lifetime reset limits (or “cap rates”) for a particular mortgage. In this event, the value of the mortgage securities in the fund would likely decrease. Also, the fund’s net asset value could vary to the extent that current yields on adjustable rate mortgage securities are different than market yields during interim periods between coupon reset dates or if the timing of changes to the index upon which the rate for the underlying mortgages is based lags behind changes in market rates. During periods of declining interest rates, income to the fund derived from adjustable rate mortgages which remain in a mortgage pool will decrease in contrast to the income on fixed rate mortgages, which will remain

 

3


constant. Adjustable rate mortgages also have less potential for appreciation in value as interest rates decline than do fixed rate investments. See also “Mortgage-Backed Securities” in this section.

Asset-Backed Securities.     Asset-backed securities are generally issued as pass through certificates, which represent undivided fractional ownership interests in the underlying pool of assets, or as debt instruments, which are generally issued as the debt of a special purpose entity organized solely for the purpose of owning such assets and issuing such debt. The pool of assets generally represents the obligations of a number of different parties. Asset-backed securities frequently carry credit protection in the form of extra collateral, subordinated certificates, cash reserve accounts, letters of credit or other enhancements. For example, payments of principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit or other enhancement issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the entities issuing the securities. Assets which, to date, have been used to back asset-backed securities include motor vehicle installment sales contracts or installment loans secured by motor vehicles, and receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements.

Asset-backed securities present certain risks which are, generally, related to limited interests, if any, in related collateral. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. Other types of asset-backed securities will be subject to the risks associated with the underlying assets. If a letter of credit or other form of credit enhancement is exhausted or otherwise unavailable, holders of asset-backed securities may also experience delays in payments or losses if the full amounts due on underlying assets are not realized.

Bank Obligations.     Banks are subject to extensive governmental regulations which may limit both the amounts and types of loans and other financial commitments which may be made and interest rates and fees which may be charged. The profitability of this industry is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of capital funds for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. Also, general economic conditions play an important part in the operations of this industry and exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers might affect a bank’s ability to meet its obligations.

Bank obligations that may be purchased by the fund include certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and fixed time deposits. A certificate of deposit is a short-term negotiable certificate issued by a commercial bank against funds deposited in the bank and is either interest-bearing or purchased on a discount basis. A bankers’ acceptance is a short-term draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction. The borrower is liable for payment as is the bank, which unconditionally guarantees to pay the draft at its face amount on the maturity date. Fixed time deposits are obligations of branches of U.S. banks or foreign banks which are payable at a stated maturity date and bear a fixed rate of interest. Although fixed time deposits do not have a market, there are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in the deposit to a third party. Bank obligations may be general obligations of the parent bank or may be limited to the issuing branch by the terms of the specific obligations or by government regulation.

Investors should also be aware that securities issued or guaranteed by foreign banks, foreign branches of U.S. banks, and foreign government and private issuers may involve investment risks in addition to those relating to domestic obligations. The fund will not purchase bank obligations which the subadviser believes, at the time

 

4


of purchase, will be subject to exchange controls or foreign withholding taxes; however, there can be no assurance that such laws may not become applicable to the fund’s investments. In the event unforeseen exchange controls or foreign withholding taxes are imposed with respect to the fund’s investments, the effect may be to reduce the income received by the fund on such investments. See also “Foreign Securities” in this section.

Borrowing.     The fund may borrow in certain circumstances. See “Investment Restrictions.” Borrowing creates an opportunity for increased return, but, at the same time, creates special risks. For example, borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of the fund’s shares and in the return on the fund’s portfolio. Although the principal of any borrowing will be fixed, the fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding. The fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowing, which could affect the subadviser’s strategy and the ability of the fund to comply with certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) in order to provide pass-though tax treatment to shareholders. Interest on any borrowings will be a fund expense and will reduce the value of the fund’s shares. See also “Reverse Repurchase Agreements” in this section.

Brady Bonds.     The fund also may invest in Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the “Brady Plan”). Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented in a number of countries, including: Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Jordan, Mexico, Niger, Nigeria, Panama, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Uruguay, and Venezuela.

Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in the over-the-counter secondary market. Brady Bonds are not considered to be U.S. government securities. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds having the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized on a one-year or longer rolling-forward basis by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one year’s interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter. Certain Brady Bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: (i) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (ii) the collateralized interest payments; (iii) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (the uncollateralized amounts constitute the “residual risk”). See also “Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers” in this section.

Most Mexican Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at final maturity fully collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and interest coupon payments collateralized on an 18-month rolling-forward basis by funds held in escrow by an agent for the bondholders. A significant portion of the Venezuelan Brady Bonds and the Argentine Brady Bonds issued to date have repayments at final maturity collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and/or interest coupon payments collateralized on a 14-month (for Venezuela) or 12-month (for Argentina) rolling-forward basis by securities held by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as collateral agent.

Brady Bonds involve various risk factors including residual risk and the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds. There can be no assurance that Brady Bonds in which a fund may invest will not be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the fund to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.

 

5


Collateralized Mortgage Obligations and Multiclass Pass-through Securities.     Collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. Typically, CMOs are collateralized by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac Certificates, but also may be collateralized by whole loans or private pass-throughs (such collateral collectively hereinafter referred to as “Mortgage Assets”). Multiclass pass-through securities are interests in a trust composed of Mortgage Assets. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references herein to CMOs include multiclass pass-through securities. Payments of principal and of interest on the Mortgage Assets, and any reinvestment income thereon, provide the funds to pay debt service on the CMOs or make scheduled distributions on the multiclass pass-through securities. CMOs may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.

In a CMO, a series of bonds or certificates is issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specified fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis. The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in innumerable ways. In one structure, payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets are applied to the classes of a CMO in the order of their respective stated maturities or final distribution dates, so that no payment of principal will be made on any class of CMOs until all other classes having an earlier stated maturity or final distribution date have been paid in full. As market conditions change, and particularly during periods of rapid or unanticipated changes in market interest rates, the attractiveness of the CMO classes and the ability of the structure to provide the anticipated investment characteristics may be significantly reduced. Such changes can result in volatility in the market value, and in some instances reduced liquidity, of the CMO class.

Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class, which, as with other CMO structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or a final distribution date but may be retired earlier. Planned amortization class bonds (“PAC Bonds”) are a type of CMO tranche or series designed to provide relatively predictable payments of principal provided that, among other things, the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans falls within a predefined range. If the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans is at a rate faster or slower than the predefined range or if deviations from other assumptions occur, principal payments on the PAC Bond may be earlier or later than predicted. The magnitude of the predefined range varies from one PAC Bond to another; a narrower range increases the risk that prepayments on the PAC Bond will be greater or smaller than predicted. Because of these features, PAC Bonds generally are less subject to the risks of prepayment than are other types of mortgage-backed securities. See also “Mortgage-Backed Securities” in this section.

Commercial Paper.     Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender, such as the fund, pursuant to which the lender may determine to invest varying amounts. Transfer of such notes is usually restricted by the issuer, and there is no secondary trading market for such notes. The fund, therefore, may only invest in a master demand note to the extent that the investment would not violate the fund’s limits on restricted and illiquid securities.

Master demand notes are unsecured obligations of U.S. corporations redeemable upon notice that permit investment by a mutual fund of fluctuating amounts at varying rates of interest pursuant to direct arrangements between the mutual fund and the issuing corporation. Because master demand notes are direct arrangements between the mutual fund and the issuing corporation, there is no secondary market for the notes. The notes are,

 

6


however, redeemable at face value plus accrued interest at any time. However, the fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand.

Common Stock.     Common stocks are shares of a corporation or other entity that entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the profits of the corporation, if any, without preference over any other shareholder or class of shareholders, including holders of the entity’s preferred stock and other senior equity. Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so. Common stocks do not represent an obligation of the issuer, and do not offer the degree of protection of debt securities. The issuance of debt securities or preferred stock by an issuer will create prior claims which could adversely affect the rights of holders of common stock with respect to the assets of the issuer upon liquidation or bankruptcy.

Convertible Securities.     Convertible securities are typically preferred stock or bonds that are convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. Because they have the characteristics of both fixed-income securities and common stock, convertible securities are sometimes called “hybrid” securities. Convertible bonds, debentures and notes are debt obligations offering a stated interest rate; convertible preferred stocks are senior securities of a company offering a stated dividend rate. Convertible securities will at times be priced in the market like other fixed income securities—that is, their prices will tend to rise when interest rates decline and will tend to fall when interest rates rise. However, because a convertible security provides an option to the holder to exchange the security for either a specified number of the issuer’s common shares at a stated price per share or the cash value of such common shares, the security market price will tend to fluctuate in relationship to the price of the common shares into which it is convertible. Thus, convertible securities will ordinarily provide opportunities for producing both current income and longer-term capital appreciation. Because convertible securities are usually viewed by the issuer as future common stock, they are generally subordinated to other senior securities and therefore are rated one category lower than the issuer’s non-convertible debt obligations or preferred stock.

Debt Obligations.     The fund may invest in debt obligations. Debt obligations include bonds, debentures, notes, commercial paper, loans, and other instruments issued by banks, corporations, local and state and national governments, both U.S. and foreign, and supranational entities. Debt obligations are typically fixed-income obligations, but may have a variable or adjustable rate of interest. Changes in market yields will affect the fund’s net asset value as prices of fixed-income securities generally increase when interest rates decline and decrease when interest rates rise. Prices of longer term securities generally increase or decrease more sharply than those of shorter term securities in response to interest rate changes, particularly if such securities were purchased at a discount. It should be noted that the market values of securities rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities. Except to the extent that values are affected independently by other factors such as developments relating to a specific issuer, when interest rates decline, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to decline.

While debt securities carrying the fourth highest quality rating (“Baa” by Moody’s or “BBB” by S&P) are considered investment grade and are viewed to have adequate capacity for payment of principal and interest, investments in such securities involve a higher degree of risk than that associated with investments in debt securities in the higher rating categories and such debt securities lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well. For example, changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than is the case with higher grade debt securities. Debt securities rated lower than investment grade are called high yield securities. See “High Yield Securities” below.

In addition, many fixed-income securities contain call or buy-back features that permit their issuers to call or repurchase the securities from their holders. Such securities may present risks based on payment expectations. Although the fund would typically receive a premium if an issuer were to redeem a security, if an issuer exercises

 

7


such a “call option” and redeems the security during a time of declining interest rates, the fund may realize a capital loss on its investment if the security was purchased at a premium and the fund may have to replace the called security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased rate of return to the fund. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, redemption or prepayment rates may slow, leading to an extension in the expected maturity of the obligation, leading to greater price volatility.

See the following for a description of various types of debt obligations in which the fund may invest: “Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities,” “Asset-Backed Securities,” “Brady Bonds,” “Bank Obligations,” “Collateralized Mortgage Obligations and Multi-Class Pass Through Securities,” “Deferred Interest Bonds,” “Floating and Variable Rate Instruments,” “High Yield Securities,” “Inverse Floating Rate Obligations,” “Loan Participations and Assignments,” “Money Market Instruments,” “Mortgage Backed Securities,” “Privately Issued Mortgage Securities,” “Stripped Mortgage Securities,” “Structured Instruments,” “U.S. Government Obligations,” “Zero Coupon Bonds, PIK Bonds and Deferred Payment Securities.”

Deferred Interest Bonds.     Deferred interest bonds are debt obligations that generally provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins and that are issued at a significant discount from face value. The original discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period until the first interest accrual date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. Although this period of delay is different for each deferred interest bond, a typical period is approximately one-third of the bond’s term to maturity. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its initial need for cash to meet debt service, but some also provide a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. The fund will accrue income on such investments for tax and accounting purposes, as required, which is distributable to shareholders and which, because no cash is generally received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities to satisfy the fund’s distribution obligations. See also “Zero Coupon Securities, PIK Bonds and Deferred Payment Securities” in this section.

Depositary Receipts.     Securities of foreign issuers may be purchased directly or through depositary receipts, such as American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) or other securities representing underlying shares of foreign companies. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in U.S. securities markets and EDRs and GDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European and global securities markets. ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying securities. EDRs and GDRs are European and global receipts, respectively, evidencing a similar arrangement.

ADRs, EDRs and GDRs are issued through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” arrangements. In a sponsored arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes the obligation to pay some or all of the depositary’s transaction fees, whereas under an unsponsored arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes no obligation and the depositary’s transaction fees are paid by the holders. In addition, less information is generally available in the United States about the issuer of an unsponsored depositary receipt as it is for the issuer of a sponsored depositary receipt. See also “Foreign Securities” and “Foreign Issuers” in this section.

Derivatives.     The fund may use various investment strategies described below to hedge market risks (such as broad or specific market movements, interest rates and currency exchange rates), to manage the effective maturity or duration of debt instruments held by the fund, or to seek to enhance the fund’s income or gain.

The fund may purchase and sell interest rate, single stock, currency or stock or bond index futures contracts and enter into currency transactions; purchase and sell (or write) exchange listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) put and call options on securities, currencies, futures contracts, indices and other financial instruments; enter into interest rate transactions, equity swaps and related transactions; and invest in indexed securities and other similar transactions, which may be developed in the future to the extent that the subadviser determines that they are consistent with the fund’s investment objectives and policies and applicable regulatory requirements (collectively, these transactions are referred to as “derivatives”). The fund’s interest rate transactions may take

 

8


the form of swaps, caps, floors and collars, and the fund’s currency transactions may take the form of currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts and options thereof, currency swaps and options on currencies.

The fund is operated by persons who have claimed an exclusion, granted to operators of registered investment companies like the fund, from registration as a “commodity pool operator” with respect to the fund under the Commodity Exchange Act, and therefore, are not subject to registration or regulation with respect to the fund under the Commodity Exchange Act. The use of certain derivatives in certain circumstances will require that the fund segregate cash or other liquid assets to the extent the fund’s obligations are not otherwise “covered” through ownership of the underlying security, financial instrument or currency. See “Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts” below.

Derivatives involve special risks, including possible default by the other party to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent the subadviser’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of Derivatives could result in significantly greater losses than if they had not been used. See “Risk Factors Associated with Derivatives” below. The degree of the fund’s use of Derivatives may be limited by certain provisions of the Code. See “Additional Information Concerning Taxes.”

Futures Contracts.     The fund may trade futures contracts on domestic and foreign exchanges on currencies, interest rates and bond indices, and on domestic and foreign exchanges on single stocks and stock indices. Futures contracts are generally bought and sold on the commodities exchanges on which they are listed with payment of initial and variation margin as described below. The sale of a futures contract creates a firm obligation by the fund, as seller, to deliver to the buyer the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specific future time for a specified price (or with respect to certain instruments, the net cash amount). The fund’s use of financial futures contracts and options thereon will in all cases be consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and in particular the rules and regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). Maintaining a futures contract or selling an option on a futures contract will typically require the fund to deposit with a financial intermediary, as security for its obligations, an amount of cash or other specified assets (“initial margin”) that initially is from 1% to 10% of the face amount of the contract (but may be higher in some circumstances particularly in the case of single stock futures). Additional cash or assets (“variation margin”) may be required to be deposited thereafter daily as the mark-to-market value of the futures contract fluctuates. The value of all futures contracts sold by the fund (adjusted for the historical volatility relationship between the fund and the contracts) will not exceed the total market value of the fund’s securities. In addition, the value of the fund’s long futures and options positions (futures contracts on single stocks, stock or bond indices, interest rates or foreign currencies and call options on such futures contracts) will not exceed the sum of: (a) liquid assets segregated for this purpose; (b) cash proceeds on existing investments due within thirty days; and (c) accrued profits on the particular futures or options positions. The segregation requirements with respect to futures contracts and options thereon are described below under “Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts.”

Interest Rate Futures Contracts.     The fund may enter into interest rate futures contracts in order to protect it from fluctuations in interest rates without necessarily buying or selling fixed income securities. An interest rate futures contract is an agreement to take or make delivery of either: (i) an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of a particular index of debt securities at the beginning and at the end of the contract period; or (ii) a specified amount of a particular debt security at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. For example, if the fund owns bonds, and interest rates are expected to increase, the fund might sell futures contracts on debt securities having characteristics similar to those held in the portfolio. Such a sale would have much the same effect as selling an equivalent value of the debt securities owned by the fund. If interest rates did increase, the value of the debt securities in the portfolio would decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the fund would increase at approximately the same rate, thereby keeping the net asset value of each class of the fund from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The fund could accomplish similar results by selling bonds with longer maturities and investing in bonds with shorter maturities when interest rates are expected to increase. However, since the futures market may be more liquid than the cash market, the use of futures contracts as a risk management technique allows the fund to maintain a defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.

 

9


Similarly when the subadviser expects that interest rates may decline, the fund may purchase interest rate futures contracts in an attempt to hedge against having to make subsequently anticipated purchases of bonds at the higher prices subsequently expected to prevail. Since the fluctuations in the value of appropriately selected futures contracts should be similar to that of the bonds that will be purchased, the fund could take advantage of the anticipated rise in the cost of the bonds without actually buying them until the market had stabilized. At that time, the fund could make the intended purchase of the bonds in the cash market and the futures contracts could be liquidated.

At the time of delivery of securities pursuant to an interest rate futures contract, adjustments are made to recognize differences in value arising from the delivery of securities with a different interest rate from that specified in the contract. In some (but not many) cases, securities called for by a futures contract may have a shorter term than the term of the futures contract and, consequently, may not in fact have been issued when the futures contract was entered.

Single Stock Futures.     Trading is permitted on U.S. exchanges of standardized futures contacts on individual equity securities, such as common stocks, exchange traded funds and American Depositary Receipts, as well as narrow-based securities indices, generally called security futures contracts or “SFCs.” As with other futures contracts, a SFC involves an agreement to purchase or sell in the future a specific quantity of shares of a security or the component securities of the index. The initial margin requirements (typically 20 percent) are generally higher than with other futures contracts. Trading SFCs involves many of the same risks as trading other futures contracts, including the risks involved with leverage, and losses are potentially unlimited. Under certain market conditions, for example if trading is halted due to unusual trading activity in either the SFC or the underlying security due to recent new events involving the issuer of the security, it may be difficult or impossible for a fund to liquidate its position or manage risk by entering into an offsetting position. In addition, the prices of the SFCs may not correlate as anticipated with the prices of the underlying security. And unlike options on securities in which a fund may invest, where the fund had a position in a SFC, the fund has both the right and the obligation to buy or sell the security at a future date, or otherwise offset its position.

Options.     In order to hedge against adverse market shifts or to increase income or gain, the fund may purchase put and call options or write (sell) “covered” put and call options on futures contracts on stock indices, interest rates and currencies. In addition, in order to hedge against adverse market shifts or to increase its income, the fund may purchase put and call options and write “covered” put and call options on securities, indices, currencies and other financial instruments. The fund may utilize options on currencies in order to hedge against currency exchange rate risks. A call option is “covered” if, so long as the fund is obligated as the writer of the option, it will: (i) own the underlying investment subject to the option; (ii) own securities convertible or exchangeable without the payment of any consideration into the securities subject to the option; (iii) own a call option on the relevant security or currency with an exercise price no higher than the exercise price on the call option written; or (iv) deposit with its custodian in a segregated account liquid assets having a value equal to the excess of the value of the security or index that is the subject of the call over the exercise price. A put option is “covered” if, to support its obligation to purchase the underlying investment if a put option that the fund writes is exercised, the fund will either (a) deposit with its custodian in a segregated account liquid assets having a value at least equal to the exercise price of the underlying investment or (b) continue to own an equivalent number of puts of the same “series” (that is, puts on the same underlying investment having the same exercise prices and expiration dates as those written by the fund), or an equivalent number of puts of the same “class” (that is, puts on the same underlying investment) with exercise prices greater than those that it has written (or, if the exercise prices of the puts it holds are less than the exercise prices of those it has written, it will deposit the difference with its custodian in a segregated account). Parties to options transactions must make certain payments and/or set aside certain amounts of assets in connection with each transaction, as described below.

Put options and call options typically have similar structural characteristics and operational mechanics regardless of the underlying instrument on which they are purchased or sold. Thus, the following general discussion relates to each of the particular types of options discussed in greater detail below.

 

10


A put option gives the purchaser of the option, upon payment of a premium, the right to sell, and the writer of the obligation to buy, the underlying security, index, currency or other instrument at the exercise price. The fund’s purchase of a put option on a security, for example, might be designed to protect its holdings in the underlying instrument (or, in some cases, a similar instrument) against a substantial decline in the market value of such instrument by giving the fund the right to sell the instrument at the option exercise price. A call option, upon payment of a premium, gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the seller the obligation to sell, the underlying instrument at the exercise price. The fund’s purchase of a call option on a security, financial futures contract, index, currency or other instrument might be intended to protect the fund against an increase in the price of the underlying instrument that it intends to purchase in the future by fixing the price at which it may purchase the instrument. An “American” style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option period, whereas a “European” style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration or during a fixed period prior to expiration. Exchange-listed options are issued by a regulated intermediary such as the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”), which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to the options. The discussion below uses the OCC as an example, but may also be applicable to other similar financial intermediaries.

OCC-issued and exchange-listed options, including options on securities, currencies and financial instruments generally settle for cash, although physical settlement maybe required in some cases. Index options are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (that is, the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option.

The fund’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an OCC-issued or exchange-listed put or call option is dependent, in part, upon the liquidity of the particular option market. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid option market on an exchange are: (1) insufficient trading interest in certain options, (2) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange, (3) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities, including reaching daily price limits, (4) interruption of the normal operations of the OCC or an exchange, (5) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or the OCC to handle current trading volume or (6) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the relevant market for that option on that exchange would cease to exist, although any such outstanding options on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

The hours of trading for listed options may not coincide with the hours during which the underlying financial instruments are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying financial instruments, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that would not be reflected in the corresponding option markets.

OTC options are purchased from or sold to securities dealers, financial institutions or other parties (collectively referred to as “counterparties” and individually referred to as a “counterparty”) through a direct bilateral agreement with the counterparty. In contrast to exchange-listed options, which generally have standardized terms and performance mechanics, all of the terms of an OTC option, including such terms as method of settlement, term, exercise price, premium, guaranties and security, are determined by negotiation of the parties. It is anticipated that the fund will generally only enter into OTC options that have cash settlement provisions, although it will not be required to do so.

Unless the parties provide for it, no central clearing or guaranty function is involved in an OTC option. As a result, if a counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the security, currency or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with the fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, the fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of

 

11


the transaction. Thus, the subadviser must assess the creditworthiness of each such counterparty or any guarantor or credit enhancement of the counterparty’s credit to determine the likelihood that the terms of the OTC option will be met. The fund will enter into OTC option transactions only with U.S. government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as “primary dealers,” or broker-dealers, domestic or foreign banks, or other financial institutions that the subadviser deems to be creditworthy. In the absence of a change in the current position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), OTC options purchased by the fund and the amount of the fund’s obligation pursuant to an OTC option sold by the fund (the cost of the sell-back plus the in-the-money amount, if any) or the value of the assets held to cover such options will be deemed illiquid.

If the fund sells a call option, the premium that it receives may serve as a partial hedge, to the extent of the option premium, against a decrease in the value of the underlying securities or instruments held by the fund or will increase the fund’s income. Similarly, the sale of put options can also provide gains for the fund.

The fund may purchase and sell call options on securities that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and in the OTC markets, and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts. All calls sold by the fund must be “covered” (that is, the fund must own the securities or futures contract subject to the call), or must otherwise meet the asset segregation requirements described below for so long as the call is outstanding. Even though the fund will receive the option premium to help protect it against loss, a call sold by the fund will expose the fund during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying security or instrument and may require the fund to hold a security or instrument that it might otherwise have sold.

The fund may choose to exercise the options it holds, permit them to expire or terminate them prior to their expiration by entering into closing transactions. The fund may enter into a closing purchase transaction in which the fund purchases an option having the same terms as the option it had written or a closing sale transaction in which the fund sells an option having the same terms as the option it had purchased. A covered option writer unable to effect a closing purchase transaction will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or the underlying security is delivered upon exercise, with the result that the writer will be subject to the risk of market decline in the underlying security during such period. Should the fund choose to exercise an option, the fund will receive, in the case of a call option, or sell in the case of a put option, the securities, commodities or commodity futures contracts underlying the exercised option.

Exchange-listed options on securities and currencies, with certain exceptions, generally settle by physical delivery of the underlying security or currency, although in the future, cash settlement may become available. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option. Index options are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (that is, the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised.

The fund reserves the right to purchase or sell options on instruments and indices which may be developed in the future to the extent consistent with applicable law, the fund’s investment objective and the restrictions set forth herein.

In all cases except for certain options on interest rate futures contracts, by writing a call, the fund will limit its opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of the underlying investment above the exercise price of the option for as long as the fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. By writing a put, the fund bears the risk of a decrease in the market value of the underlying investment below the exercise price of the option for as long as the fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. Upon the exercise of a put option written by the fund, the fund may suffer an economic loss equal to the difference between the price at which the

 

12


fund is required to purchase the underlying investment and its market value at the time of the option exercise, less the premium received for writing the option. Upon the exercise of a call option written by a fund, the fund may suffer an economic loss equal to an amount not less than the excess of the investment’s market value at the time of the option exercise over the fund’s acquisition cost of the investment, less the sum of the premium received for writing the option and the positive difference, if any, between the call price paid to the fund and the fund’s acquisition cost of the investment.

In all cases except for certain options on interest rate futures contracts, in purchasing a put option, the fund will seek to benefit from, or protect against, a decline in the market price of the underlying investment, while in purchasing a call option, the fund will seek to benefit from an increase in the market price of the underlying investment. If an option purchased is not sold or exercised when it has remaining value, or if the market price of the underlying investment remains equal to or greater than the exercise price, in the case of a put, or remains equal to or below the exercise price, in the case of a call, during the life of the option, the fund will lose its investment in the option. For the purchase of an option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying investment must decline sufficiently below the exercise price, in the case of a put, and must increase sufficiently above the exercise price, in the case of a call, to cover the premium and transaction costs.

In the case of certain options on interest rate futures contracts, the fund may purchase a put option in anticipation of a rise in interest rates, and purchase a call option in anticipation of a fall in interest rates. By writing a covered call option on interest rate futures contracts, the fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a fall in interest rates. By writing a covered put option on interest rate futures contracts, the fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a rise in interest rates.

The fund may purchase and sell put options on securities (whether or not it holds the securities in its portfolio) and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts. In selling put options, the fund faces the risk that it may be required to buy the underlying security at a disadvantageous price above the market price.

(a) Options on Stocks and Stock Indices.     The fund may purchase put and call options and write covered put and call options on stocks and stock indices listed on domestic and foreign securities exchanges in order to hedge against movements in the equity markets or to increase income or gain to the fund. In addition, the fund may purchase options on stocks that are traded over-the-counter. Options on stock indices are similar to options on specific securities. However, because options on stock indices do not involve the delivery of an underlying security, the option represents the holder’s right to obtain from the writer cash in an amount equal to a fixed multiple of the amount by which the exercise price exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying stock index on the exercise date. Options traded may include the Standard & Poor’s 100 Index of Composite Stocks, Standard & Poor’s 500 Index of Composite Stocks (the “S&P 500 Index”), the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index, the American Stock Exchange (“AMEX”) Market Value Index, the National Over-the-Counter Index and other standard broadly based stock market indices. Options are also traded in certain industry or market segment indices such as the Oil Index, the Computer Technology Index and the Transportation Index. Stock index options are subject to position and exercise limits and other regulations imposed by the exchange on which they are traded.

If the subadviser expects general stock market prices to rise, the fund might purchase a call option on a stock index or a futures contract on that index as a hedge against an increase in prices of particular equity securities it wants ultimately to buy. If the stock index does rise, the price of the particular equity securities intended to be purchased may also increase, but that increase would be offset in part by the increase in the value of the fund’s index option or futures contract resulting from the increase in the index. If, on the other hand, the subadviser expects general stock market prices to decline, it might purchase a put option or sell a futures contract on the index. If that index does decline, the value of some or all of the equity securities in the fund’s portfolio may also be expected to decline, but that decrease would be offset in part by the increase in the value of the fund’s position in such put option or futures contract.

 

13


(b) Options on Currencies.     The fund may invest in options on currencies traded on domestic and foreign securities exchanges in order to hedge against currency exchange rate risks or to increase income or gain, as described above in “Currency Transactions.”

(c) Options on Futures Contracts.     The fund may purchase put and call options and write covered put and call options on futures contracts on stock indices, interest rates and currencies traded on domestic and, to the extent permitted by the CFTC, foreign exchanges, in order to hedge all or a portion of its investments or to increase income or gain and may enter into closing transactions in order to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected. An option on a stock index futures contract, interest rate futures contract or currency futures contract, as contrasted with the direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying contract at a specified exercise price at any time on or before the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account. The potential loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). While the price of the option is fixed at the point of sale, the value of the option does change daily and the change would be reflected in the net asset value of the fund.

The purchase of an option on a financial futures contract involves payment of a premium for the option without any further obligation on the part of the fund. If the fund exercises an option on a futures contract it will be obligated to post initial margin (and potentially variation margin) for the resulting futures position just as it would for any futures position. Futures contracts and options thereon are generally settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, but no assurance can be given that a position can be offset prior to settlement or that delivery will occur.

Interest Rate and Equity Swaps and Related Transactions.     The fund may enter into interest rate and equity swaps and may purchase or sell (i.e., write) interest rate and equity caps, floors and collars. The fund expects to enter into these transactions in order to hedge against either a decline in the value of the securities included in the fund’s portfolio or against an increase in the price of the securities which it plans to purchase, in order to preserve or maintain a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to achieve a particular return on cash balances, or in order to enhance income or gain. Interest rate and equity swaps involve the exchange by the fund with another party of their respective commitments to make or receive payments based on a notional principal amount.

The purchase of an interest rate or equity cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined level, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate or equity cap. The purchase of an interest rate or equity floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined rate, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate or equity floor. A collar is a combination of a cap and a floor, which preserve a certain return within a predetermined range of values.

The fund may enter into interest rate and equity swaps, caps, floors and collars on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether it is hedging its assets or its liabilities, and will usually enter into interest rate and equity swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out), with the fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate or equity swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by the fund’s custodian in accordance with procedures established by the Board. If the fund enters into an interest rate or equity swap on other than a net basis, the fund will maintain a segregated account in the full amount accrued on a daily basis of the fund’s obligations with respect to the swap. The fund will only enter into interest rate and equity swap, cap, floor or collar transactions with counterparties the Subadviser deems to be creditworthy. The subadviser will monitor the creditworthiness of

 

14


counterparties to its interest rate and equity swap, cap, floor and collar transactions on an ongoing basis. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. The subadviser has determined that, as a result, the swap market is liquid. Caps, floors and collars are more recent innovations and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps. The use of interest rate and equity swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the subadviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these investment techniques were not utilized. Moreover, even if the subadviser is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that the swap position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being hedged.

The liquidity of swap agreements will be determined by the subadviser based on various factors, including (1) the frequency of trades and quotations, (2) the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the marketplace, (3) dealer undertakings to make a market, (4) the nature of the security (including any demand or tender features), and (5) the nature of the marketplace for trades (including the ability to assign or offset the fund’s rights and obligations relating to the investment). Such determination will govern whether a swap will be deemed within the percentage restriction on investments in securities that are not readily marketable.

The fund will maintain liquid assets in a segregated custodial account to cover its current obligations under swap agreements. If the fund enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of the fund’s accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued amount the fund is entitled to receive under the agreement. If the fund enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount of the fund’s accrued obligations under the agreement. To the extent the fund sells caps, floors and collars it will maintain in a segregated account cash and/or, cash equivalents or other liquid high grade debt securities having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the full amount, accrued on a daily basis, of the fund’s obligations with respect to the caps, floors or collars. See “Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts” below.

There is no limit on the amount of interest rate and equity swap transactions that may be entered into by the fund. These transactions do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate and equity swaps is limited to the net amount of payments that the fund is contractually obligated to make, if any. The effective use of swaps and related transactions by the fund may depend, among other things, on the fund’s ability to terminate the transactions at times when the subadviser deems it desirable to do so. Because swaps and related transactions are bilateral contractual arrangements between the fund and counterparties to the transactions, the fund’s ability to terminate such an arrangement may be considerably more limited than in the case of an exchange traded instrument. To the extent the fund does not, or cannot, terminate such a transaction in a timely manner, the fund may suffer a loss in excess of any amounts that it may have received, or expected to receive, as a result of entering into the transaction. If the other party to a swap defaults, the fund’s risk of loss is the net amount of payments that the fund contractually is entitled to receive, if any. The fund may purchase and sell caps, floors and collars without limitation, subject to the segregated account requirement described above.

Credit Default Swaps.     The fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for hedging purposes or to add leverage to its portfolio. When used for hedging purposes, a fund would be the buyer of a credit default swap contract. In that case, the fund would be entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the fund would pay to the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the fund would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. When the fund is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it receives the stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of

 

15


the referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Indexed Securities.     The fund may purchase securities whose prices are indexed to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies, or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically, but not always, are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic. Currency-indexed securities typically are short-term to intermediate-term debt securities whose maturity values or interest rates are determined by reference to the values of one or more specified foreign currencies, and may offer higher yields than U.S. dollar-denominated securities of equivalent issuers. Currency-indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, their maturity value may increase when the specified currency value increases, resulting in a security that performs similarly to a foreign currency-denominated instrument, or their maturity value may decline when foreign currencies increase, resulting in a security whose price characteristics are similar to a put on the underlying currency. Currency-indexed securities may also have prices that depend on the values of a number of different foreign currencies relative to each other.

Currency Transactions.     The fund may engage in currency transactions with counterparties to hedge the value of portfolio securities denominated in particular currencies against fluctuations in relative value or to generate income or gain. Currency transactions include currency forward contracts, exchange-listed currency futures contracts and options thereon, exchange-listed and OTC options on currencies, and currency swaps. A currency forward contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell (with delivery generally required) a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows based on the notional difference among two or more currencies and operates similarly to an interest rate swap, which is described below under “Interest Rate and Equity Swaps and Related Transactions.” The fund may enter into currency transactions only with counterparties that the subadviser deems to be creditworthy.

The fund may enter into currency forward contracts when the subadviser believes that the currency of a particular country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar. In those circumstances, the fund may enter into a currency forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars, the amount of that currency approximating the value of some or all of the fund’s portfolio securities denominated in such currency. Currency forward contracts may limit potential gain from a positive change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies.

Transaction hedging is entering into a currency transaction with respect to specific assets or liabilities of the fund, which will generally arise in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s portfolio securities or the receipt of income from them. Position hedging is entering into a currency transaction with respect to portfolio securities positions denominated or generally quoted in that currency. The fund will not enter into a transaction to hedge currency exposure to an extent greater, after netting all transactions intended wholly or partially to offset other transactions, than the aggregate market value (at the time of entering into the transaction) of the securities held by the fund that are denominated or generally quoted in or currently convertible into the currency, other than with respect to proxy hedging as described below.

The fund may cross-hedge currencies by entering into transactions to purchase or sell one or more currencies that are expected to increase or decline in value relative to other currencies to which the fund has or in which the fund expects to have exposure. To reduce the effect of currency fluctuations on the value of existing or anticipated holdings of its securities, the fund may also engage in proxy hedging. Proxy hedging is often used when the currency to which the fund’s holdings is exposed is difficult to hedge generally or difficult to hedge against the dollar. Proxy hedging entails entering into a forward contract to sell a currency, the changes in the value of which are generally considered to be linked to a currency or currencies in which some or all of the fund’s securities are or are expected to be denominated, and to buy dollars. The amount of the contract would not exceed the market value of the fund’s securities denominated in linked currencies.

 

16


Currency transactions are subject to risks different from other portfolio transactions, as discussed below under “Risk Factors Associated with Derivatives.” If the fund enters into a currency hedging transaction, the fund will comply with the asset segregation requirements described below under “Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts.”

Combined Transactions.     The fund may enter into multiple transactions, including multiple options transactions, multiple futures transactions, multiple currency transactions (including forward currency contracts), multiple interest rate transactions and any combination of futures, options, currency and interest rate transactions, instead of a single Derivative, as part of a single or combined strategy when, in the judgment of the subadviser, it is in the best interests of the fund to do so. A combined transaction will usually contain elements of risk that are present in each of its component transactions. Although combined transactions will normally be entered into by the fund based on the subadviser’s judgment that the combined strategies will reduce risk or otherwise more effectively achieve the desired portfolio management goal, it is possible that the combination will instead increase the risks or hinder achievement of the fund’s objective.

Risk Factors Associated with Derivatives .    Derivatives have special risks associated with them, including possible default by the counterparty to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent the subadviser’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of the derivatives could result in losses greater than if they had not been used. Use of put and call options could result in losses to the fund, force the sale or purchase of portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices higher than (in the case of put options) or lower than (in the case of call options) current market values, or cause the fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell.

The use of futures and options transactions entails certain special risks. In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of futures contracts and price movements in the related securities position of the fund could create the possibility that losses on the hedging instrument are greater than gains in the value of the fund’s position. In addition, futures and options markets could be illiquid in some circumstances and certain OTC options could have no markets. As a result, in certain markets, the fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses. Although the fund’s use of futures and options transactions for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, at the same time it will tend to limit any potential gain to the fund that might result from an increase in value of the position. There is also the risk of loss by the fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the fund has an open position in a futures contract or option thereon. Finally, the daily variation margin requirements for futures contracts create a greater ongoing potential financial risk than would purchases of options, in which case the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. However, because option premiums paid by the fund are small in relation to the market value of the investments underlying the options, buying options can result in large amounts of leverage. The leverage offered by trading in options could cause the fund’s net asset value to be subject to more frequent and wider fluctuation than would be the case if the fund did not invest in options.

As is the case with futures and options strategies, the effective use of swaps and related transactions by the fund may depend, among other things, on the fund’s ability to terminate the transactions at times when the subadviser deems it desirable to do so. To the extent the fund does not, or cannot, terminate such a transaction in a timely manner, the fund may suffer a loss in excess of any amounts that it may have received, or expected to receive, as a result of entering into the transaction.

Currency hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to the fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. Further, the risk exists that the perceived linkage between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that the fund is engaging in proxy hedging. Currency transactions are also subject to risks different from those of other portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases and sales of currency and related instruments can be adversely affected by government exchange controls, limitations or restrictions on repatriation of currency, and manipulations or

 

17


exchange restrictions imposed by governments. These forms of governmental actions can result in losses to the fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. Buyers and sellers of currency futures contracts are subject to the same risks that apply to the use of futures contracts generally. Further, settlement of a currency futures contract for the purchase of most currencies must occur at a bank based in the issuing nation. Trading options on currency futures contracts is relatively new, and the ability to establish and close out positions on these options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid market that may not always be available. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate based on factors extrinsic to that country’s economy.

Credit Default Swaps Risk .    In addition to the risks applicable to derivatives generally, credit default swaps involve special risks because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation, as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty.

Because the amount of interest and/or principal payments which the issuer of indexed securities is obligated to make is linked to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies, or other financial indicators, such payments may be significantly greater or less than payment obligations in respect of other types of debt securities. As a result, an investment in indexed securities may be considered speculative. Moreover, the performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of and may be more volatile than the security, currency, or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates.

Losses resulting from the use of derivatives will reduce the fund’s net asset value, and possibly income, and the losses can be greater than if derivatives had not been used.

Risks of Derivatives Outside the United States .    When conducted outside the United States, derivatives transactions may not be regulated as rigorously as in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and will be subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities, currencies and other instruments. In addition, the price of any foreign futures or foreign options contract and, therefore, the potential profit and loss thereon, may be affected by any variance in the foreign exchange rate between the time an order is placed and the time it is liquidated, offset or exercised. The value of positions taken as part of non-U.S. derivatives also could be adversely affected by: (1) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (2) lesser availability of data on which to make trading decisions than in the United States, (3) delays in the fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during nonbusiness hours in the United States, (4) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and (5) lower trading volume and liquidity.

Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts.     Use of many derivatives by the fund will require, among other things, that the fund segregate liquid assets with its custodian, or a designated sub-custodian, to the extent the fund’s obligations are not otherwise “covered” through ownership of the underlying security, financial instrument or currency. In general, either the full amount of any obligation by the fund to pay or deliver securities or assets must be covered at all times by the securities, instruments or currency required to be delivered, or, subject to any regulatory restrictions, an amount of liquid assets at least equal to the current amount of the obligation must be segregated with the custodian or subcustodian in accordance with procedures established by the Board. The segregated assets cannot be sold or transferred unless equivalent assets are substituted in their place or it is no longer necessary to segregate them. A call option on securities written by the fund, for example, will require the fund to hold the securities subject to the call (or securities convertible into the needed securities without additional consideration) or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations sufficient to

 

18


purchase and deliver the securities if the call is exercised. A call option sold by the fund on an index will require the fund to own portfolio securities that correlate with the index or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the excess of the index value over the exercise price on a current basis. A put option on securities written by the fund will require the fund to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the exercise price. Except when the fund enters into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency or for other non-speculative purposes, which requires no segregation, a currency contract that obligates the fund to buy or sell a foreign currency will generally require the fund to hold an amount of that currency or liquid securities denominated in that currency equal to the fund’s obligations or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the amount of the fund’s obligations.

OTC options entered into by the fund, including those on securities, currency, financial instruments or indices, and OCC-issued and exchange-listed index options will generally provide for cash settlement, although the fund will not be required to do so. As a result, when the fund sells these instruments it will segregate an amount of assets equal to its obligations under the options. OCC-issued and exchange-listed options sold by the fund other than those described above generally settle with physical delivery, and the fund will segregate an amount of assets equal to the full value of the option. OTC options settling with physical delivery or with an election of either physical delivery or cash settlement will be treated the same as other options settling with physical delivery. If the fund enters into OTC option transactions, it will be subject to counterparty risk.

In the case of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, the fund must deposit initial margin and, in some instances, daily variation margin with its futures commission merchant or custodian in addition to segregating liquid assets sufficient to meet its obligations to purchase or provide securities or currencies, or to pay the amount owed at the expiration of an index-based futures contract. The fund will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of its obligations relating to swaps over its entitlements with respect to each swap on a daily basis and will segregate with its custodian, or designated sub-custodian, an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value equal to at least the accrued excess. Caps, floors and collars require segregation of liquid assets with a value equal to the fund’s net obligation, if any.

Derivatives may be covered by means other than those described above when consistent with applicable regulatory policies. The fund may also enter into offsetting transactions so that its combined position, coupled with any segregated assets, equals its net outstanding obligation in related derivatives. The fund could purchase a put option, for example, if the strike price of that option is the same or higher than the strike price of a put option sold by the fund. Moreover, instead of segregating assets if it holds a futures contract or forward contract, the fund could purchase a put option on the same futures contract or forward contract with a strike price as high or higher than the price of the contract held. Other derivatives may also be offset in combinations. If the offsetting transaction terminates at the time of or after the primary transaction, no segregation is required, but if it terminates prior to that time, assets equal to any remaining obligation would need to be segregated.

Investors should note that the fund’s ability to pursue certain of these strategies may be limited by applicable regulations of the SEC, the CFTC and the federal income tax requirements applicable to regulated investment companies.

Distressed Debt Securities.     See the discussion under “High Yield Securities” in this section.

Investment Company Securities . Subject to applicable statutory and regulatory limitations, the fund may invest in shares of other investment companies, including shares of other mutual funds, closed-end funds, and unregistered investment companies. Investments in other investment companies are subject to the risk of the securities in which those investment companies invest. In addition, to the extent the fund invests in securities of other investment companies, fund shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of such companies in addition to the expenses of the fund’s own operation. These costs include management, brokerage, shareholder servicing and other operational expenses.

 

19


The fund may invest in shares of mutual funds or unit investment trusts that are traded on a stock exchange, called exchange-traded funds or ETFs. Typically an ETF seeks to track the performance of an index, such as the S&P 500, the NASDAQ 100, the Lehman Treasury Bond Index, or more narrow sector or foreign indices, by holding in its portfolio either the same securities that comprise the index, or a representative sample of the index. Investing in an ETF will give the fund exposure to the securities comprising the index on which the ETF is based.

Unlike shares of typical mutual funds or unit investment trusts, shares of ETFs are designed to be traded throughout a trading day, bought and sold based on market values and not at net asset value. For this reason, shares could trade at either a premium or discount to net asset value. However, the portfolios held by index-based ETFs are publicly disclosed on each trading day, and an approximation of actual net asset value is disseminated throughout the trading day. Because of this transparency, the trading prices of index based ETFs tend to closely track the actual net asset value of the underlying portfolios and the fund will generally gain or lose value depending on the performance of the index. However, gains or losses on the fund’s investment in ETFs will ultimately depend on the purchase and sale price of the ETF. In the future, as new products become available, the fund may invest in ETFs that are actively managed. Actively managed ETFs will likely not have the transparency of index-based ETFs, and therefore, may be more likely to trade at a discount or premium to actual net asset values.

The fund may invest in closed-end investment companies which hold securities of U. S. and/or non-U.S. issuers. Because shares of closed-end funds trade on an exchange, investments in closed-end investment funds may entail the additional risk that the market value of such investments may be substantially less than their net asset value.

Equity Securities.     See the discussions under “Common Stock,” “Convertible Securities,” “Investment Company Securities,” “Preferred Stock,” “Real Estate Investment Trusts,” “Smaller Market Capitalization Companies” and “Warrants” in this section.

Firm Commitments.     Securities may be purchased on a firm commitment basis, including when-issued securities. Securities purchased on a firm commitment basis are purchased for delivery beyond the normal settlement date at a stated price and yield. No income accrues to the purchaser of a security on a firm commitment basis prior to delivery. Such securities are recorded as an asset and are subject to changes in value based upon changes in the general level of interest rates. Purchasing a security on a firm commitment basis can involve a risk that the market price at the time of delivery may be lower than the agreed upon purchase price, in which case there could be an unrealized loss at the time of delivery. The fund will only make commitments to purchase securities on a firm commitment basis with the intention of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable. The fund will establish a segregated account in which it will maintain liquid assets in an amount at least equal in value to the fund’s commitments to purchase securities on a firm commitment basis. If the value of these assets declines, the fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments. See also “Stand-by Commitments,” “TBA Purchase Commitments” and “When-Issued Securities” in this section.

Fixed Income Securities.     See “Debt Obligations” in this section.

Floating and Variable Rate Instruments.     Floating or variable rate obligations bear interest at rates that are not fixed, but vary with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as the prime rate, and at specified intervals. Certain of the floating or variable rate obligations that may be purchased by the fund may carry a demand feature that would permit the holder to tender them back to the issuer at par value prior to maturity. Such obligations include variable rate master demand notes, which are unsecured instruments issued pursuant to an agreement between the issuer and the holder that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary and provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. The fund will limit its purchases of floating and variable rate obligations to those of the same quality as the fixed-income securities which the fund is otherwise permitted to purchase. The

 

20


subadviser will monitor on an ongoing basis the ability of an issuer of a demand instrument to pay principal and interest on demand.

Certain of the floating or variable rate obligations that may be purchased by the fund may carry a demand feature that would permit the holder to tender them back to the issuer of the instrument or to a third party at par value prior to maturity. Some of the demand instruments purchased by the fund are not traded in a secondary market and derive their liquidity solely from the ability of the holder to demand repayment from the issuer or third party providing credit support. If a demand instrument is not traded in a secondary market, the fund will nonetheless treat the instrument as “readily marketable” for the purposes of its investment restriction limiting investments in illiquid securities unless the demand feature has a notice period of more than seven days in which case the instrument will be characterized as “not readily marketable” and therefore illiquid.

The fund’s right to obtain payment at par on a demand instrument could be affected by events occurring between the date the fund elects to demand payment and the date payment is due that may affect the ability of the issuer of the instrument or third party providing credit support to make payment when due, except when such demand instruments permit same day settlement. To facilitate settlement, these same day demand instruments may be held in book entry form at a bank other than the fund’s custodian subject to a sub-custodian agreement approved by the fund between that bank and the fund’s custodian.

Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers.     Investing in the securities of foreign issuers involves special considerations which are not typically associated with investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. Investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve risks arising from differences between U.S. and foreign securities markets, including less volume, much greater price volatility in and illiquidity of certain foreign securities markets, greater difficulty in determining the fair value of securities, different trading and settlement practices and less governmental supervision and regulation, from changes in currency exchange rates, from high and volatile rates of inflation, from economic, social and political conditions such as wars, terrorism, civil unrest and uprisings, and from fluctuating interest rates.

There may be less publicly-available information about a foreign issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and foreign issuers may not be subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial record-keeping standards and requirements as U.S. issuers. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of an emerging market country issuer may not reflect its financial position or results of operations in the way they would be reflected had the financial statements been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, for an issuer that keeps accounting records in local currency, inflation accounting rules may require, for both tax and accounting purposes, that certain assets and liabilities be restated on the issuer’s balance sheet in order to express items in terms of currency of constant purchasing power. Inflation accounting may indirectly generate losses or profits. Consequently, financial data may be materially affected by restatements for inflation and may not accurately reflect the real condition of those issuers and securities markets. Finally, in the event of a default in any such foreign obligations, it may be more difficult for the fund to obtain or enforce a judgment against the issuers of such obligations.

Other investment risks include the possible imposition of foreign withholding taxes on certain amounts of the fund’s income, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign assets and the possible establishment of exchange controls, expropriation, confiscatory taxation, other foreign governmental laws or restrictions which might affect adversely payments due on securities held by the fund, the lack of extensive operating experience of eligible foreign subcustodians and legal limitations on the ability of the fund to recover assets held in custody by a foreign subcustodian in the event of the subcustodian’s bankruptcy.

There generally is less governmental supervision and regulation of exchanges, brokers and issuers in foreign countries than there is in the United States. For example, there may be no comparable provisions under certain foreign laws to insider trading and similar investor protection securities laws that apply with respect to securities transactions consummated in the United States. Further, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs on foreign securities exchanges generally are higher than in the United States.

 

21


In some countries, banks or other financial institutions may constitute a substantial number of the leading companies or companies with the most actively traded securities. The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), limits the fund’s ability to invest in any equity security of an issuer which, in its most recent fiscal year, derived more than 15% of its revenues from “securities related activities,” as defined by the rules thereunder. These provisions may also restrict the fund’s investments in certain foreign banks and other financial institutions.

Foreign markets have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Further, satisfactory custodial services for investment securities may not be available in some countries having smaller, emerging capital markets, which may result in the fund incurring additional costs and delays in transporting such securities outside such countries. Delays in settlement or other problems could result in periods when assets of the fund are uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of the fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems or the risk of intermediary counterparty failures could cause the fund to forego attractive investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the fund due to subsequent declines in the value of such portfolio security or, if the fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser.

Rules adopted under the 1940 Act permit the fund to maintain its foreign securities and cash in the custody of certain eligible non-U.S. banks and securities depositories. Certain banks in foreign countries may not be “eligible sub-custodians,” as defined in the 1940 Act, for the fund, in which event the fund may be precluded from purchasing securities in certain foreign countries in which it otherwise would invest or which may result in the fund’s incurring additional costs and delays in providing transportation and custody services for such securities outside of such countries. The fund may encounter difficulties in effecting on a timely basis portfolio transactions with respect to any securities of issuers held outside their countries. Other banks that are eligible foreign sub-custodians may be recently organized or otherwise lack extensive operating experience. In addition, in certain countries there may be legal restrictions or limitations on the ability of the fund to recover assets held in custody by foreign sub-custodians in the event of the bankruptcy of the sub-custodian.

Certain of the risks associated with international investments and investing in smaller capital markets are heightened for investments in emerging market countries. For example, some of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced devaluation relative to the U.S. dollar, and major adjustments have been made periodically in certain of such currencies. Certain of such countries face serious exchange constraints. In addition, governments of many emerging market countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In certain cases, the government owns or controls many companies. Accordingly, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in developing countries which could affect private sector companies and consequently, the value of certain securities held in the fund’s portfolio.

Investment in certain emerging market securities is restricted or controlled to varying degrees which may at times limit or preclude investment in certain emerging market securities and increase the costs and expenses of the fund. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than other classes, restrict investment opportunities in issuers in industries deemed important to national interests and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors.

The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain emerging market countries, as well as limitations on such investments, also may have an adverse impact on the operations of the fund. For example, the fund may be required in some countries to invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares purchased re-registered in the name of the fund. Re-registration may in some instances not occur on a timely basis, resulting in a delay during which the fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor.

 

22


Certain emerging market countries may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors which could adversely affect the fund. In addition, if a deterioration occurs in the country’s balance of payments, it could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. Investing in local markets in emerging market countries may require the fund to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to the fund.

With respect to investments in certain emerging market countries, different legal standards may have an adverse impact on the fund. For example, while the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain emerging market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders of U.S. corporations.

Certain markets are in only the earliest stages of development. There is also a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of investors and financial intermediaries. Many of such markets also may be affected by developments with respect to more established markets in the region. Brokers in emerging market countries typically are fewer in number and less capitalized than brokers in the United States. These factors, combined with the U.S. regulatory requirements for open-end investment companies and the restrictions on foreign investment, result in potentially fewer investment opportunities for the fund and may have an adverse impact on the investment performance of the fund. See “Depositary Receipts and Sovereign Debt” in this section. See also “High Yield Sovereign Debt Securities” under “High Yield Securities” in this section.

High Yield Securities.     The fund may invest without limitation in convertible “high yield” securities, commonly known as “junk bonds,” and up to 20% of its net assets in non-convertible securities of this type.

Under rating agency guidelines, medium- and lower-rated securities and comparable unrated securities will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions. Medium- and lower-rated securities may have poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing, may have a current identifiable vulnerability to default or be in default, may be unlikely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due in the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions, and/or may be likely to be in default or not current in the payment of interest or principal. Such securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations. Accordingly, it is possible that these types of factors could reduce the value of securities held by the fund with a commensurate effect on the value of the fund’s shares.

Changes by recognized rating services in their ratings of any fixed-income security and in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect the value of these investments. A description of the ratings used by Moody’s and S&P is set forth in Appendix A. The ratings of Moody’s and S&P generally represent the opinions of those organizations as to the quality of the securities that they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality, are subject to change and do not evaluate the market risk or liquidity of the securities. Ratings of a non-U.S. debt instrument, to the extent that those ratings are undertaken, are related to evaluations of the country in which the issuer of the instrument is located. Ratings generally take into account the currency in which a non-U.S. debt instrument is denominated. Instruments issued by a foreign government in other than the local currency, for example, typically have a lower rating than local currency instruments due to the existence of an additional risk that the government will be unable to obtain the required foreign currency to service its foreign currency-denominated debt. In general, the ratings of debt securities or obligations issued by a non-U.S. public or private entity will not be higher than the rating of the currency or the foreign currency debt of the central government of the country in which the issuer is located, regardless of the intrinsic creditworthiness of the issuer.

 

23


The secondary markets for high yield securities are not as liquid as the secondary markets for higher rated securities. The secondary markets for high yield securities are concentrated in relatively few market makers and participants in the market are mostly institutional investors, including insurance companies, banks, other financial institutions and mutual funds. In addition, the trading volume for high yield securities is generally lower than that for higher-rated securities and the secondary markets could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. These factors may have an adverse effect on the ability of the fund holding such securities to dispose of particular portfolio investments, may adversely affect the fund’s net asset value per share and may limit the ability of such the fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing securities and calculating net asset value. If the fund is not able to obtain precise or accurate market quotations for a particular security, it will become more difficult to value the fund’s portfolio securities, and a greater degree of judgment may be necessary in making such valuations. Less liquid secondary markets may also affect the ability of the fund to sell securities at their fair value. If the secondary markets for high yield securities contract due to adverse economic conditions or for other reasons, certain liquid securities in the fund’s portfolio may become illiquid and the proportion of the fund’s assets invested in illiquid securities may significantly increase.

Prices for high yield securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These laws could adversely affect the fund’s net asset value and investment practices, the secondary market for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value of outstanding high yield securities. For example, federal legislation requiring the divestiture by federally insured savings and loan associations of their investments in high yield bonds and limiting the deductibility of interest by certain corporate issuers of high yield bonds adversely affected the market in recent years.

High Yield Corporate Securities.     While the market values of securities rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities, the values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated securities. In addition, such securities present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of these securities are often highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them, so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater than with investment grade securities because such securities generally are unsecured and subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. The fund also may incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings.

The development of a market for high yield non-U.S. corporate securities has been a relatively recent phenomenon. On the other hand, the market for high yield U.S. corporate debt securities is more established than that for high yield non-U.S. corporate debt securities, but has undergone significant changes in the past and may undergo significant changes in the future.

High yield non-U.S. and U.S. corporate securities in which the fund may invest include bonds, debentures, notes, commercial paper and preferred stock and will generally be unsecured. Most of the debt securities will bear interest at fixed rates. However, the fund may also invest in corporate debt securities with variable rates of interest or which involve equity features, such as contingent interest or participations based on revenues, sales or profits (i.e., interest or other payments, often in addition to a fixed rate of return, that are based on the borrower’s attainment of specified levels of revenues, sales or profits and thus enable the holder of the security to share in the potential success of the venture).

High Yield Foreign Sovereign Debt Securities.     Investing in fixed and floating rate high yield foreign sovereign debt securities, especially in emerging market countries, will expose the fund to the direct or indirect consequences of political, social or economic changes in the countries that issue the securities or in which the issuers are located. The ability and willingness of sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market

 

24


countries or the governmental authorities that control repayment of their external debt to pay principal and interest on such debt when due may depend on general economic and political conditions within the relevant country. Certain countries in which the fund may invest, especially emerging market countries, have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty or instability. Additional factors which may influence the ability or willingness to service debt include, but are not limited to, a country’s cash flow situation, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of its debt service burden to the economy as a whole, and its government’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and other international agencies.

The ability of a foreign sovereign obligor, especially in emerging market countries, to make timely payments on its external debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the obligor’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credits and investments, fluctuations in interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities or whose economy depends on certain strategic imports could be vulnerable to fluctuations in international prices of these commodities or imports. To the extent that a country receives payment for its exports in currencies other than U.S. dollars, its ability to make debt payments denominated in U.S. dollars could be adversely affected. If a foreign sovereign obligor cannot generate sufficient earnings from foreign trade to service its external debt, it may need to depend on continuing loans and aid from foreign governments, commercial banks and multilateral organizations, and inflows of foreign investment. The commitment on the part of these foreign governments, multilateral organizations and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the government’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of its obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds, which may further impair the obligor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. The ability to service external debt will also depend on the level of the relevant government’s international currency reserves and its access to foreign exchange. Currency devaluation may affect the ability of a sovereign obligor to obtain sufficient foreign exchange to service its external debt. The risks enumerated above are particularly heightened with regard to issuers in emerging market countries.

As a result of the foregoing, a governmental obligor, especially in an emerging market country, may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, the fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign sovereign debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign sovereign debt obligations in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements.

Sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. These obligors have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements or converting outstanding principal and unpaid interest to Brady Bonds, and obtaining new credit to finance interest payments. Holders of certain foreign sovereign debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the Brady Bonds and other foreign sovereign debt securities in which the fund may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit which may adversely affect the fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants. See “Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers” in this section.

 

25


Distressed Debt Securities.     Distressed debt securities are debt securities that are purchased in the secondary market and are the subject of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by the fund or are rated in the lower rating categories (Ca or lower by Moody’s and CC or lower by S&P) or which, if unrated, are in the judgment of the subadviser of equivalent quality. Investment in distressed debt securities is speculative and involves significant risk. The risks associated with high yield securities are heightened by investing in distressed debt securities.

The fund will generally make such investments only when the subadviser believes it is reasonably likely that the issuer of the distressed debt securities will make an exchange offer or will be the subject of a plan of reorganization pursuant to which the fund will received new securities (e.g., equity securities). However, there can be no assurance that such an exchange offer will be made or that such a plan of reorganization will be adopted. In addition, a significant period of time may pass between the time at which the fund makes its investment in distressed debt securities and the time that any such exchange offer or plan of reorganization is completed. During this period, it is unlikely that the fund will receive any interest payments on the distressed debt securities, the fund will be subject to significant uncertainty as to whether or not the exchange offer or plan will be completed and the fund may be required to bear certain extraordinary expenses to protect or recover its investment. Even if an exchange offer is made or plan or reorganization is adopted with respect to the distressed debt securities held by the fund, there can be no assurance that the securities or other assets received by the fund in connection with such exchange offer or plan or reorganization will not have a lower value or income potential than may have been anticipated when the investment was made. Moreover, any securities received by the fund upon completion of an exchange offer or plan of reorganization may be restricted as to resale. As a result of the fund’s participation in negotiations with respect to any exchange offer or plan of reorganization with respect to an issuer of distressed debt securities, the fund may be restricted from disposing of such securities. The fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in such securities.

Illiquid Securities.     The fund may purchase securities for which there is a limited trading market or which are subject to restrictions on resale to the public, or restricted securities. Restricted securities are generally securities that have been sold in the United States without registration under applicable securities laws, and are thus subject to restrictions on resale, except for those eligible for resale under Rule 144A. If the fund must sell restricted securities at times which otherwise might be considered to be disadvantageous (to satisfy redemptions, for example), the fund might receive lower proceeds from such sales than it had expected to realize. Investments in securities which are “restricted” may involve added expenses to the fund should the fund be required to bear registration costs with respect to such securities. The fund could also be delayed in disposing of such securities which might have an adverse effect upon the price and timing of sales and the liquidity of the fund.

If the fund were to assume substantial positions in securities with limited trading markets, the activities of the fund could have an adverse effect upon the liquidity and marketability of such securities and the fund might not be able to dispose of its holdings in those securities at then current market prices. Restricted securities and securities for which there is a limited trading market may be significantly more difficult to value due to the unavailability of reliable market quotations for such securities, and investment in such securities may have an adverse impact on net asset value. See also “Rule 144A Securities” in this section.

Inverse Floating Rate Obligations.     Inverse floating rate obligations, or “inverse floaters” have coupon rates that vary inversely at a multiple of a designated floating rate (which typically is determined by reference to an index rate, but may also be determined through a dutch auction or a remarketing agent) (the “reference rate”). Inverse floaters may constitute a class of CMOs with a coupon rate that moves inversely to a designated index, such as London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or Cost of Funds Index (COFI). Any rise in the reference rate of an inverse floater (as a consequence of an increase in interest rates) causes a drop in the coupon rate while any drop in the reference rate of an inverse floater causes an increase in the coupon rate. In addition, like most other fixed income securities, the value of inverse floaters will generally decrease as interest rates increase.

 

26


Inverse floaters exhibit substantially greater price volatility than fixed rate obligations having similar credit quality, redemption provisions and maturity, and inverse floater CMOs exhibit greater price volatility than the majority of mortgage pass-through securities or CMOs. In addition, some inverse floater CMOs exhibit extreme sensitivity to changes in prepayments. As a result, the yield to maturity of an inverse floater CMO is sensitive not only to changes in interest rates but also to changes in prepayment rates on the related underlying mortgage assets.

Loan Participations and Assignments.     Loan Participations and Assignments are interests in loans and therefore are considered to be investments in debt securities. If the fund purchases a Loan Participation, the fund typically will have a contractual relationship only with the Lender that sold the Participation, and not with the borrower. The fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the Lender selling the Participation and only upon receipt by the Lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing Loan Participations, the fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the Loan agreement relating to the Loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the fund may not benefit directly from any collateral supporting the Loan in which it has purchased the Participation. As a result, the fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the Lender that is selling the Participation. In the event of the insolvency of the Lender selling a Participation, the fund may be treated as a general creditor of the Lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the Lender and the borrower. The fund will acquire Loan Participations only if the Lender interpositioned between the fund and the borrower is determined by the subadviser to be creditworthy. When the fund purchases Assignments from Lenders, the fund will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the Loan, except that under certain circumstances such rights may be more limited than those held by the assigning Lender.

The fund may have difficulty disposing of Assignments and Loan Participations. In certain cases, the market for such instruments is not highly liquid, and therefore the fund anticipates that in such cases such instruments could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a highly liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments and will have an adverse impact on the fund’s ability to dispose of particular Assignments or Loan Participations in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower.

The fund’s Board has adopted policies and procedures for the purpose of determining whether holdings are liquid or illiquid. The determination as to whether a particular Loan Participation or Assignment is liquid or illiquid, depends upon the frequency of quotes, the number of dealers willing to sell and the number of potential purchasers, the nature of the Loan Participation or Assignment, the time needed to dispose of it and the contractual provisions of the relevant documentation. To the extent that liquid Assignments and Loan Participation that the fund holds become illiquid, due to the lack of sufficient buyers or market or other conditions, the percentage of the fund’s assets invested in illiquid assets would increase.

In valuing a Loan Participation or Assignment held by the fund for which a secondary trading market exists, the fund will rely upon prices or quotations provided by banks, dealers or pricing services. To the extent a secondary trading market does not exist, the fund’s Loan Participations and Assignments will be valued in accordance with procedures adopted by the fund’s Board, taking into consideration, among other factors: (i) the creditworthiness of the borrower under the Loan and of the Lender; (ii) the current interest rate, the period until next rate reset and the maturity of the Loan; (iii) recent prices in the market for similar Loans; and (iv) recent prices in the market for instruments of similar quality, rate, period until next interest rate reset and maturity. See “Net Asset Value.”

Loans of Portfolio Securities.     The procedure for the lending of portfolio securities by the fund to brokers or dealers or other financial institutions will include the following features and conditions. The borrower of the securities will deposit cash or liquid securities with the fund in an amount equal to a minimum of 100% of the market value of the securities lent. The fund will invest the cash collateral in short-term debt securities, money market funds or cash equivalents and earn the interest thereon. A negotiated portion of the income so earned may be paid to the borrower and/or the lending agent who arranged the loan. If the fund receives securities as

 

27


collateral, the fund will receive a fee from the Borrower. If the value of the collateral drops below the required minimum at any time, the borrower may be called upon to post additional collateral. If the additional collateral is not paid, the loan will be immediately due and, if unpaid, the fund may use the collateral or its own cash to replace the securities by purchase in the open market charging any loss to the borrower. These will be “demand” loans and may be terminated by the fund or the borrower at any time. The fund will receive the equivalent of any dividends and interest paid on the securities lent and the loans will be structured to assure that the fund will be able to exercise its voting rights on the securities by terminating the loan. Because the borrower may terminate a loan at any time and return the loaned security to the fund, the fund bears the risk that it will be required to return the cash collateral underlying the loan at a time when the value of cash, as invested by the fund, has declined. The risks of lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of secured credit, also consist of possible delay in receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially, or loss in the event that the value of the collateral, at the time of a default by the borrower, is less than the market value of the securities loaned. Loans will be made to firms deemed by the subadviser to be of good standing and will not be made unless, in the judgment of the subadviser the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk.

Money Market Instruments.     Money market instruments are short-term debt obligations including U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities, repurchase agreements and certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association, repurchase agreements. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Under current regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Company, the maximum insurance payable as to any one certificate of deposit is $100,000; therefore, certificates of deposit purchased by the fund may not be fully insured. Money market instruments also include commercial paper and bankers acceptances and bank time deposits. Bankers acceptances are short-term credit instruments used to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is then “accepted” by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of interest for a specific maturity. Bank time deposits are monies kept on deposit with banks or savings and loan associations for a stated period of time at a fixed rate of interest. There may be penalties for the early withdrawal of such time deposits, in which case the yields of these investments will be reduced. See also “Bank Obligations,” “Commercial Paper,” “Structured Instruments” and “U.S. Government Obligations” in this section.

Mortgage-Backed Securities.     The following describes certain characteristics of mortgage-backed securities. It should be noted that new types of mortgage-backed securities are developed and marketed from time to time and that the fund may invest in those new types of mortgage-backed securities to the extent consistent with its investment objectives.

Background .    Mortgage-backed securities were introduced in the 1970s when the first pool of mortgage loans was converted into a mortgage pass-through security. Since the 1970s, the mortgage-backed securities market has vastly expanded and a variety of structures have been developed to meet investor needs.

Yield Characteristics.     Interest and principal payments on mortgage-backed securities are typically made monthly, and principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if the fund purchases such a security at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity. Conversely, if the fund purchases these securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase, while slower than expected prepayments will reduce, yield to maturity.

 

28


Prepayments on a pool of mortgage loans are influenced by a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors, including changes in mortgagors’ housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors’ net equity in the mortgaged properties and servicing decisions. Generally, however, prepayments on fixed rate mortgage loans will increase during a period of falling interest rates. Accordingly, amounts available for reinvestment by the fund are likely to be greater during a period of relatively low interest rates and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of relatively high interest rates. This prepayment effect has been particularly pronounced during recent years as borrowers have refinanced higher interest rate mortgages into lower interest rate mortgages available in the marketplace. On the other hand, during periods of rising interest rates, prepayments tend to be reduced, effectively extending the maturities of the securities, at a time when the securities may have a lower yield than other available instruments. As a result, mortgage-backed securities may decrease in value as a result of increases in interest rates and may benefit less than other fixed income securities from declining interest rates because of the risk of prepayment.

Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Securities.     Guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities are mortgage pass-through securities representing participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans originated by U.S. governmental or private lenders and guaranteed, to the extent provided in such securities, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities. Any guarantee of such securities runs only to principal and interest payments on the securities and not to the market value of such securities or the principal and interest payments on the underlying mortgages. In addition, the guarantee only runs to the portfolio securities held by the fund and not to the purchase of shares of the fund. Such securities, which are ownership interests in the underlying mortgage loans, differ from conventional debt securities, which provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts (usually semi-annually) and principal payments at maturity or on specified call dates. Mortgage pass-through securities provide for monthly payments that are a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the guarantor of such securities and the servicer of the underlying mortgage loans. Guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities are often sold on a to-be-acquired or “TBA” basis. Such securities are typically sold one to three months in advance of issuance, prior to the identification of the underlying pools of mortgage securities but with the interest payment provisions fixed in advance. The underlying pools of mortgage securities are identified shortly before settlement and must meet certain parameters.

The guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities in which the fund may invest may include those issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae (“Ginnie Mae Certificates”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae Certificates”) and Freddie Mac (“Freddie Mac Certificates”).

Ginnie Mae Certificates.     Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality of the United States within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The full faith and credit of the U.S. government is pledged to the payment of amounts that may be required to be paid under any guarantee, but not as to the market value of such securities. The Ginnie Mae Certificates will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iv) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (v) mortgage loans on multifamily residential properties under construction; (vi) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (vii) fixed rate mortgage loans as to which escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrower’s monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loans (“buydown” mortgage loans); (viii) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments in payments based on periodic changes in interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (ix) mortgage-backed serial notes. All of these mortgage loans will be Federal Housing Administration Loans (“FHA Loans”) or Veterans’ Administration Loans (“VA Loans”) and, except as otherwise specified above, will be fully amortizing loans secured by first liens on one- to four-family housing units.

Fannie Mae Certificates.     Fannie Mae is a government sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders. It is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will entitle the registered holder thereof to receive amounts representing such holder’s

 

29


pro rata interest in scheduled principal payments and interest payments (at such Fannie Mae Certificate’s pass-through rate, which is net of any servicing and guarantee fees on the underlying mortgage loans), and any principal prepayments on the mortgage loans in the pool represented by such Fannie Mae Certificate and such holder’s proportionate interest in the full principal amount of any foreclosed or otherwise finally liquidated mortgage loan. The full and timely payment of principal of and interest on each Fannie Mae Certificate, but not the market value thereof, will be guaranteed by Fannie Mae, which guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of FHA Loans, VA Loans or conventional mortgage loans (i.e., mortgage loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency) of the following types: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iv) variable rate California mortgage loans; (v) other adjustable rate mortgage loans; and (vi) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects.

Freddie Mac Certificates.     Freddie Mac is a government sponsored corporation owned by private stockholders. Freddie Mac guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac Certificate ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, but does not, generally, guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal or the market value of the securities. Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of collection of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage loan, but not later than 30 days following: (i) foreclosure sale; (ii) payment of a claim by any mortgage insurer; or (iii) the expiration of any right of redemption, whichever occurs later, but in any event no later than one year after demand has been made upon the mortgagor for accelerated payment of principal. The obligations of Freddie Mac under its guarantee are obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

Freddie Mac Certificates represent a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage loans (a “Freddie Mac Certificate group”) purchased by Freddie Mac. The mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac Certificates will consist of fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten and thirty years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one- to four-family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

Recent accounting issues at Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have resulted in turnover of top management at those entities and have led to increased congressional scrutiny and proposals for changes to how these government sponsored entities are regulated. It is unclear what effect that any such changes, if implemented, would have on the fund or on its investment in certificates issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls.     In mortgage “dollar rolls” the fund sells mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar (same type, coupon and maturity) securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, the fund foregoes principal and interest paid on the mortgage-backed securities. The fund is compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. At the time the fund enters into a mortgage “dollar roll,” it will establish a segregated account with its custodian bank in which it will maintain cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid assets equal in value to its obligations in respect of dollar rolls, and accordingly, such dollar rolls will not be considered borrowings. Mortgage dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities the fund is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. In the event the buyer of securities under a mortgage dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the fund’s use of proceeds of the dollar roll may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities. See also “Mortgage-Backed Securities” in this section.

 

30


Non-Diversification.     The fund is classified as a “non-diversified” fund under the 1940 Act, which means that the fund is not limited by the 1940 Act in the proportion of its assets that may be invested in the obligations of a single issuer. The fund, however, intends to comply with the diversification requirements imposed by the Code in order to continue to qualify as a regulated investment company. To the extent the fund invests a greater proportion of its assets in the securities of a smaller number of issuers, the fund may be more susceptible to any single economic, political or regulatory occurrence than a more widely diversified fund and may be subject to greater risk of loss with respect to its portfolio securities.

Preferred Stock.     Preferred stocks, like common stocks, represent an equity ownership in an issuer, but generally have a priority claim over common stocks, but not over debt, with respect to dividend payments and upon the liquidation or bankruptcy of the issuer. Therefore, preferred stock is subject to the credit risk of the issuer, but because of its subordinate position to debt obligations of the issuer, the deterioration of the credit of an issuer is likely to cause greater decreases in the value of preferred stock than in more senior debt obligations. The market value of preferred stocks with no conversion rights and fixed dividend rates, like fixed income securities, tends to move inversely with interest rates, with the price determined by the dividend rate. However, because most preferred stocks do not have a fixed maturity date (although they may have call features giving the issuer the right to call the securities under certain circumstances or redemption features giving the holder the right to cause the issuer to repurchase the securities under certain circumstances), these securities generally will fluctuate more in value when interest rates change than, for example, debt issued by the same issuer. Some preferred stocks may pay dividends at an adjustable rate, based on an auction, an index or other formula. In the absence of credit deterioration, adjustable rate preferred stocks tend to have less price volatility than fixed rate preferred stocks.

Unlike common stocks, preferred stocks do not typically have voting rights. Some preferred stocks have convertible features. See also “Convertible Securities” in this section.

Privately-Issued Mortgage Securities.     Privately-issued mortgage securities are mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers and may entail greater risk than mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Privately-issued mortgage securities are issued by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment banks, savings and loan associations and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Since privately-issued mortgage certificates are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of Ginnie Mae or Freddie Mac, such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement. Such credit support falls into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the pass-through of payments due on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default enhances the likelihood of ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. Such protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches.

The ratings of mortgage securities for which third-party credit enhancement provides liquidity protection or protection against losses from default are generally dependent upon the continued creditworthiness of the provider of the credit enhancement. The ratings of such securities could be subject to reduction in the event of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the credit enhancement provider even in cases where the delinquency and loss experience on the underlying pool of assets is better than expected. There can be no assurance that the private issuers or credit enhancers of mortgage-backed securities can meet their obligations under the relevant policies or other forms of credit enhancement.

Examples of credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include “senior-subordinated securities” (multiple class securities with one or more classes subordinate to other classes as to the payment of principal thereof and interest thereon, with the result that defaults on the underlying assets are borne first by the

 

31


holders of the subordinated class), creation of “reserve funds” (where cash or investments sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying assets are held in reserve against future losses) and “over-collateralization” (where the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying assets exceed those required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information with respect to the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that which is anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in such security. See also “Mortgage-Backed Securities” in this section.

Recent Market Events

The fixed-income markets are experiencing a period of extreme volatility which has negatively impacted market liquidity conditions. Initially, the concerns on the part of market participants were focused on the subprime segment of the mortgage-backed securities market. However, these concerns have since expanded to include a broad range of mortgage- and asset-backed and other fixed-income securities, including those rated investment grade, the U.S. and international credit and interbank money markets generally, and a wide range of financial institutions and markets, asset classes and sectors. As a result, fixed-income instruments are experiencing liquidity issues, increased price volatility, credit downgrades, and increased likelihood of default. Securities that are less liquid are more difficult to value and may be hard to dispose of. Domestic and international equity markets have also been experiencing heightened volatility and turmoil, with issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets particularly affected. During times of market turmoil, investors tend to look to the safety of securities issued or backed by the U.S. Treasury, causing the prices of these securities to rise, and the yield to decline. These events and the continuing market upheavals may have an adverse effect on the fund.

The fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), including those that are issued by private issuers, and therefore may have some exposure to subprime loans as well as to the mortgage and credit markets generally. Private issuers include commercial banks, savings associations, mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies and special purpose finance entities (called special purpose vehicles or SPVs) and other entities that acquire and package mortgage loans for resale as MBS. Unlike MBS issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its sponsored entities, MBS issued by private issuers do not have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee, but may have credit enhancement provided by external entities such as banks or financial institutions or achieved through the structuring of the transaction itself. Examples of such credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include the issue of senior and subordinated securities (e.g., the issuance of securities by an SPV in multiple classes or “tranches,” with one or more classes being senior to other subordinated classes as to the payment of principal and interest, with the result that defaults on the underlying mortgage loans are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class); creation of “reserve funds” (in which case cash or investments, sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying mortgage loans, are held in reserve against future losses); and “overcollateralization” (in which case the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying mortgage loans exceed that required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). However, there can be no guarantee that credit enhancements, if any, will be sufficient to prevent losses in the event of defaults on the underlying mortgage loans.

In addition, MBS that are issued by private issuers are not subject to the underwriting requirements for the underlying mortgages that are applicable to those MBS that have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee. As a result, the mortgage loans underlying private MBS may, and frequently do, have less favorable collateral, credit risk or other underwriting characteristics than government or government-sponsored MBS and have wider variances in a number of terms including interest rate, term, size, purpose and borrower characteristics. Privately issued pools more frequently include second mortgages, high loan-to-value mortgages and manufactured housing loans. The coupon rates and maturities of the underlying mortgage loans in a private-label MBS pool may vary to a greater extent than those included in a government guaranteed pool, and the pool may include subprime mortgage loans. Subprime loans refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit

 

32


histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans. For these reasons, the loans underlying these securities have had in many cases higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements.

The risk of non-payment is greater for MBS that are backed by mortgage pools that contain subprime loans, but a level of risk exists for all loans. Market factors adversely affecting mortgage loan repayments may include a general economic turndown, high unemployment, a general slowdown in the real estate market, a drop in the market prices of real estate, or an increase in interest rates resulting in higher mortgage payments by holders of adjustable rate mortgages.

If the fund purchases subordinated MBS, the subordinated MBS may serve as a credit support for the senior securities purchased by other investors. In addition, the payments of principal and interest on these subordinated securities generally will be made only after payments are made to the holders of securities senior to the fund’s securities. Therefore, if there are defaults on the underlying mortgage loans, the fund will be less likely to receive payments of principal and interest, and will be more likely to suffer a loss.

Privately issued MBS are not traded on an exchange and there may be a limited market for the securities, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, MBS held in the fund’s portfolio may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loans.

The fund may also purchase asset-backed securities (“ABS”) that have many of the same characteristics and risks as the MBS described above, except that ABS may be backed by non-real-estate loans, leases or receivables such as auto, credit card or home equity loans.

The fund may purchase commercial paper, including asset-backed commercial paper (“ABCP”) that is issued by structured investment vehicles or other conduits. These conduits may be sponsored by mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies, hedge funds, private equity firms and special purpose finance entities. ABCP typically refers to a debt security with an original term to maturity of up to 270 days, the payment of which is supported by cash flows from underlying assets, or one or more liquidity or credit support providers, or both. Assets backing ABCP, which may be included in revolving pools of assets with large numbers of obligors, include credit card, car loan and other consumer receivables and home or commercial mortgages, including subprime mortgages. The repayment of ABCP issued by a conduit depends primarily on the cash collections received from the conduit’s underlying asset portfolio and the conduit’s ability to issue new ABCP. Therefore, there could be losses to the fund investing in ABCP in the event of credit or market value deterioration in the conduit’s underlying portfolio, mismatches in the timing of the cash flows of the underlying asset interests and the repayment obligations of maturing ABCP, or the conduit’s inability to issue new ABCP. To protect investors from these risks, ABCP programs may be structured with various protections, such as credit enhancement, liquidity support, and commercial paper stop-issuance and wind-down triggers. However there can be no guarantee that these protections will be sufficient to prevent losses to investors in ABCP.

Some ABCP programs provide for an extension of the maturity date of the ABCP if, on the related maturity date, the conduit is unable to access sufficient liquidity through the issue of additional ABCP. This may delay the sale of the underlying collateral and the fund may incur a loss if the value of the collateral deteriorates during the extension period. Alternatively, if collateral for ABCP commercial paper deteriorates in value, the collateral may be required to be sold at inopportune times or at prices insufficient to repay the principal and interest on the ABCP. ABCP programs may provide for the issuance of subordinated notes as an additional form of credit enhancement. The subordinated notes are typically of a lower credit quality and have a higher risk of default. A fund purchasing these subordinated notes will therefore have a higher likelihood of loss than investors in the senior notes.

 

33


The fund may also invest in other types of fixed-income securities which are subordinated or “junior” to more senior securities of the issuer, or which represent interests in pools of such subordinated or junior securities. Such securities may include preferred stock. Under the terms of subordinated securities, payments that would otherwise be made to their holders may be required to be made to the holders of more senior securities, and/or the subordinated or junior securities may have junior liens, if they have any rights at all, in any collateral (meaning proceeds of the collateral are required to be paid first to the holders of more senior securities). As a result, subordinated or junior securities will be disproportionately adversely affected by a default or even a perceived decline in creditworthiness of the issuer.

The fund’s compliance with its investment restrictions and limitations is usually determined at the time of investment. If the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates after purchase by the fund, or if the maturity of a security is extended after purchase by the fund, the portfolio managers will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Certain mortgage- or asset-backed securities may provide, upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults, for the investors to become the holders of the underlying assets. In that case a fund may become the holder of securities that it could not otherwise purchase, based on its investment strategies or its investment restrictions and limitations, at a time when such securities may be difficult to dispose of because of adverse market conditions.

Real Estate Investment Trusts.     Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”) are entities which either own properties or make construction or mortgage loans. Equity REITs may also include operating or finance companies. Equity REITs own real estate directly and the value of, and income earned by, the trust depends upon the income of the underlying properties and the rental income they earn. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. The fund may only invest in equity REITs that are registered under the 1933 Act and are readily marketable The value of securities issued by REITs are affected by tax and regulatory requirements and by perceptions of management skill. They are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers or tenants, self-liquidation, the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free status under the Code and failing to maintain exemption from the 1940 Act.

Repurchase Agreements.     The fund may enter into repurchase agreements for cash management purposes. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the seller of a security commits itself at the time of the sale to repurchase that security from the fund, as the buyer, at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase agreement thereby determines the yield during the purchaser’s holding period, while the seller’s obligation to repurchase is secured by the value of the underlying security. A fund’s custodian will have custody of, and will hold in a segregated account, securities acquired by the fund under a repurchase agreement. Repurchase agreements are considered by the staff of the SEC to be loans by the fund. Repurchase agreements could involve risks in the event of a default or insolvency of the other party to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions upon the fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities.

The fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with dealers, banks or recognized financial institutions which, in the opinion of the manager, are deemed creditworthy. The manager will monitor the value of the securities underlying the repurchase agreement at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement to ensure that the value of the securities always equals or exceeds the repurchase price. The fund requires that additional securities be deposited if the value of the securities purchased decreases below their resale price and bears the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security if the seller defaults under the repurchase obligation. In the event of default by the seller under the repurchase agreement, the fund could experience losses and experience delays in connection with the disposition of the underlying securities. To the extent that, in the meantime, the value of the securities that the fund has purchased has decreased, the fund could experience a loss. Repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days will be treated as illiquid securities by the fund.

Restricted Securities.     See “Illiquid Securities” and “Rule 144A Securities” in this section.

 

34


Reverse Repurchase Agreements.     A reverse repurchase agreement involves the sale of portfolio securities by the fund to a broker-dealer or other financial institution, with an agreement by the fund to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment and are considered borrowings by the fund and are subject to any borrowing limitations set forth under “Investment Restrictions and Limitations” in this SAI. A fund may have an opportunity to earn a greater rate of interest on the investment of the cash proceeds of the sale than the fund is required to pay to the counterparty. However, opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid by the fund under the reverse repurchase agreement may not always be available. The use of reverse repurchase agreements involves the speculative factor known as “leverage” and may exaggerate any interim increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s assets. If the fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, the fund will maintain assets with its custodian having a value equal to or greater than the value of its commitments under the agreement. The fund’s liquidity and ability to manage its assets may be adversely affected when it sets aside cash or securities to cover its commitments. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the fund may decline below the repurchase price of those securities, that the assets purchased with the proceeds of the agreement decline in value, or that the buyer under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent. See also “Borrowing” in this section.

Rule 144A Securities.     The fund may purchase Rule 144A securities, which may be sold to “qualified institutional buyers,” as defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the 1933 Act. Rule 144A provides an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act for the resale of certain restricted securities to qualified institutional buyers.

If there is a secondary market for such securities, Rule 144A securities may be considered liquid securities if so determined by or on behalf of the fund’s Board. The Board may delegate the day-to-day function of determining liquidity to the fund’s investment adviser, provided that the Board retains oversight. The Board of the fund has adopted policies and procedures for the purpose of determining whether securities that are eligible for resales under Rule 144A are liquid or illiquid. Pursuant to those policies and procedures, each Board has delegated to the subadviser the determination as to whether a particular security is liquid or illiquid requiring that consideration be given to, among other things, the frequency of trades and quotes for the security, the number of dealers willing to sell the security and the number of potential purchasers, dealer undertakings to make a market in the security, the nature of the security and the time needed to dispose of the security. The fund’s Board periodically reviews fund purchases and sales of Rule 144A securities.

To the extent that liquid Rule 144A securities that the fund holds become illiquid, due to the lack of sufficient qualified institutional buyers or market or other conditions, the percentage of the fund’s assets invested in illiquid assets would increase. The subadviser, under the supervision of the fund’s Board, will monitor fund investments in Rule 144A securities and will consider appropriate measures to enable the fund to meet any investment limitations and to maintain sufficient liquidity for operating purposes and to meet redemption requests.

Short Sales .    A short sale is a transaction in which the fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of that security. To effect a short sale, the fund arranges through a broker to borrow the security it does not own to be delivered to a buyer of such security. In borrowing the security to be delivered to the buyer, the fund will become obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. A short sale results in a gain when the price of the securities sold short declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which a security is purchased to replace the borrowed security. Conversely, a short sale will result in a loss if the price of the security sold short increases. Short selling is a technique that may be considered speculative and involves risk beyond the amount of money used to secure each transaction.

When the fund makes a short sale, the broker effecting the short sale typically holds the proceeds as part of the collateral securing the fund’s obligation to cover the short position. The fund may use securities it owns to

 

35


meet such collateral obligations. Generally, the fund may not keep, and must return to the lender, any dividends or interest that accrue on the borrowed security during the period of the loan. Depending on the arrangements with a broker or the custodian, the fund may or may not receive any payments (including interest) on collateral it designates as security for the broker.

In addition, until the fund closes its short position or replaces the borrowed security, the fund, pursuant to the 1940 Act, will designate liquid assets it owns (other than short sale proceeds) as segregated assets in an amount equal to its obligation to purchase the securities sold short. The amount segregated in this manner will be increased or decreased each business day (called marked-to-the-market) in an amount equal to the changes in the market value of the fund’s obligation to purchase the security sold short. This may limit the fund’s investment flexibility as well as its ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

The fund will realize a gain if the price of a security declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which the fund purchases a security to replace the borrowed security. On the other hand, the fund will incur a loss if the price of the security increases between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased and the amount of any loss increased by any premium or interest that the fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. It should be noted that possible losses from short sales differ from those that could arise from a cash investment in a security in that losses from a short sale may be limitless, while the losses from a cash investment in a security cannot exceed the total amount of the investment in the security.

Short Sales Against the Box .    The fund may enter into a short sale of common stock such that when the short position is open the fund owns an amount of preferred stocks or debt securities, convertible or exchangeable, without payment of further consideration, into an equal number of shares of the common stock sold short. This kind of short sale, which is described as “against the box,” will be entered into by the fund for the purpose of receiving a portion of the interest earned by the executing broker from the proceeds of the sale. The proceeds of the sale will be held by the broker until the settlement date when the fund delivers the convertible securities to close out its short position. Although prior to delivery the fund will have to pay an amount equal to any dividends paid on the common stock sold short, the fund will receive the dividends from the preferred stock or interest from the debt securities convertible into the stock sold short, plus a portion of the interest earned from the proceeds of the short sale. The fund will deposit, in a segregated account with its custodian, convertible preferred stock or convertible debt securities in connection with short sales against the box.

Smaller Market Capitalization Companies.     Investments in companies with smaller market capitalizations, including companies generally considered to be small cap and mid cap companies, may involve greater risks and volatility than investments in larger companies. Companies with smaller market capitalizations may be at an earlier stage of development, may be subject to greater business risks, may have limited product lines, limited financial resources and less depth in management than more established companies. In addition, these companies may have difficulty withstanding competition from larger more established companies in their industries. The securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations may be thinly traded (and therefore have to be sold at a discount from current market prices or sold in small lots over an extended period of time), may be followed by fewer investment research analysts and may be subject to wider price swings and thus may create a greater chance of loss than investing in securities of larger capitalization companies. In addition, transaction costs in smaller capitalization stocks may be higher than those of larger capitalization companies.

Sovereign Debt.     Sovereign debt is debt issued or guaranteed by foreign governments (including countries, provinces and municipalities) or their agencies and instrumentalities. Sovereign debt may trade at a substantial discount from face value. Emerging-market country sovereign debt involves a high degree of risk, is generally lower-quality debt, and is considered speculative in nature. The issuer or governmental authorities that control sovereign-debt repayment (“sovereign debtors”) may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due in accordance with the terms of the debt. A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash-flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of

 

36


the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor’s policy towards the IMF, and the political constraints to which the sovereign debtor may be subject. Sovereign debtors may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearage on their debt. The commitment of these third parties to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the sovereign debtor’s implementation of economic reforms or economic performance and the timely service of the debtor’s obligations. The sovereign debtor’s failure to meet these conditions may cause these third parties to cancel their commitments to provide funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair the debtor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. See also “Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers,” “Supranational Debt Obligations” and “High Yield Securities—High Yield Foreign Sovereign Debt Securities” in this section.

Stand-by Commitments.     A stand-by commitment involves the purchase of municipal securities by the fund together with the right to resell them to the seller or a third party at an agreed-upon price or yield within specified periods prior to their maturity dates. Such a right to resell is commonly known as a stand-by commitment, and the aggregate price which the fund pays for securities with a stand-by commitment may increase the cost, and thereby reduce the yield, of the security. The primary purpose of this practice is to provide the fund with liquidity as needed. Stand-by commitments involve certain expenses and risks, including the inability of the issuer of the commitment to pay for the securities at the time the commitment is exercised, non-marketability of the commitment, and differences between the maturity of the underlying security and the maturity of the commitment. See also “Firm Commitments” in this section.

Stripped Mortgage Securities.     Stripped mortgage securities may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Stripped mortgage securities have greater volatility than other types of mortgage securities. Although stripped mortgage securities are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, the market for such securities has not yet been fully developed. Accordingly, stripped mortgage securities are generally illiquid.

Stripped mortgage securities are structured with two or more classes of securities that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have at least one class receiving only a small portion of the interest and a larger portion of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive primarily interest and only a small portion of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (“IO” or interest-only), while the other class will receive all of the principal (“PO” or principal-only class). The yield to maturity on IOs, POs and other mortgage-backed securities that are purchased at a substantial premium or discount generally are extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on such securities’ yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities even if the securities have received the highest rating by a nationally recognized statistical rating organizations.

Structured Instruments.     Structured instruments are money market instruments that have been structured to meet the regulatory requirements for investment by money market funds, typically by a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution. They generally consist of a trust or partnership through which a fund holds an interest in one or more underlying bonds or other debt obligations coupled with a conditional right to sell (“put”) the fund’s interest in the underlying bonds at par plus accrued interest to a financial institution (a “liquidity provider”). With respect to tax-exempt instruments, the instrument is typically structured as a trust or partnership which provides for pass-through tax-exempt income. Structured instruments in which the fund may invest include: (1) “tender option bonds,” which are instruments which grant the holder thereof the right to put an underlying bond at par plus accrued interest at specified intervals to a liquidity provider; (2) “swap products,” in

 

37


which the trust or partnership swaps the payments due on an underlying bond with a swap counterparty who agrees to pay a floating money market interest rate; and (3) “partnerships,” which allocate to the partners income, expenses, capital gains and losses in accordance with a governing partnership agreement. Structured instruments may be considered to be derivatives.

Supranational Debt Obligations.     Supranational entities include international organizations designated or supported by governmental entities and international banking institutions and related government agencies to promote economic reconstruction or development. Examples include the World Bank, the European Investment Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. Such supranational issued instruments may be denominated in multi-national currency units. Obligations of the World Bank and certain other supranational organizations are supported by subscribed but unpaid commitments of member countries. There is no assurance that these commitments will be undertaken or complied with in the future. See Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers, and Sovereign Debt in this section.

TBA Purchase Commitments.     TBA or “To Be Announced” purchase commitments are commitments to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date, typically not exceeding 75 to 90 days. TBA purchase commitments may be considered securities in themselves, and involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to settlement date. Unsettled TBA purchase commitments are valued at the current market value of the underlying securities and the fund will set aside cash or other liquid assets in an amount at least equal to such commitments. On delivery dates for such transactions, the fund will meet its obligations from maturities or sales of the segregated securities and/or from cash flow. If the fund chooses to dispose of the TBA security prior to its settlement, it could, as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a gain or loss due to market fluctuation. See also “When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities” in this section.

U.S. Government Obligations.     Securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities include obligations that are supported by: (a) the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury (e.g., direct pass-through certificates of the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Maes”)); (b) the limited authority of the issuer or guarantor to borrow from the U.S. Treasury (e.g., obligations of Federal Home Loan Banks); or (c) only the credit of the issuer or guarantor (e.g., obligations of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Macs”)). In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, the agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation is principally responsible for ultimate repayment.

Agencies and instrumentalities that issue or guarantee debt securities and that have been established or sponsored by the U.S. government include, in addition to those identified above, the Bank for Cooperatives, the Export-Import Bank, the Federal Farm Credit System, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Federal Land Banks, Fannie Mae and the Student Loan Marketing Association. See also “Mortgage-Backed Securities” in this section.

Warrants.     Warrants are securities which permit, but do not obligate, their holder to subscribe for other securities. Warrants are subject to the same market risks as stocks, but may be more volatile in price. Warrants do not carry the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to their underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in assets of the issuer. An investment in warrants may be considered speculative. In addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.

When-Issued Securities.     Securities purchased on a “when-issued” or on a “forward delivery” basis means that delivery of the securities occurs beyond customary settlement times. Delivery of and payment for these securities can take place a month or more after the date of the purchase commitment. The payment obligation and the interest rate that will be received on when-issued and delayed-delivery securities are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment. Due to fluctuations in the value of securities purchased or sold on a when-

 

38


issued or delayed-delivery basis, the yields obtained on such securities may be higher or lower than the yields available in the market on the dates when the investments are actually delivered to the buyers. When-issued securities may include securities purchased on a “when, as and if issued” basis, under which the issuance of the security depends on the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring. The value of such securities is subject to market fluctuation during this period and no interest or income, as applicable, accrues to the Portfolio until settlement takes place.

At the time the fund makes the commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, it will record the transaction, reflect the value each day of such securities in determining its net asset value and, if applicable, calculate the maturity for the purposes of average maturity from that date. At the time of settlement a when-issued security may be valued at less than the purchase price. To facilitate such acquisitions, the fund will identify on its books cash or liquid assets in an amount at least equal to such commitments. On delivery dates for such transactions, the fund will meet its obligations from maturities or sales of the segregated securities and/or from cash flow. If the fund chooses to dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition, it could, as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a gain or loss due to market fluctuation. When the fund engages in when-issued or delayed-delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure of the seller to do so may result in the fund’s incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price considered advantageous. See “TBA Securities” in this section.

Zero Coupon Securities, PIK Bonds and Deferred Payment Securities.     The fund may invest in zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities. A zero coupon bond pays no interest in cash to its holder during its life, although interest is accrued during that period. Its value to an investor consists of the difference between its face value at the time of maturity and the price for which it was acquired, which is generally an amount significantly less than its face value (sometimes referred to as a “deep discount” price). Because such securities usually trade at a deep discount, they will be subject to greater fluctuations of market value in response to changing interest rates than debt obligations of comparable maturities which make periodic distributions of interest. On the other hand, because there are no periodic interest payments to be reinvested prior to maturity, zero coupon securities eliminate reinvestment risk and lock in a rate of return to maturity.

The fund also may purchase PIK bonds. PIK bonds pay all or a portion of their interest in the form of debt or equity securities. Deferred payment securities are securities that remain zero coupon securities until a predetermined date, at which time the stated coupon rate becomes effective and interest becomes payable at regular intervals.

Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities tend to be subject to greater price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. The value of zero coupon securities appreciates more during periods of declining interest rates and depreciates more during periods of rising interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities may be issued by a wide variety of corporate and governmental issuers. Although these instruments are generally not traded on a national securities exchange, they are widely traded by brokers and dealers and, to such extent, will not be considered illiquid for the purposes of the fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

Current federal income tax law requires the holder of a zero coupon security, certain PIK bonds, deferred payment securities and certain other securities acquired at a discount (such as Brady Bonds) to accrue income with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. Accordingly, to avoid liability for federal income and excise taxes, the fund may be required to distribute income accrued with respect to these securities and may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements.

 

39


DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

For funds in the Legg Mason Partners family of funds, each fund’s board of trustees has adopted policies and procedures developed by LMPFA with respect to the disclosure of the funds’ portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about each fund’s portfolio securities. The policy requires that consideration always be given as to whether disclosure of information about any fund’s portfolio holdings is in the best interests of such fund’s shareholders, and that any conflicts of interest between the interests of the fund’s shareholders and those of LMPFA, the funds’ distributor or its affiliates, be addressed in a manner that places the interests of fund shareholders first. The policy provides that information regarding a fund’s portfolio holdings may not be shared with non-Legg Mason employees, with investors or potential investors (whether individual or institutional), or with third parties unless it is done for legitimate fund business purposes and in accordance with the policy.

LMPFA’s policy generally provides for the release of details of securities positions once they are considered “stale.” Data is considered stale 25 calendar days following quarter-end. LMPFA believes that this passage of time prevents a third party from benefiting from an investment decision made by a fund that has not been fully reflected by the market.

Under the policy, a fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and non-Legg Mason employees with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after calendar quarter end. Typically, simultaneous public disclosure is achieved by the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings may not be made until 25 days following quarter-end and/or posting the information to Legg Mason’s or the funds’ Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

The policy permits the release of limited portfolio holdings information that is not yet considered stale in a number of situations, including:

1. A fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

2. A fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

3. A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by a portfolio manager (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

4. A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction (i.e., brokers and custodians).

5. A fund’s sector weightings, yield and duration performance attribution (e.g. analysis of the fund’s out-performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

6. A fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its Independent Trustees and its independent public accounting firm, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

Under the policy, if information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is released pursuant to an ongoing arrangement with any party, a fund must have a legitimate business purpose for the release of the information, and either a party receiving the information must be under a duty of confidentiality, or the release of non-public information must be subject to trading restrictions and confidential treatment to prohibit the entity from sharing with an unauthorized source or trading upon any non-public information provided. Neither a fund, nor Legg Mason nor

 

40


any other affiliated person may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about a fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by a fund’s Board. The release of portfolio holdings other than in ongoing arrangements is subject to a written agreement which requires the recipient to keep the information confidential and to use the information only for the purpose specified in the agreement. The approval of a fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained prior to release of the information other than in an ongoing arrangement.

The approval of a fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions to the policy. Any exceptions to the policy must be consistent with the purposes of the policy. Exceptions are considered on a case-by-case basis and are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with LMPFA’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions to the policies are reported annually to the fund’s Board.

Currently, the funds typically disclose their complete portfolio holdings approximately 25 days after calendar quarter-end on Legg Mason’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors.

Set forth below is a list, as of August 31, 2007, of those parties with whom LMPFA, on behalf of the funds, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information, the frequency of the release under such arrangements, and the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

 

Recipient

   Frequency   

Delay Before Dissemination

State Street Bank and Trust Company (Fund Custodian and Accounting Agent)

   Daily    None

Institutional Shareholder Services
(Proxy voting services)

   As necessary    None

Bloomberg

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Lipper

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

S&P

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Morningstar

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Vestek

   Daily    None

Factset

   Daily    None

The Bank of New York

   Daily    None

Thomson

   Semi-annually    None

Dataware

   Daily    None

ITG

   Daily    None

Portfolio holdings information for a fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

 

Recipient

   Frequency     

Delay Before Dissemination

Baseline

   Daily      None

Frank Russell

   Monthly      1 Day

Callan

   Quarterly      25 Days after Quarter End

Mercer

   Quarterly      25 Days after Quarter End

eVestment Alliance

   Quarterly      25 Days after Quarter End

CRA RogersCasey

   Quarterly      25 Days after Quarter End

Cambridge Associates

   Quarterly      25 Days after Quarter End

Marco Consulting

   Quarterly      25 Days after Quarter End

 

41


Recipient

   Frequency  

Delay Before Dissemination

Wilshire

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Informa Investment Services (Efron)

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

CheckFree (Mobius)

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Nelsons Information

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Investor Tools

   Daily   None

Advent

   Daily   None

BARRA

   Daily   None

Plexus

   Quarterly (Calendar)   Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter

Elkins/McSherry

   Quarterly (Calendar)   Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter

Quantitative Services Group

   Daily   None

AMBAC

   Daily   None

Deutsche Bank

   Monthly   6-8 business days

Fitch

   Monthly   6-8 business days

Liberty Hampshire

   Weekly and Month End   None

Sun Trust

   Weekly and Month End   None

New England Pension Consultants

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Evaluation Associates

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Watson Wyatt

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

S&P (Rating Agency)

   Weekly Tuesday Night   1 business day

Moody’s (Rating Agency)

   Monthly   6-8 business days

Electra Information Systems

   Daily   None

SunGard

   Daily   None

INVESTMENT POLICIES

The fund has adopted the following fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies for the protection of shareholders. Investment policies described in this SAI are fundamental only if they are identified as such. Fundamental investment policies may not be changed without the vote of a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the fund, which is defined in the 1940 Act as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting power present at a fund meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the voting power of the fund are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the voting power of the fund.

If any percentage restriction described below is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s fundamental policies are as follows:

1.  The fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

2.  The fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

42


3.  The fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

4.  The fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

5.  The fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

6.  The fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

7.  Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the fund may not make any investment if, as a result, the fund’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of a fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate a fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently the fund does not contemplate borrowing money for leverage, but if the fund does so, it will not likely do so to a substantial degree. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit a fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities.

 

43


Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause a fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to a fund, as with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when the fund’s manager or a sub-adviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. The fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. A fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent a fund from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing senior securities except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. A fund also may borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by a fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of a fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning real estate; however, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent a fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If a fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly

 

44


or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in exchange traded funds that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (7) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy in (7) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; securities of foreign governments; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to a fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

The fund’s fundamental policies are written and will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

Under the non-fundamental investment policies adopted by the fund, the fund may not:

1.  Invest more than 10% of the value of the fund’s total assets in securities of unseasoned issuers, including their predecessors, which have been in operation for less than three years, and equity securities which are not readily marketable;

2.  Invest in companies for the purpose of exercising control or management. (The fund may on occasion be considered part of a control group of a portfolio company by reason of the size or manner of its investment, in which event the securities of such portfolio company held by the fund may not be publicly saleable unless registered under the 1933 Act or pursuant to an available exemption thereunder.);

3.  Purchase any securities on margin (except for such short-term credits as are necessary for the clearance of purchases and sales of portfolio securities and except that the fund may engage in short sales. For purposes of this restriction, the deposit or payment by the fund of securities and other assets in escrow and collateral agreements with respect to initial or maintenance margin in connection with futures contracts and related options and options on securities, indices or similar items is not considered to be the purchase of a security on margin.

4.  Purchase more than 3% of the stock of another investment company, or purchase stock of other investment companies equal to more than 5% of the fund’s net assets in the case of any one other investment company and 10% of such net assets in the case of all other investment companies in the aggregate. Any such purchase will be made only in the open market where no profit to a sponsor or dealer results from the purchase, except for the customary broker’s commission. This restriction shall not apply to investment company securities received or acquired by the fund pursuant to a merger or plan of reorganization;

 

45


5.  Purchase or hold securities of an issuer if one or more persons affiliated with the fund or with the manager owns beneficially more than 1/2 of 1% of the securities of that issuer and such persons owning more than 1/2 of 1% of such securities together own beneficially more than 5% of the securities of such issuer;

6.  Buy portfolio securities from, or sell portfolio securities to, any of the fund’s officers, Trustees or employees of its manager or distributor, or any of their officers or Directors, as principals;

7.  Purchase or sell warrants; however, the fund may invest in debt or other securities which have warrants attached (not to exceed 10% of the value of the fund’s total assets). Covered options with respect to no more than 10% in value of the fund’s total assets will be outstanding at any one time; or

8.  Invest in interest in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs.

 

46


MANAGEMENT

The business affairs of the fund are managed by or under the direction of the Board of the Trust. The Board elects officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the fund and who execute policies authorized by the Board.

The current Trustees, including the Trustees of the fund who are not “interested persons” of the fund as defined in the 1940 Act (the “Independent Trustees”), and executive officers of the fund, their birth years, their principal occupations during at least the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of funds associated with Legg Mason the Trustees oversee, and other board memberships they hold are set forth below. The address of each Trustee is c/o R. Jay Gerken, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

The following information relates to the Trust’s recently elected Board.

 

Name and Year of Birth

   Position(s)
with Fund
   Term of
Office*
and
Length of
Time
Served **
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
   Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During

Past Five Years

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:

              

Paul R. Ades

Born 1940

   Trustee    Since
1983
   Law firm of Paul R. Ades, PLLC (since 2000)    47    None

Andrew L. Breech

Born 1952

   Trustee    Since
1991
   President, Dealer Operating Control Service, Inc. (automotive retail management) (since 1985)    47    None

Dwight B. Crane

Born 1937

   Trustee    Since
1981
   Independent Consultant (since 1969); formerly, Professor, Harvard Business School (1969 to 2007)    49    None

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

Born 1934

   Trustee    Since
1981
   Retired; formerly, President and Director, Book Publishing Co. (1970 to 2002)    47    None

Frank G. Hubbard

Born 1937

   Trustee    Since
1993
   President, Avatar International Inc. (business development) (since 1998)    47    None

Howard J. Johnson

Born 1938

   Trustee    From 1981
to 1998
and 2000
to Present
   Chief Executive Officer, Genesis Imaging LLC (technology company) (since 2003)    47    None

David E. Maryatt

Born 1936

   Trustee    Since
1983
   Private Investor; President and Director, ALS Co. (real estate management and development firm) (since 1993)    47    None

Jerome H. Miller

Born 1938

   Trustee    Since
1995
   Retired    47    None

Ken Miller

Born 1942

   Trustee    Since
1983
   Chairman, Young Stuff Apparel Group, Inc. (apparel manufacturer) (since 1963)    47    None

 

* Each Trustee serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a Board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

 

47


Name and Year of Birth

   Position(s)
with Fund
   Term of
Office*
and
Length of
Time
Served **
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
   Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During

Past Five Years

John J. Murphy

Born 1944

   Trustee    Since
2002
   President, Murphy Capital Management (investment advice) (since 1983)    47    Director, Nicholas
Applegate fund
(13 funds);
Trustee,
Consulting Group
Capital Markets
Fund (11 funds);
formerly,
Director, Atlantic
Stewardship Bank
(2004 to 2005);
Director, Barclays
International
Funds Group Ltd.
and affiliated
companies (to
2003)

Thomas F. Schlafly

Born 1948

   Trustee    Since
1983
   Of Counsel, Husch Blackwell Sanders LLP (law firm) (since 1984); President, The Saint Louis Brewery, Inc. (since 1989)    47    Director, Citizens
National Bank of
Greater St. Louis,
MO (since 2006)

Jerry A. Viscione

Born 1944

   Trustee    Since
1993
   Retired; formerly, Executive Vice President, Marquette University (1997 to 2002)    47    None

INTERESTED TRUSTEE:

              

R. Jay Gerken, CFA†

Born 1951

   Trustee,

President,
Chairman
and Chief
Executive
Officer

   Since
2002
   Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 149 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and Citi Fund Management, Inc. (“CFM”) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)    137    Former Trustee,
Consulting Group
Capital Markets
Funds (2002-
2006)

 

* Each Trustee serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a Board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.
Mr. Gerken is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with the manager and/or certain of its affiliates.

 

48


Name, Year of Birth

and Address

   Position(s)
with Fund
   Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served **
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

OFFICERS:

        

Ted P. Becker

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chief Compliance
Officer
   Since
2006
   Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason (2006-present); Managing Director of Compliance at Legg Mason & Co (2005 to present); Chief Compliance Officer with certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA and certain affiliates; Managing Director of Compliance at Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”) (a group of affiliated investment advisers, which included SBFM, Smith Barney Asset Management and Citi Fund Management (“CFM”) and other affiliated investment advisory entities) (2002 to 2005).

John Chiota

Born 1968

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Chief Anti-
Money
Laundering
Compliance
Officer
   Since
2006
   Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President at CAM (since 2004); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006). Prior to August 2004, Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of TD Waterhouse.

Robert I. Frenkel

Born 1954

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Secretary and
Chief Legal
Officer
   Since
2003
   Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for CAM (since 2000); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2003). Previously, Secretary of CFM (2001 to 2004).

R. Jay Gerken, CFA

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chairman,
President
and Chief
Executive Officer
   Since
2002
   Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co.; Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 149 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman of SBFM and CFM (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005).

Thomas C. Mandia

Born 1962

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Assistant
Secretary
   Since
2000
   Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of CAM (since 1992); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co.

Kaprel Ozsolak

Born 1965

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Chief Financial
Officer and
Treasurer
   Since
2004
   Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President at CAM (1996 to 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2004 to 2005). Previously, Controller of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2002 to 2004).

 

49


Name, Year of Birth

and Address

   Position(s)
with Fund
   Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served **
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Steven Frank

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Born 1967

   Controller    Since
2005
   Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. or its predecessors (since 2002); Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2001 to 2005).

Albert Laskaj

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Born 1977

   Controller    Since
2007
   Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co.; formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2007); accounting manager of certain mutual funds associated with certain predecessor firms of Legg Mason & Co. (2003 to 2005).

 

* Each officer serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took office for any funds in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

Officers of the fund receive no compensation from the fund, although they may be reimbursed by the fund for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

The Board has three standing Committees: the Audit Committee, the Governance Committee and the Pricing Committee. The Audit Committee and the Governance Committee are composed of all of the Independent Trustees. The Pricing Committee is composed of the Chairman of the Board and one Independent Trustee.

The Audit Committee oversees, among other things, the scope of the fund’s audit, the fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls. The primary purposes of the Board’s Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of the fund, and the qualifications and independence of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the fund by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to its manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to the fund’s operations and financial reporting. The Audit Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and negotiation of the fund’s investment management and subadvisory arrangements.

The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee also identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems appropriate, a professional search firm. The Governance Committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The Governance Committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a

 

50


potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

 

   

whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

 

   

whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the manager, service providers or their affiliates;

 

   

whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

 

   

whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

 

   

the contribution which the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution which the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the Governance Committee may consider relevant;

 

   

the character and integrity of the person; and

 

   

whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

The Pricing Committee is charged with determining the fair value prices for securities when required.

As indicated above, the Trust’s Board is recently elected and is newly constituted as the Board that oversees all of the equity-type funds in the fund complex. All members of the Board previously have served on Boards of predecessors to the Legg Mason Partners funds. The Board met              times during the fund’s fiscal year. The Audit, Governance and Pricing Committees are recently established committees of this Board and met             ,             and              times, respectively, during the fund’s last fiscal year.

The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in the fund and other investment companies in the fund complex supervised by the Trustees as of December 31, 2007.

 

Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range
of Equity
Securities in
the Fund
  

Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities In
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen
by Trustee

Independent Trustees

     

Paul R. Ades

     

Andrew L. Breech

     

Dwight B. Crane

     

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

     

Frank G. Hubbard

     

Howard J. Johnson

     

David E. Maryatt

     

Jerome H. Miller

     

Ken Miller

     

John J. Murphy

     

Thomas F. Schlafly

     

Jerry A. Viscione

     

Interested Trustee

     

R. Jay Gerken

     

 

51


As of April         , 2008, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund, or of a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund.

Information regarding compensation paid by the fund to its recently elected Board and to its prior Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the fund’s Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Gerken, an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the fund for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

The fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustee fees based upon asset size. The fund currently pays each of the Independent Trustees his pro rata share of: an annual fee of $100,000, plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person, and $1,000 for telephonic Board meetings in which that Trustee participates. The lead Independent Trustee will receive an additional $25,000 per year and the Chair of the Audit Committee will receive an additional $15,000 per year.

Recently elected Board

Information as to the compensation paid to the Trustees by the fund complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2007 and by the fund for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 is shown below.

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate Compensation
from the Fund for the
Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2007
   Total Pension or
Retirement
Benefits Paid
as Part of Fund
Expenses
    Total Compensation
from Fund
Complex Paid to
Trustee for the
Calendar Year Ended
December 31, 2007
   Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee

Independent Trustees

          

Paul R. Ades

   $       $ 0     $       47

Andrew L. Breech

   $      $ 0     $      47

Dwight B. Crane

   $          (2)   $      49

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

   $      $       $      47

Frank G. Hubbard

   $      $       $      47

Howard J. Johnson

   $      $       $      47

David E. Maryatt

   $      $       $      47

Jerome H. Miller

   $      $       $      47

Ken Miller

   $      $       $      47

John J. Murphy

   $      $       $      47

Thomas F. Schlafly

   $      $       $      47

Jerry A. Viscione

   $      $       $      47

Interested Trustee

          

R. Jay Gerken (1)

     $0    $ 0       $0    137

 

(1) Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his service as Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.

(2)

Pursuant to a prior emeritus retirement plan, Mr. Crane has received in a lump sum an aggregate benefit having a net present value equal to $444,643. Each fund formerly by Mr. Crane paid a pro rata share (based upon asset size) of the aggregate benefit to Mr. Crane. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse these funds an amount equal to 50% of the benefits paid to Mr. Crane.

 

52


Prior Board

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the former Directors of the fund were paid by the fund the compensation listed below for their services as director.

 

Name of Director

   Aggregate Compensation
from Fund for the
Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2007

Independent Directors

  

Andrew L. Breech

   $             

Carol L. Colman

   $  

William R. Dill

   $  

William R. Hutchinson

   $  

Thomas F. Schlafly

   $  

Interested Director

  

R. Jay Gerken (1)

     $0

 

(1) Mr. Gerken was not compensated by the fund for his service as a Director because of his affiliation with the manager.
(2) Pursuant to prior emeritus retirement plans, the following former Directors have received benefits (calculated on a net present value basis) as follows: Ms. Colman: $116,062; Mr. Dill: $53,567; Mr. Hutchinson: $151,889; and Mr. Kirtland: $25,727. Benefits under the emeritus retirement plans are paid in quarterly installments unless the Director elected to receive them in a lump sum at net present value. Each fund formerly overseen by these Directors paid its pro rata share (based on asset size) of these aggregate benefits. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse the funds an amount equal to 50% of these benefits. None of these amounts were paid during the period covered by this table.

As of April         , 2008, the Trustees and officers of the Trust, as a group, owned less than 1% of the outstanding common stock of the fund.

As of April         , 2008, to the knowledge of the fund, the following shareholders or groups (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the following classes of the fund:

 

Class

    

Shareholder

   Percentage Ownership

 

53


INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager

LMPFA serves as investment manager to the fund pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”) with the fund. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the cash and short-term investments of the fund.

Under the Management Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the fund’s Board, the manager is delegated the responsibility of managing the fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objective and policies, making investment decisions for the fund and placing orders to purchase and sell securities. The manager also performs administrative and management services necessary for the operation of the fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting, and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the fund’s existence, and (v) maintaining the registration and qualification of the fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

The Management Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the fund’s Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. The Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Trustees, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Management Agreement provides that neither the manager nor its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

For its services under the Investment Management Agreement, LMPFA receives an investment management fee that is calculated daily and payable monthly according to the following schedule:

 

Average Daily Net Assets

   Investment
Management
Fee Rate

First $100 million

   1.000%

Next $100 million

   0.750%

Next $200 million

   0.625%

Over $400 million

   0.500%

For the period from December 1, 2005 though July 31, 2006, Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (“SBAM”) served as the fund’s manager under the same fee schedule as described above.

 

54


Prior to December 1, 2005, SBAM served as the fund’s administrator pursuant to the fund’s prior management agreement under the same fee schedule as described above.

For each of the past three fiscal years, the manager or SBAM was entitled to receive gross fees under a management agreement, of which certain amounts were voluntarily waived, and reimbursed the fund for certain expenses as follows:

 

     Gross Fees    Waiver    Expenses
Reimbursed

Year Ended December 31, 2005

   $ 9,012,580    $ 0    $ 0

Year Ended December 31, 2006

   $ 8,868,061    $ 0    $ 67,928

Year Ended December 31, 2007

   $                     $         $             

Subadviser

ClearBridge serves as the subadviser to the fund pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement between the manager and ClearBridge (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). ClearBridge, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, was been formed to succeed the equity securities portfolio management business of CAM, which was acquired by Legg Mason in December 2005. ClearBridge is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason and as of December 31, 2007 manages approximately $         billion.

Under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and the manager, the subadviser will, except for the management of cash and short-term investments that is performed by LMPFA, manage the fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objectives and policies, assist in supervising all aspects of the fund’s operations, make investment decisions for the fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the fund.

The Sub-Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the subadviser. The subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement on 90 days’ written notice to the fund and the manager. The manager and the subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. This Sub-Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment by the subadviser and shall not be assignable by the manager without the consent of the subadviser.

As compensation for its sub-advisory services, the manager will pay the subadviser a fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to LMPFA, net of expense waivers and reimbursements. For the period from August 1, 2006 through December 29, 2006, the manager paid the subadviser subadvisory fees of $2,440,828. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the manager paid the subadviser subadvisory fees of $            .

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under the Management Agreement and the 12b-1 Plan (as discussed below), the fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things, interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing

 

55


vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuance and redemption or repurchase of the fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, members of the Board and employees of the fund, if any; and the fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the fund and its officers, Board members and employees; litigation expenses and any non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the fund is a party and the legal obligation which the fund may have to indemnify the fund’s Board members and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares, either through contractual or voluntary arrangements. Any such waivers and/or reimbursements are described in the fund’s Prospectus. The contractual and voluntary fee waivers and/or reimbursements do not cover extraordinary expenses, such as (a) any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demand related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time; and (b) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of the fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of board members or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time.

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of the fund. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of the fund; receives and delivers all assets for the fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity; collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of the fund; and makes disbursements on behalf of the fund. State Street neither determines the fund’s investment policies, nor decides which securities the fund will buy or sell. For its services, State Street receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. The fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. State Street may also act as the fund’s securities lending agent and in that case would receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

PFPC Inc. (“PFPC” or the “transfer agent”), located at 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, serves as the fund’s transfer agent. Under the transfer agency agreement, the transfer agent maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, the transfer agent receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month, and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

 

56


Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

            , an independent registered public accounting firm, located at                 , has been selected to audit and report upon the fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008.

Counsel

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019-6099, serves as counsel to the fund.

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, 180 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038-4982, serves as counsel to the Independent Trustees.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the fund’s manager, the subadviser and the distributor have adopted codes of ethics that permit personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.

Copies of the codes of ethics of the fund and its manager, its subadviser and its distributor are on file with the SEC.

Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures

Although individual Trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager, the Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to the manager, believing that the manager should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

LMPFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for the fund to the subadviser through its contract with the subadviser. The subadviser will use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for the fund. Should LMPFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of the subadviser to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and the fund, the Board of Trustees of LMPFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that LMPFA votes proxies. LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadviser and providing them to the fund as required for the fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

The subadviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to the fund’s portfolio securities are voted, a summary of which is attached as Appendix B to this SAI. Information regarding how each fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) by calling 1-888-425-6432, (2) on the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

57


PORTFOLIO MANAGER DISCLOSURE

The following tables set forth certain additional information with respect to the fund’s portfolio managers. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of December 31, 2007.

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies the portfolio managers, the number of accounts (other than the fund with respect to which information is provided) for which the fund’s portfolio managers have day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, other accounts and accounts with fees based on performance. [No account had fees based on performance.]

 

Portfolio Manager

 

Registered Investment
Companies

 

Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles

 

Other Account

Brian Angerame

 

       registered investment companies with $         billion in total assets under management        other pooled investment vehicle with $         billion in assets under management            other accounts with $     billion in total assets under management

Brian Posner

       registered investment companies        other pooled investment vehicles        other accounts with $     billion in total assets under management

Portfolio Manager Compensation

Effective April 1, 2007, ClearBridge investment professionals receive base salary, other employee benefits and are eligible to receive incentive compensation. Base salary is fixed and typically determined based on market factors and the skill and experience of individual investment personnel.

ClearBridge has incentive and deferred compensation plans (the “Plans”) for its investment professionals, including the fund’s portfolio manager(s) and research analysts. The Plans are designed to align the objectives of ClearBridge investment professionals with those of fund shareholders and other ClearBridge clients. Additionally, the deferred plans are designed to retain its investment professionals and reward long-term performance.

Incentive Compensation

Investment performance is the key component in determining the final incentive award for all of ClearBridge’s investment professionals. A portfolio manager’s initial incentive award is based on the investment professional’s ongoing contribution to ClearBridge’s investment and business results and externally measured competitive pay practices for the portfolio manager’s position/experience within the firm. This award is then adjusted upward or downward (up to +/-50%) based on investment performance during the most recent year over a rolling 1, 3, and 5 year time period. Product performance is ranked among a “peer group” of non-ClearBridge investment managers and the product’s pre-tax investment performance against the applicable product benchmark (e.g. a securities index and, with respect to a fund, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s prospectus to which the fund’s average annual total returns are compared).

The peer group of non-ClearBridge investment managers is defined by product style/type, vehicle type and geography and selected by independent vendors that track and provide (for a fee paid by ClearBridge) relevant peer group performance and ranking data (e.g. primarily Lipper or Callan).

 

58


The 1, 3, and 5 year performance versus benchmark and peer group approximate effective weightings are 35% for trailing 1 year performance, 50% for trailing 3 year performance, and 15% for trailing 5 year performance.

Lastly, the incentive award for an investment professional may also be adjusted by the ClearBridge Chief Investment Officer(s) based on other qualitative factors such as contribution to the firm and the development of investment staff.

For ClearBridge’s centralized research professionals, there is an incentive compensation plan based on annual performance on a combined scorecard containing a portfolio manager questionnaire survey and stock picking performance. The analyst’s stock picks are tracked on a formal basis through Factset and make up a portion of the analysts overall scorecard performance. These stock picks are measured versus their respective sector indices.

Deferred Award

Up to 20% of an investment professional’s annual incentive compensation is subject to deferral. For portfolio managers, 25% of this deferral is invested in their primary managed product while another 25% is invested in an elected proprietary ClearBridge sub-advised fund. Therefore, portfolio managers may potentially have 50% of their deferred award amount tracking the performance of their primary managed product. Every portfolio manager selects their primary product for the elective component. Legg Mason then makes a company investment in the Legg Mason Partners funds equal to the deferral amounts by fund. This investment is a company asset held on the Legg Mason balance sheet and paid out to the employees upon vesting over a four year deferral period. The remaining 50% of the deferral is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

For centralized research analysts, 50% of this deferral tracks the performance of up to two elected proprietary funds. Legg Mason then makes an investment at the company level into each of the funds in the deferral program based on the aggregate dollars deferred by each individual in that plan year (similar to the above description). The remaining 50% of the deferral is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Potential conflicts of interest may arise when the fund’s portfolio manager also has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the fund’s portfolio managers.

The manager, the subadviser and the fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for investment adviser and the individuals that each employs. For example, each of the manager and the subadviser seeks to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The manager and the subadviser have also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by the manager, the subadviser and the fund will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear.

These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention .    A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote

 

59


substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities .    If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit the fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies .    At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

Variation in Compensation .    A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the manager’s management fee and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the manager and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

Selection of Brokers/Dealers .    Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or accounts that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might otherwise be available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the subadviser determines in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts managed. For this reason, the subadviser has formed a brokerage committee that reviews, among other things, the allocation of brokerage to broker/dealers, best execution and soft dollar usage.

Related Business Opportunities .    The manager or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of funds and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the manager and its affiliates.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of fund securities by each portfolio manager as of December 31, 2007.

 

Portfolio Manager

  

Dollar Range of
Ownership of Securities

Brian Angerame    $                            
Brian Posner   

 

60


DISTRIBUTOR

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker-dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason and an affiliate of the manager, located at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor pursuant to a written agreement dated December 1, 2005 (the “distribution agreement”). For the period from December 1, 2007, through December 31, 2007, LMIS has served as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor. For the period from December 1, 2005, through December 31, 2005, and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and the period from January 1, 2007, through November 30, 2007, LMIS and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”) served as the fund’s distributors. Prior to December 1, 2005, CGMI served as the fund’s distributor.

The distributor’s obligation is an agency or “best efforts” arrangement under which the distributor is required to take and pay only for such shares of the fund as may be sold to the public. The distributor is not obligated to sell any stated number of shares. The distribution agreement is renewable from year to year if approved (a) by the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of Independent Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any such party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The distribution agreement provides that it will terminate if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party on 60 days’ written notice.

LMIS may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act.

Initial Sales Charges

The aggregate dollar amount of commissions on Class A shares were as follows:

Class A Shares (paid to CGMI and LMIS)

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $             

200 6

   $ 89,176

2005

   $ 605,289

Contingent Deferred Sales Charges

Class A Shares (paid to CGMI and LMIS)

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $  

200 6

   $ 239

2005

   $ 0

Class B Shares (paid to CGMI and LMIS)

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $  

200 6

   $ 476,911

2005

   $ 375,513

Class C Shares (paid to CGMI and LMIS)

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $  

200 6

   $ 0

2005

   $ 17,287

 

61


No information is presented for Class FI or R shares because those classes were not available prior to the date of this SAI.

Services and Distribution Plan Arrangements.

The Trustees, on behalf of the fund, have adopted an amended shareholder services and distribution plan (the “12b-1 Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to its Class A, B, C, FI and R shares. Under the 12b-1 Plan, the fund pays service and distribution fees to LMIS for the services it provides and expenses it bears with respect to the distribution of Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI and Class R shares and providing services to Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI and Class R shareholders. The distributor will provide the Board with periodic reports of amounts expended under the 12b-1 Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. The fund pays service fees, accrued daily and payable monthly, calculated at the annual rate of 0.25% of the value of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to the fund’s Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI and Class R shares. In addition, the fund pays distribution fees with respect to the Class B and Class C shares at the annual rate of 0.75% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to such class and with respect to the Class R shares at the annual rate of 0.25% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to such class.

Fees under the 12b-1 Plan may be used to make payments to the distributor for distribution services, to Service Agents in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to other parties in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to make payments for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing, and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than regulators and existing shareholders. The fund also may make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of fund shares and/or shareholder services provided.

The 12b-1 Plan also provides that the distributor and Service Agents may receive all or a portion of the sales charges paid by Class A, B and C investors.

The 12b-1 Plan permits the fund to pay fees to the distributor, Service Agents and others as compensation for their services, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. Thus, even if its expenses exceed the fees provided for by the 12b-1 Plan, the fund will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if its expenses are less than the fees paid to them, they will realize a profit. The fund may pay the fees to the distributor and others until the 12b-1 Plan or distribution agreement is terminated or not renewed. In that event, the distributor’s or other recipient’s expenses in excess of fees received or accrued through the termination date will be the distributor’s or other recipient’s sole responsibility and not obligations of the fund. In their annual consideration of the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan for the fund, the Trustees will review the 12b-1 Plan and the expenses for each class within the fund separately.

The 12b-1 Plan also recognizes that various service providers to the fund, such as the manager, may make payments for distribution related expenses out of their own resources, including past profits, or payments received from the fund for other purposes, such as management fees, and that the fund’s distributor or Service Agents may from time to time use their own resources for distribution-related services, in addition to the fees paid under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan specifically provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the fund within the context of Rule 12b-1, then the payments are deemed to be authorized by the 12b-1 Plan, if permitted under applicable law.

The 12b-1 Plan continues in effect if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of both a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreement related to the 12b-1 Plan (for purposes of this paragraph “Qualified Trustees”). The Qualified Trustees, in the exercise of their business judgment in the

 

62


best interests of the shareholders of the fund and each class, have approved the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan requires that the fund and the distributor provide to the Board and the Board review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and the purposes therefor) under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan further provides that the selection and nomination of the Qualified Trustees is committed to the discretion of the Qualified Trustees then in office. The 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to any class of the fund at any time by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Qualified Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that class. The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of permitted expenses of the class thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding securities of that class and may not be materially amended in any case without a vote of a majority of both the Trustees and Qualified Trustees. The fund will preserve copies of any plan, agreement or report made pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan for a period of not less than six years, and for the first two years the fund will preserve such copies in an easily accessible place.

As contemplated by the 12b-1 Plan, the distributor acts as an agent of the Trust in connection with the offering of shares of the fund pursuant to the distribution agreement.

Dealer reallowances are described in the fund’s prospectus.

Prior to December 1, 2005, the fund paid service and distribution fees directly to CGMI under separate 12b-1 Plans with respect to shares sold through CGMI.

The service fees are used for servicing shareholder accounts, including payments by LMIS to selected securities dealers. The distribution fees are paid to LMIS to compensate for activities primarily intended to result in the sale of Class B and Class C shares, including payment to selected securities dealers.

The expenses incurred in connection with these activities include: costs of printing and distributing the fund’s prospectus, SAI and sales literature to prospective investors; an allocation of overhead and other distribution-related expenses; payments to and expenses of other persons who provide support services in connection with the distribution of the shares; any other costs and expenses relating to distribution or sales support activities; compensation for LMIS’s initial expense of paying investment representatives or introducing brokers a commission upon the sale of the fund’s shares; and accruals for interest on the amount of the foregoing expenses that exceed the amount of the distribution fee and the contingent deferred sales charge. Under the Plan, LMIS may retain all or a portion of the service and distribution fees. The payments to Financial Consultants may include a commission paid at the time of sale and a continuing fee based upon the value of the average daily net assets of the applicable class of shares that remain invested in the fund with respect to accounts that dealers continue to service.

Service Fees and Distribution Fees

The following service and distribution fees were incurred pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan during the fiscal years indicated:

Class A Shares

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $             

2006

   $ 876,999

2005

   $ 868,084

 

63


Class B Shares

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $             

2006

   $ 3,545,268

2005

   $ 4,039,000

Class C Shares

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $             

2006

   $ 4,651,308

2005

   $ 4,841,211

CGMI incurred distribution expenses for advertising, printing and mailing prospectuses, support services and overhead expenses, and for accruals for interest on the excess of expenses incurred in the distribution of the fund’s shares over the sum of the distribution fees and contingent deferred sales charge received by CGMI are expressed in the following table:

 

Fiscal Year Ended
December 31:

   Class    Compensation
Paid by
CGMI and
Affiliates to
Selected
Dealers (1)
   Compensation
Paid by
CGMI
and Affiliates
to Sales
Personnel
   Branch Ops
Expenses
   Amount
Spent by
CGMI
and Affiliates
on
Advertising
   Amount
Spent by
CGMI
and Affiliates
on

Printing and
Mailing of
Prospectus
   Total Amount
of Expenses
Incurred by
CGMI and
Affiliates in
Connection
with
Distribution
of the Fund (2)

2007

   A    $         $                 $                 $         $         $             
   B    $      $      $      $      $      $  
   C    $      $      $      $      $      $  
                    

 

(1) Includes “Miscellaneous Expenses” meaning allocable overhead, travel and communications expenses.
(2) The total expense amounts set out in this column are calculated as the sum of the amounts spent by CGMI and its affiliates that are disclosed in the four preceding columns. These amounts are paid out of revenue received by the distributors under each 12b-1 Plan, as well as out of other revenue received by SBAM and its affiliates.

LMIS incurred distribution expenses for advertising, printing and mailing prospectuses, support services and overhead expenses, and for accruals for interest on the excess of expenses incurred in the distribution of the fund’s shares over the sum of the distribution fees and contingent deferred sales charge received by LMIS are expressed in the following table:

 

January 1 to December 31:

   Class    Compensation
Paid by LMIS
and Affiliates
to Selected
Dealers (1)
   Compensation
Paid by
LMIS and
Affiliates to
Sales
Personnel
   Amount
Spent by
LMIS and
Affiliates
on
Advertising
   Amount
Spent by
LMIS and
Affiliates on
Printing and
Mailing of
Prospectus
   Total Amount
of Expenses
Incurred by
LMIS and
Affiliates in
Connection with
Distribution of
the Fund (2)

2007

   A    $                 $                 $                 $                 $             
   B    $      $      $      $      $  
   C    $      $      $      $      $  

 

(1) Includes “Miscellaneous Expenses” meaning allocable overhead, travel and communications expenses.
(2) The total expense amounts set out in this column are calculated as the sum of the amounts spent by LMIS and its affiliates that are disclosed in the four preceding columns. These amounts are paid out of revenue received by the distributors under each 12b-1 Plan, as well as out of other revenue received by SBAM and its affiliates.

 

64


PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Subject to policies as may be established by the fund’s Board from time to time, the subadviser is primarily responsible for the fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the fund’s portfolio transactions, except that the manager manages the cash and the short-term investments of the fund. Commissions are negotiated with broker/dealers on all transactions.

The cost of securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission, concession, or a net price. The purchase by the fund of participations or assignments may be pursuant to privately negotiated transactions pursuant to which the fund may be required to pay fees to the seller or forego a portion of payments in respect of the participation agreement. The aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the fund for its three most recent fiscal years is set forth below under “Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid.”

Pursuant to the Management Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement, each of the manager and the subadviser is authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of the manager and subadviser in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker-dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker-dealer commits its own capital.

In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) to the fund and/or the other accounts over which the manager, the subadviser or their affiliates exercise investment discretion. The manager and the subadviser are authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the manager or subadviser, as applicable, determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The manager and the subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases the fund’s costs, the manager and the subadviser do not believe that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses as manager or subadviser, as applicable. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

Research services furnished to the manager or subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for the fund may be used by the manager or subadviser, as applicable, in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the manager or subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the manager or subadviser manages may be used by the manager or subadviser, as applicable, in servicing the fund. Not all of these research services are used by the manager or the subadviser in managing any particular account, including the fund.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund directed brokerage transactions totaling $                     to brokers because of research services provided. The amount of brokerage commissions paid on all brokerage transactions totaled $                .

The fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The Board has

 

65


adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 the fund has paid the following in brokerage commissions for portfolio transactions:

 

Fiscal Year Ending December 31

   Total Brokerage
Commissions
   Commissions Paid to
CGMI and Affiliates
   % of Total Brokerage
Commissions Paid to
CGMI and Affiliates
    % of Total Dollar
Amount of
Transactions
Involving
Commissions Paid to
CGMI and Affiliates
 

2007

   $                       N/A    N/A     N/A  

2006

   $ 8,795,046    $ 0    0 %   0 %

2005

   $ 12,095,680    $ 799,582    6.61 %   6.04 %

As of December 1, 2005, LMIS became an underwriter of the fund under the 1940 Act. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2007, the fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to LMIS or its affiliates.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the fund as well as for one or more of the manager’s or the subadviser’s other clients. Investment decisions for the fund and for the manager’s or the subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for the fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for the fund and for other portfolios managed by the manager or subadviser, as applicable, occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

For reporting purposes, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in the fund’s investment portfolio (other than short-term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the manager or subadviser, as applicable, deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

Increased portfolio turnover necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the fund. To the extent portfolio trading results in realization of net short-term capital gains, shareholders will be taxed on such gains at ordinary tax rates (except shareholders who invest through individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) and other retirement plans which are not taxed currently on accumulations in their accounts). The portfolio turnover rates for the fund’s fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 were 193% and         %, respectively.

 

66


As of December 31, 2007, the fund held the following securities issued by its regular broker/dealers.

 

Name of Regular Broker or Dealer or Parent (Issuer)

   Type of
Security Owned

D=debt
E=equity
   Value of and
Securities Owned
at end of current
period
(000s omitted)

 

67


PURCHASE OF SHARES

General

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors, including retirement plans purchasing through certain Service Agents, may purchase shares directly from the fund. When purchasing shares of the fund, investors must specify whether the purchase is for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R, Class I (1) or Class IS shares. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly at the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee.

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements, please see the fund’s prospectus.

There are no minimum investment requirements for purchases of Class A shares by: (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”), (iii) current employees of Legg Mason, Inc. and its subsidiaries, as well as (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons. The fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time. The transfer agent will hold shares purchased in the shareholder’s account.

Share certificates for the fund will no longer be issued. If you currently hold shares of the fund, such certificates will continue to be honored.

Purchase orders received by the fund or a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE, on any day the fund calculates its net asset value, are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day (the “trade date”). Orders received by a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day, provided the order is received by the fund or the fund’s agent prior to its close of business. Payment must be made with the purchase order.

Systematic Investment Plan.     Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any time by purchasing shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. Under the Systematic Investment Plan, the distributor or the transfer agent is authorized through preauthorized transfers of at least $25 on a monthly, quarterly, every alternate month, semi-annual or annual basis to charge the shareholder’s account held with a bank or other financial institution as indicated by the shareholder, to provide for systematic additions to the shareholder’s fund account. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete the transfer will be charged a fee of up to $25 by the distributor or the transfer agent. Additional information is available from the fund or a Service Agent.

Sales Charge Alternatives

The following classes of shares are available for purchase. See the prospectus for a discussion of who is eligible to purchase certain classes and of factors to consider in selecting which class of shares to purchase.

Class A Shares.     Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the net asset value plus an initial sales charge as described in the fund’s prospectus.

 

 

(1) Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares on November 20, 2006. Class I shares were converted into Class O shares and redesignated as Class I shares on December 1, 2006.

 

68


Members of the selling group may receive a portion of the sales charge as described above and may be deemed to be underwriters of the fund as defined in the 1933 Act. The sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate purchases of Class A shares of the fund made at one time by “any person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

Purchases of Class A shares of $1,000,000 or more will be made at net asset value without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% on redemptions made within 12 months of purchase. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.” The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class B and Class C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

Class B and C Shares.     Class B and Class C shares are sold without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” below.

Class FI, R, I and IS Shares.     Class FI, R, I and IS shares are sold at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers.     Purchases of Class A shares may be made at net asset value (“NAV”) without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

 

  (a) sales to (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired Board Members, (iii) current employees of Legg Mason, Inc. and its subsidiaries, as well as (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

 

  (b) sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

 

  (c) offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with the fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

 

  (d) purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the fund (or Class A shares of another Legg Mason Partners Fund that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in the fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

 

  (e) purchases by accounts managed by registered investment advisory subsidiaries of Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”);

 

  (f) purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts; and

 

  (g) purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker-dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the sales charge.

 

69


Accumulation Privilege .    Please see the fund’s prospectus for information regarding accumulation privileges.

Letter of Intent .    The letter of intent helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners funds over a thirteen (13) month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. You have a choice of seven Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

 

(1)  $25,000

   (5)  $500,000

(2)  $50,000

   (6)  $750,000

(3)  $100,000

   (7)  $1,000,000

(4)  $250,000

  

Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the Legg Mason Partners funds.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a 13-month period. Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less any Eligible Prior Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases towards the Letter, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter.

Eligible Fund Purchases.     Generally, shares of a Legg Mason Partners fund may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (except for money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund are not eligible.

This list may change from time to time. Investors should check with their financial professional to see which funds may be eligible.

Eligible Accounts.     Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

Eligible Prior Purchases.     You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

Backdating Letter.     Purchases made 90 days prior to the 13-month period are also eligible to be treated as purchases made under the Letter of Intent. Any Eligible Fund Purchases in Eligible Accounts made during that

 

70


period will count towards your Goal and will also be eligible for the lower sales charge applicable to your Asset Level Goal. You will be credited by way of additional shares at the current offering price for the difference between (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for those eligible shares and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for your Asset Level Goal.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter.     You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must however contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, contact the transfer agent, prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then current offering price for the difference between: (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges.     Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with a fund’s prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

Cancellation of Letter.     You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, by notifying the transfer agent in writing. The Letter will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares.     Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date of your Letter (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter) is accepted, will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal.     If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal or you elect to liquidate all of your holdings or cancel the Letter before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and; (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, the transfer agent, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are: (a) Class B shares; (b) Class C shares; and (c) Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption whichever is less.

 

71


Class C shares and Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 12 months of purchase. In circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge is imposed on Class B shares, the amount of the charge will depend on the number of years since the shareholder made the purchase payment from which the amount is being redeemed. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years since a purchase payment, all purchase payments made during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day of the preceding statement month. The following table sets forth the rates of the charge for redemptions of Class B shares by shareholders.

 

Year Since Purchase Payment Was Made

   Contingent Deferred Sales Charge  

First

   5.00 %

Second

   4.00 %

Third

   3.00 %

Fourth

   3.00 %

Fifth

   2.00 %

Sixth

   1.00 %

Seventh and thereafter

   0.00 %

Class B shares will convert automatically to Class A shares approximately 8 years after the date on which they were purchased and thereafter will no longer be subject to any distribution fees. (Class B shares purchased prior to November 20, 2006, however, will continue to automatically convert into Class A shares after 7 years.) There will also be converted at that time such proportion of Class B Dividend Shares (Class B shares that were acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions) owned by the shareholders as the total number of his or her Class B shares converting at the time bears to the total number of outstanding Class B shares (other than Class B Dividend Shares) owned by the shareholder.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date that the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other Legg Mason Partners funds. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% of the shareholder’s account balance at the time the withdrawals commence per month up to a maximum of 12.00% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined by the Code) of the shareholder; (d) mandatory post-retirement distributions from retirement plans or IRAs commencing on or after attainment of age 70  1 / 2 (except that shareholders who purchase shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge prior to the date of implementation of this new policy will be “grandfathered” and will be eligible to obtain the waiver at age 59  1 / 2 by demonstrating such eligibility at the time of redemption); (e) involuntary redemptions; (f) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of the fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; (g) tax-free returns of an excess contribution to any retirement plan; and (h) certain redemptions of shares of the fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker-dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

 

72


The contingent deferred sales charge is waived on new Class C shares purchased by retirement plan omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other Legg Mason Partners funds may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

Determination of Public Offering Price

The fund offers its shares to the public on a continuous basis. The public offering price for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS shares of the fund is equal to the net asset value per share at the time of purchase, plus, for Class A shares, an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment. A contingent deferred sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class A, Class B and Class C shares.

Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the fund.

 

Class A (based on a net asset value of $         and a maximum initial sales charge of 5.75%)

     $         

 

73


REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption of shares of the fund may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any periods during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets the fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the fund’s investments or determination of its net asset value is not reasonably practicable or (c) for any other periods as the SEC by order may permit for the protection of the fund’s shareholders.

If the shares to be redeemed were issued in certificate form, the certificates must be endorsed for transfer (or be accompanied by an endorsed stock power) and must be submitted to the transfer agent together with the redemption request. Any signature appearing on a share certificate, stock power or written redemption request in excess of $50,000 must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution such as a domestic bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit union, member bank of the Federal Reserve System or member firm of a national securities exchange. Written redemption requests of $50,000 or less do not require a signature guarantee unless more than one such redemption request is made in any 10-day period. Redemption proceeds will be mailed to an investor’s address of record. The transfer agent may require additional supporting documents for redemptions made by corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A redemption request will not be deemed properly received until the transfer agent receives all required documents in proper form.

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions. The redemption proceeds will be remitted on or before the seventh business day following receipt of proper tender, except on any days on which the NYSE is closed or as permitted under the 1940 Act, in extraordinary circumstances. Redemption proceeds for shares purchased by check, other than a certified or official bank check, will be remitted upon clearance of the check, which may take up to ten days. Each Service Agent is responsible for transmitting promptly orders for its customers.

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

The fund no longer issues share certificates. Outstanding share certificates will continue to be honored. If you hold share certificates, it will take longer to exchange or redeem shares.

Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders as described in the prospectus. To the extent that withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in the fund, continued withdrawal payments will reduce the shareholder’s investment, and may ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in the fund. Furthermore, as it generally would not be advantageous to a shareholder to make additional investments in the fund at the same time he or she is participating in the Withdrawal Plan, purchases by such shareholder in amounts of less than $5,000 ordinarily will not be permitted. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between Classes of the fund.

Shareholders who wish to participate in the Withdrawal Plan and who hold their shares of the fund in certificate form must deposit their share certificates with the transfer agent as agent for Withdrawal Plan members. All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at net asset value in additional shares of the fund. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the Withdrawal Plan must be received by the transfer agent no later than the eighth day of the month to be eligible for participation beginning with that month’s withdrawal. For additional information, shareholders should contact their Service Agent.

 

74


Distributions in Kind

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, the fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion of a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the fund’s net assets by a distribution in kind of portfolio securities in lieu of cash. If a redemption is paid in portfolio securities, such securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share Price” in the fund’s prospectus. Securities issued as a distribution in kind may incur brokerage commissions when shareholders subsequently sell those securities.

Additional Information Regarding Telephone Redemption And Exchange Program

Neither the fund nor its agents will be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that are reasonably believed to be genuine. The fund and its agents will employ procedures designed to verify the identity of the caller and legitimacy of instructions (for example, a shareholder’s name and account number will be required and phone calls may be recorded). The fund reserves the right to suspend, modify or discontinue the telephone redemption and exchange program or to impose a charge for this service at any time following at least seven (7) days’ prior notice to shareholders.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The net asset value per share of the fund’s classes is calculated on each day, Monday through Friday, except days on which the NYSE is closed. The NYSE currently is scheduled to be closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas, and on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when one of these holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively. Because of the differences in distribution fees and class-specific expenses, the per share net asset value of each class may differ. Please see the prospectus for a description of the procedures used by the fund in valuing its assets.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

General.

The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in a fund with different investment objectives when they believe that a shift between funds is an appropriate investment decision. This privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the fund shares being acquired may legally be sold. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. Prospectuses may be obtained from a Service Agent.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current net asset value, and the proceeds are immediately invested in shares of the fund being acquired at that fund’s then current net asset value. The distributor reserves the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Class A, FI, R, I and IS Exchanges.     Class A, FI, R, I and IS shareholders of the fund who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares for shares of the respective class in another fund may do so without imposition of any charge.

Class B Exchanges.     Class B shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class B shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class B shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class B shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

 

75


Class C Exchanges.     Class C shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class C shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class C shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege

The fund is not designed to provide investors with a means of speculation on short-term market movements. A pattern of frequent exchanges by investors can be disruptive to efficient portfolio management and, consequently, can be detrimental to the fund and its shareholders. See “Frequent purchases and redemptions of fund shares” in the prospectus.

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, the fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components—redemption orders with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the fund’s next determined net asset value but the purchase order would be effective only at the net asset value next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by telephone. See the fund’s prospectus for additional information. Exchanges will be processed at the net asset value next determined. Redemption procedures discussed above are also applicable for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon receipt of all supporting documents in proper form. If the account registration of the shares of the fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the shares of the fund exchanged, no signature guarantee is required.

This exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent or, if they hold fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

 

76


DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

The following discussion is a brief summary of certain additional tax considerations affecting the fund and its shareholders. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns, and the discussions set forth here and in the prospectus do not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers with specific questions relating to federal, state, local or foreign taxes.

Taxation of the Fund

The fund has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify each year, as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. Qualification as a RIC requires, among other things, that the fund:

 

  (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from: (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sales or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each a “Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership”) (the “Income Requirement”); and

 

  (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year: (a) at least 50% of the value of the fund’s total assets is represented by (I) cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and (II) other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other regulated investment companies) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships.

As a RIC, the fund will not be subject to federal income tax on its “investment company taxable income” (as that term is defined in the Code, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and “net capital gain” (the excess of the fund’s net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income for such taxable year and its net tax-exempt interest income for such taxable year. However, the fund will be subject to federal corporate income tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on any undistributed income other than tax-exempt income from municipal obligations and to alternative minimum tax (currently at a maximum rate of 20% for a corporation such as the fund) on alternative minimum taxable income. The fund may designate amounts retained as undistributed net capital gain in a notice to its shareholders who (i) will be required to include in income for United States federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the income tax paid by the fund on the undistributed amount against their federal income tax liabilities and to claim refunds to the extent such credits exceed their liabilities and (iii) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to the excess of the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholder’s income over the income tax credit. The fund intends to comply with the 90% distribution requirement described above in order to avoid being subject to federal income tax on its investment company taxable income that it distributes to its shareholders.

If in any year the fund should fail to qualify under Subchapter M for tax treatment as a RIC, or fail to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement, the fund would incur regular corporate federal income tax upon its income for

 

77


that year, and distributions to its shareholders (including distribution of net capital gain) would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for federal income tax purposes to the extent of the fund’s earnings and profits.

The fund will be subject to a non-deductible 4% excise tax to the extent that the fund does not distribute by the end of each calendar year the sum of: (a) 98% of its ordinary income for such calendar year; (b) 98% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of such year; and (c) 100% of the undistributed income and gains from the preceding calendar years (if any) pursuant to the calculations in (a) and (b). For this purpose, any income or gain retained by the fund that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end.

Funds investing in foreign securities or currencies may be required to pay withholding or other taxes to foreign governments on dividends and interest. The yield of the fund’s investment in foreign securities or currencies will be reduced by these foreign taxes. Shareholders will generally not be able to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction for these foreign taxes.

The fund may engage in hedging or derivatives transactions involving foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options, futures and forward contracts on foreign currencies) and short sales. See “Additional Investment Activities and Risk Factors—Derivatives.” Such transactions will be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the fund (that is, may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital and, if capital, whether long-term or short-term), accelerate recognition of income of the fund and defer recognition of certain of the fund’s losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. In addition, these provisions (1) will require the fund to “mark-to-market” certain types of positions in its portfolio each year (that is, treat them as if they were closed out) and (2) may cause the fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement for qualifying to be taxed as a RIC and to avoid both the corporate level tax and the 4% excise tax. Furthermore, certain fund investments may produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the Income Requirement. The same may be true of investments in passive foreign investment companies (each a “PFIC”) to the extent the fund elects to mark such investments to market as described below. The fund intends to monitor its transactions, to make the appropriate tax elections and to make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any option, futures contract, forward contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules.

The fund may make investments that produce income that is not matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the fund, such as investments in PIK bonds or in obligations, such as certain Brady Bonds or zero coupon securities, having original issue discount (i.e., an amount equal to the excess of the stated redemption price of the security at maturity over its issue price), or in obligations having market discount (i.e., an amount generally equal to the excess of the stated redemption price or revised issue price of the security over the basis of such security immediately after it was acquired) if the fund elects to accrue market discount on a current basis. In addition, income may continue to accrue for federal income tax purposes with respect to a non-performing investment. Any such income would be treated as income earned by the fund and therefore would be subject to the distribution requirements of the Code. Because such income may not be matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the fund, the fund may be required to borrow money or dispose of other securities to be able to make distributions to its shareholders. In addition, if an election is not made to currently accrue market discount with respect to a market discount bond, all or a portion of any deduction for any interest expense incurred to purchase or hold such bond may be deferred until such bond is sold or otherwise disposed of.

If the fund purchases shares in a PFIC, the fund may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. The fund intends to limit their

 

78


investments in PFICs as necessary to avoid such a tax. If the fund were to invest in a PFIC and elected to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (a “QEF”) under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the fund would be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the fund. Alternatively, the fund can elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year its shares in a PFIC; in this case, the fund would recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it did not exceed prior increases included in income. Under either election, the fund might be required to recognize in a year income in excess of its distributions from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income would nevertheless be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements.

The fund may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage conduits (“REMICs”). Under a notice recently issued by the IRS, a portion of the fund’s income from a REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides that excess inclusion income of a RIC, such as the fund, will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on unrelated business income, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a ‘disqualified organization’ (as defined in the Code) is a record holder of a share in a RIC, then the RIC will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest U.S. federal income tax rate imposed on corporations.

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the fund actually collects such income or receivables or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

Taxation of Shareholders

Shareholders receiving a distribution in the form of additional shares will be treated for federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of cash that would have been received had they elected to receive cash and will have a cost basis in each share received equal to such amount divided by the number of shares received. Shareholders will be notified annually as to the federal tax status of distributions.

Tax Treatment of Distributions .     All distributions to shareholders of the fund of investment company taxable income and net capital gain will be taxable to shareholders whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. For federal income tax purposes, dividends from ordinary income, and any distributions from net short-term capital gain, are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income, whether the distributions are made in cash or additional shares. A portion of such dividends may qualify for the dividends received deduction available to corporations as discussed below. For taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, to the extent that ordinary dividends are derived from qualified dividend income of the fund, such dividends will be treated as qualified dividend income to the shareholder, provided that they are so designated by the fund and that the recipient shareholder satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. If 95% or more of the fund’s gross income, calculated without taking into account long-term capital gains, consists of qualified dividend income, the

 

79


fund may designate all distributions of such income as qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is generally taxed to individual and other non-corporate shareholders at rates equivalent to long-term capital gain tax rates. With respect to income received by the fund, qualified dividend income generally is income derived from dividends from U.S. corporations (other than REITs) or from corporations that are either incorporated in a U.S. possession or eligible for benefits under qualifying U.S. tax treaties. Distributions from a foreign corporation that is not a “qualified foreign corporation” may nevertheless be treated as “qualified dividend income” if the applicable stock is readily tradable on an established U.S. securities market. “Passive foreign investment companies” will not be treated as “qualified foreign corporations” for these purposes. For the fund to receive qualified dividend income, the fund must also meet certain holding period requirements for the stock on which the dividend is paid.

Distributions of net capital gain designated by the fund as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain, whether paid in cash or additional shares, and regardless of how long the shares have been held by such shareholders. Such distributions will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction.

Distributions, if any, in excess of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital which is applied against and reduces the shareholder’s tax basis in his or her shares. Any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of his or her shares, in the manner discussed below under the heading “Redemption, Sale or Exchange of Fund Shares.”

Generally, shareholders will be taxable on dividends or distributions in the year of receipt. However, if the fund declares a dividend in October, November or December to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month which is actually paid during the following January, it will be deemed to have been received by the shareholders and paid by the fund on December 31 of the year in which the dividend is declared. Not later than 60 days after the close of its taxable year, the fund will provide its shareholders with a written notice designating the amount of any ordinary dividends, including the portion that may be treated as qualified dividend income, and the amount of any capital gain dividends paid by the fund.

Dividends Received Deduction.     It is expected that a portion of the dividends of investment company taxable income received by corporate shareholders from the fund will qualify for the dividends received deduction generally available to corporations, but only to the extent of qualifying dividends received by the fund from domestic corporations. A dividend received by the fund will not be treated as a qualifying dividend (i) if the stock on which the dividend is paid is considered to be “debt-financed” (generally, acquired with borrowed funds), (ii) if the fund fails to meet certain holding period requirements for the stock on which the dividend is paid or (iii) to the extent that the fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends received deduction may be disallowed or reduced if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the fund or by application of the Code.

Redemption, Sale or Exchange of Fund Shares.     The redemption, sale or exchange of fund shares is a taxable event and may result in a gain or loss. Gain or loss, if any, recognized on the sale or other disposition of shares of the fund will be taxed as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands. Generally, a shareholder’s gain or loss will be a long-term gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. If a shareholder sells or otherwise disposes of shares of the fund before holding them for more than six months, any loss on the sale or other disposition of such shares (i) shall be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends received by the shareholder with respect to such shares and (ii) to the extent not disallowed, shall be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received by the shareholder (or amounts credited to the shareholder as an undistributed capital gain) with respect to such shares. A loss realized on a sale, exchange or other disposition of shares generally will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares of the fund are acquired within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date that the original shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to reinvestment of dividends in fund shares. In such case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

 

80


Taxation of Foreign Shareholders

Taxation of a shareholder who, as to the United States, is a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust or estate, foreign corporation, or foreign partnership (“foreign shareholder”), depends on whether the income from the fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by such shareholder.

If the income from the fund is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, dividends paid to such foreign shareholder from investment company taxable income (including any portion thereof treated as qualified dividend income) will generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate) upon the gross amount of the dividend. However, under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, a new exemption is created under which U.S. source withholding taxes are no longer imposed on dividends paid by RICs to the extent the dividends are designated as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends.” Under this exception, interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally represent distributions of interest or short-term capital gains that would not have been subject to U.S. withholding tax at the source if they had been received directly by a foreign person, and that satisfy certain other requirements. The exemption applies to dividends with respect to taxable years of RICs beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2008. Such a foreign shareholder would generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on gains realized on the sale of shares of the fund, capital gain dividends and amounts retained by the fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains.

If the income from the fund is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then ordinary dividends (including any portion thereof treated as qualified dividend income), capital gain dividends, undistributed capital gains credited to such shareholder and any gains realized upon the sale of shares of the fund will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. citizens or domestic corporations. Foreign corporate shareholders may also be subject to the branch profits tax imposed by the Code.

The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Foreign shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund, including the applicability of foreign taxes.

Reporting Requirements

Treasury regulations provide that if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in may cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Backup Withholding

The fund may be required to withhold federal income tax at the rate of 28% (“backup withholding”) from dividends and redemption proceeds paid to non-corporate shareholders including foreign shareholders. This tax may be withheld from dividends if (i) the payee fails to furnish the fund with the payee’s correct taxpayer identification number (e.g., an individual’s social security number), (ii) the IRS or a broker notifies the fund that the payee has failed to report properly certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect, or (iii) when required to do so, the payee fails to certify that he or she is not subject to backup withholding. Redemption proceeds may be subject to withholding under the circumstances described in (i) above. In the case of foreign shareholders, this tax may be withheld if the foreign shareholder does not certify his

 

81


foreign status under penalties of perjury. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that already have been subjected to the 30% withholding tax described above under the heading “Taxation of Foreign Shareholders.”

State and Local Tax Matters

Most states provide that a RIC may pass through (without restriction) to its shareholders state and local income tax exemptions available to direct owners of certain types of U.S. government securities (such as U.S. Treasury obligations). Thus, for residents of these states, distributions derived from the fund’s investment in certain types of U.S. government securities should be free from state and local income taxes to the extent that the interest income from such investments would have been exempt from state and local income taxes if such securities had been held directly by the respective shareholders themselves. Certain states, however, do not allow a RIC to pass through to its shareholders the state and local income tax exemptions available to direct owners of certain types of U.S. government securities unless the RIC holds at least a required amount of U.S. government securities. Accordingly, for residents of these states, distributions derived from the fund’s investment in certain types of U.S. government securities may not be entitled to the exemptions from state and local income taxes that would be available if the shareholders had purchased U.S. government securities directly. Shareholders’ dividends attributable to the fund’s income from repurchase agreements generally are subject to state and local income taxes, although states and localities vary in their treatment of such income. The exemption from state and local income taxes does not preclude states from asserting other taxes on the ownership of U.S. government securities. To the extent that the fund invests to a substantial degree in U.S. government securities which are subject to favorable state and local tax treatment, shareholders of the fund will be notified as to the extent to which distributions from the fund are attributable to interest on such securities.

The foregoing is only a summary of certain material United States federal income tax consequences affecting the fund and its shareholders. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund.

 

82


ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Trust .    The certificate of trust to establish Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (referred to in this section as the trust) was filed with the State of Maryland on October 4, 2006. On April 16, 2007, the fund was redomiciled as a series of the trust. Prior thereto, the fund was a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, a Massachusetts business trust. Prior to reorganization of the fund as a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, the fund was a Maryland corporation.

The fund is a series of the trust, a Maryland business trust. A Maryland business trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Board (referred to in this section as the trustees) and shareholders of the trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust (referred to in this section as the declaration). Some of the more significant provisions of the declaration are described below.

Shareholder Voting

The declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the trust or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the trust or any series or class.

A fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but a fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the declaration. The declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares the shareholder owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of all series and classes of the trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares.

Election and Removal of Trustees

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish the number of trustees and that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining trustees, except when election of trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two thirds of the trustees and that trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining trustees. The provisions of the declaration relating to the election and removal of trustees may not be amended without the approval of two thirds of the trustees.

Amendments to the Declaration

The trustees are authorized to amend the declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, trustees, officers or, employees of the trust or that limit the rights to indemnification or insurance provided in the declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification under the declaration prior to the amendment.

 

83


Issuance and Redemption of Shares

A fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the trustees may determine. A fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide a fund with identification required by law, or if a fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings

The declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to a fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and a fund may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation.

Small Accounts

The declaration provides that a fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the trustees from time to time. Alternately, the declaration permits a fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

Series and Classes

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges, and other features of the series and classes. The trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into another class.

Each share of a fund, as a series of the trust, represents an interest in the fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability

The declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of a fund and requires a fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. In addition, a fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The declaration further provides that a trustee acting in his or her capacity of trustee is not personally liable to any person other than the trust or its shareholders, for any act, omission, or obligation of the trust. Further, a trustee is held to the same standard of conduct as a director of a Maryland corporation. This requires that a trustee perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the trust or a series thereof, and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. The declaration also permits the limitation of a trustee’s liability to the full extent provided under Maryland law. Under current Maryland law, a trustee is liable to the trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause

 

84


of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The declaration requires the trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been trustees, officers or employees of the trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The declaration provides that any trustee who serves as chair of the Board or of a committee of the Board, lead independent trustee, or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

Derivative Actions

The declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to a fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by three unrelated shareholders must first be made on a fund’s trustees. The declaration details various information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of a fund, the trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the fund. The declaration further provides that shareholders owning shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected fund must join in bringing the derivative action. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the fund in connection with the consideration of the demand, if in the judgment of the independent trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

The declaration further provides that the fund shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the fund be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.     The fund sends its shareholders a semi-annual report and an audited annual report, which include listings of investment securities held by the fund at the end of the period covered. In an effort to reduce the fund’s printing and mailing costs, the fund consolidates the mailing of its semi-annual and annual reports by household. This consolidation means that a household having multiple accounts with the identical address of record will receive a single copy of each report. In addition, the fund also consolidates the mailing of its prospectus so that a shareholder having multiple accounts (that is, individual, IRA and/or self-employed retirement plan accounts) will receive a single prospectus annually. Shareholders who do not want this consolidation to apply to their accounts should contact their Service Agent or the transfer agent.

Legal Matters

Beginning in June 2004, class action lawsuits alleging violations of the federal securities laws were filed against CGMI, a former distributor of the fund and other affiliated funds (the “Funds”) and a number of its then

 

85


affiliates, including Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and SBAM which were then investment adviser or manager to certain of the Funds (the “Managers”), substantially all of the mutual funds then managed by the Managers (the “Defendant Funds”), and Board Members of the Defendant Funds (collectively, the “Defendants”). The complaints alleged, among other things, that CGMI created various undisclosed incentives for its brokers to sell Smith Barney and Salomon Brothers funds. In addition, according to the complaints, the Managers caused the Defendant Funds to pay excessive brokerage commissions to CGMI for steering clients towards proprietary funds. The complaints also alleged that the Defendants breached their fiduciary duty to the Defendant Funds by improperly charging Rule 12b-1 fees and by drawing on fund assets to make undisclosed payments of soft dollars and excessive brokerage commissions. The complaints also alleged that the Defendant Funds failed to adequately disclose certain of the allegedly wrongful conduct. The complaints sought injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, rescission of the Defendant Funds’ contracts with the Managers, recovery of all fees paid to the Managers pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On December 15, 2004, a consolidated amended complaint (the “Complaint”) was filed alleging substantially similar causes of action. On May 27, 2005, all of the Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Complaint. On July 26, 2006, the court issued a decision and order (1) finding that plaintiffs lacked standing to sue on behalf of the shareholders of the Defendant Funds in which none of the plaintiffs had invested and dismissing those Defendant Funds from the case (although stating that they could be brought back into the case if standing as to them could be established), and (2) other than one stayed claim, dismissing all of the causes of action against the remaining Defendants, with prejudice, except for the cause of action under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, which the court granted plaintiffs leave to replead as a derivative claim.

On October 16, 2006, plaintiffs filed their Second Consolidated Amended Complaint (“Second Amended Complaint”) which alleges derivative claims on behalf of nine funds identified in the Second Amended Complaint, including Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund, Inc., under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, against CAM, SBAM and SBFM, as investment advisers to the identified funds, as well as CGMI as a distributor for the identified funds (collectively, the “Second Amended Complaint Defendants”). The Second Amended Complaint alleges no claims against any of the Funds or any of their Board Members. Under Section 36(b), the Second Amended Complaint alleges similar facts and seeks similar relief against the Second Amended Complaint Defendants as the Complaint.

On December 3, 2007, the court granted the Defendants’ motion to dismiss, with prejudice. On January 2, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals.

Additional lawsuits arising out of these circumstances and presenting similar allegations and requests for relief may be filed in the future.

*  *  *

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against SBFM, the then-investment adviser or manager to the fund and CGMI, a former distributor of the fund, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that CAM, the Citigroup business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory

 

86


companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed. SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no certainty as to how the above-described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Funds. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

The fund is not an Affected Fund and therefore did not implement the transfer agent arrangements described above and therefore did not receive any portion of distributions.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

*  *  *

Beginning in August 2005, five class action lawsuits alleging violations of federal securities laws and state law were filed against CGMI and SBFM (collectively, the “Defendants”) based on the May 31, 2005 settlement order issued against the Defendants by the SEC as described in above. The complaints seek injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, removal of SBFM as the investment manager for the Smith Barney family of funds, rescission of the Funds’ management and other contracts with SBFM, recovery of all fees paid to SBFM pursuant to such contracts, and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On October 5, 2005, a motion to consolidate the five actions and any subsequently filed, related action was filed. That motion contemplates that a consolidated amended complaint alleging substantially similar causes of action will be filed in the future.

 

87


On September 26, 2007, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York issued an order dismissing the consolidated complaint. The plaintiffs have the right to appeal the order.

*  *  *

On September 16, 2005, the staff of the SEC informed SBFM and SBAM that the staff was considering recommending administrative proceedings against SBFM and SBAM for alleged violations of Section 19(a) and 34(b) of the 1940 Act (and related Rule 19a-1). On September 27, 2007, SBFM and SBAM, without admitting or denying any findings therein, consented to the entry of an order by the SEC relating to the disclosure by certain closed-end funds previously managed by SBFM or SBAM of the sources of distributions paid by the funds between 2001 and 2004. Each of SBFM and SBAM agreed to pay a fine of $450,000, for which it was indemnified by Citigroup Inc., its former parent. It is not expected that this matter will adversely impact the funds or their manager.

*  *  *

The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. Additional lawsuits presenting allegations and requests for relief arising out of or in connection with any of the foregoing matters may be filed against these and related parties in the future.

 

88


FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of the fund and the fund’s predecessor (Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2007, Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007, Statements of Changes in Net Assets for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007, Financial Highlights for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2007, and Notes to Financial Statements along with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of the fund), are incorporated by reference into this SAI (filed on                 , 2008; Accession Number                                         ).

 

89


APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and Fitch Ratings represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt obligations. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. As described by the rating agencies, ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuances. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa —Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa —Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A —Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa —Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba —Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B —Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa —Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca —Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C —Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal and Tax Exempt Ratings:

Municipal Ratings are opinions of the investment quality of issuers and issues in the US municipal and tax-exempt markets. As such, these ratings incorporate Moody’s assessment of the default probability and loss severity of these issuers and issues. The default and loss content for Moody’s municipal long-term rating scale differs from Moody’s general long-term rating scale. (Please refer to Corporate Equivalent Ratings under Policies and Procedures.)

 

A-1


Municipal Ratings are based upon the analysis of four primary factors relating to municipal finance: economy, debt, finances, and administration/management strategies. Each of the factors is evaluated individually and for its effect on the other factors in the context of the municipality’s ability to repay its debt.

Municipal Long-Term Rating Definitions:

Aaa —Issuers or issues rated Aaa demonstrate the strongest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Aa —Issuers or issues rated Aa demonstrate very strong creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

A —Issuers or issues rated A present above-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Baa —Issuers or issues rated Baa represent average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Ba —Issuers or issues rated Ba demonstrate below-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

B —Issuers or issues rated B demonstrate weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Caa —Issuers or issues rated Caa demonstrate very weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Ca —Issuers or issues rated Ca demonstrate extremely weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

C —Issuers or issues rated C demonstrate the weakest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal Short-Term Debt And Demand Obligation Ratings:

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels—”MIG 1” through “MIG 3.” In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG,” or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1 —This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2 —This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

 

A-2


MIG 3 —This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG —This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Demand Obligation Ratings:

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating. When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1. VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

VMIG 1 —This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2 —This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3 —This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG —This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Short-Term Prime Ratings:

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

P-1 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

 

A-3


Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: (1) likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; (2) nature of and provisions of the obligation; and (3) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category definition.

AAA —An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA —An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial obligations is very strong.

A —An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB —An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C —Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB —An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B —An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC —An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC —An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C —A subordinated debt or preferred stock obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘C’ rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. A ‘C’ also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

 

A-4


D —An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or Minus (–): The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

N.R.: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

 

A-5


t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Notes:

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:

—Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

—Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1 —Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2 —Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3 —Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

A-1 —Short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments is extremely strong.

A-2 —Short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3 —Short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B —A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

A-6


B-1 —A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2 —A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3 —A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C —A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D —A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

 

A-7


preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date. Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Commercial Paper:

A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from “A” for the highest-quality obligations to “D” for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

A-1 —This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.

A-2 —Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated ‘A-1’.

A-3 —Issues carrying this designation have an adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

B —Issues rated ‘B’ are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.

C —This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.

D —Debt rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when interest payments of principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes such payments will be made during such grace period.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Dual Ratings:

Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.

The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the commercial paper rating symbols for the put option (for example, “AAA/A-1+”). With short-term demand debt, Standard & Poor’s note rating symbols are used with the commercial paper rating symbols (for example, “SP-1+/A-1+”).

 

A-8


Description of Fitch Ratings International Long-Term Credit Ratings:

International Long-Term Credit Ratings (“LTCR”) may also be referred to as “Long-Term Ratings.” When assigned to most issuers, it is used as a benchmark measure of probability of default and is formally described as an Issuer Default Rating (IDR). The major exception is within Public Finance, where IDRs will not be assigned as market convention has always focused on timeliness and does not draw analytical distinctions between issuers and their underlying obligations. When applied to issues or securities, the LTCR may be higher or lower than the issuer rating (IDR) to reflect relative differences in recovery expectations. The following rating scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings.

Investment Grade

AAA —Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA —Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A —High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB —Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that there is currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

BB —Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

B —Highly speculative. For issuers and performing obligations, ‘B’ ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment. For individual obligations, ‘B’ ratings may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R1’ (outstanding).

CCC —For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R2’ (superior), or ‘R3’ (good) or ‘R4’ (average).

CC —For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with a Recovery Rating of ‘R4’ (average) or ‘R5’ (below average).

C —For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R6’ (poor).

 

A-9


RD —Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

D —Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following: (i) failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation; (ii) the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor; or (iii) the distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.

Issuers will be rated ‘D’ upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of ‘C’ to ‘B’ ratings categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the ‘B’ or ‘CCC-C’ categories.

Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.

Description of Fitch Ratings International Short-Term Credit Ratings:

International Short-Term Credit Ratings may also be referred to as “Short-Term Ratings.” The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings. A short-term rating has a time horizon of less than 13 months for most obligations, or up to three years for U.S. public finance, in line with industry standards, to reflect unique characteristics of bond, tax, and revenue anticipation notes that are commonly issued with terms up to three years. Short-term ratings thus places greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.

F1 —Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2 —Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3 —Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

B —Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C —High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D —Default. Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

 

A-10


Notes to Fitch Ratings International Long-Term and Short-Term Credit Ratings:

The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-term rating category, to categories below ‘CCC’, or to Short-term ratings other than ‘F1’. (The +/- modifiers are only used to denote issues within the CCC category, whereas issuers are only rated CCC without the use of modifiers.)

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative”, for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

Rating Outlook: An Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are ‘stable’ could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

Program ratings (such as the those assigned to MTN shelf registrations) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program. In particular, in the case of non-standard issues, i.e. those that are linked to the credit of a third party or linked to the performance of an index, ratings of these issues may deviate from the applicable program rating.

Variable rate demand obligations and other securities which contain a short-term ‘put’ or other similar demand feature will have a dual rating, such as AAA/F1+. The first rating reflects the ability to meet long-term principal and interest payments, whereas the second rating reflects the ability to honor the demand feature in full and on time.

Interest Only: Interest Only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

Principal Only: Principal Only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive their initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

Rate of Return: Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.

‘PIF’: Paid-in -Full; denotes a security that is paid-in-full, matured, called, or refinanced.

‘NR’ indicates that Fitch Ratings does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

‘Withdrawn’: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced, or for any other reason Fitch Ratings deems sufficient.

 

A-11


APPENDIX B

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

The Proxy Voting Procedures are applicable when ClearBridge votes proxies for clients that have authorized it to do so and for each U.S. registered investment company for which it acts as adviser or sub-adviser with power to vote proxies. The Proxy Voting Procedures state that ClearBridge’s goal is to act prudently and solely in the best interests of the owners of the accounts it manages.

The Proxy Voting Procedures contain voting policies relating to three categories of proxy issues. The first category includes proxy issues for which a position is stated in the procedures (for example, with respect to voting on director nominees in uncontested elections, ClearBridge votes for director nominees). The second category includes issues for which a list of factors to be considered in casting a vote is provided. With respect to these issues, ClearBridge votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles of acting prudently and in the best interests of the owners and considering the designated factors (for example, on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications, ClearBridge considers how reasonable the criteria are and to what degree the criteria may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board). The third category picks up all issues that do not fall into either of the first two categories. For these issues, ClearBridge votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles described above.

The Proxy Voting Procedures set forth guidelines for identifying and resolving conflicts that may arise between ClearBridge’s interests and those of its clients. Periodically, ClearBridge distributes a memorandum alerting employees of their obligations regarding conflicts. Employees are instructed to report conflicts to the Compliance Department. Financial Control provides an up-to-date list of client relationships that account for 1% or more of ClearBridge’s annual revenues.

ClearBridge has created a Proxy Committee which oversees the proxy voting process, resolves conflicts of interest, reviews certain votes, i.e., situations where ClearBridge votes against a specific policy or against management recommendations. The Committee also oversees the performance of the third party vendor charged with administering and implementing the voting.

 

B-1


April         , 2008

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

LEGG MASON PARTNERS EQUITY FUND

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

800-451-2010

This statement of additional information (the “SAI”) expands upon and supplements the information contained in the current prospectus of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund (the “fund”), dated April         , 2008, as amended or supplemented from time to time (the “prospectus”) and should be read in conjunction with the prospectus.

As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund with substantially the same name. The fund is now grouped for organizational and governance purposes with other Legg Mason Partners funds that are predominantly equity-type funds, and is a series of Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust. Certain historical information contained in this SAI for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor.

Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The annual report contains financial statements that are incorporated herein by reference. The prospectus and copies of the annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the fund’s distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”) or by writing or calling the fund at the address or telephone number above. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”), serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

On June 30, 2006, the fund’s predecessor converted from a closed-end investment company to an open-end investment company with the same investment objectives and substantially similar investment strategies. Shares of the closed-end fund outstanding at the time of the conversion were designated Class O shares of the fund’s predecessor.

 

1


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Management

   3

Investment Management and Other Services

   10

Investment Objectives and Management Policies

   14

Investment Policies

   33

Portfolio Transactions

   37

Portfolio Turnover

   38

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

   39

Portfolio Manager Disclosure

   41

Distributor

   44

Valuation of Shares

   48

Purchase of Shares

   48

Redemption of Shares

   54

Exchange Privilege

   55

Distributions and Federal Taxes

   56

Additional Information

   61

Financial Statements

   67

Appendix A—Summary of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

   A-1

This Statement of Additional Information is NOT a prospectus and is authorized for distribution to prospective investors only if preceded or accompanied by an effective prospectus.

 

2


MANAGEMENT

The business affairs of the fund are managed by or under the direction of the Board of Trustees (the “Board”). The Board elects officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the fund and who execute policies authorized by the Board.

The current Trustees, including the Trustees of the fund who are not “interested persons” of the fund (the “Independent Trustees”) as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and executive officers of the fund, their birth years, their principal occupations during at least the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of funds associated with Legg Mason the Trustees oversee, and other board memberships they hold are set forth below. The address of each Trustee is c/o R. Jay Gerken, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

The following information relates to the Trust’s recently elected Board.

 

Name and

Year of Birth

  Position(s)
with Fund
  Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time
Served**
 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

  Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
 

Other Board

Memberships

Held by Trustee

During

Past Five Years

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:

 

Paul R. Ades

Born 1940

  Trustee   Since 1983   Law firm of Paul R. Ades, PLLC (since 2000)   47   None

Andrew L. Breech

Born 1952

  Trustee   Since 1991   President, Dealer Operating Control Service, Inc. (automotive retail management) (since 1985)   47   None

Dwight B. Crane

Born 1937

  Trustee   Since 1981   Independent Consultant (since 1969), formerly, Professor, Harvard Business School (1969 to 2007)   49   None

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

Born 1934

  Trustee   Since 1981   Retired; formerly, President and Director, Book Publishing Co. (1970 to 2002)   47   None

Frank G. Hubbard

Born 1937

  Trustee   Since 1993   President, Avatar International Inc. (business development) (since 1998)   47   None

Howard J. Johnson

Born 1938

  Trustee   From 1981
to 1998
and 2000
to Present
  Chief Executive Officer, Genesis Imaging LLC (technology company) (since 2003)   47   None

David E. Maryatt

Born 1936

  Trustee   Since 1983   Private Investor; President and Director, ALS Co. (real estate management and development firm) (since 1993)   47   None

Jerome H. Miller

Born 1938

  Trustee   Since 1995   Retired   47   None

 

3


Name and

Year of Birth

  Position(s)
with Fund
  Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time
Served**
 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

  Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
 

Other Board

Memberships

Held by Trustee

During

Past Five Years

Ken Miller

Born 1942

  Trustee   Since 1983   Chairman, Young Stuff Apparel Group, Inc. (apparel manufacturer) (since 1963)   47   None

John J. Murphy

Born 1944

  Trustee   Since 2002   President, Murphy Capital Management (investment advice) (since 1983)   47   Director, Nicholas Applegate funds (13 funds); Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (11 funds); formerly, Director, Atlantic Stewardship Bank (2004 to 2005); Director, Barclays International Funds Group Ltd. and affiliated companies (to 2003)

Thomas F. Schlafly

Born 1948

  Trustee   Since 1983   Of Counsel, Husch Blackwell Sanders LLP (law firm) (since 1984); President, The Saint Louis Brewery, Inc. (since 1989)   47   Director, Citizens National Bank of Greater St. Louis, MO (since 2006)

Jerry A. Viscione

Born 1944

  Trustee   Since 1993   Retired; formerly, Executive Vice President, Marquette University (1997 to 2002)   47   None

 

4


Name and

Year of Birth

  Position(s)
with Fund
  Term of
Office*
and

Length of
Time
Served**
 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

  Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
 

Other Board

Memberships

Held by Trustee

During

Past Five Years

INTERESTED TRUSTEE:

 

R. Jay Gerken , CFA†

Born 1951

  Trustee,

President,
Chairman
and Chief
Executive
Officer

  Since
2002
  Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 149 funds associated with Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”) and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and Citi Fund Management, Inc. (“CFM”) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)   137   Former Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (2002-2006)

 

* Each Trustee serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a Board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.
Mr. Gerken is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with the manager and/or certain of its affiliates.

 

5


Name, Year of Birth

and Address

  Position(s)
with Fund
  Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**
 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

OFFICERS:

     

Ted P. Becker

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

  Chief
Compliance
Officer
  Since 2006   Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason (2006-present); Managing Director of Compliance at Legg Mason & Co (2005 to present); Chief Compliance Officer with certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA and certain affiliates; Managing Director of Compliance at Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”) (a group of affiliated investment advisers, which included SBFM, Smith Barney Asset Management and Citi Fund Management (“CFM”) and other affiliated investment advisory entities) (2002 to 2005).

John Chiota

Born 1968

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

  Chief
Anti-Money
Laundering
Compliance
Officer
  Since 2006   Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President at CAM (since 2004); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006). Prior to August 2004, Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of TD Waterhouse.

Robert I. Frenkel

Born 1954

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

  Secretary
and Chief
Legal
Officer
  Since 2003   Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for CAM (since 2000); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2003). Previously, Secretary of CFM (2001 to 2004).

R. Jay Gerken, CFA

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

  Chairman,
President
and Chief
Executive
Officer
  Since 2002   Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co.; Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 149 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman of SBFM and CFM (2002 to 2005); formerly Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005).

Thomas C. Mandia

Born 1962

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

  Assistant
Secretary
  Since 2000   Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel for CAM (since 1992); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co.

Kaprel Ozsolak

Born 1965

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

  Chief
Financial
Officer and
Treasurer
  Since 2004   Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President at CAM (1996 to 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2004 to 2005). Previously, Controller of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2002 to 2004).

 

6


Name, Year of Birth

and Address

  Position(s)
with Fund
  Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served**
 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Steven Frank

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Born 1967

  Controller   Since
2005
  Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. or its predecessors (since 2002); Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason (2001 to 2005).

Albert Laskaj

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Born 1977

  Controller   Since
2007
  Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co.; formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2007); accounting manager of certain mutual funds associated with certain predecessor firms of Legg Mason & Co. (2003 to 2005).

 

* Each officer serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took office for any funds in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

Officers of the fund receive no compensation from the fund, although they may be reimbursed by the fund for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

The Board has three standing Committees: the Audit Committee, the Governance Committee and the Pricing Committee. The Audit Committee and the Governance Committee are composed of all of the Independent Trustees. The Pricing Committee is composed of the Chairman of the Board and one Independent Trustee.

The Audit Committee oversees, among other things, the scope of the fund’s audit, the fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls. The primary purposes of the Board’s Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of the fund and the qualifications and independence of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the fund by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to its manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to the fund’s operations and financial reporting. The Audit Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and negotiation of the fund’s investment management and subadvisory arrangements.

The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee also identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems appropriate, a professional search firm. The Governance Committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The Governance Committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a

 

7


potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

 

   

whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

 

   

whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the manager, service providers or their affiliates;

 

   

whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

 

   

whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

 

   

the contribution which the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution which the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the Governance Committee may consider relevant;

 

   

the character and integrity of the person; and

 

   

whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

The Pricing Committee is charged with determining the fair value prices for securities when required.

As indicated above, the Trust’s Board is recently elected and is newly constituted as the Board that oversees all of the equity-type funds in the fund complex. All members of the Board previously have served on Boards of predecessors of Legg Mason Partners funds. The Board met          times during the fund’s last fiscal year. The Audit, Governance and Pricing Committees are recently established committees of this Board and met         ,          and          times, respectively, during the fund’s last fiscal year.

The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in the fund and other investment companies in the fund complex supervised by the Trustees as of December 31, 2007.

 

Name of Trustee

     Dollar Range
of Equity
Securities in
the Fund
     Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities In
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen
by Trustee

Independent Trustees

         

Paul R. Ades

         

Andrew L. Breech

         

Dwight B. Crane

         

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

         

Frank G. Hubbard

         

Howard J. Johnson

         

David E. Maryatt

         

Jerome H. Miller

         

Ken Miller

         

John J. Murphy

         

Thomas F. Schlafly

         

Jerry A. Viscione

         

Interested Trustee

         

R. Jay Gerken

         

 

8


As of April         , 2008, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund, or of a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund.

Information regarding compensation paid by the fund to its recently elected Board and to its prior Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the fund’s Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Gerken, an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the fund for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

The fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustee fees based upon asset size. The fund currently pays each of the Independent Trustees his pro rata share of: an annual fee of $100,000, plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person, and $1,000 for telephonic Board meetings in which that Trustee participates. The lead Independent Trustee will receive an additional $25,000 per year and the Chair of the Audit Committee will receive an additional $15,000 per year.

Recently Elected Board

Information as to the compensation paid to the Trustees by the fund complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2007 and by the fund for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 is shown below.

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the
Fund for the
Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
2007
   Total Pension or
Retirement
Benefits Paid
as Part of Fund
Expenses
    Total
Compensation
from Fund
Complex Paid
to Trustee for
the Calendar
Year Ended
December 31,
2007
   Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee

Independent Trustees

          

Paul R. Ades

   $             $          $                 47

Andrew L. Breech

   $             $          $                 47

Dwight B. Crane

   $               (2 )   $                 49

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

   $             $          $                 47

Frank G. Hubbard

   $             $          $                 47

Howard J. Johnson

   $             $          $                 47

David E. Maryatt

   $             $          $                 47

Jerome H. Miller

   $             $          $                 47

Ken Miller

   $             $          $                 47

John J. Murphy

   $             $          $                 47

Thomas F. Schlafly

   $             $          $                 47

Jerry A. Viscione

   $               $                 47

Interested Trustee

          

R. Jay Gerken(1)

   $             $          $                 137

 

(1) Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his service as Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.
(2) Pursuant to a prior emeritus retirement plan, Mr. Crane received in a lump sum an aggregate benefit having a net present value equal to $444,643. Each fund no longer overseen by Mr. Crane paid a pro rata share (based upon asset size) of the aggregate benefit to Mr. Crane. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse these funds an amount equal to 50% of the benefits paid to Mr. Crane.

 

9


Prior Board

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the former Directors of the fund were paid by the fund the compensation listed below for their service as director.

 

Director

   Aggregate
Compensation
from Fund for
Fiscal Year Ending
December 31, 2007

Independent Directors:

  

Andrew L. Breech

   $             

Carol L. Colman

   $  

William R. Dill

   $  

William R. Hutchinson

   $  

Thomas F. Schafly

   $  

Interested Director:

  

R. Jay Gerken(1)

   $  

 

(1) Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as Director because of his affiliation with the manager.
(2) Pursuant to prior emeritus retirement plans, the following former Directors have received benefits (calculated on a net present value basis) as follows: Ms. Coleman: $116,062; Mr. Dill: $53,567; Mr. Hutchinson: $151,889; and Mr. Kirtland: $25,727. Benefits under the emeritus retirement plans are paid in quarterly installments unless the Director elected to receive them in a lump sum at net present value. Each fund formerly overseen by these Directors paid its pro rata share (based on asset size) of these aggregate benefits. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse the funds an amount equal to 50% of these benefits. None of these amounts were paid during the period covered by this table.

As of April     , 2008, the Trustees and officers of the Trust, as a group, owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the fund.

As of April     , 2008, to the knowledge of the fund, the following shareholders or groups (as the term is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”) beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the following classes of the fund:

 

Class

  

Name and Address

   Shares Held    % of
Shares
        
        

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager

LMPFA (or the “manager”) serves as investment manager to the fund pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”) with the fund. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the cash and short-term investments of the fund.

Under the Management Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the fund’s Board, the manager is delegated the responsibility of managing the fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated

 

10


investment objectives and policies, making investment decisions for the fund and placing orders to purchase and sell securities. The manager also performs administrative and management services necessary for the operation of the fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting, and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the fund’s existence, and (v) maintaining the registration and qualification of the fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

The Management Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the fund’s Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. The Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Trustees, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Management Agreement provides that neither the manager nor its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

For its services under the Management Agreement, the manager is entitled to receive fees which are computed daily and paid quarterly, at the following annual rates of the fund’s average daily net assets: 0.650% up to $350 million; 0.550% on the next $150 million; 0.525% on the next $250 million; 0.500% on the next $250 million; and 0.450% on over $1.0 billion. The management fee may be increased or decreased based on the performance of the fund relative to the investment record of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Index of Composite Stocks (“S&P 500 Index”). This type of fee is sometimes referred to as a “fulcrum” fee. At the end of each calendar quarter, for each percentage point by which the investment performance of the fund exceeds or is exceeded by the investment record of the S&P 500 Index over the one-year period ending on the last day of the calendar quarter for which the adjustment is being calculated, the management fee will be adjusted upward or downward by the product of (i)   1 / 4 of 0.01% multiplied by (ii) the average daily net assets of the fund for the one-year period preceding the end of the calendar quarter. The base fee is calculated based on average daily net assets over the most recent quarter while the performance adjustment is based on average daily net assets over a one-year period. The performance adjustment, therefore, is based in part on the fund’s historical performance during a rolling one-year period preceding the time at which it is assessed. Under the current breakpoint fee structure for the base fee, if the assets of the fund decrease, the rate of the base fee increases. Accordingly, as the fund’s assets decrease, the performance adjustment is added to or subtracted from a base fee of a higher rate. If the amount by which the fund outperforms the S&P 500 Index is not a whole percentage point, a pro-rata adjustment shall be made. However, there will be no performance adjustment unless the investment performance of the fund exceeds or is exceeded by the investment record of the S&P 500 Index by at least one percentage point. The maximum quarterly adjustment is  1 / 4 of 0.10%, which would occur if the fund’s performance exceeds or is exceeded by the S&P 500 Index by ten or more percentage points.

As a result, assuming the fund’s current asset level, the fund could pay an annualized management fee that ranges from 0.42% to 0.62% of the fund’s average daily net assets. The table below illustrates the management fee rate that would be applicable based on the relative performance of the fund and the S&P 500 Index during any 12-month period. The fee rate calculated with respect to any 12-month period will apply only for the next quarterly period and then will be subject to recalculation for the following quarter. The first performance

 

11


adjustment was paid on June 30, 1995 for the one-year period ended on that date after which any performance adjustment has been calculated quarterly based on a rolling one year period.

 

     Underperformance   Neutral   Outperformance

Difference between fund performance and S&P 500 Index return

   -10%
or
more
  -9%   -8%   -7%   -6%   -5%   -4%   -3%   -2%   -1%   0%   +1%   +2%   +3%   +4%   +5%   +6%   +7%   +8%   +9%   +10%
or
more

Management fee (annualized)

   .42%   .43%   .44%   .45%   .46%   .47%   .48%   .49%   .50%   .51%   .52%   .53%   .54%   .55%   .56%   .57%   .58%   .59%   .60%   .61%   .62%

For purposes of determining the performance adjustment, the investment performance of the fund for any one year period shall mean the sum of: (i) the change in the fund’s net asset value per share during such period; (ii) the value of cash distributions per share accumulated to the end of such period; and (iii) the value of capital gains taxes per share (if any) paid or payable on undistributed realized long-term capital gains accumulated to the end of such period; expressed as a percentage of its net asset value per share at the beginning of such period. For this purpose, the value of distributions per share of realized capital gains and of dividends per share paid from investment income shall be treated as reinvested in shares of the fund at the net asset value per share in effect at the close of business on the record date for the payment of such distributions and dividends, after giving effect to such distributions and dividends. In addition, while the fund does not anticipate paying any taxes, the value of any capital gains taxes per share paid or payable on undistributed realized long-term capital gains shall be treated as reinvested in shares of the fund at the net asset value per share in effect at the close of business on the date on which provision is made for such taxes, after giving effect to such taxes.

For purposes of calculating the performance adjustment, the investment record of the S&P 500 Index for any one year period shall mean the sum of: (i) the change in the level of the index during such period; and (ii) the value, computed consistently with the index, of cash distributions made by companies whose securities comprise the index accumulated to the end of such period; expressed as a percentage of the index level at the beginning of such period. For this purpose, cash distributions on the securities which comprise the index shall be treated as reinvested in the index at least as frequently as the end of each calendar quarter following the payment of the dividend.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the fund incurred management fees of $7,572,585, $ 6,857,427 and $            , respectively, of which $            , $             and $            , respectively, was waived.

Subadviser

ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge” or the “subadviser”) serves as the subadviser to the fund pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement between the manager and ClearBridge (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). ClearBridge is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. ClearBridge, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, is an adviser that was formed to succeed to the equity securities portfolio management business of CAM, which was acquired by Legg Mason in December 2005. As of December 31, 2007, ClearBridge’s total assets under management were approximately $             billion.

Under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and the manager, the subadviser will, except for the management of cash and short-term investments that is performed by LMPFA, manage the fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objectives and policies, assist in supervising all aspects of the fund’s operations, make investment decisions for the fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the fund.

The Sub-Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of

 

12


the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the subadviser. The subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement on 90 days’ written notice to the fund and the manager. The manager and the subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. The Sub-Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment by the subadviser and is not assignable by the manager without the consent of the subadviser.

The manager pays the subadviser a fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to LMPFA, net of expenses waivers and reimbursements. ClearBridge has served as the fund’s subadviser since August 1, 2006. For the period August 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006, the manager paid the subadviser subadvisory fees of $1,571,910.54. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the manager paid the subadviser subadvisory fees of $            .

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under the Management Agreement and the 12b-1 Plan (as discussed below), the fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things: interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuance and redemption or repurchase of the fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, members of the Board and employees of the fund, if any; and the fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the fund and its officers, Board members and employees; litigation expenses and any nonrecurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the fund is a party and the legal obligation which the fund may have to indemnify the fund’s Board members and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares, either through contractual or voluntary arrangements. Any such waivers and/ or reimbursements are described in the fund’s prospectus. The contractual and voluntary fee waivers and/ or reimbursements do not cover extraordinary expenses, such as (a) any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demand related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time; (b) transaction costs (such as brokerage commissions and dealer and underwriter spreads) and taxes; and (c) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of the fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of Board members or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to

 

13


the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the fund, the manager, the subadvisor and the distributor have each adopted codes of ethics that permit their respective personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.

When personnel covered by the fund’s code of ethics are employed by more than one of the managers affiliated with Legg Mason, those employees may be subject to such affiliate’s code of ethics adopted pursuant to Rule 17j-1, rather than the fund’s code of ethics.

Copies of the codes of ethics of the fund, its manager, its subadviser and its distributor are on file with the SEC.

Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures

Although individual Trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager, the Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to the manager, believing that the manager should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

LMPFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for the fund to the subadviser through its contracts with the subadviser. The subadviser will use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for the fund. Should LMPFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of the subadviser to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and the fund, the Board of Directors of LMPFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that LMPFA votes proxies. LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadviser and providing them to the fund as required for the fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

The subadviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to the fund’s portfolio securities are voted, a summary of which is attached as Appendix A to this SAI. Information regarding how the fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) by calling 1-888-425-6432, (2) on the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND MANAGEMENT POLICIES

The fund’s prospectus discusses the fund’s investment objectives and policies. This section contains a discussion of the fund’s investment objectives, investment policies and certain of the risks associated with these practices, and supplements the description of the fund’s investments and risks contained in the prospectus. The fund may engage in these and any other practices not prohibited by its investment restrictions. For further information regarding the risks associated with these practices, see below.

 

14


General

The fund invests primarily in common stock or securities convertible into common stock of companies in industries the portfolio manager believes have the potential to grow at a faster rate than the economy as a whole and that appear to have above-average earnings growth potential.

Since there may be periods, including those of unusual market conditions, during which the portfolio manager may deem it advisable to invest varying portions of the fund’s assets in fixed-income securities or to hold substantial amounts of cash or its equivalent, the fund retains the flexibility to do so. See “Non-Principal Investment Strategies—Other Specific Debt Instruments—Short-Term Investments” below.

The fund purchases and sells securities as considered advisable by the portfolio manager. The fund usually holds securities for the long term, but may sell portfolio securities whenever the portfolio manager deems such sales to be advisable, regardless of how long the fund has owned such securities.

The fund may invest in readily marketable securities, securities with limited marketability or non-marketable securities. Although the fund’s portfolio usually will consist of equity securities listed on the New York and other stock exchanges, issues traded in the over-the-counter market may also be purchased and held to the extent deemed advisable by the portfolio manager.

Generally, the fund invests in securities of U.S. issuers, but the fund may invest up to 25% of its assets in foreign securities. These securities may be denominated and traded in foreign currencies, and may be traded in the U.S. or on international stock exchanges.

Investment Objectives

The fund’s primary investment objectives are growth and conservation of capital. Income is a secondary investment objective. The fund’s investment objectives may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval.

Principal Investment Strategies

The fund invests primarily in common stock or securities convertible into common stock of companies in industries the portfolio manager believes have the potential to grow at a faster rate than the economy as a whole and that appear to have above-average earnings and dividend growth potential.

Under normal market conditions, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in equity securities. The fund emphasizes investments in U.S. stocks with large market capitalizations, but the fund also invests in stocks with small and medium capitalizations and may invest up to 25% of its assets in foreign securities. These securities may be denominated and traded in foreign currencies and may be traded in the U.S. or on international stock exchanges. The fund’s foreign investments are typically equity securities, but the fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in foreign fixed-income securities. In addition, the fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in securities of emerging markets issuers. The fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in fixed-income securities, some or all of which may be fixed-income securities that are high yield, lower quality securities rated below investment grade by a recognized rating agency or unrated securities determined by the portfolio manager to be of equivalent quality (commonly referred to as “junk bonds”).

Additional Information

The fund’s principal investment strategies are described above. The following provides additional information about these principal strategies and describes other investment strategies that may be used by the fund.

 

15


Equity Securities

Equity securities have historically been more volatile than most debt securities in response to market risk. Market risk is the risk that the prices of securities will rise or fall due to changing economic, political or market conditions. The value of some securities held by the fund may be quite volatile.

Common Stock. Common stocks are shares of a corporation or other entity that entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the profits of the corporation, if any, without preference over any other shareholder or class of shareholders, including holders of the entity’s preferred stock and other senior equity. Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so. Common stocks do not represent an obligation of the issuer, and do not offer the degree of protection of debt securities. The issuance of debt securities or preferred stock by an issuer will create prior claims which could adversely affect the rights of holders of common stock with respect to the assets of the issuer upon liquidation or bankruptcy.

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are typically preferred stock or bonds that are convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. Because they have the characteristics of both fixed-income securities and common stock, convertible securities are sometimes called “hybrid” securities. Convertible bonds, debentures and notes are debt obligations offering a stated interest rate; convertible preferred stocks are senior securities of a company offering a stated dividend rate. Convertible securities will at times be priced in the market like other fixed-income securities—that is, their prices will tend to rise when interest rates decline and will tend to fall when interest rates rise. However, because a convertible security provides an option to the holder to exchange the security for either a specified number of the issuer’s common shares at a stated price per share or the cash value of such common shares, the security market price will tend to fluctuate in relationship to the price of the common shares into which it is convertible. Thus, convertible securities will ordinarily provide opportunities for producing both current income and longer-term capital appreciation. Because convertible securities are usually viewed by the issuer as future common stock, they are generally subordinated to other senior securities and therefore may be rated lower than the issuer’s non-convertible debt obligations or preferred stock.

Convertible debt securities and preferred stock entitle the holder to acquire the issuer’s common stock by exchange or purchase for a predetermined rate. Convertible securities are subject both to the credit and interest rate risks associated with fixed-income securities and to the stock market risk associated with equity securities. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure. They are consequently of higher quality and entail less risk than the corporation’s common stock, although the extent to which such risk is reduced depends in large measure upon the degree to which the convertible security sells above its value as a fixed-income security. In general, the market value of a convertible security is the greater of its investment value as a fixed-income security or its conversion value (the value of the underlying common stock if the security is converted). The fund may purchase convertible securities rated Ba or lower by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or BB or lower by Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”) and may also purchase non-rated securities considered by the portfolio manager to be of comparable quality. Although the fund selects these securities primarily on the basis of their equity characteristics, investors should be aware that debt securities rated in these categories are considered high risk securities; the rating agencies consider them speculative, and payment of interest and principal is not considered well assured. To the extent that such convertible securities are acquired by the fund, there is a greater risk as to the timely payment of the principal of, and timely payment of interest or dividends on, such securities than in the case of higher rated convertible securities.

Smaller Market Capitalization Companies. Investments in companies with smaller market capitalizations, including companies generally considered to be small cap and mid cap companies, may involve greater risks and volatility than investments in larger companies. Companies with smaller market capitalizations may be at an earlier stage of development, may be subject to greater business risks, may have limited product lines, limited financial resources and less depth in management than more established companies. In addition, these companies

 

16


may have difficulty withstanding competition from larger more established companies in their industries. The securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations may be thinly traded (and therefore have to be sold at a discount from current market prices or sold in small lots over an extended period of time), may be followed by fewer investment research analysts and may be subject to wider price swings and thus may create a greater chance of loss than investing in securities of larger capitalization companies. In addition, transaction costs in smaller capitalization stocks may be higher than those of larger capitalization companies.

Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers. Investing in the securities of foreign issuers involves special considerations which are not typically associated with investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. Investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve risks arising from differences between U.S. and foreign securities markets, including less volume, much greater price volatility in and illiquidity of certain foreign securities markets, greater difficulty in determining the fair value of securities, different trading and settlement practices and less governmental supervision and regulation, from changes in currency exchange rates, from high and volatile rates of inflation, from economic, social and political conditions such as wars, terrorism, civil unrest and uprisings, and from fluctuating interest rates.

There may be less publicly-available information about a foreign issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and foreign issuers may not be subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial record-keeping standards and requirements as U.S. issuers. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of an emerging market country issuer may not reflect its financial position or results of operations in the way they would be reflected had the financial statements been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, for an issuer that keeps accounting records in local currency, inflation accounting rules may require, for both tax and accounting purposes, that certain assets and liabilities be restated on the issuer’s balance sheet in order to express items in terms of currency of constant purchasing power. Inflation accounting may indirectly generate losses or profits. Consequently, financial data may be materially affected by restatements for inflation and may not accurately reflect the real condition of those issuers and securities markets. Finally, in the event of a default in any such foreign obligations, it may be more difficult for the fund to obtain or enforce a judgment against the issuers of such obligations.

Other investment risks include the possible imposition of foreign withholding taxes on certain amounts of the fund’s income, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign assets and the possible establishment of exchange controls, expropriation, confiscatory taxation, other foreign governmental laws or restrictions which might affect adversely payments due on securities held by the fund, the lack of extensive operating experience of eligible foreign subcustodians and legal limitations on the ability of the fund to recover assets held in custody by a foreign subcustodian in the event of the subcustodian’s bankruptcy.

There generally is less governmental supervision and regulation of exchanges, brokers and issuers in foreign countries than there is in the United States. For example, there may be no comparable provisions under certain foreign laws to insider trading and similar investor protection securities laws that apply with respect to securities transactions consummated in the United States. Further, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs on foreign securities exchanges generally are higher than in the United States.

In some countries, banks or other financial institutions may constitute a substantial number of the leading companies or companies with the most actively traded securities. The 1940 Act limits a fund’s ability to invest in any equity security of an issuer which, in its most recent fiscal year, derived more than 15% of its revenues from “securities related activities,” as defined by the rules there under. These provisions may also restrict a fund’s investments in certain foreign banks and other financial institutions.

Foreign markets have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Further, satisfactory custodial services for investment securities may not be available in some countries having smaller, emerging capital markets, which may result in the fund incurring additional

 

17


costs and delays in transporting such securities outside such countries. Delays in settlement or other problems could result in periods when assets of the fund are uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of the fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems or the risk of intermediary counterparty failures could cause the fund to forgo attractive investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the fund due to subsequent declines in the value of such portfolio security or, if the fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser.

Rules adopted under the 1940 Act permit the fund to maintain its foreign securities and cash in the custody of certain eligible non-U.S. banks and securities depositories. Certain banks in foreign countries may not be “eligible sub-custodians,” as defined in the 1940 Act, for the fund, in which event the fund may be precluded from purchasing securities in certain foreign countries in which it otherwise would invest or which may result in the fund’s incurring additional costs and delays in providing transportation and custody services for such securities outside of such countries. The fund may encounter difficulties in effecting on a timely basis portfolio transactions with respect to any securities of issuers held outside their countries. Other banks that are eligible foreign sub-custodians may be recently organized or otherwise lack extensive operating experience. In addition, in certain countries there may be legal restrictions or limitations on the ability of the fund to recover assets held in custody by foreign sub-custodians in the event of the bankruptcy of the sub-custodian.

Certain of the risks associated with international investments and investing in smaller capital markets are heightened for investments in emerging market countries. For example, some of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced devaluation relative to the U.S. dollar, and major adjustments have been made periodically in certain of such currencies. Certain of such countries face serious exchange constraints. In addition, governments of many emerging market countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In certain cases, the government owns or controls many companies. Accordingly, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in developing countries which could affect private sector companies and consequently, the value of certain securities held in the fund’s portfolio.

Investment in certain emerging market securities is restricted or controlled to varying degrees which may at times limit or preclude investment in certain emerging market securities and increase the costs and expenses of a fund. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than other classes, restrict investment opportunities in issuers in industries deemed important to national interests and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors.

The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain emerging market countries, as well as limitations on such investments, also may have an adverse impact on the operations of the fund. For example, the fund may be required in some countries to invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares purchased re-registered in the name of the fund. Re-registration may in some instances not occur on a timely basis, resulting in a delay during which the fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor.

Certain emerging market countries may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors which could adversely affect the fund. In addition, if a deterioration occurs in the country’s balance of payments, it could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. Investing in local markets in emerging market countries may require the fund to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to the fund.

 

18


With respect to investments in certain emerging market countries, different legal standards may have an adverse impact on the fund. For example, while the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain emerging market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders of U.S. corporations.

Certain markets are in only the earliest stages of development. There is also a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of investors and financial intermediaries. Many of such markets also may be affected by developments with respect to more established markets in the region. Brokers in emerging market countries typically are fewer in number and less capitalized than brokers in the United States. These factors, combined with the U.S. regulatory requirements for open-end investment companies and the restrictions on foreign investment, result in potentially fewer investment opportunities for the fund and may have an adverse impact on the investment performance of the fund.

Depositary Receipts. Securities of foreign issuers may be purchased directly or through depositary receipts, such as American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depository Receipts (“GDRs”) or other securities representing underlying shares of foreign companies. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in U.S. securities markets and EDRs and GDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European and global securities markets. ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying securities. EDRs and GDRs are European and global receipts, respectively, evidencing a similar arrangement.

ADRs, EDRs and GDRs are issued through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” arrangements. In a sponsored arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes the obligation to pay some or all of the depositary’s transaction fees, whereas under an unsponsored arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes no obligation and the depositary’s transaction fees are paid by the holders. In addition, less information is generally available in the United States about the issuer of an unsponsored depositary receipt than it is for the issuer of a sponsored depositary receipt. See also “Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers” in this section.

Fixed-Income Securities

Investments in fixed-income securities may subject the fund to risks, including the following:

Interest Rate Risk. When interest rates decline, the market value of fixed-income securities tends to increase. Conversely, when interest rates increase, the market value of fixed-income securities tends to decline. The volatility of a security’s market value will differ depending upon the security’s duration, the issuer and the type of instrument.

Income Risk. When interest rates decline, the fund’s income may decline.

Default Risk/Credit Risk. Investments in fixed-income securities are subject to the risk that the issuer of the security could default on its obligations, causing the fund to sustain losses on such investments. A default could impact both interest and principal payments.

Call Risk and Extension Risk. Fixed-income securities may be subject to both call risk and extension risk. Call risk exists when the issuer may exercise its right to pay principal on an obligation earlier than scheduled, which would cause cash flows to be returned earlier than expected. This typically results when interest rates have declined and the fund will suffer from having to reinvest in lower yielding securities. Extension risk exists when the issuer may exercise its right to pay principal on an obligation later than anticipated, which would cause cash flows to be returned later than expected. This typically results when interest rates have increased, and the fund will suffer from the inability to invest in higher yield securities.

 

19


Debt Obligations or Securities. The fund may invest up to 20% in debt obligations. Debt obligations include bonds, debentures, notes, commercial paper, loans and other instruments issued by banks, corporations, local and state and national governments, both U.S. and foreign, and supranational entities. Debt obligations are typically fixed-income obligations, but may have a variable or adjustable rate of interest. Changes in market yields will affect the fund’s net asset value as prices of fixed-income securities generally increase when interest rates decline and decrease when interest rates rise. Prices of longer term securities generally increase or decrease more sharply than those of shorter term securities in response to interest rate changes, particularly if such securities were purchased at a discount. It should be noted that the market values of securities rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities as determined by the portfolio manager tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities. Except to the extent that values are affected independently by other factors such as developments relating to a specific issuer, when interest rates decline, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to decline.

While debt securities carrying the fourth highest quality rating (“Baa” by Moody’s or “BBB” by S&P) are considered investment grade and are viewed to have adequate capacity for payment of principal and interest, investments in such securities involve a higher degree of risk than that associated with investments in debt securities in the higher rating categories and such debt securities lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well. For example, changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than is the case with higher grade debt securities. Debt securities rated lower than investment grade are called high yield securities. See “High Yield, Lower Quality Securities” below.

In addition, many fixed-income securities contain call or buy-back features that permit their issuers to call or repurchase the securities from their holders. Such securities may present risks based on payment expectations. Although the fund would typically receive a premium if an issuer were to redeem a security, if an issuer exercises such a “call option” and redeems the security during a time of declining interest rates, the fund may realize a capital loss on its investment if the security was purchased at a premium and the fund may have to replace the called security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased rate of return to the fund. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, redemption or prepayment rates may slow, leading to an extension in the expected maturity of the obligation, leading to greater price volatility.

High Yield, Lower Quality Securities. The fund may invest up to 20% of its net assets in debt securities rated below investment grade by a recognized rating agency or comparable unrated securities as determined by the portfolio manager. Such securities are generally referred to as “high-yield” or “junk” bonds, and involve a high degree of risk. An economic recession could disrupt the market for such securities and adversely affect their value and the ability of issuers to repay principal and pay interest thereon.

While the market values of high-yield securities may tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than the market values of higher-rated securities, the market values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporation developments and changes in economic conditions, and thus will fluctuate over time. In addition, high-yield securities generally present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of these securities are often highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater because high-yield securities generally are unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. The fund may also incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings. The existence of limited markets for these securities may diminish the fund’s ability to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing such securities and calculating its net asset value as well as impair the fund’s ability to dispose of such securities.

 

20


The ratings of Moody’s and S&P generally represent the opinions of those organizations as to the quality of the securities that they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality, are subject to change and do not evaluate the market risk of the securities. Although the portfolio manager uses these ratings as a criterion for the selection of securities for the fund, the portfolio manager also relies on his independent analysis to evaluate potential investments for the fund.

Non-Principal Investment Strategies

Other Specific Debt Instruments

Corporate Debt Obligations. Corporate debt obligations are subject to the risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and may also be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market interest rates, market perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and general market liquidity. Zero coupon securities are securities sold at a discount to par value and on which interest payments are not made during the life of the security. Because zero coupon securities do not pay current interest in cash, these securities are subject to greater credit risk and greater fluctuation in value in response to changes in market interest rates than debt obligations that pay interest currently.

U.S. Government Securities. The U.S. government securities in which the fund may invest include bills, certificates of indebtedness, and notes and bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury or by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government. Some U.S. government securities, such as U.S. Treasury bills and bonds, are supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agency’s obligations; still others are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality.

Short-Term Investments. In certain circumstances the fund may invest without limitation in all types of short-term money market instruments, including U.S. government securities; certificates of deposit, time deposits and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic banks (including their branches located outside the United States and subsidiaries located in Canada), domestic branches of foreign banks, savings and loan associations and similar institutions; high grade commercial paper; and repurchase agreements. To the extent the fund is investing in short-term investments as a temporary defensive posture, the fund’s investment objectives may not be achieved.

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender, such as the fund, pursuant to which the lender may determine to invest varying amounts. Transfer of such notes is usually restricted by the issuer, and there is no secondary trading market for such notes. The fund therefore may only invest in a master demand note to the extent that the investment would not violate the fund’s limits on restricted and illiquid securities.

Commercial Bank Obligations. The fund may invest in bank obligations, i.e. , certificates of deposit, time deposits (including Eurodollar time deposits) and bankers’ acceptances and other short-term debt obligations issued by domestic banks, foreign subsidiaries or foreign branches of domestic banks, domestic savings and loan associations and other banking institutions. A bankers’ acceptance is a bill of exchange or time draft drawn on and accepted by a commercial bank. It is used by corporations to finance the shipment and storage of goods and to furnish dollar exchange. Maturities are generally six months or less. A certificate of deposit is a negotiable interest-bearing instrument with a specific maturity. Certificates of deposit are issued by banks and savings and loan institutions in exchange for the deposit of funds and normally can be traded in the secondary market prior to maturity. A time deposit is a non-negotiable receipt issued by a bank in exchange for the deposit of funds. Like a

 

21


certificate of deposit, it earns a specified rate of interest over a definite period of time; however, it cannot be traded in the secondary market. Time deposits with a withdrawal penalty are considered to be illiquid securities.

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities. Unlike fixed rate mortgage securities, adjustable rate mortgage securities are collateralized by or represent interests in mortgage loans with variable rates of interest. These variable rates of interest reset periodically to align themselves with market rates. The fund will not benefit from increases in interest rates to the extent that interest rates rise to the point where they cause the current coupon of the underlying adjustable rate mortgages to exceed any maximum allowable annual or lifetime reset limits (or “cap rates”) for a particular mortgage. In this event, the value of the mortgage securities in the fund would likely decrease. Also, the fund’s net asset value could vary to the extent that current yields on adjustable rate mortgage securities are different than market yields during interim periods between coupon reset dates or if the timing of changes to the index upon which the rate for the underlying mortgages is based lags behind changes in market rates. During periods of declining interest rates, income to the fund derived from adjustable rate mortgages which remain in a mortgage pool will decrease in contrast to the income on fixed rate mortgages, which will remain constant. Adjustable rate mortgages also have less potential for appreciation in value as interest rates decline than do fixed rate investments. See also “Mortgage-Backed Securities” in this section.

Mortgage-Backed Securities. The following describes certain characteristics of mortgage-backed securities. It should be noted that new types of mortgage-backed securities are developed and marketed from time to time and that the fund may invest in those new types of mortgage-backed securities to the extent consistent with its investment objectives.

Background. Mortgage-backed securities were introduced in the 1970s when the first pool of mortgage loans was converted into a mortgage pass-through security. Since the 1970s, the mortgage-backed securities market has vastly expanded and a variety of structures have been developed to meet investor needs.

Yield Characteristics. Interest and principal payments on mortgage-backed securities are typically made monthly, and principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if the fund purchases such a security at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity. Conversely, if the fund purchases these securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase, while slower than expected prepayments will reduce, yield to maturity.

Prepayments on a pool of mortgage loans are influenced by a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors, including changes in mortgagors’ housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors’ net equity in the mortgaged properties and servicing decisions. Generally, however, prepayments on fixed rate mortgage loans will increase during a period of falling interest rates. Accordingly, amounts available for reinvestment by the fund are likely to be greater during a period of relatively low interest rates and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of relatively high interest rates. This prepayment effect has been particularly pronounced during recent years as borrowers have refinanced higher interest rate mortgages into lower interest rate mortgages available in the marketplace. On the other hand, during periods of rising interest rates, prepayments tend to be reduced, effectively extending the maturities of the securities, at a time when the securities may have a lower yield than other available instruments. As a result, mortgage-backed securities may decrease in value as a result of increases in interest rates and may benefit less than other fixed-income securities from declining interest rates because of the risk of prepayment.

Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities are mortgage pass-through securities representing participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans originated by U.S. governmental or private lenders and guaranteed, to the extent provided in such securities, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities. Any guarantee of such securities runs only to principal and interest payments on the securities and not to the market value of such securities or the principal and interest

 

22


payments on the underlying mortgages. In addition, the guarantee only runs to the portfolio securities held by the fund and not to the purchase of shares of the fund. Such securities, which are ownership interests in the underlying mortgage loans, differ from conventional debt securities, which provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts (usually semi-annually) and principal payments at maturity or on specified call dates. Mortgage pass-through securities provide for monthly payments that are a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the guarantor of such securities and the servicer of the underlying mortgage loans. Guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities are often sold on a to-be-acquired or “TBA” basis. Such securities are typically sold one to three months in advance of issuance, prior to the identification of the underlying pools of mortgage securities but with the interest payment provisions fixed in advance. The underlying pools of mortgage securities are identified shortly before settlement and must meet certain parameters.

The guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities in which the fund may invest may include those issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae (“Ginnie Mae Certificates”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae Certificates”) and Freddie Mac (“Freddie Mac Certificates”).

Ginnie Mae Certificates. Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality of the United States within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The full faith and credit of the U.S. government is pledged to the payment of amounts that may be required to be paid under any guarantee, but not as to the market value of such securities. The Ginnie Mae Certificates will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iv) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (v) mortgage loans on multifamily residential properties under construction; (vi) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (vii) fixed rate mortgage loans as to which escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrower’s monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loans (“buydown” mortgage loans); (viii) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments in payments based on periodic changes in interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (ix) mortgage-backed serial notes. All of these mortgage loans will be Federal Housing Administration Loans (“FHA Loans”) or Veterans’ Administration Loans (“VA Loans”) and, except as otherwise specified above, will be fully amortizing loans secured by first liens on one- to four-family housing units.

Fannie Mae Certificates. Fannie Mae is a government sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders. It is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will entitle the registered holder thereof to receive amounts representing such holder’s pro rata interest in scheduled principal payments and interest payments (at such Fannie Mae Certificate’s pass-through rate, which is net of any servicing and guarantee fees on the underlying mortgage loans), and any principal prepayments on the mortgage loans in the pool represented by such Fannie Mae Certificate and such holder’s proportionate interest in the full principal amount of any foreclosed or otherwise finally liquidated mortgage loan. The full and timely payment of principal of and interest on each Fannie Mae Certificate, but not the market value thereof, will be guaranteed by Fannie Mae, which guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of FHA Loans, VA Loans or conventional mortgage loans ( i.e. , mortgage loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency) of the following types: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iv) variable rate California mortgage loans; (v) other adjustable rate mortgage loans; and (vi) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects.

Freddie Mac Certificates. Freddie Mac is a government sponsored corporation owned by private stockholders. Freddie Mac guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac Certificate ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, but does not, generally, guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal or the market value of the securities. Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of collection of principal at any time after default

 

23


on an underlying mortgage loan, but not later than 30 days following: (i) foreclosure sale; (ii) payment of a claim by any mortgage insurer; or (iii) the expiration of any right of redemption, whichever occurs later, but in any event no later than one year after demand has been made upon the mortgagor for accelerated payment of principal. The obligations of Freddie Mac under its guarantee are obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

Freddie Mac Certificates represent a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage loans (a “Freddie Mac Certificate group”) purchased by Freddie Mac. The mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac Certificates will consist of fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten and thirty years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one- to four-family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

Recent accounting issues at Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have resulted in turnover of top management at those entities and have led to increased congressional scrutiny and proposals for changes to how these government sponsored entities are regulated. It is unclear what effect that any such changes, if implemented, would have on the fund or on its investment in certificates issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

Recent Market Events

The fixed-income markets are experiencing a period of extreme volatility which has negatively impacted market liquidity conditions. Initially, the concerns on the part of market participants were focused on the subprime segment of the mortgage-backed securities market. However, these concerns have since expanded to include a broad range of mortgage- and asset-backed and other fixed-income securities, including those rated investment grade, the U.S. and international credit and interbank money markets generally, and a wide range of financial institutions and markets, asset classes and sectors. As a result, fixed-income instruments are experiencing liquidity issues, increased price volatility, credit downgrades, and increased likelihood of default. Securities that are less liquid are more difficult to value and may be hard to dispose of. Domestic and international equity markets have also been experiencing heightened volatility and turmoil, with issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets particularly affected. During times of market turmoil, investors tend to look to the safety of securities issued or backed by the U.S. Treasury, causing the prices of these securities to rise, and the yield to decline. These events and the continuing market upheavals may have an adverse effect on the fund.

The fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), including those that are issued by private issuers, and therefore may have some exposure to subprime loans as well as to the mortgage and credit markets generally. Private issuers include commercial banks, savings associations, mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies and special purpose finance entities (called special purpose vehicles or SPVs) and other entities that acquire and package mortgage loans for resale as MBS. Unlike MBS issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its sponsored entities, MBS issued by private issuers do not have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee, but may have credit enhancement provided by external entities such as banks or financial institutions or achieved through the structuring of the transaction itself. Examples of such credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include the issue of senior and subordinated securities (e.g., the issuance of securities by an SPV in multiple classes or “tranches,” with one or more classes being senior to other subordinated classes as to the payment of principal and interest, with the result that defaults on the underlying mortgage loans are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class); creation of “reserve funds” (in which case cash or investments, sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying mortgage loans, are held in reserve against future losses); and “overcollateralization” (in which case the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying mortgage loans exceed that required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). However, there can be no guarantee that credit

 

24


enhancements, if any, will be sufficient to prevent losses in the event of defaults on the underlying mortgage loans.

In addition, MBS that are issued by private issuers are not subject to the underwriting requirements for the underlying mortgages that are applicable to those MBS that have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee. As a result, the mortgage loans underlying private MBS may, and frequently do, have less favorable collateral, credit risk or other underwriting characteristics than government or government-sponsored MBS and have wider variances in a number of terms including interest rate, term, size, purpose and borrower characteristics. Privately issued pools more frequently include second mortgages, high loan-to-value mortgages and manufactured housing loans. The coupon rates and maturities of the underlying mortgage loans in a private-label MBS pool may vary to a greater extent than those included in a government guaranteed pool, and the pool may include subprime mortgage loans. Subprime loans refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans. For these reasons, the loans underlying these securities have had in many cases higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements.

The risk of non-payment is greater for MBS that are backed by mortgage pools that contain subprime loans, but a level of risk exists for all loans. Market factors adversely affecting mortgage loan repayments may include a general economic turndown, high unemployment, a general slowdown in the real estate market, a drop in the market prices of real estate, or an increase in interest rates resulting in higher mortgage payments by holders of adjustable rate mortgages.

If the fund purchases subordinated MBS, the subordinated MBS may serve as a credit support for the senior securities purchased by other investors. In addition, the payments of principal and interest on these subordinated securities generally will be made only after payments are made to the holders of securities senior to the fund’s securities. Therefore, if there are defaults on the underlying mortgage loans, the fund will be less likely to receive payments of principal and interest, and will be more likely to suffer a loss.

Privately issued MBS are not traded on an exchange and there may be a limited market for the securities, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, MBS held in the fund’s portfolio may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loans.

The fund may also purchase asset-backed securities (“ABS”) that have many of the same characteristics and risks as the MBS described above, except that ABS may be backed by non-real-estate loans, leases or receivables such as auto, credit card or home equity loans.

The fund may purchase commercial paper, including asset-backed commercial paper (“ABCP”) that is issued by structured investment vehicles or other conduits. These conduits may be sponsored by mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies, hedge funds, private equity firms and special purpose finance entities. ABCP typically refers to a debt security with an original term to maturity of up to 270 days, the payment of which is supported by cash flows from underlying assets, or one or more liquidity or credit support providers, or both. Assets backing ABCP, which may be included in revolving pools of assets with large numbers of obligors, include credit card, car loan and other consumer receivables and home or commercial mortgages, including subprime mortgages. The repayment of ABCP issued by a conduit depends primarily on the cash collections received from the conduit’s underlying asset portfolio and the conduit’s ability to issue new ABCP. Therefore, there could be losses to the fund investing in ABCP in the event of credit or market value deterioration in the conduit’s underlying portfolio, mismatches in the timing of the cash flows of the underlying asset interests and the repayment obligations of maturing ABCP, or the conduit’s inability to issue new ABCP. To protect investors from these risks, ABCP programs may be structured with various protections, such as credit enhancement, liquidity support, and commercial paper stop-issuance and wind-down triggers. However there can be no guarantee that these protections will be sufficient to prevent losses to investors in ABCP.

 

25


Some ABCP programs provide for an extension of the maturity date of the ABCP if, on the related maturity date, the conduit is unable to access sufficient liquidity through the issue of additional ABCP. This may delay the sale of the underlying collateral and the fund may incur a loss if the value of the collateral deteriorates during the extension period. Alternatively, if collateral for ABCP commercial paper deteriorates in value, the collateral may be required to be sold at inopportune times or at prices insufficient to repay the principal and interest on the ABCP. ABCP programs may provide for the issuance of subordinated notes as an additional form of credit enhancement. The subordinated notes are typically of a lower credit quality and have a higher risk of default. A fund purchasing these subordinated notes will therefore have a higher likelihood of loss than investors in the senior notes.

The fund may also invest in other types of fixed-income securities which are subordinated or “junior” to more senior securities of the issuer, or which represent interests in pools of such subordinated or junior securities. Such securities may include preferred stock. Under the terms of subordinated securities, payments that would otherwise be made to their holders may be required to be made to the holders of more senior securities, and/or the subordinated or junior securities may have junior liens, if they have any rights at all, in any collateral (meaning proceeds of the collateral are required to be paid first to the holders of more senior securities). As a result, subordinated or junior securities will be disproportionately adversely affected by a default or even a perceived decline in creditworthiness of the issuer.

The fund’s compliance with its investment restrictions and limitations is usually determined at the time of investment. If the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates after purchase by the fund, or if the maturity of a security is extended after purchase by the fund, the portfolio managers will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Certain mortgage- or asset-backed securities may provide, upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults, for the investors to become the holders of the underlying assets. In that case a fund may become the holder of securities that it could not otherwise purchase, based on its investment strategies or its investment restrictions and limitations, at a time when such securities may be difficult to dispose of because of adverse market conditions.

Derivatives

In order to enhance returns, reduce risks, and manage cash flows, the fund may invest in derivatives. The fund may also use several derivative strategies ( e.g. , options or index options) to hedge market risks ( e.g. , broad or specific market increments, interest rates and currency exchange rates) and cash flows and to seek to increase the fund’s income or gain, including the purchase of calls, puts and collars. The fund may own “in the money” calls on the S&P 500 Index, funded by a combination of cash, high yield bonds and convertible bonds (“in the money” means the value of the underlying instrument or stock index exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option). This strategy may keep the fund fully invested, while giving it the flexibility to easily manage the volatile cash flows that occur when the fund pays any capital gains distributions. “In the money” call options on the S&P 500 Index fall less than the market does when the value of the S&P 500 Index nears or falls below the strike price of the option. Therefore this strategy should make the fund less volatile than the S&P 500 Index in the event of a severe market decline. The fund may also own puts on the S&P 500 Index. This strategy may protect against a decline in the fund’s return in the event of a market decline. The fund may also write covered calls in order to increase its returns. The fund may purchase collars in order to protect against near term risk in its equity positions. These strategies should make the fund less volatile than the S&P 500 in the event of a market decline.

The fund may purchase put and call options and write “covered” put and call options on stocks and stock indices listed on domestic and foreign securities exchanges in order to hedge against movements in the equity markets or to increase income or gain to the fund. In addition, the fund may purchase options on stocks that are traded over-the-counter. Options on stock indices are similar to options on specific securities. However, because options on stock indices do not involve the delivery of an underlying security, the option represents the holder’s right to obtain from the writer cash in an amount equal to a fixed multiple of the amount by which the exercise

 

26


price exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying stock index on the exercise date. Stock index options are subject to position and exercise limits and other regulations imposed by the exchange on which they are traded.

Options. In order to hedge against adverse market shifts or to increase income or gain, the fund may purchase put and call options or write “covered” put and call options on stock indices, interest rates and currencies. In addition, in order to hedge against adverse market shifts or to increase its income, the fund may purchase put and call options and write “covered” put and call options on stocks, stock indices and currencies. The fund may utilize options on currencies in order to hedge against currency exchange rate risks. A call option is “covered” if, so long as the fund is obligated as the writer of the option, it will own: (i) the underlying investment subject to the option; (ii) securities convertible or exchangeable without the payment of any consideration into the securities subject to the option; or (iii) a call option on the relevant security or currency with an exercise price no higher than the exercise price on the call option written. A put option is “covered” if, to support its obligation to purchase the underlying investment if a put option that the fund writes is exercised, the fund will either (a) deposit with its custodian in a segregated account cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities or other high grade liquid debt obligations having a value at least equal to the exercise price of the underlying investment or (b) continue to own an equivalent number of puts of the same “series” (that is, puts on the same underlying investment having the same exercise prices and expiration dates as those written by the fund), or an equivalent number of puts of the same “class” (that is, puts on the same underlying investment) with exercise prices greater than those that it has written (or, if the exercise prices of the puts it holds are less than the exercise prices of those it has written, it will deposit the difference with its custodian in a segregated account). Parties to options transactions must make certain payments and/or set aside certain amounts of assets in connection with each transaction.

In all cases except for certain options on interest rate futures contracts, by writing a call, the fund will limit its opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of the underlying investment above the exercise price of the option for as long as the fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. By writing a put, the fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a decrease in the market value of the underlying investment below the exercise price of the option for as long as the fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. Upon the exercise of a put option written by the fund, the fund may suffer an economic loss equal to the difference between the price at which the fund is required to purchase the underlying investment and its market value at the time of the option exercise, less the premium received for writing the option. Upon the exercise of a call option written by the fund, the fund may suffer an economic loss equal to an amount not less than the excess of the investment’s market value at the time of the option exercise over the fund’s acquisition cost of the investment, less the sum of the premium received for writing the option and the positive difference, if any, between the call price paid to the fund and the fund’s acquisition cost of the investment.

In all cases except for certain options on interest rate futures contracts, in purchasing a put option, the fund will seek to benefit from a decline in the market price of the underlying investment, while in purchasing a call option, the fund will seek to benefit from an increase in the market price of the underlying investment. If an option purchased is not sold or exercised when it has remaining value, or if the market price of the underlying investment remains equal to or greater than the exercise price, in the case of a put, or remains equal to or below the exercise price, in the case of a call, during the life of the option, the fund will lose its investment in the option. For the purchase of an option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying investment must decline sufficiently below the exercise price, in the case of a put, and must increase sufficiently above the exercise price, in the case of a call, to cover the premium and transaction costs.

In the case of certain options on interest rate futures contracts, the fund may purchase a put option in anticipation of a rise in interest rates, and purchase a call option in anticipation of a fall in interest rates. By writing a covered call option on interest rate futures contracts, the fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a fall in interest rates. By writing a covered put option on interest rate futures contracts, the fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a rise in interest rates.

 

27


The fund may choose to exercise the options it holds, permit them to expire or terminate them prior to their expiration by entering into closing transactions. The fund may enter into a closing purchase transaction in which the fund purchases an option having the same terms as the option it had written or a closing sale transaction in which the fund sells an option having the same terms as the option it had purchased. A covered option writer unable to effect a closing purchase transaction will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or the underlying security is delivered upon exercise, with the result that the writer will be subject to the risk of market decline in the underlying security during such period. Should the fund choose to exercise an option, the fund will purchase in the open market the securities, commodities or commodity futures contracts underlying the exercised option.

Exchange-listed options on securities and currencies, with certain exceptions, generally settle by physical delivery of the underlying security or currency, although in the future, cash settlement may become available. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option. Index options are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (that is, the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised.

Put options and call options typically have similar structural characteristics and operational mechanics regardless of the underlying instrument on which they are purchased or sold. Thus, the following general discussion relates to each of the particular types of options discussed in greater detail below. In addition, many derivatives involving options require segregation of fund assets in special accounts.

A put option gives the purchaser of the option, upon payment of a premium, the right to sell, and the writer of the obligation to buy, the underlying security, index, currency or other instrument at the exercise price. The fund’s purchase of a put option on a security, for example, might be designed to protect its holdings in the underlying instrument (or, in some cases, a similar instrument) against a substantial decline in the market value of such instrument by giving the fund the right to sell the instrument at the option exercise price. A call option, upon payment of a premium, gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the seller the obligation to sell, the underlying instrument at the exercise price. The fund’s purchase of a call option on a security, financial futures contract, index, currency or other instrument might be intended to protect the fund against an increase in the price of the underlying instrument that it intends to purchase in the future by fixing the price at which it may purchase the instrument. An “American” style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option period, whereas a “European” style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration or during a fixed period prior to expiration.

The fund is operated by persons who have claimed an exclusion, granted to operators of registered investment companies like the fund, from registration as a “commodity pool operator” with respect to the fund under the Commodity Exchange Act, and therefore, are not subject to registration or regulation with respect to the fund under the Commodity Exchange Act.

Interest Rate and Equity Swaps and Related Transactions. The fund may purchase or sell interest rate and equity caps, floors and collars. The fund may enter into these transactions in order to hedge against either a decline in value of the securities included in the fund’s portfolio, or against an increase in the price of the securities which it plans to purchase, or in order to preserve or maintain a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to achieve a particular return on cash balances, or in order to increase income or gain. Interest rate and equity swaps involve the exchange by the fund with another party of their respective commitments to make or receive payments based on a notional principal amount. The purchase of an interest rate or equity cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined level, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate or equity cap. The purchase of an interest rate or equity floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined rate, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the

 

28


party selling the interest rate or equity floor. A collar is a combination of a cap and a floor which preserve a certain return within a predetermined range of values.

The fund may enter into interest rate and equity swaps, caps, floors and collars on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether it is hedging its assets or its liabilities, and will usually enter into interest rate and equity swaps on a net basis ( i.e. , the two payment streams are netted out), with the fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate or equity swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by the fund’s custodian in accordance with procedures established by the Board. If the fund enters into an interest rate or equity swap on other than a net basis, the fund will maintain a segregated account in the full amount accrued on a daily basis of the fund’s obligations with respect to the swap. The fund will only enter into interest rate and equity swap, cap, floor or collar transactions with counterparties the manager deems to be creditworthy. The subadviser will monitor the creditworthiness of counterparties to its interest rate and equity swap, cap, floor and collar transactions on an ongoing basis. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. The subadviser has determined that, as a result, the swap market is liquid. Caps, floors and collars are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps. To the extent the fund sells caps, floors and collars it will maintain in a segregated account cash and/or, cash equivalents or other liquid high grade debt securities having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the full amount, accrued on a daily basis, of the fund’s obligations with respect to the caps, floors or collars. The use of interest rate and equity swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the subadviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these investment techniques were not utilized. Moreover, even if the subadviser is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that the swap position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being hedged.

Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts. Use of many derivatives by a fund will require, among other things, that the fund segregate liquid assets with its custodian, or a designated sub-custodian, to the extent the fund’s obligations are not otherwise “covered” through ownership of the underlying security, financial instrument or currency. In general, either the full amount of any obligation by the fund to pay or deliver securities or assets must be covered at all times by the securities, instruments or currency required to be delivered, or, subject to any regulatory restrictions, an amount of liquid assets at least equal to the current amount of the obligation must be segregated with the custodian or subcustodian in accordance with procedures established by the Board. The segregated assets cannot be sold or transferred unless equivalent assets are substituted in their place or it is no longer necessary to segregate them. A call option on securities written by the fund, for example, will require the fund to hold the securities subject to the call (or securities convertible into the needed securities without additional consideration) or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations sufficient to purchase and deliver the securities if the call is exercised. A call option sold by the fund on an index will require the fund to own portfolio securities that correlate with the index or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the excess of the index value over the exercise price on a current basis. A put option on securities written by the fund will require the fund to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the exercise price. Except when the fund enters into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency or for other non-speculative purposes, which requires no segregation, a currency contract that obligates the fund to buy or sell a foreign currency will generally require the fund to hold an amount of that currency or liquid securities denominated in that currency equal to the fund’s obligations or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the amount of the fund’s obligations.

 

29


OTC options entered into by the fund, including those on securities, currency, financial instruments or indices, and OCC-issued and exchange-listed index options will generally provide for cash settlement, although the fund will not be required to do so. As a result, when the fund sells these instruments it will segregate an amount of assets equal to its obligations under the options. OCC-issued and exchange-listed options sold by the fund other than those described above generally settle with physical delivery, and the fund will segregate an amount of assets equal to the full value of the option. OTC options settling with physical delivery or with an election of either physical delivery or cash settlement will be treated the same as other options settling with physical delivery. If the fund enters into OTC option transactions, it will be subject to counterparty risk.

In the case of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, the fund must deposit initial margin and, in some instances, daily variation margin with its futures commission merchant or custodian in addition to segregating liquid assets sufficient to meet its obligations to purchase or provide securities or currencies, or to pay the amount owed at the expiration of an index-based futures contract. The fund will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of its obligations relating to swaps over its entitlements with respect to each swap on a daily basis and will segregate with its custodian, or designated sub-custodian, an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value equal to at least the accrued excess. Caps, floors and collars require segregation of liquid assets with a value equal to the fund’s net obligation, if any.

Derivatives may be covered by means other than those described above when consistent with applicable regulatory policies. The fund may also enter into offsetting transactions so that its combined position, coupled with any segregated assets, equals its net outstanding obligation in related derivatives. The fund could purchase a put option, for example, if the strike price of that option is the same or higher than the strike price of a put option sold by the fund. Moreover, instead of segregating assets if it holds a futures contract or forward contract, the fund could purchase a put option on the same futures contract or forward contract with a strike price as high or higher than the price of the contract held. Other derivatives may also be offset in combinations. If the offsetting transaction terminates at the time of or after the primary transaction, no segregation is required, but if it terminates prior to that time, assets equal to any remaining obligation would need to be segregated.

Investors should note that the fund’s ability to pursue certain of these strategies may be limited by applicable regulations of the SEC, the CFTC and the federal income tax requirements applicable to regulated investment companies.

Other Practices

Preferred Stock. Preferred stocks, like common stocks, represent an equity ownership in an issuer, but generally have a priority claim over common stocks, but not over debt, with respect to dividend payments and upon the liquidation or bankruptcy of the issuer. Therefore, preferred stock is subject to the credit risk of the issuer, but because of its subordinate position to debt obligations of the issuer, the deterioration of the credit of an issuer is likely to cause greater decreases in the value of preferred stock than in more senior debt obligations. The market value of preferred stocks with no conversion rights and fixed dividend rates, like fixed-income securities, tends to move inversely with interest rates, with the price determined by the dividend rate. However, because most preferred stocks do not have a fixed maturity date (although they may have call features giving the issuer the right to call the securities under certain circumstances or redemption features giving the holder the right to cause the issuer to repurchase the securities under certain circumstances), these securities generally will fluctuate more in value when interest rates change than, for example, debt issued by the same issuer. Some preferred stocks may pay dividends at an adjustable rate, based on an auction, an index or other formula. In the absence of credit deterioration, adjustable rate preferred stocks tend to have less price volatility than fixed rate preferred stocks.

Unlike common stocks, preferred stocks do not typically have voting rights. Some preferred stocks have convertible features. See “Principal Investment Strategies—Equity Securities—Convertible Securities” in this section.

 

30


Warrants. Warrants acquired by the fund entitle it to buy common stock from the issuer at a specified price and time. Warrants are subject to the same market risks as stocks, but may be more volatile in price. Because investing in warrants can provide a greater potential for profit or loss than an equivalent investment in the underlying security, warrants involve leverage and are considered speculative investments. At the time of issuance of a warrant, the cost is generally substantially less than the cost of the underlying security itself, and therefore, the investor is able to gain exposure to the underlying security with a relatively low capital investment. Price movements in the underlying security are generally magnified in the price movements of the warrant, although changes in the market value of the warrant may not necessarily correlate to the prices of the underlying security. The fund’s investment in warrants will not entitle it to receive dividends or exercise voting rights and will become worthless if the warrants cannot be profitably exercised before the expiration dates.

Real Estate Investment Trusts. Real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) are pooled investment vehicles that invest in real estate or real estate loans or interests. The fund’s investments in REITs is subject to the risks associated with particular properties and with the real estate market in general, including the risks of a general downturn in real estate values. REITs are dependent upon management skills, are not diversified, and are subject to risks of project financing, default by borrowers, self-liquidation, and the possibility of failing to qualify for the exemption from taxation on distributed amounts under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Like mutual funds, REITs have expenses, including advisory and administration fees paid by REIT shareholders, and, as a result, an investor is subject to a duplicate level of fees if the fund invests in REITs.

Repurchase Agreements. The fund may enter into repurchase agreements for cash management purposes. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the seller of a security commits itself at the time of the sale to repurchase that security from the buyer at a mutually agreed upon time and price. When the fund enters into a repurchase agreement, it is in effect lending money. The fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with dealers, domestic banks or recognized financial institutions which, in the opinion of LMPFA based on guidelines established by the fund’s Board, are deemed creditworthy. LMPFA will monitor the value of the securities underlying the repurchase agreement at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement to ensure that the value of the securities always exceeds the repurchase price. In the event of default by the seller under the repurchase agreement, the fund may incur losses and experience time delays in connection with the disposition of the underlying securities. To the extent that, in the meantime, the value of the securities that the fund has purchased has decreased, the fund could experience a loss.

Loan of Portfolio Securities. The procedure for the lending of portfolio securities by the fund to brokers or dealers or other financial institutions will include the following features and conditions. The borrower of the securities will deposit cash or liquid securities with the fund in an amount equal to a minimum of 100% of the market value of the securities equivalent. The fund will invest the cash collateral in short-term debt securities, money market funds or cash equivalents and earn the interest thereon. A negotiated portion of the income so earned may be paid to the borrower and/or the lending agent who arranged the loan. If the fund receives securities as collateral, the fund will receive a fee from the Borrower. If the value of the collateral drops below the required minimum at any time, the borrower may be called upon to post additional collateral. If the additional collateral is not paid, the loan will be immediately due and, if unpaid, the fund may use the collateral or its own cash to replace the securities by purchase in the open market charging any loss to the borrower. These will be “demand” loans and may be terminated by the fund or the borrower at any time. The fund will receive the equivalent of any dividends and interest paid on the securities lent and the loans will be structured to assure that the fund will be able to exercise its voting rights on the securities by terminating the loan. Because the borrower may terminate a loan at any time and return the loaned security to the fund, the fund bears the risk that it will be required to return the cash collateral underlying the loan at a time when the value of cash, as invested by the fund, has declined. The risks of lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of secured credit, also consist of possible delay in receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially, or loss in the event that the value of the collateral, at the time of a default by the borrower, is less than the market value of the securities loaned. Loans will be made to firms deemed by the manager to be of good standing and will not be made unless, in the judgment of the subadviser the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk.

 

31


Investment Company Securities. Subject to applicable statutory and regulatory limitations, the fund may invest in shares of other investment companies, including shares of other mutual funds, closed-end funds, and unregistered investment companies. Investments in other investment companies are subject to the risk of the securities in which those investment companies invest. In addition, to the extent the fund invests in securities of other investment companies, fund shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of such companies in addition to the expenses of the fund’s own operation. These costs include management, brokerage, shareholder servicing and other operational expenses.

The fund may invest in shares of mutual funds or unit investment trusts that are traded on a stock exchange, called exchange-traded funds or ETFs. Typically an ETF seeks to track the performance of an index, such as the S&P 500, the NASDAQ 100, the Lehman Treasury Bond Index, or more narrow sector or foreign indices, by holding in its portfolio either the same securities that comprise the index, or a representative sample of the index. Investing in an ETF will give the fund exposure to the securities comprising the index on which the ETF is based.

Unlike shares of typical mutual funds or unit investment trusts, shares of ETFs are designed to be traded throughout a trading day, bought and sold based on market values and not at net asset value. For this reason, shares could trade at either a premium or discount to net asset value. However, the portfolios held by index-based ETFs are publicly disclosed on each trading day, and an approximation of actual net asset value is disseminated throughout the trading day. Because of this transparency, the trading prices of index based ETFs tend to closely track the actual net asset value of the underlying portfolios and the fund will generally gain or lose value depending on the performance of the index. However, gains or losses on the fund’s investment in ETFs will ultimately depend on the purchase and sale price of the ETF. In the future, as new products become available, the fund may invest in ETFs that are actively managed. Actively managed ETFs will likely not have the transparency of index-based ETFs, and therefore, may be more likely to trade at a discount or premium to actual net asset values.

The fund may invest in closed-end investment companies which hold securities of U. S. and/or non-U.S. issuers. Because shares of closed-end funds trade on an exchange, investments in closed-end investment funds may entail the additional risk that the market value of such investments may be substantially less than their net asset value.

Illiquid and Restricted Securities. The fund may invest in illiquid and restricted securities. As used herein, restricted securities are those that have been sold in the United States without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and are thus subject to restrictions on resale. The fund may invest up to 15% of the value of its assets in illiquid or restricted securities, excluded from this limitation, however, are any restricted securities which are eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and which have been determined to be liquid by the Trustees or by the manager pursuant to board-approved guidelines. The determination of liquidity is based on the volume of reported trading in the institutional secondary market for each security. This investment practice could have the effect of increasing the level of illiquidity in the fund to the extent qualified institutional buyers become for a time uninterested in purchasing these restricted securities. This could result in the fund’s inability to realize a favorable price upon disposition of restricted securities, and in some cases might make disposition of such securities at the time desired by the fund impossible. Since market quotations are not readily available for restricted securities, such securities will be valued by a method that the Trustees believe accurately reflects fair value.

Short Sales . A short sale is a transaction in which the fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of that security. To effect a short sale, the fund arranges through a broker to borrow the security it does not own to be delivered to a buyer of such security. In borrowing the security to be delivered to the buyer, the fund will become obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. A short sale results in a gain when the price of the securities sold short declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which a security is purchased to replace the borrowed security. Conversely, a short sale will result in a loss if the price of the security sold short increases. Short selling is a technique that may be considered speculative and involves risk beyond the amount of money used to secure each transaction.

 

32


When the fund makes a short sale, the broker effecting the short sale typically holds the proceeds as part of the collateral securing the fund’s obligation to cover the short position. The fund may use securities it owns to meet such collateral obligations. Generally, the fund may not keep, and must return to the lender, any dividends or interest that accrue on the borrowed security during the period of the loan. Depending on the arrangements with a broker or the custodian, the fund may or may not receive any payments (including interest) on collateral it designates as security for the broker.

In addition, until the fund closes its short position or replaces the borrowed security, the fund, pursuant to the 1940 Act, will designate liquid assets it owns (other than short sale proceeds) as segregated assets in an amount equal to its obligation to purchase the securities sold short. The amount segregated in this manner will be increased or decreased each business day (called marked-to-the-market) in an amount equal to the changes in the market value of the fund’s obligation to purchase the security sold short. This may limit the fund’s investment flexibility as well as its ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

The fund will realize a gain if the price of a security declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which the fund purchases a security to replace the borrowed security. On the other hand, the fund will incur a loss if the price of the security increases between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased and the amount of any loss increased by any premium or interest that the fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. It should be noted that possible losses from short sales differ from those that could arise from a cash investment in a security in that losses from a short sale may be limitless, while the losses from a cash investment in a security cannot exceed the total amount of the investment in the security.

Short Sales Against the Box . The fund may enter into a short sale of common stock such that when the short position is open the fund owns an amount of preferred stocks or debt securities, convertible or exchangeable, without payment of further consideration, into an equal number of shares of the common stock sold short. This kind of short sale, which is described as “against the box,” will be entered into by the fund for the purpose of receiving a portion of the interest earned by the executing broker from the proceeds of the sale. The proceeds of the sale will be held by the broker until the settlement date when the fund delivers the convertible securities to close out its short position. Although prior to delivery the fund will have to pay an amount equal to any dividends paid on the common stock sold short, the fund will receive the dividends from the preferred stock or interest from the debt securities convertible into the stock sold short, plus a portion of the interest earned from the proceeds of the short sale. The fund will deposit, in a segregated account with its custodian, convertible preferred stock or convertible debt securities in connection with short sales against the box.

Defensive Investing

During adverse market, economic, political or other conditions, the fund’s portfolio manager may deem it advisable to invest varying portions of the fund’s assets in fixed-income securities or to hold substantial amounts of cash or its equivalent, and the fund retains the flexibility to do so. These investments may be inconsistent with the fund’s investment objectives and principal investment strategies. To the extent that the fund invests defensively, it is unlikely the fund will achieve its investment objectives.

INVESTMENT POLICIES

The fund has adopted the following fundamental investment policies for the protection of shareholders. Investment policies described in this SAI are fundamental only if they are identified as such. Fundamental investment policies may not be changed without approval by holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund, defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of (1) 67% or more of the voting power present at a meeting of which more than 50% of the voting power of the fund are present in person or represented by proxy, or (2) more than 50% of the voting power of the fund.

 

33


If a percentage restriction on investment or use of assets set forth below is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentages resulting from changing values will not be considered a violation of such restriction.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s fundamental investment policies are as follows:

 

  1. The fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  2. The fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  3. The fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  4. The fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  5. The fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  6. The fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  7. Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the fund may not make any investment if, as a result, the fund’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of a fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate a fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently the fund does not contemplate borrowing money for leverage, but if the fund does so, it will not likely do so to a substantial degree. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit a fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the

 

34


settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause a fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to a fund, as with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when the fund’s manager or a sub-adviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. The fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. A fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent a fund from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing senior securities except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. A fund also may borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by a fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of a fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning real estate; however, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including

 

35


environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent a fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If a fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in exchange traded funds that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (7) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy in (7) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; securities of foreign governments; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to a fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

The fund’s fundamental policies are written and will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

Diversification

The fund is a diversified investment company. As a diversified investment company, at least 75% of the value of the fund’s total assets must, at the time of investment, consist of cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, securities of other investment companies, and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater in value than 5% of the value of the fund’s total assets and to not more than 10% of the voting securities of a single issuer. This limit does not apply, however, to 25% of the fund’s assets, which may be invested in a single issuer. The fund’s status as a diversified investment company may not be changed without approval by holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund.

 

36


PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Subject to policies as may be established by the fund’s Board from time to time, the manager is primarily responsible for the fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the fund’s portfolio transactions, except that the manager manages the cash and short-term investments of the fund. Commissions are negotiated with broker dealers on all transactions.

The cost of securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission, concession or a net price. The purchase by the fund of participations or assignments may be pursuant to privately negotiated transactions pursuant to which the fund may be required to pay fees to the seller or forego a portion of payments in respect of the participation agreement. The aggregate brokerage commission paid by the fund for its three most recent fiscal years is set forth below.

Pursuant to the Management Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement, each of the manager and the subadviser is authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of the manager and the subadviser in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker/dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker/dealer commits its own capital.

In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) to the fund and/or the other accounts over which the manager or its affiliates exercise investment discretion. The manager and the subadviser are authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for a fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The manager and the subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the manager or the subadviser in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases the fund’s costs, the manager and the subadviser do not believe that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses as the manager or subadviser. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest. Research services furnished to the manager or subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for the fund may be used by the manager or subadviser in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the manager or subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the manager or subadviser manages may be used by the manager or subadviser in servicing the fund. Not all of these research services are used by the manager or subadviser in managing any particular account, including the fund. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund paid commissions to brokers that provided research services as follows:

 

Total Dollar Amount of Brokerage Transactions

Related to Research Services

   Total Dollar Amount of Brokerage Commissions
Paid on Transactions Related to Research Services

$            

   $             

The fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The fund’s Board has adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate.

 

37


Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the fund paid aggregate brokerage commissions and brokerage commissions to Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”) as set out below:

 

Fiscal Year Ended December 31,

   Aggregate Broker
Commissions Paid
   Amount of Brokerage
Commission Paid by
the Fund to CGMI
   Percentage of the
Fund’s Aggregate
Brokerage
Commissions Paid to
CGMI
    Percentage of the
Fund’s Aggregate
Dollar Amount of
Transactions
Involving the
Payment of
Commission Effected
through CGMI
 

2005

   $ 2,348,320    $ 6,370    0.27 %   0.20 %

2006

   $ 1,521,471    $ 3,108    0.20 %   0.08 %

2007

   $                       N/A    N/A     N/A  

LMIS became an underwriter of the fund on December 1, 2005. The fund did not pay commissions to LMIS during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, December 31, 2006 or December 31, 2007.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the fund as well as for one or more of the manager’s or the subadviser’s other clients. Investment decisions for the fund and for the manager’s or the subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for a the fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for the fund and for other portfolios managed by the manager or the subadviser occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund purchased securities brokered by the following regular brokers of the fund, which had the following values as of December 31, 2007:

 

Name of Regular Broker

   D=Debt
E=Equity
   Value of Securities

PORTFOLIO TURNOVER

For reporting purposes, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in the fund’s investment portfolio (other than short-term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the manager deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 the portfolio turnover rates were     % and 41%, respectively.

 

38


Increased portfolio turnover necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the fund. To the extent portfolio trading results in realization of net short-term capital gains, shareholders will be taxed on such gains at ordinary tax rates (except shareholders who invest through IRAs and other retirement plans which are not taxed currently on accumulations in their accounts).

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

For funds in the Legg Mason Partners family of funds, each fund’s board of trustees has adopted policies and procedures developed by LMPFA with respect to the disclosure of the funds’ portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about each fund’s portfolio securities. The policy requires that consideration always be given as to whether disclosure of information about any fund’s portfolio holdings is in the best interests of such fund’s shareholders, and that any conflicts of interest between the interests of the fund’s shareholders and those of LMPFA, the funds’ distributor or its affiliates, be addressed in a manner that places the interests of fund shareholders first. The policy provides that information regarding a fund’s portfolio holdings may not be shared with non-Legg Mason employees, with investors or potential investors (whether individual or institutional), or with third parties unless it is done for legitimate fund business purposes and in accordance with the policy.

LMPFA’s policy generally provides for the release of details of securities positions once they are considered “stale.” Data is considered stale 25 calendar days following quarter-end. LMPFA believes that this passage of time prevents a third party from benefiting from an investment decision made by a fund that has not been fully reflected by the market.

Under the policy, a fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and non-Legg Mason employees with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after calendar quarter end. Typically, simultaneous public disclosure is achieved by the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings may not be made until 25 days following quarter-end and/or posting the information to Legg Mason’s or the funds’ Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

The policy permits the release of limited portfolio holdings information that is not yet considered stale in a number of situations, including:

 

  1. A fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

 

  2. A fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

 

  3. A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by a portfolio manager (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

 

  4. A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction (i.e., brokers and custodians).

 

  5. A fund’s sector weightings, yield and duration performance attribution (e.g. analysis of the fund’s out-performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

 

39


  6. A fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its Independent Trustees and its independent public accounting firm, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

Under the policy, if information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is released pursuant to an ongoing arrangement with any party, a fund must have a legitimate business purpose for the release of the information, and either a party receiving the information must be under a duty of confidentiality, or the release of non-public information must be subject to trading restrictions and confidential treatment to prohibit the entity from sharing with an unauthorized source or trading upon any non-public information provided. Neither a fund, nor Legg Mason nor any other affiliated person may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about a fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by a fund’s Board. The release of portfolio holdings other than in ongoing arrangements is subject to a written agreement which requires the recipient to keep the information confidential and to use the information only for the purpose specified in the agreement. The approval of a fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained prior to release of the information other than in an ongoing arrangement.

The approval of a fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions to the policy. Any exceptions to the policy must be consistent with the purposes of the policy. Exceptions are considered on a case-by-case basis and are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with LMPFA’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions to the policies are reported annually to the fund’s Board.

Currently, the funds typically disclose their complete portfolio holdings approximately 25 days after calendar quarter-end on Legg Mason’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors.

Set forth below is a list, as of August 31, 2007, of those parties with whom LMPFA, on behalf of the funds, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information, the frequency of the release under such arrangements, and the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

 

Recipient

 

Frequency

 

Delay Before Dissemination

State Street Bank and Trust Company (Fund Custodian and Accounting Agent)   Daily   None
Institutional Shareholder Services (Proxy voting services)   As necessary   None

Bloomberg

  Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Lipper

  Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

S&P

  Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Morningstar

  Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Vestek

  Daily   None

Factset

  Daily   None

The Bank of New York

  Daily   None

Thomson

  Semi-annually   None

Dataware

  Daily   None

ITG

  Daily   None

Portfolio holdings information for a fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

 

40


Recipient

 

Frequency

 

Delay Before Dissemination

Baseline

  Daily   None

Frank Russell

  Monthly   1 Day

Callan

  Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Mercer

  Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

eVestment Alliance

  Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

CRA RogersCasey

  Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Cambridge Associates

  Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Marco Consulting

  Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Wilshire

  Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
Informa Investment Services (Efron)  

Quarterly
  25 Days after Quarter End

CheckFree (Mobius)

  Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Nelsons Information

  Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Investor Tools

  Daily   None

Advent

  Daily   None

BARRA

  Daily   None

Plexus

  Quarterly
(Calendar)
  Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter

Elkins/McSherry

  Quarterly
(Calendar)
  Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter

Quantitative Services Group

  Daily   None

AMBAC

  Daily   None

Deutsche Bank

  Monthly   6-8 business days

Fitch

  Monthly   6-8 business days

Liberty Hampshire

  Weekly and Month End   None

Sun Trust

  Weekly and Month End   None
New England Pension Consultants   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Evaluation Associates

  Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Watson Wyatt

  Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

S&P (Rating Agency)

  Weekly Tuesday Night   1 business day

Moody’s (Rating Agency)

  Monthly   6-8 business days

Electra Information Systems

  Daily   None

SunGard

  Daily   None

PORTFOLIO MANAGER DISCLOSURE

Portfolio Manager

The following table sets forth certain additional information with respect to the fund’s portfolio manager. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of December 31, 2007.

Other Accounts Managed by the Portfolio Manager

The table below identifies, for the portfolio manager, the number of accounts (other than the fund with respect to which information is provided) for which the portfolio manager has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, other accounts and accounts with fees based on performance. [None of the accounts shown were subject to fees based on performance.]

 

41


Portfolio Manager

 

Registered Investment

Companies

 

Other Pooled

Investment Vehicles

 

Other Accounts

Michael Kagan

       registered investment        other pooled        other accounts
  companies with $        investment vehicles   with $      billion in
  billion in total assets   with $      billion in   total assets under
  under management   assets under   management
    management  

Portfolio Manager Compensation

Effective April 1, 2007, ClearBridge investment professionals receive base salary, other employee benefits and are eligible to receive incentive compensation. Base salary is fixed and typically determined based on market factors and the skill and experience of individual investment personnel.

ClearBridge has incentive and deferred compensation plans (the “Plans”) for its investment professionals, including the fund’s portfolio manager(s) and research analysts. The Plans are designed to align the objectives of ClearBridge investment professionals with those of fund shareholders and other ClearBridge clients. Additionally, the deferred plans are designed to retain its investment professionals and reward long-term performance.

Incentive Compensation

Investment performance is the key component in determining the final incentive award for all of ClearBridge’s investment professionals. A portfolio manager’s initial incentive award is based on the investment professional’s ongoing contribution to ClearBridge’s investment and business results and externally measured competitive pay practices for the portfolio manager’s position/experience within the firm. This award is then adjusted upward or downward (up to +/-50%) based on investment performance during the most recent year over a rolling 1, 3, and 5 year time period. Product performance is ranked among a “peer group” of non-ClearBridge investment managers and the product’s pre-tax investment performance against the applicable product benchmark (e.g. a securities index and, with respect to a fund, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s prospectus to which the fund’s average annual total returns are compared).

The peer group of non-ClearBridge investment managers is defined by product style/type, vehicle type and geography and selected by independent vendors that track and provide (for a fee paid by ClearBridge) relevant peer group performance and ranking data (e.g. primarily Lipper or Callan).

The 1, 3, and 5 year performance versus benchmark and peer group approximate effective weightings are 35% for trailing 1 year performance, 50% for trailing 3 year performance, and 15% for trailing 5 year performance.

Lastly, the incentive award for an investment professional may also be adjusted by the ClearBridge Chief Investment Officer(s) based on other qualitative factors such as contribution to the firm and the development of investment staff.

For ClearBridge’s centralized research professionals, there is an incentive compensation plan based on annual performance on a combined scorecard containing a portfolio manager questionnaire survey and stock picking performance. The analyst’s stock picks are tracked on a formal basis through Factset and make up a portion of the analysts overall scorecard performance. These stock picks are measured versus their respective sector indices.

Deferred Award

Up to 20% of an investment professional’s annual incentive compensation is subject to deferral. For portfolio managers, 25% of this deferral is invested in their primary managed product while another 25% is

 

42


invested in an elected proprietary ClearBridge sub-advised fund. Therefore, portfolio managers may potentially have 50% of their deferred award amount tracking the performance of their primary managed product. Every portfolio manager selects their primary product for the elective component. Legg Mason then makes a company investment in the Legg Mason Partners funds equal to the deferral amounts by fund. This investment is a company asset held on the Legg Mason balance sheet and paid out to the employees upon vesting over a four year deferral period. The remaining 50% of the deferral is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

For centralized research analysts, 50% of this deferral tracks the performance of up to two elected proprietary funds. Legg Mason then makes an investment at the company level into each of the funds in the deferral program based on the aggregate dollars deferred by each individual in that plan year (similar to the above description). The remaining 50% of the deferral is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Potential conflicts of interest may arise when the fund’s portfolio manager also has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the fund’s portfolio manager.

The manager, the subadviser and the fund have adopted compliance polices and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the manager and the individuals that each employs. For example, each of the manager and the subadviser seeks to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The manager and the subadviser have has also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. Generally, the allocation procedures require investments to be allocated pro rata to ensure fair allocations. Subject to account restrictions, if a pro rata allocation will not provide a fair allocation, the procedures also allow for using a rotation system ( i.e. , accounts are placed on a list and orders are allocated starting from the top of the list), a percentage position ( i.e. , each client is allocated a security to achieve a specific percentage in a specific security) or a cash evaluation ( i.e. , securities are sold from those accounts which the portfolio manager has decided to raise cash in). There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures the manager, the subadviser and the fund will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear.

These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit the fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect

 

43


to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

Variation in Compensation. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the manager’s management fee and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the manager and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain or raise assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

Selection of Brokers/Dealers. Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or accounts that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide portfolio managers with brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the portfolio manager determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages.

Related Business Opportunities. The manager or its affiliates may provide more services, like distribution or recordkeeping, for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of fund and/or account that provide greater overall returns to the manager and its affiliates.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of fund securities by the fund’s portfolio manager as of December 31, 2007.

 

Portfolio Manager

   Dollar Range of
Ownership of Securities

Michael Kagan

  

DISTRIBUTOR

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker-dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason and an affiliate of the manager, located at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor pursuant to a written agreement dated June 30, 2006 (the “Distribution Agreement”). For the period from January 1, 2007, through December 31, 2007, LMIS has served as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor. For the period from July 1, 2006, through December 31, 2006, LMIS and CGMI served as the fund’s distributors.

The distributor’s obligation is an agency or “best efforts” arrangement under which the distributor is required to take and pay only for such shares of the fund as may be sold to the public. The distributor is not obligated to sell any stated number of shares. The Distribution Agreement is renewable from year to year if

 

44


approved (a) by the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of Independent Trustees who are not parties to the Agreement or interested persons of any such party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Distribution Agreement provides that it will terminate if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party on 60 days’ written notice.

LMIS may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act.

Initial Sales Charges

The aggregate dollar amount of commissions on Class A shares were as follows:

Class A Shares (paid to CGMI and LMIS)

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $             

2006(*)

   $             

Contingent Deferred Sales Charges

Class A Shares (paid to CGMI and LMIS)

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $             

2006(*)

   $             

Class B Shares (paid to CGMI and LMIS)

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $             

2006(*)

   $             

Class C Shares (paid to CGMI and LMIS)

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $             

2006(*)

   $             

 

(*) For the period July 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan Arrangements

The Trustees, on behalf of the fund, have adopted an amended shareholder services and distribution plan (the “12b-1 Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to its Class A, B, C, FI and R shares. Under the 12b-1 Plan, the fund pays service and distribution fees to LMIS for the services it provides and expenses it bears with respect to the distribution of Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI and Class R shares and providing services to Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI and Class R shareholders. The distributor will provide the Board with periodic reports of amounts expended under the 12b-1 Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. The fund pays service fees, accrued daily and payable monthly, calculated at the annual rate of 0.25% of the value of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to the fund’s Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI and Class R shares. In addition, the fund pays distribution fees with respect to the Class B and Class C shares at the

 

45


annual rate of 0.75% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to such class and with respect to the Class R shares at the annual rate of 0.25% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to such class.

Fees under the 12b-1 Plan may be used to make payments to the distributor for distribution services, to Service Agents in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to other parties in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to make payments for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing, and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than regulators and existing shareholders. The fund also may make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of fund shares and/or shareholder services provided.

The 12b-1 Plan also provides that the distributor and Service Agents may receive all or a portion of the sales charges paid by Class A, Class B and Class C investors

The 12b-1 Plan permits the fund to pay fees to the distributor, Service Agents and others as compensation for their services, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. Thus, even if its expenses exceed the fees provided for by the 12b-1 Plan, the fund will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if its expenses are less than the fees paid to them, they will realize a profit. The fund may pay the fees to the distributor and others until the 12b-1 Plan or Distribution Agreement is terminated or not renewed. In that event, the distributor’s or other recipient’s expenses in excess of fees received or accrued through the termination date will be the distributor’s or other recipient’s sole responsibility and not obligations of the fund. In their annual consideration of the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan for the fund, the Trustees will review the 12b-1 Plan and the expenses for each class within the fund separately.

The 12b-1 Plan also recognizes that various service providers to the fund, such as the manager, may make payments for distribution related expenses out of their own resources, including past profits, or payments received from the fund for other purposes, such as management fees, and that the fund’s distributor or Service Agents may from time to time use their own resources for distribution-related services, in addition to the fees paid under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan specifically provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the fund within the context of Rule 12b-1, then the payments are deemed to be authorized by the 12b-1 Plan, if permitted under applicable law.

The 12b-1 Plan continues in effect if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of both a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreement related to the 12b-1 Plan (for purposes of this paragraph “Qualified Trustees”). The Qualified Trustees, in the exercise of their business judgment in the best interests of the shareholders of the fund and each class, have approved the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan requires that the Fund and the distributor provide to the Board of Trustees and the Board of Trustees review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and the purposes therefor) under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan further provides that the selection and nomination of the Qualified Trustees is committed to the discretion of the Qualified Trustees then in office. The 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to any class of the fund at any time by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Qualified Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that class. The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of permitted expenses of the class thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding securities of that class and may not be materially amended in any case without a vote of a majority of both the Trustees and Qualified Trustees. The fund will preserve copies of any plan, agreement or report made pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan for a period of not less than six years, and for the first two years the fund will preserve such copies in an easily accessible place.

 

46


As contemplated by the 12b-1 Plan, the distributor acts as an agent of the Trust in connection with the offering of shares of the fund pursuant to the Distribution Agreement.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, no underwriting commissions/sales charges or other compensation was paid to CGMI or LMIS or retained by CGMI or LMIS for their services as distributor. The fund operated as a closed-end fund prior to June 30, 2006.

Service Fees and Distribution Fees

The following service and distribution fees were incurred pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan during the fiscal years indicated:

Class A Shares

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $         

2006(*)

   $         

Class B Shares

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $         

2006(*)

   $         

Class C Shares

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $         

2006(*)

   $         

 

(*) For the period from July 1, 2006 to December 31, 2006.

CGMI incurred distribution expenses for advertising, printing and mailing prospectuses, support services and overhead expenses, and for accruals for interest on the excess of CGMI expenses incurred in the distribution of the fund’s shares over the sum of the distribution fees and contingent deferred sales charge received by CGMI are expressed in the following table:

 

Fiscal Year Ended
December 31:

   Class    Compensation
Paid by CGMI
and Affiliates
to Selected
Dealers (1)
   Compensation
Paid by CGMI
and Affiliates
to Sales
Personnel
   Branch Ops
Expenses
   Amount
Spent by
CGMI and
Affiliates
on
Advertising
   Amount
Spent by
CGMI
and Affiliates
on Printing
and
Mailing of
Prospectus
   Total Amount
of Expenses
Incurred by
CGMI and
Affiliates in
Connection
with
Distribution
of the Fund

2007

      $         $             $             $             $             $         
      $         $             $             $             $             $         
      $         $             $             $             $             $         

 

(1)

Includes “Miscellaneous Expenses” meaning allocable overhead, travel and communications expenses.

LMIS incurred distribution expenses for advertising, printing and mailing prospectuses, support services and overhead expenses, and for accruals for interest on the excess of LMIS expenses incurred in the distribution of

 

47


the fund’s shares over the sum of the distribution fees and contingent deferred sales charge received by LMIS are expressed in the following table:

 

December 1 to

December 31:

   Class    Compensation
Paid by LMIS
and Affiliates
to Selected
Dealers (1)
   Compensation
Paid by LMIS
and Affiliates
to Sales
Personnel
   Amount
Spent by
LMIS and
Affiliates
on
Advertising
   Amount
Spent by
LMIS
and Affiliates
on Printing
and
Mailing of
Prospectus
   Total Amount
of Expenses
Incurred by
LMIS and
Affiliates in
Connection
with
Distribution
of the Fund

2007

      $             $             $             $             $         
      $             $             $             $             $         
      $             $             $             $             $         

 

(1)

Includes “Miscellaneous Expenses” meaning allocable overhead, travel and communications expenses.

No information is presented for Class FI or R shares because those classes were not available prior to the date of this SAI.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The net asset value per share of the fund is determined on each day during which the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for trading (a “business day”). As of the date of this SAI, the NYSE is open for trading every weekday except for the following holidays (or the days on which they are observed): New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas and during emergencies. This determination of net asset value is made once each day as of the close of regular trading on such NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time) by adding the market value of all securities and other assets attributable to the class, then subtracting the liabilities attributable to that class, and then dividing the result by the number of outstanding shares of the class. The net asset value per share is effective for orders received and accepted by a Service Agent prior to its calculation.

The fund’s prospectus contains further information on the procedures, including the fair value procedures approved by the Board of Trustees, to be used to value the fund’s securities.

PURCHASE OF SHARES

General

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors, including retirement plans purchasing through certain Service Agents, may purchase shares directly from the fund. When purchasing shares of the fund, investors must specify whether the purchase is for Class A, Class B, Class C, FI, R, Class I (1)  or Class O shares. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly at the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee.

Additional Class O shares are only offered to holders of common stock of the fund on the conversion of the fund from a closed-end fund to an open-end fund.

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements, please see the fund’s prospectus.

 

48

 

 

(1) As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.


There are no minimum investment requirements for purchases of Class A shares by: (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”), (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, as well as (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons. The fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time. The transfer agent will hold shares purchased in the shareholder’s account.

Share certificates for the fund will no longer be issued.

Purchase orders received by the fund prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE, on any day the fund calculates its net asset value, are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day (the “trade date”). Orders received by a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day, provided the order is received by the fund or the fund’s agent prior to its close of business. Payment must be made with the purchase order.

Systematic Investment Plan. Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any time by purchasing shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. Under the Systematic Investment Plan, the distributor or the transfer agent is authorized through preauthorized transfers of at least $25 on a monthly, quarterly, every alternate month, semi-annual or annual basis to charge the shareholder’s account held with a bank or other financial institution as indicated by the shareholder, to provide for systematic additions to the shareholder’s fund account. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete the transfer may be charged a fee of up to $25 by the distributor or the transfer agent. Additional information is available from the fund or a Service Agent.

Sales Charge Alternatives

The following classes of shares are available for purchase. See the prospectus for a discussion of who is eligible to purchase certain classes and of factors to consider in selecting which class of shares to purchase.

Class A Shares. Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the net asset value plus an initial sales charge as described in the prospectus.

Members of the selling group may receive a portion of the sales charge as described above and may be deemed to be underwriters of the fund as defined in the 1933 Act. The sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate purchases of Class A shares of the fund made at one time by “any person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

Purchases of Class A shares of $1,000,000 or more will be made at net asset value without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% on redemptions made within 12 months of purchase. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.” The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class B and Class C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

Class B and C Shares. Class B and Class C shares are sold without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” below.

 

49


Class I, Class FI, Class R and O Shares. Class I, Class FI, Class R and O shares are sold at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers. Purchases of Class A shares may be made at net asset value (“NAV”) without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

 

  (a) sales to (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason are referred to herein as “Board Members”), (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, as well as (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

 

  (b) sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

 

  (c) offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with the fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

 

  (d) purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the fund (or Class A shares of another Legg Mason Partners Fund that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in the fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

 

  (e) purchases by accounts managed by registered investment advisory subsidiaries of Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”);

 

  (f) purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts; and

 

  (g) purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker-dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the sales charge.

Certain existing programs for current and prospective retirement plan investors sponsored by financial intermediaries approved by LMIS are eligible to purchase Class A shares at NAV.

Accumulation Privilege. Please see the fund’s prospectus for information regarding accumulation privileges.

Letter of Intent. This helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds over a thirteen (13) month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. You have a choice of seven Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

 

(1)   $ 25,000   (5)   $ 500,000
(2)   $50,000   (6)   $750,000
(3)   $100,000   (7)   $1,000,000
(4)   $250,000    

Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any

 

50


Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the Legg Mason Partners Funds.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a 13-month period. Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less any Eligible Prior Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases towards the Letter, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter.

Eligible Fund Purchases. Generally, any shares of a Legg Mason Partners Fund may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (except for money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners Funds subject to a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of the fund are not eligible.

This list may change from time to time. Investors should check with their financial professional to see which funds may be eligible.

Eligible Accounts. Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your letter of intent asset total.

Eligible Prior Purchases. You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

Backdating Letter. You may establish a date for a Letter of Intent that is up to ninety (90) calendar days prior to the date you enter into the Letter. Any Eligible Fund Purchases in Eligible Accounts made during that period will count towards your Goal and will also be eligible for the lower sales charge applicable to your Asset Level Goal. You will be credited by way of additional shares at the current offering price for the difference between (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for those eligible shares and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for your Asset Level Goal.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter. You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must however contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, contact the transfer agent, prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then current offering price for the difference between: (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges. Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases

 

51


made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with a fund’s prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

Cancellation of Letter. You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, by notifying the transfer agent in writing. The Letter will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares. Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date of your Letter (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter) is accepted, will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal. If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal or you elect to liquidate all of your holdings or cancel the Letter before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and; (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, the transfer agent, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are: (a) Class B shares; (b) Class C shares; and (c) Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption whichever is less.

Class C shares and Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 12 months of purchase. In circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge is imposed on Class B shares, the amount of the charge will depend on the number of years since the shareholder made the purchase payment from which the amount is being redeemed. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years since a purchase payment, all purchase payments made during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day of the preceding statement month. The following table sets forth the rates of the charge for redemptions of Class B shares by shareholders.

 

Year Since Purchase Payment Was Made

   Contingent Deferred Sales Charge  

First

   5.00 %

Second

   4.00 %

Third

   3.00 %

Fourth

   2.00 %

Fifth

   1.00 %

Sixth and thereafter

   0.00 %

 

52


Class B shares will convert automatically to Class A shares approximately 8 years after the date on which they were purchased and thereafter will no longer be subject to any distribution fees. There will also be converted at that time such proportion of Class B Dividend Shares (Class B shares that were acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions) owned by the shareholders as the total number of his or her Class B shares converting at the time bears to the total number of outstanding Class B shares (other than Class B Dividend Shares) owned by the shareholder.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date that the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other Legg Mason Partners Funds. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% of the shareholder’s account balance at the time the withdrawals commence per month up to a maximum of 12.00% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined by the Code) of the shareholder; (d) mandatory post-retirement distributions from retirement plans or IRAs commencing on or after attainment of age 70  1 / 2 (except that shareholders who purchase shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge prior to the date of implementation of this new policy will be “grandfathered” and will be eligible to obtain the waiver at age 59  1 / 2 by demonstrating such eligibility at the time of redemption); (e) involuntary redemptions; (f) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of the fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; (g) tax-free returns of an excess contribution to any retirement plan; and (h) certain redemptions of shares of the fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker-dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

The contingent deferred sales charge is waived on new Class C shares purchased by retirement plan omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other Legg Mason Partners Funds may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

Determination of Public Offering Price

The fund offers its shares to the public on a continuous basis. The public offering price for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R, Class O and Class I shares of the fund is equal to the net asset value per share at the time of purchase, plus, for Class A shares, an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment. A contingent deferred sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class A, Class B and Class C shares.

 

53


Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the fund as of December 31, 2007.

 

Class A (based on a net asset value $         and a maximum
sales charge of 5.75%)

   $         

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption of shares of the fund may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any periods during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets the fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the fund’s investments or determination of its net asset value is not reasonably practicable or (c) for any other periods as the SEC by order may permit for the protection of the fund’s shareholders.

Any signature appearing on a stock power or written redemption request in excess of $50,000 must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution such as a domestic bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit union, member bank of the Federal Reserve System or member firm of a national securities exchange. Written redemption requests of $50,000 or less do not require a signature guarantee unless more than one such redemption request is made in any 10-day period. Redemption proceeds will be mailed to an investor’s address of record. The transfer agent may require additional supporting documents for redemptions made by corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A redemption request will not be deemed properly received until the transfer agent receives all required documents in proper form.

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions. The redemption proceeds will be remitted on or before the seventh business day following receipt of proper tender, except on any days on which the NYSE is closed or as permitted under the 1940 Act, in extraordinary circumstances. Redemption proceeds for shares purchased by check, other than a certified or official bank check, will be remitted upon clearance of the check, which may take up to ten days. Each Service Agent is responsible for transmitting promptly orders for its customers.

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

The fund no longer issues share certificates.

Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders as described in the prospectus. To the extent that withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in the fund, continued withdrawal payments will reduce the shareholder’s investment, and may ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in the fund. Furthermore, as it generally would not be advantageous to a shareholder to make additional investments in the fund at the same time he or she is participating in the Withdrawal Plan, purchases by such shareholder in amounts of less than $5,000 ordinarily will not be permitted. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between Classes of the fund.

All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at net asset value in additional shares of the fund. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the Withdrawal Plan must be received by the transfer

 

54


agent no later than the eighth day of the month to be eligible for participation beginning with that month’s withdrawal. For additional information, shareholders should contact their Service Agent.

Distributions in Kind

If the Trustees of the fund determine that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders of the fund to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, the fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion of a redemption by a distribution in kind of portfolio securities in lieu of cash. The Board would generally expect to redeem in kind any redemption request of $5,000,000 or more. Although any in kind distribution would consist primarily of liquid securities, it may also include illiquid securities to the extent the fund’s portfolio contains them. Shareholders may not be able to sell illiquid securities that they receive as part of an in kind distribution. If a redemption is paid in portfolio securities, such securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share Price” in the fund’s prospectus. Securities issued as a distribution in kind may incur brokerage commissions when shareholders subsequently sell those securities.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in a fund with different investment objectives when they believe that a shift between funds is an appropriate investment decision. This privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the fund shares being acquired may legally be sold. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. Prospectuses may be obtained from a Service Agent.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current net asset value, and the proceeds are immediately invested in shares of the fund being acquired at that fund’s then current net asset value. The distributor reserves the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Class A, FI, R and I Exchanges.  Class A, FI, R and I shareholders of the fund who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares for shares of the respective class in another fund may do so without imposition of any charge.

Class B Exchanges.  Class B shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class B shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class B shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class B shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Class C Exchanges.  Class C shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class C shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class C shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Class O Exchanges.  Class O shares of the fund may not be exchanged.

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege

The fund is not designed to provide investors with a means of speculation on short-term market movements. A pattern of frequent exchanges by investors can be disruptive to efficient portfolio management and, consequently, can be detrimental to the fund and its shareholders. See “Frequent purchases and sales of fund shares” in the prospectus.

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, the fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components—redemption orders with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be

 

55


processed at the fund’s next determined net asset value but the purchase order would be effective only at the net asset value next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by telephone. See the fund’s prospectus for additional information. Exchanges will be processed at the net asset value next determined. Redemption procedures discussed above are also applicable for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon receipt of all supporting documents in proper form. If the account registration of the shares of the fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the shares of the fund exchanged, no signature guarantee is required.

This exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent or, if they hold fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

DISTRIBUTIONS AND FEDERAL TAXES

The following discussion is a brief summary of certain additional tax considerations affecting the fund and its shareholders. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns, and the discussions set forth here and in the prospectus do not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers with specific questions relating to federal, state, local or foreign taxes.

Taxation of the Fund

The fund has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify each year, as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. Qualification as a RIC requires, among other things, that the fund:

 

  (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from: (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sales or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each a “Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership”) the (“Income Requirement”); and

 

  (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year: (a) at least 50% of the value of the fund’s total assets is represented by (I) cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and (II) other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other regulated investment companies) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships.

As a RIC, the fund will not be subject to federal income tax on its “investment company taxable income” (as that term is defined in the Code, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and “net capital gain” (the excess of the fund’s net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of the sum of its

 

56


investment company taxable income for such taxable year and its net tax-exempt interest income for such taxable year. However, the fund will be subject to federal corporate income tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on any undistributed income other than tax-exempt income from Municipal Obligations and to alternative minimum tax (currently at a maximum rate of 20% for corporations such as the fund) on alternative minimum taxable income. The fund may designate amounts retained as undistributed net capital gain in a notice to its shareholders who (i) will be required to include in income for United States federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the income tax paid by the fund on the undistributed amount against their federal income tax liabilities and to claim refunds to the extent such credits exceed their liabilities and (iii) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to the excess of the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholder’s income over the income tax credit. The fund intends to comply with the 90% distribution requirement described above to avoid being subject to federal income tax on its investment company taxable income that it distributes to its shareholders.

If in any year the fund should fail to qualify under Subchapter M for tax treatment as a RIC, or fail to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement, the fund would incur regular corporate federal income tax upon its income for that year, and distributions to its shareholders (including distribution of net capital gain) would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for federal income tax purposes to the extent of the fund’s earnings and profits

The fund will be subject to a non-deductible 4% excise tax to the extent that the fund does not distribute by the end of each calendar year the sum of: (a) 98% of its ordinary income for such calendar year; (b) 98% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of such year; and (c) 100% of the undistributed income and gains from the preceding calendar years (if any) pursuant to the calculations in (a) and (b). For this purpose, any income or gain retained by the fund that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end.

The fund’s investment in foreign securities or currencies may be required to pay withholding or other taxes to foreign governments on dividends and interest. The yield of the fund’s investment in foreign securities or currencies will be reduced by these foreign taxes. Shareholders generally will not be able to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction for these foreign taxes.

The fund may engage in hedging or derivatives transactions involving foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options, futures and forward contracts on foreign currencies). See “Investment Objectives, Management Policies and Associated Risks—Non-Principal Investment Strategies—Derivatives.” Such transactions will be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the fund (that is, may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital and, if capital, whether long-term or short-term), accelerate recognition of income of the fund and defer recognition of certain of the fund’s losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. In addition, these provisions (1) will require the fund to “mark-to-market” certain types of positions in its portfolio each year (that is, treat them as if they were closed out) and (2) may cause the fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement for qualifying to be taxed as a RIC and to avoid both the corporate level tax and the 4% excise tax. Furthermore, certain fund investments may produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the Income Requirement. The same may be true of investments in passive foreign investment companies (each a “PFIC”) to the extent the fund elects to mark such investments to market as described below. Furthermore, certain fund investments may produce income that will not qualify as good income for the 90% gross income test described above. The fund intends to monitor its transactions, to make the appropriate tax elections and to make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any option, futures contract, forward contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules.

The fund may make investments that produce income that is not matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the fund, such as zero coupon securities having original issue discount ( i.e. , an amount equal to the

 

57


excess of the stated redemption price of the security at maturity over its issue price), or in obligations having market discount ( i.e. , an amount generally equal to the excess of the stated redemption price or revised issue price of the security over the basis of such security immediately after it was acquired) if the fund elects to accrue market discount on a current basis. In addition, income may continue to accrue for federal income tax purposes with respect to a non-performing investment. Any such income would be treated as income earned by the fund and therefore would be subject to the distribution requirements of the Code. Because such income may not be matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the fund, such fund may be required to borrow money or dispose of other securities to be able to make distributions to its shareholders. In addition, if an election is not made to currently accrue market discount with respect to a market discount bond, all or a portion of any deduction for any interest expense incurred to purchase or hold such bond may be deferred until such bond is sold or otherwise disposed of.

If the fund purchases shares in a PFIC, the fund may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. The fund intends to limit its investments in PFICs as necessary to avoid such a tax. If the fund were to invest in a PFIC and elected to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (a “QEF”) under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the fund would be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the fund. Alternatively, the fund can elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year its shares in a PFIC; in this case, the fund would recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it did not exceed prior increases included in income. Under either election, the fund might be required to recognize in a year income in excess of its distributions from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income would nevertheless be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements.

With respect to investments in REITs, the fund may invest in REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage conduits (“REMICs”). Under a notice recently issued by the IRS, a portion of the fund’s income from a REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides that excess inclusion income of a RIC, such as the fund, will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on unrelated business income, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (as defined in the Code) is a record holder of a share in a RIC, then the RIC will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest U.S. federal income tax rate imposed on corporations.

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the fund actually collects such income or receivables or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

 

58


Taxation of Shareholders

Shareholders receiving a distribution in the form of additional shares will be treated for federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of cash that would have been received had they elected to receive cash and will have a cost basis in each share received equal to such amount divided by the number of shares received. Shareholders will be notified annually as to the federal tax status of distributions.

Tax Treatment of Distributions. All distributions to shareholders of the fund of investment company taxable income and net capital gain will be taxable to shareholders whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. For federal income tax purposes, dividends from ordinary income, and any distributions from net short-term capital gain, are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income whether the distributions are made in cash or additional shares. A portion of such dividends may qualify for the dividends received deduction available to corporations as discussed below. For taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, to the extent that ordinary dividends are derived from qualified dividend income of the fund, such dividends will be treated as qualified dividend income to the shareholder, provided that they are so designated by the fund and that the recipient shareholder satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. If 95% or more of the fund’s gross income, calculated without taking into account long-term capital gains, consists of qualified dividend income, the fund may designate all distributions of such income as qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is generally taxed to individual and other non-corporate shareholders at rates equivalent to long-term capital gain tax rates. With respect to income received by the fund, qualified dividend income generally is income derived from dividends from U.S. corporations (other than REITs) or from corporations that are either incorporated in a U.S. possession or eligible for benefits under qualifying U.S. tax treaties. Distributions from a foreign corporation that is not a “qualified foreign corporation” may nevertheless be treated as “qualified dividend income” if the applicable stock is readily tradable on an established U.S. securities market. “Passive foreign investment companies” will not be treated as “qualified foreign corporations” for these purposes. For the fund to receive qualified dividend income, the fund must also meet certain holding period requirements for the stock on which the dividend is paid.

Distributions of net capital gain designated by the fund as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain, whether paid in cash or additional shares, and regardless of how long the shares have been held by such shareholders. Such distributions will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction.

Distributions, if any, in excess of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital which is applied against and reduces the shareholder’s tax basis in his or her shares. Any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of his or her shares, in the manner discussed below under the heading “Redemption, Sale or Exchange of Fund Shares.”

Generally, shareholders will be taxable on dividends or distributions in the year of receipt. However, if the fund declares a dividend in October, November or December to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month which is actually paid during the following January, it will be deemed to have been received by the shareholders and paid by the fund on December 31 of the year in which the dividend is declared. Not later than 60 days after the close of its taxable year, the fund will provide its shareholders with a written notice designating the amount of any ordinary dividends, including the portion that may be treated as qualified dividend income, and the amount of any capital gain dividends paid by the fund.

Dividends Received Deduction. It is expected that a portion of the dividends of investment company taxable income received by corporate shareholders from the fund will qualify for the dividends received deduction generally available to corporations, but only to the extent of qualifying dividends received by the fund from domestic corporations. A dividend received by the fund will not be treated as a qualifying dividend (i) if the stock on which the dividend is paid is considered to be “debt-financed” (generally, acquired with borrowed funds), (ii) if the fund fails to meet certain holding period requirements for the stock on which the dividend is

 

59


paid or (iii) to the extent that the fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends received deduction may be disallowed or reduced if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the fund or by application of the Code.

Redemption, Sale or Exchange of Fund Shares. The redemption, sale or exchange of fund shares is a taxable event and may result in a gain or loss. Gain or loss, if any, recognized on the sale or other disposition of shares of the fund will be taxed as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands. Generally, a shareholder’s gain or loss will be a long-term gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. If a shareholder sells or otherwise disposes of shares of the fund before holding them for more than six months, any loss on the sale or other disposition of such shares (i) shall be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends received by the shareholder with respect to such shares and (ii) to the extent not disallowed, shall be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received by the shareholder (or amounts credited to the shareholder as an undistributed capital gain) with respect to such shares. A loss realized on a sale, exchange or other disposition of shares generally will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares of the fund are acquired within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date that the original shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to reinvestment of dividends in fund shares. In such case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

Taxation of Foreign Shareholders. Taxation of a shareholder who, as to the United States, is a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust or estate, foreign corporation, or foreign partnership (“foreign shareholder”), depends on whether the income from the fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by such shareholder.

If the income from the fund is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, dividends paid to such foreign shareholder from investment company taxable income (including any portion thereof treated as qualified dividend income) will generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate) upon the gross amount of the dividend. However, under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, a new exemption is created under which U.S. source withholding taxes are no longer imposed on dividends paid by RICs to the extent the dividends are designated as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends.” Under this exception, interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally represent distributions of interest or short-term capital gains that would not have been subject to U.S. withholding tax at the source if they had been received directly by a foreign person, and that satisfy certain other requirements. The exemption applies to dividends with respect to taxable years of RICs beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2008. Such a foreign shareholder would generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on gains realized on the sale of shares of the fund, capital gain dividends and amounts retained by the fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains.

If the income from the fund is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then ordinary dividends (including any portion thereof treated as qualified dividend income), capital gain dividends, undistributed capital gains credited to such shareholder and any gains realized upon the sale of shares of the fund will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. citizens or domestic corporations. Foreign corporate shareholders may also be subject to the branch profits tax imposed by the Code.

The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Foreign shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund, including the applicability of foreign taxes.

Reporting Requirements. Treasury regulations provide that, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio

 

60


securities are in may cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Backup Withholding. The fund may be required to withhold federal income tax at the rate of 28% (“backup withholding”) from dividends and redemption proceeds paid to non-corporate shareholders including foreign shareholders. This tax may be withheld from dividends if (i) the payee fails to furnish the fund with the payee’s correct taxpayer identification number ( e.g. , an individual’s social security number), (ii) the IRS or a broker notifies the fund that the payee has failed to report properly certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect, or (iii) when required to do so, the payee fails to certify that he or she is not subject to backup withholding. Redemption proceeds may be subject to withholding under the circumstances described in (i) above. In the case of foreign shareholders, this tax may be withheld if the foreign shareholder does not certify his foreign status under penalties of perjury. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that already have been subjected to the 30% withholding tax described above under the heading “Taxation of Foreign Shareholders.”

State and Local Tax Matters

Most states provide that a RIC may pass through (without restriction) to its shareholders state and local income tax exemptions available to direct owners of certain types of U.S. government securities (such as U.S. Treasury obligations). Thus, for residents of these states, distributions derived from the fund’s investment in certain types of U.S. government securities should be free from state and local income taxes to the extent that the interest income from such investments would have been exempt from state and local income taxes if such securities had been held directly by the respective shareholders themselves. Certain states, however, do not allow a RIC to pass through to its shareholders the state and local income tax exemptions available to direct owners of certain types of U.S. government securities unless the RIC holds at least a required amount of U.S. government securities. Accordingly, for residents of these states, distributions derived from the fund’s investment in certain types of U.S. government securities may not be entitled to the exemptions from state and local income taxes that would be available if the shareholders had purchased U.S. government securities directly. Shareholders’ dividends attributable to the fund’s income from repurchase agreements generally are subject to state and local income taxes, although states and localities vary in their treatment of such income. The exemption from state and local income taxes does not preclude states from asserting other taxes on the ownership of U.S. government securities. To the extent that the fund invests to a substantial degree in U.S. government securities which are subject to favorable state and local tax treatment, shareholders of the fund will be notified as to the extent to which distributions from the fund are attributable to interest on such securities.

Capital Loss Carryforwards

On December 31, 2005, the unused capital loss carryforward for the fund was approximately $4,009,388. For federal income tax purposes, this amount is available to be applied against future capital gains of the fund, if any, that are realized prior to the expiration of the applicable carryforwards. All of the loss carryforward expires on December 31, 2011.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Trust . The certificate of trust to establish Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (referred to in this section as the trust) was filed with the State of Maryland on October 4, 2006. On April 16, 2007, the fund was redomiciled as a series of the trust. Prior thereto, the fund was a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, a Massachusetts business trust.

 

61


Prior to reorganization of the fund as a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, the fund was a Maryland corporation.

The fund is a series of the trust, a Maryland business trust. A Maryland business trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Board (referred to in this section as the trustees) and shareholders of the trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust (referred to in this section as the declaration). Some of the more significant provisions of the declaration are described below.

Shareholder Voting.

The declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the trust, or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the trust or any series or class.

The fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but the fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the declaration. The declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares he or she owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of all series and classes of the trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares.

Election and Removal of Trustees.

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish the number of trustees and that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining trustees, except when election of trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two-thirds of the trustees and that trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining trustees. The provisions of the declaration relating to the election and removal of trustees may not be amended without the approval of two-thirds of the trustees.

Amendments to the Declaration.

The trustees are authorized to amend the declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, trustees, officers or, employees of the trust or that limit the rights to indemnification or insurance provided in the declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification under the declaration prior to the amendment.

Issuance and Redemption of Shares.

The fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the trustees may determine. The fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to

 

62


provide the fund with identification required by law, or if the fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings.

The declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to the fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and the fund may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation.

Small Accounts.

The declaration provides that the fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the trustees from time to time. Alternately, the declaration permits the fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

Series and Classes.

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges, and other features of the series and classes. The trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into another class.

Each share of the fund, as a series of the trust, represents an interest in the fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability.

The declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of the fund and requires the fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. In addition, the fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The declaration further provides that a trustee acting in his or her capacity of trustee is not personally liable to any person other than the trust or its shareholders, for any act, omission, or obligation of the trust. Further, a trustee is held to the same standard of conduct as a director of a Maryland corporation. This requires that a trustee perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the trust or a series thereof, and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. The declaration also permits the limitation of a trustee’s liability to the full extent provided under Maryland law. Under current Maryland law, a trustee is liable to the trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The declaration requires the trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been trustees, officers or employees of the trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

 

63


The declaration provides that any trustee who serves as chair of the Board or of a committee of the Board, lead independent trustee, or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

Derivative Actions.

The declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to the fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by three unrelated shareholders must first be made on the fund’s trustees. The declaration details various information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of the fund, the trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the fund. The declaration further provides that shareholders owning shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected fund must join in bringing the derivative action. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the fund in connection with the consideration of the demand, if in the judgment of the independent trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

The declaration further provides that the fund shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the fund be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports. The fund sends its shareholders a semi-annual report and an audited annual report, which include listings of investment securities held by the fund at the end of the period covered. In an effort to reduce the fund’s printing and mailing costs, the fund consolidates the mailing of its semi-annual and annual reports by household. This consolidation means that a household having multiple accounts with the identical address of record will receive a single copy of each report. In addition, the fund also consolidates the mailing of its prospectus so that a shareholder having multiple accounts (that is, individual, IRA and/or self-employed retirement plan accounts) will receive a single prospectus annually. Shareholders who do not want this consolidation to apply to their accounts should contact their Service Agent or the transfer agent.

Legal Matters

Beginning in June 2004, class action lawsuits alleging violations of the federal securities laws were filed against CGMI, a former distributor of the fund and other affiliated funds (the “Funds”) and a number of its then affiliates, including Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (“SBAM”), which were then investment adviser or manager to certain of the Funds (the “Managers”), substantially all of the mutual funds then managed by the Managers (the “Defendant Funds”), and Board Members of the Defendant Funds (collectively, the “Defendants”). The complaints alleged, among other things, that CGMI created various undisclosed incentives for its brokers to sell Smith Barney and Salomon Brothers funds. In addition, according to the complaints, the Managers caused the Defendant Funds to pay excessive brokerage commissions to CGMI for steering clients towards proprietary funds. The complaints also alleged that

 

64


the Defendants breached their fiduciary duty to the Defendant Funds by improperly charging Rule 12b-1 fees and by drawing on fund assets to make undisclosed payments of soft dollars and excessive brokerage commissions. The complaints also alleged that the Defendant Funds failed to adequately disclose certain of the allegedly wrongful conduct. The complaints sought injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, rescission of the Defendant Funds’ contracts with the Managers, recovery of all fees paid to the Managers pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On December 15, 2004, a consolidated amended complaint (the “Complaint”) was filed alleging substantially similar causes of action. On May 27, 2005, all of the Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Complaint. On July 26, 2006, the court issued a decision and order (1) finding that plaintiffs lacked standing to sue on behalf of the shareholders of the Defendant Funds in which none of the plaintiffs had invested and dismissing those Defendant Funds from the case (although stating that they could be brought back into the case if standing as to them could be established), and (2) other than one stayed claim, dismissing all of the causes of action against the remaining Defendants, with prejudice, except for the cause of action under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, which the court granted plaintiffs leave to replead as a derivative claim.

On October 16, 2006, plaintiffs filed their Second Consolidated Amended Complaint (“Second Amended Complaint”) which alleges derivative claims on behalf of nine funds identified in the Second Amended Complaint, under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, against CAM, SBAM and SBFM, as investment advisers to the identified funds, as well as CGMI as a distributor for the identified funds (collectively, the “Second Amended Complaint Defendants”). The Second Amended Complaint alleges no claims against any of the Funds or any of their Board Members. Under Section 36(b), the Second Amended Complaint alleges similar facts and seeks similar relief against the Second Amended Complaint Defendants as the Complaint.

On December 3, 2007, the court granted the Defendants’ motion to dismiss, with prejudice. On January 2, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals.

Additional lawsuits arising out of these circumstances and presenting similar allegations and requests for relief may be filed in the future.

***

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against SBFM, the then-investment adviser or manager to the fund and CGMI, a former distributor of the fund, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds, including the fund (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that CAM, the Citigroup business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no

 

65


viable alternatives existed. SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no certainty as to how the above-described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Funds. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

The fund is not an Affected Fund and therefore did not implement the transfer agent arrangements described above and therefore did not receive any portion of distributions.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

***

Beginning in August 2005, five class action lawsuits alleging violations of federal securities laws and state law were filed against CGMI and SBFM (collectively, the “Defendants”) based on the May 31, 2005 settlement order issued against the Defendants by the SEC as described in above. The complaints seek injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, removal of SBFM as the investment manager for the Smith Barney family of funds, rescission of the Funds’ management and other contracts with SBFM, recovery of all fees paid to SBFM pursuant to such contracts, and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On October 5, 2005, a motion to consolidate the five actions and any subsequently filed, related action was filed. That motion contemplates that a consolidated amended complaint alleging substantially similar causes of action will be filed in the future.

On September 26, 2007, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York issued an order dismissing the consolidated complaint. The plaintiffs have the right to appeal the order.

***

On September 16, 2005, the staff of the SEC informed SBFM and SBAM that the staff was considering recommending administrative proceedings against SBFM and SBAM for alleged violations of Section 19(a) and 34(b) of the 1940 Act (and related Rule 19a-1). On September 27, 2007, SBFM and SBAM, without admitting or denying any findings therein, consented to the entry of an order by the SEC relating to the disclosure by certain

 

66


closed-end funds previously managed by SBFM or SBAM of the sources of distributions paid by the funds between 2001 and 2004. Each of SBFM and SBAM agreed to pay a fine of $450,000, for which it was indemnified by Citigroup, its former parent. It is not expected that this matter will adversely impact the funds or their manager.

***

The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. Additional lawsuits presenting allegations and requests for relief arising out of or in connection with any of the foregoing matters may be filed against these and related parties in the future.

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of the fund. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of the fund; receives and delivers all assets for the fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity; collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of the fund; and makes disbursements on behalf of the fund. State Street neither determines the fund’s investment policies, nor decides which securities the fund will buy or sell. For its services, State Street receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. The fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. State Street may also act as the fund’s securities lending agent and in that case would receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

PFPC Inc. (“PFPC” or “transfer agent”), located at 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, serves as the fund’s transfer agent. Under the transfer agency agreement, the transfer agent maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, the transfer agent receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month, and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses. Prior to January 1, 2006, Citicorp Trust Bank, fsb served as the fund’s transfer agent and PFPC served as the fund’s sub-transfer agent.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

             an independent registered public accounting firm, located at              has been selected to audit and report upon the fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008.

Legal Counsel

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019-6099, serves as counsel to the fund.

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, 180 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038-4982, serves as counsel to the Independent Trustees.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of the fund and the fund’s predecessor (Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2007, Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007, Statements of Changes in Net Assets for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007, Financial Highlights for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2007, and Notes to Financial Statements along with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of the Fund), are incorporated by reference into this SAI (filed on             , 2008; Accession Number                     ).

 

67


APPENDIX A

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

The Proxy Voting Procedures are applicable when ClearBridge votes proxies for clients that have authorized it to do so and for each U.S. registered investment company for which it acts as adviser or sub-adviser with power to vote proxies. The Proxy Voting Procedures state that ClearBridge’s goal is to act prudently and solely in the best interests of the owners of the accounts it manages.

The Proxy Voting Procedures contain voting policies relating to three categories of proxy issues. The first category includes proxy issues for which a position is stated in the procedures (for example, with respect to voting on director nominees in uncontested elections, ClearBridge votes for director nominees). The second category includes issues for which a list of factors to be considered in casting a vote is provided. With respect to these issues, ClearBridge votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles of acting prudently and in the best interests of the owners and considering the designated factors (for example, on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications, ClearBridge considers how reasonable the criteria are and to what degree the criteria may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board). The third category picks up all issues that do not fall into either of the first two categories. For these issues, ClearBridge votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles described above.

The Proxy Voting Procedures set forth guidelines for identifying and resolving conflicts that may arise between ClearBridge’s interests and those of its clients. Periodically, ClearBridge distributes a memorandum alerting employees of their obligations regarding conflicts. Employees are instructed to report conflicts to the Compliance Department. Financial Control provides an up-to-date list of client relationships that account for 1% or more of ClearBridge’s annual revenues.

ClearBridge has created a Proxy Committee which oversees the proxy voting process, resolves conflicts of interest, reviews certain votes, i.e., situations where ClearBridge votes against a specific policy or against management recommendations. The Committee also oversees the performance of the third party vendor charged with administering and implementing the voting.

 

A-1


April     , 2008

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

LEGG MASON PARTNERS INVESTORS VALUE FUND

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

(800) 451-2010

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus and is meant to be read in conjunction with the prospectus of the Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund (the “fund”), dated April     , 2008, and as further amended or supplemented from time to time (the “prospectus”), and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the prospectus.

As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund with substantially the same name. The fund is now grouped for organizational and governance purposes with other Legg Mason Partners funds that are predominantly equity-type funds, and is a series of Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust. Certain historical information contained in the SAI for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor.

Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The annual report contains financial statements that are incorporated herein by reference. The prospectus and copies of the annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the fund’s distributor to sell shares of the fund (each called a “Service Agent”) or by writing or calling the fund at the address or telephone number above. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), a wholly-owned broker-dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”), serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Investment Objectives and Management Policies

   2

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

   39

Investment Policies

   41

Management

   45

Investment Management and Other Services

   52

Portfolio Manager Disclosure

   57

Distributor

   60

Portfolio Transactions

   64

Purchase of Shares

   66

Redemption of Shares

   72

Valuation of Shares

   73

Exchange Privilege

   73

Dividends, Distributions and Taxes

   74

Additional Information

   80

Financial Statements

   85

Appendix A—Description of Ratings

   A-1

Appendix B—Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures Summary

   B-1

This Statement of Additional Information is NOT a prospectus and is authorized for distribution to prospective investors only if preceded or accompanied by an effective prospectus.

 

1


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND MANAGEMENT POLICIES

The fund is an open-end, diversified, management investment company. The prospectus discusses the fund’s investment objectives and the policies it employs to achieve its objectives. The following discussion supplements the description of the fund’s investment policies in its prospectus. Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) serves as investment manager to the fund. ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge” or the “subadviser”) serves as the subadviser to the fund.

Investment Objectives

The primary investment objective of the fund is to seek long-term growth of capital. Current income is a secondary objective. The fund’s investment objectives may be changed by the Board of Trustees (“Board”) without shareholder approval.

Principal Investment Strategies

The fund invests primarily in common stocks of established U.S. companies. The fund may also invest in other equity securities. To a lesser degree, the fund may invest in debt securities.

Additional Information

The fund’s principal investment strategies are described above. The following provides additional information about these principal strategies and describes other investment strategies that may be used by the fund.

The fund maintains a portfolio of securities diversified among industries and companies, although the fund may invest up to 25% of its net assets in any one industry. The fund primarily purchases securities traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) or other national securities exchanges, but also securities traded in the over-the-counter market.

The fund may invest up to 10% of the value of its net assets in illiquid securities, such as restricted securities and securities that are not readily marketable. The fund may purchase Rule 144A securities, including such securities for which there is a secondary market of “qualified institutional buyers,” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). The fund’s holdings of Rule 144A securities which are liquid securities will not be subject to the 10% limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in foreign securities, including securities of emerging market issuers. The fund may invest in various types of fixed income securities, including from time to time up to 5% of its net assets in non-convertible high yield securities rated below investment grade by Standard & Poor’s, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, (“S&P”) and Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or comparable unrated securities, with no minimum rating required. There is no limit on the amount of the fund’s assets that can be invested in convertible securities rated below investment grade. Certain of the fixed-income securities in which the fund may invest may be distressed debt securities.

From time to time, the fund may make loans of portfolio securities to brokers or dealers or other financial institutions. Such loans will not exceed 33  1 / 3 % of the fund’s total assets, taken at value.

The fund may invest in repurchase agreements in an amount up to 25% of its total assets. In addition, in order to meet redemption requests or as a temporary measure, the fund may engage in borrowings in an amount up to an aggregate of 5% of its total assets taken at cost or value, whichever is less. The fund shall borrow only from banks.

 

2


As a hedge against either a decline in the value of securities included in the fund’s portfolio or against an increase in the price of securities which it plans to purchase, in order to preserve or maintain a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to achieve a particular return on cash balances, or in order to increase income or gain, the fund may use all of the various investment strategies referred to under “Derivatives” in this section.

During periods of unusual economic or market conditions or for temporary defensive purposes or liquidity, the fund may invest without limit in cash and in taxable U.S. dollar-denominated high quality money market instruments and other short-term instruments. These investments may result in a lower yield than would be available from lower quality or longer term investments. To the extent the fund assumes a defensive position, it will not be pursuing its investment objective.

The section below contains a discussion of certain investment practices and certain of the risks associated with those practices in which the fund may invest, and supplements the description of the fund’s investments and risks contained in the prospectus. Investment practices are listed alphabetically, and cross-references between related investment practices are included for ease of reference. The fund may, but need not, invest in all of the investments and utilize all of the investment techniques described here or in the fund’s prospectus.

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities. Unlike fixed rate mortgage securities, adjustable rate mortgage securities are collateralized by or represent interests in mortgage loans with variable rates of interest. These variable rates of interest reset periodically to align themselves with market rates. The fund will not benefit from increases in interest rates to the extent that interest rates rise to the point where they cause the current coupon of the underlying adjustable rate mortgages to exceed any maximum allowable annual or lifetime reset limits (or “cap rates”) for a particular mortgage. In this event, the value of the mortgage securities in the fund would likely decrease. Also, the fund’s net asset value could vary to the extent that current yields on adjustable rate mortgage securities are different than market yields during interim periods between coupon reset dates or if the timing of changes to the index upon which the rate for the underlying mortgages is based lags behind changes in market rates. During periods of declining interest rates, income to the fund derived from adjustable rate mortgages which remain in a mortgage pool will decrease in contrast to the income on fixed rate mortgages, which will remain constant. Adjustable rate mortgages also have less potential for appreciation in value as interest rates decline than do fixed rate investments. See also “Mortgage-Backed Securities” in this section.

Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities are generally issued as pass through certificates, which represent undivided fractional ownership interests in the underlying pool of assets, or as debt instruments, which are generally issued as the debt of a special purpose entity organized solely for the purpose of owning such assets and issuing such debt. The pool of assets generally represents the obligations of a number of different parties. Asset-backed securities frequently carry credit protection in the form of extra collateral, subordinated certificates, cash reserve accounts, letters of credit or other enhancements. For example, payments of principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit or other enhancement issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the entities issuing the securities. Assets which, to date, have been used to back asset-backed securities include motor vehicle installment sales contracts or installment loans secured by motor vehicles, and receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements.

Asset-backed securities present certain risks which are, generally, related to limited interests, if any, in related collateral. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore,

 

3


there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. Other types of asset-backed securities will be subject to the risks associated with the underlying assets. If a letter of credit or other form of credit enhancement is exhausted or otherwise unavailable, holders of asset-backed securities may also experience delays in payments or losses if the full amounts due on underlying assets are not realized.

Bank Obligations. Banks are subject to extensive governmental regulations which may limit both the amounts and types of loans and other financial commitments which may be made and interest rates and fees which may be charged. The profitability of this industry is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of capital funds for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. Also, general economic conditions play an important part in the operations of this industry and exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers might affect a bank’s ability to meet its obligations.

Bank obligations that may be purchased by the fund include certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and fixed time deposits. A certificate of deposit is a short-term negotiable certificate issued by a commercial bank against funds deposited in the bank and is either interest-bearing or purchased on a discount basis. A bankers’ acceptance is a short-term draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction. The borrower is liable for payment as is the bank, which unconditionally guarantees to pay the draft at its face amount on the maturity date. Fixed time deposits are obligations of branches of U.S. banks or foreign banks which are payable at a stated maturity date and bear a fixed rate of interest. Although fixed time deposits do not have a market, there are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in the deposit to a third party. Bank obligations may be general obligations of the parent bank or may be limited to the issuing branch by the terms of the specific obligations or by government regulation.

Investors should also be aware that securities issued or guaranteed by foreign banks, foreign branches of U.S. banks, and foreign government and private issuers may involve investment risks in addition to those relating to domestic obligations. The fund will not purchase bank obligations which the manager believes, at the time of purchase, will be subject to exchange controls or foreign withholding taxes; however, there can be no assurance that such laws may not become applicable to the fund’s investments. In the event unforeseen exchange controls or foreign withholding taxes are imposed with respect to the fund’s investments, the effect may be to reduce the income received by the fund on such investments. See also “Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers” in this section.

Borrowing. The fund may borrow in certain limited circumstances. See “Investment Policies.” Borrowing creates an opportunity for increased return, but, at the same time, creates special risks. For example, borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of the fund’s shares and in the return on the fund’s portfolio. Although the principal of any borrowing will be fixed, the fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding. The fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowing, which could affect the subadviser’s strategy and the ability of the fund to comply with certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) in order to provide pass-though tax treatment to shareholders. Interest on any borrowings will be a fund expense and will reduce the value of the fund’s shares. See also “Reverse Repurchase Agreements” in this section.

Brady Bonds. The fund also may invest in Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the “Brady Plan”). Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented in a number of countries, including: Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Jordan, Mexico, Niger, Nigeria, Panama, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Uruguay, and Venezuela.

 

4


Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in the over-the-counter secondary market. Brady Bonds are not considered to be U.S. government securities. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds having the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized on a one-year or longer rolling-forward basis by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one year’s interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter. Certain Brady Bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: (i) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (ii) the collateralized interest payments; (iii) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (the uncollateralized amounts constitute the “residual risk”). See also “Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers” in this section.

Most Mexican Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at final maturity fully collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and interest coupon payments collateralized on an 18-month rolling-forward basis by funds held in escrow by an agent for the bondholders. A significant portion of the Venezuelan Brady Bonds and the Argentine Brady Bonds issued to date have repayments at final maturity collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and/or interest coupon payments collateralized on a 14-month (for Venezuela) or 12-month (for Argentina) rolling-forward basis by securities held by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as collateral agent.

Brady Bonds involve various risk factors including residual risk and the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds. There can be no assurance that Brady Bonds in which a fund may invest will not be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the fund to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations and Multiclass Pass-through Securities. Collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. Typically, CMOs are collateralized by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac Certificates, but also may be collateralized by whole loans or private pass-throughs (such collateral collectively hereinafter referred to as “Mortgage Assets”). Multiclass pass-through securities are interests in a trust composed of Mortgage Assets. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references herein to CMOs include multiclass pass-through securities. Payments of principal and of interest on the Mortgage Assets, and any reinvestment income thereon, provide the funds to pay debt service on the CMOs or make scheduled distributions on the multiclass pass-through securities. CMOs may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.

In a CMO, a series of bonds or certificates is issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specified fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis. The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in innumerable ways. In one structure, payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets are applied to the classes of a CMO in the order of their respective stated maturities or final distribution dates, so that no payment of principal will be made on any class of CMOs until all other classes having an earlier stated maturity or final distribution date have been paid in full. As market conditions change, and particularly during periods of rapid or unanticipated changes in market interest rates, the attractiveness of the CMO classes and the ability of the structure to provide the

 

5


anticipated investment characteristics may be significantly reduced. Such changes can result in volatility in the market value, and in some instances reduced liquidity, of the CMO class.

Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class, which, as with other CMO structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or a final distribution date but may be retired earlier. Planned amortization class bonds (“PAC Bonds”) are a type of CMO tranche or series designed to provide relatively predictable payments of principal provided that, among other things, the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans falls within a predefined range. If the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans is at a rate faster or slower than the predefined range or if deviations from other assumptions occur, principal payments on the PAC Bond may be earlier or later than predicted. The magnitude of the predefined range varies from one PAC Bond to another; a narrower range increases the risk that prepayments on the PAC Bond will be greater or smaller than predicted. Because of these features, PAC Bonds generally are less subject to the risks of prepayment than are other types of mortgage-backed securities. See also “Mortgage-Backed Securities” in this section.

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender, such as the fund, pursuant to which the lender may determine to invest varying amounts. Transfer of such notes is usually restricted by the issuer, and there is no secondary trading market for such notes. The fund, therefore, may only invest in a master demand note to the extent that the investment would not violate the fund’s limits on restricted and illiquid securities.

Master demand notes are unsecured obligations of U.S. corporations redeemable upon notice that permit investment by a mutual fund of fluctuating amounts at varying rates of interest pursuant to direct arrangements between the mutual fund and the issuing corporation. Because master demand notes are direct arrangements between the mutual fund and the issuing corporation, there is no secondary market for the notes. The notes are, however, redeemable at face value plus accrued interest at any time. However, the fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand.

Common Stock. Common stocks are shares of a corporation or other entity that entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the profits of the corporation, if any, without preference over any other shareholder or class of shareholders, including holders of the entity’s preferred stock and other senior equity. Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so. Common stocks do not represent an obligation of the issuer, and do not offer the degree of protection of debt securities. The issuance of debt securities or preferred stock by an issuer will create prior claims which could adversely affect the rights of holders of common stock with respect to the assets of the issuer upon liquidation or bankruptcy.

Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are typically preferred stock or bonds that are convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. Because they have the characteristics of both fixed-income securities and common stock, convertible securities are sometimes called “hybrid” securities. Convertible bonds, debentures and notes are debt obligations offering a stated interest rate; convertible preferred stocks are senior securities of a company offering a stated dividend rate. Convertible securities will at times be priced in the market like other fixed income securities—that is, their prices will tend to rise when interest rates decline and will tend to fall when interest rates rise. However, because a convertible security provides an option to the holder to exchange the security for either a specified number of the issuer’s common shares at a stated price per share or the cash value of such common shares, the security market price will tend to fluctuate in relationship to the price of the common shares into which it is convertible. Thus, convertible securities will ordinarily provide opportunities for producing both current income and longer-term capital appreciation. Because convertible securities are usually viewed by the issuer as future common stock, they are generally subordinated to other

 

6


senior securities and therefore may be rated lower than the issuer’s non-convertible debt obligations or preferred stock.

Debt Obligations. The fund may invest in debt obligations. Debt obligations include bonds, debentures, notes, commercial paper, loans, and other instruments issued by banks, corporations, local and state and national governments, both U.S. and foreign, and supranational entities. Debt obligations are typically fixed-income obligations, but may have a variable or adjustable rate of interest. Changes in market yields will affect the fund’s net asset value as prices of fixed-income securities generally increase when interest rates decline and decrease when interest rates rise. Prices of longer term securities generally increase or decrease more sharply than those of shorter term securities in response to interest rate changes, particularly if such securities were purchased at a discount. It should be noted that the market values of securities rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities. Except to the extent that values are affected independently by other factors such as developments relating to a specific issuer, when interest rates decline, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to decline.

While debt securities carrying the fourth highest quality rating (“Baa” by Moody’s or “BBB” by S&P) are considered investment grade and are viewed to have adequate capacity for payment of principal and interest, investments in such securities involve a higher degree of risk than that associated with investments in debt securities in the higher rating categories and such debt securities lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well. For example, changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than is the case with higher grade debt securities. Debt securities rated lower than investment grade are called high yield securities. See “High Yield Securities” below.

In addition, many fixed-income securities contain call or buy-back features that permit their issuers to call or repurchase the securities from their holders. Such securities may present risks based on payment expectations. Although the fund would typically receive a premium if an issuer were to redeem a security, if an issuer exercises such a “call option” and redeems the security during a time of declining interest rates, the fund may realize a capital loss on its investment if the security was purchased at a premium and the fund may have to replace the called security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased rate of return to the fund. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, redemption or prepayment rates may slow, leading to an extension in the expected maturity of the obligation, leading to greater price volatility.

Recent Market Events

The fixed-income markets are experiencing a period of extreme volatility which has negatively impacted market liquidity conditions. Initially, the concerns on the part of market participants were focused on the subprime segment of the mortgage-backed securities market. However, these concerns have since expanded to include a broad range of mortgage- and asset-backed and other fixed-income securities, including those rated investment grade, the U.S. and international credit and interbank money markets generally, and a wide range of financial institutions and markets, asset classes and sectors. As a result, fixed-income instruments are experiencing liquidity issues, increased price volatility, credit downgrades, and increased likelihood of default. Securities that are less liquid are more difficult to value and may be hard to dispose of. Domestic and international equity markets have also been experiencing heightened volatility and turmoil, with issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets particularly affected. During times of market turmoil, investors tend to look to the safety of securities issued or backed by the U.S. Treasury, causing the prices of these securities to rise, and the yield to decline. These events and the continuing market upheavals may have an adverse effect on the fund.

The fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), including those that are issued by private issuers, and therefore may have some exposure to subprime loans as well as to the mortgage and credit markets

 

7


generally. Private issuers include commercial banks, savings associations, mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies and special purpose finance entities (called special purpose vehicles or SPVs) and other entities that acquire and package mortgage loans for resale as MBS. Unlike MBS issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its sponsored entities, MBS issued by private issuers do not have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee, but may have credit enhancement provided by external entities such as banks or financial institutions or achieved through the structuring of the transaction itself. Examples of such credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include the issue of senior and subordinated securities (e.g., the issuance of securities by an SPV in multiple classes or “tranches,” with one or more classes being senior to other subordinated classes as to the payment of principal and interest, with the result that defaults on the underlying mortgage loans are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class); creation of “reserve funds” (in which case cash or investments, sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying mortgage loans, are held in reserve against future losses); and “overcollateralization” (in which case the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying mortgage loans exceed that required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). However, there can be no guarantee that credit enhancements, if any, will be sufficient to prevent losses in the event of defaults on the underlying mortgage loans.

In addition, MBS that are issued by private issuers are not subject to the underwriting requirements for the underlying mortgages that are applicable to those MBS that have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee. As a result, the mortgage loans underlying private MBS may, and frequently do, have less favorable collateral, credit risk or other underwriting characteristics than government or government-sponsored MBS and have wider variances in a number of terms including interest rate, term, size, purpose and borrower characteristics. Privately issued pools more frequently include second mortgages, high loan-to-value mortgages and manufactured housing loans. The coupon rates and maturities of the underlying mortgage loans in a private-label MBS pool may vary to a greater extent than those included in a government guaranteed pool, and the pool may include subprime mortgage loans. Subprime loans refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans. For these reasons, the loans underlying these securities have had in many cases higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements.

The risk of non-payment is greater for MBS that are backed by mortgage pools that contain subprime loans, but a level of risk exists for all loans. Market factors adversely affecting mortgage loan repayments may include a general economic turndown, high unemployment, a general slowdown in the real estate market, a drop in the market prices of real estate, or an increase in interest rates resulting in higher mortgage payments by holders of adjustable rate mortgages.

If the fund purchases subordinated MBS, the subordinated MBS may serve as a credit support for the senior securities purchased by other investors. In addition, the payments of principal and interest on these subordinated securities generally will be made only after payments are made to the holders of securities senior to the fund’s securities. Therefore, if there are defaults on the underlying mortgage loans, the fund will be less likely to receive payments of principal and interest, and will be more likely to suffer a loss.

Privately issued MBS are not traded on an exchange and there may be a limited market for the securities, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, MBS held in the fund’s portfolio may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loans.

The fund may also purchase asset-backed securities (“ABS”) that have many of the same characteristics and risks as the MBS described above, except that ABS may be backed by non-real-estate loans, leases or receivables such as auto, credit card or home equity loans.

The fund may purchase commercial paper, including asset-backed commercial paper (“ABCP”) that is issued by structured investment vehicles or other conduits. These conduits may be sponsored by mortgage

 

8


companies, investment banking firms, finance companies, hedge funds, private equity firms and special purpose finance entities. ABCP typically refers to a debt security with an original term to maturity of up to 270 days, the payment of which is supported by cash flows from underlying assets, or one or more liquidity or credit support providers, or both. Assets backing ABCP, which may be included in revolving pools of assets with large numbers of obligors, include credit card, car loan and other consumer receivables and home or commercial mortgages, including subprime mortgages. The repayment of ABCP issued by a conduit depends primarily on the cash collections received from the conduit’s underlying asset portfolio and the conduit’s ability to issue new ABCP. Therefore, there could be losses to the fund investing in ABCP in the event of credit or market value deterioration in the conduit’s underlying portfolio, mismatches in the timing of the cash flows of the underlying asset interests and the repayment obligations of maturing ABCP, or the conduit’s inability to issue new ABCP. To protect investors from these risks, ABCP programs may be structured with various protections, such as credit enhancement, liquidity support, and commercial paper stop-issuance and wind-down triggers. However there can be no guarantee that these protections will be sufficient to prevent losses to investors in ABCP.

Some ABCP programs provide for an extension of the maturity date of the ABCP if, on the related maturity date, the conduit is unable to access sufficient liquidity through the issue of additional ABCP. This may delay the sale of the underlying collateral and the fund may incur a loss if the value of the collateral deteriorates during the extension period. Alternatively, if collateral for ABCP commercial paper deteriorates in value, the collateral may be required to be sold at inopportune times or at prices insufficient to repay the principal and interest on the ABCP. ABCP programs may provide for the issuance of subordinated notes as an additional form of credit enhancement. The subordinated notes are typically of a lower credit quality and have a higher risk of default. A fund purchasing these subordinated notes will therefore have a higher likelihood of loss than investors in the senior notes.

The fund may also invest in other types of fixed-income securities which are subordinated or “junior” to more senior securities of the issuer, or which represent interests in pools of such subordinated or junior securities. Such securities may include preferred stock. Under the terms of subordinated securities, payments that would otherwise be made to their holders may be required to be made to the holders of more senior securities, and/or the subordinated or junior securities may have junior liens, if they have any rights at all, in any collateral (meaning proceeds of the collateral are required to be paid first to the holders of more senior securities). As a result, subordinated or junior securities will be disproportionately adversely affected by a default or even a perceived decline in creditworthiness of the issuer.

The fund’s compliance with its investment restrictions and limitations is usually determined at the time of investment. If the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates after purchase by the fund, or if the maturity of a security is extended after purchase by the fund, the portfolio managers will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Certain mortgage- or asset-backed securities may provide, upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults, for the investors to become the holders of the underlying assets. In that case a fund may become the holder of securities that it could not otherwise purchase, based on its investment strategies or its investment restrictions and limitations, at a time when such securities may be difficult to dispose of because of adverse market conditions.

See the following for a description of various types of debt obligations in which the fund may invest: “Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities,” “Asset-Backed Securities,” “Brady Bonds,” “Bank Obligations,” “Collateralized Mortgage Obligations and Multi-Class Pass Through Securities,” “Deferred Interest Bonds,” “Floating and Variable Rate Instruments,” “High Yield Securities,” “Inverse Floating Rate Obligations,” “Loan Participations and Assignments,” “Money Market Instruments,” “Mortgage Backed Securities,” “Privately Issued Mortgage Securities,” “Stripped Mortgage Securities,” “Structured Instruments,” “U.S. Government Obligations,” “Zero Coupon Bonds, PIK Bonds and Deferred Payment Securities.”

Deferred Interest Bonds. Deferred interest bonds are debt obligations that generally provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins and that are issued at a significant discount from face value.

 

9


The original discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period until the first interest accrual date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. Although this period of delay is different for each deferred interest bond, a typical period is approximately one-third of the bond’s term to maturity. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its initial need for cash to meet debt service, but some also provide a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. The fund will accrue income on such investments for tax and accounting purposes, as required, which is distributable to shareholders and which, because no cash is generally received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities to satisfy the fund’s distribution obligations. See also “Zero Coupon Securities, PIK Bonds and Deferred Payment Securities” in this section.

Depositary Receipts. Securities of foreign issuers may be purchased directly or through depositary receipts, such as American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) or other securities representing underlying shares of foreign companies. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in U.S. securities markets and EDRs and GDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European and global securities markets. ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying securities. EDRs and GDRs are European and global receipts, respectively, evidencing a similar arrangement.

ADRs, EDRs and GDRs are issued through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” arrangements. In a sponsored arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes the obligation to pay some or all of the depositary’s transaction fees, whereas under an unsponsored arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes no obligation and the depositary’s transaction fees are paid by the holders. In addition, less information is generally available in the United States about the issuer of an unsponsored depositary receipt as it is for the issuer of a sponsored depositary receipt. See also “Foreign Securities” and “Foreign Issuers” in this section.

Derivatives. The fund may use various investment strategies described below to hedge market risks (such as broad or specific market movements, interest rates and currency exchange rates), to manage the effective maturity or duration of debt instruments held by the fund, or to seek to enhance the fund’s income or gain.

The fund may purchase and sell interest rate, single stock, currency or stock or bond index futures contracts and enter into currency transactions; purchase and sell (or write) exchange listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) put and call options on securities, currencies, futures contracts, indices and other financial instruments; enter into interest rate transactions, equity swaps and related transactions; and invest in indexed securities and other similar transactions, which may be developed in the future to the extent that the subadviser determines that they are consistent with the fund’s investment objectives and policies and applicable regulatory requirements (collectively, these transactions are referred to as “derivatives”). The fund’s interest rate transactions may take the form of swaps, caps, floors and collars, and the fund’s currency transactions may take the form of currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts and options thereof, currency swaps and options on currencies.

The fund is operated by persons who have claimed an exclusion, granted to operators of registered investment companies like the fund, from registration as a “commodity pool operator” with respect to the fund under the Commodity Exchange Act, and therefore, are not subject to registration or regulation with respect to the fund under the Commodity Exchange Act. The use of certain derivatives in certain circumstances will require that the fund segregate cash or other liquid assets to the extent the fund’s obligations are not otherwise “covered” through ownership of the underlying security, financial instrument or currency. See “Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts” below.

Derivatives involve special risks, including possible default by the other party to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent the subadviser’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of Derivatives could result in significantly greater losses than if they had not been used. See “Risk Factors Associated with Derivatives” below. The degree of the fund’s use of derivatives may be limited by certain provisions of the Code.

 

10


Futures Contracts. The fund may trade futures contracts on domestic and foreign exchanges on currencies, interest rates and bond indices, and on domestic and foreign exchanges on single stocks and stock indices. Futures contracts are generally bought and sold on the commodities exchanges on which they are listed with payment of initial and variation margin as described below. The sale of a futures contract creates a firm obligation by the fund, as seller, to deliver to the buyer the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specific future time for a specified price (or with respect to certain instruments, the net cash amount). The fund’s use of financial futures contracts and options thereon will in all cases be consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and in particular the rules and regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). Maintaining a futures contract or selling an option on a futures contract will typically require the fund to deposit with a financial intermediary, as security for its obligations, an amount of cash or other specified assets (“initial margin”) that initially is from 1% to 10% of the face amount of the contract (but may be higher in some circumstances particularly in the case of single stock futures). Additional cash or assets (“variation margin”) may be required to be deposited thereafter daily as the mark-to-market value of the futures contract fluctuates. The value of all futures contracts sold by the fund (adjusted for the historical volatility relationship between the fund and the contracts) will not exceed the total market value of the fund’s securities. In addition, the value of the fund’s long futures and options positions (futures contracts on single stocks, stock or bond indices, interest rates or foreign currencies and call options on such futures contracts) will not exceed the sum of: (a) liquid assets segregated for this purpose; (b) cash proceeds on existing investments due within thirty days; and (c) accrued profits on the particular futures or options positions. The segregation requirements with respect to futures contracts and options thereon are described below under “Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts.”

Interest Rate Futures Contracts. The fund may enter into interest rate futures contracts in order to protect it from fluctuations in interest rates without necessarily buying or selling fixed income securities. An interest rate futures contract is an agreement to take or make delivery of either: (i) an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of a particular index of debt securities at the beginning and at the end of the contract period; or (ii) a specified amount of a particular debt security at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. For example, if the fund owns bonds, and interest rates are expected to increase, the fund might sell futures contracts on debt securities having characteristics similar to those held in the portfolio. Such a sale would have much the same effect as selling an equivalent value of the debt securities owned by the fund. If interest rates did increase, the value of the debt securities in the portfolio would decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the fund would increase at approximately the same rate, thereby keeping the net asset value of each class of the fund from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The fund could accomplish similar results by selling bonds with longer maturities and investing in bonds with shorter maturities when interest rates are expected to increase. However, since the futures market may be more liquid than the cash market, the use of futures contracts as a risk management technique allows the fund to maintain a defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.

Similarly when the subadviser expects that interest rates may decline, the fund may purchase interest rate futures contracts in an attempt to hedge against having to make subsequently anticipated purchases of bonds at the higher prices subsequently expected to prevail. Since the fluctuations in the value of appropriately selected futures contracts should be similar to that of the bonds that will be purchased, the fund could take advantage of the anticipated rise in the cost of the bonds without actually buying them until the market had stabilized. At that time, the fund could make the intended purchase of the bonds in the cash market and the futures contracts could be liquidated.

At the time of delivery of securities pursuant to an interest rate futures contract, adjustments are made to recognize differences in value arising from the delivery of securities with a different interest rate from that specified in the contract. In some (but not many) cases, securities called for by a futures contract may have a shorter term than the term of the futures contract and, consequently, may not in fact have been issued when the futures contract was entered.

 

11


Single Stock Futures. Trading is permitted on U.S. exchanges of standardized futures contacts on individual equity securities, such as common stocks, exchange traded funds and ADRs, as well as narrow-based securities indices, generally called security futures contracts or “SFCs.” As with other futures contracts, a SFC involves an agreement to purchase or sell in the future a specific quantity of shares of a security or the component securities of the index. The initial margin requirements (typically 20%) are generally higher than with other futures contracts. Trading SFCs involves many of the same risks as trading other futures contracts, including the risks involved with leverage, and losses are potentially unlimited. Under certain market conditions, for example if trading is halted due to unusual trading activity in either the SFC or the underlying security due to recent new events involving the issuer of the security, it may be difficult or impossible for the fund to liquidate its position or manage risk by entering into an offsetting position. In addition, the prices of the SFCs may not correlate as anticipated with the prices of the underlying security. And unlike options on securities in which the fund may invest, where the fund had a position in a SFC, the fund has both the right and the obligation to buy or sell the security at a future date, or otherwise offset its position.

Options. In order to hedge against adverse market shifts or to increase income or gain, the fund may purchase put and call options or write (sell) “covered” put and call options on futures contracts on stock indices, interest rates and currencies. In addition, in order to hedge against adverse market shifts or to increase its income, the fund may purchase put and call options and write “covered” put and call options on securities, indices, currencies and other financial instruments. The fund may utilize options on currencies in order to hedge against currency exchange rate risks. A call option is “covered” if, so long as the fund is obligated as the writer of the option, it will: (i) own the underlying investment subject to the option; (ii) own securities convertible or exchangeable without the payment of any consideration into the securities subject to the option; (iii) own a call option on the relevant security or currency with an exercise price no higher than the exercise price on the call option written; or (iv) deposit with its custodian in a segregated account liquid assets having a value equal to the excess of the value of the security or index that is the subject of the call over the exercise price. A put option is “covered” if, to support its obligation to purchase the underlying investment if a put option that the fund writes is exercised, the fund will either (a) deposit with its custodian in a segregated account liquid assets having a value at least equal to the exercise price of the underlying investment or (b) continue to own an equivalent number of puts of the same “series” (that is, puts on the same underlying investment having the same exercise prices and expiration dates as those written by the fund), or an equivalent number of puts of the same “class” (that is, puts on the same underlying investment) with exercise prices greater than those that it has written (or, if the exercise prices of the puts it holds are less than the exercise prices of those it has written, it will deposit the difference with its custodian in a segregated account). Parties to options transactions must make certain payments and/or set aside certain amounts of assets in connection with each transaction, as described below.

Put options and call options typically have similar structural characteristics and operational mechanics regardless of the underlying instrument on which they are purchased or sold. Thus, the following general discussion relates to each of the particular types of options discussed in greater detail below.

A put option gives the purchaser of the option, upon payment of a premium, the right to sell, and the writer of the obligation to buy, the underlying security, index, currency or other instrument at the exercise price. The fund’s purchase of a put option on a security, for example, might be designed to protect its holdings in the underlying instrument (or, in some cases, a similar instrument) against a substantial decline in the market value of such instrument by giving the fund the right to sell the instrument at the option exercise price. A call option, upon payment of a premium, gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the seller the obligation to sell, the underlying instrument at the exercise price. The fund’s purchase of a call option on a security, financial futures contract, index, currency or other instrument might be intended to protect the fund against an increase in the price of the underlying instrument that it intends to purchase in the future by fixing the price at which it may purchase the instrument. An “American” style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option period, whereas a “European” style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration or during a fixed period prior to expiration. Exchange-listed options are issued by a regulated intermediary such as the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”), which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to the options.

 

12


The discussion below uses the OCC as an example, but may also be applicable to other similar financial intermediaries.

OCC-issued and exchange-listed options, including options on securities, currencies and financial instruments, generally settle for cash, although physical settlement maybe required in some cases. Index options are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (that is, the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option.

The fund’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an OCC-issued or exchange-listed put or call option is dependent, in part, upon the liquidity of the particular option market. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid option market on an exchange are: (1) insufficient trading interest in certain options, (2) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange, (3) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities, including reaching daily price limits, (4) interruption of the normal operations of the OCC or an exchange, (5) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or the OCC to handle current trading volume or (6) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the relevant market for that option on that exchange would cease to exist, although any such outstanding options on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

The hours of trading for listed options may not coincide with the hours during which the underlying financial instruments are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying financial instruments, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that would not be reflected in the corresponding option markets.

OTC options are purchased from or sold to securities dealers, financial institutions or other parties (collectively referred to as “counterparties” and individually referred to as a “counterparty”) through a direct bilateral agreement with the counterparty. In contrast to exchange-listed options, which generally have standardized terms and performance mechanics, all of the terms of an OTC option, including such terms as method of settlement, term, exercise price, premium, guaranties and security, are determined by negotiation of the parties. It is anticipated that the fund will generally only enter into OTC options that have cash settlement provisions, although it will not be required to do so.

Unless the parties provide for it, no central clearing or guaranty function is involved in an OTC option. As a result, if a counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the security, currency or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with the fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, the fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. Thus, the subadviser must assess the creditworthiness of each such counterparty or any guarantor or credit enhancement of the counterparty’s credit to determine the likelihood that the terms of the OTC option will be met. The fund will enter into OTC option transactions only with U.S. government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as “primary dealers,” or broker-dealers, domestic or foreign banks, or other financial institutions that the subadviser deems to be creditworthy. In the absence of a change in the current position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), OTC options purchased by the fund and the amount of the fund’s obligation pursuant to an OTC option sold by the fund (the cost of the sell-back plus the in-the-money amount, if any) or the value of the assets held to cover such options will be deemed illiquid.

If the fund sells a call option, the premium that it receives may serve as a partial hedge, to the extent of the option premium, against a decrease in the value of the underlying securities or instruments held by the fund or will increase the fund’s income. Similarly, the sale of put options can also provide gains for the fund.

 

13


The fund may purchase and sell call options on securities that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and in the OTC markets, and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts. All calls sold by the fund must be “covered” (that is, the fund must own the securities or futures contract subject to the call), or must otherwise meet the asset segregation requirements described below for so long as the call is outstanding. Even though the fund will receive the option premium to help protect it against loss, a call sold by the fund will expose the fund during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying security or instrument and may require the fund to hold a security or instrument that it might otherwise have sold.

The fund may choose to exercise the options it holds, permit them to expire or terminate them prior to their expiration by entering into closing transactions. The fund may enter into a closing purchase transaction in which the fund purchases an option having the same terms as the option it had written or a closing sale transaction in which the fund sells an option having the same terms as the option it had purchased. A covered option writer unable to effect a closing purchase transaction will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or the underlying security is delivered upon exercise, with the result that the writer will be subject to the risk of market decline in the underlying security during such period. Should the fund choose to exercise an option, the fund will receive, in the case of a call option, or sell in the case of a put option, the securities, commodities or commodity futures contracts underlying the exercised option.

Exchange-listed options on securities and currencies, with certain exceptions, generally settle by physical delivery of the underlying security or currency, although in the future, cash settlement may become available. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option. Index options are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (that is, the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised.

The fund reserves the right to purchase or sell options on instruments and indices which may be developed in the future to the extent consistent with applicable law, the fund’s investment objective and the restrictions set forth herein.

In all cases except for certain options on interest rate futures contracts, by writing a call, the fund will limit its opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of the underlying investment above the exercise price of the option for as long as the fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. By writing a put, the fund bears the risk of a decrease in the market value of the underlying investment below the exercise price of the option for as long as the fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. Upon the exercise of a put option written by the fund, the fund may suffer an economic loss equal to the difference between the price at which the fund is required to purchase the underlying investment and its market value at the time of the option exercise, less the premium received for writing the option. Upon the exercise of a call option written by a fund, the fund may suffer an economic loss equal to an amount not less than the excess of the investment’s market value at the time of the option exercise over the fund’s acquisition cost of the investment, less the sum of the premium received for writing the option and the positive difference, if any, between the call price paid to the fund and the fund’s acquisition cost of the investment.

In all cases except for certain options on interest rate futures contracts, in purchasing a put option, the fund will seek to benefit from, or protect against, a decline in the market price of the underlying investment, while in purchasing a call option, the fund will seek to benefit from an increase in the market price of the underlying investment. If an option purchased is not sold or exercised when it has remaining value, or if the market price of the underlying investment remains equal to or greater than the exercise price, in the case of a put, or remains equal to or below the exercise price, in the case of a call, during the life of the option, the fund will lose its investment in the option. For the purchase of an option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying

 

14


investment must decline sufficiently below the exercise price, in the case of a put, and must increase sufficiently above the exercise price, in the case of a call, to cover the premium and transaction costs.

In the case of certain options on interest rate futures contracts, the fund may purchase a put option in anticipation of a rise in interest rates, and purchase a call option in anticipation of a fall in interest rates. By writing a covered call option on interest rate futures contracts, the fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a fall in interest rates. By writing a covered put option on interest rate futures contracts, the fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a rise in interest rates.

The fund may purchase and sell put options on securities (whether or not it holds the securities in its portfolio) and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts. In selling put options, the fund faces the risk that it may be required to buy the underlying security at a disadvantageous price above the market price.

(a) Options on Stocks and Stock Indices. The fund may purchase put and call options and write covered put and call options on stocks and stock indices listed on domestic and foreign securities exchanges in order to hedge against movements in the equity markets or to increase income or gain to the fund. In addition, the fund may purchase options on stocks that are traded over-the-counter. Options on stock indices are similar to options on specific securities. However, because options on stock indices do not involve the delivery of an underlying security, the option represents the holder’s right to obtain from the writer cash in an amount equal to a fixed multiple of the amount by which the exercise price exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying stock index on the exercise date. Options traded may include the Standard & Poor’s 100 Index of Composite Stocks, Standard & Poor’s 500 Index of Composite Stocks (the “S&P 500 Index”), the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index, the American Stock Exchange (“AMEX”) Market Value Index, the National Over-the-Counter Index and other standard broadly based stock market indices. Options are also traded in certain industry or market segment indices such as the Oil Index, the Computer Technology Index and the Transportation Index. Stock index options are subject to position and exercise limits and other regulations imposed by the exchange on which they are traded.

If the subadviser expects general stock market prices to rise, the fund might purchase a call option on a stock index or a futures contract on that index as a hedge against an increase in prices of particular equity securities it wants ultimately to buy. If the stock index does rise, the price of the particular equity securities intended to be purchased may also increase, but that increase would be offset in part by the increase in the value of the fund’s index option or futures contract resulting from the increase in the index. If, on the other hand, the subadviser expects general stock market prices to decline, it might purchase a put option or sell a futures contract on the index. If that index does decline, the value of some or all of the equity securities in the fund’s portfolio may also be expected to decline, but that decrease would be offset in part by the increase in the value of the fund’s position in such put option or futures contract.

(b) Options on Currencies. The fund may invest in options on currencies traded on domestic and foreign securities exchanges in order to hedge against currency exchange rate risks or to increase income or gain, as described above in “Currency Transactions.”

(c) Options on Futures Contracts. The fund may purchase put and call options and write covered put and call options on futures contracts on stock indices, interest rates and currencies traded on domestic and, to the extent permitted by the CFTC, foreign exchanges, in order to hedge all or a portion of its investments or to increase income or gain and may enter into closing transactions in order to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected. An option on a stock index futures contract, interest rate futures contract or currency futures contract, as contrasted with the direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying contract at a specified exercise price at any time on or before the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account. The potential loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the

 

15


premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). While the price of the option is fixed at the point of sale, the value of the option does change daily and the change would be reflected in the net asset value of the fund.

The purchase of an option on a financial futures contract involves payment of a premium for the option without any further obligation on the part of the fund. If the fund exercises an option on a futures contract it will be obligated to post initial margin (and potentially variation margin) for the resulting futures position just as it would for any futures position. Futures contracts and options thereon are generally settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, but no assurance can be given that a position can be offset prior to settlement or that delivery will occur.

Interest Rate and Equity Swaps and Related Transactions. The fund may enter into interest rate and equity swaps and may purchase or sell (i.e., write) interest rate and equity caps, floors and collars. The fund expects to enter into these transactions in order to hedge against either a decline in the value of the securities included in the fund’s portfolio or against an increase in the price of the securities which it plans to purchase, in order to preserve or maintain a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to achieve a particular return on cash balances, or in order to enhance income or gain. Interest rate and equity swaps involve the exchange by the fund with another party of their respective commitments to make or receive payments based on a notional principal amount.

The purchase of an interest rate or equity cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined level, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate or equity cap. The purchase of an interest rate or equity floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined rate, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate or equity floor. A collar is a combination of a cap and a floor, which preserve a certain return within a predetermined range of values.

The fund may enter into interest rate and equity swaps, caps, floors and collars on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether it is hedging its assets or its liabilities, and will usually enter into interest rate and equity swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out), with the fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate or equity swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by the fund’s custodian in accordance with procedures established by the Board. If the fund enters into an interest rate or equity swap on other than a net basis, the fund will maintain a segregated account in the full amount accrued on a daily basis of the fund’s obligations with respect to the swap. The fund will only enter into interest rate and equity swap, cap, floor or collar transactions with counterparties the subadviser deems to be creditworthy. The subadviser will monitor the creditworthiness of counterparties to its interest rate and equity swap, cap, floor and collar transactions on an ongoing basis. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. The subadviser has determined that, as a result, the swap market is liquid. Caps, floors and collars are more recent innovations and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps. The use of interest rate and equity swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the subadviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these investment techniques were not utilized. Moreover, even if the subadviser is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that the swap position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being hedged.

The liquidity of swap agreements will be determined by the subadviser based on various factors, including (1) the frequency of trades and quotations, (2) the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the marketplace, (3) dealer undertakings to make a market, (4) the nature of the security (including any demand or

 

16


tender features), and (5) the nature of the marketplace for trades (including the ability to assign or offset the fund’s rights and obligations relating to the investment). Such determination will govern whether a swap will be deemed within the percentage restriction on investments in securities that are not readily marketable.

The fund will maintain liquid assets in a segregated custodial account to cover its current obligations under swap agreements. If the fund enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of the fund’s accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued amount the fund is entitled to receive under the agreement. If the fund enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount of the fund’s accrued obligations under the agreement. To the extent the fund sells caps, floors and collars it will maintain in a segregated account cash and/or, cash equivalents or other liquid high grade debt securities having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the full amount, accrued on a daily basis, of the fund’s obligations with respect to the caps, floors or collars. See “Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts” below.

There is no limit on the amount of interest rate and equity swap transactions that may be entered into by the fund. These transactions do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate and equity swaps is limited to the net amount of payments that the fund is contractually obligated to make, if any. The effective use of swaps and related transactions by the fund may depend, among other things, on the fund’s ability to terminate the transactions at times when the subadviser deems it desirable to do so. Because swaps and related transactions are bilateral contractual arrangements between the fund and counterparties to the transactions, the fund’s ability to terminate such an arrangement may be considerably more limited than in the case of an exchange traded instrument. To the extent the fund does not, or cannot, terminate such a transaction in a timely manner, the fund may suffer a loss in excess of any amounts that it may have received, or expected to receive, as a result of entering into the transaction. If the other party to a swap defaults, the fund’s risk of loss is the net amount of payments that the fund contractually is entitled to receive, if any. The fund may purchase and sell caps, floors and collars without limitation, subject to the segregated account requirement described above.

Credit Default Swaps. The fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for hedging purposes or to add leverage to its portfolio. When used for hedging purposes, a fund would be the buyer of a credit default swap contract. In that case, the fund would be entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the fund would pay to the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the fund would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. When the fund is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it receives the stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of the referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Indexed Securities. The fund may purchase securities whose prices are indexed to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies, or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically, but not always, are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic. Currency-indexed securities typically are short-term to intermediate-term debt securities whose maturity values or interest rates are determined by reference to the values of one or more specified foreign currencies, and may offer higher yields than U.S. dollar-denominated securities of equivalent issuers. Currency-indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, their maturity value may increase when the specified currency value increases, resulting in a security that performs similarly to a foreign currency-denominated instrument, or their maturity value may decline when foreign currencies increase, resulting in a security whose price characteristics are similar to a put on the underlying currency. Currency-indexed securities may also have prices that depend on the values of a number of different foreign currencies relative to each other.

Investment Company Securities. Subject to applicable statutory and regulatory limitations, the fund may invest in shares of other investment companies, including shares of other mutual funds, closed-end funds, and

 

17


unregistered investment companies. Investments in other investment companies are subject to the risk of the securities in which those investment companies invest. In addition, to the extent the fund invests in securities of other investment companies, fund shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of such companies in addition to the expenses of the fund’s own operation. These costs include management, brokerage, shareholder servicing and other operational expenses.

The fund may invest in shares of mutual funds or unit investment trusts that are traded on a stock exchange, called exchange-traded funds or ETFs. Typically an ETF seeks to track the performance of an index, such as the S&P 500, the NASDAQ 100, the Lehman Treasury Bond Index, or more narrow sector or foreign indices, by holding in its portfolio either the same securities that comprise the index, or a representative sample of the index. Investing in an ETF will give the fund exposure to the securities comprising the index on which the ETF is based.

Unlike shares of typical mutual funds or unit investment trusts, shares of ETFs are designed to be traded throughout a trading day, bought and sold based on market values and not at net asset value. For this reason, shares could trade at either a premium or discount to net asset value. However, the portfolios held by index-based ETFs are publicly disclosed on each trading day, and an approximation of actual net asset value is disseminated throughout the trading day. Because of this transparency, the trading prices of index based ETFs tend to closely track the actual net asset value of the underlying portfolios and the fund will generally gain or lose value depending on the performance of the index. However, gains or losses on the fund’s investment in ETFs will ultimately depend on the purchase and sale price of the ETF. In the future, as new products become available, the fund may invest in ETFs that are actively managed. Actively managed ETFs will likely not have the transparency of index-based ETFs, and therefore, may be more likely to trade at a discount or premium to actual net asset values.

The fund may invest in closed-end investment companies which hold securities of U. S. and/or non-U.S. issuers. Because shares of closed-end funds trade on an exchange, investments in closed-end investment funds may entail the additional risk that the market value of such investments may be substantially less than their net asset value.

Currency Transactions. The fund may engage in currency transactions with counterparties to hedge the value of portfolio securities denominated in particular currencies against fluctuations in relative value or to generate income or gain. Currency transactions include currency forward contracts, exchange-listed currency futures contracts and options thereon, exchange-listed and OTC options on currencies, and currency swaps. A currency forward contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell (with delivery generally required) a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows based on the notional difference among two or more currencies and operates similarly to an interest rate swap, which is described below under “Interest Rate and Equity Swaps and Related Transactions.” The fund may enter into currency transactions only with counterparties that the subadviser deems to be creditworthy.

The fund may enter into currency forward contracts when the subadviser believes that the currency of a particular country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar. In those circumstances, the fund may enter into a currency forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars, the amount of that currency approximating the value of some or all of the fund’s portfolio securities denominated in such currency. Currency forward contracts may limit potential gain from a positive change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies.

Transaction hedging is entering into a currency transaction with respect to specific assets or liabilities of the fund, which will generally arise in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s portfolio securities or the receipt of income from them. Position hedging is entering into a currency transaction with respect to portfolio securities positions denominated or generally quoted in that currency. The fund will not enter into a transaction to hedge currency exposure to an extent greater, after netting all transactions intended wholly or partially to offset

 

18


other transactions, than the aggregate market value (at the time of entering into the transaction) of the securities held by the fund that are denominated or generally quoted in or currently convertible into the currency, other than with respect to proxy hedging as described below.

The fund may cross-hedge currencies by entering into transactions to purchase or sell one or more currencies that are expected to increase or decline in value relative to other currencies to which the fund has or in which the fund expects to have exposure. To reduce the effect of currency fluctuations on the value of existing or anticipated holdings of its securities, the fund may also engage in proxy hedging. Proxy hedging is often used when the currency to which the fund’s holdings is exposed is difficult to hedge generally or difficult to hedge against the dollar. Proxy hedging entails entering into a forward contract to sell a currency, the changes in the value of which are generally considered to be linked to a currency or currencies in which some or all of the fund’s securities are or are expected to be denominated, and to buy dollars. The amount of the contract would not exceed the market value of the fund’s securities denominated in linked currencies.

Currency transactions are subject to risks different from other portfolio transactions, as discussed below under “Risk Factors Associated with Derivatives.” If the fund enters into a currency hedging transaction, the fund will comply with the asset segregation requirements described below under “Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts.”

Combined Transactions. The fund may enter into multiple transactions, including multiple options transactions, multiple futures transactions, multiple currency transactions (including forward currency contracts), multiple interest rate transactions and any combination of futures, options, currency and interest rate transactions, instead of a single derivative, as part of a single or combined strategy when, in the judgment of the subadviser, it is in the best interests of the fund to do so. A combined transaction will usually contain elements of risk that are present in each of its component transactions. Although combined transactions will normally be entered into by the fund based on the subadviser’s judgment that the combined strategies will reduce risk or otherwise more effectively achieve the desired portfolio management goal, it is possible that the combination will instead increase the risks or hinder achievement of the fund’s objective.

Risk Factors Associated with Derivatives. Derivatives have special risks associated with them, including possible default by the counterparty to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent the subadviser’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of the derivatives could result in losses greater than if they had not been used. Use of put and call options could result in losses to the fund, force the sale or purchase of portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices higher than (in the case of put options) or lower than (in the case of call options) current market values, or cause the fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell.

The use of futures and options transactions entails certain special risks. In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of futures contracts and price movements in the related securities position of the fund could create the possibility that losses on the hedging instrument are greater than gains in the value of the fund’s position. In addition, futures and options markets could be illiquid in some circumstances and certain OTC options could have no markets. As a result, in certain markets, the fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses. Although the fund’s use of futures and options transactions for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, at the same time it will tend to limit any potential gain to the fund that might result from an increase in value of the position. There is also the risk of loss by the fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the fund has an open position in a futures contract or option thereon. Finally, the daily variation margin requirements for futures contracts create a greater ongoing potential financial risk than would purchases of options, in which case the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. However, because option premiums paid by the fund are small in relation to the market value of the investments underlying the options, buying options can result in large amounts of leverage. The leverage offered by trading in options could cause the fund’s net asset value to be subject to more frequent and wider fluctuation than would be the case if the fund did not invest in options.

 

19


As is the case with futures and options strategies, the effective use of swaps and related transactions by the fund may depend, among other things, on the fund’s ability to terminate the transactions at times when the subadviser deems it desirable to do so. To the extent the fund does not, or cannot, terminate such a transaction in a timely manner, the fund may suffer a loss in excess of any amounts that it may have received, or expected to receive, as a result of entering into the transaction.

Currency hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to the fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. Further, the risk exists that the perceived linkage between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that the fund is engaging in proxy hedging. Currency transactions are also subject to risks different from those of other portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases and sales of currency and related instruments can be adversely affected by government exchange controls, limitations or restrictions on repatriation of currency, and manipulations or exchange restrictions imposed by governments. These forms of governmental actions can result in losses to the fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. Buyers and sellers of currency futures contracts are subject to the same risks that apply to the use of futures contracts generally. Further, settlement of a currency futures contract for the purchase of most currencies must occur at a bank based in the issuing nation. Trading options on currency futures contracts is relatively new, and the ability to establish and close out positions on these options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid market that may not always be available. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate based on factors extrinsic to that country’s economy.

Credit Default Swaps Risk. In addition to the risks applicable to derivatives generally, credit default swaps involve special risks because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation, as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty.

Because the amount of interest and/or principal payments which the issuer of indexed securities is obligated to make is linked to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies, or other financial indicators, such payments may be significantly greater or less than payment obligations in respect of other types of debt securities. As a result, an investment in indexed securities may be considered speculative. Moreover, the performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of and may be more volatile than the security, currency, or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates.

Losses resulting from the use of derivatives will reduce the fund’s net asset value, and possibly income, and the losses can be greater than if derivatives had not been used.

Risks of Derivatives Outside the United States. When conducted outside the United States, derivatives transactions may not be regulated as rigorously as in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and will be subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities, currencies and other instruments. In addition, the price of any foreign futures or foreign options contract and, therefore, the potential profit and loss thereon, may be affected by any variance in the foreign exchange rate between the time an order is placed and the time it is liquidated, offset or exercised. The value of positions taken as part of non-U.S. derivatives also could be adversely affected by: (1) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (2) lesser availability of data on which to make trading decisions than in the United States, (3) delays in the fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during nonbusiness hours in the United States, (4) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and (5) lower trading volume and liquidity.

 

20


Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts. Use of many derivatives by the fund will require, among other things, that the fund segregate liquid assets with its custodian, or a designated sub-custodian, to the extent the fund’s obligations are not otherwise “covered” through ownership of the underlying security, financial instrument or currency. In general, either the full amount of any obligation by the fund to pay or deliver securities or assets must be covered at all times by the securities, instruments or currency required to be delivered, or, subject to any regulatory restrictions, an amount of liquid assets at least equal to the current amount of the obligation must be segregated with the custodian or subcustodian in accordance with procedures established by the Board. The segregated assets cannot be sold or transferred unless equivalent assets are substituted in their place or it is no longer necessary to segregate them. A call option on securities written by the fund, for example, will require the fund to hold the securities subject to the call (or securities convertible into the needed securities without additional consideration) or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations sufficient to purchase and deliver the securities if the call is exercised. A call option sold by the fund on an index will require the fund to own portfolio securities that correlate with the index or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the excess of the index value over the exercise price on a current basis. A put option on securities written by the fund will require the fund to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the exercise price. Except when the fund enters into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency or for other non-speculative purposes, which requires no segregation, a currency contract that obligates the fund to buy or sell a foreign currency will generally require the fund to hold an amount of that currency or liquid securities denominated in that currency equal to the fund’s obligations or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the amount of the fund’s obligations.

OTC options entered into by the fund, including those on securities, currency, financial instruments or indices, and OCC-issued and exchange-listed index options will generally provide for cash settlement, although the fund will not be required to do so. As a result, when the fund sells these instruments it will segregate an amount of assets equal to its obligations under the options. OCC-issued and exchange-listed options sold by the fund other than those described above generally settle with physical delivery, and the fund will segregate an amount of assets equal to the full value of the option. OTC options settling with physical delivery or with an election of either physical delivery or cash settlement will be treated the same as other options settling with physical delivery. If the fund enters into OTC option transactions, it will be subject to counterparty risk.

In the case of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, the fund must deposit initial margin and, in some instances, daily variation margin with its futures commission merchant or custodian in addition to segregating liquid assets sufficient to meet its obligations to purchase or provide securities or currencies, or to pay the amount owed at the expiration of an index-based futures contract. The fund will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of its obligations relating to swaps over its entitlements with respect to each swap on a daily basis and will segregate with its custodian, or designated sub-custodian, an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value equal to at least the accrued excess. Caps, floors and collars require segregation of liquid assets with a value equal to the fund’s net obligation, if any.

Derivatives may be covered by means other than those described above when consistent with applicable regulatory policies. The fund may also enter into offsetting transactions so that its combined position, coupled with any segregated assets, equals its net outstanding obligation in related derivatives. The fund could purchase a put option, for example, if the strike price of that option is the same or higher than the strike price of a put option sold by the fund. Moreover, instead of segregating assets if it holds a futures contract or forward contract, the fund could purchase a put option on the same futures contract or forward contract with a strike price as high or higher than the price of the contract held. Other derivatives may also be offset in combinations. If the offsetting transaction terminates at the time of or after the primary transaction, no segregation is required, but if it terminates prior to that time, assets equal to any remaining obligation would need to be segregated.

Investors should note that the fund’s ability to pursue certain of these strategies may be limited by applicable regulations of the SEC, the CFTC and the federal income tax requirements applicable to regulated investment companies.

 

21


Distressed Debt Securities. See the discussion under “High Yield Securities” in this section.

Equity Securities. See the discussions under “Common Stock,” “Convertible Securities,” “Equity Equivalents,” “Preferred Stock,” “Real Estate Investment Trusts,” “Smaller Market Capitalization Companies” and “Warrants” in this section.

Firm Commitments. Securities may be purchased on a firm commitment basis, including when-issued securities. Securities purchased on a firm commitment basis are purchased for delivery beyond the normal settlement date at a stated price and yield. No income accrues to the purchaser of a security on a firm commitment basis prior to delivery. Such securities are recorded as an asset and are subject to changes in value based upon changes in the general level of interest rates. Purchasing a security on a firm commitment basis can involve a risk that the market price at the time of delivery may be lower than the agreed upon purchase price, in which case there could be an unrealized loss at the time of delivery. The fund will only make commitments to purchase securities on a firm commitment basis with the intention of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable. The fund will establish a segregated account in which it will maintain liquid assets in an amount at least equal in value to the fund’s commitments to purchase securities on a firm commitment basis. If the value of these assets declines, the fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments. See also “Stand-by Commitments,” “TBA Purchase Commitments” and “When-Issued Securities” in this section.

Fixed Income Securities. See “Debt Obligations” is this section.

Floating and Variable Rate Instruments. Floating or variable rate obligations bear interest at rates that are not fixed, but vary with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as the prime rate, and at specified intervals. Certain of the floating or variable rate obligations that may be purchased by the fund may carry a demand feature that would permit the holder to tender them back to the issuer at par value prior to maturity. Such obligations include variable rate master demand notes, which are unsecured instruments issued pursuant to an agreement between the issuer and the holder that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary and provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate. The fund will limit its purchases of floating and variable rate obligations to those of the same quality as the fixed-income securities which the fund is otherwise permitted to purchase. The subadviser will monitor on an ongoing basis the ability of an issuer of a demand instrument to pay principal and interest on demand.

Certain of the floating or variable rate obligations that may be purchased by the fund may carry a demand feature that would permit the holder to tender them back to the issuer of the instrument or to a third party at par value prior to maturity. Some of the demand instruments purchased by the fund are not traded in a secondary market and derive their liquidity solely from the ability of the holder to demand repayment from the issuer or third party providing credit support. If a demand instrument is not traded in a secondary market, the fund will nonetheless treat the instrument as “readily marketable” for the purposes of its investment restriction limiting investments in illiquid securities unless the demand feature has a notice period of more than seven days in which case the instrument will be characterized as “not readily marketable” and therefore illiquid.

The fund’s right to obtain payment at par on a demand instrument could be affected by events occurring between the date the fund elects to demand payment and the date payment is due that may affect the ability of the issuer of the instrument or third party providing credit support to make payment when due, except when such demand instruments permit same day settlement. To facilitate settlement, these same day demand instruments may be held in book entry form at a bank other than the fund’s custodian subject to a sub-custodian agreement approved by the fund between that bank and the fund’s custodian.

Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers. Investing in the securities of foreign issuers involves special considerations which are not typically associated with investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. Investments in

 

22


securities of foreign issuers may involve risks arising from differences between U.S. and foreign securities markets, including less volume, much greater price volatility in and illiquidity of certain foreign securities markets, greater difficulty in determining the fair value of securities, different trading and settlement practices and less governmental supervision and regulation, from changes in currency exchange rates, from high and volatile rates of inflation, from economic, social and political conditions such as wars, terrorism, civil unrest and uprisings, and from fluctuating interest rates.

There may be less publicly-available information about a foreign issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and foreign issuers may not be subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial record-keeping standards and requirements as U.S. issuers. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of an emerging market country issuer may not reflect its financial position or results of operations in the way they would be reflected had the financial statements been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, for an issuer that keeps accounting records in local currency, inflation accounting rules may require, for both tax and accounting purposes, that certain assets and liabilities be restated on the issuer’s balance sheet in order to express items in terms of currency of constant purchasing power. Inflation accounting may indirectly generate losses or profits. Consequently, financial data may be materially affected by restatements for inflation and may not accurately reflect the real condition of those issuers and securities markets. Finally, in the event of a default in any such foreign obligations, it may be more difficult for the fund to obtain or enforce a judgment against the issuers of such obligations.

Other investment risks include the possible imposition of foreign withholding taxes on certain amounts of the fund’s income, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign assets and the possible establishment of exchange controls, expropriation, confiscatory taxation, other foreign governmental laws or restrictions which might affect adversely payments due on securities held by the fund, the lack of extensive operating experience of eligible foreign subcustodians and legal limitations on the ability of the fund to recover assets held in custody by a foreign subcustodian in the event of the subcustodian’s bankruptcy.

There generally is less governmental supervision and regulation of exchanges, brokers and issuers in foreign countries than there is in the United States. For example, there may be no comparable provisions under certain foreign laws to insider trading and similar investor protection securities laws that apply with respect to securities transactions consummated in the United States. Further, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs on foreign securities exchanges generally are higher than in the United States.

In some countries, banks or other financial institutions may constitute a substantial number of the leading companies or companies with the most actively traded securities. The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), limits the fund’s ability to invest in any equity security of an issuer which, in its most recent fiscal year, derived more than 15% of its revenues from “securities related activities,” as defined by the rules thereunder. These provisions may also restrict the fund’s investments in certain foreign banks and other financial institutions.

Foreign markets have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Further, satisfactory custodial services for investment securities may not be available in some countries having smaller, emerging capital markets, which may result in the fund incurring additional costs and delays in transporting such securities outside such countries. Delays in settlement or other problems could result in periods when assets of the fund are uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of the fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems or the risk of intermediary counterparty failures could cause the fund to forego attractive investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the fund due to subsequent declines in the value of such portfolio security or, if the fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser.

 

23


Rules adopted under the 1940 Act permit the fund to maintain its foreign securities and cash in the custody of certain eligible non-U.S. banks and securities depositories. Certain banks in foreign countries may not be “eligible sub-custodians,” as defined in the 1940 Act, for the fund, in which event the fund may be precluded from purchasing securities in certain foreign countries in which it otherwise would invest or which may result in the fund’s incurring additional costs and delays in providing transportation and custody services for such securities outside of such countries. The fund may encounter difficulties in effecting on a timely basis portfolio transactions with respect to any securities of issuers held outside their countries. Other banks that are eligible foreign sub-custodians may be recently organized or otherwise lack extensive operating experience. In addition, in certain countries there may be legal restrictions or limitations on the ability of the fund to recover assets held in custody by foreign sub-custodians in the event of the bankruptcy of the sub-custodian.

Certain of the risks associated with international investments and investing in smaller capital markets are heightened for investments in emerging market countries. For example, some of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced devaluation relative to the U.S. dollar, and major adjustments have been made periodically in certain of such currencies. Certain of such countries face serious exchange constraints. In addition, governments of many emerging market countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In certain cases, the government owns or controls many companies. Accordingly, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in developing countries which could affect private sector companies and consequently, the value of certain securities held in the fund’s portfolio.

Investment in certain emerging market securities is restricted or controlled to varying degrees which may at times limit or preclude investment in certain emerging market securities and increase the costs and expenses of the fund. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than other classes, restrict investment opportunities in issuers in industries deemed important to national interests and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors.

The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain emerging market countries, as well as limitations on such investments, also may have an adverse impact on the operations of the fund. For example, the fund may be required in some countries to invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares purchased re-registered in the name of the fund. Re-registration may in some instances not occur on a timely basis, resulting in a delay during which the fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor.

Certain emerging market countries may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors which could adversely affect the fund. In addition, if a deterioration occurs in the country’s balance of payments, it could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. Investing in local markets in emerging market countries may require the fund to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to the fund.

With respect to investments in certain emerging market countries, different legal standards may have an adverse impact on the fund. For example, while the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain emerging market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders of U.S. corporations.

Certain markets are in only the earliest stages of development. There is also a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of investors and financial intermediaries. Many of such markets also may be affected

 

24


by developments with respect to more established markets in the region. Brokers in emerging market countries typically are fewer in number and less capitalized than brokers in the United States. These factors, combined with the U.S. regulatory requirements for open-end investment companies and the restrictions on foreign investment, result in potentially fewer investment opportunities for the fund and may have an adverse impact on the investment performance of the fund. See “Depositary Receipts and Sovereign Debt” in this section. See also “High Yield Sovereign Debt Securities” under “High Yield Securities” in this section.

High Yield Securities. The fund may invest without limitation in convertible domestic and foreign “high yield” securities, commonly known as “junk bonds,” and up to 5% and 20%, respectively, of their net assets in non-convertible securities of this type.

Under rating agency guidelines, medium- and lower-rated securities and comparable unrated securities will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions. Medium- and lower-rated securities may have poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing, may have a current identifiable vulnerability to default or be in default, may be unlikely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due in the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions, and/or may be likely to be in default or not current in the payment of interest or principal. Such securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations. Accordingly, it is possible that these types of factors could reduce the value of securities held by the fund with a commensurate effect on the value of the fund’s shares.

Changes by recognized rating services in their ratings of any fixed-income security and in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect the value of these investments. A description of the ratings used by Moody’s and S&P is set forth in Appendix A. The ratings of Moody’s and S&P generally represent the opinions of those organizations as to the quality of the securities that they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality, are subject to change and do not evaluate the market risk or liquidity of the securities. Ratings of a non-U.S. debt instrument, to the extent that those ratings are undertaken, are related to evaluations of the country in which the issuer of the instrument is located. Ratings generally take into account the currency in which a non-U.S. debt instrument is denominated. Instruments issued by a foreign government in other than the local currency, for example, typically have a lower rating than local currency instruments due to the existence of an additional risk that the government will be unable to obtain the required foreign currency to service its foreign currency-denominated debt. In general, the ratings of debt securities or obligations issued by a non-U.S. public or private entity will not be higher than the rating of the currency or the foreign currency debt of the central government of the country in which the issuer is located, regardless of the intrinsic creditworthiness of the issuer.

The secondary markets for high yield securities are not as liquid as the secondary markets for higher rated securities. The secondary markets for high yield securities are concentrated in relatively few market makers and participants in the market are mostly institutional investors, including insurance companies, banks, other financial institutions and mutual funds. In addition, the trading volume for high yield securities is generally lower than that for higher-rated securities and the secondary markets could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. These factors may have an adverse effect on the ability of the fund holding such securities to dispose of particular portfolio investments, may adversely affect the fund’s net asset value per share and may limit the ability of such the fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing securities and calculating net asset value. If the fund is not able to obtain precise or accurate market quotations for a particular security, it will become more difficult to value the fund’s portfolio securities, and a greater degree of judgment may be necessary in making such valuations. Less liquid secondary markets may also affect the ability of the fund to sell securities at their fair value. If the secondary markets for high yield securities contract due to adverse economic conditions or for other reasons, certain liquid securities in the fund’s portfolio may become illiquid and the proportion of the fund’s assets invested in illiquid securities may significantly increase.

 

25


Prices for high yield securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These laws could adversely affect the fund’s net asset value and investment practices, the secondary market for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value of outstanding high yield securities. For example, federal legislation requiring the divestiture by federally insured savings and loan associations of their investments in high yield bonds and limiting the deductibility of interest by certain corporate issuers of high yield bonds adversely affected the market in recent years.

High Yield Corporate Securities. While the market values of securities rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities, the values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated securities. In addition, such securities present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of these securities are often highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them, so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater than with investment grade securities because such securities generally are unsecured and subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. The fund also may incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings.

The development of a market for high yield non-U.S. corporate securities has been a relatively recent phenomenon. On the other hand, the market for high yield U.S. corporate debt securities is more established than that for high yield non-U.S. corporate debt securities, but has undergone significant changes in the past and may undergo significant changes in the future.

High yield non-U.S. and U.S. corporate securities in which the fund may invest include bonds, debentures, notes, commercial paper and preferred stock and will generally be unsecured. Most of the debt securities will bear interest at fixed rates. However, the fund may also invest in corporate debt securities with variable rates of interest or which involve equity features, such as contingent interest or participations based on revenues, sales or profits (i.e., interest or other payments, often in addition to a fixed rate of return, that are based on the borrower’s attainment of specified levels of revenues, sales or profits and thus enable the holder of the security to share in the potential success of the venture).

High Yield Foreign Sovereign Debt Securities. Investing in fixed and floating rate high yield foreign sovereign debt securities, especially in emerging market countries, will expose the fund to the direct or indirect consequences of political, social or economic changes in the countries that issue the securities or in which the issuers are located. The ability and willingness of sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market countries or the governmental authorities that control repayment of their external debt to pay principal and interest on such debt when due may depend on general economic and political conditions within the relevant country. Certain countries in which the fund may invest, especially emerging market countries, have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty or instability. Additional factors which may influence the ability or willingness to service debt include, but are not limited to, a country’s cash flow situation, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of its debt service burden to the economy as a whole, and its government’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and other international agencies.

The ability of a foreign sovereign obligor, especially in emerging market countries, to make timely payments on its external debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the obligor’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credits and investments, fluctuations in interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities or whose economy depends on certain strategic imports could be vulnerable to fluctuations in international prices of these commodities or imports. To the extent that a country receives payment for its exports in currencies other than

 

26


U.S. dollars, its ability to make debt payments denominated in U.S. dollars could be adversely affected. If a foreign sovereign obligor cannot generate sufficient earnings from foreign trade to service its external debt, it may need to depend on continuing loans and aid from foreign governments, commercial banks and multilateral organizations, and inflows of foreign investment. The commitment on the part of these foreign governments, multilateral organizations and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the government’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of its obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds, which may further impair the obligor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. The ability to service external debt will also depend on the level of the relevant government’s international currency reserves and its access to foreign exchange. Currency devaluation may affect the ability of a sovereign obligor to obtain sufficient foreign exchange to service its external debt. The risks enumerated above are particularly heightened with regard to issuers in emerging market countries.

As a result of the foregoing, a governmental obligor, especially in an emerging market country, may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, the fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign sovereign debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign sovereign debt obligations in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements.

Sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. These obligors have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements or converting outstanding principal and unpaid interest to Brady Bonds, and obtaining new credit to finance interest payments. Holders of certain foreign sovereign debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the Brady Bonds and other foreign sovereign debt securities in which the fund may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit which may adversely affect the fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants. See “Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers” in this section.

Distressed Debt Securities. Distressed debt securities are debt securities that are purchased in the secondary market and are the subject of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by the fund or are rated in the lower rating categories (Ca or lower by Moody’s and CC or lower by S&P) or which, if unrated, are in the judgment of the subadviser of equivalent quality. Investment in distressed debt securities is speculative and involves significant risk. The risks associated with high yield securities are heightened by investing in distressed debt securities.

The fund will generally make such investments only when the subadviser believes it is reasonably likely that the issuer of the distressed debt securities will make an exchange offer or will be the subject of a plan of reorganization pursuant to which the fund will received new securities (e.g., equity securities). However, there can be no assurance that such an exchange offer will be made or that such a plan of reorganization will be adopted. In addition, a significant period of time may pass between the time at which the fund makes its investment in distressed debt securities and the time that any such exchange offer or plan of reorganization is completed. During this period, it is unlikely that the fund will receive any interest payments on the distressed

 

27


debt securities, the fund will be subject to significant uncertainty as to whether or not the exchange offer or plan will be completed and the fund may be required to bear certain extraordinary expenses to protect or recover its investment. Even if an exchange offer is made or plan or reorganization is adopted with respect to the distressed debt securities held by the fund, there can be no assurance that the securities or other assets received by the fund in connection with such exchange offer or plan or reorganization will not have a lower value or income potential than may have been anticipated when the investment was made. Moreover, any securities received by the fund upon completion of an exchange offer or plan of reorganization may be restricted as to resale. As a result of the fund’s participation in negotiations with respect to any exchange offer or plan of reorganization with respect to an issuer of distressed debt securities, the fund may be restricted from disposing of such securities. The fund will generally not invest more than 5% of its assets in securities that are already in default or subject to bankruptcy proceedings.

Illiquid Securities. The fund may purchase securities for which there is a limited trading market or which are subject to restrictions on resale to the public, or restricted securities. Restricted securities are generally securities that have been sold in the United States without registration under applicable securities laws, and are thus subject to restrictions on resale, except for those eligible for resale under Rule 144A. If the fund must sell restricted securities at times which otherwise might be considered to be disadvantageous (to satisfy redemptions, for example), the fund might receive lower proceeds from such sales than it had expected to realize. Investments in securities which are “restricted” may involve added expenses to the fund should the fund be required to bear registration costs with respect to such securities. The fund could also be delayed in disposing of such securities which might have an adverse effect upon the price and timing of sales and the liquidity of the fund.

If the fund were to assume substantial positions in securities with limited trading markets, the activities of the fund could have an adverse effect upon the liquidity and marketability of such securities and the fund might not be able to dispose of its holdings in those securities at then current market prices. Restricted securities and securities for which there is a limited trading market may be significantly more difficult to value due to the unavailability of reliable market quotations for such securities, and investment in such securities may have an adverse impact on net asset value. See also “Rule 144A Securities” in this section.

Inverse Floating Rate Obligations. Inverse floating rate obligations, or “inverse floaters” have coupon rates that vary inversely at a multiple of a designated floating rate (which typically is determined by reference to an index rate, but may also be determined through a dutch auction or a remarketing agent) (the “reference rate”). Inverse floaters may constitute a class of CMOs with a coupon rate that moves inversely to a designated index, such as London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or Cost of Funds Index (COFI). Any rise in the reference rate of an inverse floater (as a consequence of an increase in interest rates) causes a drop in the coupon rate while any drop in the reference rate of an inverse floater causes an increase in the coupon rate. In addition, like most other fixed income securities, the value of inverse floaters will generally decrease as interest rates increase.

Inverse floaters exhibit substantially greater price volatility than fixed rate obligations having similar credit quality, redemption provisions and maturity, and inverse floater CMOs exhibit greater price volatility than the majority of mortgage pass-through securities or CMOs. In addition, some inverse floater CMOs exhibit extreme sensitivity to changes in prepayments. As a result, the yield to maturity of an inverse floater CMO is sensitive not only to changes in interest rates but also to changes in prepayment rates on the related underlying mortgage assets.

Loan Participations and Assignments. Loan Participations and Assignments are interests in loans and therefore are considered to be investments in debt securities. If the fund purchases a Loan Participation, the fund typically will have a contractual relationship only with the Lender that sold the Participation, and not with the borrower. The fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the Lender selling the Participation and only upon receipt by the Lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing Loan Participations, the fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the Loan agreement relating to the Loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the fund may not benefit directly from any collateral supporting the Loan in which it

 

28


has purchased the Participation. As a result, the fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the Lender that is selling the Participation. In the event of the insolvency of the Lender selling a Participation, the fund may be treated as a general creditor of the Lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the Lender and the borrower. The fund will acquire Loan Participations only if the Lender interpositioned between the fund and the borrower is determined by the subadviser to be creditworthy. When the fund purchases Assignments from Lenders, the fund will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the Loan, except that under certain circumstances such rights may be more limited than those held by the assigning Lender.

The fund may have difficulty disposing of Assignments and Loan Participations. In certain cases, the market for such instruments is not highly liquid, and therefore the fund anticipates that in such cases such instruments could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a highly liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments and will have an adverse impact on the fund’s ability to dispose of particular Assignments or Loan Participations in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower.

The fund’s Board has adopted policies and procedures for the purpose of determining whether holdings are liquid or illiquid. The determination as to whether a particular Loan Participation or Assignment is liquid or illiquid, depends upon the frequency of quotes, the number of dealers willing to sell and the number of potential purchasers, the nature of the Loan Participation or Assignment, the time needed to dispose of it and the contractual provisions of the relevant documentation. To the extent that liquid Assignments and Loan Participation that the fund holds become illiquid, due to the lack of sufficient buyers or market or other conditions, the percentage of the fund’s assets invested in illiquid assets would increase.

In valuing a Loan Participation or Assignment held by the fund for which a secondary trading market exists, the fund will rely upon prices or quotations provided by banks, dealers or pricing services. To the extent a secondary trading market does not exist, the fund’s Loan Participations and Assignments will be valued in accordance with procedures adopted by the fund’s Board, taking into consideration, among other factors: (i) the creditworthiness of the borrower under the Loan and of the Lender; (ii) the current interest rate, the period until next rate reset and the maturity of the Loan; (iii) recent prices in the market for similar Loans; and (iv) recent prices in the market for instruments of similar quality, rate, period until next interest rate reset and maturity. See “Net Asset Value.”

Loans of Portfolio Securities. The procedure for the lending of portfolio securities by the fund to brokers or dealers or other financial institutions will include the following features and conditions. The borrower of the securities will deposit cash or liquid securities with the fund in an amount equal to a minimum of 100% of the market value of the securities lent. The fund will invest the cash collateral in short-term debt securities, money market funds or cash equivalents and earn the interest thereon. A negotiated portion of the income so earned may be paid to the borrower and/or the lending agent who arranged the loan. If the fund receives securities as collateral, the fund will receive a fee from the borrower. If the value of the collateral drops below the required minimum at any time, the borrower may be called upon to post additional collateral. If the additional collateral is not paid, the loan will be immediately due and, if unpaid, the fund may use the collateral or its own cash to replace the securities by purchase in the open market charging any loss to the borrower. These will be “demand” loans and may be terminated by the fund or the borrower at any time. The fund will receive the equivalent of any dividends and interest paid on the securities lent and the loans will be structured to assure that the fund will be able to exercise its voting rights on the securities by terminating the loan. Because the borrower may terminate a loan at any time and return the loaned security to the fund, the fund bears the risk that it will be required to return the cash collateral underlying the loan at a time when the value of cash, as invested by the fund, has declined. The risks of lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of secured credit, also consist of possible delay in receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially, or loss in the event that the value of the collateral, at the time of a default by the borrower, is less than the market value of the securities loaned. Loans will be made to firms deemed by the subadviser to be of good standing and will not be made unless, in the judgment of the subadviser the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk.

 

29


Money Market Instruments. Money market instruments are short-term debt obligations including U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities, repurchase agreements and certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association, repurchase agreements. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Under current regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Company, the maximum insurance payable as to any one certificate of deposit is $100,000; therefore, certificates of deposit purchased by the fund may not be fully insured. Money market instruments also include commercial paper and bankers acceptances and bank time deposits. Bankers acceptances are short-term credit instruments used to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is then “accepted” by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of interest for a specific maturity. Bank time deposits are monies kept on deposit with banks or savings and loan associations for a stated period of time at a fixed rate of interest. There may be penalties for the early withdrawal of such time deposits, in which case the yields of these investments will be reduced. See also “Bank Obligations,” “Commercial Paper,” “Structured Instruments” and “U.S. Government Obligations” in this section.

Mortgage-Backed Securities. The following describes certain characteristics of mortgage-backed securities. It should be noted that new types of mortgage-backed securities are developed and marketed from time to time and that the fund may invest in those new types of mortgage-backed securities to the extent consistent with its investment objectives.

Background. Mortgage-backed securities were introduced in the 1970s when the first pool of mortgage loans was converted into a mortgage pass-through security. Since the 1970s, the mortgage-backed securities market has vastly expanded and a variety of structures have been developed to meet investor needs.

Yield Characteristics. Interest and principal payments on mortgage-backed securities are typically made monthly, and principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if the fund purchases such a security at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity. Conversely, if the fund purchases these securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase, while slower than expected prepayments will reduce, yield to maturity.

Prepayments on a pool of mortgage loans are influenced by a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors, including changes in mortgagors’ housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors’ net equity in the mortgaged properties and servicing decisions. Generally, however, prepayments on fixed rate mortgage loans will increase during a period of falling interest rates. Accordingly, amounts available for reinvestment by the fund are likely to be greater during a period of relatively low interest rates and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of relatively high interest rates. This prepayment effect has been particularly pronounced during recent years as borrowers have refinanced higher interest rate mortgages into lower interest rate mortgages available in the marketplace. On the other hand, during periods of rising interest rates, prepayments tend to be reduced, effectively extending the maturities of the securities, at a time when the securities may have a lower yield than other available instruments. As a result, mortgage-backed securities may decrease in value as a result of increases in interest rates and may benefit less than other fixed income securities from declining interest rates because of the risk of prepayment.

Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities are mortgage pass-through securities representing participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans originated by U.S. governmental or private lenders and guaranteed, to the extent provided in such securities, by the U.S.

 

30


government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities. Any guarantee of such securities runs only to principal and interest payments on the securities and not to the market value of such securities or the principal and interest payments on the underlying mortgages. In addition, the guarantee only runs to the portfolio securities held by the fund and not to the purchase of shares of the fund. Such securities, which are ownership interests in the underlying mortgage loans, differ from conventional debt securities, which provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts (usually semi-annually) and principal payments at maturity or on specified call dates. Mortgage pass-through securities provide for monthly payments that are a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the guarantor of such securities and the servicer of the underlying mortgage loans. Guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities are often sold on a to-be-acquired or “TBA” basis. Such securities are typically sold one to three months in advance of issuance, prior to the identification of the underlying pools of mortgage securities but with the interest payment provisions fixed in advance. The underlying pools of mortgage securities are identified shortly before settlement and must meet certain parameters.

The guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities in which the fund may invest may include those issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae (“Ginnie Mae Certificates”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae Certificates”) and Freddie Mac (“Freddie Mac Certificates”).

Ginnie Mae Certificates. Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality of the United States within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The full faith and credit of the U.S. government is pledged to the payment of amounts that may be required to be paid under any guarantee, but not as to the market value of such securities. The Ginnie Mae Certificates will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iv) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (v) mortgage loans on multifamily residential properties under construction; (vi) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (vii) fixed rate mortgage loans as to which escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrower’s monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loans (“buydown” mortgage loans); (viii) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments in payments based on periodic changes in interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (ix) mortgage-backed serial notes. All of these mortgage loans will be Federal Housing Administration Loans (“FHA Loans”) or Veterans’ Administration Loans (“VA Loans”) and, except as otherwise specified above, will be fully amortizing loans secured by first liens on one- to four-family housing units.

Fannie Mae Certificates. Fannie Mae is a government sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders. It is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will entitle the registered holder thereof to receive amounts representing such holder’s pro rata interest in scheduled principal payments and interest payments (at such Fannie Mae Certificate’s pass-through rate, which is net of any servicing and guarantee fees on the underlying mortgage loans), and any principal prepayments on the mortgage loans in the pool represented by such Fannie Mae Certificate and such holder’s proportionate interest in the full principal amount of any foreclosed or otherwise finally liquidated mortgage loan. The full and timely payment of principal of and interest on each Fannie Mae Certificate, but not the market value thereof, will be guaranteed by Fannie Mae, which guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of FHA Loans, VA Loans or conventional mortgage loans (i.e., mortgage loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency) of the following types: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iv) variable rate California mortgage loans; (v) other adjustable rate mortgage loans; and (vi) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects.

Freddie Mac Certificates. Freddie Mac is a government sponsored corporation owned by private stockholders. Freddie Mac guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac Certificate ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, but does not, generally, guarantee

 

31


the timely payment of scheduled principal or the market value of the securities. Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of collection of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage loan, but not later than 30 days following: (i) foreclosure sale; (ii) payment of a claim by any mortgage insurer; or (iii) the expiration of any right of redemption, whichever occurs later, but in any event no later than one year after demand has been made upon the mortgagor for accelerated payment of principal. The obligations of Freddie Mac under its guarantee are obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

Freddie Mac Certificates represent a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage loans (a “Freddie Mac Certificate group”) purchased by Freddie Mac. The mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac Certificates will consist of fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten and thirty years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one- to four-family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

Recent accounting issues at Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have resulted in turnover of top management at those entities and have led to increased congressional scrutiny and proposals for changes to how these government sponsored entities are regulated. It is unclear what effect that any such changes, if implemented, would have on the fund or on its investment in certificates issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls. In mortgage “dollar rolls” the fund sells mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar (same type, coupon and maturity) securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, the fund forgoes principal and interest paid on the mortgage-backed securities. The fund is compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. At the time the fund enters into a mortgage “dollar roll,” it will establish a segregated account with its custodian bank in which it will maintain cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid assets equal in value to its obligations in respect of dollar rolls, and accordingly, such dollar rolls will not be considered borrowings. Mortgage dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities the fund is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. In the event the buyer of securities under a mortgage dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the fund’s use of proceeds of the dollar roll may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities. See also “Mortgage-Backed Securities” in this section.

Preferred Stock. Preferred stocks, like common stocks, represent an equity ownership in an issuer, but generally have a priority claim over common stocks, but not over debt, with respect to dividend payments and upon the liquidation or bankruptcy of the issuer. Therefore, preferred stock is subject to the credit risk of the issuer, but because of its subordinate position to debt obligations of the issuer, the deterioration of the credit of an issuer is likely to cause greater decreases in the value of preferred stock than in more senior debt obligations. The market value of preferred stocks with no conversion rights and fixed dividend rates, like fixed income securities, tends to move inversely with interest rates, with the price determined by the dividend rate. However, because most preferred stocks do not have a fixed maturity date (although they may have call features giving the issuer the right to call the securities under certain circumstances or redemption features giving the holder the right to cause the issuer to repurchase the securities under certain circumstances), these securities generally will fluctuate more in value when interest rates change than, for example, debt issued by the same issuer. Some preferred stocks may pay dividends at an adjustable rate, based on an auction, an index or other formula. In the absence of credit deterioration, adjustable rate preferred stocks tend to have less price volatility than fixed rate preferred stocks.

Unlike common stocks, preferred stocks do not typically have voting rights. Some preferred stocks have convertible features. See also “Convertible Securities” in this section.

 

32


Privately-Issued Mortgage Securities. Privately-issued mortgage securities are mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers and may entail greater risk than mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Privately-issued mortgage securities are issued by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment banks, savings and loan associations and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Since privately-issued mortgage certificates are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of Ginnie Mae or Freddie Mac, such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement. Such credit support falls into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the pass-through of payments due on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default enhances the likelihood of ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. Such protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches.

The ratings of mortgage securities for which third-party credit enhancement provides liquidity protection or protection against losses from default are generally dependent upon the continued creditworthiness of the provider of the credit enhancement. The ratings of such securities could be subject to reduction in the event of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the credit enhancement provider even in cases where the delinquency and loss experience on the underlying pool of assets is better than expected. There can be no assurance that the private issuers or credit enhancers of mortgage-backed securities can meet their obligations under the relevant policies or other forms of credit enhancement.

Examples of credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include “senior-subordinated securities” (multiple class securities with one or more classes subordinate to other classes as to the payment of principal thereof and interest thereon, with the result that defaults on the underlying assets are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class), creation of “reserve funds” (where cash or investments sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying assets are held in reserve against future losses) and “over-collateralization” (where the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying assets exceed those required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information with respect to the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that which is anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in such security. See also “Mortgage-Backed Securities” in this section.

Real Estate Investment Trusts. Real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) are entities which either own properties or make construction or mortgage loans. Equity REITs may also include operating or finance companies. Equity REITs own real estate directly and the value of, and income earned by, the trust depends upon the income of the underlying properties and the rental income they earn. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. The value of securities issued by REITs are affected by tax and regulatory requirements and by perceptions of management skill. They are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers or tenants, self-liquidation, the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free status under the Code and failing to maintain exemption from the 1940 Act.

Repurchase Agreements. The fund may enter into repurchase agreements for cash management purposes. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the seller of a security commits itself at the time of the sale to repurchase that security from the fund, as the buyer, at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase agreement thereby determines the yield during the purchaser’s holding period, while the seller’s obligation to repurchase is secured by the value of the underlying security. The fund’s custodian will have custody of, and will hold in a segregated account, securities acquired by the fund under a repurchase agreement. Repurchase agreements are considered by the staff of the SEC to be loans by the fund. Repurchase agreements could involve risks in the event of a default or insolvency of the other party to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions upon the fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities.

 

33


The fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with dealers, banks or recognized financial institutions which, in the opinion of the subadviser, are deemed creditworthy. The manager will monitor the value of the securities underlying the repurchase agreement at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement to ensure that the value of the securities always equals or exceeds the repurchase price. The fund requires that additional securities be deposited if the value of the securities purchased decreases below their resale price and bears the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security if the seller defaults under the repurchase obligation. In the event of default by the seller under the repurchase agreement, the fund could experience losses and experience delays in connection with the disposition of the underlying securities. To the extent that, in the meantime, the value of the securities that the fund has purchased has decreased, the fund could experience a loss. Repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days will be treated as illiquid securities by the fund.

Restricted Securities. See “Illiquid Securities” and “Rule 144A Securities” in this section.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. A reverse repurchase agreement involves the sale of portfolio securities by the fund to a broker-dealer or other financial institution, with an agreement by the fund to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment and are considered borrowings by the fund and are subject to any borrowing limitations set forth under “Investment Policies” in this SAI. A fund may have an opportunity to earn a greater rate of interest on the investment of the cash proceeds of the sale than the fund is required to pay to the counterparty. However, opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid by the fund under the reverse repurchase agreement may not always be available. The use of reverse repurchase agreements involves the speculative factor known as “leverage” and may exaggerate any interim increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s assets. If the fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, the fund will maintain assets with its custodian having a value equal to or greater than the value of its commitments under the agreement. The fund’s liquidity and ability to manage its assets may be adversely affected when it sets aside cash or securities to cover its commitments. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the fund may decline below the repurchase price of those securities, that the assets purchased with the proceeds of the agreement decline in value, or that the buyer under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent. See also “Borrowing” in this section.

Rule 144A Securities. The fund may purchase Rule 144A securities, which may be sold to “qualified institutional buyers,” as defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the 1933 Act. Rule 144A provides an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act for the resale of certain restricted securities to qualified institutional buyers.

If there is a secondary market for such securities, Rule 144A securities may be considered liquid securities if so determined by or on behalf of the fund’s Board. The Board may delegate the day-to-day function of determining liquidity to the fund’s investment adviser, provided that the Board retains oversight. The Board of the fund has adopted policies and procedures for the purpose of determining whether securities that are eligible for resales under Rule 144A are liquid or illiquid. Pursuant to those policies and procedures, each Board has delegated to the subadviser the determination as to whether a particular security is liquid or illiquid requiring that consideration be given to, among other things, the frequency of trades and quotes for the security, the number of dealers willing to sell the security and the number of potential purchasers, dealer undertakings to make a market in the security, the nature of the security and the time needed to dispose of the security. The fund’s Board periodically reviews fund purchases and sales of Rule 144A securities.

To the extent that liquid Rule 144A securities that the fund holds become illiquid, due to the lack of sufficient qualified institutional buyers or market or other conditions, the percentage of the fund’s assets invested in illiquid assets would increase. The subadviser, under the supervision of the fund’s Board, will monitor fund investments in Rule 144A securities and will consider appropriate measures to enable the fund to meet any investment limitations and to maintain sufficient liquidity for operating purposes and to meet redemption requests.

 

34


Short Sales . A short sale is a transaction in which the fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of that security. To effect a short sale, the fund arranges through a broker to borrow the security it does not own to be delivered to a buyer of such security. In borrowing the security to be delivered to the buyer, the fund will become obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. A short sale results in a gain when the price of the securities sold short declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which a security is purchased to replace the borrowed security. Conversely, a short sale will result in a loss if the price of the security sold short increases. Short selling is a technique that may be considered speculative and involves risk beyond the amount of money used to secure each transaction.

When the fund makes a short sale, the broker effecting the short sale typically holds the proceeds as part of the collateral securing the fund’s obligation to cover the short position. The fund may use securities it owns to meet such collateral obligations. Generally, the fund may not keep, and must return to the lender, any dividends or interest that accrue on the borrowed security during the period of the loan. Depending on the arrangements with a broker or the custodian, the fund may or may not receive any payments (including interest) on collateral it designates as security for the broker.

In addition, until the fund closes its short position or replaces the borrowed security, the fund, pursuant to the 1940 Act, will designate liquid assets it owns (other than short sale proceeds) as segregated assets in an amount equal to its obligation to purchase the securities sold short. The amount segregated in this manner will be increased or decreased each business day (called marked-to-the-market) in an amount equal to the changes in the market value of the fund’s obligation to purchase the security sold short. This may limit the fund’s investment flexibility as well as its ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

The fund will realize a gain if the price of a security declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which the fund purchases a security to replace the borrowed security. On the other hand, the fund will incur a loss if the price of the security increases between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased and the amount of any loss increased by any premium or interest that the fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. It should be noted that possible losses from short sales differ from those that could arise from a cash investment in a security in that losses from a short sale may be limitless, while the losses from a cash investment in a security cannot exceed the total amount of the investment in the security.

Short Sales Against the Box . The fund may enter into a short sale of common stock such that when the short position is open the fund owns an amount of preferred stocks or debt securities, convertible or exchangeable, without payment of further consideration, into an equal number of shares of the common stock sold short. This kind of short sale, which is described as “against the box,” will be entered into by the fund for the purpose of receiving a portion of the interest earned by the executing broker from the proceeds of the sale. The proceeds of the sale will be held by the broker until the settlement date when the fund delivers the convertible securities to close out its short position. Although prior to delivery the fund will have to pay an amount equal to any dividends paid on the common stock sold short, the fund will receive the dividends from the preferred stock or interest from the debt securities convertible into the stock sold short, plus a portion of the interest earned from the proceeds of the short sale. The fund will deposit, in a segregated account with its custodian, convertible preferred stock or convertible debt securities in connection with short sales against the box.

Smaller Market Capitalization Companies. Investments in companies with smaller market capitalizations, including companies generally considered to be small cap and mid cap companies, may involve greater risks and volatility than investments in larger companies. Companies with smaller market capitalizations may be at an earlier stage of development, may be subject to greater business risks, may have limited product lines, limited financial resources and less depth in management than more established companies. In addition, these companies may have difficulty withstanding competition from larger more established companies in their industries. The securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations may be thinly traded (and therefore have to be sold at a discount from current market prices or sold in small lots over an extended period of time), may be followed by

 

35


fewer investment research analysts and may be subject to wider price swings and thus may create a greater chance of loss than investing in securities of larger capitalization companies. In addition, transaction costs in smaller capitalization stocks may be higher than those of larger capitalization companies.

Sovereign Debt. Sovereign debt is debt issued or guaranteed by foreign governments (including countries, provinces and municipalities) or their agencies and instrumentalities. Sovereign debt may trade at a substantial discount from face value. Emerging-market country sovereign debt involves a high degree of risk, is generally lower-quality debt, and is considered speculative in nature. The issuer or governmental authorities that control sovereign-debt repayment (“sovereign debtors”) may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due in accordance with the terms of the debt. A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash-flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor’s policy towards the IMF, and the political constraints to which the sovereign debtor may be subject. Sovereign debtors may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearage on their debt. The commitment of these third parties to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the sovereign debtor’s implementation of economic reforms or economic performance and the timely service of the debtor’s obligations. The sovereign debtor’s failure to meet these conditions may cause these third parties to cancel their commitments to provide funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair the debtor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. See also “Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers,” “Supranational Debt Obligations” and “High Yield Securities—High Yield Foreign Sovereign Debt Securities” in this section.

Stand-by Commitments. A stand-by commitment involves the purchase of municipal securities by the fund together with the right to resell them to the seller or a third party at an agreed-upon price or yield within specified periods prior to their maturity dates. Such a right to resell is commonly known as a stand-by commitment, and the aggregate price which the fund pays for securities with a stand-by commitment may increase the cost, and thereby reduce the yield, of the security. The primary purpose of this practice is to provide the fund with liquidity as needed. Stand-by commitments involve certain expenses and risks, including the inability of the issuer of the commitment to pay for the securities at the time the commitment is exercised, non-marketability of the commitment, and differences between the maturity of the underlying security and the maturity of the commitment. See also “Firm Commitments” in this section.

Stripped Mortgage Securities. Stripped mortgage securities may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Stripped mortgage securities have greater volatility than other types of mortgage securities. Although stripped mortgage securities are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, the market for such securities has not yet been fully developed. Accordingly, stripped mortgage securities are generally illiquid.

Stripped mortgage securities are structured with two or more classes of securities that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have at least one class receiving only a small portion of the interest and a larger portion of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive primarily interest and only a small portion of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (“IO” or interest-only), while the other class will receive all of the principal (“PO” or principal-only class). The yield to maturity on IOs, POs and other mortgage-backed securities that are purchased at a substantial premium or discount generally are extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on such securities’ yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these

 

36


securities even if the securities have received the highest rating by a nationally recognized statistical rating organizations.

Structured Instruments. Structured instruments are money market instruments that have been structured to meet the regulatory requirements for investment by money market funds, typically by a bank, broker-dealer or other financial institution. They generally consist of a trust or partnership through which a fund holds an interest in one or more underlying bonds or other debt obligations coupled with a conditional right to sell (“put”) the fund’s interest in the underlying bonds at par plus accrued interest to a financial institution (a “liquidity provider”). With respect to tax-exempt instruments, the instrument is typically structured as a trust or partnership which provides for pass-through tax-exempt income. Structured instruments in which the fund may invest include: (1) ”tender option bonds,” which are instruments which grant the holder thereof the right to put an underlying bond at par plus accrued interest at specified intervals to a liquidity provider; (2) ”Swap Products,” in which the trust or partnership swaps the payments due on an underlying bond with a swap counterparty who agrees to pay a floating money market interest rate; and (3) ”partnerships,” which allocate to the partners income, expenses, capital gains and losses in accordance with a governing partnership agreement. Structured instruments may be considered to be derivatives.

Supranational Debt Obligations. Supranational entities include international organizations designated or supported by governmental entities and international banking institutions and related government agencies to promote economic reconstruction or development. Examples include the World Bank, the European Investment Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. Such supranational issued instruments may be denominated in multi-national currency units. Obligations of the World Bank and certain other supranational organizations are supported by subscribed but unpaid commitments of member countries. There is no assurance that these commitments will be undertaken or complied with in the future. See “Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers,” and “Sovereign Debt” in this section.

TBA Purchase Commitments. TBA or “To Be Announced” purchase commitments are commitments to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date, typically not exceeding 75 to 90 days. TBA purchase commitments may be considered securities in themselves, and involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to settlement date. Unsettled TBA purchase commitments are valued at the current market value of the underlying securities and the fund will set aside cash or other liquid assets in an amount at least equal to such commitments. On delivery dates for such transactions, the fund will meet its obligations from maturities or sales of the segregated securities and/or from cash flow. If the fund chooses to dispose of the TBA security prior to its settlement, it could, as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a gain or loss due to market fluctuation. See also “When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities” in this section.

U.S. Government Obligations. Securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities include obligations that are supported by: (a) the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury (e.g., direct pass-through certificates of the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Maes”)); (b) the limited authority of the issuer or guarantor to borrow from the U.S. Treasury (e.g., obligations of Federal Home Loan Banks); or (c) only the credit of the issuer or guarantor (e.g., obligations of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Macs”)). In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, the agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation is principally responsible for ultimate repayment.

Agencies and instrumentalities that issue or guarantee debt securities and that have been established or sponsored by the U.S. government include, in addition to those identified above, the Bank for Cooperatives, the Export-Import Bank, the Federal Farm Credit System, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Federal Land Banks, Fannie Mae and the Student Loan Marketing Association. See also “Mortgage-Backed Securities” in this section.

Warrants. Warrants are securities which permit, but do not obligate, their holder to subscribe for other securities. Warrants are subject to the same market risks as stocks, but may be more volatile in price. Warrants do

 

37


not carry the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to their underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in assets of the issuer. An investment in warrants may be considered speculative. In addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.

When-Issued Securities. Securities purchased on a “when-issued” or on a “forward delivery” basis means that delivery of the securities occurs beyond customary settlement times. Delivery of and payment for these securities can take place a month or more after the date of the purchase commitment. The payment obligation and the interest rate that will be received on when-issued and delayed-delivery securities are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment. Due to fluctuations in the value of securities purchased or sold on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, the yields obtained on such securities may be higher or lower than the yields available in the market on the dates when the investments are actually delivered to the buyers. When-issued securities may include securities purchased on a “when, as and if issued” basis, under which the issuance of the security depends on the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring. The value of such securities is subject to market fluctuation during this period and no interest or income, as applicable, accrues to the Portfolio until settlement takes place.

At the time the fund makes the commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, it will record the transaction, reflect the value each day of such securities in determining its net asset value and, if applicable, calculate the maturity for the purposes of average maturity from that date. At the time of settlement a when-issued security may be valued at less than the purchase price. To facilitate such acquisitions, the fund will identify on its books cash or liquid assets in an amount at least equal to such commitments. On delivery dates for such transactions, the fund will meet its obligations from maturities or sales of the segregated securities and/or from cash flow. If the fund chooses to dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition, it could, as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a gain or loss due to market fluctuation. When the fund engages in when-issued or delayed-delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure of the seller to do so may result in the fund’s incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price considered advantageous. See “TBA Securities” in this section.

Zero Coupon Securities, PIK Bonds and Deferred Payment Securities. The fund may invest in zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities. A zero coupon bond pays no interest in cash to its holder during its life, although interest is accrued during that period. Its value to an investor consists of the difference between its face value at the time of maturity and the price for which it was acquired, which is generally an amount significantly less than its face value (sometimes referred to as a “deep discount” price). Because such securities usually trade at a deep discount, they will be subject to greater fluctuations of market value in response to changing interest rates than debt obligations of comparable maturities which make periodic distributions of interest. On the other hand, because there are no periodic interest payments to be reinvested prior to maturity, zero coupon securities eliminate reinvestment risk and lock in a rate of return to maturity.

The fund also may purchase PIK bonds. PIK bonds pay all or a portion of their interest in the form of debt or equity securities. Deferred payment securities are securities that remain zero coupon securities until a predetermined date, at which time the stated coupon rate becomes effective and interest becomes payable at regular intervals.

Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities tend to be subject to greater price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. The value of zero coupon securities appreciates more during periods of declining interest rates and depreciates more during periods of rising interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities may be issued by a wide variety of corporate and governmental issuers. Although these instruments are generally not traded on a national securities exchange, they are widely traded by brokers and dealers and, to such extent, will not be considered illiquid for the purposes of the fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

 

38


Current federal income tax law requires the holder of a zero coupon security, certain PIK bonds, deferred payment securities and certain other securities acquired at a discount (such as Brady Bonds) to accrue income with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. Accordingly, to avoid liability for federal income and excise taxes, the fund may be required to distribute income accrued with respect to these securities and may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

For funds in the Legg Mason Partners family of funds, each fund’s board of trustees has adopted policies and procedures developed by LMPFA with respect to the disclosure of the funds’ portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about each fund’s portfolio securities. The policy requires that consideration always be given as to whether disclosure of information about any fund’s portfolio holdings is in the best interests of such fund’s shareholders, and that any conflicts of interest between the interests of the fund’s shareholders and those of LMPFA, the funds’ distributor or its affiliates, be addressed in a manner that places the interests of fund shareholders first. The policy provides that information regarding a fund’s portfolio holdings may not be shared with non-Legg Mason employees, with investors or potential investors (whether individual or institutional), or with third parties unless it is done for legitimate fund business purposes and in accordance with the policy.

LMPFA’s policy generally provides for the release of details of securities positions once they are considered “stale.” Data is considered stale 25 calendar days following quarter-end. LMPFA believes that this passage of time prevents a third party from benefiting from an investment decision made by a fund that has not been fully reflected by the market.

Under the policy, a fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and non-Legg Mason employees with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after calendar quarter end. Typically, simultaneous public disclosure is achieved by the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings may not be made until 25 days following quarter-end and/or posting the information to Legg Mason’s or the funds’ Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

The policy permits the release of limited portfolio holdings information that is not yet considered stale in a number of situations, including:

1. A fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

2. A fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

3. A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by a portfolio manager (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

4. A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction (i.e., brokers and custodians).

5. A fund’s sector weightings, yield and duration performance attribution (e.g. analysis of the fund’s out-performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

6. A fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its Independent Trustees and its independent public accounting firm, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

 

39


Under the policy, if information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is released pursuant to an ongoing arrangement with any party, a fund must have a legitimate business purpose for the release of the information, and either a party receiving the information must be under a duty of confidentiality, or the release of non-public information must be subject to trading restrictions and confidential treatment to prohibit the entity from sharing with an unauthorized source or trading upon any non-public information provided. Neither a fund, nor Legg Mason nor any other affiliated person may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about a fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by a fund’s Board. The release of portfolio holdings other than in ongoing arrangements is subject to a written agreement which requires the recipient to keep the information confidential and to use the information only for the purpose specified in the agreement. The approval of a fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained prior to release of the information other than in an ongoing arrangement.

The approval of a fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions to the policy. Any exceptions to the policy must be consistent with the purposes of the policy. Exceptions are considered on a case-by-case basis and are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with LMPFA’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions to the policies are reported annually to the fund’s Board.

Currently, the funds typically disclose their complete portfolio holdings approximately 25 days after calendar quarter-end on Legg Mason’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors.

Set forth below is a list, as of August 31, 2007, of those parties with whom LMPFA, on behalf of the funds, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information, the frequency of the release under such arrangements, and the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

 

Recipient

  

Frequency

  

Delay Before Dissemination

State Street Bank and Trust Company
(Fund Custodian and Accounting Agent)

   Daily    None

Institutional Shareholder Services
(Proxy voting services)

   As necessary    None

Bloomberg

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Lipper

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

S&P

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Morningstar

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Vestek

   Daily    None

Factset

   Daily    None

The Bank of New York

   Daily    None

Thomson

   Semi-annually    None

Dataware

   Daily    None

ITG

   Daily    None

Portfolio holdings information for a fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

 

Recipient

  

Frequency

  

Delay Before Dissemination

Baseline

   Daily    None

Frank Russell

   Monthly    1 Day

Callan

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Mercer

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

 

40


Recipient

  

Frequency

  

Delay Before Dissemination

eVestment Alliance

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

CRA RogersCasey

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Cambridge Associates

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Marco Consulting

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Wilshire

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Informa Investment Services (Efron)

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

CheckFree (Mobius)

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Nelsons Information

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Investor Tools

   Daily    None

Advent

   Daily    None

BARRA

   Daily    None

Plexus

  

Quarterly (Calendar)

  

Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter

Elkins/McSherry

  

Quarterly (Calendar)

  

Sent 1-3 business days following the
end of a Quarter

Quantitative Services Group

   Daily    None

AMBAC

   Daily    None

Deutsche Bank

   Monthly    6-8 business days

Fitch

   Monthly    6-8 business days

Liberty Hampshire

  

Weekly and Month End

   None

Sun Trust

  

Weekly and Month End

   None

New England Pension Consultants

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Evaluation Associates

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Watson Wyatt

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

S&P (Rating Agency)

  

Weekly Tuesday Night

   1 business day

Moody’s (Rating Agency)

   Monthly    6-8 business days

Electra Information Systems

   Daily    None

SunGard

   Daily    None

INVESTMENT POLICIES

The fund has adopted the following fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies for the protection of shareholders. Investment policies described in this SAI are fundamental only if they are described as such. Fundamental investment policies may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund, defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting power present at a fund meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the voting power of the fund are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the voting power of the fund.

If any percentage restriction described below is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s fundamental investment policies are as follows:

1. The fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

2. The fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority

 

41


with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

3. The fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

4. The fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

5. The fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

6. The fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

7. Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the fund may not make any investment if, as a result, the fund’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of a fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate a fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently the fund does not contemplate borrowing money for leverage, but if the fund does so, it will not likely do so to a substantial degree. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit a fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these

 

42


securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause a fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to a fund, as with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when the fund’s manager or a sub-adviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. The fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. A fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent a fund from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing senior securities except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. A fund also may borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by a fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of a fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning real estate; however, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent a fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If a fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be

 

43


subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in exchange traded funds that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (7) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy in (7) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; securities of foreign governments; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to a fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

The fund’s fundamental policies are written and will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

Under the non-fundamental investment policies adopted by the fund, the fund may not:

1. Invest in warrants (other than warrants acquired by the fund as part of a unit or attached to securities at the time of purchase) if, as a result, the investments (valued at the lower of cost or market) would exceed 5% of the value of the fund’s net assets or if, as a result, more than 2% of the fund’s net assets would be invested in warrants that are not listed on AMEX or NYSE;

2. Invest in oil, gas and other mineral leases, provided, however, that this shall not prohibit the fund from purchasing publicly traded securities of companies engaging in whole or in part in such activities; or

3. Purchase or sell real property (including limited partnership interests) except to the extent described in investment restriction number (5) above.

Diversification

The fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that the fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer, or (b) the fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the fund can invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, the fund cannot change its classification from diversified to nondiversified without shareholder approval.

 

44


MANAGEMENT

The business affairs of the fund are managed by or under the direction of the Board of the Trust. The Board elects officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the fund and who execute policies authorized by the Board.

The current Trustees, including the Trustees of the fund who are not “interested persons” of the fund (the “Independent Trustees”), and executive officers of the fund, their birth years, their principal occupations during at least the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of funds associated with Legg Mason the Trustees oversee, and other board memberships they hold are set forth below. The address of each Trustee is c/o R. Jay Gerken, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

The following information relates to the Trust’s recently elected Board.

 

Name and Year of Birth

   Position(s)
with Fund
   Term of
Office*
and
Length of
Time
Served**
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
   Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During

Past Five Years

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:

              

Paul R. Ades

Born 1940

   Trustee    Since 1983    Law firm of Paul R. Ades, PLLC (since 2000)    47    None

Andrew L. Breech

Born 1952

   Trustee    Since 1991    President, Dealer Operating Control Service, Inc. (automotive retail management) (since 1985)    47    None

Dwight B. Crane

Born 1937

   Trustee    Since 1981    Independent Consultant (since 1969); formerly, Professor, Harvard Business School (1969 to 2007)    49    None

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

Born 1934

   Trustee    Since 1981    Retired; formerly, President and Director, Book Publishing Co. (1970 to 2002)    47    None

Frank G. Hubbard

Born 1937

   Trustee    Since 1993    President, Avatar International Inc. (business development) (since 1998)    47    None

Howard J. Johnson

Born 1938

   Trustee    From 1981
to 1998
and 2000
to Present
   Chief Executive Officer, Genesis Imaging LLC (technology company) (since 2003)    47    None

David E. Maryatt

Born 1936

   Trustee    Since 1983    Private Investor; President and Director, ALS Co. (real estate management and development firm) (since 1993)    47    None

Jerome H. Miller

Born 1938

   Trustee    Since 1995    Retired    47    None

Ken Miller

Born 1942

   Trustee    Since 1983    Chairman, Young Stuff Apparel Group, Inc. (apparel manufacturer) (since 1963)    47    None

 

* Each Trustee serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until her earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a Board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

 

45


Name and Year of Birth

   Position(s)
with Fund
   Term of
Office*
and
Length of
Time
Served**
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee
   Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During

Past Five Years

John J. Murphy

Born 1944

   Trustee    Since 2002    President, Murphy Capital Management (investment advice) (since 1983)    47    Director, Nicholas
Applegate funds
(13 funds);
Trustee,
Consulting Group
Capital Markets
Funds (11 funds);
formerly,
Director, Atlantic
Stewardship Bank
(2004 to 2005);
Director, Barclays
International
Funds Group Ltd.
and affiliated
companies
(to 2003)

Thomas F. Schlafly

Born 1948

   Trustee    Since 1983    Of Counsel, Husch Blackwell Sanders LLP (law firm) (since 1984); President, The Saint Louis Brewery, Inc. (since 1989)    47    Director, Citizens
National Bank of
Greater St. Louis,
MO (since 2006)

Jerry A. Viscione

Born 1944

   Trustee    Since 1993    Retired; formerly, Executive Vice President, Marquette University (1997 to 2002)    47    None

INTERESTED TRUSTEE:

              

R. Jay Gerken, CFA†

Born 1951

   Trustee,

President,
Chairman
and Chief
Executive
Officer

   Since 2002    Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 149 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and Citi Fund Management, Inc. (“CFM”) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)    137    Former Trustee,
Consulting Group
Capital Markets
Funds

 

* Each Trustee serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a Board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.
Mr. Gerken is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with the manager and/or certain of its affiliates.

 

46


Name, Year of Birth and Address

   Position(s)
with Fund
   Term of
Office*
and
Length of
Time
Served**
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

OFFICERS:

        

Ted P. Becker

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chief Compliance
Officer
   Since 2006    Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason (2006 to present); Managing Director of Compliance at Legg Mason & Co (2005 to present); Chief Compliance Officer with certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA and certain affiliates; Managing Director of Compliance at Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”) (a group of affiliated investment advisers, which included SBFM, Smith Barney Asset Management and Citi Fund Management (“CFM”) and other affiliated investment advisory entities) (2002 to 2005).

John Chiota

Born 1968

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Chief Anti-
Money
Laundering
Compliance
Officer
   Since 2006    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President at CAM (since 2004); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006). Prior to August 2004, Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of TD Waterhouse.

Robert I. Frenkel

Born 1954

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Secretary and
Chief Legal
Officer
   Since 2003    Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for CAM (since 2000); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2003). Previously, Secretary of CFM (2001 to 2004).

R. Jay Gerken, CFA

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chairman,
President
and Chief
Executive Officer
   Since 2002    Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co.; Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 149 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly Chairman of SBFM and CFM (2002 to 2005); formerly Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005).

Thomas C. Mandia

Born 1962

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Assistant
Secretary
   Since 2000    Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel for CAM (since 1992); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co.

Kaprel Ozsolak

Born 1965

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Chief Financial
Officer and
Treasurer
   Since 2004    Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President at CAM (1996 to 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2004 to 2005). Previously, Controller of certain mutual funds associated CAM (2002 to 2004).

 

47


Name, Year of Birth and Address

   Position(s)
with Fund
   Term of
Office*
and
Length of
Time
Served**
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

Steven Frank

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Born 1967

   Controller    Since
2005
   Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. or its predecessors (since 2002); Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2001 to 2005).

Albert Laskaj

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

Born 1977

   Controller    Since
2007
   Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co.; formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2007); accounting manager of certain mutual funds associated with certain predecessor firms of Legg Mason & Co. (2003 to 2005).

 

* Each officer serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took office for any funds in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

Officers of the fund receive no compensation from the fund, although they may be reimbursed by the fund for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

The Board has three standing Committees: the Audit Committee, the Governance Committee and the Pricing Committee. The Audit Committee and the Governance Committee are composed of all of the Independent Trustees. The Pricing Committee is composed of the Chairman of the Board and one Independent Trustee.

The Audit Committee oversees, among other things, the scope of the fund’s audit, the fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls. The primary purposes of the Board’s Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of the fund and the qualifications and independence of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the fund by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to its manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to the fund’s operations and financial reporting. The Audit Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and negotiations of the fund’s investment management and subadvisory arrangements.

The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee also identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems appropriate, a professional search firm. The Governance Committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The Governance Committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by

 

48


applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

 

   

whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

 

   

whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the manager, service providers or their affiliates;

 

   

whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

 

   

whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

 

   

the contribution which the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution which the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the Governance Committee may consider relevant;

 

   

the character and integrity of the person; and

 

   

whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

The Pricing Committee is charged with determining the fair value prices for securities when required.

As indicated above, the Trust’s Board is recently elected and is newly constituted as the Board that oversees all of the equity-type funds in the fund complex. All members of the Board previously have served on Boards of predecessors of Legg Mason Partners funds. The Board met          times during the fund’s last fiscal year. The Audit, Governance and Pricing Committees are recently established committees of this Board and met     ,     , and      times, respectively, during the fund’s last fiscal year.

The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in the fund and other investment companies in the fund complex supervised by the Trustees as of December 31, 2007.

 

Name of Trustee

  

Dollar Range
of Equity
Securities in
the Fund

    

Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities in
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen
by Trustee

Independent Trustees

       

Paul R. Ades

       

Andrew L. Breech

       

Dwight B. Crane

       

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

       

Frank G. Hubbard

       

Howard J. Johnson

       

David E. Maryatt

       

Jerome H. Miller

       

Ken Miller

       

John J. Murphy

       

Thomas F. Schlafly

       

Jerry A. Viscione

       

Interested Trustee

       

R. Jay Gerken

       

As of April     , 2008, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund, or of a person

 

49


(other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund.

Information regarding compensation paid by the fund to its recently elected Board and to its prior Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the fund’s Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Gerken, an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the fund for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

The fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustee fees based upon asset size. The fund currently pays each of the Independent Trustees his pro rata share of: an annual fee of $100,000, plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person, and $1,000 for telephonic Board meetings in which that Trustee participates. The lead Independent Trustee will receive an additional $25,000 per year and the Chair of the Audit Committee will receive an additional $15,000 per year.

Recently Elected Board

Information as to the compensation paid to the Trustees by the fund complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2007 and by the fund for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 is shown below.

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the

Fund for the
Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
2007
   Total Pension or
Retirement
Benefits Paid as
Part of Fund
Expenses
    Total
Compensation
from Fund
Complex Paid
to Trustee for
the Calendar
Year Ended
December 31,
2007
   Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee

Independent Trustees

          

Paul R. Ades

   $    $          $         47

Andrew L. Breech

   $         $       $      47

Dwight B. Crane

   $      (2 )   $      47

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

   $    $       $      49

Frank G. Hubbard

   $    $       $      49

Howard J. Johnson

   $    $       $      49

David E. Maryatt

   $    $       $      49

Jerome H. Miller

   $    $       $      49

Ken Miller

   $    $       $      49

John J. Murphy

   $    $       $      47

Thomas F. Schlafly

   $         $       $      49

Jerry A. Viscione

   $    $       $      49

Interested Trustee

          

R. Jay Gerken (1)

   $    $       $    137

 

(1)

Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his service as Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.

(2)

Pursuant to a prior emeritus retirement plan, Mr. Crane has received in a lump sum (calculated on a net present value basis) an aggregate benefit having a net present value equal to $444,643. Each fund formerly overseen by Mr. Crane paid a pro rata share (based upon asset size) of the aggregate benefit to Mr. Crane. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse these funds an amount equal to 50% of the benefits paid to Mr. Crane.

 

50


Prior Board

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the former Directors of the fund were paid by the fund the compensation listed below for their service as director.

 

Name of Director

   Aggregate Compensation
from Fund for the
Fiscal Year Ended
December 31, 2007

Independent Directors

  

Andrew L. Breech

   $             

Carol L. Colman

   $             

William R. Dill

   $             

William R. Hutchinson

   $             

Thomas F. Schlafly

   $             

Interested Director

  

R. Jay Gerken (1)

   $             

 

(1)

Mr.   Gerken was not compensated by the fund for his service as a Director because of his affiliation with the manager.

(2)

Pursuant to prior emeritus retirement plans, the following former Directors received benefits (calculated on a net present value basis) as follows: Ms. Colman: $116,062; Mr. Dill: $53,567: Mr. Hutchinson: $151,889; and Mr. Kirtland: $25,727. Benefits under the emeritus retirement plans are paid in quarterly installments unless the Director elected to receive them in a lump sum at net present value. Each fund formerly overseen by these Directors paid its pro rata share (based on asset size) of these aggregate benefits. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse the funds an amount equal to 50% of these benefits. None of these amounts were paid during the period covered by this table.

As of April     , 2008, the Trustees and officers of the Trust, as a group, owned less than 1% of the outstanding common stock of the fund.

As of April     , 2008, to the knowledge of the fund the following shareholders or groups (as such term is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the following classes of the fund:

 

Class

              

Name and Address

   % of
Shares
         

 

51


INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager

LMPFA serves as investment manager to the fund pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”) with the fund. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the cash and short-term investments of the fund.

Under the Management Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the fund’s Board, the manager is delegated the responsibility of managing the fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objective and policies, making investment decisions for the fund and placing orders to purchase and sell securities. The manager also performs administrative and management services necessary for the operation of the fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting, and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the fund’s existence, and (v) maintaining the registration and qualification of the fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

The Management Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the fund’s Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. The Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Trustees, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Management Agreement provides that neither the manager nor its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

For its services under the Investment Management Agreement, LMPFA receives an investment management fee that is calculated daily and payable monthly according to the following schedule:

 

Average Daily Net Assets

   Investment
Management
Fee Rate
 

First $350 million

   0.650 %

Next $150 million

   0.550 %

Next $250 million

   0.525 %

Next $250 million

   0.500 %

Over $1 billion

   0.450 %

The management fee may be increased or decreased based on the performance of the fund relative to the investment record of the S&P 500 Index. This type of fee is sometimes referred to as a “fulcrum” fee. At the end

 

52


of each calendar quarter, for each percentage point by which the investment performance of the fund exceeds or is exceeded by the investment record of the S&P 500 Index over the one year period ending on the last day of the calendar quarter for which the adjustment is being calculated, the management fee will be adjusted upward or downward by the product of: (i) 1/4 of 0.01% multiplied by (ii) the average daily net assets of the fund for the one year period preceding the end of the calendar quarter. The base fee is calculated based on average daily net assets over the most recent quarter while the performance adjustment is based on average daily net assets over a one-year period. The performance adjustment, therefore, is based in part on the fund’s historical performance during a rolling one-year period preceding the time at which it is assessed. Under the current breakpoint fee structure for the base fee, if the assets of the fund decrease, the rate of the base fee increases. Accordingly, as the fund’s assets decrease, the performance adjustment is added to or subtracted from a base fee of a higher rate. If the amount by which the fund outperforms or underperforms the S&P 500 Index is not a whole percentage point, a pro rata adjustment shall be made. However, there will be no performance adjustment unless the investment performance of the fund exceeds or is exceeded by the investment record of the S&P 500 Index by at least one percentage point. The maximum quarterly adjustment is 1/4 of 0.10%, which would occur if the fund’s performance exceeds or is exceeded by the S&P 500 Index by ten or more percentage points.

As a result, assuming the fund’s current asset level, the fund could pay an annualized management fee that ranges from 0.42% to 0.62% of the fund’s average daily net assets. The table below illustrates the management fee rate that would be applicable based on the relative performance of the fund and the S&P 500 Index during any 12-month period. The fee rate calculated with respect to any 12-month period will apply only for the next quarterly period and then will be subject to recalculation for the following quarter. The performance adjustment will be paid quarterly based on a rolling one year period.

 

     Underperformance   Neutral   Outperformance

Difference between fund performance and S&P 500 Index return

   10%
or

more

  -9%   -8%   -7%   -6%   -5%   -4%   -3%   -2%   -1%   0%   +1%   +2%   +3%   +4%   +5%   +6%   +7%   +8%   +9%   +10%
or
more

Management fee (annualized)

   .42%   .43%   .44%   .45%   .46%   .47%   .48%   .49%   .50%   .51%   .52%   .53%   .54%   .55%   .56%   .57%   .58%   .59%   .60%   .61%   .62%

For purposes of determining the performance adjustment, the investment performance of the fund for any one year period shall mean the sum of: (i) the change in the fund’s net asset value per share during such period; (ii) the value of cash distributions per share accumulated to the end of such period; and (iii) the value of capital gains taxes per share (if any) paid or payable on undistributed realized long-term capital gains accumulated to the end of such period; expressed as a percentage of its net asset value per share at the beginning of such period. For this purpose, the value of distributions per share of realized capital gains and of dividends per share paid from investment income shall be treated as reinvested in shares of the fund at the net asset value per share in effect at the close of business on the record date for the payment of such distributions and dividends, after giving effect to such distributions and dividends. In addition, while the fund does not anticipate paying any taxes, the value of any capital gains taxes per share paid or payable on undistributed realized long-term capital gains shall be treated as reinvested in shares of the fund at the net asset value per share in effect at the close of business on the date on which provision is made for such taxes, after giving effect to such taxes.

For purposes of calculating the performance adjustment, the investment record of the S&P 500 Index for any one year period shall mean the sum of: (i) the change in the level of the index during such period; and (ii) the value, computed consistently with the index, of cash distributions made by companies whose securities comprise the index accumulated to the end of such period; expressed as a percentage of the index level at the beginning of such period. For this purpose, cash distributions on the securities which comprise the index shall be treated as reinvested in the index at least as frequently as the end of each calendar quarter following the payment of the dividend.

For the period from December 1, 2005 though July 31, 2006, Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (“SBAM”) served as the fund’s manager under the same fee schedule as described above.

 

53


Prior to December 1, 2005, SBAM served as the fund’s administrator pursuant to the fund’s prior management agreement under the same fee schedule as described above.

For each of the past three fiscal years, the manager or SBAM was entitled to receive gross fees under a management agreement and administration agreement, of which certain amounts were voluntarily waived, and reimbursed the fund for certain expenses as follows:

 

     Gross Fees    Waiver    Expenses
Reimbursed

Year Ended December 31, 2005

   $ 9,619,094    $ 0    $ 0

Year Ended December 31, 2006

   $ 8,889,575    $ 0    $ 74,033

Year Ended December 31, 2007

   $                     $      $             

Subadviser

ClearBridge serves as the subadviser to the fund pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement between the manager and ClearBridge (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). ClearBridge, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, was formed to succeed the equity securities portfolio management business of CAM, which was acquired by Legg Mason in December 2005. ClearBridge is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason and as of December 31, 2007 manages approximately $     billion.

Under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and the manager, the subadviser will, except for the management of cash and short-term investments that is performed by LMPFA, manage the fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objectives and policies, assist in supervising all aspects of the fund’s operations, make investment decisions for the fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the fund.

The Sub-Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the subadviser. The subadviser may terminate the Sub- Advisory Agreement on 90 days’ written notice to the fund and the manager. The manager and the subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent. This Sub-Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment by the subadviser and shall not be assignable by the manager without the consent of the subadviser.

As compensation for its sub-advisory services, the manager will pay the subadviser a fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to LMPFA, net of expense waivers and reimbursements. For the period from August 1, 2006 through December 29, 2006, the manager paid the subadviser subadvisory fees of $2,345,557.02. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the manager paid the subadviser subadvisory fees of $        .

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under the Management Agreement and the 12b-1 Plan (as discussed below), the fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things, interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing

 

54


vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuance and redemption or repurchase of the fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, members of the Board and employees of the fund, if any; and the fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the fund and its officers, Board members and employees; litigation expenses and any non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the fund is a party and the legal obligation which the fund may have to indemnify the fund’s Board members and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares, either through contractual or voluntary arrangements. Any such waivers and/or reimbursements are described in the fund’s prospectus. The contractual and voluntary fee waivers and/or reimbursements do not cover extraordinary expenses, such as (a) any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demand related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time; and (b) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of the fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of board members or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time.

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of the fund. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of the fund; receives and delivers all assets for the fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity; collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of the fund; and makes disbursements on behalf of the fund. State Street neither determines the fund’s investment policies, nor decides which securities the fund will buy or sell. For its services, State Street receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. The fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. State Street may also act as the fund’s securities lending agent and in that case would receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

PFPC Inc. (“PFPC” or the “transfer agent”), located 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, serves as the fund’s transfer agent. Under the transfer agency agreement, the transfer agent maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, the transfer agent receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month, and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

 

55


Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

            , an independent registered public accounting firm, located at             , has been selected to audit and report upon the fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008.

Counsel

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019-6099 serves as counsel to the fund.

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, 180 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038-4982, serves as counsel to the Independent Trustees.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the fund’s manager, the subadviser and the distributor have adopted codes of ethics that permit personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.

Copies of the codes of ethics of the fund and its manager, its subadviser and its distributor are on file with the SEC.

Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures

Although individual Trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager, the Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to the manager, believing that the manager should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

LMPFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for the fund to the subadviser through its contract with the subadviser. The subadviser will use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for the fund. Should LMPFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of the subadviser to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and the fund, the Board of Directors of LMPFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that LMPFA votes proxies. LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadviser and providing them to the fund as required for the fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

The subadviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to the fund’s portfolio securities are voted, a summary of which is attached as Appendix B to this SAI. Information regarding how each fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) by calling 1-888-425-6432, (2) on the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

56


PORTFOLIO MANAGER DISCLOSURE

The following tables set forth certain additional information with respect to the fund’s portfolio managers. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of December 31, 2007.

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies the portfolio managers, the number of accounts (other than the fund with respect to which information is provided) for which the fund’s portfolio managers have day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, other accounts and accounts with fees based on performance. [No account had fees based on performance.]

 

Portfolio Manager

  

Registered Investment
Companies

  

Other Pooled Investment
Vehicles

  

Other Account

Mark McAllister

        registered investment companies with $     billion in total assets under management         other pooled investment vehicles with $     billion in assets under management             other accounts with $     billion in total assets under management

Robert Feitler

        registered investment companies with $     billion in total assets under management    1 other pooled investment vehicles with $     billion in total assets under management             other accounts with $     billion in total assets under management

Portfolio Manager Compensation

Effective April 1, 2007, ClearBridge investment professionals receive base salary, other employee benefits and are eligible to receive incentive compensation. Base salary is fixed and typically determined based on market factors and the skill and experience of individual investment personnel.

ClearBridge has incentive and deferred compensation plans (the “Plans”) for its investment professionals, including the fund’s portfolio manager(s) and research analysts. The Plans are designed to align the objectives of ClearBridge investment professionals with those of fund shareholders and other ClearBridge clients. Additionally, the deferred plans are designed to retain its investment professionals and reward long-term performance.

Incentive Compensation

Investment performance is the key component in determining the final incentive award for all of ClearBridge’s investment professionals. A portfolio manager’s initial incentive award is based on the investment professional’s ongoing contribution to ClearBridge’s investment and business results and externally measured competitive pay practices for the portfolio manager’s position/experience within the firm. This award is then adjusted upward or downward (up to +/-50%) based on investment performance during the most recent year over a rolling 1, 3, and 5 year time period. Product performance is ranked among a “peer group” of non-ClearBridge investment managers and the product’s pre-tax investment performance against the applicable product benchmark (e.g. a securities index and, with respect to a fund, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s prospectus to which the fund’s average annual total returns are compared).

The peer group of non-ClearBridge investment managers is defined by product style/type, vehicle type and geography and selected by independent vendors that track and provide (for a fee paid by ClearBridge) relevant peer group performance and ranking data (e.g. primarily Lipper or Callan).

The 1, 3, and 5 year performance versus benchmark and peer group approximate effective weightings are 35% for trailing 1 year performance, 50% for trailing 3 year performance, and 15% for trailing 5 year performance.

 

57


Lastly, the incentive award for an investment professional may also be adjusted by the ClearBridge Chief Investment Officer(s) based on other qualitative factors such as contribution to the firm and the development of investment staff.

For ClearBridge’s centralized research professionals, there is an incentive compensation plan based on annual performance on a combined scorecard containing a portfolio manager questionnaire survey and stock picking performance. The analyst’s stock picks are tracked on a formal basis through Factset and make up a portion of the analysts overall scorecard performance. These stock picks are measured versus their respective sector indices.

Deferred Award

Up to 20% of an investment professional’s annual incentive compensation is subject to deferral. For portfolio managers, 25% of this deferral is invested in their primary managed product while another 25% is invested in an elected proprietary ClearBridge sub-advised fund. Therefore, portfolio managers may potentially have 50% of their deferred award amount tracking the performance of their primary managed product. Every portfolio manager selects their primary product for the elective component. Legg Mason then makes a company investment in the Legg Mason Partners funds equal to the deferral amounts by fund. This investment is a company asset held on the Legg Mason balance sheet and paid out to the employees upon vesting over a four year deferral period. The remaining 50% of the deferral is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

For centralized research analysts, 50% of this deferral tracks the performance of up to two elected proprietary funds. Legg Mason then makes an investment at the company level into each of the funds in the deferral program based on the aggregate dollars deferred by each individual in that plan year (similar to the above description). The remaining 50% of the deferral is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Potential conflicts of interest may arise when the fund’s portfolio managers also have day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the fund’s portfolio managers.

The manager, the subadviser and the fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the investment adviser and the individuals that each employs. For example, each of the manager and the subadviser seeks to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The manager and the subadviser have also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by the manager, the subadviser and the fund will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear.

These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention.     A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

 

58


Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities.     If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit the fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies.     At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

Variation in Compensation.     A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the manager’s management fee and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the manager and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

Selection of Brokers/Dealers.     Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or accounts that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might otherwise be available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the subadviser determines in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts managed. For this reason, the subadviser has formed a brokerage committee that reviews, among other things, the allocation of brokerage to broker/dealers, best execution and soft dollar usage.

Related Business Opportunities.     The manager or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of funds and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the manager and its affiliates.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of fund securities by the portfolio managers as of December 31, 2007.

 

Portfolio Manager

  

Dollar Range of

Ownership of Securities

Mark McAllister   
Robert Feitler   

 

59


DISTRIBUTOR

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker-dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason and an affiliate of the manager, located at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor pursuant to a written agreement dated December 1, 2005 (the “distribution agreement”). For the period from December 1, 2007, through December 31, 2007, LMIS has served as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor. For the period from December 1, 2005, through December 31, 2005, and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and the period from January 1, 2007, through November 30, 2007, LMIS and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”) served as the fund’s distributors. Prior to December 1, 2005, CGMI served as the fund’s distributor.

The distributor’s obligation is an agency or “best efforts” arrangement under which the distributor is required to take and pay only for such shares of the fund as may be sold to the public. The distributor is not obligated to sell any stated number of shares. The distribution agreement is renewable from year to year if approved (a) by the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of Independent Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any such party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The distribution agreement provides that it will terminate if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party on 60 days’ written notice, provided that the CGMI distribution agreement may be terminated upon 90 days’ written notice by the distributor.

LMIS may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act.

Initial Sales Charges

The aggregate dollar amount of commissions on Class A shares were as follows:

Class A Shares (paid to LMIS and CGMI) (1)

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $            

2006

   $ 0

2005

   $ 40,506

 

(1)

Include sales charges paid to LMIS for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period from December 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005, and paid to CGMI for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charges

Class A Shares (paid to LMIS and CGMI) (1)

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $       

2006

   $ 0 *

2005

   $ 19  

 

* Amount represents less than $1,000.

Class B Shares (paid to LMIS and CGMI) (1)

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $            

2006

   $ 41,644

2005

   $ 44,773

 

60


Class C Shares (paid to LMIS and CGMI) (1)(2)

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $          

200 6

   $ 3,023

2005

   $ 3,951

 

(1)

Includes sales charges paid to LMIS for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and for the period December 1, 2005 through December 31, 2005, and paid to CGMI for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007.

(2)

Effective April 29, 2004, Class 2 shares were renamed Class C shares.

Services and Distribution Plan Arrangements.

The Trustees, on behalf of the fund, have adopted an amended shareholder services and distribution plan (the “12b-1 Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to its Class A, B, C, FI and R shares. Under the 12b-1 Plan, the fund pays service and distribution fees to LMIS for the services it provides and expenses it bears with respect to the distribution of Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI and Class R shares and providing services to Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI and Class R shareholders. The distributor will provide the Board with periodic reports of amounts expended under the 12b-1 Plan and the purposes for which such expenditures were made. The fund pays service fees, accrued daily and payable monthly, calculated at the annual rate of 0.25% of the value of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to the fund’s Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI and Class R shares. In addition, the fund pays distribution fees with respect to the Class B and Class C shares at the annual rate of 0.75% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to such class and with respect to the Class R shares at the annual rate of 0.25% of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to such class.

Fees under the 12b-1 Plan may be used to make payments to the distributor for distribution services, to Service Agents in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to other parties in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to make payments for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing, and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than regulators and existing shareholders. The fund also may make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of fund shares and/or shareholder services provided.

The 12b-1 Plan also provides that the distributor and Service Agents may receive all or a portion of the sales charges paid by Class A, B and C investors.

The 12b-1 Plan permits the fund to pay fees to the distributor, Service Agents and others as compensation for their services, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. Thus, even if its expenses exceed the fees provided for by the 12b-1 Plan, the fund will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if its expenses are less than the fees paid to them, they will realize a profit. The fund may pay the fees to the distributor and others until the 12b-1 Plan or distribution agreement is terminated or not renewed. In that event, the distributor’s or other recipient’s expenses in excess of fees received or accrued through the termination date will be the distributor’s or other recipient’s sole responsibility and not obligations of the fund. In their annual consideration of the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan for the fund, the Trustees will review the 12b-1 Plan and the expenses for each class within the fund separately.

The 12b-1 Plan also recognizes that various service providers to the fund, such as the manager, may make payments for distribution related expenses out of their own resources, including past profits, or payments received from the fund for other purposes, such as management fees, and that the fund’s distributor or Service Agents may from time to time use their own resources for distribution-related services, in addition to the fees

 

61


paid under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan specifically provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the fund within the context of Rule 12b-1, then the payments are deemed to be authorized by the 12b-1 Plan, if permitted under applicable law.

The 12b-1 Plan continues in effect if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of both a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreement related to the 12b-1 Plan (for purposes of this paragraph “Qualified Trustees”). The Qualified Trustees, in the exercise of their business judgment in the best interests of the shareholders of the fund and each class, have approved the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan requires that the fund and the distributor provide to the Board and the Board review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and the purposes therefor) under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan further provides that the selection and nomination of the Qualified Trustees is committed to the discretion of the Qualified Trustees then in office. The 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to any class of the fund at any time by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Qualified Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that class. The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of permitted expenses of the class thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding securities of that class and may not be materially amended in any case without a vote of a majority of both the Trustees and Qualified Trustees. The fund will preserve copies of any plan, agreement or report made pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan for a period of not less than six years, and for the first two years the fund will preserve such copies in an easily accessible place.

As contemplated by the 12b-1 Plan, the distributor acts as an agent of the fund in connection with the offering of shares of the fund pursuant to the distribution agreement.

Dealer reallowances are described in the fund’s prospectus.

Prior to December 1, 2005, the fund paid service and distribution fees to CGMI under separate 12b-1 Plans with respect to shares sold through CGMI.

Under its terms, the 12b-1 Plan continues from year to year, provided such continuance is approved annually by vote of the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase the amount of the distribution or service fees without shareholder approval, and all amendments of the 12b-1 Plan must also be approved by the Trustees in the manner described above. The 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to a Class at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act).

The service fees are used for servicing shareholder accounts, including payments by LMIS and CGMI to selected securities dealers. The distribution fees are paid to LMIS and CGMI to compensate for activities primarily intended to result in the sale of Class B and Class C shares, including payment to selected securities dealers.

The expenses incurred in connection with these activities include: costs of printing and distributing the fund’s prospectus, SAI and sales literature to prospective investors; an allocation of overhead and other distribution-related expenses; payments to and expenses of other persons who provide support services in connection with the distribution of the shares; any other costs and expenses relating to distribution or sales support activities; compensation for LMIS’s initial expense of paying investment representatives or introducing brokers a commission upon the sale of the fund’s shares; and accruals for interest on the amount of the foregoing expenses that exceed the amount of the distribution fee and the contingent deferred sales charge. Under the Plans, LMIS and CGMI may retain all or a portion of the service and distribution fees. The payments to Financial Consultants may include a commission paid at the time of sale and a continuing fee based upon the value of the average daily net assets of the applicable class of shares that remain invested in the fund with respect to accounts that dealers continue to service.

 

62


Service Fees and Distribution Fees

The following service and distribution fees were incurred pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan during the fiscal years indicated:

Class A Shares

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $         

2006

   $ 732,273

2005

   $ 755,506

Class B Shares

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $         

2006

   $ 331,353

2005

   $ 403,245

Class C Shares

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

  

2007

   $         

2006

   $ 493,717

2005

   $ 589,380

CGMI incurred distribution expenses for advertising, printing and mailing prospectuses, support services and overhead expenses, and for accruals for interest on the excess of CGMI expenses incurred in the distribution of the fund’s shares over the sum of the distribution fees and contingent deferred sales charge received by CGMI are expressed in the following table:

 

Fiscal Year Ended
December 31:

   Class    Compensation
Paid by CGMI
and Affiliates
to Selected
Dealers (1)
   Compensation
Paid by CGMI
and Affiliates
to Sales
Personnel
   Branch Ops
Expenses
   Amount
Spent by
CGMI and
Affiliates
on
Advertising
   Amount
Spent by
CGMI
and Affiliates
on Printing
and
Mailing of
Prospectus
   Total Amount
of Expenses
Incurred by
CGMI and
Affiliates in
Connection
with
Distribution
of the Fund

2007

   A    $         $             $             $             $             $         
   B    $         $             $             $             $             $         
   C    $         $             $             $             $             $         

 

(1)

Includes “Miscellaneous Expenses” meaning allocable overhead, travel and communications expenses.

 

63


LMIS incurred distribution expenses for advertising, printing and mailing prospectuses, support services and overhead expenses, and for accruals for interest on the excess of LMIS expenses incurred in the distribution of the fund’s shares over the sum of the distribution fees and contingent deferred sales charge received by LMIS are expressed in the following table:

 

December 1 to

December 31:

   Class    Compensation
Paid by LMIS
and Affiliates
to Selected
Dealers (1)
   Compensation
Paid by LMIS
and Affiliates
to Sales
Personnel
   Amount
Spent by
LMIS and
Affiliates
on
Advertising
   Amount
Spent by
LMIS
and Affiliates
on Printing
and
Mailing of
Prospectus
   Total Amount
of Expenses
Incurred by
LMIS and
Affiliates in
Connection
with
Distribution
of the Fund

2007

      $             $             $             $             $         
      $             $             $             $             $         
      $             $             $             $             $         

 

(1)

Includes “Miscellaneous Expenses” meaning allocable overhead, travel and communications expenses.

No information is presented for Class FI, R or IS shares because those classes were not available prior to the date of this SAI.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Subject to policies as may be established by the fund’s Board from time to time, the subadviser is primarily responsible for the fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the fund’s portfolio transactions, except that the manager manages the cash and the short-term investments of the fund. Commissions are negotiated with broker dealers on all transactions.

The cost of securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission, concession or a net price. The purchase by the fund of participations or assignments may be pursuant to privately negotiated transactions pursuant to which the fund may be required to pay fees to the seller or forego a portion of payments in respect of the participation agreement. The aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the fund for its three most recent fiscal years is set forth below under “Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid.”

Pursuant to the Management Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement, each of the manager and the subadviser is authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of the manager and subadviser in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker-dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker-dealer commits its own capital.

In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) to the fund and/or the other accounts over which the manager, the subadviser or their affiliates exercise investment discretion. The manager and the subadviser are authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the manager or subadviser, as applicable, determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The manager and the subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage

 

64


transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases the fund’s costs, the manager and the subadviser do not believe that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses as manager or subadviser, as applicable. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

Research services furnished to the manager or subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for the fund may be used by the manager or subadviser, as applicable, in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the manager or subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the manager or subadviser manages may be used by the manager or subadviser, as applicable, in servicing the fund. Not all of these research services are used by the manager or the subadviser in managing any particular account, including the fund.

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund directed brokerage transactions totaling $                 to brokers because of research services provided. The amount of brokerage commissions paid on all brokerage transactions totaled $                .

The fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The Board has adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the fund has paid the following in brokerage commissions for portfolio transactions:

 

Fiscal Year Ending December 31

   Total Brokerage
Commissions
   Commissions Paid to
CGMI and Affiliates
   % of Total Brokerage
Commissions Paid to
CGMI and Affiliates
    % of Total Dollar
Amount of
Transactions
Involving
Commissions Paid to
CGMI and Affiliates
 

2007

   $                       N/A    N/A     N/A  

2006

   $ 1,070,113    $ 23,798    2.22 %   0.16 %

2005

   $ 2,470,499    $ 154,962    6.27 %   6.71 %

As of December 1, 2005, LMIS became an underwriter of the fund under the 1940 Act. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2007, the fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to LMIS or its affiliates.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the fund as well as for one or more of the manager’s or the subadviser’s other clients. Investment decisions for the fund and for the manager’s or the subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for the fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for the fund and for other portfolios managed by the manager or subadviser, as applicable, occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

 

65


For reporting purposes, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the time of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in the fund’s investment portfolio (other than short-term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the manager or subadviser, as applicable, deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

Increased portfolio turnover necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the fund. To the extent portfolio trading results in realization of net short-term capital gains, shareholders will be taxed on such gains at ordinary tax rates (except shareholders who invest through individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) and other retirement plans which are not taxed currently on accumulations in their accounts). The portfolio turnover rates for the fund’s fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 were 25% and     %, respectively.

As of December 31, 2007, the fund held the following securities issued by its regular broker-dealers.

 

Name of Regular Broker or Dealer or Parent (Issuer)

   Type of
Security Owned

D=debt
E=equity
   Value of and
Securities Owned
at end of current
period
     
     
     
     

PURCHASE OF SHARES

General

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors, including retirement plans purchasing through certain Service Agents, may purchase shares directly from the fund. When purchasing shares of the fund, investors must specify whether the purchase is for Class A, Class B, Class C, FI, R, Class I (1) or Class IS shares. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly at the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee.

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements, please see the fund’s prospectus.

There are no minimum investment requirements for purchases of Class A shares by: (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”), (iii) current employees of Legg Mason, Inc. and its subsidiaries, as well as (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons; The fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time. The transfer agent will hold shares purchased in the shareholder’s account.

 

 

(1)

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares. Class I shares were converted to Class O shares and were re-designated as Class I shares on August 17, 2007.

 

66


Share certificates for the fund will no longer be issued. If you currently hold shares of the fund, such certificates will continue to be honored.

Purchase orders received by the fund or a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE, on any day the fund calculates its net asset value, are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day (the “trade date”). Orders received by a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day, provided the order is received by the fund or the fund’s agent prior to its close of business. Payment must be made with the purchase order.

Systematic Investment Plan.     Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any time by purchasing shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. Under the Systematic Investment Plan, the distributor or the transfer agent is authorized through preauthorized transfers of at least $25 on a monthly, quarterly, every alternate month, semi-annual or annual basis to charge the shareholder’s account held with a bank or other financial institution as indicated by the shareholder, to provide for systematic additions to the shareholder’s fund account. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete the transfer will be charged a fee of up to $25 by the distributor or the transfer agent. Additional information is available from the fund or a Service Agent.

Sales Charge Alternatives

The following classes of shares are available for purchase. See the prospectus for a discussion of who is eligible to purchase certain classes and of factors to consider in selecting which class of shares to purchase.

Class A Shares.     Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the net asset value (“NAV”) plus an initial sales charge as described in the fund’s prospectus.

Members of the selling group may receive a portion of the sales charge as described above and may be deemed to be underwriters of the fund as defined in the 1933 Act. The sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate purchases of Class A shares of the fund made at one time by “any person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

Purchases of Class A shares of $1,000,000 or more will be made at NAV without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% on redemptions made within 12 months of purchase. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge.” The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class B and Class C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

Class B and C Shares.     Class B and Class C shares are sold without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” below.

Class FI, R, I and IS Shares.     Class FI, R, I and IS shares are sold at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

 

67


Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers .     Purchases of Class A shares may be made at NAV without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

(a) sales to (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired Board Members, (iii) current employees of Legg Mason, Inc. and its subsidiaries, as well as (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

(b) sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

(c) offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with the fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

(d) purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the fund (or Class A shares of another Legg Mason Partners Fund that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in the fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

(e) purchases by accounts managed by registered investment advisory subsidiaries of Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”);

(f) purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts; and

(g) purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker-dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the sales charge.

Accumulation Privilege.     Please see the fund’s prospectus for information regarding accumulation privileges.

Letter of Intent.     This helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners funds over a thirteen (13) month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. You have a choice of seven Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

 

(1)  $25,000

   (5)  $500,000

(2)  $50,000

   (6)  $750,000

(3)  $100,000

   (7)  $1,000,000

(4)  $250,000

  

Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the Legg Mason Partners funds.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a 13-month period Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less any Eligible Prior

 

68


Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases towards the Letter, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter.

Eligible Fund Purchases.     Generally, shares of a Legg Mason Partners fund may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (except for money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners funds), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund are not eligible.

This list may change from time to time. Investors should check with their Service Agent to see which funds may be eligible.

Eligible Accounts.     Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your letter of intent asset goal.

Eligible Prior Purchases.     You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

Backdating Letter.     You may establish a date for a Letter of Intent that is up to ninety (90) calendar days prior to the date you enter into the Letter. Any Eligible Fund Purchases in Eligible Accounts made during that period will count towards your Goal and will also be eligible for the lower sales charge applicable to your Asset Level Goal. You will be credited by way of additional shares at the current offering price for the difference between (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for those eligible shares and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for your Asset Level Goal.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter.     You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must however contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, contact the transfer agent, prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then current offering price for the difference between: (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges.     Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with a fund’s prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

 

69


Cancellation of Letter.     You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, by notifying the transfer agent in writing. The Letter will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares.     Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date of your Letter (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter) is accepted, will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal.     If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal or you elect to liquidate all of your holdings or cancel the Letter before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and; (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, the transfer agent, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are: (a) Class B shares; (b) Class C shares; and (c) Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption whichever is less.

Class C shares and Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 12 months of purchase. In circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge is imposed on Class B shares, the amount of the charge will depend on the number of years since the shareholder made the purchase payment from which the amount is being redeemed. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years since a purchase payment, all purchase payments made during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day of the preceding statement month. The following table sets forth the rates of the charge for redemptions of Class B shares by shareholders.

 

Year Since Purchase Payment Was Made

   Contingent
Deferred Sales Charge
 

First

   5.00 %

Second

   4.00 %

Third

   3.00 %

Fourth

   3.00 %

Fifth

   2.00 %

Sixth

   1.00 %

Seventh and thereafter

   0.00 %

Class B shares will convert automatically to Class A shares approximately 8 years after the date on which they were purchased and thereafter will no longer be subject to any distribution fees. (Class B shares purchased

 

70


prior to November 20, 2006, however, will continue to automatically convert into Class A shares after 7 years.) There will also be converted at that time such proportion of Class B Dividend Shares (Class B shares that were acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions) owned by the shareholders as the total number of his or her Class B shares converting at the time bears to the total number of outstanding Class B shares (other than Class B Dividend Shares) owned by the shareholder.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date that the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other Legg Mason Partners funds. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% annually or 2.00% monthly of the shareholders account balance at the time the withdrawals commence per month up to a maximum of 12.00% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined by the Code) of the shareholder; (d) mandatory post-retirement distributions from retirement plans or IRAs commencing on or after attainment of age 70  1 / 2 (except that shareholders who purchase shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge prior to the date of implementation of this new policy will be “grandfathered” and will be eligible to obtain the waiver at age 59  1 / 2 by demonstrating such eligibility at the time of redemption); (e) involuntary redemptions; (f) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of the fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; (g) tax-free returns of an excess contribution to any retirement plan; and (h) certain redemptions of shares of the fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker-dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

The contingent deferred sales charge is waived on new Class C shares purchased by retirement plan omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other Legg Mason Partners funds may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

Determination of Public Offering Price

The fund offers its shares to the public on a continuous basis. The public offering price for Class A, Class B, Class C, Class FI, Class R, Class I and Class IS shares of the fund is equal to the net asset value per share at the time of purchase, plus, for Class A shares, an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment. A contingent deferred sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class A, Class B and Class C shares.

 

71


Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the fund.

 

Class A (based on a net asset value $         and a maximum sales charge of 5.75%)

   $         

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption of shares of the fund may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any periods during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets the fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the fund’s investments or determination of its net asset value is not reasonably practicable or (c) for any other periods as the SEC by order may permit for the protection of the fund’s shareholders.

If the shares to be redeemed were issued in certificate form, the certificates must be endorsed for transfer (or be accompanied by an endorsed stock power) and must be submitted to the transfer agent together with the redemption request. Any signature appearing on a share certificate, stock power or written redemption request in excess of $50,000 must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution such as a domestic bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit union, member bank of the Federal Reserve System or member firm of a national securities exchange. Written redemption requests of $50,000 or less do not require a signature guarantee unless more than one such redemption request is made in any 10-day period. Redemption proceeds will be mailed to an investor’s address of record. The transfer agent may require additional supporting documents for redemptions made by corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A redemption request will not be deemed properly received until the transfer agent receives all required documents in proper form.

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions. The redemption proceeds will be remitted on or before the seventh business day following receipt of proper tender, except on any days on which the NYSE is closed or as permitted under the 1940 Act, in extraordinary circumstances. Redemption proceeds for shares purchased by check, other than a certified or official bank check, will be remitted upon clearance of the check, which may take up to ten days. Each Service Agent is responsible for transmitting promptly orders for its customers.

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

The fund no longer issues share certificates. Outstanding share certificates will continue to be honored. If you hold share certificates, it will take longer to exchange or redeem shares.

Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders as described in the prospectus. To the extent that withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in the fund, continued withdrawal payments will reduce the shareholder’s investment, and may ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in the fund. Furthermore, as it generally would not be advantageous to a shareholder to make additional investments in the fund at the same time he or she is participating in the Withdrawal Plan, purchases by such shareholder in amounts of less than $5,000 ordinarily will not be permitted. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between classes of the fund.

 

72


Shareholders who wish to participate in the Withdrawal Plan and who hold their shares of the fund in certificate form must deposit their share certificates with the transfer agent as agent for Withdrawal Plan members. All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at net asset value in additional shares of the fund. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the Withdrawal Plan must be received by the transfer agent no later than the eighth day of the month to be eligible for participation beginning with that month’s withdrawal. For additional information, shareholders should contact their Service Agent.

Distributions in Kind

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, the fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion of a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the fund’s net assets by a distribution in kind of portfolio securities in lieu of cash. If a redemption is paid in portfolio securities, such securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share Price” in the fund’s prospectus. Securities issued as a distribution in kind may incur brokerage commissions when shareholders subsequently sell those securities.

Additional Information Regarding Telephone Redemption And Exchange Program

Neither the fund nor its agents will be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that are reasonably believed to be genuine. The fund and its agents will employ procedures designed to verify the identity of the caller and legitimacy of instructions (for example, a shareholder’s name and account number will be required and phone calls may be recorded). The fund reserves the right to suspend, modify or discontinue the telephone redemption and exchange program or to impose a charge for this service at any time following at least seven (7) days’ prior notice to shareholders.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The net asset value per share of the fund’s classes is calculated on each day, Monday through Friday, except days on which the NYSE is closed. The NYSE currently is scheduled to be closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas, and on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when one of these holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively. Because of the differences in distribution fees and class-specific expenses, the per share net asset value of each class may differ. Please see the prospectus for a description of the procedures used by the fund in valuing its assets.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in a fund with different investment objectives when they believe that a shift between funds is an appropriate investment decision. This privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the fund shares being acquired may legally be sold. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. Prospectuses may be obtained from a Service Agent.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current net asset value, and the proceeds are immediately invested in shares of the fund being acquired at that fund’s then current net asset value. The distributor reserves the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Class A, FI, R, I and IS Exchanges.     Class A, FI, R, I and IS shareholders of the fund who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares for shares of the respective class in another fund may do so without imposition of any charge.

 

73


Class B Exchanges.     Class B shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class B shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class B shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class B shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Class C Exchanges.     Class C shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class C shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class C shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege

The fund is not designed to provide investors with a means of speculation on short-term market movements. A pattern of frequent exchanges by investors can be disruptive to efficient portfolio management and, consequently, can be detrimental to the fund and its shareholders. See “Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of fund Shares” in the prospectus.

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, the fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components--redemption orders with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the fund’s next determined net asset value but the purchase order would be effective only at the net asset value next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by telephone. See the fund’s prospectus for additional information. Exchanges will be processed at the net asset value next determined. Redemption procedures discussed above are also applicable for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon receipt of all supporting documents in proper form. If the account registration of the shares of the fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the shares of the fund exchanged, no signature guarantee is required.

This exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent or, if they hold fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

The following discussion is a brief summary of certain additional tax considerations affecting the fund and its shareholders. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns, and the discussions set forth here and in the prospectus do not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers with specific questions relating to federal, state, local or foreign taxes.

Taxation of the Fund

The fund has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify each year, as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. Qualification as a RIC requires, among other things, that the fund:

(i)  derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from: (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sales or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and (b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships

 

74


for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each a “Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership”) (the “Income Requirement”); and

(ii)  diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year: (a) at least 50% of the value of the fund’s total assets is represented by (I) cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and (II) other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other regulated investment companies) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships.

As a RIC, the fund will not be subject to federal income tax on its “investment company taxable income”, (as that term is defined in the Code, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and “net capital gain” (the excess of the fund’s net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income for such taxable year and its net tax-exempt interest income for such taxable year. However, the fund will be subject to federal corporate income tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on any undistributed income other than tax-exempt income from municipal obligations and to alternative minimum tax (currently at a maximum rate of 20% for a corporation such as the fund) on alternative minimum taxable income. The fund may designate amounts retained as undistributed net capital gain in a notice to its shareholders who (i) will be required to include in income for United States federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the income tax paid by the fund on the undistributed amount against their federal income tax liabilities and to claim refunds to the extent such credits exceed their liabilities and (iii) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to the excess of the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholder’s income over the income tax credit. The fund intends to comply with the 90% distribution requirement described above in order to avoid being subject to federal income tax on its investment company taxable income that it distributes to its shareholders.

If in any year the fund should fail to qualify under Subchapter M for tax treatment as a RIC, or fail to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement, the fund would incur regular corporate federal income tax upon its income for that year, and distributions to its shareholders (including distribution of net capital gain) would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for federal income tax purposes to the extent of the fund’s earnings and profits.

The fund will be subject to a non-deductible 4% excise tax to the extent that the fund does not distribute by the end of each calendar year the sum of: (a) 98% of its ordinary income for such calendar year; (b) 98% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of such year; and (c) 100% of the undistributed income and gains from the preceding calendar years (if any) pursuant to the calculations in (a) and (b). For this purpose, any income or gain retained by the fund that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end.

Funds investing in foreign securities or currencies may be required to pay withholding or other taxes to foreign governments on dividends and interest. The yield of the fund’s investment in foreign securities or currencies will be reduced by these foreign taxes. Shareholders will generally not be able to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction for these foreign taxes.

The fund may engage in hedging or derivatives transactions involving foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options, futures and forward contracts on foreign currencies) and short sales. See “Additional Investment Activities and Risk Factors—Derivatives.” Such transactions will be subject to

 

75


special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the fund (that is, may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital and, if capital, whether long-term or short-term), accelerate recognition of income of the fund and defer recognition of certain of the fund’s losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. In addition, these provisions (1) will require the fund to “mark-to-market” certain types of positions in its portfolio each year (that is, treat them as if they were closed out) and (2) may cause the fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement for qualifying to be taxed as a RIC and to avoid both the corporate level tax and the 4% excise tax. Furthermore, certain fund investments may produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the Income Requirement. The same may be true of investments in passive foreign investment companies (each a “PFIC”) to the extent the fund elects to mark such investments to market as described below. The fund intends to monitor its transactions, to make the appropriate tax elections and to make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any option, futures contract, forward contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules.

The fund may make investments that produce income that is not matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the fund, such as investments in PIK bonds or in obligations, such as certain Brady Bonds or zero coupon securities, having original issue discount (i.e., an amount equal to the excess of the stated redemption price of the security at maturity over its issue price), or in obligations having market discount (i.e., an amount generally equal to the excess of the stated redemption price or revised issue price of the security over the basis of such security immediately after it was acquired) if the fund elects to accrue market discount on a current basis. In addition, income may continue to accrue for federal income tax purposes with respect to a non-performing investment. Any such income would be treated as income earned by the fund and therefore would be subject to the distribution requirements of the Code. Because such income may not be matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the fund, the fund may be required to borrow money or dispose of other securities to be able to make distributions to its shareholders. In addition, if an election is not made to currently accrue market discount with respect to a market discount bond, all or a portion of any deduction for any interest expense incurred to purchase or hold such bond may be deferred until such bond is sold or otherwise disposed of.

If the fund purchases shares in a PFIC, the fund may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. The fund intends to limit their investments in PFICs as necessary to avoid such a tax. If the fund were to invest in a PFIC and elected to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (a “QEF”) under the code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the fund would be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the fund. Alternatively, the fund can elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year its shares in a PFIC; in this case, the fund would recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it did not exceed prior increases included in income. Under either election, the fund might be required to recognize in a year income in excess of its distributions from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income would nevertheless be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements.

The fund may invest in real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage conduits (“REMICs”). Under a notice recently issued by the IRS, a portion of the fund’s income from a REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides that excess inclusion income of a RIC, such as the fund, will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a

 

76


401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on unrelated business income, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a ‘disqualified organization’ (as defined in the Code) is a record holder of a share in a RIC, then the RIC will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest U.S. federal income tax rate imposed on corporations.

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the fund actually collects such income or receivables or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

Taxation of Shareholders

Shareholders receiving a distribution in the form of additional shares will be treated for federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of cash that would have been received had they elected to receive cash and will have a cost basis in each share received equal to such amount divided by the number of shares received. Shareholders will be notified annually as to the federal tax status of distributions.

Tax Treatment of Distributions .     All distributions to shareholders of the fund of investment company taxable income and net capital gain will be taxable to shareholders whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. For federal income tax purposes, dividends from ordinary income, and any distributions from net short-term capital gain are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income, whether the distributions are made in cash or additional shares. A portion of such dividends may qualify for the dividends received deduction available to corporations as discussed below. For taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, to the extent that ordinary dividends are derived from qualified dividend income of the fund, such dividends will be treated as qualified dividend income to the shareholder, provided that they are so designated by the fund and that the recipient shareholder satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. If 95% or more of the fund’s gross income, calculated without taking into account long-term capital gains, consists of qualified dividend income, the fund may designate all distributions of such income as qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is generally taxed to individual and other non-corporate shareholders at rates equivalent to long-term capital gain tax rates. With respect to income received by the fund, qualified dividend income generally is income derived from dividends from U.S. corporations (other than REITs) or from corporations that are either incorporated in a U.S. possession or eligible for benefits under qualifying U.S. tax treaties. Distributions from a foreign corporation that is not a “qualified foreign corporation” may nevertheless be treated as “qualified dividend income” if the applicable stock is readily tradable on an established U.S. securities market. “Passive foreign investment companies” will not be treated as “qualified foreign corporations” for these purposes. For the fund to receive qualified dividend income, the fund must also meet certain holding period requirements for the stock on which the dividend is paid.

Distributions of net capital gain designated by the fund as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain, whether paid in cash or additional shares, and regardless of how long the shares have been held by such shareholders. Such distributions will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction.

Distributions, if any, in excess of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital which is applied against and reduces the shareholder’s tax basis in his or her shares. Any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of his or her shares, in the manner discussed below under the heading “Redemption, Sale or Exchange of Fund Shares.”

 

77


Generally, shareholders will be taxable on dividends or distributions in the year of receipt. However, if the fund declares a dividend in October, November or December to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month which is actually paid during the following January, it will be deemed to have been received by the shareholders and paid by the fund on December 31 of the year in which the dividend is declared. Not later than 60 days after the close of its taxable year, the fund will provide its shareholders with a written notice designating the amount of any ordinary dividends, including the portion that may be treated as qualified dividend income, and the amount of any capital gain dividends paid by the fund.

Dividends Received Deduction.     It is expected that a portion of the dividends of investment company taxable income received by corporate shareholders from the fund will qualify for the dividends received deduction generally available to corporations, but only to the extent of qualifying dividends received by the fund from domestic corporations. A dividend received by the fund will not be treated as a qualifying dividend (i) if the stock on which the dividend is paid is considered to be “debt-financed” (generally, acquired with borrowed funds), (ii) if the fund fails to meet certain holding period requirements for the stock on which the dividend is paid or (iii) to the extent that the fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends received deduction may be disallowed or reduced if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the fund or by application of the Code.

Redemption, Sale or Exchange of Fund Shares.     The redemption, sale or exchange of fund shares is a taxable event and may result in a gain or loss. Gain or loss, if any, recognized on the sale or other disposition of shares of the fund will be taxed as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands. Generally, a shareholder’s gain or loss will be a long-term gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. If a shareholder sells or otherwise disposes of shares of the fund before holding them for more than six months, any loss on the sale or other disposition of such shares (i) shall be disallowed to the extent of any exempt-interest dividends received by the shareholder with respect to such shares and (ii) to the extent not disallowed, shall be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received by the shareholder (or amounts credited to the shareholder as an undistributed capital gain) with respect to such shares. A loss realized on a sale, exchange or other disposition of shares generally will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares of the fund are acquired within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date that the original shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to reinvestment of dividends in fund shares. In such case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

Taxation of Foreign Shareholders

Taxation of a shareholder who, as to the United States, is a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust or estate, foreign corporation, or foreign partnership (“foreign shareholder”), depends on whether the income from the fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by such shareholder.

If the income from the fund is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, dividends paid to such foreign shareholder from investment company taxable income (including any portion thereof treated as qualified dividend income) will generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate) upon the gross amount of the dividend. However, under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, a new exemption is created under which U.S. source withholding taxes are no longer imposed on dividends paid by RICs to the extent the dividends are designated as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends.” Under this exception, interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally represent distributions of interest or short-term capital gains that would not have been subject to U.S. withholding tax at the source if they had been received directly by a foreign person, and that satisfy certain other requirements. The exemption applies to dividends with respect to taxable years of RICs beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2008. Such a foreign shareholder would generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on gains realized on the sale of shares of the fund capital gain dividends and amounts retained by the fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains.

 

78


If the income from the fund is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then ordinary dividends (including any portion thereof treated as qualified dividend income), capital gain dividends, undistributed capital gains credited to such shareholder and any gains realized upon the sale of shares of the fund will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. citizens or domestic corporations. Foreign corporate shareholders may also be subject to the branch profits tax imposed by the Code.

The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Foreign shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund, including the applicability of foreign taxes.

Reporting Requirements

Treasury regulations provide that if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in may cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Backup Withholding

The fund may be required to withhold federal income tax at the rate of 28% (“backup withholding”) from dividends and redemption proceeds paid to non-corporate shareholders including foreign shareholders. This tax may be withheld from dividends if (i) the payee fails to furnish the fund with the payee’s correct taxpayer identification number (e.g., an individual’s social security number), (ii) the IRS or a broker notifies the fund that the payee has failed to report properly certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect, or (iii) when required to do so, the payee fails to certify that he or she is not subject to backup withholding. Redemption proceeds may be subject to withholding under the circumstances described in (i) above. In the case of foreign shareholders, this tax may be withheld if the foreign shareholder does not certify his foreign status under penalties of perjury. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that already have been subjected to the 30% withholding tax described above under the heading “Taxation of Foreign Shareholders.”

State and Local Tax Matters

Most states provide that a RIC may pass through (without restriction) to its shareholders state and local income tax exemptions available to direct owners of certain types of U.S. government securities (such as U.S. Treasury obligations). Thus, for residents of these states, distributions derived from the fund’s investment in certain types of U.S. government securities should be free from state and local income taxes to the extent that the interest income from such investments would have been exempt from state and local income taxes if such securities had been held directly by the respective shareholders themselves. Certain states, however, do not allow a RIC to pass through to its shareholders the state and local income tax exemptions available to direct owners of certain types of U.S. government securities unless the RIC holds at least a required amount of U.S. government securities. Accordingly, for residents of these states, distributions derived from the fund’s investment in certain types of U.S. government securities may not be entitled to the exemptions from state and local income taxes that would be available if the shareholders had purchased U.S. government securities directly. Shareholders’ dividends attributable to the fund’s income from repurchase agreements generally are subject to state and local

 

79


income taxes, although states and localities vary in their treatment of such income. The exemption from state and local income taxes does not preclude states from asserting other taxes on the ownership of U.S. government securities. To the extent that the fund invests to a substantial degree in U.S. government securities which are subject to favorable state and local tax treatment, shareholders of the fund will be notified as to the extent to which distributions from the fund are attributable to interest on such securities.

The foregoing is only a summary of certain material United States federal income tax consequences affecting the fund and its shareholders. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Trust. The certificate of trust to establish Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (referred to in this section as the trust) was filed with the State of Maryland on October 4, 2006. On April 16, 2007, the fund was redomiciled as a series of the trust. Prior thereto, the fund was a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, a Massachusetts business trust. Prior to reorganization of the fund as a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, the fund was a Maryland corporation.

The fund is a series of the trust, a Maryland business trust. A Maryland business trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Board (referred to in this section as the “trustees”) and shareholders of the trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust (referred to in this section as the “declaration”). Some of the more significant provisions of the declaration are described below.

Shareholder Voting

The declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the trust or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the trust or any series or class.

A fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but a fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the declaration. The declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares the shareholder owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of all series and classes of the trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares.

Election and Removal of Trustees

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish the number of trustees and that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining trustees, except when election of trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two thirds of the trustees and that trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining trustees. The provisions of the declaration relating to the election and removal of trustees may not be amended without the approval of two thirds of the trustees.

 

80


Amendments to the Declaration

The trustees are authorized to amend the declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, trustees, officers or, employees of the trust or that limit the rights to indemnification or insurance provided in the declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification under the declaration prior to the amendment.

Issuance and Redemption of Shares

A fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the trustees may determine. A fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide a fund with identification required by law, or if a fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings

The declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to a fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and a fund may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation.

Small Accounts

The declaration provides that a fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the trustees from time to time. Alternately, the declaration permits a fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

Series and Classes

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges, and other features of the series and classes. The trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into another class.

Each share of a fund, as a series of the trust, represents an interest in the fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability

The declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of a fund and requires a fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. In addition, a fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The declaration further provides that a trustee acting in his or her capacity of trustee is not personally liable to any person other than the trust or its shareholders, for any act, omission, or obligation of the trust. Further, a trustee is held to the same standard of conduct as a director of a Maryland corporation. This requires that a

 

81


trustee perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the trust or a series thereof, and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. The declaration also permits the limitation of a trustee’s liability to the full extent provided under Maryland law. Under current Maryland law, a trustee is liable to the trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The declaration requires the trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been trustees, officers or employees of the trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The declaration provides that any trustee who serves as chair of the Board or of a committee of the Board, lead independent trustee, or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

Derivative Actions

The declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to a fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by three unrelated shareholders must first be made on a fund’s trustees. The declaration details various information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of a fund, the trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the fund. The declaration further provides that shareholders owning shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected fund must join in bringing the derivative action. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the fund in connection with the consideration of the demand, if in the judgment of the independent trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

The declaration further provides that the fund shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the fund be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.     The fund sends its shareholders a semi-annual report and an audited annual report, which include listings of investment securities held by the fund at the end of the period covered. In an effort to reduce the fund’s printing and mailing costs, the fund consolidates the mailing of its semi-annual and annual reports by household. This consolidation means that a household having multiple accounts with the identical last name and address of record will receive a single copy of each report. In addition, the fund also

 

82


consolidates the mailing of its prospectus so that a shareholder having multiple accounts (that is, individual, IRA and/or self-employed retirement plan accounts) will receive a single prospectus annually. Shareholders who do not want this consolidation to apply to their accounts should contact their Service Agent or the transfer agent.

Legal Matters

Beginning in June 2004, class action lawsuits alleging violations of the federal securities laws were filed against Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”), a former distributor of the fund and other affiliated funds (the “Funds”), and a number of its then affiliates, including Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and SBAM, which were then investment adviser or manager to certain of the Funds (the “Managers”), substantially all of the mutual funds then managed by the Managers (the “Defendant Funds”), and Board Members of the Defendant Funds (collectively, the “Defendants”). The complaints alleged, among other things, that CGMI created various undisclosed incentives for its brokers to sell Smith Barney and Salomon Brothers funds. In addition, according to the complaints, the Managers caused the Defendant Funds to pay excessive brokerage commissions to CGMI for steering clients towards proprietary funds. The complaints also alleged that the defendants breached their fiduciary duty to the Defendant Funds by improperly charging Rule 12b-1 fees and by drawing on fund assets to make undisclosed payments of soft dollars and excessive brokerage commissions. The complaints also alleged that the Defendant Funds failed to adequately disclose certain of the allegedly wrongful conduct. The complaints sought injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, rescission of the Defendant Funds’ contracts with the Managers, recovery of all fees paid to the Managers pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On December 15, 2004, a consolidated amended complaint (the “Complaint”) was filed alleging substantially similar causes of action. On May 27, 2005, all of the Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Complaint. On July 26, 2006, the court issued a decision and order (1) finding that plaintiffs lacked standing to sue on behalf of the shareholders of the Defendant Funds in which none of the plaintiffs had invested and dismissing those Defendant Funds from the case (although stating that they could be brought back into the case if standing as to them could be established), and (2) other than one stayed claim, dismissing all of the causes of action against the remaining Defendants, with prejudice, except for the cause of action under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, which the court granted plaintiffs leave to replead as a derivative claim.

On October 16, 2006, plaintiffs filed their Second Consolidated Amended Complaint (“Second Amended Complaint”) which alleges derivative claims on behalf of nine funds identified in the Second Amended Complaint, under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, against CAM, SBAM and SBFM as investment advisers to the identified funds, as well as CGMI as a distributor for the identified funds (collectively, the “Second Amended Complaint Defendants”). The Fund was not identified in the Second Amended Complaint. The Second Amended Complaint alleges no claims against any of the Funds or any of their Board Members. Under Section 36(b), the Second Amended Complaint alleges similar facts and seeks similar relief against the Second Amended Complaint Defendants as the Complaint. On December 3, 2007, the court granted the Defendants’ motion to dismiss, with prejudice. On January 2, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals.

Additional lawsuits arising out of these circumstances and presenting similar allegations and requests for relief may be filed in the future.

*  *  *

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against SBFM, the then-investment adviser or manager to the fund and CGMI, a former distributor of the fund, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds (the “Affected Funds”).

 

83


The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that CAM, the Citigroup business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed. SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no certainty as to how the above-described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ Boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Funds. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

*  *  *

Beginning in August 2005, five class action lawsuits alleging violations of federal securities laws and state law were filed against CGMI and SBFM (collectively, the “Defendants”) based on the May 31, 2005 settlement order issued against the Defendants by the SEC as described in above. The complaints seek injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, removal of SBFM as the investment manager for the Smith Barney family of funds, rescission of the Funds’ management and other contracts with SBFM, recovery of all fees paid to SBFM pursuant to such contracts, and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

 

84


On October 5, 2005, a motion to consolidate the five actions and any subsequently filed, related action was filed. That motion contemplates that a consolidated amended complaint alleging substantially similar causes of action will be filed in the future.

On September 26, 2007, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York issued an order dismissing the consolidated complaint. The plaintiffs have the right to appeal the order.

*  *  *

On September 16, 2005, the staff of the SEC informed SBFM and SBAM that the staff was considering recommending administrative proceedings against SBFM and SBAM for alleged violations of Section 19(a) and 34(b) of the 1940 Act (and related Rule 19a-1). On September 27, 2007, SBFM and SBAM, without admitting or denying any findings therein, consented to the entry of an order by the SEC relating to the disclosure by certain closed-end funds previously managed by SBFM or SBAM of the sources of distributions paid by the funds between 2001 and 2004. Each of SBFM and SBAM agreed to pay a fine of $450,000, for which it was indemnified by Citigroup Inc., its former parent. It is not expected that this matter will adversely impact the funds or their current manager.

*  *  *

The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. Additional lawsuits presenting allegations and requests for relief arising out of or in connection with any of the foregoing matters may be filed against these and related parties in the future.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of the fund and the fund’s predecessor (Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2007, Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007, Statements of Changes in Net Assets for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007, Financial Highlights for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2007, and Notes to Financial Statements along with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of the fund), are incorporated by reference into this SAI (filed on                     , 2008; Accession Number                 ).

 

85


APPENDIX A

DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and Fitch Ratings represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt obligations. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. As described by the rating agencies, ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuances. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa —Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa —Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A —Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa —Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba —Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B —Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa —Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca —Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C —Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal and Tax Exempt Ratings:

Municipal Ratings are opinions of the investment quality of issuers and issues in the US municipal and tax-exempt markets. As such, these ratings incorporate Moody’s assessment of the default probability and loss severity of these issuers and issues. The default and loss content for Moody’s municipal long-term rating scale differs from Moody’s general long-term rating scale. (Please refer to Corporate Equivalent Ratings under Policies and Procedures.)

 

A-1


Municipal Ratings are based upon the analysis of four primary factors relating to municipal finance: economy, debt, finances, and administration/management strategies. Each of the factors is evaluated individually and for its effect on the other factors in the context of the municipality’s ability to repay its debt.

Municipal Long-Term Rating Definitions:

Aaa —Issuers or issues rated Aaa demonstrate the strongest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Aa —Issuers or issues rated Aa demonstrate very strong creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

A —Issuers or issues rated A present above-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Baa —Issuers or issues rated Baa represent average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax- exempt issuers or issues.

Ba —Issuers or issues rated Ba demonstrate below-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

B —Issuers or issues rated B demonstrate weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax- exempt issuers or issues.

Caa —Issuers or issues rated Caa demonstrate very weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Ca —Issuers or issues rated Ca demonstrate extremely weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

C —Issuers or issues rated C demonstrate the weakest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal Short-Term Debt And Demand Obligation Ratings:

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels-”MIG 1” through “MIG 3.” In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG,” or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1 —This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2 —This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3 —This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

 

A-2


SG —This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Demand Obligation Ratings:

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating. When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1. VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

VMIG 1 —This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 2 —This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3 —This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG —This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Short-Term Prime Ratings:

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

P-1 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3 —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP —Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: (1) likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in

 

A-3


accordance with the terms of the obligation; (2) nature of and provisions of the obligation; and (3) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category definition.

AAA —An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA —An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial obligations is very strong.

A —An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB —An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C —Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB —An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B —An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC —An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC —An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C —A subordinated debt or preferred stock obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘C’ rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. A ‘C’ also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

D —An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

 

A-4


Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

N.R.: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An

 

A-5


obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Notes:

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:

—Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

—Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1 —Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2 —Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3 —Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

A-1 —Short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments is extremely strong.

A-2 —Short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3 —Short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B —A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B-1 —A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

 

A-6


B-2 —A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3 —A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C —A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D —A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project

 

A-7


finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date. Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Commercial Paper:

A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from “A” for the highest-quality obligations to “D” for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

A-1 —This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.

A-2 —Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated ‘A-1’.

A-3 —Issues carrying this designation have an adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

B —Issues rated ‘B’ are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.

C —This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.

D —Debt rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when interest payments of principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes such payments will be made during such grace period.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Dual Ratings:

Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.

The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the commercial paper rating symbols for the put option (for example, “AAA/A-1+”). With short-term demand debt, Standard & Poor’s note rating symbols are used with the commercial paper rating symbols (for example, “SP-1+/A-1+”).

 

A-8


Description of Fitch Ratings International Long-Term Credit Ratings:

International Long-Term Credit Ratings (“LTCR”) may also be referred to as “Long-Term Ratings.” When assigned to most issuers, it is used as a benchmark measure of probability of default and is formally described as an Issuer Default Rating (IDR). The major exception is within Public Finance, where IDRs will not be assigned as market convention has always focused on timeliness and does not draw analytical distinctions between issuers and their underlying obligations. When applied to issues or securities, the LTCR may be higher or lower than the issuer rating (IDR) to reflect relative differences in recovery expectations. The following rating scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings.

Investment Grade

AAA —Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA —Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A —High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB —Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that there is currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

BB —Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

B —Highly speculative. For issuers and performing obligations, ‘B’ ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment. For individual obligations, ‘B’ ratings may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R1’ (outstanding).

CCC —For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R2’ (superior), or ‘R3’ (good) or ‘R4’ (average).

CC —For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with a Recovery Rating of ‘R4’ (average) or ‘R5’ (below average).

C —For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R6’ (poor).

 

A-9


RD —Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

D —Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following: (i) failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation; (ii) the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor; or (iii) the distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.

Issuers will be rated ‘D’ upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of ‘C’ to ‘B’ ratings categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the ‘B’ or ‘CCC-C’ categories.

Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.

Description of Fitch Ratings International Short-Term Credit Ratings:

International Short-Term Credit Ratings may also be referred to as “Short-Term Ratings.” The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings. A short-term rating has a time horizon of less than 13 months for most obligations, or up to three years for U.S. public finance, in line with industry standards, to reflect unique characteristics of bond, tax, and revenue anticipation notes that are commonly issued with terms up to three years. Short-term ratings thus places greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.

F1 —Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2 —Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3 —Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

B —Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C —High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

D —Default. Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

 

A-10


Notes to Fitch Ratings International Long-Term and Short-Term Credit Ratings:

The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-term rating category, to categories below ‘CCC’, or to Short-term ratings other than ‘F1’. (The +/- modifiers are only used to denote issues within the CCC category, whereas issuers are only rated CCC without the use of modifiers.)

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative”, for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

Rating Outlook: An Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are ‘stable’ could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

Program ratings (such as the those assigned to MTN shelf registrations) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program. In particular, in the case of non-standard issues, i.e. those that are linked to the credit of a third party or linked to the performance of an index, ratings of these issues may deviate from the applicable program rating.

Variable rate demand obligations and other securities which contain a short-term ‘put’ or other similar demand feature will have a dual rating, such as AAA/F1+. The first rating reflects the ability to meet long-term principal and interest payments, whereas the second rating reflects the ability to honor the demand feature in full and on time.

Interest Only: Interest Only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

Principal Only: Principal Only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive their initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

Rate of Return: Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.

‘PIF’: Paid-in-Full; denotes a security that is paid-in-full, matured, called, or refinanced.

‘NR’ indicates that Fitch Ratings does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

‘Withdrawn’: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced, or for any other reason Fitch Ratings deems sufficient.

 

A-11


APPENDIX B

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

The Proxy Voting Procedures are applicable when ClearBridge votes proxies for clients that have authorized it to do so and for each U.S. registered investment company for which it acts as adviser or sub-adviser with power to vote proxies. The Proxy Voting Procedures state that ClearBridge’s goal is to act prudently and solely in the best interests of the owners of the accounts it manages.

The Proxy Voting Procedures contain voting policies relating to three categories of proxy issues. The first category includes proxy issues for which a position is stated in the procedures (for example, with respect to voting on director nominees in uncontested elections, ClearBridge votes for director nominees). The second category includes issues for which a list of factors to be considered in casting a vote is provided. With respect to these issues, ClearBridge votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles of acting prudently and in the best interests of the owners and considering the designated factors (for example, on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications, ClearBridge considers how reasonable the criteria are and to what degree the criteria may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board). The third category picks up all issues that do not fall into either of the first two categories. For these issues, ClearBridge votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles described above.

The Proxy Voting Procedures set forth guidelines for identifying and resolving conflicts that may arise between ClearBridge’s interests and those of its clients. Periodically, ClearBridge distributes a memorandum alerting employees of their obligations regarding conflicts. Employees are instructed to report conflicts to the Compliance Department. Financial Control provides an up-to-date list of client relationships that account for 1% or more of ClearBridge’s annual revenues.

ClearBridge has created a Proxy Committee which oversees the proxy voting process, resolves conflicts of interest, reviews certain votes, i.e., situations where ClearBridge votes against a specific policy or against management recommendations. The Committee also oversees the performance of the third party vendor charged with administering and implementing the voting.

 

B-1


April     , 2008

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

LEGG MASON PARTNERS SMALL CAP GROWTH FUND

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

(800) 451-2010

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus and is meant to be read in conjunction with the prospectus of Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund (the “fund”) dated April     , 2008, and as amended or supplemented from time to time, and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the prospectus. As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund with the same name. The fund is now grouped for organizational and governance purposes with other Legg Mason Partners funds that are predominantly equity-type funds, and is a series of Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust. Certain historical information contained in this SAI for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor.

Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s annual and semi-annual report to shareholders. The annual report contains financial statements that are incorporated by reference into this SAI. A prospectus and copies of the annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the fund’s distributor (each, a “Service Agent”) or by writing or calling the fund at the address or telephone number set forth above. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”), serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

CONTENTS

 

     Page

Investment Objectives and Management Policies

   2

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

   41

Investment Policies

   43

Management

   47

Investment Management and Other Services

   53

Portfolio Manager Disclosure

   57

Distributors

   60

Portfolio Transactions

   64

Purchase of Shares

   66

Redemption of Shares

   72

Valuation of Shares

   73

Exchange Privilege

   73

Dividends, Distributions and Taxes

   74

Additional Information

   80

Financial Statements

   85

Appendix A — Description of Ratings

   A-1

Appendix B — Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

   B-1

This Statement of Additional Information is NOT a prospectus and is authorized for distribution to prospective investors only if preceded or accompanied by an effective prospectus.

 

1


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND MANAGEMENT POLICIES

The prospectus discusses the investment objective of the fund and the policies it employs to achieve its objective. The following discussion supplements the description of the fund’s investment policies in its prospectus. Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”) serves as investment manager to the fund. ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge” or the “subadviser”) serves as the subadviser to the fund.

The fund’s investment objective may be changed by the Board of Trustees (the “Board”) without shareholder approval. There can be no assurance that the fund will achieve its investment objective.

The fund is a series of an open-end, management investment company, known as a mutual fund. The fund is a diversified fund, which means that with respect to 75% of its total assets, the fund will not invest more than 5% of its assets in the securities of any single issuer or hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of any single issuer (other than, in each case, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities).

Investment Objective

The fund seeks long-term growth of capital.

Principal Investment Strategies

Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in equity securities of companies with small market capitalizations and related investments. For the purposes of this 80% policy, small capitalization companies are companies with market cap values not exceeding (i) $3 billion or (ii) the highest month-end market capitalization value of any stock in the Russell 2000 Index for the previous 12 months, whichever is greater. Securities of companies whose market capitalizations no longer meet this definition after purchase by the fund are still considered to be securities of small capitalization companies for purposes of the fund’s 80% investment policy. The Russell 2000 Index measures the performance of the 2,000 smallest companies in the Russell 3000 Index. As of April     , 2008, the market capitalization of companies included in the Russell 2000 Index ranged from approximately $         million to $         billion. The fund may invest up to 20% of the value of its net assets in equity securities of companies that are not considered to be small cap companies.

Additional Information

The fund’s principal investment strategies are described above. The following provides additional information about these principal strategies and describes other investment strategies that may be used by the fund.

The fund invests primarily in equity securities of smaller market capitalization companies. Under normal circumstances, the fund invests at least 80% of its assets in these securities and related investments. The fund considers small capitalization companies to be companies with market capitalization values not exceeding (i) $3 billion or (ii) the highest month-end market capitalization value of any stock in the Russell 2000 Index for the previous 12 months, whichever is greater. Securities of companies whose market caps no longer meet this definition after purchase by the fund are still considered to be securities of small capitalization companies for purposes of the fund’s 80% investment policy. The fund also may invest up to 20% of its total assets in equity securities of foreign issuers.

The fund may invest up to 20% of its assets in non-convertible bonds, notes and other debt obligations when the subadviser believes that their total return potential equals or exceeds the potential return of equity securities.

 

2


For long-term debt obligations, this includes securities that are rated Baa or better by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or BBB or better by Standard’s & Poor’s, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., (“S&P”) or Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”) or that are not rated but are considered by the subadviser to be of equivalent quality. See Appendix A to this SAI for a description of such ratings.

 

To meet operating expenses, to serve as collateral in connection with certain investment techniques and to meet anticipated redemption requests, the fund will generally hold a portion of its assets in short-term fixed-income securities ( U.S. government obligations or investment grade debt securities) or cash or cash equivalents. As described below, short-term investments may include repurchase agreements with banks or broker/dealers. When the manager or subadviser deems it appropriate, for temporary defensive purposes due to economic or market conditions, the fund may invest without limitation in fixed-income securities or hold assets in cash or cash equivalents. To the extent the fund assumes a defensive position, it will not be pursuing its investment objective of capital growth.

The fund may enter into repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements , may purchase securities on a firm commitment basis, including when-issued securities , and may make loans of portfolio securities . The fund may engage in short sales of securities against the box if it contemporaneously owns or has the right to obtain at no additional cost securities identical to those being sold short. The fund may also invest in other investment companies .

The fund may invest up to 15% of the value of its net assets in illiquid securities , such as restricted securities and securities that are not readily marketable. The fund may purchase Rule 144A securities , including such securities for which there is a secondary market of “qualified institutional buyers,” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). The fund’s holdings of Rule 144A securities which are liquid securities will not be subject to the 15% limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

The fund may invest in derivatives contracts, including futures contracts. While the fund does not use derivatives as a primary investment technique, the fund will not limit their use to hedging, and will use derivatives for a variety of purposes, including as a substitute for buying and selling securities and to increase its return as a non-hedging strategy that may be considered speculative.

The section below contains a discussion of certain investment practices and certain of the risks associated with those practices in which the fund may invest, and supplements the description of the fund’s investments and risks contained in the fund’s prospectus. Investment practices are listed alphabetically, and cross-references between related investment practices are included for ease of reference. The fund may, but need not, invest in all of the investments and utilize all of the investment techniques described here or in the prospectus. The selection of investments and the utilization of investment techniques depend on, among other things, the subadviser’s investment strategies for the fund, conditions and trends in the economy and financial markets and investments being available on terms that, in the subadviser’s opinion, make economic sense.

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities

Unlike fixed rate mortgage securities, adjustable rate mortgage securities are collateralized by or represent interests in mortgage loans with variable rates of interest. These variable rates of interest reset periodically to align themselves with market rates. The fund will not benefit from increases in interest rates to the extent that interest rates rise to the point where they cause the current coupon of the underlying adjustable rate mortgages to exceed any maximum allowable annual or lifetime reset limits (or “cap rates”) for a particular mortgage. In this event, the value of the mortgage securities in the fund would likely decrease. Also, the fund’s net asset value could vary to the extent that current yields on adjustable rate mortgage securities are different than market yields during interim periods between coupon reset dates or if the timing of changes to the index upon which the rate for the underlying mortgages is based lags behind changes in market rates. During periods of declining interest rates, income to the fund derived from adjustable rate mortgages which remain in a mortgage pool will decrease in contrast to the income on fixed rate mortgages, which will remain constant. Adjustable rate mortgages also have less potential for appreciation in value as interest rates decline than do fixed rate investments. See also Mortgage-Backed Securities in this section.

 

3


Asset-Backed Securities

Asset-backed securities are generally issued as pass through certificates, which represent undivided fractional ownership interests in the underlying pool of assets, or as debt instruments, which are generally issued as the debt of a special purpose entity organized solely for the purpose of owning such assets and issuing such debt. The pool of assets generally represents the obligations of a number of different parties. Asset-backed securities frequently carry credit protection in the form of extra collateral, subordinated certificates, cash reserve accounts, letters of credit or other enhancements. For example, payments of principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit or other enhancement issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the entities issuing the securities. Assets which, to date, have been used to back asset-backed securities include motor vehicle installment sales contracts or installment loans secured by motor vehicles, and receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements.

Asset-backed securities present certain risks which are, generally, related to limited interests, if any, in related collateral. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. Other types of asset-backed securities will be subject to the risks associated with the underlying assets. If a letter of credit or other form of credit enhancement is exhausted or otherwise unavailable, holders of asset-backed securities may also experience delays in payments or losses if the full amounts due on underlying assets are not realized.

Bank Obligations

Banks are subject to extensive governmental regulations which may limit both the amounts and types of loans and other financial commitments which may be made and interest rates and fees which may be charged. The profitability of this industry is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of capital funds for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. Also, general economic conditions play an important part in the operations of this industry and exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers might affect a bank’s ability to meet its obligations.

Bank obligations that may be purchased by the fund include certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and fixed time deposits. A certificate of deposit is a short-term negotiable certificate issued by a commercial bank against funds deposited in the bank and is either interest-bearing or purchased on a discount basis. A banker’s acceptance is a short-term draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction. The borrower is liable for payment as is the bank, which unconditionally guarantees to pay the draft at its face amount on the maturity date. Fixed time deposits are obligations of branches of U.S. banks or foreign banks which are payable at a stated maturity date and bear a fixed rate of interest. Although fixed time deposits do not have a market, there are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in the deposit to a third party. Bank obligations may be general obligations of the parent bank or may be limited to the issuing branch by the terms of the specific obligations or by government regulation.

Investors should also be aware that securities issued or guaranteed by foreign banks, foreign branches of U.S. banks, and foreign government and private issuers may involve investment risks in addition to those relating to domestic obligations. The fund will not purchase bank obligations which the subadviser believes, at the time

 

4


of purchase, will be subject to exchange controls or foreign withholding taxes; however, there can be no assurance that such laws may not become applicable to certain of the fund’s investments. In the event unforeseen exchange controls or foreign withholding taxes are imposed with respect to the fund’s investments, the effect may be to reduce the income received by the fund on such investments. See also Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers in this section.

Borrowing

The fund may borrow in certain limited circumstances. See “Investment Restrictions and Limitations.” Borrowing creates an opportunity for increased return, but, at the same time, creates special risks. For example, borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of the fund’s shares and in the return on the fund’s portfolio. Although the principal of any borrowing will be fixed, the fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding. The fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowing, which could affect the subadviser’s strategy and the ability of the fund to comply with certain provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) in order to provide pass-though tax treatment to shareholders. Interest on any borrowings will be a fund expense and will reduce the value of the fund’s shares. See also Reverse Repurchase Agreements in this section.

Brady Bonds

The fund also may invest in Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the “Brady Plan”). Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented in a number of countries, including: Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Jordan, Mexico, Niger, Nigeria, Panama, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Uruguay, and Venezuela.

Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in the over-the-counter secondary market. Brady Bonds are not considered to be U.S. government securities. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds having the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized on a one-year or longer rolling-forward basis by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one year’s interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter. Certain Brady Bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: (i) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (ii) the collateralized interest payments; (iii) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (the uncollateralized amounts constitute the “residual risk”). See also Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers in this section.

Most Mexican Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at final maturity fully collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and interest coupon payments collateralized on an 18-month rolling-forward basis by funds held in escrow by an agent for the bondholders. A significant portion of the Venezuelan Brady Bonds and the Argentine Brady Bonds issued to date have repayments at final maturity collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and/or interest coupon payments collateralized on a 14-month (for Venezuela) or 12-month (for Argentina) rolling-forward basis by securities held by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as collateral agent.

 

5


Brady Bonds involve various risk factors including residual risk and the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds. There can be no assurance that Brady Bonds in which the fund may invest will not be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the fund to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations and Multiclass Pass-through Securities

Collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. Typically, CMOs are collateralized by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac Certificates, but also may be collateralized by whole loans or private pass-throughs (such collateral collectively hereinafter referred to as “Mortgage Assets”). Multiclass pass-through securities are interests in a trust composed of Mortgage Assets. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references herein to CMOs include multiclass pass-through securities. Payments of principal and of interest on the Mortgage Assets, and any reinvestment income thereon, provide the funds to pay debt service on the CMOs or make scheduled distributions on the multiclass pass-through securities. CMOs may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.

In a CMO, a series of bonds or certificates is issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specified fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis. The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in innumerable ways. In one structure, payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets are applied to the classes of a CMO in the order of their respective stated maturities or final distribution dates, so that no payment of principal will be made on any class of CMOs until all other classes having an earlier stated maturity or final distribution date have been paid in full. As market conditions change, and particularly during periods of rapid or unanticipated changes in market interest rates, the attractiveness of the CMO classes and the ability of the structure to provide the anticipated investment characteristics may be significantly reduced. Such changes can result in volatility in the market value, and in some instances reduced liquidity, of the CMO class.

Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class, which, as with other CMO structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or a final distribution date but may be retired earlier. Planned amortization class bonds (“PAC Bonds”) are a type of CMO tranche or series designed to provide relatively predictable payments of principal provided that, among other things, the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans falls within a predefined range. If the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans is at a rate faster or slower than the predefined range or if deviations from other assumptions occur, principal payments on the PAC Bond may be earlier or later than predicted. The magnitude of the predefined range varies from one PAC Bond to another; a narrower range increases the risk that prepayments on the PAC Bond will be greater or smaller than predicted. Because of these features, PAC Bonds generally are less subject to the risks of prepayment than are other types of mortgage-backed securities. See also Mortgage-Backed Securities in this section.

Commercial Paper

Commercial paper consists of short-term (usually 1 to 270 days) unsecured promissory notes issued by corporations in order to finance their current operations. A variable amount master demand note (which is a type of commercial paper) represents a direct borrowing arrangement involving periodically fluctuating rates of interest under a letter agreement between a commercial paper issuer and an institutional lender, such as the fund, pursuant to which the lender may determine to invest varying amounts. Transfer of such notes is usually

 

6


restricted by the issuer, and there is no secondary trading market for such notes. The fund, therefore, may only invest in a master demand note to the extent that the investment would not violate the fund’s limits on restricted and illiquid securities.

Master demand notes are unsecured obligations of U.S. corporations redeemable upon notice that permit investment by a mutual fund of fluctuating amounts at varying rates of interest pursuant to direct arrangements between the mutual fund and the issuing corporation. Because master demand notes are direct arrangements between the mutual fund and the issuing corporation, there is no secondary market for the notes. The notes are, however, redeemable at face value plus accrued interest at any time. However, the fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand.

Common Stock

Common stocks are shares of a corporation or other entity that entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the profits of the corporation, if any, without preference over any other shareholder or class of shareholders, including holders of the entity’s preferred stock and other senior equity. Common stock usually carries with it the right to vote and frequently an exclusive right to do so. Common stocks do not represent an obligation of the issuer, and do not offer the degree of protection of debt securities. The issuance of debt securities or preferred stock by an issuer will create prior claims which could adversely affect the rights of holders of common stock with respect to the assets of the issuer upon liquidation or bankruptcy.

Convertible Securities

Convertible securities are typically preferred stock or bonds that are convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. Because they have the characteristics of both fixed-income securities and common stock, convertible securities are sometimes called “hybrid” securities. Convertible bonds, debentures and notes are debt obligations offering a stated interest rate; convertible preferred stocks are senior securities of a company offering a stated dividend rate. Convertible securities will at times be priced in the market like other fixed income securities—that is, their prices will tend to rise when interest rates decline and will tend to fall when interest rates rise. However, because a convertible security provides an option to the holder to exchange the security for either a specified number of the issuer’s common shares at a stated price per share or the cash value of such common shares, the security market price will tend to fluctuate in relationship to the price of the common shares into which it is convertible. Thus, convertible securities will ordinarily provide opportunities for producing both current income and longer-term capital appreciation. Because convertible securities are usually viewed by the issuer as future common stock, they are generally subordinated to other senior securities and therefore are rated one category lower than the issuer’s non-convertible debt obligations or preferred stock.

Debt Obligations

The fund may invest to some extent in debt obligations. Debt obligations include bonds, debentures, notes, commercial paper, loans, and other instruments issued by banks, corporations, local and state and national governments, both U.S. and foreign, and supranational entities. Debt obligations are typically fixed-income obligations, but may have a variable or adjustable rate of interest. Changes in market yields will affect the fund’s net asset value as prices of fixed-income securities generally increase when interest rates decline and decrease when interest rates rise. Prices of longer term securities generally increase or decrease more sharply than those of shorter term securities in response to interest rate changes, particularly if such securities were purchased at a discount. It should be noted that the market values of securities rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities. Except to the extent that values are affected independently by other factors such as developments relating to a specific issuer, when interest rates decline, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to decline.

 

7


While debt securities carrying the fourth highest quality rating (“Baa” by Moody’s or “BBB” by S&P) are considered investment grade and are viewed to have adequate capacity for payment of principal and interest, investments in such securities involve a higher degree of risk than that associated with investments in debt securities in the higher rating categories and such debt securities lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well. For example, changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than is the case with higher grade debt securities. Debt securities rated lower than investment grade are called high yield securities. See “High Yield Securities” below.

In addition, many fixed-income securities contain call or buy-back features that permit their issuers to call or repurchase the securities from their holders. Such securities may present risks based on payment expectations. Although the fund would typically receive a premium if an issuer were to redeem a security, if an issuer exercises such a “call option” and redeems the security during a time of declining interest rates, the fund may realize a capital loss on its investment if the security was purchased at a premium and the fund may have to replace the called security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased rate of return to the fund. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, redemption or prepayment rates may slow, leading to an extension in the expected maturity of the obligation, leading to greater price volatility.

See the following below for a description of various types of debt obligations in which the fund may invest: Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities, Asset-Backed Securities, Brady Bonds, Bank Obligations, Collateralized Mortgage Obligations and Multi-Class Pass Through Securities, Deferred Interest Bonds, Floating and Variable Rate Instruments, High Yield Securities, Inverse Floating Rate Obligations, Loan Participations and Assignments, Money Market Instruments, Mortgage-Backed Securities, Privately Issued Mortgage Securities, Stripped Mortgage Securities, Structured Instruments, U.S. Government Obligations, Zero Coupon Securities, PIK Bonds and Deferred Payment Securities.

Deferred Interest Bonds

Deferred interest bonds are debt obligations that generally provide for a period of delay before the regular payment of interest begins and that are issued at a significant discount from face value. The original discount approximates the total amount of interest the bonds will accrue and compound over the period until the first interest accrual date at a rate of interest reflecting the market rate of the security at the time of issuance. Although this period of delay is different for each deferred interest bond, a typical period is approximately one-third of the bond’s term to maturity. Such investments benefit the issuer by mitigating its initial need for cash to meet debt service, but some also provide a higher rate of return to attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash. The fund will accrue income on such investments for tax and accounting purposes, as required, which is distributable to shareholders and which, because no cash is generally received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities to satisfy the fund’s distribution obligations. See also Zero Coupon Securities, PIK Bonds and Deferred Payment Securities in this section.

Depositary Receipts

Securities of foreign issuers may be purchased directly or through depositary receipts, such as American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) or other securities representing underlying shares of foreign companies. Generally, ADRs, in registered form, are designed for use in U.S. securities markets and EDRs and GDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European and global securities markets. ADRs are receipts typically issued by a U.S. bank or trust company evidencing ownership of the underlying securities. EDRs and GDRs are European and global receipts, respectively, evidencing a similar arrangement.

ADRs, EDRs and GDRs are issued through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” arrangements. In a sponsored arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes the obligation to pay some or all of the depositary’s transaction fees,

 

8


whereas under an unsponsored arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes no obligation and the depositary’s transaction fees are paid by the holders. In addition, less information is generally available in the United States about the issuer of an unsponsored depositary receipt than it is for the issuer of a sponsored depositary receipt. See also Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers in this section.

Derivatives

The fund may use various investment strategies described below to hedge market risks (such as broad or specific market movements, interest rates and currency exchange rates), to manage the effective maturity or duration of debt instruments held by the fund, or to seek to enhance the fund’s income or gain.

The fund may purchase and sell interest rate, single stock, currency or stock or bond index futures contracts and enter into currency transactions; purchase and sell (or write) exchange listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) put and call options on securities, currencies, futures contracts, indices and other financial instruments; enter into interest rate transactions, equity swaps and related transactions; and invest in indexed securities and other similar transactions, which may be developed in the future to the extent that the subadviser determines that they are consistent with the fund’s investment objective and policies and applicable regulatory requirements (collectively, these transactions are referred to as “derivatives”). The fund’s interest rate transactions may take the form of swaps, caps, floors and collars, and the fund’s currency transactions may take the form of currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts and options thereof, currency swaps and options on currencies.

The fund is operated by a person who has claimed an exclusion, granted to operators of registered investment companies like the fund, from registration as a “commodity pool operator” with respect to the fund under the Commodity Exchange Act, and therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation with respect to the fund under the Commodity Exchange Act. The use of certain derivatives in certain circumstances will require that the fund segregate cash or other liquid assets to the extent the fund’s obligations are not otherwise “covered” through ownership of the underlying security, financial instrument or currency. See “Use of Segregated and Other Special Account” below.

Derivatives involve special risks, including possible default by the other party to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent the subadviser’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of derivatives could result in significantly greater losses than if it had not been used. See “Risk Factors Associated with Derivatives” below. The degree of the fund’s use of derivatives may be limited by certain provisions of the Code. See “Additional Information Concerning Taxes.”

Futures Contracts.     The fund may trade futures contracts on domestic and foreign exchanges on currencies, interest rates and bond indices, and on domestic and foreign exchanges on single stocks and stock indices. Futures contracts are generally bought and sold on the commodities exchanges on which they are listed with payment of initial and variation margin as described below. The sale of a futures contract creates a firm obligation by the fund, as seller, to deliver to the buyer the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specific future time for a specified price (or with respect to certain instruments, the net cash amount). The fund’s use of financial futures contracts and options thereon will in all cases be consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and in particular the rules and regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”). Maintaining a futures contract or selling an option on a futures contract will typically require the fund to deposit with a financial intermediary, as security for its obligations, an amount of cash or other specified assets (“initial margin”) that initially is from 1% to 10% of the face amount of the contract (but may be higher in some circumstances particularly in the case of single stock futures). Additional cash or assets (“variation margin”) may be required to be deposited thereafter daily as the mark-to-market value of the futures contract fluctuates. The value of all futures contracts sold by the fund (adjusted for the historical volatility relationship between the fund and the contracts) will not exceed the total market value of the fund’s securities. In addition, the value of the fund’s long futures and options positions (futures contracts on single stocks, stock or bond indices, interest rates or foreign currencies and call options on such futures contracts) will not exceed the

 

9


sum of: (a) liquid assets segregated for this purpose; (b) cash proceeds on existing investments due within thirty days; and (c) accrued profits on the particular futures or options positions. The segregation requirements with respect to futures contracts and options thereon are described below under “Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts.”

Interest Rate Futures Contracts.     The fund may enter into interest rate futures contracts in order to protect it from fluctuations in interest rates without necessarily buying or selling fixed income securities. An interest rate futures contract is an agreement to take or make delivery of either: (i) an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of a particular index of debt securities at the beginning and at the end of the contract period; or (ii) a specified amount of a particular debt security at a future date at a price set at the time of the contract. For example, if the fund owns bonds, and interest rates are expected to increase, the fund might sell futures contracts on debt securities having characteristics similar to those held in the portfolio. Such a sale would have much the

same effect as selling an equivalent value of the debt securities owned by the fund. If interest rates did increase, the value of the debt securities in the portfolio would decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the fund would increase at approximately the same rate, thereby keeping the net asset value of each class of the fund from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The fund could accomplish similar results by selling bonds with longer maturities and investing in bonds with shorter maturities when interest rates are expected to increase. However, since the futures market may be more liquid than the cash market, the use of futures contracts as a risk management technique allows the fund to maintain a defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.

Similarly when the subadviser expects that interest rates may decline, the fund may purchase interest rate futures contracts in an attempt to hedge against having to make subsequently anticipated purchases of bonds at the higher prices subsequently expected to prevail. Since the fluctuations in the value of appropriately selected futures contracts should be similar to that of the bonds that will be purchased, the fund could take advantage of the anticipated rise in the cost of the bonds without actually buying them until the market had stabilized. At that time, the fund could make the intended purchase of the bonds in the cash market and the futures contracts could be liquidated.

At the time of delivery of securities pursuant to an interest rate futures contract, adjustments are made to recognize differences in value arising from the delivery of securities with a different interest rate from that specified in the contract. In some (but not many) cases, securities called for by a futures contract may have a shorter term than the term of the futures contract and, consequently, may not in fact have been issued when the futures contract was entered.

Single Stock Futures.     Trading is permitted on U.S. exchanges of standardized futures contacts on individual equity securities, such as common stocks, exchange traded funds and American Depositary Receipts, as well as narrow-based securities indices, generally called security futures contracts or “SFCs.” As with other futures contracts, a SFC involves an agreement to purchase or sell in the future a specific quantity of shares of a security or the component securities of the index. The initial margin requirements (typically 20 percent) are generally higher than with other futures contracts. Trading SFCs involves many of the same risks as trading other futures contracts, including the risks involved with leverage, and losses are potentially unlimited. Under certain market conditions, for example if trading is halted due to unusual trading activity in either the SFC or the underlying security due to recent new events involving the issuer of the security, it may be difficult or impossible for the fund to liquidate its position or manage risk by entering into an offsetting position. In addition, the prices of the SFCs may not correlate as anticipated with the prices of the underlying security. And unlike options on securities in which the fund may invest, where the fund had a position in a SFC, the fund has both the right and the obligation to buy or sell the security at a future date, or otherwise offset its position.

Options.     In order to hedge against adverse market shifts or to increase income or gain, the fund may purchase put and call options or write (sell) “covered” put and call options on futures contracts on stock indices, interest rates and currencies. In addition, in order to hedge against adverse market shifts or to increase its income,

 

10


the fund may purchase put and call options and write “covered” put and call options on securities, indices, currencies and other financial instruments. The fund may utilize options on currencies in order to hedge against currency exchange rate risks. A call option is “covered” if, so long as the fund is obligated as the writer of the option, it will: (i) own the underlying investment subject to the option; (ii) own securities convertible or exchangeable without the payment of any consideration into the securities subject to the option; (iii) own a call option on the relevant security or currency with an exercise price no higher than the exercise price on the call option written; or (iv) deposit with its custodian in a segregated account liquid assets having a value equal to the excess of the value of the security or index that is the subject of the call over the exercise price. A put option is “covered” if, to support its obligation to purchase the underlying investment if a put option that the fund writes is exercised, the fund will either (a) deposit with its custodian in a segregated account liquid assets having a value at least equal to the exercise price of the underlying investment or (b) continue to own an equivalent number of puts of the same “series” (that is, puts on the same underlying investment having the same exercise prices and expiration dates as those written by the fund), or an equivalent number of puts of the same “class” (that is, puts on the same underlying investment) with exercise prices greater than those that it has written (or, if the exercise prices of the puts it holds are less than the exercise prices of those it has written, it will deposit the difference with its custodian in a segregated account). Parties to options transactions must make certain payments and/or set aside certain amounts of assets in connection with each transaction, as described below.

Put options and call options typically have similar structural characteristics and operational mechanics regardless of the underlying instrument on which they are purchased or sold. Thus, the following general discussion relates to each of the particular types of options discussed in greater detail below.

A put option gives the purchaser of the option, upon payment of a premium, the right to sell, and the writer of the option, the obligation to buy, the underlying security, index, currency or other instrument at the exercise price. The fund’s purchase of a put option on a security, for example, might be designed to protect its holdings in the underlying instrument (or, in some cases, a similar instrument) against a substantial decline in the market value of such instrument by giving the fund the right to sell the instrument at the option exercise price. A call option, upon payment of a premium, gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the seller the obligation to sell, the underlying instrument at the exercise price. The fund’s purchase of a call option on a security, financial futures contract, index, currency or other instrument might be intended to protect the fund against an increase in the price of the underlying instrument that it intends to purchase in the future by fixing the price at which it may purchase the instrument. An “American” style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option period, whereas a “European” style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration or during a fixed period prior to expiration. Exchange-listed options are issued by a regulated intermediary such as the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”), which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to the options. The discussion below uses the OCC as an example, but may also be applicable to other similar financial intermediaries.

OCC-issued and exchange-listed options, including options on securities, currencies and financial instruments generally settle for cash, although physical settlement maybe required in some cases. Index options are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (that is, the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option.

The fund’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an OCC-issued or exchange-listed put or call option is dependent, in part, upon the liquidity of the particular option market. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid option market on an exchange are: (1) insufficient trading interest in certain options, (2) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange, (3) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities, including reaching daily price limits, (4) interruption of the normal operations of the OCC or an exchange, (5) inadequacy

 

11


of the facilities of an exchange or the OCC to handle current trading volume or (6) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the relevant market for that option on that exchange would cease to exist, although any such outstanding options on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

The hours of trading for listed options may not coincide with the hours during which the underlying financial instruments are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying financial instruments, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that would not be reflected in the corresponding option markets.

OTC options are purchased from or sold to securities dealers, financial institutions or other parties (collectively referred to as “Counterparties” and individually referred to as a “Counterparty”) through a direct bilateral agreement with the Counterparty. In contrast to exchange-listed options, which generally have standardized terms and performance mechanics, all of the terms of an OTC option, including such terms as method of settlement, term, exercise price, premium, guaranties and security, are determined by negotiation of the parties. It is anticipated that the fund will generally only enter into OTC options that have cash settlement provisions, although it will not be required to do so.

Unless the parties provide for it, no central clearing or guaranty function is involved in an OTC option. As a result, if a Counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the security, currency or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with the fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, the fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. Thus, the subadviser must assess the creditworthiness of each such Counterparty or any guarantor or credit enhancement of the Counterparty’s credit to determine the likelihood that the terms of the OTC option will be met. The fund will enter into OTC option transactions only with U.S. government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as “primary dealers,” or broker/dealers, domestic or foreign banks, or other financial institutions that the subadviser deems to be creditworthy. In the absence of a change in the current position of the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), OTC options purchased by the fund and the amount of the fund’s obligation pursuant to an OTC option sold by the fund (the cost of the sell-back plus the in-the-money amount, if any) or the value of the assets held to cover such options will be deemed illiquid.

If the fund sells a call option, the premium that it receives may serve as a partial hedge, to the extent of the option premium, against a decrease in the value of the underlying securities or instruments held by the fund or will increase the fund’s income. Similarly, the sale of put options can also provide gains for the fund.

The fund may purchase and sell call options on securities that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and in the OTC markets, and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts. All calls sold by the fund must be “covered” (that is, the fund must own the securities or futures contract subject to the call), or must otherwise meet the asset segregation requirements described below for so long as the call is outstanding. Even though the fund will receive the option premium to help protect it against loss, a call sold by the fund will expose the fund during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying security or instrument and may require the fund to hold a security or instrument that it might otherwise have sold.

The fund may choose to exercise the options it holds, permit them to expire or terminate them prior to their expiration by entering into closing transactions. The fund may enter into a closing purchase transaction in which the fund purchases an option having the same terms as the option it had written or a closing sale transaction in which the fund sells an option having the same terms as the option it had purchased. A covered option writer unable to effect a closing purchase transaction will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or the underlying security is delivered upon exercise, with the result that the writer will be subject to the

 

12


risk of market decline in the underlying security during such period. Should the fund choose to exercise an option, the fund will receive, in the case of a call option, or sell in the case of a put option, the securities, commodities or commodity futures contracts underlying the exercised option.

Exchange-listed options on securities and currencies, with certain exceptions, generally settle by physical delivery of the underlying security or currency, although in the future, cash settlement may become available. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option. Index options are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (that is, the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised.

The fund reserves the right to purchase or sell options on instruments and indices which may be developed in the future to the extent consistent with applicable law, the fund’s investment objective and the restrictions set forth herein.

In all cases except for certain options on interest rate futures contracts, by writing a call, the fund will limit its opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of the underlying investment above the exercise price of the option for as long as the fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. By writing a put, the fund bears the risk of a decrease in the market value of the underlying investment below the exercise price of the option for as long as the fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. Upon the exercise of a put option written by the fund, the fund may suffer an economic loss equal to the difference between the price at which the fund is required to purchase the underlying investment and its market value at the time of the option exercise, less the premium received for writing the option. Upon the exercise of a call option written by the fund, the fund may suffer an economic loss equal to an amount not less than the excess of the investment’s market value at the time of the option exercise over the fund’s acquisition cost of the investment, less the sum of the premium received for writing the option and the positive difference, if any, between the call price paid to the fund and the fund’s acquisition cost of the investment.

In all cases except for certain options on interest rate futures contracts, in purchasing a put option, the fund will seek to benefit from, or protect against, a decline in the market price of the underlying investment, while in purchasing a call option, the fund will seek to benefit from an increase in the market price of the underlying investment. If an option purchased is not sold or exercised when it has remaining value, or if the market price of the underlying investment remains equal to or greater than the exercise price, in the case of a put, or remains equal to or below the exercise price, in the case of a call, during the life of the option, the fund will lose its investment in the option. For the purchase of an option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying investment must decline sufficiently below the exercise price, in the case of a put, and must increase sufficiently above the exercise price, in the case of a call, to cover the premium and transaction costs.

In the case of certain options on interest rate futures contracts, the fund may purchase a put option in anticipation of a rise in interest rates, and purchase a call option in anticipation of a fall in interest rates. By writing a covered call option on interest rate futures contracts, the fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a fall in interest rates. By writing a covered put option on interest rate futures contracts, the fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a rise in interest rates.

The fund may purchase and sell put options on securities (whether or not it holds the securities in its portfolio) and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts. In selling put options, the fund faces the risk that it may be required to buy the underlying security at a disadvantageous price above the market price.

(a) Options on Stocks and Stock Indices.     The fund may purchase put and call options and write covered put and call options on stocks and stock indices listed on domestic and foreign securities exchanges

 

13


in order to hedge against movements in the equity markets or to increase income or gain to the fund. In addition, the fund may purchase options on stocks that are traded over-the-counter. Options on stock indices are similar to options on specific securities. However, because options on stock indices do not involve the delivery of an underlying security, the option represents the holder’s right to obtain from the writer cash in an amount equal to a fixed multiple of the amount by which the exercise price exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying stock index on the exercise date. Options traded may include the Standard & Poor’s 100 Index of Composite Stocks, Standard & Poor’s 500 Index of Composite Stocks (the “S&P 500 Index”), the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index, the American Stock Exchange (“AMEX”) Market Value Index, the National Over-the-Counter Index and other standard broadly based stock market indices. Options are also traded in certain industry or market segment indices such as the Oil Index, the Computer Technology Index and the Transportation Index. Stock index options are subject to position and exercise limits and other regulations imposed by the exchange on which they are traded.

If the subadviser expects general stock market prices to rise, the fund might purchase a call option on a stock index or a futures contract on that index as a hedge against an increase in prices of particular equity securities it wants ultimately to buy. If the stock index does rise, the price of the particular equity securities intended to be purchased may also increase, but that increase would be offset in part by the increase in the value of the fund’s index option or futures contract resulting from the increase in the index. If, on the other hand, the subadviser expects general stock market prices to decline, it might purchase a put option or sell a futures contract on the index. If that index does decline, the value of some or all of the equity securities in the fund’s portfolio may also be expected to decline, but that decrease would be offset in part by the increase in the value of the fund’s position in such put option or futures contract.

(b) Options on Currencies.     The fund may invest in options on currencies traded on domestic and foreign securities exchanges in order to hedge against currency exchange rate risks or to increase income or gain, as described below in “Currency Transactions.”

(c) Options on Futures Contracts.     The fund may purchase put and call options and write covered put and call options on futures contracts on stock indices, interest rates and currencies traded on domestic and, to the extent permitted by the CFTC, foreign exchanges, in order to hedge all or a portion of its investments or to increase income or gain and may enter into closing transactions in order to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected. An option on a stock index futures contract, interest rate futures contract or currency futures contract, as contrasted with the direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying contract at a specified exercise price at any time on or before the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account. The potential loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). While the price of the option is fixed at the point of sale, the value of the option does change daily and the change would be reflected in the net asset value of the fund.

The purchase of an option on a financial futures contract involves payment of a premium for the option without any further obligation on the part of the fund. If the fund exercises an option on a futures contract it will be obligated to post initial margin (and potentially variation margin) for the resulting futures position just as it would for any futures position. Futures contracts and options thereon are generally settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, but no assurance can be given that a position can be offset prior to settlement or that delivery will occur.

Interest Rate and Equity Swaps and Related Transactions.     The fund may enter into interest rate and equity swaps and may purchase or sell (i.e., write) interest rate and equity caps, floors and collars. The fund expects to enter into these transactions in order to hedge against either a decline in the value of the securities included in the fund’s portfolio or against an increase in the price of the securities which it plans to purchase, in order to

 

14


preserve or maintain a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to achieve a particular return on cash balances, or in order to enhance income or gain. Interest rate and equity swaps involve the exchange by the fund with another party of their respective commitments to make or receive payments based on a notional principal amount.

The purchase of an interest rate or equity cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined level, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate or equity cap. The purchase of an interest rate or equity floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined rate, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate or equity floor. A collar is a combination of a cap and a floor, which preserve a certain return within a predetermined range of values.

The fund may enter into interest rate and equity swaps, caps, floors and collars on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether it is hedging its assets or its liabilities, and will usually enter into interest rate and equity swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out), with the fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate or equity swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by the fund’s custodian in accordance with procedures established by the Board. If the fund enters into an interest rate or equity swap on other than a net basis, the fund will maintain a segregated account in the full amount accrued on a daily basis of the fund’s obligations with respect to the swap. The fund will only enter into interest rate and equity swap, cap, floor or collar transactions with counterparties the subadviser deems to be creditworthy. The subadviser will monitor the creditworthiness of counterparties to its interest rate and equity swap, cap, floor and collar transactions on an ongoing basis. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. The subadviser has determined that, as a result, the swap market is liquid. Caps, floors and collars are more recent innovations and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps. The use of interest rate and equity swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the subadviser is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these investment techniques were not utilized. Moreover, even if the subadviser is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that the swap position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being hedged.

The liquidity of swap agreements will be determined by the subadviser based on various factors, including (1) the frequency of trades and quotations, (2) the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the marketplace, (3) dealer undertakings to make a market, (4) the nature of the security (including any demand or tender features), and (5) the nature of the marketplace for trades (including the ability to assign or offset the fund’s rights and obligations relating to the investment). Such determination will govern whether a swap will be deemed within the percentage restriction on investments in securities that are not readily marketable.

The fund will maintain liquid assets in a segregated custodial account to cover its current obligations under swap agreements. If the fund enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of the fund’s accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued amount the fund is entitled to receive under the agreement. If the fund enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount of the fund’s accrued obligations under the agreement. To the extent the fund sells caps, floors and collars it will maintain in a segregated account cash and/or, cash equivalents or other liquid high grade debt securities having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the full amount, accrued on a daily basis, of the fund’s obligations with respect to the caps, floors or collars. See “Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts” below.

 

15


There is no limit on the amount of interest rate and equity swap transactions that may be entered into by the fund. These transactions do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate and equity swaps is limited to the net amount of payments that the fund is contractually obligated to make, if any. The effective use of swaps and related transactions by the fund may depend, among other things, on the fund’s ability to terminate the transactions at times when the subadviser deems it desirable to do so. Because swaps and related transactions are bilateral contractual arrangements between the fund and counterparties to the transactions, the fund’s ability to terminate such an arrangement may be considerably more limited than in the case of an exchange traded instrument. To the extent the fund does not, or cannot, terminate such a transaction in a timely manner, the fund may suffer a loss in excess of any amounts that it may have received, or expected to receive, as a result of entering into the transaction. If the other party to a swap defaults, the fund’s risk of loss is the net amount of payments that the fund contractually is entitled to receive, if any. The fund may purchase and sell caps, floors and collars without limitation, subject to the segregated account requirement described above.

Credit Default Swaps.     The fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for hedging purposes or to add leverage to its portfolio. When used for hedging purposes, the fund would be the buyer of a credit default swap contract. In that case, the fund would be entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the fund would pay to the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the fund would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. When the fund is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it receives the stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of the referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

Indexed Securities.     The fund may purchase securities whose prices are indexed to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies, or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically, but not always, are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic. Currency-indexed securities typically are short-term to intermediate-term debt securities whose maturity values or interest rates are determined by reference to the values of one or more specified foreign currencies, and may offer higher yields than U.S. dollar-denominated securities of equivalent issuers. Currency-indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, their maturity value may increase when the specified currency value increases, resulting in a security that performs similarly to a foreign currency-denominated instrument, or their maturity value may decline when foreign currencies increase, resulting in a security whose price characteristics are similar to a put on the underlying currency. Currency-indexed securities may also have prices that depend on the values of a number of different foreign currencies relative to each other.

Currency Transactions.     The fund may engage in currency transactions with counterparties to hedge the value of portfolio securities denominated in particular currencies against fluctuations in relative value or to generate income or gain. Currency transactions include currency forward contracts, exchange-listed currency futures contracts and options thereon, exchange-listed and OTC options on currencies, and currency swaps. A currency forward contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell (with delivery generally required) a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows based on the notional difference among two or more currencies and operates similarly to an interest rate swap, which is described above under “Interest Rate and Equity Swaps and Related Transactions.” The fund may enter into currency transactions only with counterparties that the subadviser deems to be creditworthy.

The fund may enter into currency forward contracts when the subadviser believes that the currency of a particular country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar. In those circumstances, the fund may

 

16


enter into a currency forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars, the amount of that currency approximating the value of some or all of the fund’s portfolio securities denominated in such currency. Currency forward contracts may limit potential gain from a positive change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies.

Transaction hedging is entering into a currency transaction with respect to specific assets or liabilities of the fund, which will generally arise in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s portfolio securities or the receipt of income from them. Position hedging is entering into a currency transaction with respect to portfolio securities positions denominated or generally quoted in that currency. The fund will not enter into a transaction to hedge currency exposure to an extent greater, after netting all transactions intended wholly or partially to offset other transactions, than the aggregate market value (at the time of entering into the transaction) of the securities held by the fund that are denominated or generally quoted in or currently convertible into the currency, other than with respect to proxy hedging as described below.

The fund may cross-hedge currencies by entering into transactions to purchase or sell one or more currencies that are expected to increase or decline in value relative to other currencies to which the fund has or in which the fund expects to have exposure. To reduce the effect of currency fluctuations on the value of existing or anticipated holdings of its securities, the fund may also engage in proxy hedging. Proxy hedging is often used when the currency to which the fund’s holdings is exposed is difficult to hedge generally or difficult to hedge against the dollar. Proxy hedging entails entering into a forward contract to sell a currency, the changes in the value of which are generally considered to be linked to a currency or currencies in which some or all of the fund’s securities are or are expected to be denominated, and to buy dollars. The amount of the contract would not exceed the market value of the fund’s securities denominated in linked currencies.

Currency transactions are subject to risks different from other portfolio transactions, as discussed below under “Risk Factors Associated with Derivatives.” If the fund enters into a currency hedging transaction, the fund will comply with the asset segregation requirements described below under “Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts.”

Combined Transactions.     The fund may enter into multiple transactions, including multiple options transactions, multiple futures transactions, multiple currency transactions (including forward currency contracts), multiple interest rate transactions and any combination of futures, options, currency and interest rate transactions, instead of a single derivative, as part of a single or combined strategy when, in the judgment of the subadviser, it is in the best interests of the fund to do so. A combined transaction will usually contain elements of risk that are present in each of its component transactions. Although combined transactions will normally be entered into by the fund based on the subadviser’s judgment that the combined strategies will reduce risk or otherwise more effectively achieve the desired portfolio management goal, it is possible that the combination will instead increase the risks or hinder achievement of the fund’s objective.

Risk Factors Associated with Derivatives .    Derivatives have special risks associated with them, including possible default by the counterparty to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent the subadviser’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of the derivatives could result in losses greater than if they had not been used. Use of put and call options could result in losses to the fund, force the sale or purchase of portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices higher than (in the case of put options) or lower than (in the case of call options) current market values, or cause the fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell.

The use of futures and options transactions entails certain special risks. In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of futures contracts and price movements in the related securities position of the fund could create the possibility that losses on the hedging instrument are greater than gains in the value of the fund’s position. In addition, futures and options markets could be illiquid in some circumstances and certain OTC options could have no markets. As a result, in certain markets, the fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses. Although the fund’s use of futures and options transactions for

 

17


hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, at the same time it will tend to limit any potential gain to the fund that might result from an increase in value of the position. There is also the risk of loss by the fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the fund has an open position in a futures contract or option thereon. Finally, the daily variation margin requirements for futures contracts create a greater ongoing potential financial risk than would purchases of options, in which case the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. However, because option premiums paid by the fund are small in relation to the market value of the investments underlying the options, buying options can result in large amounts of leverage. The leverage offered by trading in options could cause the fund’s net asset value to be subject to more frequent and wider fluctuation than would be the case if the fund did not invest in options.

As is the case with futures and options strategies, the effective use of swaps and related transactions by the fund may depend, among other things, on the fund’s ability to terminate the transactions at times when the subadviser deems it desirable to do so. To the extent the fund does not, or cannot, terminate such a transaction in a timely manner, the fund may suffer a loss in excess of any amounts that it may have received, or have expected to receive, as a result of entering into the transaction.

Currency hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to the fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. Further, the risk exists that the perceived linkage between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that the fund is engaging in proxy hedging. Currency transactions are also subject to risks different from those of other portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases and sales of currency and related instruments can be adversely affected by government exchange controls, limitations or restrictions on repatriation of currency, and manipulations or exchange restrictions imposed by governments. These forms of governmental actions can result in losses to the fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. Buyers and sellers of currency futures contracts are subject to the same risks that apply to the use of futures contracts generally. Further, settlement of a currency futures contract for the purchase of most currencies must occur at a bank based in the issuing nation. Trading options on currency futures contracts is relatively new, and the ability to establish and close out positions on these options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid market that may not always be available. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate based on factors extrinsic to that country’s economy.

Credit Default Swaps Risk .    In addition to the risks applicable to derivatives generally, credit default swaps involve special risks because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation, as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty.

Because the amount of interest and/or principal payments which the issuer of indexed securities is obligated to make is linked to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies, or other financial indicators, such payments may be significantly greater or less than payment obligations in respect of other types of debt securities. As a result, an investment in indexed securities may be considered speculative. Moreover, the performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of and may be more volatile than the security, currency, or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates.

Losses resulting from the use of derivatives will reduce the fund’s net asset value, and possibly income, and the losses can be greater than if derivatives had not been used.

 

18


Risks of Derivatives Outside the United States .    When conducted outside the United States, derivatives transactions may not be regulated as rigorously as in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and will be subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities, currencies and other instruments. In addition, the price of any foreign futures or foreign options contract and, therefore, the potential profit and loss thereon, may be affected by any variance in the foreign exchange rate between the time an order is placed and the time it is liquidated, offset or exercised. The value of positions taken as part of non-U.S. derivatives also could be adversely affected by: (1) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (2) lesser availability of data on which to make trading decisions than in the United States, (3) delays in the fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during nonbusiness hours in the United States, (4) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and (5) lower trading volume and liquidity.

Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts.     Use of many derivatives by the fund will require, among other things, that the fund segregate liquid assets with its custodian, or a designated sub-custodian, to the extent the fund’s obligations are not otherwise “covered” through ownership of the underlying security, financial instrument or currency. In general, either the full amount of any obligation by the fund to pay or deliver securities or assets must be covered at all times by the securities, instruments or currency required to be delivered, or, subject to any regulatory restrictions, an amount of liquid assets at least equal to the current amount of the obligation must be segregated with the custodian or subcustodian in accordance with procedures established by the Board. The segregated assets cannot be sold or transferred unless equivalent assets are substituted in their place or it is no longer necessary to segregate them. A call option on securities written by the fund, for example, will require the fund to hold the securities subject to the call (or securities convertible into the needed securities without additional consideration) or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations sufficient to purchase and deliver the securities if the call is exercised. A call option sold by the fund on an index will require the fund to own portfolio securities that correlate with the index or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the excess of the index value over the exercise price on a current basis. A put option on securities written by the fund will require the fund to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the exercise price. Except when the fund enters into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency or for other non-speculative purposes, which requires no segregation, a currency contract that obligates the fund to buy or sell a foreign currency will generally require the fund to hold an amount of that currency or liquid securities denominated in that currency equal to the fund’s obligations or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the amount of the fund’s obligations.

OTC options entered into by the fund, including those on securities, currency, financial instruments or indices, and OCC-issued and exchange-listed index options will generally provide for cash settlement, although the fund will not be required to do so. As a result, when the fund sells these instruments it will segregate an amount of assets equal to its obligations under the options. OCC-issued and exchange-listed options sold by the fund other than those described above generally settle with physical delivery, and the fund will segregate an amount of assets equal to the full value of the option. OTC options settling with physical delivery or with an election of either physical delivery or cash settlement will be treated the same as other options settling with physical delivery. If the fund enters into OTC option transactions, it will be subject to counterparty risk.

In the case of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, the fund must deposit initial margin and, in some instances, daily variation margin with its futures commission merchant or custodian in addition to segregating liquid assets sufficient to meet its obligations to purchase or provide securities or currencies, or to pay the amount owed at the expiration of an index-based futures contract. The fund will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of its obligations relating to swaps over its entitlements with respect to each swap on a daily basis and will segregate with its custodian, or designated sub-custodian, an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value equal to at least the accrued excess. Caps, floors and collars require segregation of liquid assets with a value equal to the fund’s net obligation, if any.

 

19


Derivatives may be covered by means other than those described above when consistent with applicable regulatory policies. The fund may also enter into offsetting transactions so that its combined position, coupled with any segregated assets, equals its net outstanding obligation in related derivatives. The fund could purchase a put option, for example, if the strike price of that option is the same or higher than the strike price of a put option sold by the fund. Moreover, instead of segregating assets if it holds a futures contract or forward contract, the fund could purchase a put option on the same futures contract or forward contract with a strike price as high or higher than the price of the contract held. Other derivatives may also be offset in combinations. If the offsetting transaction terminates at the time of or after the primary transaction, no segregation is required, but if it terminates prior to that time, assets equal to any remaining obligation would need to be segregated.

Investors should note that the fund’s ability to pursue certain of these strategies may be limited by applicable regulations of the SEC, the CFTC and the federal income tax requirements applicable to regulated investment companies.

Distressed Debt Securities

See the discussion under High Yield Securities in this section.

Equity Securities

See the discussions under Common Stock, Convertible Securities, Investment Company Securities Preferred Stock, Real Estate Investment Trusts, Smaller Market Capitalization Companies, and Warrants in this section.

Firm Commitments

Securities may be purchased on a firm commitment basis, including when-issued securities. Securities purchased on a firm commitment basis are purchased for delivery beyond the normal settlement date at a stated price and yield. No income accrues to the purchaser of a security on a firm commitment basis prior to delivery. Such securities are recorded as an asset and are subject to changes in value based upon changes in the general level of interest rates. Purchasing a security on a firm commitment basis can involve a risk that the market price at the time of delivery may be lower than the agreed upon purchase price, in which case there could be an unrealized loss at the time of delivery. The fund will only make commitments to purchase securities on a firm commitment basis with the intention of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable. The fund will establish a segregated account in which it will maintain liquid assets in an amount at least equal in value to the fund’s commitments to purchase securities on a firm commitment basis. If the value of these assets declines, the fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments. See also Stand-by Commitments, TBA Purchase Commitments and When-Issued Securities in this section.

Fixed Income Securities

See Debt Obligations in this section.

Floating and Variable Rate Instruments

Floating or variable rate obligations bear interest at rates that are not fixed, but vary with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as the prime rate, and at specified intervals. Certain of the floating or variable rate obligations that may be purchased by the fund may carry a demand feature that would permit the holder to tender them back to the issuer at par value prior to maturity. Such obligations include variable rate master demand notes, which are unsecured instruments issued pursuant to an agreement between the issuer and the holder that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary and provide for periodic adjustments in the interest

 

20


rate. The fund will limit its purchases of floating and variable rate obligations to those of the same quality as the fixed-income securities which the fund is otherwise permitted to purchase. The subadviser will monitor on an ongoing basis the ability of an issuer of a demand instrument to pay principal and interest on demand.

Certain of the floating or variable rate obligations that may be purchased by the fund may carry a demand feature that would permit the holder to tender them back to the issuer of the instrument or to a third party at par value prior to maturity. Some of the demand instruments purchased by the fund are not traded in a secondary market and derive their liquidity solely from the ability of the holder to demand repayment from the issuer or third party providing credit support. If a demand instrument is not traded in a secondary market, the fund will nonetheless treat the instrument as “readily marketable” for the purposes of its investment restriction limiting investments in illiquid securities unless the demand feature has a notice period of more than seven days in which case the instrument will be characterized as “not readily marketable” and therefore illiquid.

The fund’s right to obtain payment at par on a demand instrument could be affected by events occurring between the date the fund elects to demand payment and the date payment is due that may affect the ability of the issuer of the instrument or third party providing credit support to make payment when due, except when such demand instruments permit same day settlement. To facilitate settlement, these same day demand instruments may be held in book entry form at a bank other than the fund’s custodian subject to a sub-custodian agreement approved by the fund between that bank and the fund’s custodian.

Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers

Investing in the securities of foreign issuers involves special considerations which are not typically associated with investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. Investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve risks arising from differences between U.S. and foreign securities markets, including less volume, much greater price volatility in and illiquidity of certain foreign securities markets, greater difficulty in determining the fair value of securities, different trading and settlement practices and less governmental supervision and regulation, from changes in currency exchange rates, from high and volatile rates of inflation, from economic, social and political conditions such as wars, terrorism, civil unrest and uprisings, and from fluctuating interest rates.

There may be less publicly-available information about a foreign issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and foreign issuers may not be subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial record-keeping standards and requirements as U.S. issuers. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of an emerging market country issuer may not reflect its financial position or results of operations in the way they would be reflected had the financial statements been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, for an issuer that keeps accounting records in local currency, inflation accounting rules may require, for both tax and accounting purposes, that certain assets and liabilities be restated on the issuer’s balance sheet in order to express items in terms of currency of constant purchasing power. Inflation accounting may indirectly generate losses or profits. Consequently, financial data may be materially affected by restatements for inflation and may not accurately reflect the real condition of those issuers and securities markets. Finally, in the event of a default in any such foreign obligations, it may be more difficult for the fund to obtain or enforce a judgment against the issuers of such obligations.

Other investment risks include the possible imposition of foreign withholding taxes on certain amounts of the fund’s income, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign assets and the possible establishment of exchange controls, expropriation, confiscatory taxation, other foreign governmental laws or restrictions which might affect adversely payments due on securities held by the fund, the lack of extensive operating experience of eligible foreign subcustodians and legal limitations on the ability of the fund to recover assets held in custody by a foreign subcustodian in the event of the subcustodian’s bankruptcy.

There generally is less governmental supervision and regulation of exchanges, brokers and issuers in foreign countries than there is in the United States. For example, there may be no comparable provisions under certain

 

21


foreign laws to insider trading and similar investor protection securities laws that apply with respect to securities transactions consummated in the United States. Further, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs on foreign securities exchanges generally are higher than in the United States.

In some countries, banks or other financial institutions may constitute a substantial number of the leading companies or companies with the most actively traded securities. The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), limits the fund’s ability to invest in any equity security of an issuer which, in its most recent fiscal year, derived more than 15% of its revenues from “securities related activities,” as defined by the rules thereunder. These provisions may also restrict the fund’s investments in certain foreign banks and other financial institutions.

Foreign markets have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Further, satisfactory custodial services for investment securities may not be available in some countries having smaller, emerging capital markets, which may result in the fund incurring additional costs and delays in transporting such securities outside such countries. Delays in settlement or other problems could result in periods when assets of the fund are uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of the fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems or the risk of intermediary counterparty failures could cause the fund to forgo attractive investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the fund due to subsequent declines in the value of such portfolio security or, if the fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser.

Rules adopted under the 1940 Act permit the fund to maintain its foreign securities and cash in the custody of certain eligible non-U.S. banks and securities depositories. Certain banks in foreign countries may not be “eligible sub-custodians,” as defined in the 1940 Act, for the fund, in which event the fund may be precluded from purchasing securities in certain foreign countries in which it otherwise would invest or which may result in the fund’s incurring additional costs and delays in providing transportation and custody services for such securities outside of such countries. The fund may encounter difficulties in effecting on a timely basis portfolio transactions with respect to any securities of issuers held outside their countries. Other banks that are eligible foreign sub-custodians may be recently organized or otherwise lack extensive operating experience. In addition, in certain countries there may be legal restrictions or limitations on the ability of the fund to recover assets held in custody by foreign sub-custodians in the event of the bankruptcy of the sub-custodian.

Certain of the risks associated with international investments and investing in smaller capital markets are heightened for investments in emerging market countries. For example, some of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced devaluation relative to the U.S. dollar, and major adjustments have been made periodically in certain of such currencies. Certain of such countries face serious exchange constraints. In addition, governments of many emerging market countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In certain cases, the government owns or controls many companies. Accordingly, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in developing countries which could affect private sector companies and consequently, the value of certain securities held in the fund’s portfolio.

Investment in certain emerging market securities is restricted or controlled to varying degrees which may at times limit or preclude investment in certain emerging market securities and increase the costs and expenses of the fund. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than other classes, restrict investment opportunities in issuers in industries deemed important to national interests and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors.

The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain emerging market countries, as well as limitations on such investments, also may have an adverse impact on the operations of the fund. For

 

22


example, the fund may be required in some countries to invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares purchased re-registered in the name of the fund. Re-registration may in some instances not occur on a timely basis, resulting in a delay during which the fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor.

Certain emerging market countries may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors which could adversely affect the fund. In addition, if a deterioration occurs in the country’s balance of payments, it could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. Investing in local markets in emerging market countries may require the fund to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to the fund.

With respect to investments in certain emerging market countries, different legal standards may have an adverse impact on the fund. For example, while the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain emerging market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders of U.S. corporations.

Certain markets are in only the earliest stages of development. There is also a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of investors and financial intermediaries. Many of such markets also may be affected by developments with respect to more established markets in the region. Brokers in emerging market countries typically are fewer in number and less capitalized than brokers in the United States. These factors, combined with the U.S. regulatory requirements for open-end investment companies and the restrictions on foreign investment, result in potentially fewer investment opportunities for the fund and may have an adverse impact on the investment performance of the fund. See Depository Receipts and Sovereign Debt in this section. See also High Yield Sovereign Debt Securities under High Yield Securities in this section.

High Yield Securities

Under rating agency guidelines, medium- and lower-rated securities and comparable unrated securities will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions. Medium- and lower-rated securities may have poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing, may have a current identifiable vulnerability to default or be in default, may be unlikely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due in the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions, and/or may be likely to be in default or not current in the payment of interest or principal. Such securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations. Accordingly, it is possible that these types of factors could reduce the value of securities held by the fund with a commensurate effect on the value of the fund’s shares.

Changes by recognized rating services in their ratings of any fixed-income security and in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect the value of these investments. A description of the ratings used by Moody’s and S&P is set forth in Appendix A. The ratings of Moody’s and S&P generally represent the opinions of those organizations as to the quality of the securities that they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality, are subject to change and do not evaluate the market risk or liquidity of the securities. Ratings of a non-U.S. debt instrument, to the extent that those ratings are undertaken, are related to evaluations of the country in which the issuer of the instrument is located. Ratings generally take into account the currency in which a non-U.S. debt instrument is denominated. Instruments issued by a foreign government in other than the local currency, for example, typically have a lower rating than local currency instruments due to the existence of an additional risk that the government will be unable to obtain the required foreign currency to service its foreign currency-denominated debt. In general, the ratings of debt securities or obligations issued by a non-U.S. public or private entity will not be higher than the

 

23


rating of the currency or the foreign currency debt of the central government of the country in which the issuer is located, regardless of the intrinsic creditworthiness of the issuer.

The secondary markets for high yield securities are not as liquid as the secondary markets for higher rated securities. The secondary markets for high yield securities are concentrated in relatively few market makers and participants in the market are mostly institutional investors, including insurance companies, banks, other financial institutions and mutual funds. In addition, the trading volume for high yield securities is generally lower than that for higher-rated securities and the secondary markets could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. These factors may have an adverse effect on the ability of the fund to dispose of particular portfolio investments, may adversely affect the fund’s net asset value per share and may limit the ability of such the fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing securities and calculating net asset value. If the fund is not able to obtain precise or accurate market quotations for a particular security, it will become more difficult to value the fund’s portfolio securities, and a greater degree of judgment may be necessary in making such valuations. Less liquid secondary markets may also affect the ability of the fund to sell securities at their fair value. If the secondary markets for high yield securities contract due to adverse economic conditions or for other reasons, certain liquid securities in the fund’s portfolio may become illiquid and the proportion of the fund’s assets invested in illiquid securities may significantly increase.

Prices for high yield securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These laws could adversely affect the fund’s net asset value and investment practices, the secondary market for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value of outstanding high yield securities. For example, federal legislation requiring the divestiture by federally insured savings and loan associations of their investments in high yield bonds and limiting the deductibility of interest by certain corporate issuers of high yield bonds adversely affected the market in the past.

High Yield Corporate Securities.     While the market values of securities rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities, the values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated securities. In addition, such securities present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of these securities are often highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them, so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater than with investment grade securities because such securities generally are unsecured and subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. The fund also may incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings.

The development of a market for high yield non-U.S. corporate securities has been a relatively recent phenomenon. On the other hand, the market for high yield U.S. corporate debt securities is more established than that for high yield non-U.S. corporate debt securities, but has undergone significant changes in the past and may undergo significant changes in the future.

High yield non-U.S. and U.S. corporate securities in which the fund may invest include bonds, debentures, notes, commercial paper and preferred stock and will generally be unsecured. Most of the debt securities will bear interest at fixed rates. However, the fund may also invest in corporate debt securities with variable rates of interest or which involve equity features, such as contingent interest or participations based on revenues, sales or profits (i.e., interest or other payments, often in addition to a fixed rate of return, that are based on the borrower’s attainment of specified levels of revenues, sales or profits and thus enable the holder of the security to share in the potential success of the venture).

High Yield Foreign Sovereign Debt Securities.     Investing in fixed and floating rate high yield foreign sovereign debt securities, especially in emerging market countries, will expose the fund to the direct or indirect

 

24


consequences of political, social or economic changes in the countries that issue the securities or in which the issuers are located. The ability and willingness of sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market countries or the governmental authorities that control repayment of their external debt to pay principal and interest on such debt when due may depend on general economic and political conditions within the relevant country. Certain countries in which the fund may invest, especially emerging market countries, have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty or instability. Additional factors which may influence the ability or willingness to service debt include, but are not limited to, a country’s cash flow situation, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of its debt service burden to the economy as a whole, and its government’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and other international agencies.

The ability of a foreign sovereign obligor, especially in emerging market countries, to make timely payments on its external debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the obligor’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credits and investments, fluctuations in interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities or whose economy depends on certain strategic imports could be vulnerable to fluctuations in international prices of these commodities or imports. To the extent that a country receives payment for its exports in currencies other than U.S. dollars, its ability to make debt payments denominated in U.S. dollars could be adversely affected. If a foreign sovereign obligor cannot generate sufficient earnings from foreign trade to service its external debt, it may need to depend on continuing loans and aid from foreign governments, commercial banks and multilateral organizations, and inflows of foreign investment. The commitment on the part of these foreign governments, multilateral organizations and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the government’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of its obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds, which may further impair the obligor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. The ability to service external debt will also depend on the level of the relevant government’s international currency reserves and its access to foreign exchange. Currency devaluation may affect the ability of a sovereign obligor to obtain sufficient foreign exchange to service its external debt. The risks enumerated above are particularly heightened with regard to issuers in emerging market countries.

As a result of the foregoing, a governmental obligor, especially in an emerging market country, may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, the fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign sovereign debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign sovereign debt obligations in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements.

Sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. These obligors have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations, which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements or converting outstanding principal and unpaid interest to Brady Bonds, and obtaining new credit to finance interest payments. Holders of certain foreign sovereign debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the Brady Bonds and other foreign sovereign debt securities in which the fund may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit which may

 

25


adversely affect the fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants. See Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers in this section.

Distressed Debt Securities.     Distressed debt securities are debt securities that are purchased in the secondary market and are the subject of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by the fund or are rated in the lower rating categories (Ca or lower by Moody’s and CC or lower by S&P) or which, if unrated, are in the judgment of the subadviser of equivalent quality. Investment in distressed debt securities is speculative and involves significant risk. The risks associated with high yield securities are heightened by investing in distressed debt securities.

The fund will generally make such investments only when the subadviser believes it is reasonably likely that the issuer of the distressed debt securities will make an exchange offer or will be the subject of a plan of reorganization pursuant to which the fund will received new securities (e.g., equity securities). However, there can be no assurance that such an exchange offer will be made or that such a plan of reorganization will be adopted. In addition, a significant period of time may pass between the time at which the fund makes its investment in distressed debt securities and the time that any such exchange offer or plan of reorganization is completed. During this period, it is unlikely that the fund will receive any interest payments on the distressed debt securities, the fund will be subject to significant uncertainty as to whether or not the exchange offer or plan will be completed and the fund may be required to bear certain extraordinary expenses to protect or recover its investment. Even if an exchange offer is made or plan of reorganization is adopted with respect to the distressed debt securities held by the fund, there can be no assurance that the securities or other assets received by the fund in connection with such exchange offer or plan of reorganization will not have a lower value or income potential than may have been anticipated when the investment was made. Moreover, any securities received by the fund upon completion of an exchange offer or plan of reorganization may be restricted as to resale. As a result of the fund’s participation in negotiations with respect to any exchange offer or plan of reorganization with respect to an issuer of distressed debt securities, the fund may be restricted from disposing of such securities. The fund will generally not invest more than 5% of its assets in securities that are already in default or subject to bankruptcy proceedings.

Illiquid Securities

The fund may purchase securities for which there is a limited trading market or which are subject to restrictions on resale to the public, or restricted securities. Restricted securities are generally securities that have been sold in the United States without registration under applicable securities laws, and are thus subject to restrictions on resale, except for those eligible for resale under Rule 144A. If the fund must sell restricted securities at times which otherwise might be considered to be disadvantageous (to satisfy redemptions, for example), the fund might receive lower proceeds from such sales than it had expected to realize. Investments in securities which are “restricted” may involve added expenses to the fund should the fund be required to bear registration costs with respect to such securities. The fund could also be delayed in disposing of such securities which might have an adverse effect upon the price and timing of sales and the liquidity of the fund.

If the fund were to assume substantial positions in securities with limited trading markets, the activities of the fund could have an adverse effect upon the liquidity and marketability of such securities and the fund might not be able to dispose of its holdings in those securities at then current market prices. Restricted securities and securities for which there is a limited trading market may be significantly more difficult to value due to the unavailability of reliable market quotations for such securities, and investment in such securities may have an adverse impact on net asset value. See also Rule 144A Securities in this section.

Inverse Floating Rate Obligations

Inverse floating rate obligations, or “inverse floaters” have coupon rates that vary inversely at a multiple of a designated floating rate (which typically is determined by reference to an index rate, but may also be

 

26


determined through a dutch auction or a remarketing agent) (the “reference rate”). Inverse floaters may constitute a class of CMOs with a coupon rate that moves inversely to a designated index, such as London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or Cost of Funds Index (“COFI”). Any rise in the reference rate of an inverse floater (as a consequence of an increase in interest rates) causes a drop in the coupon rate while any drop in the reference rate of an inverse floater causes an increase in the coupon rate. In addition, like most other fixed income securities, the value of inverse floaters will generally decrease as interest rates increase.

Inverse floaters exhibit substantially greater price volatility than fixed rate obligations having similar credit quality, redemption provisions and maturity, and inverse floater CMOs exhibit greater price volatility than the majority of mortgage pass-through securities or CMOs. In addition, some inverse floater CMOs exhibit extreme sensitivity to changes in prepayments. As a result, the yield to maturity of an inverse floater CMO is sensitive not only to changes in interest rates but also to changes in prepayment rates on the related underlying mortgage assets.

Investment Company Securities

Subject to applicable statutory and regulatory limitations, the fund may invest in shares of other investment companies, including shares of other mutual funds, closed-end funds, and unregistered investment companies. Investments in other investment companies are subject to the risk of the securities in which those investment companies invest. In addition, to the extent the fund invests in securities of other investment companies, fund shareholders would indirectly pay a portion of the operating costs of such companies in addition to the expenses of the fund’s own operation. These costs include management, brokerage, shareholder servicing and other operational expenses.

The fund may invest in shares of mutual funds or unit investment trusts that are traded on a stock exchange, called exchange-traded funds or ETFs. Typically an ETF seeks to track the performance of an index, such as the S&P 500, the NASDAQ 100, the Lehman Treasury Bond Index, or more narrow sector or foreign indices, by holding in its portfolio either the same securities that comprise the index, or a representative sample of the index. Investing in an ETF will give the fund exposure to the securities comprising the index on which the ETF is based.

Unlike shares of typical mutual funds or unit investment trusts, shares of ETFs are designed to be traded throughout a trading day, bought and sold based on market values and not at net asset value. For this reason, shares could trade at either a premium or discount to net asset value. However, the portfolios held by index-based ETFs are publicly disclosed on each trading day, and an approximation of actual net asset value is disseminated throughout the trading day. Because of this transparency, the trading prices of index based ETFs tend to closely track the actual net asset value of the underlying portfolios and the fund will generally gain or lose value depending on the performance of the index. However, gains or losses on the fund’s investment in ETFs will ultimately depend on the purchase and sale price of the ETF. In the future, as new products become available, the fund may invest in ETFs that are actively managed. Actively managed ETFs will likely not have the transparency of index-based ETFs, and therefore, may be more likely to trade at a discount or premium to actual net asset values.

The fund may invest in closed-end investment companies which hold securities of U. S. and/or non-U.S. issuers. Because shares of closed-end funds trade on an exchange, investments in closed-end investment funds may entail the additional risk that the market value of such investments may be substantially less than their net asset value.

Loan Participations and Assignments

Loan participations and assignments are interests in loans and therefore are considered to be investments in debt securities. If the fund purchases a loan participation, the fund typically will have a contractual relationship only with the lender that sold the participation, and not with the borrower. The fund will have the right to

 

27


receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing loan participations, the fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the fund may not benefit directly from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the lender selling a participation, the fund may be treated as a general creditor of the lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the lender and the borrower. The fund will acquire loan participations only if the lender interpositioned between the fund and the borrower is determined by the subadviser to be creditworthy. When the fund purchases assignments from lenders, the fund will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the loan, except that under certain circumstances such rights may be more limited than those held by the assigning lender.

The fund may have difficulty disposing of assignments and loan participations. In certain cases, the market for such instruments is not highly liquid, and therefore the fund anticipates that in such cases such instruments could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a highly liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments and will have an adverse impact on the fund’s ability to dispose of particular assignments or loan participations in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower.

The fund’s Board has adopted policies and procedures for the purpose of determining whether holdings are liquid or illiquid. The determination as to whether a particular loan participation or assignment is liquid or illiquid, depends upon the frequency of quotes, the number of dealers willing to sell and the number of potential purchasers, the nature of the loan participation or assignment, the time needed to dispose of it and the contractual provisions of the relevant documentation. To the extent that liquid assignments and loan participation that the fund holds become illiquid, due to the lack of sufficient buyers or market or other conditions, the percentage of the fund’s assets invested in illiquid assets would increase.

In valuing a loan participation or assignment held by the fund for which a secondary trading market exists, the fund will rely upon prices or quotations provided by banks, dealers or pricing services. To the extent a secondary trading market does not exist, the fund’s loan participations and assignments will be valued in accordance with procedures adopted by the fund’s Board, taking into consideration, among other factors: (i) the creditworthiness of the borrower under the loan and of the lender; (ii) the current interest rate, the period until next rate reset and the maturity of the loan; (iii) recent prices in the market for similar loans; and (iv) recent prices in the market for instruments of similar quality, rate, period until next interest rate reset and maturity.

Loans of Portfolio Securities

The procedure for the lending of portfolio securities by the fund to brokers or dealers or other financial institutions will include the following features and conditions. The borrower of the securities will deposit cash or liquid securities with the fund in an amount equal to a minimum of 100% of the market value of the securities lent. The fund will invest the cash collateral in short-term debt securities, money market funds or cash equivalents and earn the interest thereon. A negotiated portion of the income so earned may be paid to the borrower and/or the lending agent who arranged the loan. If the fund receives securities as collateral, the fund will receive a fee from the Borrower. If the value of the collateral drops below the required minimum at any time, the borrower may be called upon to post additional collateral. If the additional collateral is not paid, the loan will be immediately due and, if unpaid, the fund may use the collateral or its own cash to replace the securities by purchase in the open market charging any loss to the borrower. These will be “demand” loans and may be terminated by the fund or the borrower at any time. The fund will receive the equivalent of any dividends and interest paid on the securities lent and the loans will be structured to assure that the fund will be able to exercise its voting rights on the securities by terminating the loan. Because the borrower may terminate a loan at any time

 

28


and return the loaned security to the fund, the fund bears the risk that it will be required to return the cash collateral underlying the loan at a time when the value of cash, as invested by the fund, has declined. The risks of lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of secured credit, also consist of possible delay in receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially, or loss in the event that the value of the collateral, at the time of a default by the borrower, is less than the market value of the securities loaned. Loans will be made to firms deemed by the subadviser to be of good standing and will not be made unless, in the judgment of the subadviser the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk.

Money Market Instruments

Money market instruments are short-term debt obligations including U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities, repurchase agreements and certificates of deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association, repurchase agreements. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Under current regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Company, the maximum insurance payable as to any one certificate of deposit is $100,000; therefore, certificates of deposit purchased by the fund may not be fully insured. Money market instruments also include commercial paper and bankers acceptances and bank time deposits. Bankers acceptances are short-term credit instruments used to finance commercial transactions. Generally, an acceptance is a time draft drawn on a bank by an exporter or an importer to obtain a stated amount of funds to pay for specific merchandise. The draft is then “accepted” by a bank that, in effect, unconditionally guarantees to pay the face value of the instrument on its maturity date. The acceptance may then be held by the accepting bank as an asset or it may be sold in the secondary market at the going rate of interest for a specific maturity. Bank time deposits are monies kept on deposit with banks or savings and loan associations for a stated period of time at a fixed rate of interest. There may be penalties for the early withdrawal of such time deposits, in which case the yields of these investments will be reduced. See also Bank Obligations, Commercial Paper, Structured Instruments and U.S. Government Obligations in this section.

Mortgage-Backed Securities

The following describes certain characteristics of mortgage-backed securities. It should be noted that new types of mortgage-backed securities are developed and marketed from time to time and that the fund may invest in those new types of mortgage-backed securities to the extent consistent with its investment objectives.

Background.     Mortgage-backed securities were introduced in the 1970s when the first pool of mortgage loans was converted into a mortgage pass-through security. Since the 1970s, the mortgage-backed securities market has vastly expanded and a variety of structures have been developed to meet investor needs.

Yield Characteristics.     Interest and principal payments on mortgage-backed securities are typically made monthly, and principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if the fund purchases such a security at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity. Conversely, if the fund purchases these securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase, while slower than expected prepayments will reduce, yield to maturity.

Prepayments on a pool of mortgage loans are influenced by a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors, including changes in mortgagors’ housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors’ net equity in the mortgaged properties and servicing decisions. Generally, however, prepayments on fixed rate mortgage loans will increase during a period of falling interest rates. Accordingly, amounts available for reinvestment by the fund are likely to be greater during a period of relatively low interest rates and, as a result,

 

29


are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of relatively high interest rates. This prepayment effect has been particularly pronounced during recent years as borrowers have refinanced higher interest rate mortgages into lower interest rate mortgages available in the marketplace. On the other hand, during periods of rising interest rates, prepayments tend to be reduced, effectively extending the maturities of the securities, at a time when the securities may have a lower yield than other available instruments. As a result, mortgage-backed securities may decrease in value as a result of increases in interest rates and may benefit less than other fixed income securities from declining interest rates because of the risk of prepayment.

Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Securities.     Guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities are mortgage pass-through securities representing participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans originated by U.S. governmental or private lenders and guaranteed, to the extent provided in such securities, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities. Any guarantee of such securities runs only to principal and interest payments on the securities and not to the market value of such securities or the principal and interest payments on the underlying mortgages. In addition, the guarantee only runs to the portfolio securities held by the fund and not to the purchase of shares of the fund. Such securities, which are ownership interests in the underlying mortgage loans, differ from conventional debt securities, which provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts (usually semi-annually) and principal payments at maturity or on specified call dates. Mortgage pass-through securities provide for monthly payments that are a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the guarantor of such securities and the servicer of the underlying mortgage loans. Guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities are often sold on a to-be-acquired or “TBA” basis. Such securities are typically sold one to three months in advance of issuance, prior to the identification of the underlying pools of mortgage securities but with the interest payment provisions fixed in advance. The underlying pools of mortgage securities are identified shortly before settlement and must meet certain parameters.

The guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities in which the fund may invest may include those issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae (“Ginnie Mae Certificates”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae Certificates”) and Freddie Mac (“Freddie Mac Certificates”).

Ginnie Mae Certificates.     Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality of the United States within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The full faith and credit of the U.S. government is pledged to the payment of amounts that may be required to be paid under any guarantee, but not as to the market value of such securities. The Ginnie Mae Certificates will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iv) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (v) mortgage loans on multifamily residential properties under construction; (vi) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (vii) fixed rate mortgage loans as to which escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrower’s monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loans (“buydown” mortgage loans); (viii) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments in payments based on periodic changes in interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (ix) mortgage-backed serial notes. All of these mortgage loans will be Federal Housing Administration Loans (“FHA Loans”) or Veterans’ Administration Loans (“VA Loans”) and, except as otherwise specified above, will be fully amortizing loans secured by first liens on one- to four-family housing units.

Fannie Mae Certificates.     Fannie Mae is a government sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders. It is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will entitle the registered holder thereof to receive amounts representing such holder’s pro rata interest in scheduled principal payments and interest payments (at such Fannie Mae Certificate’s pass-through rate, which is net of any servicing and guarantee fees on the underlying mortgage loans), and any principal prepayments on the mortgage loans in the pool represented by such Fannie Mae Certificate and such holder’s proportionate interest in the full principal amount of any foreclosed or otherwise finally liquidated mortgage loan. The full and timely payment of principal of and interest on each Fannie Mae Certificate, but not the market value

 

30


thereof, will be guaranteed by Fannie Mae, which guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of FHA Loans, VA Loans or conventional mortgage loans (i.e., mortgage loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency) of the following types: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iv) variable rate California mortgage loans; (v) other adjustable rate mortgage loans; and (vi) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects.

Freddie Mac Certificates.     Freddie Mac is a government sponsored corporation owned by private stockholders. Freddie Mac guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac Certificate ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, but does not, generally, guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal or the market value of the securities. Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of collection of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage loan, but not later than 30 days following: (i) foreclosure sale; (ii) payment of a claim by any mortgage insurer; or (iii) the expiration of any right of redemption, whichever occurs later, but in any event no later than one year after demand has been made upon the mortgagor for accelerated payment of principal. The obligations of Freddie Mac under its guarantee are obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

Freddie Mac Certificates represent a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage loans (a “Freddie Mac Certificate group”) purchased by Freddie Mac. The mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac Certificates will consist of fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten and thirty years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one- to four-family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

Recent accounting issues at Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have resulted in turnover of top management at those entities and have led to increased congressional scrutiny and proposals for changes to how these government sponsored entities are regulated. It is unclear what effect that any such changes, if implemented, would have on the fund or on its investment in certificates issued by Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac.

Mortgage Dollar Rolls

In mortgage “dollar rolls” the fund sells mortgage-backed securities for delivery in the current month and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar (same type, coupon and maturity) securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, the fund foregoes principal and interest paid on the mortgage-backed securities. The fund is compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. At the time the fund enters into a mortgage “dollar roll,” it will establish a segregated account with its custodian bank in which it will maintain cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid assets equal in value to its obligations in respect of dollar rolls, and accordingly, such dollar rolls will not be considered borrowings. Mortgage dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities the fund is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. In the event the buyer of securities under a mortgage dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the fund’s use of proceeds of the dollar roll may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities. See also Mortgage-Backed Securities in this section.

Preferred Stock

Preferred stocks, like common stocks, represent an equity ownership in an issuer, but generally have a priority claim over common stocks, but not over debt, with respect to dividend payments and upon the liquidation or bankruptcy of the issuer. Therefore, preferred stock is subject to the credit risk of the issuer, but because of its subordinate position to debt obligations of the issuer, the deterioration of the credit of an issuer is

 

31


likely to cause greater decreases in the value of preferred stock than in more senior debt obligations. The market value of preferred stocks with no conversion rights and fixed dividend rates, like fixed income securities, tends to move inversely with interest rates, with the price determined by the dividend rate. However, because most preferred stocks do not have a fixed maturity date (although they may have call features giving the issuer the right to call the securities under certain circumstances or redemption features giving the holder the right to cause the issuer to repurchase the securities under certain circumstances), these securities generally will fluctuate more in value when interest rates change than, for example, debt issued by the same issuer. Some preferred stocks may pay dividends at an adjustable rate, based on an auction, an index or other formula. In the absence of credit deterioration, adjustable rate preferred stocks tend to have less price volatility than fixed rate preferred stocks.

Unlike common stocks, preferred stocks do not typically have voting rights. Some preferred stocks have convertible features. See also Convertible Securities in this section.

Privately-Issued Mortgage Securities

Privately-issued mortgage securities are mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers and may entail greater risk than mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Privately-issued mortgage securities are issued by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment banks, savings and loan associations and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Since privately-issued mortgage certificates are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of Ginnie Mae or Freddie Mac, such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement. Such credit support falls into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the pass-through of payments due on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default enhances the likelihood of ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. Such protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches.

The ratings of mortgage securities for which third-party credit enhancement provides liquidity protection or protection against losses from default are generally dependent upon the continued creditworthiness of the provider of the credit enhancement. The ratings of such securities could be subject to reduction in the event of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the credit enhancement provider even in cases where the delinquency and loss experience on the underlying pool of assets is better than expected. There can be no assurance that the private issuers or credit enhancers of mortgage-backed securities can meet their obligations under the relevant policies or other forms of credit enhancement.

Examples of credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include “senior-subordinated securities” (multiple class securities with one or more classes subordinate to other classes as to the payment of principal thereof and interest thereon, with the result that defaults on the underlying assets are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class), creation of “reserve funds” (where cash or investments sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying assets are held in reserve against future losses) and “over-collateralization” (where the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying assets exceed those required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information with respect to the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that which is anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in such security. See also Mortgage-Backed Securities in this section.

Real Estate Investment Trusts

Real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) are entities which either own properties or make construction or mortgage loans. Equity REITs may also include operating or finance companies. Equity REITs own real estate

 

32


directly and the value of, and income earned by, the trust depends upon the income of the underlying properties and the rental income they earn. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. The value of securities issued by REITs are affected by tax and regulatory requirements and by perceptions of management skill. They are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers or tenants, self-liquidation, the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free status under the Code and failing to maintain exemption from the 1940 Act.

Repurchase Agreements

The fund may enter into repurchase agreements for cash management purposes. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the seller of a security commits itself at the time of the sale to repurchase that security from the fund, as the buyer, at a mutually agreed upon time and price. The repurchase agreement thereby determines the yield during the purchaser’s holding period, while the seller’s obligation to repurchase is secured by the value of the underlying security. The fund’s custodian will have custody of, and will hold in a segregated account, securities acquired by the fund under a repurchase agreement. Repurchase agreements are considered by the staff of the SEC to be loans by the fund. Repurchase agreements could involve risks in the event of a default or insolvency of the other party to the agreement, including possible delays or restrictions upon the fund’s ability to dispose of the underlying securities.

The fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with dealers, banks or recognized financial institutions which, in the opinion of the subadviser, are deemed creditworthy. The subadviser will monitor the value of the securities underlying the repurchase agreement at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement to ensure that the value of the securities always equals or exceeds the repurchase price. The fund requires that additional securities be deposited if the value of the securities purchased decreases below their resale price and bears the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security if the seller defaults under the repurchase obligation. In the event of default by the seller under the repurchase agreement, the fund could experience losses and experience delays in connection with the disposition of the underlying securities. To the extent that, in the meantime, the value of the securities that the fund has purchased has decreased, the fund could experience a loss. Repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days will be treated as illiquid securities by the fund.

Restricted Securities

See Illiquid Securities and Rule 144A Securities in this section.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

A reverse repurchase agreement involves the sale of portfolio securities by the fund to a broker/dealer or other financial institution, with an agreement by the fund to repurchase the securities at an agreed upon price, date and interest payment and are considered borrowings by the fund and are subject to any borrowing limitations set forth under “Investment Restrictions and Limitations” in this SAI. The fund may have an opportunity to earn a greater rate of interest on the investment of the cash proceeds of the sale than the fund is required to pay to the counterparty. However, opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid by the fund under the reverse repurchase agreement may not always be available. The use of reverse repurchase agreements involves the speculative factor known as “leverage” and may exaggerate any interim increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s assets. If the fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, the fund will maintain assets with its custodian having a value equal to or greater than the value of its commitments under the agreement. The fund’s liquidity and ability to manage its assets may be adversely affected when it sets aside cash or securities to cover its commitments. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the fund may decline below the repurchase price of those securities, that the assets purchased with the proceeds of the agreement decline in value, or that the buyer under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent. See also Borrowing in this section.

 

33


Rule 144A Securities

The fund may purchase Rule 144A securities, which may be sold to “qualified institutional buyers,” as defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the 1933 Act. Rule 144A provides an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act for the resale of certain restricted securities to qualified institutional buyers.

If there is a secondary market for such securities, Rule 144A securities may be considered liquid securities if so determined by or on behalf of the fund’s Board. The Board may delegate the day-to-day function of determining liquidity to the fund’s investment adviser, provided that the Board retains oversight. The Board of the fund has adopted policies and procedures for the purpose of determining whether securities that are eligible for resales under Rule 144A are liquid or illiquid. Pursuant to those policies and procedures, the Board has delegated to the subadviser the determination as to whether a particular security is liquid or illiquid requiring that consideration be given to, among other things, the frequency of trades and quotes for the security, the number of dealers willing to sell the security and the number of potential purchasers, dealer undertakings to make a market in the security, the nature of the security and the time needed to dispose of the security. The fund’s Board periodically reviews fund purchases and sales of Rule 144A securities.

To the extent that liquid Rule 144A securities that the fund holds become illiquid, due to the lack of sufficient qualified institutional buyers or market or other conditions, the percentage of the fund’s assets invested in illiquid assets would increase. The subadviser, under the supervision of the fund’s Board, will monitor fund investments in Rule 144A securities and will consider appropriate measures to enable the fund to meet any investment limitations and to maintain sufficient liquidity for operating purposes and to meet redemption requests.

Short Sales

A short sale is a transaction in which the fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market price of that security. To effect a short sale, the fund arranges through a broker to borrow the security it does not own to be delivered to a buyer of such security. In borrowing the security to be delivered to the buyer, the fund will become obligated to replace the security borrowed at its market price at the time of replacement, whatever that price may be. A short sale results in a gain when the price of the securities sold short declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which a security is purchased to replace the borrowed security. Conversely, a short sale will result in a loss if the price of the security sold short increases. Short selling is a technique that may be considered speculative and involves risk beyond the amount of money used to secure each transaction.

When the fund makes a short sale, the broker effecting the short sale typically holds the proceeds as part of the collateral securing the fund’s obligation to cover the short position. The fund may use securities it owns to meet such collateral obligations. Generally, the fund may not keep, and must return to the lender, any dividends or interest that accrue on the borrowed security during the period of the loan. Depending on the arrangements with a broker or the custodian, the fund may or may not receive any payments (including interest) on collateral it designates as security for the broker.

In addition, until the fund closes its short position or replaces the borrowed security, the fund, pursuant to the 1940 Act, will designate liquid assets it owns (other than short sale proceeds) as segregated assets in an amount equal to its obligation to purchase the securities sold short. The amount segregated in this manner will be increased or decreased each business day (called marked-to-the-market) in an amount equal to the changes in the market value of the fund’s obligation to purchase the security sold short. This may limit the fund’s investment flexibility as well as its ability to meet redemption requests or other current obligations.

The fund will realize a gain if the price of a security declines between the date of the short sale and the date on which the fund purchases a security to replace the borrowed security. On the other hand, the fund will incur a

 

34


loss if the price of the security increases between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased and the amount of any loss increased by any premium or interest that the fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. It should be noted that possible losses from short sales differ from those that could arise from a cash investment in a security in that losses from a short sale may be limitless, while the losses from a cash investment in a security cannot exceed the total amount of the investment in the security.

Short Sales Against the Box

The fund may enter into a short sale of common stock such that when the short position is open the fund owns an amount of preferred stocks or debt securities, convertible or exchangeable, without payment of further consideration, into an equal number of shares of the common stock sold short. This kind of short sale, which is described as “against the box,” will be entered into by the fund for the purpose of receiving a portion of the interest earned by the executing broker from the proceeds of the sale. The proceeds of the sale will be held by the broker until the settlement date when the fund delivers the convertible securities to close out its short position. Although prior to delivery the fund will have to pay an amount equal to any dividends paid on the common stock sold short, the fund will receive the dividends from the preferred stock or interest from the debt securities convertible into the stock sold short, plus a portion of the interest earned from the proceeds of the short sale. The fund will deposit, in a segregated account with its custodian, convertible preferred stock or convertible debt securities in connection with short sales against the box.

 

Smaller Market Capitalization Companies

Investments in companies with smaller market capitalizations, including companies generally considered to be small cap and mid cap companies, may involve greater risks and volatility than investments in larger companies. Companies with smaller market capitalizations may be at an earlier stage of development, may be subject to greater business risks, may have limited product lines, limited financial resources and less depth in management than more established companies. In addition, these companies may have difficulty withstanding competition from larger more established companies in their industries. The securities of companies with smaller market capitalizations may be thinly traded (and therefore have to be sold at a discount from current market prices or sold in small lots over an extended period of time), may be followed by fewer investment research analysts and may be subject to wider price swings and thus may create a greater chance of loss than investing in securities of larger capitalization companies. In addition, transaction costs in smaller capitalization stocks may be higher than those of larger capitalization companies.

Sovereign Debt

Sovereign debt is debt issued or guaranteed by foreign governments (including countries, provinces and municipalities) or their agencies and instrumentalities. Sovereign debt may trade at a substantial discount from face value. Emerging-market country sovereign debt involves a high degree of risk, is generally lower-quality debt, and is considered speculative in nature. The issuer or governmental authorities that control sovereign-debt repayment (“sovereign debtors”) may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due in accordance with the terms of the debt. A sovereign debtor’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash-flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the sovereign debtor’s policy towards the IMF, and the political constraints to which the sovereign debtor may be subject. Sovereign debtors may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others abroad to reduce principal and interest arrearage on their debt. The commitment of these third parties to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the sovereign debtor’s implementation of economic reforms or economic performance and the timely service of the debtor’s obligations. The sovereign debtor’s failure to meet these conditions may cause these third parties to cancel their commitments to provide funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair the debtor’s

 

35


ability or willingness to timely service its debts. See also Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers, Supranational Debt Obligations and High Yield Securities—High Yield Foreign Debt Securities in this section.

Stand-by Commitments

A stand-by commitment involves the purchase of municipal securities by the fund together with the right to resell them to the seller or a third party at an agreed-upon price or yield within specified periods prior to their maturity dates. Such a right to resell is commonly known as a stand-by commitment, and the aggregate price which the fund pays for securities with a stand-by commitment may increase the cost, and thereby reduce the yield, of the security. The primary purpose of this practice is to provide the fund with liquidity as needed. Stand-by commitments involve certain expenses and risks, including the inability of the issuer of the commitment to pay for the securities at the time the commitment is exercised, non-marketability of the commitment, and differences between the maturity of the underlying security and the maturity of the commitment. See also Firm Commitments in this section.

Stripped Mortgage Securities

Stripped mortgage securities may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Stripped mortgage securities have greater volatility than other types of mortgage securities. Although stripped mortgage securities are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, the market for such securities has not yet been fully developed. Accordingly, stripped mortgage securities are generally illiquid.

Stripped mortgage securities are structured with two or more classes of securities that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have at least one class receiving only a small portion of the interest and a larger portion of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive primarily interest and only a small portion of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (“IO” or interest-only), while the other class will receive all of the principal (“PO” or principal-only class). The yield to maturity on IOs, POs and other mortgage-backed securities that are purchased at a substantial premium or discount generally are extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on such securities’ yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities even if the securities have received the highest rating by a nationally recognized statistical rating organizations. See also Mortgage-Backed Securities in this section.

Structured Instruments

Structured instruments are money market instruments that have been structured to meet the regulatory requirements for investment by money market funds, typically by a bank, broker/dealer or other financial institution. They generally consist of a trust or partnership through which the fund holds an interest in one or more underlying bonds or other debt obligations coupled with a conditional right to sell (“put”) the fund’s interest in the underlying bonds at par plus accrued interest to a financial institution (a “liquidity provider”). With respect to tax-exempt instruments, the instrument is typically structured as a trust or partnership which provides for pass-through tax-exempt income. Structured instruments in which the fund may invest include: (1) ”tender option bonds,” which are instruments which grant the holder thereof the right to put an underlying bond at par plus accrued interest at specified intervals to a Liquidity Provider; (2) ”swap products,” in which the trust or partnership swaps the payments due on an underlying bond with a swap counterparty who agrees to pay a

 

36


floating money market interest rate; and (3) ”partnerships,” which allocate to the partners income, expenses, capital gains and losses in accordance with a governing partnership agreement. Structured instruments may be considered to be derivatives.

Supranational Debt Obligations

Supranational entities include international organizations designated or supported by governmental entities and international banking institutions and related government agencies to promote economic reconstruction or development. Examples include the World Bank, the European Investment Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. Such supranational issued instruments may be denominated in multi-national currency units. Obligations of the World Bank and certain other supranational organizations are supported by subscribed but unpaid commitments of member countries. There is no assurance that these commitments will be undertaken or complied with in the future. See Foreign Securities and Foreign Issuers, and Sovereign Debt in this section.

TBA Purchase Commitments

TBA or “To Be Announced” purchase commitments are commitments to purchase securities for a fixed price at a future date, typically not exceeding 75 to 90 days. TBA purchase commitments may be considered securities in themselves, and involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to settlement date. Unsettled TBA purchase commitments are valued at the current market value of the underlying securities and the fund will set aside cash or other liquid assets in an amount at least equal to such commitments. On delivery dates for such transactions, the fund will meet its obligations from maturities or sales of the segregated securities and/or from cash flow. If the fund chooses to dispose of the TBA security prior to its settlement, it could, as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a gain or loss due to market fluctuation. See also When-Issued and Delayed Delivery Securities in this section.

U.S. Government Obligations

Securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities include obligations that are supported by: (a) the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury (e.g., direct pass-through certificates of the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Maes”)); (b) the limited authority of the issuer or guarantor to borrow from the U.S. Treasury (e.g., obligations of Federal Home Loan Banks); or (c) only the credit of the issuer or guarantor (e.g., obligations of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Macs”)). In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, the agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation is principally responsible for ultimate repayment.

Agencies and instrumentalities that issue or guarantee debt securities and that have been established or sponsored by the U.S. government include, in addition to those identified above, the Bank for Cooperatives, the Export-Import Bank, the Federal Farm Credit System, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Federal Land Banks, Fannie Mae and the Student Loan Marketing Association. See also Mortgage-Backed Securities in this section.

Warrants

Warrants are securities which permit, but do not obligate, their holder to subscribe for other securities. Warrants are subject to the same market risks as stocks, but may be more volatile in price. Warrants do not carry the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to their underlying securities, and they do not represent any rights in assets of the issuer. An investment in warrants may be considered speculative. In addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.

 

37


When-Issued Securities

Securities purchased on a “when-issued” or on a “forward delivery” basis means that delivery of the securities occurs beyond customary settlement times. Delivery of and payment for these securities can take place a month or more after the date of the purchase commitment. The payment obligation and the interest rate that will be received on when-issued and delayed-delivery securities are fixed at the time the buyer enters into the commitment. Due to fluctuations in the value of securities purchased or sold on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, the yields obtained on such securities may be higher or lower than the yields available in the market on the dates when the investments are actually delivered to the buyers. When-issued securities may include securities purchased on a “when, as and if issued” basis, under which the issuance of the security depends on the occurrence of a subsequent event, such as approval of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt restructuring. The value of such securities is subject to market fluctuation during this period and no interest or income, as applicable, accrues to the Portfolio until settlement takes place.

At the time the fund makes the commitment to purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed delivery basis, it will record the transaction, reflect the value each day of such securities in determining its net asset value and, if applicable, calculate the maturity for the purposes of average maturity from that date. At the time of settlement a when-issued security may be valued at less than the purchase price. To facilitate such acquisitions, the fund will identify on its books cash or liquid assets in an amount at least equal to such commitments. On delivery dates for such transactions, the fund will meet its obligations from maturities or sales of the segregated securities and/or from cash flow. If the fund chooses to dispose of the right to acquire a when-issued security prior to its acquisition, it could, as with the disposition of any other portfolio obligation, incur a gain or loss due to market fluctuation. When the fund engages in when-issued or delayed-delivery transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure of the seller to do so may result in the fund’s incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price considered advantageous. See TBA Securities in this section.

Zero Coupon Securities, PIK Bonds and Deferred Payment Securities

The fund may invest in zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities. A zero coupon bond pays no interest in cash to its holder during its life, although interest is accrued during that period. Its value to an investor consists of the difference between its face value at the time of maturity and the price for which it was acquired, which is generally an amount significantly less than its face value (sometimes referred to as a “deep discount” price). Because such securities usually trade at a deep discount, they will be subject to greater fluctuations of market value in response to changing interest rates than debt obligations of comparable maturities which make periodic distributions of interest. On the other hand, because there are no periodic interest payments to be reinvested prior to maturity, zero coupon securities eliminate reinvestment risk and lock in a rate of return to maturity.

The fund also may purchase PIK bonds. PIK bonds pay all or a portion of their interest in the form of debt or equity securities. Deferred payment securities are securities that remain zero coupon securities until a predetermined date, at which time the stated coupon rate becomes effective and interest becomes payable at regular intervals.

Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities tend to be subject to greater price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. The value of zero coupon securities appreciates more during periods of declining interest rates and depreciates more during periods of rising interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities may be issued by a wide variety of corporate and governmental issuers. Although these instruments are generally not traded on a national securities exchange, they are widely traded by brokers and dealers and, to such extent, will not be considered illiquid for the purposes of the fund’s limitation on investments in illiquid securities.

Current federal income tax law requires the holder of a zero coupon security, certain PIK bonds, deferred payment securities and certain other securities acquired at a discount (such as Brady Bonds) to accrue income

 

38


with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. Accordingly, to avoid liability for federal income and excise taxes, the fund may be required to distribute income accrued with respect to these securities and may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements.

Recent Market Events

The fixed-income markets are experiencing a period of extreme volatility which has negatively impacted market liquidity conditions. Initially, the concerns on the part of market participants were focused on the subprime segment of the mortgage-backed securities market. However, these concerns have since expanded to include a broad range of mortgage- and asset-backed and other fixed-income securities, including those rated investment grade, the U.S. and international credit and interbank money markets generally, and a wide range of financial institutions and markets, asset classes and sectors. As a result, fixed-income instruments are experiencing liquidity issues, increased price volatility, credit downgrades, and increased likelihood of default. Securities that are less liquid are more difficult to value and may be hard to dispose of. Domestic and international equity markets have also been experiencing heightened volatility and turmoil, with issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets particularly affected. During times of market turmoil, investors tend to look to the safety of securities issued or backed by the U.S. Treasury, causing the prices of these securities to rise, and the yield to decline. These events and the continuing market upheavals may have an adverse effect on the fund.

The fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), including those that are issued by private issuers, and therefore may have some exposure to subprime loans as well as to the mortgage and credit markets generally. Private issuers include commercial banks, savings associations, mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies and special purpose finance entities (called special purpose vehicles or SPVs) and other entities that acquire and package mortgage loans for resale as MBS. Unlike MBS issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its sponsored entities, MBS issued by private issuers do not have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee, but may have credit enhancement provided by external entities such as banks or financial institutions or achieved through the structuring of the transaction itself. Examples of such credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include the issue of senior and subordinated securities (e.g., the issuance of securities by an SPV in multiple classes or “tranches,” with one or more classes being senior to other subordinated classes as to the payment of principal and interest, with the result that defaults on the underlying mortgage loans are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class); creation of “reserve funds” (in which case cash or investments, sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying mortgage loans, are held in reserve against future losses); and “overcollateralization” (in which case the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying mortgage loans exceed that required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). However, there can be no guarantee that credit enhancements, if any, will be sufficient to prevent losses in the event of defaults on the underlying mortgage loans.

In addition, MBS that are issued by private issuers are not subject to the underwriting requirements for the underlying mortgages that are applicable to those MBS that have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee. As a result, the mortgage loans underlying private MBS may, and frequently do, have less favorable collateral, credit risk or other underwriting characteristics than government or government-sponsored MBS and have wider variances in a number of terms including interest rate, term, size, purpose and borrower characteristics. Privately issued pools more frequently include second mortgages, high loan-to-value mortgages and manufactured housing loans. The coupon rates and maturities of the underlying mortgage loans in a private-label MBS pool may vary to a greater extent than those included in a government guaranteed pool, and the pool may include subprime mortgage loans. Subprime loans refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans. For these reasons, the loans underlying these securities have had in many cases higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements.

 

39


The risk of non-payment is greater for MBS that are backed by mortgage pools that contain subprime loans, but a level of risk exists for all loans. Market factors adversely affecting mortgage loan repayments may include a general economic turndown, high unemployment, a general slowdown in the real estate market, a drop in the market prices of real estate, or an increase in interest rates resulting in higher mortgage payments by holders of adjustable rate mortgages.

If the fund purchases subordinated MBS, the subordinated MBS may serve as a credit support for the senior securities purchased by other investors. In addition, the payments of principal and interest on these subordinated securities generally will be made only after payments are made to the holders of securities senior to the fund’s securities. Therefore, if there are defaults on the underlying mortgage loans, the fund will be less likely to receive payments of principal and interest, and will be more likely to suffer a loss.

Privately issued MBS are not traded on an exchange and there may be a limited market for the securities, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, MBS held in the fund’s portfolio may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loans.

The fund may also purchase asset-backed securities (“ABS”) that have many of the same characteristics and risks as the MBS described above, except that ABS may be backed by non-real-estate loans, leases or receivables such as auto, credit card or home equity loans.

The fund may purchase commercial paper, including asset-backed commercial paper (“ABCP”) that is issued by structured investment vehicles or other conduits. These conduits may be sponsored by mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies, hedge funds, private equity firms and special purpose finance entities. ABCP typically refers to a debt security with an original term to maturity of up to 270 days, the payment of which is supported by cash flows from underlying assets, or one or more liquidity or credit support providers, or both. Assets backing ABCP, which may be included in revolving pools of assets with large numbers of obligors, include credit card, car loan and other consumer receivables and home or commercial mortgages, including subprime mortgages. The repayment of ABCP issued by a conduit depends primarily on the cash collections received from the conduit’s underlying asset portfolio and the conduit’s ability to issue new ABCP. Therefore, there could be losses to the fund investing in ABCP in the event of credit or market value deterioration in the conduit’s underlying portfolio, mismatches in the timing of the cash flows of the underlying asset interests and the repayment obligations of maturing ABCP, or the conduit’s inability to issue new ABCP. To protect investors from these risks, ABCP programs may be structured with various protections, such as credit enhancement, liquidity support, and commercial paper stop-issuance and wind-down triggers. However there can be no guarantee that these protections will be sufficient to prevent losses to investors in ABCP.

Some ABCP programs provide for an extension of the maturity date of the ABCP if, on the related maturity date, the conduit is unable to access sufficient liquidity through the issue of additional ABCP. This may delay the sale of the underlying collateral and the fund may incur a loss if the value of the collateral deteriorates during the extension period. Alternatively, if collateral for ABCP commercial paper deteriorates in value, the collateral may be required to be sold at inopportune times or at prices insufficient to repay the principal and interest on the ABCP. ABCP programs may provide for the issuance of subordinated notes as an additional form of credit enhancement. The subordinated notes are typically of a lower credit quality and have a higher risk of default. A fund purchasing these subordinated notes will therefore have a higher likelihood of loss than investors in the senior notes.

The fund may also invest in other types of fixed-income securities which are subordinated or “junior” to more senior securities of the issuer, or which represent interests in pools of such subordinated or junior securities. Such securities may include preferred stock. Under the terms of subordinated securities, payments that would otherwise be made to their holders may be required to be made to the holders of more senior securities, and/or the subordinated or junior securities may have junior liens, if they have any rights at all, in any collateral

 

40


(meaning proceeds of the collateral are required to be paid first to the holders of more senior securities). As a result, subordinated or junior securities will be disproportionately adversely affected by a default or even a perceived decline in creditworthiness of the issuer.

The fund’s compliance with its investment restrictions and limitations is usually determined at the time of investment. If the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates after purchase by the fund, or if the maturity of a security is extended after purchase by the fund, the portfolio managers will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Certain mortgage- or asset-backed securities may provide, upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults, for the investors to become the holders of the underlying assets. In that case a fund may become the holder of securities that it could not otherwise purchase, based on its investment strategies or its investment restrictions and limitations, at a time when such securities may be difficult to dispose of because of adverse market conditions.

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS

For funds in the Legg Mason Partners family of funds, each fund’s board of trustees has adopted policies and procedures developed by LMPFA with respect to the disclosure of the funds’ portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about each fund’s portfolio securities. The policy requires that consideration always be given as to whether disclosure of information about any fund’s portfolio holdings is in the best interests of such fund’s shareholders, and that any conflicts of interest between the interests of the fund’s shareholders and those of LMPFA, LMIS or its affiliates, be addressed in a manner that places the interests of fund shareholders first. The policy provides that information regarding the fund’s portfolio holdings may not be shared with non-Legg Mason employees, with investors or potential investors (whether individual or institutional), or with third parties unless it is done for legitimate fund business purposes and in accordance with the policy.

LMPFA’s policy generally provides for the release of details of securities positions once they are considered “stale.” Data is considered stale 25 calendar days following quarter-end. LMPFA believes that this passage of time prevents a third party from benefiting from an investment decision made by a fund that has not been fully reflected by the market.

Under the policy, a fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and non-Legg Mason employees with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after calendar quarter end. Typically, simultaneous public disclosure is achieved by the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings may not be made until 25 days following quarter-end and/or posting the information to Legg Mason’s or the funds’ Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

The policy permits the release of limited portfolio holdings information that is not yet considered stale in a number of situations, including:

1.  A fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

2.  The fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

3.  A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by a portfolio manager (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

4.  A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction (i.e., brokers and custodians).

5.  A fund’s sector weightings, yield and duration, performance attribution (e.g. analysis of the fund’s out-performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other summary

 

41


and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

6.  A fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its Independent Trustees and its independent public accounting firm, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

Under the policy, if information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is released pursuant to an ongoing arrangement with any party, a fund must have a legitimate business purpose for the release of the information, and either a party receiving the information must be under a duty of confidentiality, or the release of non-public information must be subject to trading restrictions and confidential treatment to prohibit the entity from sharing with an unauthorized source or trading upon any non-public information provided. Neither a fund, nor Legg Mason nor any other affiliated person may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about a fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by a fund’s Board. The release of portfolio holdings other than in ongoing arrangements is subject to a written agreement which requires the recipient to keep the information confidential and to use the information only for the purpose specified in the agreement. The approval of a fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained prior to release of the information other than in an ongoing arrangement.

The approval of a fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions to the policy. Any exceptions to the policy must be consistent with the purposes of the policy. Exceptions are considered on a case-by-case basis and are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with LMPFA’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions to the policies are reported annually to the fund’s Board.

Currently, the funds typically disclose their complete portfolio holdings approximately 25 days after calendar quarter-end on Legg Mason’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors .

Set forth below is a list, as of August 31, 2007, of those parties with whom LMPFA, on behalf of the funds, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information, the frequency of the release under such arrangements, and the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

 

Recipient

   Frequency    Delay Before Dissemination
State Street Bank and Trust Company (Fund Custodian and Accounting Agent)    Daily    None

Institutional Shareholder Services (Proxy voting services)

   As necessary    None

Bloomberg

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Lipper

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

S&P

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Morningstar

   Quarterly    25 Days after Quarter End

Vestek

   Daily    None

Factset

   Daily    None

The Bank of New York

   Daily    None

Thomson

   Semi-annually    None

Dataware

   Daily    None

ITG

   Daily    None

 

42


Portfolio holdings information for a fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

 

Recipient

   Frequency   Delay Before Dissemination

Baseline

   Daily   None

Frank Russell

   Monthly   1 Day

Callan

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Mercer

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

eVestment Alliance

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

CRA RogersCasey

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Cambridge Associates

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Marco Consulting

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Wilshire

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Informa Investment Services (Efron)

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

CheckFree (Mobius)

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Nelsons Information

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Investor Tools

   Daily   None

Advent

   Daily   None

BARRA

   Daily   None

Plexus

   Quarterly (Calendar)   Sent 1-3 business days following
the end of a Quarter

Elkins/McSherry

   Quarterly (Calendar)   Sent 1-3 business days following
the end of a Quarter

Quantitative Services Group

   Daily   None

AMBAC

   Daily   None

Deutsche Bank

   Monthly   6-8 business days

Fitch

   Monthly   6-8 business days

Liberty Hampshire

   Weekly and Month End   None

Sun Trust

   Weekly and Month End   None

New England Pension Consultants

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Evaluation Associates

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

Watson Wyatt

   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End

S&P (Rating Agency)

   Weekly Tuesday Night   1 business day

Moody’s (Rating Agency)

   Monthly   6-8 business days

Electra Information Systems

   Daily   None

SunGard

   Daily   None

INVESTMENT POLICIES

The fund has adopted the following fundamental investment policies for the protection of shareholders. Investment policies described in this SAI are fundamental only if they are identified as such. Fundamental

 

43


investment policies may not be changed with respect to the fund without the vote of a “majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the fund, which is defined in the 1940 Act as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting power present at a fund meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the voting power of the fund are present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the voting power of the fund. The remaining restrictions may be changed by a vote of a majority of the Board at any time.

If any percentage restriction described below is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s fundamental policies are as follows:

1.  The fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

2.  The fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

3.  The fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

4.  The fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

5.  The fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

6.  The fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

7.  Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the fund may not make any investment if, as a result, the fund’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of a fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and

 

44


at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate a fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently the fund does not contemplate borrowing money for leverage, but if the fund does so, it will not likely do so to a substantial degree. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit a fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause a fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to a fund, as with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when the fund’s manager or a sub-adviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. The fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. A fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent a fund from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over the fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing senior securities except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. A fund also may borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by a fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of a fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with

 

45


respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning real estate; however, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent a fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If a fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in exchange traded funds that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (7) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy in (7) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; securities of foreign governments; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to a fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

The fund’s fundamental policies are written and will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

Diversification

The fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that the fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies

 

46


or instrumentalities) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer, or (b) the fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the fund can invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, the fund cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.

MANAGEMENT

The business affairs of the fund are managed by or under the direction of the Board of the Trust. The Board elects officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the fund and who execute policies authorized by the Board.

The current Trustees, including the Trustees of the fund who are not “interested persons” of the fund (the “Independent Trustees”) as defined in the 1940 Act and executive officers of the fund, their birth years, their principal occupations during at least the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of funds associated with Legg Mason the Trustees oversee, and other board memberships they hold are set forth below. The address of each Trustee is c/o R. Jay Gerken, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

The following information relates to the Trust’s recently elected Board.

 

Name and Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
with Fund

 

Term of
Office*
and Length
of Time
Served**

 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

 

Number of

Funds in
Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee

 

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During Past
Five Years

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:

       

Paul R. Ades

Born 1940

  Trustee   Since 1983   Law firm of Paul R. Ades, PLLC (since 2000)   47   None

Andrew L. Breech

Born 1952

  Trustee   Since 1991   President, Dealer Operating Control Service, Inc. (automotive retail management) (since 1985)   47   None

Dwight B. Crane

Born 1937

  Trustee   Since 1981   Independent Consultant (since 1969); formerly, Professor, Harvard Business School (1969 to 2007);   49   None

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

Born 1934

  Trustee   Since 1981   Retired; formerly, President and Director, Book Publishing Co. (1970 to 2002)   47   None

Frank G. Hubbard

Born 1937

  Trustee   Since 1993   President, Avatar International Inc. (business development) (since 1998)   47   None

Howard J. Johnson

Born 1938

  Trustee   From 1981 to 1998 and 2000 to Present   Chief Executive Officer, Genesis Imaging LLC (technology company) (since 2003)   47   None

David E. Maryatt

Born 1936

  Trustee   Since 1983   Private Investor; President and Director, ALS Co. (real estate management and development firm) (since 1993)   47   None

 

47


Name and Year of Birth

 

Position(s)
with Fund

 

Term of
Office*
and Length
of Time
Served**

 

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

 

Number of

Funds in
Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee

 

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During Past
Five Years

Jerome H. Miller

Born 1938

  Trustee   Since 1995   Retired   47   None

Ken Miller

Born 1942

  Trustee   Since 1983   Chairman, Young Stuff Apparel Group, Inc. (apparel manufacturer) (since 1963)   47   None

John J. Murphy

Born 1944

  Trustee   Since 2002   President, Murphy Capital Management (investment advice) (since 1983)   47   Director, Nicholas Applegate funds (13 funds); Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (11 funds); formerly, Director, Atlantic Stewardship Bank (2004 to 2005); Director, Barclays International Funds Group Ltd. and affiliated companies (to 2003)

Thomas F. Schlafly

Born 1948

  Trustee   Since 1983   Of Counsel, Husch Blackwell Sanders LLP (law firm) (since 1984); President, The Saint Louis Brewery, Inc. (since 1989)   47   Director, Citizens National Bank of Greater St. Louis, MO (since 2006)

Jerry A. Viscione

Born 1944

  Trustee   Since 1993   Retired; formerly, Executive Vice President, Marquette University (1997 to 2002)   47   None

INTERESTED TRUSTEE:

       

R. Jay Gerken, CFA†

Born 1951

 

Trustee,

President, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

  Since 2002   Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 149 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and Citi Fund Management, Inc. (“CFM”) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)   137   Former Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (2002-2006)

 

* Each Trustee serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a Board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.
Mr. Gerken is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with the manager and/or certain of its affiliates.

 

48


Name, Year of Birth and Address

  

Position(s)
with Fund

  

Term of
Office*
and
Length of
Time
Served**

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

OFFICERS:

        

R. Jay Gerken, CFA

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer    Since 2002    Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co.; Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 149 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman, SBFM and CFM (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005).

Ted P. Becker

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chief
Compliance Officer
   Since 2006    Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason (2006 to present); Managing Director of Compliance at Legg Mason & Co (2005 to present); Chief Compliance Officer with certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA and certain affiliates; Managing Director of Compliance at Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”, a group of affiliated investment advisers, which included SBFM, Smith Barney Asset Management and CFM and other affiliated investment advisory entities) (2002 to 2005).

John Chiota

Born 1968

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer    Since 2006    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President of CAM (since 2004); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006). Prior to August 2004, Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of TD Waterhouse.

Robert I. Frenkel

Born 1954

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Secretary and Chief Legal Officer    Since 2003    Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for CAM (since 2000); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2003). Previously, Secretary of CFM (2001 to 2004).

Thomas C. Mandia

Born 1962

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Assistant Secretary    Since 2000    Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel for CAM (since 1992); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co.

Kaprel Ozsolak

Born 1965

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10018

   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    Since 2004    Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President at CAM (1996 to 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2004 to 2005). Previously, Controller of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2002 to 2004).

Steven Frank

Born 1967

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10018

   Controller    Since 2005    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. or its predecessors (since 2002); Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2001 to 2005).

Albert Laskaj

Born 1977

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10018

   Controller    Since 2007    Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2007); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2007); accounting manager of certain mutual funds associated with certain predecessor firms of Legg Mason & Co. (2003 to 2005).

 

* Each officer serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took office for any funds in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

 

49


Officers of the fund receive no compensation from the fund, although they may be reimbursed by the fund for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

The Board has three standing committees: the Audit Committee, the Governance Committee and the Pricing Committee. The Audit Committee and Governance Committee are composed of all of the Independent Trustees. The Pricing Committee is composed of the Chairman of the Board and one Independent Trustee.

The Audit Committee oversees, among other things the scope of the fund’s audit, the fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls. The primary purposes of the Board’s Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of the fund and the qualifications and independence of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the fund by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to its manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to the fund’s operations and financial reporting. The Audit Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and registration of the fund’s investment management and subadvisory agreements.

The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee also identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems appropriate, a professional search firm. The Governance Committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The Governance Committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

 

   

whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

 

   

whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the manager, service providers or their affiliates;

 

   

whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

 

   

whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

 

   

the contribution which the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution which the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the Governance Committee may consider relevant;

 

50


   

the character and integrity of the person; and

 

   

whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

The Pricing Committee is charged with determining the fair value prices for securities when required.

As indicated above, the Trust’s Board is recently elected and is newly constituted as the Board that oversees all of the equity-type funds in the fund complex. All members of the Board previously have served on Boards of predecessors of the Legg Mason Partners Funds. The Board met          times during the fund’s last fiscal year. The Audit, Governance and Pricing Committees are recently established committees of this Board and met             ,             , and              times, respectively, during the fund’s last fiscal year.

The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in the fund and other investment companies in the fund complex supervised by the Trustees as of December 31, 2007.

 

Name of Trustee

  

Dollar Range
of Equity
Securities in
the Fund

  

Aggregate Dollar
Range of Equity
Securities in
Registered
Investment
Companies
Overseen by
Trustee

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

     

Paul R. Ades

     

Andrew L. Breech

     

Dwight B. Crane

     

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

     

Frank G. Hubbard

     

Howard J. Johnson

     

David E. Maryatt

     

Jerome H. Miller

     

Ken Miller

     

John J. Murphy

     

Thomas F. Schlafly

     

Jerry A. Viscione

     

INTERESTED TRUSTEE

     

R. Jay Gerken

     

As of April     , 2008, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund, or of a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund.

Information regarding compensation paid by the fund to its recently elected Board and to its prior Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the fund’s Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Gerken, an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the fund for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

The fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustee fees based upon asset size. The fund currently pays each of the Independent Trustees his pro rata share of: an annual fee of $100,000 plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person, and $1,000 for telephonic Board meetings in which that trustee participates.

 

51


The lead Independent Trustee will receive an additional $25,000 per year and the Chair of the Audit Committee will receive an additional $15,000 per year.

Recently Elected Board

Information as to the compensation paid to the Trustees by the fund complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2007 and by the fund for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007 is shown below.

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the

Fund for the
Fiscal Year
Ended
December 31,
2007
   Total Pension
or Retirement
Benefits
Paid as Part
of Fund
Expenses
    Total
Compensation
from Fund
Complex Paid
to Trustee for
the Calendar
Year Ended
December 31,
2007
    Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee (1)

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES

         

Paul R. Ades

   $      $ 0     $       47

Andrew L. Breech

   $      $ 0     $       47

Dwight B. Crane

   $        (2 )   $       47

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

   $      $ 0     $              49

Frank G. Hubbard

   $      $ 0     $       47

Howard J. Johnson

   $      $ 0     $       47

David E. Maryatt

   $      $ 0     $              47

Jerome H. Miller

   $      $ 0     $       47

Ken Miller

   $      $ 0     $       47

John J. Murphy

   $      $ 0     $       47

Thomas F. Schlafly

   $      $ 0     $       47

Jerry A. Viscione

   $      $ 0     $       47

INTERESTED TRUSTEE

         

R. Jay Gerken (1)

   $      $ 0       137

 

(1) Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as a Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.
(2) Pursuant to a prior emeritus retirement plan, Mr. Crane received in a lump sum an aggregate benefit having a net present value equal to $444,643. Each fund formerly overseen by Mr. Crane paid a pro rata share (based upon asset size) of the aggregate benefit to Mr. Crane. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse these funds an amount equal to 50% of the benefits paid to Mr. Crane.

Prior Board

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the former Directors of the fund were paid by the fund the compensation listed below for their service as Directors.

 

Name of Director

   Aggregate Compensation from
the Fund for the Fiscal Year
Ended December 31, 2007

Independent Directors

  

Carol L. Colman

   $         

Daniel P. Cronin

   $         

Leslie H. Gelb

   $         

William R. Hutchinson

   $         

Riordan Roett

   $         

Jeswald W. Salacuse

   $         

Interested Director

  

R. Jay Gerken (1)

     $0      

 

(1) Mr. Gerken was not compensated by the fund for his service as a Director because of his affiliation with the manager.
(2)

Pursuant to prior emeritus retirement plans, the following former Directors have received or are entitled to receive benefits (calculated on a net present value basis) as follows: Ms. Colman: $116,062 and Mr. Hutchinson: $151,889. Benefits under the emeritus retirement plans are

 

52


 

paid in quarterly installments unless the Director elected to receive them in a lump sum at net present value. Each fund formerly overseen by these Directors paid its pro rata share (based on asset size) of these aggregate benefits. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse the funds an amount equal to 50% of these benefits.

As of                     , 2008, the Trustees and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the fund.

As of                     , 2008, to the knowledge of the fund, the following shareholders or “groups” (as such term is defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the following classes of the fund:

 

Name

  

Class

   Percentage
of Shares

 

 

 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Manager

LMPFA serves as investment manager to the fund pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”) with the fund. LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund and manages the cash and short-term investments of the fund.

Under the Management Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board, the manager is delegated the responsibility of managing the fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated investment

 

53


objective and policies, making investment decisions for the fund and placing orders to purchase and sell securities. The manager also performs administrative and management services necessary for the operation of the fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting, and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the fund’s existence, and (v) maintaining the registration and qualification of the fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

The Management Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. The Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Trustees, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Management Agreement provides that neither the manager nor its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

As compensation for investment management services, the fund pays LMPFA a fee computed daily and paid monthly at the annual rate of 0.75% of the fund’s average daily net assets. Prior to December 1, 2005, Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (“SBAM”) served as the fund’s investment manager under the same fee schedule

Prior to December 1, 2005, the fund paid SBAM an investment advisory fee which was calculated daily and payable monthly at an annual rate of 0.70% of the fund’s average daily net assets. Prior to that date, SBAM also acted as the administrator for the fund and received an administration fee, which was calculated daily and payable monthly at the annual rate of 0.05% of the fund’s average daily net assets. Effective December 1, 2005, the administration agreement with SBAM was terminated.

For each of the past three fiscal years, LMPFA (on and after August 1, 2006) and SBAM (before August 1, 2006) were entitled to receive gross fees under the management agreement of which certain amounts were voluntarily waived, and has reimbursed the fund for certain expenses as follows:

 

     Gross Fees    Waiver    Expenses
Reimbursed

Year Ended December 31, 2005

   $ 3,399,127    $ 0    $ 0

Year Ended December 31, 2006

   $ 4,314,632    $ 0    $ 15,926

Year Ended December 31, 2007

   $      $      $  

Subadviser

ClearBridge serves as the subadviser to the fund pursuant to a Sub-Advisory Agreement (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement”). ClearBridge is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. ClearBridge, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, was formed to succeed the equity securities portfolio management business of CAM, which was acquired by Legg Mason in December 2005. ClearBridge is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason and as of December 31, 2007 manages approximately $         billion.

 

54


Under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and the manager, the subadviser will, except for the management of cash and short-term investments that is performed by LMPFA, manage the fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objective(s) and policies, assist in supervising all aspects of the fund’s operations, make investment decisions for the fund, place orders to purchase and sell securities, and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the fund.

The Sub-Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the Subadviser. The subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement on 90 days’ written notice to the fund and the Manager. The manager and the subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent of. This Sub-Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment by the subadviser and shall not be assignable by the Manager without the consent of the subadviser.

As compensation for its sub-advisory services, the manager pays to ClearBridge a fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to LMPFA, net of expense waivers and reimbursements. For the period from August 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the manager paid the subadviser subadvisory fees of $1,272,159 and $            , respectively.

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under its Management Agreement and the 12b-1 Plan (as discussed below), the fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things, interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuance and redemption or repurchase of the fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, members of the Board and employees of the fund, if any; and the fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the fund and its officers, Board members and employees; litigation expenses and any non-recurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the fund is a party and the legal obligation which the fund may have to indemnify the fund’s Board members and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares, either through contractual or voluntary arrangements. Any such waivers and/or reimbursements are described in the fund’s prospectus. The contractual and voluntary fee waivers and/or reimbursements do not cover extraordinary expenses, such as (a) any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demand related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time; and (b) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee

 

55


disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of the fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of Board members or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time.

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of the fund. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of each fund; receives and delivers all assets for the fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity; collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of the fund; and makes disbursements on behalf of the fund. State Street neither determines the fund’s investment policies, nor decides which securities the fund will buy or sell. For its services, State Street receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. The fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. State Street may also act as the fund’s securities lending agent and in that case would receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

PFPC Inc. (“PFPC” or “transfer agent”), located at 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, serves as the fund’s transfer agent. Under the transfer agency agreement, the transfer agent maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, the transfer agent receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month, and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

                        , independent registered public accounting firm,                         , has been selected to audit and report upon the fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008.

Counsel

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019-6099, serves as counsel to the fund.

Stroock & Stroock & Lavan LLP, 180 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038-4982, serves as counsel to the Independent Trustees.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the fund, the manager, the subadviser and the distributor have adopted Codes of Ethics that permit personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the Codes of

 

56


Ethics and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.

Copies of the Codes of Ethics of the fund, its manager, its subadviser and its distributor are on file with the SEC.

Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures

Although individual Trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager, the Board has delegated proxy voting discretion to the manager, believing that the manager should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

LMPFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for the fund to the subadviser through its contracts with the subadviser. The subadviser will use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for the fund. Should LMPFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of the subadviser to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and the fund, the Board of Directors of LMPFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that LMPFA votes proxies. LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadviser and providing them to the fund as required for the fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

The subadviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to the fund’s portfolio securities are voted, a summary of which is attached as Appendix B to this SAI. Information regarding how the fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) by calling 1-888-425-6432, (2) on the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

PORTFOLIO MANAGER DISCLOSURE

Portfolio Manager

The following tables set forth certain additional information with respect to the fund’s portfolio managers. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of December 31, 2007.

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies, for each portfolio manager, the number of accounts (other than the fund with respect to which information is provided) for which he or she has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, other accounts and accounts with fees based on performance.

 

Portfolio Managers

  

Registered Investment
Companies

  

Other Pooled
Investment Vehicles

  

Other Account

Aram E. Green         registered investment companies with $         billion in total assets under management         other pooled investment vehicles with $         billion in assets under management         other accounts with $         million in total assets under management
Jeffrey J. Russell         registered investment companies with $         billion in total assets under management         other pooled investment vehicles with $         billion in assets under management             other accounts with $         billion in total assets under management

 

57


Investment Professional Compensation

Effective April 1, 2007, ClearBridge investment professionals receive base salary, other employee benefits and are eligible to receive incentive compensation. Base salary is fixed and typically determined based on market factors and the skill and experience of individual investment personnel.

ClearBridge has incentive and deferred compensation plans (the “Plans”) for its investment professionals, including the fund’s portfolio manager(s) and research analysts. The Plans are designed to align the objectives of ClearBridge investment professionals with those of fund shareholders and other ClearBridge clients. Additionally, the deferred plans are designed to retain its investment professionals and reward long-term performance.

Incentive Compensation.     Investment performance is the key component in determining the final incentive award for all of ClearBridge’s investment professionals. The portfolio manager’s initial incentive award is based on the investment professional’s ongoing contribution to ClearBridge’s investment and business results and externally measured competitive pay practices for the portfolio manager’s position/experience within the firm. This award is then adjusted upward or downward (up to +/-50%) based on investment performance during the most recent year over a rolling 1, 3, and 5 year time period. Product performance is ranked among a “peer group” of non-ClearBridge investment managers and the product’s pre-tax investment performance against the applicable product benchmark (e.g. a securities index and, with respect to a fund, the benchmark set forth in the fund’s prospectus to which the fund’s average annual total returns are compared).

The peer group of non-ClearBridge investment managers is defined by product style/type, vehicle type and geography and selected by independent vendors that track and provide (for a fee paid by ClearBridge) relevant peer group performance and ranking data (e.g. primarily Lipper or Callan).

The 1, 3, and 5 year performance versus benchmark and peer group approximate effective weightings are 35% for trailing 1 year performance, 50% for trailing 3 year performance, and 15% for trailing 5 year performance.

Lastly, the incentive award for an investment professional may also be adjusted by the ClearBridge Chief Investment Officer(s) based on other qualitative factors such as contribution to the firm and the development of investment staff.

For ClearBridge’s centralized research professionals, there is an incentive compensation plan based on annual performance on a combined scorecard containing a portfolio manager questionnaire survey and stock picking performance. The analyst’s stock picks are tracked on a formal basis through Factset and make up a portion of the analysts overall scorecard performance. These stock picks are measured versus their respective sector indices.

Deferred Award.     Up to 20% of an investment professional’s annual incentive compensation is subject to deferral. For the portfolio manager, 25% of this deferral is invested in his primary managed product while another 25% is invested in an elected proprietary ClearBridge sub-advised fund. Therefore, the portfolio manager may potentially have 50% of their deferred award amount tracking the performance of their primary managed product. The portfolio manager selects his primary product for the elective component. Legg Mason then makes a company investment in the Legg Mason Partners funds equal to the deferral amounts by fund. This investment is a company asset held on the Legg Mason balance sheet and paid out to the employees upon vesting over a four year deferral period. The remaining 50% of the deferral is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

For centralized research analysts, 50% of this deferral tracks the performance of up to two elected proprietary funds. Legg Mason then makes an investment at the company level into each of the funds in the

 

58


deferral program based on the aggregate dollars deferred by each individual in that plan year (similar to the above description). The remaining 50% of the deferral is received in the form of Legg Mason restricted stock shares.

Potential Conflicts of Interest

Potential conflicts of interest may arise when the fund’s portfolio manager also has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the fund’s portfolio managers.

The manager, the subadviser and the fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the manager or the subadviser and the individuals that each employs. For example, each of the manager and the subadviser seeks to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The manager and the subadviser have also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by the manager, the subadviser and the fund will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear.

These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention .    A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities .    If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies .    At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

Variation in Compensation .    A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the manager’s management fee and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the manager and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain or raise assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

 

59


Selection of Broker/Dealers.     Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or accounts that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the sub-adviser determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts managed. For this reason, the subadviser has formed a brokerage committee that reviews, among other things, the allocation of brokerage to broker/dealers, best execution and soft dollar usage.

Related Business Opportunities .    The manager or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of fund and/or account that provide greater overall returns to the investment manager and its affiliates.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of fund securities by the fund’s portfolio managers as of December 31, 2007.

 

Portfolio Manager(s)

   Dollar Range of
Ownership of Securities

Aram E. Green

  

Jeffrey J. Russell

  

DISTRIBUTORS

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker-dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, located at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202 serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor pursuant to a written agreement dated December 1, 2005 (the “distribution agreement”). For the period from December 1, 2007, through December 31, 2007, LMIS has served as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor. For the period from December 1, 2005, through December 31, 2005, the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and the period from January 1, 2007, through November 30, 2007, LMIS, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”) and PFS Investments Inc. (“PFS”) served as the fund’s distributors. Prior to December 1, 2005, CGMI and PFS Distributors, Inc. (“PFS Distributors”), the predecessor in interest to PFS, served as the fund’s distributors.

The distributor’s obligation is an agency or “best efforts” arrangement under which the distributor is required to take and pay only for such shares of the fund as may be sold to the public. The distributor is not obligated to sell any stated number of shares. The distribution agreement is renewable from year to year if approved (a) by the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of Independent Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any such party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The distribution agreement provides that it will terminate if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party on 60 days’ written notice.

LMIS may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act.

The aggregate dollar amount of commissions paid on Class A and Class C shares received by LMIS, CGMI and PFS during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007 were as follows:

 

60


Initial Sales Charges

Class A Shares (paid to CGMI and LMIS)

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

    

2007

   $  

2006

   $ 14,489

2005

   $ 453,224

Class C Shares (paid to CGMI)

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

    

2007

   $  

2006

     N/A

2005

     N/A

Contingent Deferred Sales Charges

Class A Shares (paid to CGMI and LMIS)

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

    

2007

   $  

2006

   $ 22,775

2005

   $ 0

Class B Shares (paid to CGMI and LMIS)

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

    

2007

   $  

2006

   $ 29,049

2005

   $ 42,232

Class C Shares (paid to CGMI and LMIS)

 

For the fiscal years ended December 31:

    

2007

   $  

2006

   $ 954

2005

   $   2,203

No initial or contingent deferred sales charges were paid to PFS for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007.

Services and Distribution Plan Arrangements

The Trustees, on behalf of the fund, have adopted an amended shareholder services and distribution plan (the “12b-1 Plan”) pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act with respect to the Class A, B, C, FI and R shares. Under the 12b-1 Plan, the fund pays service and/or distribution fees to LMIS for the services it provides and expenses it bears with respect to the distribution of the shares and providing services to shareholders. The distributor will provide the Board with periodic reports of amounts expended under the 12b-1 Plan and the

 

61


purposes for which such expenditures were made. The fund pays service and/or distribution fees accrued daily and payable monthly, calculated at annual rates of the fund’s average daily net assets as follows:

 

       Service Fee As a
Percentage of
Net Assets
    Distribution Fee As
a Percentage of
Daily Net Assets
 

Class A

   0.25 %   N/A  

Class B

   0.25 %   0.75 %

Class C

   0.25 %   0.75 %

Class FI

   0.25 %   N/A  

Class R

   0.25 %   0.25 %

Class IS

   0.25 %   N/A  

Prior to December 1, 2005, the fund paid service and distribution fees directly to CGMI under separate 12b-1 Plans with respect to shares sold through CGMI.

Fees under the 12b-1 Plan may be used to make payments to the distributor for distribution services, to Service Agents in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to other parties in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to make payments for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing, and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than regulators and existing shareholders. The fund also may make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid to each recipient may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of fund shares and/or shareholder services provided.

The 12b-1 Plan also provides that the distributor and Service Agents may receive all or a portion of the sales charges paid by Class A, B and C investors.

The 12b-1 Plan permits the fund to pay fees to the distributor, Service Agents and others as compensation for their services, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. Thus, even if its expenses exceed the fees provided for by a 12b-1 Plan, the fund will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if its expenses are less than the fees paid to them, they will realize a profit. The fund may pay the fees to the distributor and others until the 12b-1 Plan or distribution agreement is terminated or not renewed. In that event, the distributor’s or other recipient’s expenses in excess of fees received or accrued through the termination date will be the distributor’s or other recipient’s sole responsibility and not obligations of the fund. In their annual consideration of the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan for the fund, the Trustees will review the 12b-1 Plan and the expenses for each class within the fund separately.

The 12b-1 Plan also recognizes that various service providers to the fund, such as the manager, may make payments for distribution related expenses out of their own resources, including past profits, or payments received from the fund for other purposes, such as management fees, and that the fund’s distributor or Service Agents may from time to time use their own resources for distribution-related services, in addition to the fees paid under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan specifically provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the fund within the context of Rule 12b-1, then the payments are deemed to be authorized by the 12b-1 Plan, if permitted under applicable law.

The 12b-1 Plan continues in effect if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of both a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreement related to the 12b- 1 Plan (for purposes of this paragraph “Qualified” Trustees). The Qualified Trustees, in the exercise of their business judgment in the

 

62


best interests of the shareholders of a fund and each class, have approved the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan requires that the fund and the distributor provide to the Board and the Board review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and the purposes therefor) under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan further provides that the selection and nomination of the Qualified Trustees is committed to the discretion of the Qualified Trustees then in office. Each 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to any class of a fund at any time by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Qualified Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that class. The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of permitted expenses of the class thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding securities of that class and may not be materially amended in any case without a vote of a majority of both the Trustees and Qualified Trustees. The fund will preserve copies of any plan, agreement or report made pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan for a period of not less than six years, and for the first two years the fund will preserve such copies in an easily accessible place.

As contemplated by the 12b-1 Plan, the distributor acts as an agent of the Trust in connection with the offering of shares of the fund pursuant to the distribution agreement.

The service fees are used for servicing shareholder accounts, including payments by LMIS to selected securities dealers. The distribution fees are paid to LMIS to compensate for activities primarily intended to result in the sale of Class B and Class C shares, including payment to selected securities dealers.

The following service and distribution fees were incurred pursuant to a 12b-1 Plan during the fiscal years indicated:

 

     2005    2006    2007

Class A

   $ 831,032    $ 1,032,131    $               

Class B

   $ 294,426    $ 253,580    $  

Class C

   $ 553,642    $ 534,028    $  

Distribution expenses incurred by LMIS, CGMI and/or PFS for advertising, printing and mailing prospectuses, support services and overhead expenses, payments to their financial advisers or registered representative and for accruals for interest on expenses incurred in the distribution of the fund’s shares are set forth in the following tables:

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, CGMI incurred the following distribution expense for the fund:

 

Class of Shares

   Financial
Consultant
Compensation
   Third
Party
Service
Fees
   Branch
Expenses
   Marketing
and
Advertising
Expenses
   Printing
Expenses
   Total

Class A

   $                 $         $                 $         $                 $             

Class B

   $      $      $      $      $      $  

Class C

   $      $      $      $      $      $  

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, LMIS incurred the following distribution expense for the fund:

 

Class of Shares

   Financial
Consultant
Compensation
   Third
Party
Service
Fees
   Marketing
and
Advertising
Expenses
   Printing
Expenses
   Total

Class A

   $                 $                 $                 $                 $             

Class B

   $      $      $      $      $  

Class C

   $      $      $      $      $  

 

63


For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, PFS incurred the following distribution expense for the fund:

 

Class of Shares

   Financial
Consultant
Compensation
   Third
Party
Service
Fees
   Branch
Expenses
   Marketing
and
Advertising
Expenses
   Printing
Expenses
   Total

Class A

   $                 $         $                 $                 $                 $             

Class B

   $      $      $      $      $      $  

Dealer reallowances are described in the fund’s prospectus.

No information is presented for Class IS shares because this class was not available prior to the date of the prospectus and this SAI.

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

Subject to policies as may be established by the Board from time to time, the fund’s subadviser is primarily responsible for the fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the fund’s portfolio transactions except that the manager manages the cash and the short-term investments of the fund. Commissions are negotiated with broker-dealers on all transactions.

The cost of securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission, concession or a net price. The purchase by the fund of participations or assignments may be pursuant to privately negotiated transactions pursuant to which the fund may be required to pay fees to the seller or forego a portion of payments in respect of the participation agreement. The aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the fund for its three most recent fiscal years is set forth below under “Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid.”

Pursuant to its Management Agreement and the Sub-Advisory Agreement, the manager and the subadviser are authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of the manager and the subadviser in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker/dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker/dealer commits its own capital.

In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) to the fund and/or the other accounts over which the manager, the subadviser or its affiliate exercise investment discretion. The manager and the subadviser are authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the manager or subadviser, as applicable, determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the manager or the subadviser, as applicable, and its affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The manager or subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the manager or subadviser, as applicable, in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases the fund’s costs, neither the manager or any subadviser believes that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

 

64


Research services furnished to the manager or subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for the fund may be used by the manager or subadviser, as applicable, in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the manager or subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the manager or subadviser manages may be used by the manager or subadviser, as applicable, in servicing the fund. Not all of these research services are used by the manager of subadviser in managing any particular account, including the fund.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund paid commissions to brokers that provided research services as follows:

 

Total Dollar Amount of Brokerage Transactions
Related to Research Services

  

Total Dollar Amount of Brokerage Commissions
Paid on Transactions Related to Research Services

$            

   $            

The fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The Board has adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007, the fund paid aggregate brokerage commissions and brokerage commissions to CGMI as set out below:

 

       Aggregate Brokerage
Commissions Paid
   Amount of Brokerage
Commission Paid by the
Fund to CGMI

Year Ended December 31, 2005

   $ 2,629,994    $ 0

Year Ended December 31, 2006

   $ 2,359,997    $ 6,723

Year Ended December 31, 2007

   $      $  

As of December 1, 2005, LMIS became an underwriter of the fund under the 1940 Act. For the period December 1, 2005 though December 31, 2005, the fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to LMIS or its affiliates. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to LMIS or its affiliates.

During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007, the fund held no securities issued by the regular broker/dealers of the fund.

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the fund as well as for one or more of the subadviser’s other clients. Investment decisions for the fund and for the subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for the fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for the fund and for other funds managed by

 

65


the manager or subadviser occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

For reporting purposes, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the lime of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in the fund’s investment portfolio (other than short- term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the subadviser deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, the portfolio turnover rates were 94% and     %, respectively.

In the event that portfolio turnover increases, this increase necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the fund. To the extent portfolio trading results in realization of net short-term capital gains, shareholders will be taxed on such gains at ordinary tax rates (except shareholders who invest through IRAs and other retirement plans which are not taxed currently on accumulations in their accounts).

PURCHASE OF SHARES

General

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors, including retirement plans purchasing through certain Service Agents, may purchase shares directly from the fund. When purchasing shares of the fund, investors must specify whether the purchase is for Class A, B, C, FI, R, 1, I (1) or IS shares. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly the transfer agent are not subject to a maintenance fee. Effective July 27, 2007, the fund’s Class 1 shares were closed to all purchases and incoming exchanges.

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements, please see the fund’s prospectus.

There are no minimum investment requirements for purchases of Class A shares by: (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”), (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, as well as (iv) the ”immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons. The fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time.

 

 

(1)

As of November 20, 2006, Class Y Shares were renamed Class I Shares. As of March 2, 2007, Class O shares converted to Class I shares.

 

66


Purchase orders received by the fund prior to the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) on any day the fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day (the “trade date”). Orders received by a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day, provided the order is received by the fund’s agent prior to its close of business. Payment must be made with the purchase order.

Systematic Investment Plan.     Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any time by purchasing shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. Under the Systematic Investment Plan, the distributor or the transfer agent is authorized through preauthorized transfers of at least $25 on a monthly, quarterly, every alternate month, semi-annual or annual basis to charge the shareholder’s account held with a bank or other financial institution as indicated by the shareholder, to provide for systematic additions to the shareholder’s fund account. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete the transfer will be charged a fee of up to $25 by the distributor or the transfer agent. Additional information is available from the fund or a Service Agent.

Sales Charge Alternatives

The following classes of shares are available for purchase. See the prospectus for a discussion of who is eligible to purchase certain classes and of factors to consider in selecting which class of shares to purchase.

Class A Shares .     Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the net asset value plus an initial sales charge, as described in the fund’s prospectus.

Members of the selling group may receive a portion of the sales charge as described in the fund’s prospectus and may be deemed to be underwriters of the fund as defined in the 1933 Act. Sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate of purchases of Class A shares of the fund made at one time by any “person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

Purchases of Class A shares of $1,000,000 or more will be made at net asset value without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% on redemptions made within 12 months of purchase. The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class B and C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

Class B and C Shares.     Class B and C shares are sold without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” below.

Class I, R, FI and IS Shares.      Class I, R, FI and IS shares are sold at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

Class 1 Shares.     Effective July 27, 2007, the fund’s Class 1 shares were closed to all purchases and incoming exchanges. Investors owning Class 1 shares on that date may continue to maintain their then-current

 

67


Class 1 shares, but are no longer permitted to add to their Class 1 share positions (excluding reinvestment of dividends and distributions).

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers.     Purchases of Class A shares may be made at net asset value without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

(a)  sales to (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired Board Members, (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, as well as (iv) the ”immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

(b)  sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

(c)  offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with the fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

(d)  purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the fund (or Class A shares of another Legg Mason Partners fund that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in the fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

(e)  purchases by accounts managed by registered investment advisory subsidiaries of Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”);

(f)  purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts; and

(g)  purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the sales charge.

Accumulation Privilege —Please see the fund’s prospectus for information regarding accumulation privileges.

Letter of Intent —The Letter of Intent helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners funds over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. You have a choice of seven Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

 

(1)  $25,000

   (5)  $500,000

(2)  $50,000

   (6)  $750,000

(3)  $100,000

   (7)  $1,000,000

(4)  $250,000

  

 

68


Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the Legg Mason Partners Funds.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a thirteen (13) month period Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less any Eligible Prior Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases towards the Letter, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter.

Eligible Fund Purchases.     Generally, any shares of a Legg Mason Partners Fund may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (except for money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners Funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund are not eligible.

This list may change from time to time. Investors should check with their Service Agent to see which funds may be eligible.

Eligible Accounts.     Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

Eligible Prior Purchases.     You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

Purchases made 90 days prior to the 13-month period are also eligible to be treated as purchases made under the Letter of Intent. Any Eligible Fund Purchases in Eligible Accounts made during that period will count towards your Asset Level Goal and will also be eligible for the lower sales charge applicable to your Asset Level Goal. You will be credited by way of additional shares at the current offering price for the difference between (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for those eligible shares and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for your Asset Level Goal.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter.     You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must, however, contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent , contact the transfer agent prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then current offering price for the difference between: (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

 

69


Sales and Exchanges.     Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Asset Level Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with the fund’s prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

Cancellation of Letter.     You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, by notifying the transfer agent in writing. The Letter will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares.     Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date your Letter (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter) is accepted, will be held in escrow during the term of your Letter. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal.     If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal or you elect to liquidate all of your holdings or cancel the Letter before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, the transfer agent, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are: (a) Class B shares; (b) Class C shares; and (c) Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less.

Class C shares and Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 12 months of purchase In circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge is imposed on Class B shares, the amount of the charge will depend on the number of years since the shareholder made the purchase payment from which the amount is being redeemed, as further described in the prospectus. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years since a purchase payment, all purchase payments made during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day of the preceding statement month.

Class B shares will convert automatically to Class A shares approximately eight years after the date on which they were purchased and thereafter will no longer be subject to any distribution fees. There will also be converted at that time such proportion of Class B dividend shares (Class B shares that were acquired through the

 

70


reinvestment of dividends and distributions) owned by the shareholders as the total number of his or her Class B shares converting at the time bears to the total number of outstanding Class B shares (other than Class B dividend shares) owned by the shareholder.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other Legg Mason Partners mutual funds. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The fund’s distributor receives contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for their expenses in selling shares.

Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% of the shareholder’s account balance at the time the withdrawals commence per month, up to a maximum of 12% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined in the Code) of the shareholder; (d) mandatory post-retirement distributions from retirement plans or IRAs commencing on or after attainment of age 70½ (except that shareholders who purchased shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge prior to May 23, 2005, will be “grandfathered” and will be eligible to obtain the waiver at age 59½ by demonstrating such eligibility at the time of redemption); (e) involuntary redemptions; (f) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of the fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; (g) tax-free returns of an excess contribution to any retirement plan; and (h) certain redemptions of shares of the fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

The contingent deferred sales charge is waived on new Class C shares purchased by retirement plan omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other Legg Mason Partners Funds may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the distributor or the transfer agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

Determination of Public Offering Price

The fund offers its shares on a continuous basis. The public offering price for each class of shares of the fund is equal to the net asset value per share at the time of purchase plus, for Class A, shares an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment. A contingent deferred sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class A, B and C shares. Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the fund based on the net asset value of a share of the fund as of December 31, 2007.

 

Class A (based on a net asset value of $     and a maximum initial
sales charge of     %)

   $     

 

71


REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets the fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the fund’s investments or determination of net asset value is not reasonably practicable or (c) for such other periods as the SEC by order may permit for protection of the fund’s shareholders.

If the shares to be redeemed were issued in certificate form, the certificates must be endorsed for transfer (or be accompanied by an endorsed stock power) and must be submitted to the transfer agent together with the redemption request. Any signature appearing on a share certificate, stock power or written redemption request in excess of $50,000 must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution such as a domestic bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit union, member bank of the Federal Reserve System or member firm of a national securities exchange. Written redemption requests of $50,000 or less do not require a signature guarantee unless more than one such redemption request is made in any 10-day period. Redemption proceeds will be mailed to an investor’s address of record. The transfer agent may require additional supporting documents for redemptions made by corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A redemption request will not be deemed properly received until the transfer agent receives all required documents in proper form.

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions. The redemption proceeds will be remitted on or before the seventh business day following receipt of proper tender, except on any days on which the NYSE is closed or as permitted under the 1940 Act, in extraordinary circumstances. Redemption proceeds for shares purchased by check, other than a certified or official bank check, will be remitted upon clearance of the check, which may take up to ten days. Each Service Agent is responsible for transmitting promptly orders for its customers.

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

The fund no longer issues share certificates. Outstanding share certificates will continue to be honored. If you hold share certificates, it will take longer to exchange or redeem shares.

Additional Information Regarding Telephone Redemption and Exchange Program.     Neither the fund nor its agents will be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that are reasonably believed to be genuine. The fund and its agents will employ procedures designed to verify the identity of the caller and legitimacy of instructions (for example, a shareholder’s name and account number will be required and phone calls may be recorded). The fund reserves the right to suspend, modify or discontinue the telephone redemption and exchange program or to impose a charge for this service at any time following at least seven (7) days’ prior notice to shareholders.

Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders as described in the prospectus. To the extent withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in the fund, there will be a reduction in the value of the shareholder’s investment, and continued withdrawal payments may reduce the shareholder’s investment and ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in the fund. Furthermore, as it generally would not be advantageous to a shareholder to make additional investments in the fund at the same time he or she is participating in the Withdrawal Plan, purchases by such shareholder in amounts of less than $5,000 ordinarily will not be permitted. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between funds or

 

72


classes of the fund. All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at net asset value in additional shares of the fund.

Shareholders who wish to participate in the Withdrawal Plan and who hold their shares in certificate form must deposit their share certificates with the transfer agent as agent for Withdrawal Plan members. For additional information, shareholders should contact their Service Agent. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the Withdrawal Plan must be received by the transfer agent no later than the eighth day of the month to be eligible for participation beginning with that month’s withdrawal.

Distributions in Kind

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, the fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion of a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the fund’s net assets by a distribution in kind of fund securities in lieu of cash. If a redemption is paid in portfolio securities, such securities will be valued in accordance with the procedures described under “Share Price” in the fund’s prospectus. Securities issued as a distribution in kind may incur brokerage commissions when shareholders subsequently sell those securities.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The net asset value per share of the fund’s classes is calculated on each day, Monday through Friday, except days on which the NYSE is closed. The NYSE currently is scheduled to be closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas, and on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when one of these holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively. Because of the differences in distribution fees and class-specific expenses, the per share net asset value of each class will differ. Please see the prospectus for a description of the procedures used by the fund in valuing its assets.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

General.

The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in a fund with different

investment objectives when they believe that a shift between funds is an appropriate investment decision.

This privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the fund shares being acquired may legally be sold. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. Prospectuses may be obtained from a Service Agent.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current net asset value and the proceeds are immediately invested, at a price as described above, in shares of the fund being acquired. The distributor reserves the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Class A, FI, R, I and IS Exchanges .    Class A, FI, R, I and IS shareholders of the fund who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares for shares of the respective class in another fund may do so without imposition of any charge.

 

73


Class B Exchanges .    Class B shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class B shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class B shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class B shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Class C Exchanges .    Class C shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class C shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class C shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Class 1 Exchanges.     Class 1 shareholders may exchange Class 1 shares for Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners Funds that do not offer Class 1 shares.

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege.     The fund is not designed to provide investors with a means of speculation on short-term market movements. A pattern of frequent exchanges by investors can be disruptive to efficient portfolio management and, consequently, can be detrimental to the fund and its shareholders. See “Frequent Purchases and Redemptions of Fund Shares” in the prospectus.

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, the fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components—redemption orders with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the fund’s next determined net asset value but the purchase order would be effective only at the net asset value next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by telephone. See the prospectus for additional information. Exchanges will be processed at the net asset value next determined. Redemption procedures discussed above are also applicable for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon receipt of all supporting documents in proper form. If the account registration of the shares of the fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the shares of the fund exchanged, no signature guarantee is required.

This exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent or, if they hold fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent, to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES

The following discussion is a brief summary of certain additional tax considerations affecting the fund and its shareholders. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns, and the discussions set forth here and in the prospectus do not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers with specific questions relating to federal, state, local or foreign taxes.

Taxation of the Fund

The fund has elected to be treated, and intends to qualify each year, as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Code. Qualification as a RIC requires, among other things, that the fund:

(i)  derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from: (a) dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sales or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or foreign currencies; and

 

74


(b) net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross income from the items described in (a) above (each a “Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership”) (the “Income Requirement”); and

(ii)  diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year: (a) at least 50% of the value of the fund’s total assets is represented by (I) cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and (II) other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other regulated investment companies) of (I) any one issuer, (II) any two or more issuers that the fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships.

As a RIC, the fund will not be subject to federal income tax on its “investment company taxable income”, (as that term is defined in the Code, determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and “net capital gain” (the excess of the fund’s net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income for such taxable year and its net tax-exempt interest income for such taxable year. However, the fund will be subject to federal corporate income tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on any undistributed income other than tax-exempt income from municipal obligations and to alternative minimum tax (currently at a maximum rate of 20% for corporations such as the funds) on alternative minimum taxable income. The fund may designate amounts retained as undistributed net capital gain in a notice to its shareholders who (i) will be required to include in income for United States federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the income tax paid by the fund on the undistributed amount against their federal income tax liabilities and to claim refunds to the extent such credits exceed their liabilities and (iii) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to the excess of the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholder’s income over the income tax credit. The fund intends to comply with the 90% distribution requirement described above in order to avoid being subject to federal income tax on its investment company taxable income that it distributes to its shareholders.

If in any year the fund should fail to qualify under Subchapter M for tax treatment as a RIC, or fail to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement, the fund would incur regular corporate federal income tax upon its income for that year, and distributions to its shareholders (including distribution of net capital gain) would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income for federal income tax purposes to the extent of the fund’s earnings and profits.

The fund will be subject to a non-deductible 4% excise tax to the extent that the fund does not distribute by the end of each calendar year the sum of: (a) 98% of its ordinary income for such calendar year; (b) 98% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of such year; and (c) 100% of the undistributed income and gains from the preceding calendar years (if any) pursuant to the calculations in (a) and (b). For this purpose, any income or gain retained by the fund that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end.

Funds investing in foreign securities or currencies may be required to pay withholding or other taxes to foreign governments on dividends and interest. The yield of the fund’s investment in foreign securities or currencies will be reduced by these foreign taxes. Shareholders will generally not be able to claim a foreign tax credit or deduction for these foreign taxes.

The fund may engage in hedging or derivatives transactions involving foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options, futures and forward contracts on foreign currencies) and short sales. See “Additional Investment Activities and Risk Factors—Derivatives.” Such transactions will be subject to special provisions of the Code that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by

 

75


the fund (that is, may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital and, if capital, whether long-term or short-term), accelerate recognition of income of the fund and defer recognition of certain of the fund’s losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. In addition, these provisions (1) will require the fund to “mark-to-market” certain types of positions in its portfolio each year (that is, treat them as if they were closed out) and (2) may cause the fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirement for qualifying to be taxed as a RIC and to avoid both the corporate level tax and the 4% excise tax. Furthermore, certain fund investments may produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the Income Requirement. The same may be true of investments in passive foreign investment companies (each a “PFIC”) to the extent the fund elects to mark such investments to market as described below. The fund intends to monitor its transactions, to make the appropriate tax elections and to make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any option, futures contract, forward contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules.

The fund may make investments that produce income that is not matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the fund, such as investments in PIK bonds or in obligations, such as certain Brady Bonds or zero coupon securities, having original issue discount (i.e., an amount equal to the excess of the stated redemption price of the security at maturity over its issue price), or in obligations having market discount (i.e., an amount generally equal to the excess of the stated redemption price or revised issue price of the security over the basis of such security immediately after it was acquired) if the fund elects to accrue market discount on a current basis. In addition, income may continue to accrue for federal income tax purposes with respect to a non-performing investment. Any such income would be treated as income earned by the fund and therefore would be subject to the distribution requirements of the Code. Because such income may not be matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the fund, such fund may be required to borrow money or dispose of other securities to be able to make distributions to its shareholders. In addition, if an election is not made to currently accrue market discount with respect to a market discount bond, all or a portion of any deduction for any interest expense incurred to purchase or hold such bond may be deferred until such bond is sold or otherwise disposed of.

If the fund purchases shares in a PFIC, the fund may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains. The funds intend to limit their investments in PFICs as necessary to avoid such a tax. If the fund were to invest in a PFIC and elected to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (a “QEF”) under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the fund would be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gain of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the fund. Alternatively, the fund can elect to mark-to-market at the end of each taxable year its shares in a PFIC; in this case, the fund would recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such shares, and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the extent it did not exceed prior increases included in income. Under either election, the fund might be required to recognize in a year income in excess of its distributions from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock during that year, and such income would nevertheless be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements.

The fund may invest in REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage conduits (“REMICs”). Under a notice recently issued by the IRS, a portion of the fund’s income from a REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides that excess inclusion income of a RIC, such as the fund, will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on unrelated business income, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is

 

76


allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a ‘disqualified organization’ (as defined in the Code) is a record holder of a share in a RIC, then the RIC will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest U.S. federal income tax rate imposed on corporations.

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the fund actually collects such income or receivables or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

Taxation of Shareholders

Shareholders receiving a distribution in the form of additional shares will be treated for federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of cash that would have been received had they elected to receive cash and will have a cost basis in each share received equal to such amount divided by the number of shares received. Shareholders will be notified annually as to the federal tax status of distributions.

Tax Treatment of Distributions.     All distributions to shareholders of the fund of investment company taxable income and net capital gain will be taxable to shareholders whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. For federal income tax purposes, dividends from ordinary income, and any distributions from net short-term capital gain are taxable to shareholders as ordinary income, whether the distributions are made in cash or additional shares. A portion of such dividends may qualify for the dividends received deduction available to corporations, as discussed below. For taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, to the extent that ordinary dividends are derived from qualified dividend income of the fund, such dividends will be treated as qualified dividend income to the shareholder, provided that they are so designated by the fund and that the recipient shareholder satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. If 95% or more of the fund’s gross income, calculated without taking into account long-term capital gains, consists of qualified dividend income, the fund may designate all distributions of such income as qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is generally taxed to individual and other non-corporate shareholders at rates equivalent to long-term capital gain tax rates. With respect to income received by the fund, qualified dividend income generally is income derived from dividends from U.S. corporations (other than REITs) or from corporations that are either incorporated in a U.S. possession or eligible for benefits under qualifying U.S. tax treaties. Distributions from a foreign corporation that is not a “qualified foreign corporation” may nevertheless be treated as “qualified dividend income” if the applicable stock is readily tradable on an established U.S. securities market. “Passive foreign investment companies” will not be treated as “qualified foreign corporations” for these purposes. For the fund to receive qualified dividend income, the fund must also meet certain holding period requirements for the stock on which the dividend is paid.

Distributions of net capital gain designated by the fund as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain, whether paid in cash or additional shares, and regardless of how long the shares have been held by such shareholders. Such distributions will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction.

Distributions, if any, in excess of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a return of capital which is applied against and reduces the shareholder’s tax basis in his or her shares. Any excess will be treated as gain from the sale of his or her shares, in the manner discussed below under the heading “ Redemption, Sale or Exchange of Fund Shares .”

 

77


Generally, shareholders will be taxable on dividends or distributions in the year of receipt. However, if the fund declares a dividend in October, November or December to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month which is actually paid during the following January, it will be deemed to have been received by the shareholders and paid by the fund on December 31 of the year in which the dividend is declared. Not later than 60 days after the close of its taxable year, the fund will provide its shareholders with a written notice designating the amount of any ordinary dividends, including the portion that may be treated as qualified dividend income, and the amount of any capital gain dividends paid by the fund.

Dividends Received Deduction .      It is expected that a portion of the dividends of investment company taxable income received by corporate shareholders from the fund will qualify for the dividends received deduction generally available to corporations, but only to the extent of qualifying dividends received by the fund from domestic corporations. A dividend received by the fund will not be treated as a qualifying dividend (i) if the stock on which the dividend is paid is considered to be “debt-financed” (generally, acquired with borrowed funds), (ii) if the fund fails to meet certain holding period requirements for the stock on which the dividend is paid or (iii) to the extent that the fund is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. Moreover, the dividends received deduction may be disallowed or reduced if the corporate shareholder fails to satisfy the foregoing requirements with respect to its shares of the fund or by application of the Code.

Redemption, Sale or Exchange of Fund Shares.     The redemption, sale or exchange of fund shares is a taxable event and may result in a gain or loss. Gain or loss, if any, recognized on the sale or other disposition of shares of the fund will be taxed as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands. Generally, a shareholder’s gain or loss will be a long-term gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. If a shareholder sells or otherwise disposes of shares of the fund before holding them for more than six months, any loss on the sale or other disposition of such shares shall be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received by the shareholder (or amounts credited to the shareholder as an undistributed capital gain) with respect to such shares. A loss realized on a sale, exchange or other disposition of shares generally will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares of the fund are acquired within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date that the original shares are disposed of, such as pursuant to reinvestment of dividends in fund shares. In such case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

Taxation of Foreign Shareholders.     Taxation of a shareholder who, as to the United States, is a nonresident alien individual, foreign trust or estate, foreign corporation, or foreign partnership (“foreign shareholder”), depends on whether the income from the fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by such shareholder.

If the income from the fund is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, dividends paid to such foreign shareholder from investment company taxable income (including any portion thereof treated as qualified dividend income) will generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax at the rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate) upon the gross amount of the dividend. However, under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, a new exemption is created under which U.S. source withholding taxes are no longer imposed on dividends paid by RICs to the extent the dividends are designated as “interest-related dividends” or “short-term capital gain dividends.” Under this exception, interest-related dividends and short-term capital gain dividends generally represent distributions of interest or short-term capital gains that would not have been subject to U.S. withholding tax at the source if they had been received directly by a foreign person, and that satisfy certain other requirements. The exemption applies to dividends with respect to taxable years of RICs beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2008. Such a foreign shareholder would generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on gains realized on the sale of shares of the fund, capital gain dividends and amounts retained by the fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains.

If the income from the fund is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then ordinary dividends (including any portion thereof treated as qualified dividend income), capital

 

78


gain dividends, undistributed capital gains credited to such shareholder and any gains realized upon the sale of shares of the fund will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. citizens or domestic corporations. Foreign corporate shareholders may also be subject to the branch profits tax imposed by the Code.

The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may be different from those described herein. Foreign shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund, including the applicability of foreign taxes.

Reporting Requirements.     Treasury regulations provide that if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in may cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Backup Withholding.     The fund may be required to withhold federal income tax at the rate of 28% (“backup withholding”) from dividends (other than exempt-interest dividends) and redemption proceeds paid to non-corporate shareholders including foreign shareholders. This tax may be withheld from dividends if (i) the payee fails to furnish the fund with the payee’s correct taxpayer identification number (e.g., an individual’s social security number), (ii) the IRS or a broker notifies the fund that the payee has failed to report properly certain interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices to that effect, or (iii) when required to do so, the payee fails to certify that he or she is not subject to backup withholding. Redemption proceeds may be subject to withholding under the circumstances described in (i) above. In the case of foreign shareholders, this tax may be withheld if the foreign shareholder does not certify his foreign status under penalties of perjury. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Backup withholding will not be applied to payments that already have been subjected to the 30% withholding tax described above under the heading “Taxation of Foreign Shareholders.”

State and Local Tax Matters

Most states provide that a RIC may pass through (without restriction) to its shareholders state and local income tax exemptions available to direct owners of certain types of U.S. government securities (such as U.S. Treasury obligations). Thus, for residents of these states, distributions derived from the fund’s investment in certain types of U.S. government securities should be free from state and local income taxes to the extent that the interest income from such investments would have been exempt from state and local income taxes if such securities had been held directly by the respective shareholders themselves. Certain states, however, do not allow a RIC to pass through to its shareholders the state and local income tax exemptions available to direct owners of certain types of U.S. government securities unless the RIC holds at least a required amount of U.S. government securities. Accordingly, for residents of these states, distributions derived from the fund’s investment in certain types of U.S. government securities may not be entitled to the exemptions from state and local income taxes that would be available if the shareholders had purchased U.S. government securities directly. Shareholders’ dividends attributable to the fund’s income from repurchase agreements generally are subject to state and local income taxes, although states and localities vary in their treatment of such income. The exemption from state and local income taxes does not preclude states from asserting other taxes on the ownership of U.S. government securities. To the extent that the fund invests to a substantial degree in U.S. government securities which are subject to favorable state and local tax treatment, shareholders of the fund will be notified as to the extent to which distributions from the fund are attributable to interest on such securities.

 

79


The foregoing is only a summary of certain material United States federal income tax consequences affecting the fund and its shareholders. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Trust.     The certificate of trust to establish Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (referred to in this section as the trust) was filed with the State of Maryland on October 4, 2006. On April 16, 2007, the fund was redomiciled as a series of the trust. Prior thereto, the fund was a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, a Massachusetts business trust. Prior to reorganization of the fund as a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust, the fund was a series of Salomon Brothers Series Funds Inc., a Maryland corporation.

The fund is a series of the trust, a Maryland business trust. A Maryland business trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Board (referred to in this section as the Trustees) and shareholders of the trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust (referred to in this section as the Declaration). Some of the more significant provisions of the declaration are described below.

Shareholder Voting

The declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the trust or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the trust or any series or class.

The fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but the fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the declaration. The declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares the shareholder owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of all series and classes of the trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares.

Election and Removal of Trustees

The Declaration provides that the Trustees may establish the number of Trustees and that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining Trustees, except when election of Trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The Declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two thirds of the Trustees and that Trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees. The provisions of the Declaration relating to the election and removal of Trustees may not be amended without the approval of two thirds of the Trustees.

Amendments to the Declaration

The Trustees are authorized to amend the Declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the Declaration to persons who are or

 

80


have been shareholders, trustees, officers or, employees of the trust or that limit the rights to indemnification or insurance provided in the declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification under the Declaration prior to the amendment.

Issuance and Redemption of Shares

The fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the Trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the Trustees may determine. The fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the Trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide the fund with identification required by law, or if the fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings

The Declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to the fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and the fund may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation.

Small Accounts

The Declaration provides that the fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the Trustees from time to time. Alternately, the Declaration permits the fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

Series and Classes

The Declaration provides that the Trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges, and other features of the series and classes. The Trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the Trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into another class.

Each share of the fund, as a series of the Trust, represents an interest in the fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the Trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability

The Declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of the fund and requires the fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. In addition, the fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The Declaration further provides that a Trustee acting in his or her capacity of Trustee is not personally liable to any person other than the trust or its shareholders, for any act, omission, or obligation of the trust. Further, a Trustee is held to the same standard of conduct as a director of a Maryland corporation. This requires that a Trustee perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the Trust or a series thereof, and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. The Declaration also permits the limitation of a Trustee’s liability to the full extent provided under Maryland law. Under current Maryland law, a Trustee is liable to the Trust or its shareholders for monetary

 

81


damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The Declaration requires the Trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The Declaration provides that any Trustee who serves as chair of the Board or of a committee of the Board, lead independent Trustee, or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

Derivative Actions

The Declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to the fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by three unrelated shareholders must first be made on a fund’s Trustees. The Declaration details various information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the Trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the Trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of the fund, the Trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the Trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the fund. The Declaration further provides that shareholders owning shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected fund must join in bringing the derivative action. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the fund in connection with the consideration of the demand, if in the judgment of the independent Trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the Declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

The Declaration further provides that the fund shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The Declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the fund be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.     The fund sends its shareholders a semi-annual report and an audited annual report, which include listings of investment securities held by the fund at the end of the period covered. In an effort to reduce the fund’s printing and mailing costs, the fund consolidates the mailing of its semi-annual and annual reports by household. This consolidation means that a household having multiple accounts with the identical address of record will receive a single copy of each report. In addition, the fund also consolidates the mailing of its prospectus so that a shareholder having multiple accounts (that is, individual, IRA and/or Self-Employed Retirement Plan accounts) will receive a single prospectus annually. Shareholders who do not want this consolidation to apply to their accounts should contact their Service Agent or the transfer agent.

 

82


Legal Matters

Beginning in June 2004, class action lawsuits alleging violations of the federal securities laws were filed against CGMI, a former distributor of the fund and other affiliated funds (collectively, the “Funds”), including SBFM and Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (“SBAM”), which were then investment adviser or manager to certain of the Funds (the “Managers”), substantially all of the mutual funds then managed by the Managers (the “Defendant Funds”), and Board Members of the Defendant Funds (collectively, the “Defendants”). The complaints alleged, among other things, that CGMI created various undisclosed incentives for its brokers to sell Smith Barney and Salomon Brothers funds. In addition, according to the complaints, the Managers caused the Defendant Funds to pay excessive brokerage commissions to CGMI for steering clients towards proprietary funds. The complaints also alleged that the Defendants breached their fiduciary duty to the Defendant Funds by improperly charging Rule 12b-1 fees and by drawing on fund assets to make undisclosed payments of soft dollars and excessive brokerage commissions. The complaints also alleged that the Defendant Funds failed to adequately disclose certain of the allegedly wrongful conduct. The complaints sought injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, rescission of the Defendant Funds’ contracts with the Managers, recovery of all fees paid to the Managers pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On December 15, 2004, a consolidated amended complaint (the “Complaint”) was filed alleging substantially similar causes of action. On May 27, 2005, all of the Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Complaint. On July 26, 2006, the court issued a decision and order (1) finding that plaintiffs lacked standing to sue on behalf of the shareholders of the Defendant Funds in which none of the plaintiffs had invested and dismissing those Defendant Funds from the case (although stating that they could be brought back into the case if standing as to them could be established), and (2) other than one stayed claim, dismissing all of the causes of action against the remaining Defendants, with prejudice, except for the cause of action under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, which the court granted plaintiffs leave to replead as a derivative claim.

On October 16, 2006, plaintiffs filed their Second Consolidated Amended Complaint (“Second Amended Complaint”) which alleges derivative claims on behalf of nine funds identified in the Second Amended Complaint, under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, against CAM, SBAM and SBFM as investment advisers to the identified funds, as well as CGMI as a distributor for the identified funds (collectively, the “Second Amended Complaint Defendants The Fund was not identified in the Second Amended Complaint. The Second Amended Complaint alleges no claims against any of the Funds or any of their Board Members. Under Section 36(b), the Second Amended Complaint alleges similar facts and seeks similar relief against the Second Amended Complaint Defendants as the Complaint.

On December 3, 2007, the court granted the Defendants’ motion to dismiss, with prejudice. On January 2, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals.

Additional lawsuits arising out of these circumstances and presenting similar allegations and requests for relief may be filed in the future.

*  *  *

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against SBFM, the then-investment adviser or manager to certain of the funds, and CGMI, a former distributor of the fund, relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds (the “Affected Funds”).

The SEC order found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when

 

83


proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that CAM, the Citigroup business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange, among other things, for a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed. SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no certainty as to how the above-described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Affected Funds’ boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Fund. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

The fund is not an Affected Fund and therefore did not implement the transfer agent arrangements described above and therefore will not receive any portion of distributions.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

*  *  *

Beginning in August 2005, five class action lawsuits alleging violations of federal securities laws and state law were filed against CGMI and SBFM (collectively, the “Defendants”) based on the May 31, 2005 settlement order issued against the Defendants by the SEC as described in above. The complaints seek injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, removal of SBFM as the investment manager for the Smith Barney family of funds, rescission of the Funds’ management and other contracts with SBFM, recovery of all fees paid to SBFM pursuant to such contracts, and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

 

84


On October 5, 2005, a motion to consolidate the five actions and any subsequently filed, related action was filed. That motion contemplates that a consolidated amended complaint alleging substantially similar causes of action will be filed in the future.

On September 26, 2007, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York issued an order dismissing the consolidated complaint. The plaintiffs have the right to appeal the order.

*  *  *

On September 16, 2005, the staff of the SEC informed SBFM and SBAM that the staff was considering recommending administrative proceedings against SBFM and SBAM for alleged violations of Section 19(a) and 34(b) of the 1940 Act (and related Rule 19a-1). On September 27, 2007, SBFM and SBAM, without admitting or denying any findings therein, consented to the entry of an order by the SEC relating to the disclosure by certain closed-end funds previously managed by SBFM or SBAM of the sources of distributions paid by the funds between 2001 and 2004. Each of SBFM and SBAM agreed to pay a fine of $450,000, for which it was indemnified by Citigroup, its former parent. It is not expected that this matter will adversely impact the fund or its manager.

*  *  *

The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. Additional lawsuits presenting allegations and requests for relief arising out of or in connection with any of the foregoing matters may be filed against these and related parties in the future.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of the fund and the fund’s predecessor (Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of December 31, 2007, Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2007, Statements of Changes in Net Assets for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2007, Financial Highlights for each of the years in the five-year period ended December 31, 2007, and Notes to Financial Statements along with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of the fund), are incorporated by reference into this SAI (filed on March     , 2008; Accession Number                             ).

 

85


APPENDIX A—Rating

DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

The ratings of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group and Fitch Ratings represent their opinions as to the quality of various debt obligations. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while debt obligations of the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. As described by the rating agencies, ratings are generally given to securities at the time of issuances. While the rating agencies may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Long-Term Obligation Ratings:

Moody’s long-term obligation ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of fixed-income obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.

Aaa

Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, with minimal credit risk.

Aa

Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A

Obligations rated A are considered upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa

Obligations rated Baa are subject to moderate credit risk. They are considered medium-grade and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

Ba

Obligations rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B

Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa

Obligations rated Caa are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca

Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C

Obligations rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

 

A-1


Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal and Tax Exempt Ratings:

Municipal Ratings are opinions of the investment quality of issuers and issues in the US municipal and tax-exempt markets. As such, these ratings incorporate Moody’s assessment of the default probability and loss severity of these issuers and issues. The default and loss content for Moody’s municipal long-term rating scale differs from Moody’s general long-term rating scale. (Please refer to Corporate Equivalent Ratings under Policies and Procedures.)

Municipal Ratings are based upon the analysis of four primary factors relating to municipal finance: economy, debt, finances, and administration/management strategies. Each of the factors is evaluated individually and for its effect on the other factors in the context of the municipality’s ability to repay its debt.

Municipal Long-Term Rating Definitions:

Aaa

Issuers or issues rated Aaa demonstrate the strongest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Aa

Issuers or issues rated Aa demonstrate very strong creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

A

Issuers or issues rated A present above-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Baa

Issuers or issues rated Baa represent average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax- exempt issuers or issues.

Ba

Issuers or issues rated Ba demonstrate below-average creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

B

Issuers or issues rated B demonstrate weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax- exempt issuers or issues.

Caa

Issuers or issues rated Caa demonstrate very weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Ca

Issuers or issues rated Ca demonstrate extremely weak creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

 

A-2


C

Issuers or issues rated C demonstrate the weakest creditworthiness relative to other US municipal or tax-exempt issuers or issues.

Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers “1”, “2” and “3” to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier “1” indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier “2” indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier “3” indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s US Municipal Short-Term Debt And Demand Obligation Ratings:

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels—“MIG 1” through “MIG 3.” In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG,” or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1

This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2

This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3

This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

SG

This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Demand Obligation Ratings:

In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned; a long or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”), using a variation of the MIG rating scale, the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or VMIG rating. When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated NR, e.g., Aaa/NR or NR/VMIG 1. VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.

VMIG 1

This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

 

A-3


VMIG 2

This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

VMIG 3

This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

SG

This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.

Description of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.’s Short-Term Prime Ratings:

Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.

P-1

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP

Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: (1) likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; (2) nature of and provisions of the obligation; and (3) protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category definition.

 

A-4


AAA

An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA

An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial obligations is very strong.

A

An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB

An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB, B, CCC, CC, and C

Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB

An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B

An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC

An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC

An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

C

A subordinated debt or preferred stock obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘C’ rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. A ‘C’ also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

 

A-5


D

An obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Plus (+) or Minus (–): The ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (–) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

N.R.: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

 

A-6


t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Notes:

A Standard & Poor’s U.S. municipal note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment:

—Amortization schedule—the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and

—Source of payment—the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.

Note rating symbols are as follows:

SP-1

Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2

Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3

Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings:

A-1

Short-term obligation rated “A-1” is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments is extremely strong.

A-2

Short-term obligation rated “A-2” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

A-7


A-3

Short-term obligation rated “A-3” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B

A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. Ratings of ‘B-1’, ‘B-2’, and ‘B-3’ may be assigned to indicate finer distinctions within the ‘B’ category. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B-1

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-1’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, but the obligor has a relatively stronger capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-2

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-2’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has an average speculative-grade capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

B-3

A short-term obligation rated ‘B-3’ is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics, and the obligor has a relatively weaker capacity to meet its financial commitments over the short-term compared to other speculative-grade obligors.

C

A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D

A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

Active Qualifiers (Currently applied and/or outstanding)

i: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘p’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

L: Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.

p: This subscript is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both, that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms or both that determine the likelihood of

 

A-8


receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ subscript indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. The ‘p’ subscript will always be used in conjunction with the ‘i’ subscript, which addresses likelihood of receipt of interest. For example, a rated obligation could be assigned ratings of “AAAp NRi” indicating that the principal portion is rated “AAA” and the interest portion of the obligation is not rated.

pi: Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. They do not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and are therefore based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ subscript. Ratings with a ‘pi’ subscript are reviewed annually based on a new year’s financial statements, but may be reviewed on an interim basis if a major event occurs that may affect the issuer’s credit quality.

pr: The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

preliminary: Preliminary ratings are assigned to issues, including financial programs, in the following circumstances. Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt and approval by Standard & Poor’s of appropriate documentation. Changes in the information provided to Standard & Poor’s could result in the assignment of a different rating. In addition, Standard & Poor’s reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Preliminary ratings are assigned to Rule 415 Shelf Registrations. As specific issues, with defined terms, are offered from the master registration, a final rating may be assigned to them in accordance with Standard & Poor’s policies. The final rating may differ from the preliminary rating.

t: This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date. Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks: Country risk considerations are a standard part of Standard & Poor’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Ratings of Commercial Paper:

A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from “A” for the highest-quality obligations to “D” for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

A-1

This designation indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.

A-2

Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, the relative degree of safety is not as high as for issues designated ‘A-1’.

 

A-9


A-3

Issues carrying this designation have an adequate capacity for timely payment. They are, however, more vulnerable to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

B

Issues rated ‘B’ are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.

C

This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with a doubtful capacity for payment.

D

Debt rated ‘D’ is in payment default. The ‘D’ rating category is used when interest payments of principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes such payments will be made during such grace period.

Description of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group’s Dual Ratings:

Standard & Poor’s assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.

The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the commercial paper rating symbols for the put option (for example, “AAA/A-1+”). With short-term demand debt, Standard & Poor’s note rating symbols are used with the commercial paper rating symbols (for example, “SP-1+/A-1+”).

Description of Fitch Ratings International Long-Term Credit Ratings:

International Long-Term Credit Ratings (“LTCR”) may also be referred to as “Long-Term Ratings.” When assigned to most issuers, it is used as a benchmark measure of probability of default and is formally described as an Issuer Default Rating (IDR). The major exception is within Public Finance, where IDRs will not be assigned as market convention has always focused on timeliness and does not draw analytical distinctions between issuers and their underlying obligations. When applied to issues or securities, the LTCR may be higher or lower than the issuer rating (IDR) to reflect relative differences in recovery expectations. The following rating scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings.

Investment Grade

AAA

Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA

Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

 

A-10


A

High credit quality. “A” ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB

Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that there is currently expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

Speculative Grade

BB

Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

B

Highly speculative. For issuers and performing obligations, ‘B’ ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment. For individual obligations, ‘B’ ratings may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for extremely high recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R1’ (outstanding).

CCC

For issuers and performing obligations, default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic conditions. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for average to superior levels of recovery. Differences in credit quality may be denoted by plus/minus distinctions. Such obligations typically would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R2’ (superior), or ‘R3’ (good) or ‘R4’ (average).

CC

For issuers and performing obligations, default of some kind appears probable. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with a Recovery Rating of ‘R4’ (average) or ‘R5’ (below average).

C

For issuers and performing obligations, default is imminent. For individual obligations, may indicate distressed or defaulted obligations with potential for below-average to poor recoveries. Such obligations would possess a Recovery Rating of ‘R6’ (poor).

RD

Indicates an entity that has failed to make due payments (within the applicable grace period) on some but not all material financial obligations, but continues to honor other classes of obligations.

D

Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations. Default generally is defined as one of the following: (i) failure of an obligor to make timely payment of principal and/or interest under the contractual terms of any financial obligation; (ii) the bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation

 

A-11


or other winding-up or cessation of business of an obligor; or (iii) the distressed or other coercive exchange of an obligation, where creditors were offered securities with diminished structural or economic terms compared with the existing obligation.

Default ratings are not assigned prospectively; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period.

Issuers will be rated ‘D’ upon a default. Defaulted and distressed obligations typically are rated along the continuum of ‘C’ to ‘B’ ratings categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. Additionally, in structured finance transactions, where analysis indicates that an instrument is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to meet pay interest and/or principal in full in accordance with the terms of the obligation’s documentation during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default in accordance with the terms of the documentation is imminent, the obligation may be rated in the ‘B’ or ‘CCC-C’ categories.

Default is determined by reference to the terms of the obligations’ documentation. Fitch will assign default ratings where it has reasonably determined that payment has not been made on a material obligation in accordance with the requirements of the obligation’s documentation, or where it believes that default ratings consistent with Fitch’s published definition of default are the most appropriate ratings to assign.

Description of Fitch Ratings International Short-Term Credit Ratings:

International Short-Term Credit Ratings may also be referred to as “Short-Term Ratings.” The following ratings scale applies to foreign currency and local currency ratings. A short-term rating has a time horizon of less than 13 months for most obligations, or up to three years for U.S. public finance, in line with industry standards, to reflect unique characteristics of bond, tax, and revenue anticipation notes that are commonly issued with terms up to three years. Short-term ratings thus places greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.

F1

Highest credit quality. Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2

Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

F3

Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

B

Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C

High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

 

A-12


D

Default. Indicates an entity or sovereign that has defaulted on all of its financial obligations.

Notes to Fitch Ratings International Long-Term and Short-Term Credit Ratings:

The modifiers “+” or “–” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the ‘AAA’ Long-term rating category, to categories below ‘CCC’, or to Short-term ratings other than ‘F1’. (The +/– modifiers are only used to denote issues within the CCC category, whereas issuers are only rated CCC without the use of modifiers.)

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative”, for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving”, if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

Rating Outlook: An Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are ‘stable’ could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch Ratings may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

Program ratings (such as the those assigned to MTN shelf registrations) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned; it should not be assumed that these ratings apply to every issue made under the program. In particular, in the case of non-standard issues, i.e. those that are linked to the credit of a third party or linked to the performance of an index, ratings of these issues may deviate from the applicable program rating.

Variable rate demand obligations and other securities which contain a short-term ‘put’ or other similar demand feature will have a dual rating, such as AAA/F1+. The first rating reflects the ability to meet long-term principal and interest payments, whereas the second rating reflects the ability to honor the demand feature in full and on time.

Interest Only: Interest Only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments.

Principal Only: Principal Only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive their initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date.

Rate of Return: Ratings also may be assigned to gauge the likelihood of an investor receiving a certain predetermined internal rate of return without regard to the precise timing of any cash flows.

‘PIF’: Paid-in -Full; denotes a security that is paid-in-full, matured, called, or refinanced.

‘NR’ indicates that Fitch Ratings does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

‘Withdrawn’: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced, or for any other reason Fitch Ratings deems sufficient.

 

A-13


Appendix B

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

The Proxy Voting Procedures are applicable when ClearBridge votes proxies for clients that have authorized it to do so and for each U.S. registered investment company for which it acts as adviser or sub-adviser with power to vote proxies. The Proxy Voting Procedures state that ClearBridge’s goal is to act prudently and solely in the best interests of the owners of the accounts it manages.

The Proxy Voting Procedures contain voting policies relating to three categories of proxy issues. The first category includes proxy issues for which a position is stated in the procedures (for example, with respect to voting on director nominees in uncontested elections, ClearBridge votes for director nominees). The second category includes issues for which a list of factors to be considered in casting a vote is provided. With respect to these issues, ClearBridge votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles of acting prudently and in the best interests of the owners and considering the designated factors (for example, on proposals that establish or amend director qualifications, ClearBridge considers how reasonable the criteria are and to what degree the criteria may preclude dissident nominees from joining the board). The third category picks up all issues that do not fall into either of the first two categories. For these issues, ClearBridge votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles described above.

The Proxy Voting Procedures set forth guidelines for identifying and resolving conflicts that may arise between ClearBridge’s interests and those of its clients. Periodically, ClearBridge distributes a memorandum alerting employees of their obligations regarding conflicts. Employees are instructed to report conflicts to the Compliance Department. Financial Control provides an up-to-date list of client relationships that account for 1% or more of ClearBridge’s annual revenues.

ClearBridge has created a Proxy Committee which oversees the proxy voting process, resolves conflicts of interest, reviews certain votes, i.e., situations where ClearBridge votes against a specific policy or against management recommendations. The Committee also oversees the performance of the third party vendor charged with administering and implementing the voting.

 

B-1


April     , 2008

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

LEGG MASON PARTNERS SOCIAL AWARENESS FUND

55 Water Street

New York, New York 10041

800-451-2010

This statement of additional information (the “SAI”) is not a prospectus and is meant to be read in conjunction with the current prospectus, dated April     , 2008, as amended or supplemented from time to time, of Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund (“Social Awareness Fund” or the “fund”) (the “Prospectus”), and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into the fund’s Prospectus. Additional information about the fund’s investments is available in the fund’s annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders. The annual report contains financial statements that are incorporated herein by reference. As part of a number of initiatives launched in 2006 to restructure and streamline the Legg Mason Partners fund complex, the fund assumed the assets and liabilities of a predecessor fund with the same name. The fund is now grouped for organizational and governance purposes with other Legg Mason Partners funds that are predominantly equity-type funds, and is a series of Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust. Certain historical information contained in the SAI for periods prior to April 16, 2007 is that of the fund’s predecessor.

A Prospectus and copies of the fund’s most recent reports may be obtained free of charge by contacting banks, brokers, dealers, insurance companies, investment advisers, financial consultants or advisors, mutual fund supermarkets and other financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with the fund’s distributor (called a “Service Agent”), or by writing or calling the fund at the address or telephone number set forth above. Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”), a wholly-owned broker/dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”) serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor.

 

1


CONTENTS

 

Management

   3

Investment Management and Other Services

   12

Portfolio Managers Disclosure

   15

Investment Objective and Policies

   18

Purchase, Exchange and Redemption of Shares

   42

Redemption of Shares

   47

Valuation of Shares

   49

Exchange Privilege

   49

Distributor

   50

Dividends and Distributions

   53

Taxes

   54

Additional Information

   60

Certain Additional Legal Matters

   63

Financial Statements

   65

Appendix A Summary of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures and Legg Mason Funds Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy

   A-1

Appendix B Securities Ratings

   B-1

This Statement of Additional Information is NOT a prospectus and is authorized for distribution to prospective investors only if preceded or accompanied by an effective Prospectus.

 

2


MANAGEMENT

The executive officers of the Trust are employees of the following organizations, which are among the organizations providing services to the Trust:

 

Name

 

Service

Legg Mason Investor Services LLC (“LMIS”)   Distributor
Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA” or the “manager”)  

Manager

Legg Mason Investment Counsel Inc. (“LMIC” or the “subadviser”)   Subadviser
State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”)   Custodian
PFPC Inc. (“PFPC”) (“transfer agent”)   Transfer Agent

These organizations and the services they perform for the Trust and the fund are discussed in the Prospectus and in this SAI.

The business affairs of the fund are managed by or under the direction of the Board of the Trust. The Board elects officers who are responsible for the day-to-day operations of the fund and who execute policies authorized by the Board.

The current Trustees, including the Trustees of the fund who are not “interested persons” of the fund (the “Independent Trustees”) as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and executive officers of the fund, their birth years, their principal occupations during at least the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of funds associated with Legg Mason the Trustees oversee, and other board memberships they hold are set forth below. The address of each Trustee is c/o R. Jay Gerken, 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018.

The following information relates to the Trust’s recently elected Board.

 

Name and
Year of Birth

   Position(s)
with Fund
   Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time
Served **
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds
in Fund

Complex to
be Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During
Past Five Years

INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES:

           

Paul R. Ades

Born 1940

   Trustee    Since 1983    Law firm of Paul R. Ades, PLLC (since 2000)    47    None

Andrew L. Breech

Born 1952

   Trustee    Since 1991    President, Dealer Operating Control Service, Inc. (automotive retail management) (since 1985)    47    None

Dwight B. Crane

Born 1937

   Trustee    Since 1981    Independent Consultant (since 1969); formerly, Professor, Harvard Business School (1969 to 2007)    49    None

 

3


Name and
Year of Birth

   Position(s)
with Fund
   Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time
Served **
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds
in Fund

Complex to
be Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During
Past Five Years

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

Born 1934

   Trustee    Since 1981    Retired; formerly, President and Director, Book Publishing Co. (1970 to 2002)    47    None

Frank G. Hubbard

Born 1937

   Trustee    Since 1993    President, Avatar International Inc. (business development) (since 1998)    47    None

Howard J. Johnson

Born 1938

   Trustee    From 1981
to 1998
and 2000
to Present
   Chief Executive Officer, Genesis Imaging LLC (technology company) (since 2003)    47    None

David E. Maryatt

Born 1936

   Trustee    Since 1983    Private Investor; President and Director, ALS Co. (real estate management and development firm) (since 1993)    47    None

Jerome H. Miller

Born 1938

   Trustee    Since 1995    Retired    47    None

Ken Miller

Born 1942

   Trustee    Since 1983    Chairman, Young Stuff Apparel Group, Inc. (apparel manufacturer) (since 1963)    47    None

John J. Murphy

Born 1944

   Trustee    Since 2002    President, Murphy Capital Management (investment advice) (since 1983)    47    Director, Nicholas Applegate funds (13 funds); Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (11 funds); formerly, Director, Atlantic Stewardship Bank (2004 to 2005); Director, Barclays International Funds Group Ltd. and affiliated companies (to 2003)

 

4


Name and
Year of Birth

   Position(s)
with Fund
   Term of
Office* and
Length of
Time
Served **
  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

   Number of
Funds
in Fund

Complex to
be Overseen
by Trustee
  

Other Board
Memberships
Held by Trustee
During
Past Five Years

Thomas F. Schlafly

Born 1948

   Trustee    Since 1983    Of Counsel, Husch Blackwell Sanders LLP (law firm) (since 1984); President, The Saint Louis Brewery, Inc. (since 1989)    47    Director, Citizens National Bank of Greater St. Louis, MO Maplewood (since 2006)

Jerry A. Viscione

Born 1944

   Trustee    Since 1993    Retired; formerly, Executive Vice President, Marquette University (1997 to 2002)    47    None
INTERESTED TRUSTEE:            

R. Jay Gerken , CFA†

Born 1951

   Trustee,
President,
Chairman
and Chief
Executive
Officer
   Since 2002    Managing Director, Legg Mason & Co., LLC (“Legg Mason & Co.”); Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 137 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates; formerly, Chairman, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) and Citi Fund Management, Inc. (“CFM”) (2002 to 2005); formerly, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005)    137   

Former Trustee, Consulting Group Capital Markets Funds (2002-2006)

 

* Each Trustee serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.

**

Indicates the earliest year in which the Trustee became a Board member for a fund in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

Mr. Gerken is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, because of his position with the Manager and/or certain of its affiliates.

 

5


Name, Year of Birth
and Address

  

Position(s)
with Fund

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served **

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

OFFICERS:         

Ted P. Becker

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chief Compliance Officer    Since 2006    Director of Global Compliance at Legg Mason, Inc. (2006 to present); Managing Director of Compliance at Legg Mason & Co (2005 to present); Chief Compliance Officer with certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006); Chief Compliance Officer of LMPFA and certain affiliates; Managing Director of Compliance at Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM,” a group of affiliated investment advisers, which included SBFM, Smith Barney Asset Management and CFM and other affiliated investment advisory entities) (2002 to 2005).

John Chiota

Born 1968

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer    Since 2006    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President at CAM (since 2004); Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2006). Prior to August 2004, Chief Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer of TD Waterhouse.

Steven Frank

Born 1967

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Controller    Since 2005    Vice President of Legg Mason & Co. or its predecessors (since 2002); Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2001 to 2005).

Robert I. Frenkel

Born 1954

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Secretary and Chief Legal Officer    Since 2003    Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and General Counsel of Global Mutual Funds for CAM (since 2000); Secretary and Chief Legal Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2003). Previously, Secretary of CFM (2001 to 2004).

 

6


Name, Year of Birth
and Address

  

Position(s)
with Fund

  

Term of Office*
and Length of
Time Served **

  

Principal Occupation(s)

During Past 5 Years

R. Jay Gerken, CFA

Born 1951

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer    Since 2002    Managing Director of Legg Mason & Co.; Chairman of the Board and Trustee/Director of 137 funds associated with LMPFA and its affiliates; President, LMPFA (since 2006); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. or its affiliates. Previously, Chairman of SBFM and CFM (2002 to 2005); formerly Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Travelers Investment Adviser Inc. (2002 to 2005).

Albert Laskaj

Born 1977

55 Water Street

   Controller    Since 2007    Controller of certain funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2007); formerly, Assistant Controller of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (2005 to 2007); accounting manager of certain mutual funds associated with certain predecessor firms of Legg Mason & Co. (2003 to 2005).

Thomas C. Mandia

Born 1962

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

   Assistant Secretary    Since 2000    Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel for CAM (since 1992); Assistant Secretary of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co.

Kaprel Ozsolak

Born 1965

55 Water Street

New York, NY 10041

   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer    Since 2004    Director of Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Vice President at CAM (1996 to 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with Legg Mason & Co. (since 2005); Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2004 to 2005). Previously, Controller of certain mutual funds associated with CAM (2002 to 2004).

 

* Each officer serves until his respective successor has been duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement or removal.
** Indicates the earliest year in which the officer took office for any funds in the Legg Mason Partners fund complex.

Officers of the fund receive no compensation from the fund, although they may be reimbursed by the fund for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses for attending Board meetings.

The Board has three standing Committees: the Audit Committee, the Governance Committee and the Pricing Committee.

The Audit Committee and the Governance Committee are composed of all of Independent Trustees. The Pricing Committee is composed of the Chairman of the Board and one Independent Trustee.

 

7


The Audit Committee oversees among other things the scope of the fund’s audit, the fund’s accounting and financial reporting policies and practices and its internal controls. The primary purposes of the Board’s Audit Committee are to assist the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for oversight of the integrity of the accounting, auditing and financial reporting practices of the fund and the qualifications and independence of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee approves, and recommends to the Independent Trustees for their ratification, the selection, appointment, retention or termination of the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm and approves the compensation of the independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee also approves all audit and permissible non-audit services provided to the fund by the independent registered public accounting firm and all permissible non-audit services provided by the fund’s independent registered public accounting firm to its Manager and any affiliated service providers if the engagement relates directly to the fund’s operations and financial reporting. The Audit Committee also assists the Board in fulfilling its responsibility for the review and negotiation of the fund’s investment management and subadvisory arrangements.

The Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things, recommending candidates to fill vacancies on the Board. The Governance Committee may consider nominees recommended by a shareholder. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send recommendations to the Trust’s Secretary that include all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for the election of Trustees. A recommendation must be accompanied by a written consent of the individual to stand for election if nominated by the Board and to serve if elected by the shareholders.

The Governance Committee also identifies potential nominees through its network of contacts and may also engage, if it deems appropriate, a professional search firm. The Governance Committee meets to discuss and consider such candidates’ qualifications and then chooses a candidate by majority vote. The Governance Committee does not have specific, minimum qualifications for nominees, nor has it established specific qualities or skills that it regards as necessary for one or more of the Trustees to possess (other than any qualities or skills that may be required by applicable law, regulation or listing standard). However, in evaluating a person as a potential nominee to serve as a Trustee, the Governance Committee may consider the following factors, among any others it may deem relevant:

 

   

whether or not the person is an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and whether the person is otherwise qualified under applicable laws and regulations to serve as a Trustee;

 

   

whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence, such as any business, financial or family relationships with fund management, the Manager, service providers or their affiliates;

 

   

whether or not the person serves on boards of, or is otherwise affiliated with, competing financial service organizations or their related mutual fund complexes;

 

   

whether or not the person is willing to serve, and willing and able to commit the time necessary for the performance of the duties of a Trustee;

 

   

the contribution which the person can make to the Board (or, if the person has previously served as a Trustee, the contribution which the person made to the Board during his or her previous term of service), with consideration being given to the person’s business and professional experience, education and such other factors as the Governance Committee may consider relevant;

 

   

the character and integrity of the person; and

 

   

whether or not the selection and nomination of the person would be consistent with the requirements of the retirement policies of the Trust, as applicable.

The Pricing Committee is charged with determining the fair value prices for securities when required.

 

8


As indicated above, the Trust’s Board is recently elected and is newly constituted as the Board that oversees all of the equity-type funds in the fund complex. All members of the Board previously have served on Boards of predecessors to the Legg Mason Partners funds. The Audit, Governance and Pricing Committees are recently established committees of this Board and met             ,              and              times, respectively, during the fund’s last fiscal year.

The following table shows the amount of equity securities owned by the Trustees in the fund and other investment companies in the fund complex supervised by the Trustees as of December 31, 2007.

 

Name of Trustee

   Dollar Range
of Equity
Securities in
the Fund*
   Aggregate Dollar Range
of Equity Securities In
Registered Investment
Companies Overseen
by Trustee*

Independent Trustees

     

Paul R. Ades

     

Andrew L. Breech

     

Dwight B. Crane

     

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

     

Frank G. Hubbard

     

Howard J. Johnson

     

David E. Maryatt

     

Jerome H. Miller

     

Ken Miller

     

John J. Murphy

     

Thomas F. Schlafly

     

Jerry A. Viscione

     

Interested Trustee

     

R. Jay Gerken

     

 

 * A. None

B. $1-$10,000

C. $10,001-$50,000

D. $50,001-$100,000

E. over $100,000

As of February     , 2008, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of the Manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund, or of a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Manager, subadviser or distributor of the fund.

Information regarding compensation paid by the fund to its recently elected Board and to its prior Board is set forth below. The Independent Trustees receive a fee for each meeting of the fund’s Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. Mr. Gerken, an “interested person,” as defined in the 1940 Act, does not receive compensation from the fund for his service as Trustee, but may be reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

The fund pays a pro rata share of the Trustee fees based upon asset size. The fund currently pays each of the Independent Trustees his pro rata share of: an annual fee of $100,000, plus $20,000 for each regularly scheduled Board meeting attended in person, and $1,000 for telephonic Board meetings in which that Trustee participates. The lead Independent Trustee will receive an additional $25,000 per year and the Chair of the Audit Committee will receive an additional $15,000 per year.

 

9


Recently elected Board

Information as to the compensation paid to the Trustees by the fund complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2007 is shown below.

 

Name of Trustee

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the
Fund for the
Fiscal Year Ended
January 31, 2008
   Total Pension or
Retirement
Benefits Paid
as Part of Fund
Expenses(3)
    Total
Compensation
from Fund
Complex Paid
to Trustee for
the Calendar
Year Ended
December 31,
2007
   Number of
Portfolios in
Fund
Complex
Overseen by
Trustee for
the Calendar
Year Ended
December 31,
2007

Independent Trustees

          

Paul R. Ades

   $         $ 0     $                 47

Andrew L. Breech

   $        (3 )   $      47

Dwight B. Crane

   $      $ 0     $      49

Robert M. Frayn, Jr.

   $      $ 0     $      47

Frank G. Hubbard

   $      $ 0     $      47

Howard J. Johnson

   $      $ 0     $      47

David E. Maryatt

   $      $ 0     $      47

Jerome H. Miller

   $      $ 0     $      47

Ken Miller

   $      $ 0     $      47

John J. Murphy

   $      $ 0     $      47

Thomas F. Schlafly

   $      $ 0     $      47

Jerry A. Viscione

   $      $ 0     $      47

Interested Trustee

          

R. Jay Gerken(1)

   $ 0    $ 0     $ 0    137

 

(1) Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as a Trustee because of his affiliation with the Manager.
(2) Pursuant to a prior emeritus retirement plan, Mr. Crane received in a lump sum an aggregate benefit having a net present value equal to $444,643. Each fund formerly overseen by Mr. Crane paid a pro rata share (based upon asset size) of the aggregate benefit to Mr. Crane. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse these funds an amount equal to 50% of the benefits paid to Mr. Crane.

Prior Board

For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2008, the former Trustees of the fund were paid by the fund the compensation listed below for their services as Trustee. Information as to the compensation paid to the former Trustees of the fund for the calendar year ended December 31, 2007 also is shown below.

 

Name of Independent Trustee

   Aggregate
Compensation
from the Fund
for the Fiscal
Year ended
1/31/08
   Total Pension
or Retirement
Benefit Paid
as Part
of Fund
Expenses(2)(3)
    Total
Compensation
from Fund
Complex for
the Fiscal
Year ended
1/31/08(5)
   Total Number of
Funds for Which
Trustee Served
within Fund
Complex

Lee Abraham

   $        (3 )   $      27

Jane Dasher

   $      $ 0     $      27

Donald R. Foley(4)

   $        (3 )   $      27

Richard E. Hanson, Jr.

   $      $ 0     $      27

Paul Hardin

   $        (3 )   $      34

Roderick C. Rasmussen(4)

   $        (3 )   $      27

John P. Toolan

   $        (3 )   $      27

Interested Trustee

                    

R. Jay Gerken(1)

   $ 0    $ 0     $ 0    137

 

10


 

(1) Mr. Gerken was not compensated for his services as Trustee because of his affiliation with the manager.
(2) Pursuant to prior emeritus retirement plans, certain Trustees have received benefits as follows: Mr. Abraham: $288,607; Mr. Bloostein: $439,878; Mr. Foley: $245,580; Mr. Hardin $539,396; Mr. Rasmussen: $288,607; Mr. Toolan: $288,607. Benefits under the emeritus retirement plans are paid in quarterly installments unless the Trustee elected to receive them in a lump sum at net present value. Each fund formerly overseen by these Trustees paid its pro rata share (based on asset size) of these aggregate benefits. Legg Mason or its affiliates have agreed to reimburse the funds an amount equal to 50% of these benefits.

As of April     , 2008, all Trustees and officers as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding shares of the fund.

As of April     , 2008, to the knowledge of the fund, only the following shareholders or “groups” (as that term is used in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), beneficially owned 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the following classes:

 

Class

    

Name/Address

   Percent

 

11


INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AND OTHER SERVICES

Investment Manager

LMPFA serves as investment manager to the fund pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”). LMPFA, with offices at 620 Eighth Avenue, New York, New York 10018, also serves as the investment manager of other Legg Mason-sponsored funds. LMPFA is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Legg Mason, whose principal executive offices are at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, is a global asset management company. As of December 31, 2007, Legg Mason’s asset management operation had aggregate assets under management of approximately $998 billion. LMPFA provides administrative and certain oversight services to the fund.

Under the Management Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the fund’s Board, the manager is delegated the responsibility of managing the fund’s portfolio in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objective and policies, making investment decisions for the fund and placing orders to purchase and sell securities. The manager also performs administrative and management services necessary for the operation of the fund, such as (i) supervising the overall administration of the fund, including negotiation of contracts and fees with and the monitoring of performance and billings of the fund’s transfer agent, shareholder servicing agents, custodian and other independent contractors or agents; (ii) providing certain compliance, fund accounting, regulatory reporting, and tax reporting services; (iii) preparing or participating in the preparation of Board materials, registration statements, proxy statements and reports and other communications to shareholders; (iv) maintaining the fund’s existence, and (v) maintaining the registration and qualification of the fund’s shares under federal and state laws.

The Management Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the fund’s Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose.

The Management Agreement provides that the manager may render services to others. The Management Agreement is terminable without penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice by the fund when authorized either by a vote of holders of shares representing a majority of the voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Trustees, or by the manager on not less than 90 days’ written notice, and will automatically terminate in the event of its assignment. The Management Agreement provides that neither the manager nor its personnel shall be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in the execution of security transactions for the fund, except for willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard of its or their obligations and duties.

For its services under the Management Agreement, LMPFA receives an investment management fee computed daily and paid monthly at the annual rate of 0.65% of the value of the fund’s daily net assets.

Prior to December 1, 2005, Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”) served as investment adviser and administrator to the fund pursuant to separate investment advisory and administration agreements and received separate investment advisory and administrative fees. The fund paid SBFM an advisory and administration fee, accrued daily and paid monthly at the annual rate of 0.55% and 0.10%, respectively, of the value of the fund’s daily net assets.

For the period from February 1, 2005 through November 30, 2005, the fund paid investment advisory and administration fees to SBFM of $             and $            , respectively. For the period from December 1, 2005 through January 31, 2006, the fund paid investment management fees to SBFM of $            . For the period from February 1, 2006 through July 31, 2006, the fund paid investment management fees to SBFM of $            . For

 

12


the period from August 1, 2006 through January 31, 2007, the fund paid investment management fees to LMPFA of $            . For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2008, the fund paid investment management fees to LMPFA of $            .

Subadviser

Legg Mason Investment Counsel Inc. (“LMIC” or the “sub-adviser”), serves as the fund’s subadviser pursuant to a sub-advisory agreement between the manager and LMIC (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement.”) LMIC is a wholly owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Prior to December 28, 2006, ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge”) served as the fund’s subadviser.

LMIC, principally located at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason, provides customized investment counsel to individuals, family groups and institutions as well as trust services. LMIC seeks to maximize performance while managing risk through an investment discipline that is supported by fundamental research and dedicated resources. Portfolio managers at LMIC average 22 years of investment management experience. As of December 31, 2007, LMIC oversees more than $         million for socially responsive clients, and portfolio managers are supported by a social research team that conducts proprietary research on social issues.

Under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, subject to the supervision and direction of the Board and the manager, the subadviser manages the fund’s portfolio (or allocated portion thereof) in accordance with the fund’s stated investment objective(s) and policies, assists in supervising all aspects of the fund’s operations, makes investment decisions for the fund, places orders to purchase and sell securities and employ professional portfolio managers and securities analysts who provide research services to the fund.

The Sub-Advisory Agreement will continue in effect from year to year provided such continuance is specifically approved at least annually (a) by the Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act), and (b) in either event, by a majority of the Independent Trustees with such Independent Trustees casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Board or a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the fund (as defined in the 1940 Act) may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement without penalty, in each case on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the subadviser. The subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement on 90 days’ written notice to the fund and the manager. The manager and the subadviser may terminate the Sub-Advisory Agreement upon their mutual written consent of. The Sub-Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment by the subadviser and shall not be assignable by the manager without the consent of the subadviser.

As compensation for its sub-advisory services, the manager pays the subadviser a fee equal to 70% of the management fee paid to LMPFA, net of expense waivers and reimbursements. For the period from August 1, 2006 through December 28, 2006, the manager paid ClearBridge subadvisory fees of $            . For the period from December 28, 2006 to January 31, 2007, the manager paid LMIC subadvisory fees of $            . For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2008, the fund paid LMIC subadvisory fees of $            .

Expenses

In addition to amounts payable under the Management Agreement and the 12b-1 Plan (as discussed below), the fund is responsible for its own expenses, including, among other things: interest; taxes; governmental fees; voluntary assessments and other expenses incurred in connection with membership in investment company organizations; organization costs of the fund; the cost (including brokerage commissions, transaction fees or charges, if any) in connection with the purchase or sale of the fund’s securities and other investments and any losses in connection therewith; fees and expenses of custodians, transfer agents, registrars, independent pricing vendors or other agents; legal expenses; loan commitment fees; expenses relating to share certificates; expenses relating to the issuance and redemption or repurchase of the fund’s shares and servicing shareholder accounts; expenses of registering and qualifying the fund’s shares for sale under applicable federal and state law; expenses

 

13


of preparing, setting in print, printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information and any supplements thereto, reports, proxy statements, notices and dividends to the fund’s shareholders; costs of stationery; website costs; costs of meetings of the Board or any committee thereof, meetings of shareholders and other meetings of the fund; Board fees; audit fees; travel expenses of officers, members of the Board and employees of the fund, if any; and the fund’s pro rata portion of premiums on any fidelity bond and other insurance covering the fund and its officers, Board members and employees; litigation expenses and any nonrecurring or extraordinary expenses as may arise, including, without limitation, those relating to actions, suits or proceedings to which the fund is a party and the legal obligation which the fund may have to indemnify the fund’s Board members and officers with respect thereto.

Management may agree to waive fees and/or reimburse operating expenses for one or more classes of shares, either through contractual or voluntary arrangements. Any such waivers and/ or reimbursements are described in the fund’s Prospectus. The contractual and voluntary fee waivers and/ or reimbursements do not cover extraordinary expenses, such as (a) any expenses or charges related to litigation, derivative actions, demand related to litigation, regulatory or other government investigations and proceedings, “for cause” regulatory inspections and indemnification or advancement of related expenses or costs, to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time; (b) transaction costs (such as brokerage commissions and dealer and underwriter spreads) and taxes; and (c) other extraordinary expenses as determined for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A, as the same may be amended from time to time. Without limiting the foregoing, extraordinary expenses are generally those that are unusual or expected to recur only infrequently, and may include such expenses, by way of illustration, as (i) expenses of the reorganization, restructuring, redomiciling or merger of the fund or class or the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of another fund or class; (ii) expenses of holding, and soliciting proxies for, a meeting of shareholders of the fund or class (except to the extent relating to routine items such as the election of board members or the approval of the independent registered public accounting firm); and (iii) expenses of converting to a new custodian, transfer agent or other service provider, in each case to the extent any such expenses are considered extraordinary expenses for the purposes of fee disclosure in Form N-1A as the same may be amended from time to time.

Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, the fund, its manager, the subadviser and the distributor have adopted codes of ethics that permit personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by the fund. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.

The codes of ethics of the fund, its manager, the subadviser, and the distributor are on file with the SEC.

Proxy Voting Guidelines and Procedures

Although individual Trustees may not agree with particular policies or votes by the manager, the Board has approved delegating proxy voting discretion to the manager, believing that the manager and/or the subadviser should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process.

LMPFA delegates the responsibility for voting proxies for the fund, as applicable, to the subadviser through its contract with the subadviser. The subadviser will use its own proxy voting policies and procedures to vote proxies. Accordingly, LMPFA does not expect to have proxy-voting responsibility for the fund. Should LMPFA become responsible for voting proxies for any reason, such as the inability of a subadviser to provide investment advisory services, LMPFA shall utilize the proxy voting guidelines established by the most recent subadviser to

 

14


vote proxies until a new subadviser is retained. In the case of a material conflict between the interests of LMPFA (or its affiliates if such conflict is known to persons responsible for voting at LMPFA) and the fund, the Board of Directors of LMPFA shall consider how to address the conflict and/or how to vote the proxies. LMPFA shall maintain records of all proxy votes in accordance with applicable securities laws and regulations, to the extent that LMPFA votes proxies. LMPFA shall be responsible for gathering relevant documents and records related to proxy voting from the subadviser and providing them to the fund as required for the fund to comply with applicable rules under the 1940 Act.

The subadviser’s Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures govern in determining how proxies relating to the fund’s portfolio securities are voted and are attached as Appendix A to this SAI. Information regarding how the fund voted proxies (if any) relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge (1) by calling 1-888-425-6432, (2) on the fund’s website at http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors and (3) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

PORTFOLIO MANAGERS DISCLOSURE

Portfolio Managers

The following tables set forth certain additional information with respect to the fund’s portfolio managers. Unless noted otherwise, all information is provided as of January 31, 2008.

Other Accounts Managed by Portfolio Managers

The table below identifies, for each portfolio manager, the number of accounts (other than the fund with respect to which information is provided) for which he has day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles, other accounts and accounts with fees based on performance.

 

Portfolio Managers

  

Registered
Investment

Companies

  

Other Pooled

Investment
Vehicles

  

Other Accounts

Ronald T. Bates

        registered investment company with $     billion in total assets under management    None             other accounts with $         billion in total assets under management

David K. Kafes

   None    None             other accounts with $         billion in total assets under management

Portfolio Managers Compensation

As compensation for their portfolio management function, each portfolio manager is paid a competitive base salary, generous employee benefits and each is eligible to receive a discretionary bonus. Each portfolio manager is compensated based on a variety of factors, including contribution to portfolio performance, contribution to the research and investment process, client service, overall contribution to the firm’s business, and compliance with regulatory and prospectus requirements. A formula-based scheme directly linking compensation to investment performance as measured against a benchmark is not currently in place nor is one planned. Although some portion of portfolio manager compensation is broadly based on performance, portfolio “performance” is defined generally as meeting shareholder objectives as reflected in the funds’ prospectus rather than more narrowly as maximizing total return. Compensation relating to management of the Legg Mason mutual funds and compensation relating to the management of other accounts are based on the same factors and no one type of account figures more heavily in the calculation of compensation.

 

15


Potential Conflicts of Interest

Potential conflicts of interest may arise when the fund’s portfolio managers also have day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or other accounts, as is the case for the fund’s portfolio managers.

The manager, the subadviser and the fund have adopted compliance polices and procedures that are designed to address various conflicts of interest that may arise for the manager or the subadviser and the individuals that each employs. For example, each of the manager and the subadviser seeks to minimize the effects of competing interests for the time and attention of portfolio managers by assigning portfolio managers to manage funds and accounts that share a similar investment style. The manager and the subadviser have also adopted trade allocation procedures that are designed to facilitate the fair allocation of limited investment opportunities among multiple funds and accounts. There is no guarantee, however, that the policies and procedures adopted by the manager, the subadviser and the fund will be able to detect and/or prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may appear. These potential conflicts include:

Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing multiple funds and/or accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those funds and/or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a single fund. The effects of this potential conflict may be more pronounced where funds and/or accounts overseen by a particular portfolio manager have different investment strategies.

Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities. If a portfolio manager identifies a limited investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds and/or accounts, the opportunity may be allocated among these several funds or accounts, which may limit a fund’s ability to take full advantage of the investment opportunity.

Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds and/or accounts for which he or she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds and/or accounts should take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds and/or accounts which may affect the market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment or benefit of one or more other funds and/or accounts.

Selection of Brokers/Dealers. Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds and/or account that they supervise. In addition to executing trades, some brokers and dealers provide portfolio managers with brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than might have otherwise been available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that the portfolio manager determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a portfolio manager’s decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages.

Variation in Compensation. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds and/or accounts that he or she manages. If the structure of the manager’s management fee and/or the portfolio manager’s compensation differs among funds and/or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager might be motivated to help certain funds and/or accounts over others. The portfolio manager might be motivated to favor funds and/or accounts in which he or she has an interest or in which the

 

16


manager and/or its affiliates have interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain or raise assets under management or to enhance the portfolio manager’s performance record or to derive other rewards, financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment to those funds and/or accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.

Related Business Opportunities. The manager or its affiliates may provide more services (such as distribution or recordkeeping) for some types of funds or accounts than for others. In such cases, a portfolio manager may benefit, either directly or indirectly, by devoting disproportionate attention to the management of fund and/or accounts that provide greater overall returns to the manager and its affiliates.

Portfolio Manager Securities Ownership

The table below identifies ownership of fund securities by each portfolio manager as of December 31, 2007.

 

Portfolio Manager

   Dollar Range of
Ownership of Securities

Ronald T. Bates

   $ 100,001-$500,000

David K. Kafes

  

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, serves as the custodian of the fund. State Street, among other things, maintains a custody account or accounts in the name of the fund; receives and delivers all assets for the fund upon purchase and upon sale or maturity; collects and receives all income and other payments and distributions on account of the assets of the fund; and makes disbursements on behalf of the fund. State Street neither determines the fund’s investment policies, nor decides which securities the fund will buy or sell. For its services, the State Street receives a monthly fee based upon the daily average market value of securities held in custody and also receives securities transaction charges, including out-of-pocket expenses. The fund may also periodically enter into arrangements with other qualified custodians with respect to certain types of securities or other transactions such as repurchase agreements or derivatives transactions. State Street may also act as the fund’s securities lending agent and in that case receive a share of the income generated by such activities.

PFPC Inc. (“PFPC” or “transfer agent”), located at P.O. Box 9699, Providence, Rhode Island 02940-9699, serves as the fund’s transfer agent. Under the transfer agency agreement, the transfer agent maintains the shareholder account records for the fund, handles certain communications between shareholders and the fund and distributes dividends and distributions payable by the fund. For these services, the transfer agent receives a monthly fee computed on the basis of the number of shareholder accounts it maintains for the fund during the month, and is reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses.

Counsel and Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Wilkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019-6099, serves as counsel to the fund.

Stoock & Strook & Lavan LLP, 180 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038-4982, serves as counsel to the Independent Trustees.

                        , Independent registered public accounting firm, located at                         , has been selected to audit and report upon the fund’s financial statements and financial highlights for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009.

 

17


INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

The Prospectus discusses the investment objective of the fund and the policies employed to achieve that objective. This section contains supplemental information concerning the types of securities and other instruments in which the fund may invest, the investment policies and portfolio strategies the fund may utilize and certain risks attendant to such investments, policies and strategies.

The investment objective of the fund is to provide high total return consisting of capital appreciation and current income. The fund’s investment objective may be changed only with the approval of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities. There can be no assurance the fund’s investment objective will be achieved.

Principal Investment Strategy

The fund invests primarily in common stocks and other equity securities of U.S. companies. Equity securities include exchange-traded and over-the-counter common stocks and preferred shares, debt securities convertible into equity securities, and warrants and rights relating to equity securities. The fund targets a 30% investment (normally between 25% and 35%) in fixed income securities. The fixed income securities in which the fund invests are primarily investment grade, and may be of any maturity. The fund also may invest a portion of its assets in equity and debt securities of foreign issuers. As described below, the fund emphasizes companies that both offer attractive investment opportunities and demonstrate a positive awareness of their impact on the society in which they operate, relative to other companies in their industries. All percentage limitations are applied at the time of purchase of a security.

The portfolio managers are responsible for the selection of specific securities on behalf of the fund and for determining the allocation of the fund’s assets. Following the variable asset allocation strategy may involve frequent shifts among classes of investments and result in a relatively high portfolio turnover rate.

The equity portion of the assets of the fund will consist primarily of common stocks of established companies traded on exchanges or over-the-counter that represent an opportunity for total return on a long-term basis. The fund may also invest in preferred stock, securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock, and warrants. The fund invests in a broad range of companies, industries and sectors, without regard to market capitalization. The portfolio managers use a “core” approach to selecting equity securities. In selecting individual equity securities, the portfolio managers look for companies they believes are undervalued. Specifically, the portfolio managers look for:

 

   

Attractive risk-adjusted price/earnings ratio, relative to growth

 

   

Positive earnings trends

 

   

Favorable financial condition

The fixed income portion of the fund’s assets will be composed primarily of investment-grade corporate bonds, debentures and notes, asset-backed and mortgage-backed securities and obligations of the United States government or its agencies or instrumentalities (“U.S. government securities”). The fund’s fixed income assets may be short-, medium- or long-term, as determined at the discretion of the portfolio managers based upon an evaluation of economic and market trends. When the portfolio managers believe that a defensive investment posture is warranted or when attractive investment opportunities do not exist, the fund may temporarily invest all or a portion of its assets in short-term money market instruments. The money market securities in which the fund may invest include commercial paper, bank obligations (possibly including community investments) and short-term U.S. government securities. In selecting fixed income investments, the portfolio managers:

 

   

Determine sector and maturity weightings based on intermediate- and long-term assessments of the economic environment and interest rate outlook

 

   

Use fundamental analysis to determine the relative value of bond issues

 

   

Identify undervalued bonds and attempts to avoid bonds that may be subject to credit downgrades

 

18


Up to 25% of the fund’s assets may be invested in equity and debt securities of foreign issuers. The fund also may write covered call options, lend its portfolio securities and invest in real estate investment trusts. Risk factors and special considerations associated with the fund’s investments are described below.

The portfolio managers believe that there is a direct correlation between companies that demonstrate an acute awareness of their impact on the society within which they operate and companies which offer attractive long-term investment potential. The portfolio managers believe that addressing social issues in a positive manner can translate into sound business. For example, by ensuring a product or service does not negatively impact the environment, a company can avoid costly litigation and clean-up costs; by maintaining positive standards for the workplace and a diverse employee population, a company can better ensure access to quality management talent and improved productivity; or by becoming more involved in the community, a company can enhance its consumer franchise. Top quality management teams who successfully balance their companies’ business interests with their social influences can gain significant competitive advantages over the long run, which may result in increased shareholder values and, therefore, better investments. The fund is designed to incorporate both social and financial criteria in all of its investment decisions.

As a component of the selection process, the portfolio managers consider whether, relative to other companies in an industry, a company that meets these investment criteria also is sensitive to social issues related to its products, services, or methods of doing business.

Social Awareness Criteria:

Social factors considered include:

 

   

Fair and reasonable employment practices

 

   

Contributions to the general well-being of the citizens of its host communities and countries and respect for human rights

 

   

Efforts and strategies to minimize the negative impact of business activities and to preserve the earth’s ecological heritage with those environmental polices, practices and procedures that are currently acceptable, or are exhibiting improvement

 

   

Avoidance of investments in companies that:

Manufacture nuclear weapons or other weapons of mass destruction

Derive more than 5% of their revenue from the production of non-nuclear weaponry

Derive more than 5% of their revenue from the production or sales of tobacco

These portfolio restrictions are based on the belief that a company will benefit from its social awareness by enabling it to better position itself in developing business opportunities while avoiding liabilities that may be incurred when a product or service is determined to have a negative social impact. These companies should be better prepared to respond to external demands and ensure that over the longer term they will be able to provide a positive return to both investors and society as a whole.

The portfolio managers will use their best efforts to assess a company’s social performance. This analysis will be based on present activities, and will not preclude securities solely because of past activities. The fund’s Trustees will monitor the social awareness criteria used by the fund and the portfolio managers may, upon approval of the Trustees, change the criteria used to rate the social performance of an issuer without prior notice or shareholder approval.

While the application of the fund’s social awareness criteria may preclude some securities with strong earnings and growth potential, the portfolio managers believe that there are sufficient investment opportunities among those companies that satisfy the social awareness criteria to meet the fund’s investment objective.

 

19


Additional Information

The fund’s principal investment strategies are described above. The following provides additional information about these principal strategies and describes other investment strategies that may be used by the fund.

Additional Investment Strategies and Techniques

In attempting to achieve its investment objective, the fund may employ, among others, one or more of the strategies and techniques set forth below. The fund is under no obligation to use any of the strategies or techniques at any given time or under any particular economic condition.

Equity Investments

Convertible Securities. The fund may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities are fixed-income securities that may be converted at either a stated price or stated rate into underlying shares of common stock. Convertible securities have general characteristics similar to both fixed-income and equity securities. Although to a lesser extent than with fixed-income securities generally, the market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, tends to increase as interest rates decline. In addition, because of the conversion feature, the market value of convertible securities tends to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying common stocks and, therefore, also will react to variations in the general market for equity securities. A unique feature of convertible securities is that as the market price of the underlying common stock declines, convertible securities tend to trade increasingly on a yield basis, and thus may not experience market value declines to the same extent as the underlying common stock. When the market price of the underlying common stock increases, the prices of the convertible securities tend to rise as a reflection of the value of the underlying common stock. While no securities investments are without risk, investments in convertible securities generally entail less risk than investments in common stock of the same issuer.

As fixed-income securities, convertible securities are investments that provide for a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than common stocks. Of course, like all fixed-income securities, there can be no assurance of current income because the issuers of the convertible securities may default on their obligations. Convertible securities, however, generally offer lower interest or dividend yields than non-convertible securities of similar quality because of the potential for capital appreciation. A convertible security, in addition to providing fixed income, offers the potential for capital appreciation through the conversion feature, which enables the holder to benefit from increases in the market price of the underlying common stock. There can be no assurance of capital appreciation, however, because securities prices fluctuate.

Convertible securities generally are subordinated to other similar but non-convertible securities of the same issuer, although convertible bonds, as corporate debt obligations, enjoy seniority in right of payment to all equity securities, and convertible preferred stock is senior to common stock of the same issuer. Because of the subordination feature, however, convertible securities typically have lower ratings than similar non-convertible securities.

Preferred Stock. The fund may invest in preferred stocks. Preferred stocks, like debt obligations, are generally fixed-income securities. Shareholders of preferred stocks normally have the right to receive dividends at a fixed rate when and as declared by the issuer’s board of directors, but do not participate in other amounts available for distribution by the issuing corporation. Dividends on the preferred stock may be cumulative, and all cumulative dividends usually must be paid prior to common stockholders receiving any dividends. Preferred stock dividends must be paid before common stock dividends and for that reason preferred stocks generally entail less risk than common stocks. Upon liquidation, preferred stocks are entitled to a specified liquidation preference, which is generally the same as the par or stated value, and are senior in right of payment to common stock. Preferred stocks are, however, equity securities in the sense that they do not represent a liability of the issuer and therefore do not offer as great a degree of protection of capital or assurance of continued income as

 

20


investments in corporate debt securities. In addition, preferred stocks are subordinated in right of payment to all debt obligations and creditors of the issuer, and convertible preferred stocks may be subordinated to other preferred stock of the same issuer.

Warrants. The fund may invest in warrants, which entitle the fund to buy common stock at a specified date and price. Some of the risks associated with warrants are described below and under “Risk Factors.”

Fixed Income Investments

Mortgage and Asset-Backed Securities. The fund may purchase fixed or adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association, Federal National Mortgage Association or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, and other asset-backed securities, including securities backed by automobile loans, equipment leases or credit card receivables. These securities directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, fixed or adjustable rate mortgage or other loans which may be secured by real estate or other assets. Unlike traditional debt instruments, payments on these securities include both interest and a partial payment of principal. Prepayments of the principal of underlying loans may shorten the effective maturities of these securities and may result in the fund having to reinvest proceeds at a lower interest rate. The fund may also purchase collateralized mortgage obligations, which are a type of bond secured by an underlying pool of mortgages, or mortgage pass-through certificates that are structured to direct payments on underlying collateral to different series or classes of the obligations.

When-Issued Securities and Delayed-Delivery Transactions. In order to secure yields or prices deemed advantageous at the time, the fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis. The fund will enter into a when-issued transaction for the purpose of acquiring portfolio securities and not for the purpose of leverage. In such transactions, delivery of the securities occurs beyond the normal settlement periods, but no payment or delivery is made by the fund prior to the actual delivery or payment by the other party to the transaction. Due to fluctuations in the value of securities purchased or sold on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis, the yields obtained on those securities may be higher or lower than the yields available in the market on the dates when the investments are actually delivered to the buyers. The fund will establish a segregated account consisting of cash or liquid securities in an amount equal to the amount of its when-issued and delayed-delivery commitments. Placing securities rather than cash in the segregated account may have a leveraging effect on the fund’s net assets.

Zero Coupon Securities. A zero coupon bond pays no interest in cash to its holder during its life, although interest is accrued during that period. Its value to an investor consists of the difference between its face value at the time of maturity and the price for which it was acquired, which is generally an amount significantly less than its face value (sometimes referred to as a “deep discount” price). Because such securities usually trade at a deep discount, they will be subject to greater fluctuations of market value in response to changing interest rates than debt obligations of comparable maturities which make periodic distributions of interest. On the other hand, because there are no periodic interest payments to be reinvested prior to maturity, zero coupon securities eliminate reinvestment risk and lock in a rate of return to maturity.

U.S. Government Securities. The fund may invest in U.S. government securities. These include debt obligations of varying maturities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities. Direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury include a variety of securities that differ in their interest rates, maturities and dates of issuance.

U.S. government securities include not only direct obligations of the U.S. Treasury, but also include securities issued or guaranteed by the Federal Housing Administration, Federal Financing Bank, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration, Government National Mortgage Association, General Services Administration, Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, Federal

 

21


National Mortgage Association, Maritime Administration, Resolution Trust Corporation, Tennessee Valley Authority, District of Columbia Armory Board, Student Loan Marketing Association and various institutions that previously were or currently are part of the Farm Credit System. Because the United States government is not obligated by law to provide support to an instrumentality that it sponsors, the fund will invest in obligations issued by such an instrumentality only if the fund’s manager determines the credit risk with respect to the instrumentality does not make its securities unsuitable for investment by the fund.

Repurchase Agreements. The fund may enter into repurchase agreements with banks which are the issuers of instruments acceptable for purchase by the fund and with certain dealers on the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s list of reporting dealers. Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement, the fund acquires an underlying debt obligation for a relatively short period (usually not more than seven days), subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the fund to resell, the obligation at an agreed-upon price and time, thereby determining the yield during the fund’s holding period. This arrangement results in a fixed rate of return that is not subject to market fluctuations during the fund’s holding period. The value of the underlying securities will be monitored on an ongoing basis by the subadviser to ensure that the value is at least equal at all times to the total amount of the repurchase obligation, including interest. The fund bears a risk of loss if the other party to a repurchase agreement defaults on its obligations and the fund is delayed in or prevented from exercising its rights to dispose of the collateral securities, including the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities while the fund seeks to assert these rights. The manager, acting under the supervision of the trust’s Board, reviews on an ongoing basis to evaluate potential risks, the value of the collateral and the creditworthiness of banks and dealers with which the fund enters into repurchase agreements.

Pursuant to an exemptive order issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), the fund, along with other affiliated entities managed by the manager, may transfer uninvested cash balances into one or more joint repurchase accounts. These balances are invested in one or more repurchase agreements, secured by U,S. government securities. Securities that are collateral for repurchase agreements are financial assets subject to the fund’s entitlement orders through its securities account at its custodian bank until the agreements mature. Each joint repurchase agreement requires that the market value of the collateral be sufficient to cover payments of interest and principal; however, in the event of default by the other party to the agreement, retention or sale of the collateral may be subject to legal proceedings.

Money Market Instruments. The money market instruments in which the fund may invest are U.S. government securities; certificates of deposit (“CDs”), time deposits (“TDs”) and bankers’ acceptances issued by domestic banks (including their branches located outside the United States and subsidiaries located in Canada), domestic branches of foreign banks, savings and loan associations and other banking institutions having total assets in excess of $500 million; high grade commercial paper; and repurchase agreements with respect to the foregoing types of instruments. The following is a more detailed description of such money market instruments.

Bank Obligations. CDs are short-term, negotiable obligations of commercial banks; TDs are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates; and bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers usually in connection with international transactions. Domestic commercial banks organized under Federal law are supervised and examined by the Comptroller of the Currency and are required to be members of the Federal Reserve System and to be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”). Domestic banks organized under state law are supervised and examined by state banking authorities but are members of the Federal Reserve System only if they elect to join. Most state banks are insured by the FDIC (although such insurance may not be of material benefit to the fund, depending upon the principal amount of CDs of each bank held by the fund) and are subject to federal examination and to a substantial body of Federal law and regulation. As a result of governmental regulations, domestic branches of domestic banks, among other things, generally are required to maintain specified levels of reserves, and are subject to other supervision and regulation designed to promote financial soundness.

 

22


Obligations of foreign branches of domestic banks, such as CDs and TDs, may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch, or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and governmental regulations. Such obligations are subject to different risks than are those of domestic banks or domestic branches of foreign banks. These risks include foreign economic and political developments, foreign governmental restrictions that may adversely affect payment of principal and interest on the obligations, foreign exchange controls and foreign withholding and other taxes on interest income. Foreign branches of domestic banks are not necessarily subject to the same or similar regulatory requirements that apply to domestic banks, such as mandatory reserve requirements, loan limitations, and accounting, auditing and financial recordkeeping requirements. In addition, less information may be publicly available about a foreign branch of a domestic bank than about a domestic bank. CDs issued by wholly owned Canadian subsidiaries of domestic banks are guaranteed as to repayment of principal and interest (but not as to sovereign risk) by the domestic parent bank.

Obligations of domestic branches of foreign banks may be general obligations of the parent bank in addition to the issuing branch, or may be limited by the terms of a specific obligation and by Federal and state regulation as well as governmental action in the country in which the foreign bank has its head office. A domestic branch of a foreign bank with assets in excess of $1 billion may or may not be subject to reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve System or by the state in which the branch is located if the branch is licensed in that state. In addition, branches licensed by the Comptroller of the Currency and branches licensed by certain states (“State Branches”) may or may not be required to: (a) pledge to the regulator by depositing assets with a designated bank within the state, an amount of its assets equal to 5% of its total liabilities; and (b) maintain assets within the state in an amount equal to a specified percentage of the aggregate amount of liabilities of the foreign bank payable at or through all of its agencies or branches within the state. The deposits of State Branches may not necessarily be insured by the FDIC. In addition, there may be less publicly available information about a domestic branch of a foreign bank than about a domestic bank.

In view of the foregoing factors associated with the purchase of CDs and TDs issued by foreign branches of domestic banks or by domestic branches of foreign banks, subadviser will carefully evaluate such investments on a case-by-case basis. Savings and loan associations, the CDs of which may be purchased by the fund, are supervised by the Office of Thrift Supervision and are insured by the Savings Association and Insurance Fund. As a result, such savings and loan associations are subject to regulation and examination.

Commercial Paper. Commercial paper is a short-term, unsecured negotiable promissory note of a domestic or foreign company. The fund may invest in short-term debt obligations of issuers that at the time of purchase are rated A-2, A-1 or A-1+ by Standard & Poor’s, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (“S&P”) or Prime-2 or Prime-1 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or, if unrated, are issued by companies having an outstanding unsecured debt issue currently rated within the two highest ratings of S&P or Moody’s. A discussion of S&P and Moody’s rating categories appears in Appendix B to this statement of additional information.

Variable Rate Demand Notes (VRDNs). The fund also may invest in variable rate master demand notes, which typically are issued by large corporate borrowers providing for variable amounts of principal indebtedness and periodic adjustments in the interest rate according to the terms of the instrument. Demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the fund and an issuer, and are not normally traded in a secondary market. The fund, however, may demand payment of principal and accrued interest at any time. In addition, while demand notes generally are not rated, their issuers must satisfy the same criteria as those set forth above for issuers of commercial paper. The subadviser will consider the earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios of issuers of demand notes and continually will monitor their financial ability to meet payment on demand.

Derivative Investments

Options on Securities. The fund may write covered call options and enter into closing transactions with respect thereto. The principal reason for writing covered call options on securities is to attempt to realize, through the receipt of premiums, a greater return than would be realized on the securities alone. In return for a premium,

 

23


the writer of a covered call option forfeits the right to any appreciation in the value of the underlying security above the strike price for the life of the option (or until a closing purchase transaction can be effected). Nevertheless, the call writer retains the risk of a decline in the price of the underlying security. The size of the premiums the fund may receive may be adversely affected as new or existing institutions, including other investment companies, engage in or increase their option-writing activities.

Options written by the fund normally will have expiration dates between one and nine months from the date they are written. The exercise price of the options may be below (“in-the-money”), equal to (“at-the-money”), or above (“out-of-the-money”) the market values of the underlying securities at the times the options are written. The fund may write (a) in-the-money call options when The subadviser expects that the price of the underlying security will remain flat or decline moderately during the option period, (b) at-the-money call options when The subadviser expects that the price of the underlying security will remain flat or advance moderately during the option period and (c) out-of-the-money call options when The subadviser expects that the price of the underlying security may increase but not above a price equal to the sum of the exercise price plus the premiums received from writing the call option. In any of the preceding situations, if the market price of the underlying security declines and the security is sold at this lower price, the amount of any realized loss will be offset wholly or in part by the premium received.

So long as the obligation of the fund as the writer of an option continues, the fund may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer through which the option was sold requiring the fund to deliver the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. This obligation terminates when the option expires or the fund effects a closing purchase transaction. The fund can no longer effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option once it has been assigned an exercise notice. To secure its obligation to deliver the underlying security when it writes a call option, the fund will be required to deposit in escrow the underlying security or other assets in accordance with the rules of the Options Clearing Corporation (the “Clearing Corporation”) and of the domestic securities exchange on which the option is written.

An option position may be closed out only where there exists a secondary market for an option of the same series on a securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market. The fund expects to write options only on domestic securities exchanges. The fund may realize a profit or loss upon entering into a closing transaction. In cases in which the fund has written an option, it will realize a profit if the cost of the closing purchase transaction is less than the premium received upon writing the original option and will incur a loss if the cost of the closing purchase transaction exceeds the premium received upon writing the original option.

Although the fund generally will write only those options for which The subadviser believes there is an active secondary market so as to facilitate closing transactions, there is no assurance that sufficient trading interest to create a liquid secondary market on a securities exchange will exist for any particular option or at any particular time, and for some options no such secondary market may exist. A liquid secondary market in an option may cease to exist for a variety of reasons. In the past, for example, higher than anticipated trading activity or order flow, or other unforeseen events, have at times rendered certain of the facilities of the Clearing Corporation and the domestic securities exchanges inadequate and resulted in the institution of special procedures, such as trading rotations, restrictions on certain types of orders or trading halts or suspensions in one or more options. There can be no assurance that similar events, or events that otherwise may interfere with the timely execution of customers’ orders, will not recur. In such event, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options. If, as a covered call option writer, the fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying security upon exercise.

Securities exchanges have established limitations governing the maximum number of calls and puts of each class that may be held or written, or exercised within certain time periods, by an investor or group of investors acting in concert (regardless of whether the options are written on the same or different national securities exchanges or are held, written or exercised in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers). It is

 

24


possible that the fund and other clients of the subadviser and certain of its affiliates may be considered to be such a group. A securities exchange may order the liquidation of positions found to be in violation of these limits and it may impose certain other sanctions.

In the case of options written by the fund that are deemed covered by virtue of the fund’s holding convertible or exchangeable preferred stock or debt securities, the time required to convert or exchange and obtain physical delivery of the underlying common stocks with respect to which the fund has written options may exceed the time within which the fund must make delivery in accordance with an exercise notice. In these instances, the fund may purchase or temporarily borrow the underlying securities for purposes of physical delivery. By so doing, the fund will not bear any market risk because the fund will have the absolute right to receive from the issuer of the underlying securities an equal number of shares to replace the borrowed stock, but the fund may incur additional transaction costs or interest expense in connection with any such purchase or borrowing.

Futures and Options on Futures. When deemed advisable by the subadviser, the fund may enter into interest rate futures contracts, stock index futures contracts and related options that are traded on a domestic exchange or board of trade. These transactions may, but need not, use derivative contracts, such as futures and options on securities or securities indices, options on these futures, and interest rate futures, for the purpose of hedging against the economic impact of adverse changes in the market value of portfolio securities, because of changes in interest rates or stock prices, or as a substitute for buying or selling securities or as a cash flow management technique.

An interest rate futures contract provides for the future sale by the one party and the purchase by the other party of a specified amount of a particular financial instrument (debt security) at a specified price, date, time and place. A stock index futures contract is an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index contract was originally entered into. Stock index futures contracts are based on indexes that reflect the market value of common stock of the companies included in the indexes. An option on an interest rate or stock index contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in a futures contract (a long position if the option is a call and a short position if the option is a put) at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option.

The Commodity Futures’ Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) has eliminated limitations on futures transactions and options thereon by registered investment companies, provided that the investment manager to the registered investment company claims an exclusion from registration as a commodity pool operator. The fund is operated by a person who has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act and, therefore, is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act. As a result of these CFTC rules changes, the fund is no longer restricted in its ability to enter into futures contracts and options thereon under CFTC regulations. The fund, however, continues to have policies with respect to futures and options thereon as set forth herein. The current view of the staff of the SEC is that a fund’s long and short positions in future contracts as well as put and call options on futures written by it must be collateralized with cash or other liquid securities and segregated with the fund’s custodian or a designated sub-custodian or “covered” in a manner similar to that for covered options on securities and designed to eliminate any potential leveraging.

The use of futures contracts and options on futures contracts as a hedging device involves several risks. There can be no assurance that there will be a correlation between price movements in the underlying securities or index on the one hand, and price movements in the securities that are the subject of the hedge, on the other hand. Positions in futures contracts and options on futures contracts may be closed out only on the exchange or board of trade on which they were entered into, and there can be no assurance that an active market will exist for a particular contract or option at any particular time.

 

25


Other Investments

Foreign Securities. As described above, the fund may invest a portion of its assets in securities of foreign issuers, including securities denominated in foreign currencies. These investments involve certain risks not ordinarily associated with investments in securities of domestic issuers. These risks are described in “Risk Factors” below.

American, European, Global and Continental Depositary Receipts. The fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”). These securities may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted. ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts typically issued by a domestic bank or trust company that evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depositary Receipts (“CDRs”), are receipts issued in Europe typically by non-U.S. banks and trust companies that evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic securities. Generally, ADRs in registered form are designed for use in U.S. securities markets and EDRs and CDRs in bearer form are designed for use in European securities markets.

ADRs are publicly traded on exchanges or over-the-counter in the United States and are issued through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” arrangements. In a sponsored ADR arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes the obligation to pay some or all of the depositary’s transaction fees, whereas under an unsponsored arrangement, the foreign issuer assumes no obligation and the depositary’s transaction fees are paid by the ADR holders. In addition, less information is available in the United States about an unsponsored ADR than about a sponsored ADR, and the financial information about a company may not be as reliable for an unsponsored ADR as it is for a sponsored ADR. The fund may invest in ADRs through both sponsored and unsponsored arrangements.

Eurodollar or Yankee Obligations. The fund may invest in Eurodollar and Yankee obligations. Eurodollar bank obligations are dollar denominated debt obligations issued outside the U.S. capital markets by foreign branches of U.S. banks and by foreign banks. Yankee obligations are dollar denominated obligations issued in the U.S. capital markets by foreign issuers. Eurodollar (and to a limited extent, Yankee) obligations are subject to certain sovereign risks. One such risk is the possibility that a foreign government might prevent dollar denominated funds from flowing across its borders. Other risks include adverse political and economic developments in a foreign country; the extent and quality of government regulation of financial markets and institutions; the imposition of foreign withholding taxes; and expropriation or nationalization of foreign issuers.

Lending of Portfolio Securities. Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, the fund has the ability to lend portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial organizations. Loans of portfolio securities will be collateralized by cash, letters of credit or U.S. government securities that are maintained at all times in a segregated account in an amount equal to 100% of the current market value of the loaned securities.

By lending its securities, the fund can increase its income by continuing to receive interest or dividends on the loaned securities as well as by either investing the cash collateral in short-term instruments or obtaining yield in the form of interest paid by the borrower when U.S. government securities are used as collateral. The fund will comply with the following conditions whenever its portfolio securities are loaned: (a) the fund must receive at least 100% cash collateral or equivalent securities from the borrower; (b) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities loaned rises above the level of such collateral; (c) the fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (d) the fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, and any increase in market value; (e) the fund may pay only reasonable custodian fees in connection with the loan; and (f) voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower; provided, however, that if a material event adversely affecting the investment in the loaned securities occurs, the fund must terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities. The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of secured credit, consist of a possible delay in receiving additional collateral or in the recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. Loans will be made to firms deemed by the subadviser to be of

 

26


good standing and will not be made unless, in its judgment, the consideration to be earned from such loans would justify the risk. Payments received by the fund in lieu of any dividends paid on the loaned securities will not be treated as “qualified dividend income” for purposes of determining what portion of the fund’s dividends received by individuals may be taxed at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains (see “Taxes” below).

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. In order to generate additional income, the fund may engage in reverse repurchase agreement transactions with banks, broker-dealers and other financial intermediaries. Reverse repurchase agreements are the same as repurchase agreements except that, in this instance, the fund would assume the role of seller/borrower in the transaction. The fund will maintain segregated accounts consisting of cash or liquid securities that at all times are in an amount equal to its obligations under reverse repurchase agreements. The fund will invest the proceeds in other money market instruments or repurchase agreements maturing not later than the expiration of the reverse repurchase agreement. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities sold by the fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities.

Illiquid Securities. Up to 15% of the assets of the fund may be invested in illiquid securities, including (a) repurchase agreements with maturities greater than seven days, (b) futures contracts and options thereon for which a liquid secondary market does not exist, (c) time deposits maturing in more than seven calendar days and (d) securities of new and early stage companies whose securities are not publicly traded. The fund has no present intention to invest more than 10% of its assets in the aggregate in illiquid securities.

Venture Capital Investments. The fund may invest up to 5% of its total assets in venture capital investments, that is, new and early stage companies whose securities are not publicly traded. Venture capital investments may present significant opportunities for capital appreciation but involve a high degree of business and financial risk that can result in substantial losses. The disposition of U.S. venture capital investments, which may include limited partnership interests, normally would be restricted under Federal securities laws. Generally, restricted securities may be sold only in privately negotiated transactions or in public offerings registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). The fund also may be subject to restrictions contained in the securities laws of other countries in disposing of portfolio securities. As a result of these restrictions, the fund may be unable to dispose of such investments at times when disposal is deemed appropriate due to investment or liquidity considerations; alternatively, the fund may be forced to dispose of such investments at less than fair market value. Where registration is required, the fund may be obligated to pay part or all of the expenses of such registration.

Risk Factors

The following risk factors are intended to supplement the risks described above and those in the fund’s Prospectus.

General. Investors should realize that risk of loss is inherent in the ownership of any security and that the fund’s net asset value will fluctuate, reflecting fluctuations in the market value of its portfolio positions.

Warrants. Because a warrant does not carry with it the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to the securities the warrant holder is entitled to purchase, and because a warrant does not represent any rights to the assets of the issuer, a warrant may be considered more speculative than certain other types of investments. In addition, the value of a warrant does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying security and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date. The investment in warrants, valued at the lower of cost or market, may not exceed 5% of the value of the fund’s net assets. Included within that amount, but not to exceed 2% of the value of the fund’s net assets, may be warrants that are not listed on the NYSE or the American Stock Exchange. Warrants acquired by the fund in units or attached to securities may be deemed to be without value.

 

27


Securities of Unseasoned Issuers. Securities in which the fund may invest may have limited marketability and, therefore, may be subject to wide fluctuations in market value. In addition, certain securities may be issued by companies that lack a significant operating history and are dependent on products or services without an established market share.

Fixed Income Securities. Investments in fixed income securities may subject the fund to risks, including the following:

Interest Rate Risk. When interest rates decline, the market value of fixed income securities tends to increase. Conversely, when interest rates increase, the market value of fixed income securities tends to decline. The volatility of a security’s market value will differ depending upon the security’s duration, the issuer and the type of instrument.

Default Risk/Credit Risk. Investments in fixed income securities are subject to the risk that the issuer of the security could default on its obligations, causing the fund to sustain losses on such investments. A default could impact both interest and principal payments.

Call Risk and Extension Risk. Fixed income securities may be subject to both call risk and extension risk. Call risk exists when the issuer may exercise its right to pay principal on an obligation earlier than scheduled, which would cause cash flows to be returned earlier than expected. This typically results when interest rates have declined and the fund will suffer from having to reinvest in lower yielding securities. Extension risk exists when the issuer may exercise its right to pay principal on an obligation later than scheduled, which would cause cash flows to be returned later than expected. This typically results when interest rates have increased, and the fund will suffer from the inability to invest in higher yielding securities.

Lower Rated Fixed Income Securities. Securities which are rated BBB by S&P or Baa by Moody’s are generally regarded as having adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal, but Moody’s considers such securities to have some speculative characteristics. Securities rated below Baa by Moody’s or BBB by S&P are considered to have speculative characteristics, including the possibility of default or bankruptcy of the issuers of such securities, market price volatility based upon interest rate sensitivity, questionable creditworthiness and relative liquidity of the secondary trading market. Because high yield bonds have been found to be more sensitive to adverse economic changes or individual corporate developments and less sensitive to interest rate changes than higher-rated investments, an economic downturn could disrupt the market for high yield bonds and adversely affect the value of outstanding bonds and the ability of issuers to repay principal and interest. In addition, in a declining interest rate market, issuers of high yield bonds may exercise redemption or call provisions, which may force the fund, the extent it owns such securities, to replace those securities with lower yielding securities. This could result in a decreased return.

Recent Market Events

The fixed-income markets are experiencing a period of extreme volatility which has negatively impacted market liquidity conditions. Initially, the concerns on the part of market participants were focused on the subprime segment of the mortgage-backed securities market. However, these concerns have since expanded to include a broad range of mortgage- and asset-backed and other fixed-income securities, including those rated investment grade, the U.S. and international credit and interbank money markets generally, and a wide range of financial institutions and markets, asset classes and sectors. As a result, fixed-income instruments are experiencing liquidity issues, increased price volatility, credit downgrades, and increased likelihood of default. Securities that are less liquid are more difficult to value and may be hard to dispose of. Domestic and international equity markets have also been experiencing heightened volatility and turmoil, with issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets particularly affected. During times of market turmoil, investors tend to look to the safety of securities issued or backed by the U.S. Treasury, causing the prices of these securities to rise, and the yield to decline. These events and the continuing market upheavals may have an adverse effect on the fund.

 

28


The fund may invest in mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), including those that are issued by private issuers, and therefore may have some exposure to subprime loans as well as to the mortgage and credit markets generally. Private issuers include commercial banks, savings associations, mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies and special purpose finance entities (called special purpose vehicles or SPVs) and other entities that acquire and package mortgage loans for resale as MBS. Unlike MBS issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its sponsored entities, MBS issued by private issuers do not have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee, but may have credit enhancement provided by external entities such as banks or financial institutions or achieved through the structuring of the transaction itself. Examples of such credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include the issue of senior and subordinated securities (e.g., the issuance of securities by an SPV in multiple classes or “tranches,” with one or more classes being senior to other subordinated classes as to the payment of principal and interest, with the result that defaults on the underlying mortgage loans are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class); creation of “reserve funds” (in which case cash or investments, sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying mortgage loans, are held in reserve against future losses); and “overcollateralization” (in which case the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying mortgage loans exceed that required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). However, there can be no guarantee that credit enhancements, if any, will be sufficient to prevent losses in the event of defaults on the underlying mortgage loans.

In addition, MBS that are issued by private issuers are not subject to the underwriting requirements for the underlying mortgages that are applicable to those MBS that have a government or government-sponsored entity guarantee. As a result, the mortgage loans underlying private MBS may, and frequently do, have less favorable collateral, credit risk or other underwriting characteristics than government or government-sponsored MBS and have wider variances in a number of terms including interest rate, term, size, purpose and borrower characteristics. Privately issued pools more frequently include second mortgages, high loan-to-value mortgages and manufactured housing loans. The coupon rates and maturities of the underlying mortgage loans in a private-label MBS pool may vary to a greater extent than those included in a government guaranteed pool, and the pool may include subprime mortgage loans. Subprime loans refer to loans made to borrowers with weakened credit histories or with a lower capacity to make timely payments on their loans. For these reasons, the loans underlying these securities have had in many cases higher default rates than those loans that meet government underwriting requirements.

The risk of non-payment is greater for MBS that are backed by mortgage pools that contain subprime loans, but a level of risk exists for all loans. Market factors adversely affecting mortgage loan repayments may include a general economic turndown, high unemployment, a general slowdown in the real estate market, a drop in the market prices of real estate, or an increase in interest rates resulting in higher mortgage payments by holders of adjustable rate mortgages.

If the fund purchases subordinated MBS, the subordinated MBS may serve as a credit support for the senior securities purchased by other investors. In addition, the payments of principal and interest on these subordinated securities generally will be made only after payments are made to the holders of securities senior to the funds’ securities. Therefore, if there are defaults on the underlying mortgage loans, the funds will be less likely to receive payments of principal and interest, and will be more likely to suffer a loss.

Privately issued MBS are not traded on an exchange and there may be a limited market for the securities, especially when there is a perceived weakness in the mortgage and real estate market sectors. Without an active trading market, MBS held in the fund’s portfolio may be particularly difficult to value because of the complexities involved in assessing the value of the underlying mortgage loans.

The fund may also purchase asset-backed securities (“ABS”) that have many of the same characteristics and risks as the MBS described above, except that ABS may be backed by non-real-estate loans, leases or receivables such as auto, credit card or home equity loans.

 

29


The fund may purchase commercial paper, including asset-backed commercial paper (“ABCP”) that is issued by structured investment vehicles or other conduits. These conduits may be sponsored by mortgage companies, investment banking firms, finance companies, hedge funds, private equity firms and special purpose finance entities. ABCP typically refers to a debt security with an original term to maturity of up to 270 days, the payment of which is supported by cash flows from underlying assets, or one or more liquidity or credit support providers, or both. Assets backing ABCP, which may be included in revolving pools of assets with large numbers of obligors, include credit card, car loan and other consumer receivables and home or commercial mortgages, including subprime mortgages. The repayment of ABCP issued by a conduit depends primarily on the cash collections received from the conduit’s underlying asset portfolio and the conduit’s ability to issue new ABCP. Therefore, there could be losses to the fund investing in ABCP in the event of credit or market value deterioration in the conduit’s underlying portfolio, mismatches in the timing of the cash flows of the underlying asset interests and the repayment obligations of maturing ABCP, or the conduit’s inability to issue new ABCP. To protect investors from these risks, ABCP programs may be structured with various protections, such as credit enhancement, liquidity support, and commercial paper stop-issuance and wind-down triggers. However there can be no guarantee that these protections will be sufficient to prevent losses to investors in ABCP.

Some ABCP programs provide for an extension of the maturity date of the ABCP if, on the related maturity date, the conduit is unable to access sufficient liquidity through the issue of additional ABCP. This may delay the sale of the underlying collateral and the fund may incur a loss if the value of the collateral deteriorates during the extension period. Alternatively, if collateral for ABCP commercial paper deteriorates in value, the collateral may be required to be sold at inopportune times or at prices insufficient to repay the principal and interest on the ABCP. ABCP programs may provide for the issuance of subordinated notes as an additional form of credit enhancement. The subordinated notes are typically of a lower credit quality and have a higher risk of default. A fund purchasing these subordinated notes will therefore have a higher likelihood of loss than investors in the senior notes.

The fund may also invest in other types of fixed-income securities which are subordinated or “junior” to more senior securities of the issuer, or which represent interests in pools of such subordinated or junior securities. Such securities may include preferred stock. Under the terms of subordinated securities, payments that would otherwise be made to their holders may be required to be made to the holders of more senior securities, and/or the subordinated or junior securities may have junior liens, if they have any rights at all, in any collateral (meaning proceeds of the collateral are required to be paid first to the holders of more senior securities). As a result, subordinated or junior securities will be disproportionately adversely affected by a default or even a perceived decline in creditworthiness of the issuer.

The fund’s compliance with its investment restrictions and limitations is usually determined at the time of investment. If the credit rating on a security is downgraded or the credit quality deteriorates after purchase by the fund, or if the maturity of a security is extended after purchase by the fund, the portfolio managers will decide whether the security should be held or sold. Certain mortgage- or asset-backed securities may provide, upon the occurrence of certain triggering events or defaults, for the investors to become the holders of the underlying assets. In that case a fund may become the holder of securities that it could not otherwise purchase, based on its investment strategies or its investment restrictions and limitations, at a time when such securities may be difficult to dispose of because of adverse market conditions.

Repurchase Agreements. The fund bears a risk of loss in the event that the other party to a repurchase agreement defaults on its obligations and the fund is delayed in or prevented from exercising its rights to dispose of the underlying securities, including the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying securities during the period in which the fund seeks to assert its rights to them, the risk of incurring expenses associated with asserting those rights and the risk of losing all or a part of the income from the agreement.

Foreign Securities. Investments in securities of foreign issuers involve certain risks not ordinarily associated with investments in securities of domestic issuers. Such risks include fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, future political and economic developments, and the possible imposition of exchange controls or other foreign

 

30


governmental laws or restrictions. Since the fund will invest in securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, changes in foreign currency exchange rates will, to the extent the fund does not adequately hedge against such fluctuations, affect the value of securities in its portfolio and the unrealized appreciation or depreciation of investments so far as U.S. investors are concerned. In addition, with respect to certain countries, there is the possibility of expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxation, political or social instability or diplomatic developments which could adversely affect investments in those countries.

There may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than about a U.S. company, and foreign companies may not be subject to accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to or as uniform as those of U.S. companies. Foreign securities markets, while growing in volume, have, for the most part, substantially less volume than U.S. markets, and securities of many foreign companies are less liquid and their prices more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. companies. Transaction costs on foreign securities markets are generally higher than in the U.S. There is generally less government supervision and regulation of exchanges, brokers and issuers than there is in the U.S. The fund might have greater difficulty taking appropriate legal action in foreign courts. Dividend and interest income from foreign securities will generally be subject to withholding taxes by the country in which the issuer is located and may not be recoverable by the fund or the investors. Capital gains are also subject to taxation in some foreign countries.

Currency Risks. The U.S. dollar value of securities denominated in a foreign currency will vary with changes in currency exchange rates, which can be volatile. Accordingly, changes in the value of the currency in which the fund’s investments are denominated relative to the U.S. dollar will affect the fund’s net asset value. Exchange rates are generally affected by the forces of supply and demand in the international currency markets, the relative merits of investing in different countries and the intervention or failure to intervene of U.S. or foreign governments and central banks. However, currency exchange rates may fluctuate based on factors intrinsic to a country’s economy. Some emerging market countries also may have managed currencies, which are not free floating against the U.S. dollar. In addition, emerging markets are subject to the risk of restrictions upon the free conversion of their currencies into other currencies. Any devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar in the currencies in which the fund’s securities are quoted would reduce the fund’s net asset value per share.

Special Risks of Countries in the Asia Pacific Region. Certain of the risks associated with international investments are heightened for investments in these countries. For example, some of the currencies of these countries have experienced devaluations relative to the U.S. dollar, and adjustments have been made periodically in certain of such currencies. Certain countries face serious exchange constraints. Jurisdictional disputes also exist, for example, between South Korea and North Korea. In addition, Hong Kong reverted to Chinese administration on July 1, 1997. The long-term effects of this reversion are not known at this time.

Securities of Developing/Emerging Markets Countries. A developing or emerging markets country generally is considered to be a country that is in the initial stages of its industrialization cycle. Investing in the equity markets of developing countries involves exposure to economic structures that are generally less diverse and mature, and to political systems that can be expected to have less stability, than those of developed countries. Historical experience indicates that the markets of developing countries have been more volatile than the markets of the more mature economies of developed countries; however, such markets often have provided higher rates of return to investors.

One or more of the risks discussed above could affect adversely the economy of a developing market or the fund’s investments in such a market. In Eastern Europe, for example, upon the accession to power of Communist regimes in the past, the governments of a number of Eastern European countries expropriated a large amount of property. The claims of many property owners against those of governments may remain unsettled. There can be no assurance that any investments that the fund might make in such emerging markets would not be expropriated, nationalized or otherwise confiscated at some time in the future. In such an event, the fund could lose its entire investment in the market involved. Moreover, changes in the leadership or policies of such markets could halt the expansion or reverse the liberalization of foreign investment policies now occurring in certain of these markets and adversely affect existing investment opportunities.

 

31


Many of the fund’s investments in the securities of emerging markets may be unrated or rated below investment grade. Securities rated below investment grade (and comparable unrated securities) are the equivalent of high yield, high risk bonds, commonly known as “junk bonds.” Such securities are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations and involve major risk exposure to adverse business, financial, economic, or political conditions.

Derivative Instruments. In accordance with its investment policies, the fund may invest in certain derivative instruments, which are securities or contracts that provide for payments based on or “derived” from the performance of an underlying asset, index or other economic benchmark. Essentially, a derivative instrument is a financial arrangement or a contract between two parties (and not a true security like a stock or a bond). Transactions in derivative instruments can be, but are not necessarily, riskier than investments in conventional stocks, bonds and money market instruments. A derivative instrument is more accurately viewed as a way of reallocating risk among different parties or substituting one type of risk for another. Every investment by the fund, including an investment in conventional securities, reflects an implicit prediction about future changes in the value of that investment. Every fund investment also involves a risk that the subadviser’s expectations will be wrong. Transactions in derivative instruments often enable the fund to take investment positions that more precisely reflect the subadviser’s expectations concerning the future performance of the various investments available to the fund. Derivative instruments can be a legitimate and often cost-effective method of accomplishing the same investment goals as could be achieved through other investment in conventional securities.

Derivative contracts include options, futures contracts, forward contracts, forward commitment and when-issued securities transactions, forward foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate and mortgage transactions. The following are the principal risks associated with derivative instruments.

Market risk. The risk that the instrument will decline in value or that an alternative investment would have appreciated more, but this is no different from the risk of investing in conventional securities.

Leverage and associated price volatility. Leverage causes increased volatility in the price and magnifies the impact of adverse market changes, but this risk may be consistent with the investment objective of even a conservative fund in order to achieve an average portfolio volatility that is within the expected range for that type of fund.

Credit risk. The issuer of the instrument may default on its obligation to pay interest and principal.

Liquidity and valuation risk. Many derivative instruments are traded in institutional markets rather than on an exchange. Nevertheless, many derivative instruments are actively traded and can be priced with as much accuracy as conventional securities. Derivative instruments that are custom designed to meet the specialized investment needs of a relatively narrow group of institutional investors such as the fund are not readily marketable and are subject to the fund’s restrictions on illiquid investments.

Correlation risk. There may be imperfect correlation between the price of the derivative and the underlying asset. For example, there may be price disparities between the trading markets for the derivative contract and the underlying asset.

Each derivative instrument purchased for the fund’s portfolio is reviewed and analyzed by the fund’s subadviser to assess the risk and reward of such instrument in relation to the fund’s portfolio investment strategy. The decision to invest in derivative instruments or conventional securities is made by measuring the respective instrument’s ability to provide value to the fund and its shareholders.

Special Risks of Writing Options. Option writing for the fund may be limited by position and exercise limits established by national securities exchanges and by requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), for qualification as a regulated investment company. In addition to writing covered call

 

32


options to generate current income, the fund may enter into options transactions as hedges to reduce investment risk, generally by making an investment expected to move in the opposite direction of a portfolio position. A hedge is designed to offset a loss on a portfolio position with a gain on the hedge position; at the same time, however, a properly correlated hedge will result in a gain on the portfolio position being offset by a loss on the hedge position. The fund bears the risk that the prices of the securities being hedged will not move in the same amount as the hedge. The fund will engage in hedging transactions only when deemed advisable by the subadviser. Successful use by the fund of options will be subject to the subadviser ‘s ability to predict correctly movements in the direction of the stock or index underlying the option used as a hedge. Losses incurred in hedging transactions and the costs of these transactions will affect the fund’s performance.

The ability of the fund to engage in closing transactions with respect to options depends on the existence of a liquid secondary market. While the fund generally will write options only if a liquid secondary market appears to exist for the options purchased or sold, for some options no such secondary market may exist or the market may cease to exist. If the fund cannot enter into a closing purchase transaction with respect to a call option it has written, the fund will continue to be subject to the risk that its potential loss upon exercise of the option will increase as a result of any increase in the value of the underlying security. The fund could also face higher transaction costs, including brokerage commissions, as a result of its options transactions.

Special Risks of Using Futures Contracts. The prices of futures contracts are volatile and are influenced by, among other things, actual and anticipated changes in interest rates, which in turn are affected by fiscal and monetary policies and national and international political and economic events.

At best, the correlation between changes in prices of futures contracts and of the securities or currencies being hedged can be only approximate. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends upon circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and for debt securities, including technical influences in futures trading, and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the instruments underlying the standard futures contracts available for trading, with respect to interest rate levels, maturities, and creditworthiness of issuers. A decision of whether, when, and how to hedge involves skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of unexpected market behavior or interest rate trends.

Because of the low margin deposits required, futures trading involves an extremely high degree of leverage. As a result, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss, as well as gain, to the investor. For example, if at the time of purchase, 10% of the value of the futures contract is deposited as margin, a subsequent 10% decrease in the value of the futures contract would result in a total loss of the margin deposit, before any deduction for the transaction costs, if the account were then closed out. A 15% decrease would result in a loss equal to 150% of the original margin deposit, if the futures contract were closed out. Thus, a purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. The fund, however, would presumably have sustained comparable losses if, instead of the futures contract, it had invested in the underlying financial instrument and sold it after the decline. Where the fund enters into futures transactions for non-hedging purposes, it will be subject to greater risks and could sustain losses which are not offset by gains on other fund assets.

Furthermore, in the case of a futures contract purchase, in order to be certain that the fund has sufficient assets to satisfy its obligations under a futures contract, the fund segregates and commits to back the futures contract an amount of cash and liquid securities equal in value to the current value of the underlying instrument less the margin deposit.

Most U.S. futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of futures contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit

 

33


potential losses, because the limit may prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. Futures contract prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.

Disclosure of Portfolio Holdings

For funds in the Legg Mason Partners family of funds, each fund’s board of trustees has adopted policies and procedures developed by LMPFA with respect to the disclosure of the funds’ portfolio securities and any ongoing arrangements to make available information about each fund’s portfolio securities. The policy requires that consideration always be given as to whether disclosure of information about any fund’s portfolio holdings is in the best interests of such fund’s shareholders, and that any conflicts of interest between the interests of the fund’s shareholders and those of LMPFA, the funds’ distributor or its affiliates, be addressed in a manner that places the interests of fund shareholders first. The policy provides that information regarding the fund’s portfolio holdings may not be shared with non-Legg Mason employees, with investors or potential investors (whether individual or institutional), or with third parties unless it is done for legitimate fund business purposes and in accordance with the policy.

LMPFA’s policy generally provides for the release of details of securities positions once they are considered “stale.” Data is considered stale 25 calendar days following quarter-end. LMPFA believes that this passage of time prevents a third party from benefiting from an investment decision made by a fund that has not been fully reflected by the market.

Under the policy, a fund’s complete list of holdings (including the size of each position) may be made available to investors, potential investors, third parties and non-Legg Mason employees with simultaneous public disclosure at least 25 days after calendar quarter end. Typically, simultaneous public disclosure is achieved by the filing of Form N-Q or Form N-CSR in accordance with SEC rules, provided that such filings may not be made until 25 days following quarter-end and/or posting the information to LMPFA or the funds’ Internet site that is accessible by the public, or through public release by a third party vendor.

The policy permits the release of limited portfolio holdings information that is not yet considered stale in a number of situations, including:

 

  1. A fund’s top ten securities, current as of month-end, and the individual size of each such security position may be released at any time following month-end with simultaneous public disclosure.

 

  2. The fund’s top ten securities positions (including the aggregate but not individual size of such positions) may be released at any time with simultaneous public disclosure.

 

  3. A list of securities (that may include fund holdings together with other securities) followed by a portfolio manager (without position sizes or identification of particular funds) may be disclosed to sell-side brokers at any time for the purpose of obtaining research and/or market information from such brokers.

 

  4. A trade in process may be discussed only with counterparties, potential counterparties and others involved in the transaction (i.e., brokers and custodians).

 

  5. A fund’s sector weightings, yield and duration, performance attribution (e.g. analysis of the fund’s out-performance or underperformance of its benchmark based on its portfolio holdings) and other summary and statistical information that does not include identification of specific portfolio holdings may be released, even if non-public, if such release is otherwise in accordance with the policy’s general principles.

 

  6. A fund’s portfolio holdings may be released on an as-needed basis to its legal counsel, counsel to its Independent Trustees and its independent public accounting firm, in required regulatory filings or otherwise to governmental agencies and authorities.

 

34


Under the policy, if information about a fund’s portfolio holdings is released pursuant to an ongoing arrangement with any party, a fund must have a legitimate business purpose for the release of the information, and either party receiving the information must be under a duty of confidentiality, or the release of non-public information must be subject to trading restrictions and confidential treatment to prohibit the entity from sharing with an unauthorized source or trading upon any non-public information provided. Neither a fund, nor Legg Mason nor any other affiliated person may receive compensation or any other consideration in connection with such arrangements. Ongoing arrangements to make available information about a fund’s portfolio securities will be reviewed at least annually by a fund’s board of trustees. The release of portfolio holdings other than in ongoing arrangements is subject to a written agreement which requires the recipient to keep the information confidential and to use the information only for the purpose specified in the agreement. The approval of a fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained prior to release of the information other than in an ongoing arrangement.

The approval of a fund’s Chief Compliance Officer, or designee, must be obtained before entering into any new ongoing arrangement or altering any existing ongoing arrangement to make available portfolio holdings information, or with respect to any exceptions to the policy. Any exceptions to the policy must be consistent with the purposes of the policy. Exceptions are considered on a case-by-case basis and are granted only after a thorough examination and consultation with LMPFA’s legal department, as necessary. Exceptions to the policies are reported to the fund’s board of trustees at its next regularly scheduled meeting.

Currently, the funds typically disclose their complete portfolio holdings approximately 25 days after calendar quarter-end on Legg Mason’s website, http://www.leggmason.com/individualinvestors.

Set forth below is a list, as of August 31, 2007, of those parties with whom LMPFA, on behalf of the funds, has authorized ongoing arrangements that include the release of portfolio holdings information, the frequency of the release under such arrangements, and the length of the lag, if any, between the date of the information and the date on which the information is disclosed. The parties identified below as recipients are service providers, fund rating agencies, consultants and analysts.

 

Recipient

 

Frequency

 

Delay Before Dissemination

State Street Bank and Trust Company (Fund Custodian and Accounting Agent)   Daily   None
Institutional Shareholder Services (Proxy voting services)   As necessary   None
Bloomberg   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
Lipper   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
S&P   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
Morningstar   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
Vestek   Daily   None
Factset   Daily   None
The Bank of New York   Daily   None
Thomson   Semi-annually   None
Dataware   Daily   None
ITG   Daily   None

 

35


Portfolio holdings information for a fund may also be released from time to time pursuant to ongoing arrangements with the following parties:

 

Recipient

 

Frequency

 

Delay Before Dissemination

Baseline   Daily   None
Frank Russell   Monthly   1 Day
Callan   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
Mercer   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
eVestment Alliance   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
CRA RogersCasey   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
Cambridge Associates   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
Marco Consulting   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
Wilshire   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
Informa Investment Services (Efron)   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
CheckFree (Mobius)   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
Nelsons Information   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
Investor Tools   Daily   None
Advent   Daily   None
BARRA   Daily   None
Plexus   Quarterly (Calendar)   Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter
Elkins/McSherry   Quarterly (Calendar)   Sent 1-3 business days following the end of a Quarter
Quantitative Services Group   Daily   None
AMBAC   Daily   None
Deutsche Bank   Monthly   6-8 business days
Fitch   Monthly   6-8 business days
Liberty Hampshire   Weekly and Month End   None
Sun Trust   Weekly and Month End   None
New England Pension Consultants   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
Evaluation Associates   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
Watson Wyatt   Quarterly   25 Days after Quarter End
S&P (Rating Agency)   Weekly Tuesday Night   1 business day
Moody’s (Rating Agency)   Monthly   6-8 business days
Electra Information Systems   Daily   None
SunGard   Daily   None

Investment Policies

The trust has adopted the following fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies below for the protection of shareholders. Investment policies described in the SAI are fundamental only if they are identified as such. Fundamental investment policies may not be changed without the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the fund, defined under the 1940 Act as the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the voting power present at a fund meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the voting power of the fund are present in person or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of the voting power of the fund.

If any percentage restriction described below is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values or assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction.

 

36


Fundamental Investment Policies

The fund’s fundamental policies are as follows:

 

  1. The fund may not borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  2. The fund may not engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  3. The fund may lend money or other assets to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  4. The fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  5. The fund may not purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  6. The fund may purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act, or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

 

  7. Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, the fund may not make any investment if, as a result, the Fund’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (1) above, the 1940 Act permits a fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the fund’s total assets, minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, dollar rolls and certain derivatives, may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Borrowing, especially when used for leverage, may cause the value of the fund’s shares to be more volatile than if the fund did not borrow. This is because borrowing tends to magnify the effect of any increase or decrease in the value of the fund’s portfolio holdings. Borrowed money thus creates an opportunity for greater gains, but also greater losses. To repay borrowings, the fund may have to sell securities at a time and at a price that is unfavorable to the fund. There also are costs associated with borrowing money, and these costs would offset and could eliminate a fund’s net investment income in any given period. Currently the fund does not contemplate borrowing money for leverage, but if the fund does so, it will not likely do so to a substantial degree. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to permit a fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

 

37


With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (2) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, the 1940 Act permits a fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the fund’s investments in issuers where the fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities maybe considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to a fund investing in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause the fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (2) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (3) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from making loans; however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets, except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. (A repurchase agreement is an agreement to purchase a security, coupled with an agreement to sell that security back to the original seller on an agreed-upon date at a price that reflects current interest rates. The SEC frequently treats repurchase agreements as loans.) While lending securities may be a source of income to a fund, as with other extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery or even loss of rights in the underlying securities should the borrower fail financially. However, loans would be made only when the fund’s Manager or a sub-adviser believes the income justifies the attendant risks. The fund also will be permitted by this policy to make loans of money, including to other funds. The fund would have to obtain exemptive relief from the SEC to make loans to other funds. The policy in (3) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to issuing senior securities set forth in (4) above, “senior securities” are defined as fund obligations that have a priority over a fund’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of fund assets. The 1940 Act prohibits a fund from issuing senior securities except that the fund may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose. A fund also may borrow up to 5% of the fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by a fund can increase the speculative character of the fund’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of a fund’s portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even though the fund’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the fund’s gross assets. The policy in (4) above will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to real estate set forth in (5) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning real estate; however, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. The policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the fund from investing in real estate-related companies, companies

 

38


whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to commodities set forth in (6) above, the 1940 Act does not prohibit a fund from owning commodities, whether physical commodities and contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies and, possibly, currency futures). However, a fund is limited in the amount of illiquid assets it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the current SEC staff position generally limits a fund’s purchases of illiquid securities to 15% of net assets. If a fund were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the fund would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The policy in (6) above will be interpreted to permit investments in exchange traded funds that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (7) above, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The policy in (7) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; securities of foreign governments; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

The fund’s fundamental policies are written and will be interpreted broadly. For example, the policies will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

Under the non-fundamental investment policies adopted by the fund, the fund may not:

 

  1. Purchase securities on margin. For purposes of this restriction, the deposit or payment of initial or variation margin in connection with futures contracts or related options will not be deemed to be a purchase of securities on margin by the fund.

 

  2. Make short sales of securities or maintaining a short position.

 

  3. Pledge, hypothecate, mortgage or otherwise encumber more than 10% of the value of the fund’s total assets. For purposes of this restriction, (a) the deposit of assets in escrow in connection with the writing of covered call options and (b) collateral arrangements with respect to (i) the purchase and sale of options on stock indices and (ii) initial or variation margin for futures contracts will not be deemed to be pledges of the fund’s assets.

 

39


  4. Invest in oil, gas or other mineral exploration or development programs, except that the fund may invest in the securities of companies that invest in or sponsor those programs.

 

  5. Write or sell puts, calls, straddles, spreads or combinations thereof, except that the fund may write covered call options.

 

  6. Purchase illiquid securities (such as repurchase agreements with maturities in excess of seven days) or other securities that are not readily marketable if more than 15% of the total assets of the fund would be invested in such securities.

 

  7. Make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management.

Diversification

The fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that the fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer, or (b) the fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the fund can invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, the fund cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.

Portfolio Transactions

Subject to policies as may be established by the fund’s Board from time to time, the subadviser is primarily responsible for the fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the fund’s portfolio transactions. Transactions on stock exchanges involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. There is generally no stated commission in the case of securities traded in the over-the-counter market, but the price of those securities includes an undisclosed commission or mark-up. Over-the-counter purchases and sales are transacted directly with principal market makers except where it is believed that better prices and executions may be obtained elsewhere. The cost of securities purchased from underwriters includes an underwriting commission or concession, and the prices at which securities are purchased from and sold to dealers include a dealer’s mark-up or mark-down. The aggregate brokerage commissions paid by the fund for the three most recent fiscal years is set forth below under “Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid.”

Pursuant to the Management Agreement and Sub-Advisory Agreement, each of the manager and the subadviser is authorized to place orders pursuant to its investment determinations for the fund either directly with the issuer or with any broker or dealer, foreign currency dealer, futures commission merchant or others selected by it. The general policy of the manager and subadviser in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results achievable in the context of a number of factors which are considered both in relation to individual trades and broader trading patterns, including the reliability of the broker/dealer, the competitiveness of the price and the commission, the research services received and whether the broker/dealer commits its own capital.

In connection with the selection of such brokers or dealers and the placing of such orders, subject to applicable law, brokers or dealers may be selected who also provide brokerage and research services (as those terms are defined in Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) to the fund and/or the other accounts over which the manager, the subadviser or its affiliates exercise investment discretion. The manager and subadviser are authorized to pay a broker or dealer who provides such brokerage and research services a commission for executing a portfolio transaction for the fund which is in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction if the manager or subadviser determines in good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer. This determination may be viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities that the manager, the subadviser and their affiliates have with respect to accounts over which they exercise investment discretion. The manager and/or subadviser may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant

 

40


to which such brokers provide research services to the manager or subadviser, as applicable, in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such brokers. While the payment of higher commissions increases the fund’s costs, neither the manager nor the subadviser believes that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses as manager or subadviser. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

Research services furnished to the manager or subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for the fund may be used by the manager or subadviser in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the manager or subadviser by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the manager or subadviser manages may be used by the manager or subadviser, as applicable, in servicing the fund. Not all of these research services are used by the manager or subadviser in managing any particular account, including the fund. For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2008, the fund paid commissions to brokers that provided research services as follows:

 

Total Dollar Amount of Brokerage Transactions

Related to Research Services

  

Total Dollar Amount of Brokerage Commissions

Paid on Transactions Related to Research Services

$                

   $                 

The fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The fund’s Board has adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate.

Aggregate Brokerage Commissions Paid

For the fiscal years ended January 31, 2006, 2007, and 2008, the fund paid aggregate brokerage commissions and brokerage commissions to CGMI, a former distributor of the fund, and its affiliates as set out below:

 

     Aggregate Broker
Commissions Paid
   Amount of Brokerage
Commissions Paid
by the fund to CGMI and
Affiliates*

Year Ended January 31, 2006

   $ 156,459    $ 2,104

Year Ended January 31, 2007

   $ 111,003    $ 7,586

Year Ended January 31, 2008

   $        N/A

 

* GMI was not an affiliated person of the fund under the 1940 Act after December 1, 2005.

As of December 1, 2005, LMIS became an underwriter of the fund under the 1940 Act. For the period December 1, 2005 through January 31, 2007, and for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2008, the fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to LMIS or its affiliates.

During the fiscal year ended January 31, 2008, the fund purchased securities issued by the following regular broker/dealers of the fund, which had the following values as of January 31, 2008:

 

Broker-Dealer

  

Value of Securities as of

January 31, 2007

   $         

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the fund as well as for one or more of the manager’s or the subadviser’s other clients. Investment decisions for the fund and for the manager’s or subadviser’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one

 

41


or more clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for the fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for the fund and for other funds managed by the manager or the subadviser occur contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

For reporting purposes, the fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the fund during the fiscal year. In determining such portfolio turnover, all securities whose maturities at the lime of acquisition were one year or less are excluded. A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur, for example, if all of the securities in the fund’s investment portfolio (other than short- term money market securities) were replaced once during the fiscal year. Portfolio turnover will not be a limiting factor should the manager or subadviser deem it advisable to purchase or sell securities.

For the fiscal years ended January 31, 2007 and 2008, the portfolio turnover rates were 47% and     %, respectively.

In the event that portfolio turnover increases, this increase necessarily results in correspondingly greater transaction costs which must be paid by the fund. To the extent portfolio trading results in realization of net short- term capital gains, shareholders will be taxed on such gains at ordinary tax rates (except shareholders who invest through IRAs and other retirement plans which are not taxed currently on accumulations in their accounts).

PURCHASE, EXCHANGE AND REDEMPTION OF SHARES

General

Investors may purchase shares from a Service Agent. In addition, certain investors, including retirement plans purchasing through certain Service Agents, may purchase shares directly from the fund. When purchasing shares of the fund, investors must specify whether the purchase is for Class A, B, C, FI, R or I* shares. Service Agents may charge their customers an annual account maintenance fee in connection with a brokerage account through which an investor purchases or holds shares. Accounts held directly the Transfer Agent are not subject to a maintenance fee.

For additional information regarding applicable investment minimums and eligibility requirements, please see the fund’s Prospectus.

There are no minimum investment requirements for purchases of Class A shares by: (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired board members of any fund advised by LMPFA (such board members, together with board members of Legg Mason, are referred to herein as “Board Members”), (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons. The fund reserves the right to waive or change minimums, to decline any order to purchase its shares and to suspend the offering of shares from time to time.

 

 

* As of November 20, 2006, Class Y shares were renamed Class I shares.

 

42


Purchase orders received by the fund or a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day (the “trade date”). Orders received by a Service Agent prior to the close of regular trading on the NYSE on any day the fund calculates its net asset value are priced according to the net asset value determined on that day, provided the order is received by the fund’s agent prior to its close of business. Payment must be made with the purchase order.

Systematic Investment Plan. Shareholders may make additions to their accounts at any time by purchasing shares through a service known as the Systematic Investment Plan. Under the Systematic Investment Plan, the distributor or the transfer agent is authorized through preauthorized transfers of at least $25 on a monthly, quarterly, every alternate month, semi-annual or annual basis to charge the shareholder’s account held with a bank or other financial institution as indicated by the shareholder, to provide for systematic additions to the shareholder’s fund account. A shareholder who has insufficient funds to complete the transfer will be charged a fee of up to $25 by the distributor or the transfer agent. Additional information is available from the fund or a Service Agent.

Sales Charge Alternatives

The following classes of shares are available for purchase. See the Prospectus for a discussion of who is eligible to purchase certain classes and of factors to consider in selecting which class of shares to purchase.

Class A Shares .   Class A shares are sold to investors at the public offering price, which is the net asset value plus an initial sales charge, as described in the fund’s Prospectus.

Members of the selling group may receive a portion of the sales charge as described in the fund’s prospectus and may be deemed to be underwriters of the fund as defined in the 1933 Act. Sales charges are calculated based on the aggregate of purchases of Class A shares of the fund made at one time by any “person,” which includes an individual and his or her spouse and children under the age of 21, or a trustee or other fiduciary of a single trust estate or single fiduciary account. For additional information regarding sales charge reductions, see “Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions” below.

Purchases of Class A shares of $1,000,000 or more will be made at net asset value without any initial sales charge, but will be subject to a contingent deferred sales charge of 1.00% on redemptions made within 12 months of purchase. The contingent deferred sales charge is waived in the same circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge applicable to Class B and C shares is waived. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions” and “Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge” below.

Class B and C Shares.  Class B and C shares are sold without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge payable upon certain redemptions. See “Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions below.”

Class FI, R and I Shares. Class FI, R and I shares are sold at net asset value with no initial sales charge and no contingent deferred sales charge upon redemption.

Sales Charge Waivers and Reductions

Initial Sales Charge Waivers. Purchases of Class A shares may be made at net asset value without an initial sales charge in the following circumstances:

 

  (a) sales to (i) current and retired board members of Legg Mason, (ii) current and retired Board Members, (iii) current employees of Legg Mason and its subsidiaries, as well as (iv) the “immediate families” of such persons (“immediate families” are such person’s spouse, including the surviving spouse of a deceased Board Member, and children under the age of 21) and (v) a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons;

 

43


  (b) sales to any employees of Service Agents having dealer, service or other selling agreements with the fund’s distributor or otherwise having an arrangement with any such Service Agent with respect to sales of fund shares, and by the immediate families of such persons or by a pension, profit-sharing or other benefit plan for the benefit of such persons (providing the purchase is made for investment purposes and such securities will not be resold except through redemption or repurchase);

 

  (c) offers of Class A shares to any other investment company to effect the combination of such company with the fund by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise;

 

  (d) purchases by shareholders who have redeemed Class A shares in the fund (or Class A shares of another Legg Mason Partners fund that is offered with a sales charge) and who wish to reinvest their redemption proceeds in the fund, provided the reinvestment is made within 60 calendar days of the redemption;

 

  (e) purchases by accounts managed by registered investment advisory subsidiaries of Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”);

 

  (f) purchases by certain separate accounts used to fund unregistered variable annuity contracts; and

 

  (g) purchases by investors participating in “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs or other fee-based arrangements sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with LMIS.

In order to obtain such discounts, the purchaser must provide sufficient information at the time of purchase to permit verification that the purchase qualifies for the elimination of the sales charge.

Accumulation Privilege —Please see the fund’s Prospectus for information regarding accumulation privileges.

Letter of Intent —The Letter of Intent helps you take advantage of breakpoints in Class A sales charges. You may purchase Class A shares of Legg Mason Partners funds over a 13-month period and pay the same sales charge, if any, as if all shares had been purchased at once. You have a choice of seven Asset Level Goal amounts, as follows:

 

(1) $25,000

   (5) $500,000

(2) $50,000

   (6) $750,000

(3) $100,000

   (7) $1,000,000

(4) $250,000

  

Each time you make a Class A purchase under a Letter of Intent, you will be entitled to the sales charge that is applicable to the amount of your Asset Level Goal. For example, if your Asset Level Goal is $100,000, any Class A investments you make under a Letter of Intent would be subject to the sales charge of the specific fund you are investing in for purchases of $100,000. Sales charges and breakpoints vary among the Legg Mason Partners Funds.

When you enter into a Letter of Intent, you agree to purchase in Eligible Accounts over a thirteen (13) month period Eligible Fund Purchases in an amount equal to the Asset Level Goal you have selected, less any Eligible Prior Purchases. For this purpose, shares are valued at the public offering price (including any sales charge paid) calculated as of the date of purchase, plus any appreciation in the value of the shares as of the date of calculation, except for Eligible Prior Purchases, which are valued at current value as of the date of calculation. Your commitment will be met if at any time during the 13-month period the value, as so determined, of eligible holdings is at least equal to your Asset Level Goal. All reinvested dividends and distributions on shares acquired under the Letter will be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. You may include any Eligible Fund Purchases towards the Letter, including shares of classes other than Class A shares. However, a Letter of Intent will not entitle you to a reduction in the sales charge payable on any shares other than Class A shares, and if the shares

 

44


are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge, you will still be subject to that contingent deferred sales charge with respect to those shares. You must make reference to the Letter of Intent each time you make a purchase under the Letter.

Eligible Fund Purchases.  Generally, any shares of a Legg Mason Partners Fund may be credited towards your Asset Level Goal. Shares of certain money market funds advised by the manager or its affiliates (except for money market fund shares acquired by exchange from other Legg Mason Partners Funds offered with a sales charge), Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund and Class O shares of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund are not eligible.

This list may change from time to time. Investors should check with their Service Agent to see which funds may be eligible.

Eligible Accounts.  Purchases may be made through any account in your name, or in the name of your spouse or your children under the age of 21. You may need to provide certain records, such as account statements, in order to verify your eligibility for reduced sales charges. Contact your Service Agent to see which accounts may be credited toward your Asset Level Goal.

Eligible Prior Purchases.  You may also credit towards your Asset Level Goal any Eligible Fund Purchases made in Eligible Accounts at any time prior to entering into the Letter of Intent that have not been sold or redeemed, based on the current price of those shares as of the date of calculation.

Backdating Letter.  You may establish a date for a Letter of Intent that is up to ninety (90) calendar days prior to the date you enter into the Letter. Any Eligible Fund Purchases in Eligible Accounts made during that period will count towards your Goal and will also be eligible for the lower sales charge applicable to your Asset Level Goal. You will be credited by way of additional shares at the current offering price for the difference between (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for those eligible shares and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for your Asset Level Goal.

Increasing the Amount of the Letter.  You may at any time increase your Asset Level Goal. You must, however, contact your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through PFPC, contact PFPC prior to making any purchases in an amount in excess of your current Asset Level Goal. Upon such an increase, you will be credited by way of additional shares at the then current offering price for the difference between: (a) the aggregate sales charges actually paid for shares already purchased under the Letter and (b) the aggregate applicable sales charges for the increased Asset Level Goal. The 13-month period during which the Asset Level Goal must be achieved will remain unchanged.

Sales and Exchanges.  Shares acquired pursuant to a Letter of Intent, other than Escrowed Shares as defined below, may be redeemed or exchanged at any time, although any shares that are redeemed prior to meeting your Asset Level Goal will no longer count towards meeting your Goal. However, complete liquidation of purchases made under a Letter of Intent prior to meeting the Asset Level Goal will result in the cancellation of the Letter. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below. Exchanges in accordance with the fund’s prospectus are permitted, and shares so exchanged will continue to count towards your Asset Level Goal, as long as the exchange results in an Eligible Fund Purchase.

Cancellation of Letter.  You may cancel a Letter of Intent by notifying your Service Agent in writing, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, by notifying the transfer agent in writing. The Letter will be automatically cancelled if all shares are sold or redeemed as set forth above. See “Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal” below.

Escrowed Shares.  Shares equal in value to five percent (5%) of your Asset Level Goal as of the date your Letter (or the date of any increase in the amount of the Letter) is accepted, will be held in escrow during the term

 

45


of your Letter. The Escrowed Shares will be included in the total shares owned as reflected in your account statement and any dividends and capital gains distributions applicable to the Escrowed Shares will be credited to your account and counted towards your Asset Level Goal or paid in cash upon request. The Escrowed Shares will be released from escrow if all the terms of your Letter are met.

Failure to Meet Asset Level Goal.  If the total assets under your Letter of Intent within its 13-month term are less than your Asset Level Goal or you elect to liquidate all of your holdings or cancel the Letter before reaching your Asset Level Goal, you will be liable for the difference between: (a) the sales charge actually paid and (b) the sales charge that would have applied if you had not entered into the Letter. You may, however, be entitled to any breakpoints that would have been available to you under the accumulation privilege. An appropriate number of shares in your account will be redeemed to realize the amount due. For these purposes, by entering into a Letter of Intent, you irrevocably appoint your Service Agent, or if you purchase your shares directly through the transfer agent, the transfer agent, as your attorney-in-fact for the purposes of holding the Escrowed Shares and surrendering shares in your account for redemption. If there are insufficient assets in your account, you will be liable for the difference. Any Escrowed Shares remaining after such redemption will be released to your account.

Contingent Deferred Sales Charge Provisions

“Contingent deferred sales charge shares” are: (a) Class B shares; (b) Class C shares; and (c) Class A shares that were purchased without an initial sales charge but are subject to a contingent deferred sales charge. A contingent deferred sales charge may be imposed on certain redemptions of these shares.

Any applicable contingent deferred sales charge will be assessed on the net asset value at the time of purchase or redemption, whichever is less.

Class C shares and Class A shares that are contingent deferred sales charge shares are subject to a 1.00% contingent deferred sales charge if redeemed within 12 months of purchase. In circumstances in which the contingent deferred sales charge is imposed on Class B shares, the amount of the charge will depend on the number of years since the shareholder made the purchase payment from which the amount is being redeemed, as further described in the prospectus. Solely for purposes of determining the number of years since a purchase payment, all purchase payments made during a month will be aggregated and deemed to have been made on the last day of the preceding statement month.

Class B shares will convert automatically to Class A shares approximately eight years after the date on which they were purchased and thereafter will no longer be subject to any distribution fees. There will also be converted at that time such proportion of Class B dividend shares (Class B shares that were acquired through the reinvestment of dividends and distributions) owned by the shareholders as the total number of his or her Class B shares converting at the time bears to the total number of outstanding Class B shares (other than Class B dividend shares) owned by the shareholder.

In determining the applicability of any contingent deferred sales charge, it will be assumed that a redemption is made first of shares representing capital appreciation, next of shares representing the reinvestment of dividends and capital gain distributions, next of shares that are not subject to the contingent deferred sales charge and finally of other shares held by the shareholder for the longest period of time. The length of time that contingent deferred sales charge shares acquired through an exchange have been held will be calculated from the date the shares exchanged were initially acquired in one of the other Legg Mason Partners mutual funds. For federal income tax purposes, the amount of the contingent deferred sales charge will reduce the gain or increase the loss, as the case may be, on the amount realized on redemption. The fund’s distributor receive contingent deferred sales charges in partial consideration for its expenses in selling shares.

 

46


Waivers of Contingent Deferred Sales Charge

The contingent deferred sales charge will be waived on: (a) exchanges (see “Exchange Privilege”); (b) automatic cash withdrawals in amounts equal to or less than 2.00% of the shareholder’s account balance at the time the withdrawals commence per month, up to a maximum of 12% in one year (see “Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan”); (c) redemptions of shares within 12 months following the death or disability (as defined in the Code) of the shareholder; (d) mandatory post-retirement distributions from retirement plans or IRAs commencing on or after attainment of age 70  1 / 2 (except that shareholders who purchased shares subject to a contingent deferred sales charge prior to May 23, 2005, will be “grandfathered” and will be eligible to obtain the waiver at age 59  1 / 2 by demonstrating such eligibility at the time of redemption); (e) involuntary redemptions; (f) redemptions of shares to effect a combination of the fund with any investment company by merger, acquisition of assets or otherwise; (g) tax-free returns of an excess contribution to any retirement plan; and (h) certain redemptions of shares of the fund in connection with lump-sum or other distributions made by eligible retirement plans or redemption of shares by participants in certain “wrap fee” or asset allocation programs sponsored by broker/dealers and other financial institutions that have entered into agreements with the distributor or the manager.

The contingent deferred sales charge is waived on Class C shares purchased by retirement plan omnibus accounts held on the books of the fund.

A shareholder who has redeemed shares from other Legg Mason Partners Funds may, under certain circumstances, reinvest all or part of the redemption proceeds within 60 days and receive pro rata credit for any contingent deferred sales charge imposed on the prior redemption.

Contingent deferred sales charge waivers will be granted subject to confirmation by the distributor or the Transfer Agent of the shareholder’s status or holdings, as the case may be.

Determination of Public Offering Price

The fund offers its shares on a continuous basis. The public offering price for each class of shares of the fund is equal to the net asset value per share at the time of purchase, plus for Class A shares an initial sales charge based on the aggregate amount of the investment. A contingent deferred sales charge, however, is imposed on certain redemptions of Class A, Class B and Class C shares. Set forth below is an example of the method of computing the offering price of the Class A shares of the fund based on the net asset value of a share of the fund as of January 31, 2008.

 

Class A (based on a net asset value of $         and a maximum
initial sales charge of 5.75%)

   $         

REDEMPTION OF SHARES

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed (a) for any period during which the NYSE is closed (other than for customary weekend and holiday closings), (b) when trading in the markets the fund normally utilizes is restricted, or an emergency exists, as determined by the SEC, so that disposal of the fund’s investments or determination of net asset value is not reasonably practicable or (c) for such other periods as the SEC by order may permit for protection of the fund’s shareholders.

If the shares to be redeemed were issued in certificate form, the certificates must be endorsed for transfer (or be accompanied by an endorsed stock power) and must be submitted to PFPC together with the redemption request. Any signature appearing on a share certificate, stock power or written redemption request in excess of $50,000 must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution such as a domestic bank, savings and loan institution, domestic credit union, member bank of the Federal Reserve System or member firm of a national securities exchange. Written redemption requests of $50,000 or less do not require a signature guarantee unless

 

47


more than one such redemption request is made in any 10-day period. Redemption proceeds will be mailed to an investor’s address of record. The Transfer Agent may require additional supporting documents for redemptions made by corporations, executors, administrators, trustees or guardians. A redemption request will not be deemed properly received until the Transfer Agent receives all required documents in proper form.

If a shareholder holds shares in more than one class, any request for redemption must specify the class being redeemed. In the event of a failure to specify which class, or if the investor owns fewer shares of the class than specified, the redemption request will be delayed until the transfer agent receives further instructions. The redemption proceeds will be remitted on or before the seventh business day following receipt of proper tender, except on any days on which the NYSE is closed or as permitted under the 1940 Act, in extraordinary circumstances. Redemption proceeds for shares purchased by check, other than a certified or official bank check, will be remitted upon clearance of the check, which may take up to ten days. Each Service Agent is responsible for transmitting promptly orders for its customers.

The Service Agent may charge you a fee for executing your order. The amount and applicability of such a fee is determined and disclosed to its customers by each Service Agent.

The fund no longer issues share certificates. Outstanding share certificates will continue to be honored. If you hold share certificates, it will take longer to exchange or redeem shares.

Additional Information Regarding Telephone Redemption and Exchange Program. Neither the fund nor its agents will be liable for following instructions communicated by telephone that are reasonably believed to be genuine. The fund and its agents will employ procedures designed to verify the identity of the caller and legitimacy of instructions (for example, a shareholder’s name and account number will be required and phone calls may be recorded). The fund reserves the right to suspend, modify or discontinue the telephone redemption and exchange program or to impose a charge for this service at any time following at least seven (7) days’ prior notice to shareholders.

Automatic Cash Withdrawal Plan

An automatic cash withdrawal plan (the “Withdrawal Plan”) is available to shareholders as described in the Prospectus. To the extent withdrawals under the Withdrawal Plan exceed dividends, distributions and appreciation of a shareholder’s investment in the fund, there will be a reduction in the value of the shareholder’s investment, and continued withdrawal payments may reduce the shareholder’s investment and ultimately exhaust it. Withdrawal payments should not be considered as income from investment in the fund. Furthermore, as it generally would not be advantageous to a shareholder to make additional investments in the fund at the same time he or she is participating in the Withdrawal Plan, purchases by such shareholder in amounts of less than $5,000 ordinarily will not be permitted. The Withdrawal Plan will be carried over on exchanges between funds or classes of the fund. All dividends and distributions on shares in the Withdrawal Plan are reinvested automatically at net asset value in additional shares of the fund.

Shareholders who wish to participate in the Withdrawal Plan and who hold their shares in certificate form must deposit their share certificates with the transfer agent as agent for Withdrawal Plan members. For additional information shareholders should contact their Service Agent. A shareholder who purchases shares directly through the transfer agent may continue to do so and applications for participation in the Withdrawal Plan must be received by the transfer agent no later than the eighth day of the month to be eligible for participation beginning with that month’s withdrawal.

If the Board determines that it would be detrimental to the best interests of the remaining shareholders to make a redemption payment wholly in cash, the fund may pay, in accordance with SEC rules, any portion of a redemption in excess of the lesser of $250,000 or 1.00% of the fund’s net assets by a distribution in kind of fund securities in lieu of cash. If a redemption is paid in portfolio securities, such securities will be valued in

 

48


accordance with the procedures described under “Share Price” in the fund’s prospectus. Securities issued as a distribution in kind may incur brokerage commissions when shareholders subsequently sell those securities.

VALUATION OF SHARES

The net asset value per share of the fund’s classes is calculated on each day, Monday through Friday, except days on which the NYSE is closed. The NYSE currently is scheduled to be closed on New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas, and on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when one of these holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively. Because of the differences in distribution fees and Class-specific expenses, the per share net asset value of each Class will differ. Please see the Prospectus for a description of the procedures used by the fund in valuing its assets.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

The exchange privilege enables shareholders to acquire shares of the same class in a fund with different investment objectives when they believe that a shift between funds is an appropriate investment decision. This privilege is available to shareholders residing in any state in which the fund shares being acquired may legally be sold. Prior to any exchange, the shareholder should obtain and review a copy of the current prospectus of each fund into which an exchange is being considered. Prospectuses may be obtained from a Service Agent.

Upon receipt of proper instructions and all necessary supporting documents, shares submitted for exchange are redeemed at the then-current net asset value, and the proceeds are immediately invested in shares of the fund being acquired at that fund’s then current net asset value. The distributor reserves the right to reject any exchange request. The exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time after written notice to shareholders.

Class A, FI, R and I Exchanges.  Class A, FI, R and I shareholders of the fund who wish to exchange all or a portion of their shares for shares of the respective class in another fund may do so without imposition of any charge.

Class B Exchanges.  Class B shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class B shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class B shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class B shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Class C Exchanges.  Class C shares of the fund may be exchanged for other Class C shares without a contingent deferred sales charge. Upon an exchange, the new Class C shares will be deemed to have been purchased on the same date as the Class C shares of the fund that have been exchanged.

Additional Information Regarding the Exchange Privilege

The fund is not designed to provide investors with a means of speculation on short-term market movements. A pattern of frequent exchanges by investors can be disruptive to efficient portfolio management and, consequently, can be detrimental to the fund and its shareholders. See “Frequent purchases and sales of fund shares” in the Prospectus.

During times of drastic economic or market conditions, the fund may suspend the exchange privilege temporarily without notice and treat exchange requests based on their separate components—redemption orders with a simultaneous request to purchase the other fund’s shares. In such a case, the redemption request would be processed at the fund’s next determined net asset value but the purchase order would be effective only at the net asset value next determined after the fund being purchased formally accepts the order, which may result in the purchase being delayed.

 

49


Certain shareholders may be able to exchange shares by telephone. See the fund’s Prospectus for additional information. Exchanges will be processed at the net asset value next determined. Redemption procedures discussed above are also applicable for exchanging shares, and exchanges will be made upon receipt of all supporting documents in proper form. If the account registration of the shares of the fund being acquired is identical to the registration of the shares of the fund exchanged, no signature guarantee is required.

This exchange privilege may be modified or terminated at any time, and is available only in those jurisdictions where such exchanges legally may be made. Before making any exchange, shareholders should contact the transfer agent or, if they hold fund shares through a Service Agent, their Service Agent to obtain more information and prospectuses of the funds to be acquired through the exchange. An exchange is treated as a sale of the shares exchanged and could result in taxable gain or loss to the shareholder making the exchange.

DISTRIBUTOR

LMIS, a wholly-owned broker-dealer subsidiary of Legg Mason, located at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202 serves as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor pursuant to a written agreement dated December 1, 2005 (the “Distribution Agreement”). For the period from December 1, 2007, through January 31, 2008, LMIS has served as the fund’s sole and exclusive distributor. For the period from December 1, 2005, through January 31, 2006, the fiscal year ended January 31, 2007 and the period from February 1, 2007, through November 30, 2007, LMIS, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGMI”) and PFS Investments Inc. (“PFS”) served as the fund’s distributors. Prior to December 1, 2005, CGMI and PFS Distributors, Inc. (“PFS Distributors”), the predecessor in interest to PFS, served as the fund’s distributors.

The distributor may be deemed to be an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act.

The distributor’s obligation is an agency or “best efforts” arrangement under which the distributor is required to take and pay only for such shares of the fund as may be sold to the public. The distributor is not obligated to sell any stated number of shares. The Distribution Agreement is renewable from year to year if approved (a) by the Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the fund’s outstanding voting securities, and (b) by the affirmative vote of a majority of Independent Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons of any such party by votes cast in person at a meeting called for such purpose. The Distribution Agreement provides that it will terminate if assigned, and that it may be terminated without penalty by either party on 60 days’ written notice.

Services and Distribution Plan Arrangements

To compensate the distributor for the service it provides and for the expenses it bears, the Trustees on behalf of the fund have adopted a plan of distribution (the “12b-1 Plan”) with respect to the Class A, B, C, FI and R shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. Under the 12b-1 Plan, the fund may pay monthly fees at the annual rate not to exceed 0.25% of the value of the fund’s average daily net assets attributable to Class A and Class FI shares, not to exceed 1.00% of the average daily net assets of the Fund attributable to Class B shares and Class C shares and not to exceed 0.50% of the average daily net assets of the Fund attributable to Class R shares.

Fees under the 12b-1 Plan may be used to make payments to the distributor for distribution services, to Service Agents in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to other parties in respect of the sale of shares of the fund, and to make payments for advertising, marketing or other promotional activity, and payments for preparation, printing, and distribution of prospectuses, statements of additional information and reports for recipients other than regulators and existing shareholders. The fund also may make payments to the distributor, Service Agents and others for providing personal service or the maintenance of shareholder accounts. The amounts paid by the distributor may vary based upon certain factors, including, among other things, the levels of sales of fund shares and/or shareholder services provided.

 

50


The 12b-1 Plan also provides that the distributor and Service Agents may receive all or a portion of the sales charges paid by Class A, Class B and Class C investors.

The 12b-1 Plan permits the fund to pay fees to the distributor, Service Agents and others as compensation for their services, not as reimbursement for specific expenses incurred. Thus, even if its expenses exceed the fees provided for by the 12b-1 Plan, the fund will not be obligated to pay more than those fees and, if its expenses are less than the fees paid to them, it will realize a profit. The fund may pay the fees to the distributor and others until the 12b-1 Plan or Distribution Agreement is terminated or not renewed. In that event, the distributor’s or other recipient’s expenses in excess of fees received or accrued through the termination date will be the distributor’s or other recipient’s sole responsibility and not obligations of the fund. In their annual consideration of the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan for the fund, the Trustees will review the 12b-1 Plan and the expenses for each class within the fund separately.

The 12b-1 Plan also recognizes that various service providers to the fund, such as the manager, may make payments for distribution related expenses out of their own resources, including past profits, or payments received from the fund for other purposes, such as management fees, and that the distributor or Service Agents may from time to time use their own resources for distribution-related services, in addition to the fees paid under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan specifically provides that, to the extent that such payments might be deemed to be indirect financing of any activity primarily intended to result in the sale of shares of the fund within the context of Rule 12b-1, then the payments are deemed to be authorized by the 12b-1 Plan, if permitted under applicable law.

The 12b-1 Plan continues in effect if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by a vote of both a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Independent Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust and who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in any agreement related to the 12b-1 Plan (for purposes of this paragraph “Qualified Trustees”). The Qualified Trustees, in the exercise of their business judgment in the best interests of the shareholders of the fund and each class, have approved the continuation of the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan requires that the fund and the distributor provide to the Board and the Board review, at least quarterly, a written report of the amounts expended (and the purposes therefor) under the 12b-1 Plan. The 12b-1 Plan further provides that the selection and nomination of the Qualified Trustees is committed to the discretion of the Qualified Trustees then in office. The 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to any class of the fund at any time by a vote of a majority of the fund’s Qualified Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of that class. The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount of permitted expenses of the class thereunder without the approval of a majority of the outstanding securities of that class and may not be materially amended in any case without a vote of a majority of both the Trustees and Qualified Trustees. The fund will preserve copies of any plan, agreement or report made pursuant to the 12b-1 Plan for a period of not less than six years, and for the first two years the fund will preserve such copies in an easily accessible place.

As contemplated by the 12b-1 Plan, the distributor acts as an agent of the Trust in connection with the offering of shares of the fund pursuant to the Distribution Agreement.

Distribution expenses incurred by LMIS, CGMI and/or PFS for advertising, printing, and mailing Prospectuses, support services and overhead expenses, payment to their financial advisers or registered representatives and for accruals for interest on the excess of expenses incurred in the distribution of the fund’s shares are expressed in the following tables:

 

51


For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2008, CGMI incurred the following distribution expenses for the funds:

 

Class

   Financial
Advisor
Compensation
   Marketing    Branch
Operations
   Printing
Expenses
   Total

A

   $                 $                 $                 $                 $             

B

   $                 $                 $                 $                 $             

C

   $                 $                 $                 $                 $             
              

Total

   $                 $                 $                 $                 $             
              

For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2008, PFS incurred the following distribution expenses for the funds:

 

Class

   Financial
Advisor
Compensation
   Marketing    Branch
Operations
   Printing
Expenses
   Total

A

   $                 $                 $                 $                 $             

B

   $                 $                 $                 $                 $             

C

     N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A      N/A
              

Total

   $                 $                 $                 $                 $             
              

For the fiscal year ended January 31, 2008, LMIS incurred the following distribution expenses for the fund:

 

Class

   Third Party
Service Fees
   Financial
Advisor
Compensation
   Marketing    Printing
Expenses
   Total

A

   $             $             $             $             $         

B

   $             $             $             $             $         

C

   $             $             $             $             $         
              

Total

   $             $             $             $             $         
              

Dealer reallowances are described in the fund’s Prospectus.

Initial Sales Charge on Class A Shares

For fiscal years ended January 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 the aggregate dollar amounts of commissions paid to CGMI and LMIS on Class A shares were as follows:

 

       Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/06
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/07
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/08
   $ 52,086    $ 18,517    $             

For fiscal years ended January 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008, the aggregate dollar amounts of commissions paid to PFS on Class A shares were as follows:

 

       Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/06
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/07
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/08
   $ 223,762    $ 159,532    $             

 

52


Contingent Deferred Sales Charges (paid to CGMI and LMIS)

 

        
     Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/06
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/07
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/08

Class A

   $ 0    $ 10    $     
     Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/06
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/07
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/08

Class B

   $ 44,660    $ 23,745    $             
     Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/06
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/07
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/08

Class C

   $ 1,406    $ 1,292    $             

 

Contingent Deferred Sales Charges (paid to PFS)

 

        
     Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/06
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/07
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/08

Class A

   $ 26    $ 99    $         
     Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/06
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/07
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/08

Class B

   $ 74,675    $ 61,832    $             

 

Distribution and Service Fees

        
     Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/06
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/07
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/08

Class A

   $ 609,000    $ 516,000    $     
     Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/06
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/07
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/08

Class B

   $ 867,000    $ 650,000    $     
     Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/06
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/07
   Fiscal Year
Ended 1/31/08

Class C

   $ 194,000    $ 152,000    $     

Under its terms, the 12b-1 Plan continues from year to year, provided such continuance is approved annually by vote of the Trust’s Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the operation of the 12b-1 Plan or in the Distribution Agreement. The 12b-1 Plan may not be amended to increase the amount of the service and distribution fees without shareholder approval, and all material amendments to the 12b-1 Plan also must be approved by the Board and such Independent Trustees in the manner described above. The 12b-1 Plan may be terminated with respect to a class at any time, without penalty, by vote of a majority of such Independent Trustees or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the class (as defined in the 1940 Act).

No information is provided for Class FI or R shares as those shares were not offered prior to the date of the Prospectus and this SAI.

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

The fund’s policy is to declare and pay quarterly dividends from its net investment income and dividends from net realized capital gains, if any, annually. The fund may also pay additional dividends shortly before December 31 from certain amounts of undistributed ordinary income and realized capital gains, in order to avoid federal excise tax liability. If a shareholder does not otherwise instruct, dividends and capital gain distributions

 

53


will be automatically reinvested in additional shares of the same class at net asset value, with no additional sales charge or deferred sales charge. A shareholder may change the option at any time by notifying his or her Service Agent. Shareholders whose accounts are held directly by the transfer agent should notify the transfer agent in writing, requesting a change to this reinvestment option.

The per share amount of dividends from net investment income on Class B, Class C and Class R may be lower than that of Class A, Class FI and Class I, mainly as a result of the distribution fees applicable to Class B, Class C and Class R shares. Similarly, the per share amounts of dividends from net investment income on Class A and Class FI shares may be lower than that of Class I, as a result of the service fee attributable to Class A and Class FI shares. Capital gain distributions, if any, will be the same amount across all classes of the fund’s shares.

TAXES

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of the fund by U.S. persons. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the fund. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this statement of additional information and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

The Fund and Its Investments

The fund intends to continue to qualify to be treated as a regulated investment company each taxable year under the Code. To so qualify, the fund must, among other things: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” ( i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditional permitted mutual fund income); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the fund’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, any two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting securities are held by the fund and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.

Fund investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly traded partnerships, may result in the fund’s being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

As a regulated investment company, the fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” ( i.e., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporation rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders.

 

54


At January 31, 2006, the fund had, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, no unused capital loss carryforwards available to offset future capital gains of the Fund.

The Code imposes a 4% nondeductible excise tax on the fund to the extent the fund does not distribute by the end of any calendar year at least the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income for that year and (ii) 98% of its capital gain net income (both long-term and short-term) for the one-year period ending, as a general rule, on October 31 of that year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the fund that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. The fund anticipates that it will pay such dividends and will make such distributions as are necessary in order to avoid the application of this excise tax.

If, in any taxable year, the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirement, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders will not be deductible by the fund in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the fund’s distributions, to the extent derived from the fund’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, including any distributions of net long-term capital gains, will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividend income. However, such dividends will be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend income in the case of shareholders taxed as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. Moreover, if the fund fails to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. If the fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets ( i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the fund had been liquidated) in order to qualify as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.

The fund’s transactions in foreign currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on foreign currencies) will be subject to special provisions of the Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other things, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the fund ( i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the fund and defer fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio ( i.e. , treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any foreign currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the fund as a regulated investment company.

The fund’s investment in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most foreign currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most stock indices, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by the fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the fund.

 

55


Foreign Investments. Dividends or other income (including, in some cases, capital gains) received by the fund from investments in foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. The fund will not be eligible to elect to treat any foreign taxes it pays as paid by its shareholders, who therefore will not be entitled to credits for such taxes on their own tax returns. Foreign taxes paid by the fund will reduce the return from the fund’s investments.

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless the fund were to elect otherwise.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. If the fund purchases shares in certain foreign investment entities, called “passive foreign investment companies” (“PFICs”), it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

If the fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the fund might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to make this election, the fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain.

Alternatively, the fund may make a mark-to-market election that will result in the fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased its PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, the fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by the fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years, unless revoked with the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). By making the election, the fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. The fund may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax.

The fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effect of these rules.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders

Dividends and Distributions. Dividends and other distributions by the fund are generally treated under the Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend or distribution declared by the fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the fund during January of the following calendar year.

The fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income, and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses

 

56


(including any capital loss carryovers). However, if the fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers), it will be subject to a corporate tax (currently at a maximum rate of 35%) on the amount retained. In that event, the fund will designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the 35% tax paid by the fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to 65% of the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s income. Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the fund upon filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that the fund designates as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the fund. All other dividends of the fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current and accumulated earnings and profits (“regular dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income.

Special rules, however, apply to regular dividends paid to individuals. Such a dividend, with respect to taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2010, may be subject to tax at the rates generally applicable to long-term capital gains for individuals (currently at a maximum rate of 15%), provided that the individual receiving the dividend satisfies certain holding period and other requirements. Dividends subject to these special rules are not actually treated as capital gains, however, and thus are not included in the computation of an individual’s net capital gain and generally cannot be used to offset capital losses. The long-term capital gains rates will apply to: (i) 100% of the regular dividends paid by the fund to an individual in a particular taxable year if 95% or more of the fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) in that taxable year is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund; or (ii) the portion of the regular dividends paid by the fund to an individual in a particular taxable year that is attributable to qualified dividend income received by the fund in that taxable year if such qualified dividend income accounts for less than 95% of the fund’s gross income (ignoring gains attributable to the sale of stocks and securities except to the extent net short-term capital gain from such sales exceeds net long-term capital loss from such sales) for that taxable year. For this purpose, “qualified dividend income” generally means income from dividends received by the fund from U.S. corporations and qualified foreign corporations, provided that the fund satisfies certain holding period requirements in respect of the stock of such corporations and has not hedged its position in the stock in certain ways. However, qualified dividend income does not include any dividends received from tax-exempt corporations. Also, dividends received by the fund from a real estate investment trust or another regulated investment company generally are qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are made out of qualified dividend income received by such real estate investment trust or other regulated investment company. In the case of securities lending transactions, payments in lieu of dividends are not qualified dividend income. If a shareholder elects to treat fund dividends as investment income for purposes of the limitation on the deductibility of investment interest, such dividends would not be a qualified dividend income.

We will send you information after the end of each year setting forth the amount of dividends paid by us that are eligible for the reduced rates.

If an individual receives a regular dividend qualifying for the long-term capital gains rates and such dividend constitutes an “extraordinary dividend,” and the individual subsequently recognizes a loss on the sale or exchange of stock in respect of which the extraordinary dividend was paid, then the loss will be long-term capital loss to the extent of such extraordinary dividend. An “extraordinary dividend” on common stock for this purpose

 

57


is generally a dividend (i) in an amount greater than or equal to 10% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period or (ii) in an amount greater than 20% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period.

Distributions in excess of the fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in his shares of the fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds his shares of the fund as capital assets). Shareholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. Dividends paid by the fund that are attributable to dividends received by the fund from domestic corporations may qualify for the federal dividends-received deduction for corporations.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares just purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If the fund is the holder of record of any stock on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such stock, such dividends will be included in the fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such stock became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the stock would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends) or (b) the date the fund acquired such stock. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, the fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of his shares, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and his basis in his shares. A complete redemption of shares by the fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss, if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends and capital gains distributions in the fund, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of a fund share held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain or loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment within a family of mutual funds.

Backup Withholding. The fund may be required to withhold, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a portion of the dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide the fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Certain shareholders are exempt from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.

 

58


Notices. Shareholders will receive, if appropriate, various written notices after the close of the fund’s taxable year regarding the U.S. federal income tax status of certain dividends, distributions and deemed distributions that were paid (or that are treated as having been paid) by the fund to its shareholders during the preceding taxable year.

Other Taxation

Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and foreign taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders. Dividends paid by the fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty to the extent derived from investment income and short-term capital gains. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

In general, United States federal withholding tax will not apply to any gain or income realized by a non-U.S. shareholder in respect of any distributions of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses, exempt-interest dividends, or upon the sale or other disposition of shares of the fund.

For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2008, properly-designated dividends are generally exempt from United States federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the fund is at least a 10% shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the fund’s net short-term capital gain over the fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, depending on its circumstances, the fund may designate all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains, and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the fund designates the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

A distribution from the fund to foreign shareholders who have held more than 5% of the fund at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of distribution is treated as real property gain subject to 35% withholding tax and treated as income effectively connected to a U.S. trade or business with certain tax filing

 

59


requirements applicable, if such distribution is attributable to a distribution received by the fund from a real estate investment trust (“REIT”). A distribution paid prior to 2008 attributable to the fund’s sale of REIT or other U.S. real property holding company will also be treated as real property gain if 50% or more of the value of the fund’s assets are invested in REITs and other U.S. real property holding corporations and if the foreign shareholder has held more than 5% of a class of stock at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution.

The foregoing is only a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences affecting the fund and its shareholders. Current and prospective shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the fund.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

The Trust. The certificate of trust to establish Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (referred to in this section as the trust) was filed with the State of Maryland on October 4, 2006. On April 16, 2007, the fund was redomiciled as a series of the trust. Prior thereto, the fund was a series of Legg Mason Partners Investment Trust a Massachusetts business trust.

The fund is a series of the trust, a Maryland business trust. A Maryland business trust is an unincorporated business association that is established under, and governed by, Maryland law. Maryland law provides a statutory framework for the powers, duties, rights and obligations of the Board (referred to in this section as the trustees) and shareholders of the trust, while the more specific powers, duties, rights and obligations of the trustees and the shareholders are determined by the trustees as set forth in the trust’s declaration of trust (referred to in this section as the declaration). Some of the more significant provisions of the declaration are described below.

Shareholder Voting.

The declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Maryland law, actions by the trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the trust, or any series or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the trust or any series or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the trust or any series or class.

The fund is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but the fund will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the declaration. The declaration provides for “dollar-weighted voting” which means that a shareholder’s voting power is determined, not by the number of shares he or she owns, but by the dollar value of those shares determined on the record date. All shareholders of all series and classes of the trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by series or by class, or when the trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more series or classes of shares.

Election and Removal of Trustees.

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish the number of trustees and that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining trustees, except when election of trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of two-thirds of the trustees and that trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining trustees. The provisions of the declaration relating to the election and removal of trustees may not be amended without the approval of two-thirds of the trustees.

 

60


Amendments to the Declaration.

The trustees are authorized to amend the declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, trustees, officers or, employees of the trust or that limit the rights to indemnification or insurance provided in the declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification under the declaration prior to the amendment.

Issuance and Redemption of Shares.

The fund may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal, preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights, except as the trustees may determine. The fund may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide the fund with identification required by law, or if the fund is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.

Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings.

The declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to the fund information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and the fund may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation.

Small Accounts.

The declaration provides that the fund may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the trustees from time to time. Alternately, the declaration permits the fund to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.

Series and Classes.

The declaration provides that the trustees may establish series and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges, and other features of the series and classes. The trustees may change any of those features, terminate any series or class, combine series with other series in the trust, combine one or more classes of a series with another class in that series or convert the shares of one class into another class.

Each share of the fund, as a series of the trust, represents an interest in the fund only and not in the assets of any other series of the trust.

Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability.

The declaration provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of the fund and requires the fund to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. In addition, the fund will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder. The declaration further provides that a trustee acting in his or her capacity of trustee is not personally liable to any person other than the trust or its shareholders, for any act, omission, or obligation of the trust. Further, a trustee is held to the same standard of conduct as a director of a Maryland corporation. This requires that a trustee perform his or her duties in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the trust or a

 

61


series thereof, and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. The declaration also permits the limitation of a trustee’s liability to the full extent provided under Maryland law. Under current Maryland law, a trustee is liable to the trust or its shareholders for monetary damages only (a) to the extent that it is proved that he or she actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property, or services or (b) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the trustee is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the trustee’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding. The declaration requires the trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been trustees, officers or employees of the trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses in connection with a claim for which indemnification is sought, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available.

The declaration provides that any trustee who serves as chair of the Board or of a committee of the Board, lead independent trustee, or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position.

Derivative Actions.

The declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of derivative actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to the fund or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder demands and derivative actions. Prior to bringing a derivative action, a demand by three unrelated shareholders must first be made on the fund’s trustees. The declaration details various information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. Following receipt of the demand, the trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of the fund, the trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the fund. The declaration further provides that shareholders owning shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected fund must join in bringing the derivative action. If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholders will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the fund in connection with the consideration of the demand, if in the judgment of the independent trustees, the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. If a derivative action is brought in violation of the declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the fund’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.

The declaration further provides that the fund shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a complaining shareholder only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the fund is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates. The declaration also requires that actions by shareholders against the fund be brought only in federal court in Baltimore, Maryland, or if not permitted to be brought in federal court, then in state court in Baltimore, Maryland, and that the right to jury trial be waived to the full extent permitted by law.

Annual and Semi-Annual Reports.

Each fund sends its shareholders a semi-annual report and an audited annual report, which include listings of investment securities held by the fund at the end of the period covered. In an effort to reduce the fund’s printing and mailing costs, the fund consolidates the mailing of its semi-annual and annual reports by household. This consolidation means that a household having multiple accounts with the identical address of record will receive a single copy of each report. In addition, the fund also consolidates the mailing of its prospectus so that a shareholder

 

62


having multiple accounts (that is, individual, IRA and/or Self-Employed Retirement Plan accounts) will receive a single Prospectus annually. Shareholders who do not want this consolidation to apply to their accounts should contact their Service Agent or the Transfer Agent.

CERTAIN ADDITIONAL LEGAL MATTERS

Beginning in June 2004, class action lawsuits alleging violations of the federal securities laws were filed against CGMI, a former distributor of the fund, and other affiliated funds (collectively, the “Funds”), including Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”), and Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (“SBAM”), which were then investment adviser or manager to certain of the Funds (the “Managers”), substantially all of the mutual funds then managed by the Managers (the “Defendant Funds”), and Board Members of the Defendant Funds (collectively, the “Defendants”). The complaints alleged, among other things, that CGMI created various undisclosed incentives for its brokers to sell Smith Barney and Salomon Brothers funds. In addition, according to the complaints, the Managers caused the Defendant Funds to pay excessive brokerage commissions to CGMI for steering clients towards proprietary funds. The complaints also alleged that the defendants breached their fiduciary duty to the Defendant Funds by improperly charging Rule 12b-1 fees and by drawing on fund assets to make undisclosed payments of soft dollars and excessive brokerage commissions. The complaints also alleged that the Defendant Funds failed to adequately disclose certain of the allegedly wrongful conduct. The complaints sought injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, rescission of the Defendant Funds’ contracts with the Managers, recovery of all fees paid to the Managers pursuant to such contracts and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

On December 15, 2004, a consolidated amended complaint (the “Complaint”) was filed alleging substantially similar causes of action. On May 27, 2005, all of the Defendants filed motions to dismiss the Complaint. On July 26, 2006, the court issued a decision and order (1) finding that plaintiffs lacked standing to sue on behalf of the shareholders of the Defendant Funds in which none of the plaintiffs had invested and dismissing those Defendant Funds including Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund from the case (although stating that they could be brought back into the case if standing as to them could be established), and (2) other than one stayed claim, dismissing all of the causes of action against the remaining Defendants, with prejudice, except for the cause of action under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, which the court granted plaintiffs leave to replead as a derivative claim.

On October 16, 2006, plaintiffs filed their Second Consolidated Amended Complaint (“Second Amended Complaint”) which alleges derivative claims on behalf of nine funds identified in the Second Amended Complaint, under Section 36(b) of the 1940 Act, against Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”), Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (“SBAM”), and SBFM as investment advisers to the identified funds, as well as CGMI as a distributor for the identified funds (collectively, the “Second Amended Complaint Defendants”). The fund was not identified in the Second Amended Complaint. The Second Amended Complaint alleges no claims against any of the Funds or any of their Board Members. Under Section 36(b), the Second Amended Complaint alleges similar facts and seeks similar relief against the Second Amended Complaint Defendants as the Complaint.

On December 3, 2007, the court granted the Defendants’ motion to dismiss, with prejudice. On January 2, 2008, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Second Circuit Court of Appeals.

Additional lawsuits arising out of these circumstances and presenting similar allegations and requests for relief may be filed in the future.

***

On May 31, 2005, the SEC issued an order in connection with the settlement of an administrative proceeding against SBFM, the then-investment adviser or manager to the fund, and CGMI, a former distributor of the fund relating to the appointment of an affiliated transfer agent for the Smith Barney family of mutual funds, including the fund (the “Affected Funds”).

 

63


The SEC order finds that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(1) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules promulgated thereunder (the “Advisers Act”). Specifically, the order found that SBFM and CGMI knowingly or recklessly failed to disclose to the boards of the Affected Funds in 1999 when proposing a new transfer agent arrangement with an affiliated transfer agent that: First Data Investors Services Group (“First Data”), the Affected Funds’ then-existing transfer agent, had offered to continue as transfer agent and do the same work for substantially less money than before; and that CAM, the Citigroup business unit that, at the time, included the Affected Funds’ investment manager and other investment advisory companies, had entered into a side letter with First Data under which CAM agreed to recommend the appointment of First Data as sub-transfer agent to the affiliated transfer agent in exchange for, among other things, a guarantee by First Data of specified amounts of asset management and investment banking fees to CAM and CGMI. The order also found that SBFM and CGMI willfully violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act by virtue of the omissions discussed above and other misrepresentations and omissions in the materials provided to the Affected Funds’ boards, including the failure to make clear that the affiliated transfer agent would earn a high profit for performing limited functions while First Data continued to perform almost all of the transfer agent functions, and the suggestion that the proposed arrangement was in the Affected Funds’ best interests and that no viable alternatives existed. SBFM and CGMI do not admit or deny any wrongdoing or liability. The settlement does not establish wrongdoing or liability for purposes of any other proceeding.

The SEC censured SBFM and CGMI and ordered them to cease and desist from violations of Sections 206(1) and 206(2) of the Advisers Act. The order required Citigroup to pay $208.1 million, including $109 million in disgorgement of profits, $19.1 million in interest, and a civil money penalty of $80 million. Approximately $24.4 million has already been paid to the Affected Funds, primarily through fee waivers. The remaining $183.7 million, including the penalty, has been paid to the U.S. Treasury and will be distributed pursuant to a plan submitted for the approval of the SEC. At this time, there is no certainty as to how the above-described proceeds of the settlement will be distributed, to whom such distributions will be made, the methodology by which such distributions will be allocated, and when such distributions will be made. The order also required that transfer agency fees received from the Affected Funds since December 1, 2004, less certain expenses, be placed in escrow and provided that a portion of such fees might be subsequently distributed in accordance with the terms of the order. On April 3, 2006, an aggregate amount of approximately $9 million held in escrow was distributed to the Affected Funds.

The order required SBFM to recommend a new transfer agent contract to the Fund boards within 180 days of the entry of the order; if a Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent or sub-transfer agent, SBFM and CGMI would have been required, at their expense, to engage an independent monitor to oversee a competitive bidding process. On November 21, 2005, and within the specified timeframe, the Affected Funds’ boards selected a new transfer agent for the Affected Fund. No Citigroup affiliate submitted a proposal to serve as transfer agent. Under the order, SBFM also must comply with an amended version of a vendor policy that Citigroup instituted in August 2004.

Although there can be no assurance, the manager does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse effect on the Affected Funds.

On December 1, 2005, Citigroup completed the sale of substantially all of its global asset management business, including SBFM, to Legg Mason.

***

Beginning in August 2005, five class action lawsuits alleging violations of federal securities laws and state law were filed against CGMI and SBFM (collectively, the “Defendants”) based on the May 31, 2005 settlement order issued against the Defendants by the SEC as described in above. The complaints seek injunctive relief and compensatory and punitive damages, removal of SBFM as the investment manager for the Smith Barney family of funds, rescission of the Funds’ management and other contracts with SBFM, recovery of all fees paid to SBFM pursuant to such contracts, and an award of attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses.

 

64


On October 5, 2005, a motion to consolidate the five actions and any subsequently filed, related action was filed. That motion contemplates that a consolidated amended complaint alleging substantially similar causes of action will be filed in the future.

On September 26, 2007, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York issued an order dismissing the consolidated complaint. The plaintiffs have the right to appeal the order.

***

On September 16, 2005, the staff of the SEC informed SBFM and SBAM that the staff was considering recommending that the SEC institute administrative proceedings against SBFM and ClearBridge Asset Management Inc for alleged violations of Section 19(a) and 34(b) of the Investment Company Act (and related Rule 19a-1). On September 7, 2007, SBFM and SBAM, without admitting or denying any findings therein, consented to the entry of an order by the SEC relating to the disclosure by certain closed-end funds previously managed by SBFM or SBAM of the sources of distributions paid by the funds between 2001 and 2004. Each of SBFM and SBAM agreed to pay a fine of $450,000, for which they were indemnified by Citigroup, their former parent. It is not expected that this matter will adversely impact the fund or its Manager.

***

The foregoing speaks only as of the date of this SAI. Additional lawsuits presenting allegations and requests for relief arising out of or in connection with any of the foregoing matters may be filed against these and related parties in the future.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The audited financial statements of the fund and the fund’s predecessor (Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of January 31, 2008, Statement of Operations for the year ended January 31, 2008, Statements of Changes in Net Assets for each of the years in the two-year period ended January 31, 2008, Financial Highlights for each of the years in the five-year period ended January 31, 2008, and Notes to Financial Statements along with the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, each of which is included in the Annual Report to Shareholders of the Fund), are incorporated by reference into this Statement of Additional Information (filed on April     , 2008; Accession Number.)

 

65


APPENDIX A

Summary of Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

Background

LMIC has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with our fiduciary duties and SEC Rule 206(4)-6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (“Advisers Act”). If authority to vote proxies is established by the client, typically provided for in the Investment Advisory Agreement, our proxy voting guidelines have been tailored to reflect this specific contractual obligation. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, our proxy voting policies reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities for ERISA accounts. Unless a manager of ERISA assets has been expressly precluded from voting proxies, the Department of Labor has determined that the responsibility for these votes lies with the Investment Manager.

In exercising its voting authority, LMIC will not consult or enter into agreements with officers, directors or employees of Legg Mason Inc. or any of its affiliates (other than LMIC) regarding the voting of any securities owned by its clients.

Voting Authority

In general, LMIC shall assume the responsibility and authority with respect to the voting of proxies, unless by agreement with LMIC, (1) such other party expressly reserves to itself the voting of proxies for the account or unless such responsibility and authority expressly have been delegated to others (such as sub-advisers) or (2) reserved to the trustee or other named fiduciary of a client account. For accounts where LMIC has appointed a sub-adviser to manage the client account, LMIC shall deliver any proxies it receives to the sub-adviser for its exercise of voting rights, unless such sub-adviser expressly disclaims the voting of proxies. An account owner may direct LMIC to refrain from voting a specific security, and name themselves or another person to so vote, while LMIC retains voting authority over the other securities in the account.

With respect to shares over which LMIC has voting authority, LMIC will not decline to vote proxies except in extraordinary circumstances. Nor will LMIC accept direction from others with regard to the voting of proxies, although LMIC will take the investment guidelines of an account into consideration in deciding how to vote on a particular issue. LMIC may vote proxies related to the same security differently for different clients.

LMIC seeks to identify any material conflicts that may arise between the interests of LMIC and its clients. Except for extraordinary circumstances, in any such instance, the material conflict will be resolved by the Proxy Voting Committee, voting in accordance with the previously established guidelines set forth by the Proxy Voting Committee. The Proxy Voting Committee may seek the advice or recommendation of an independent third party, in its sole discretion.

Voting Guidelines

Proxies will not be voted without an analysis of the underlying issues involved. LMIC’s proxy voting policy at all times shall be directed toward maximizing the value of the assets of managed accounts, for the benefit of the accounts’ ultimate owners or beneficiaries. Any item on a proxy that would tend to inhibit the realization of maximum value shall receive a negative vote from LMIC. Examples of such items would be any activities that could be viewed as “poison pill” maneuvers. On other matters specific to a company, such as the election of directors, the appointment of auditors, granting of options, repricing of options, mergers and other material issues, a decision shall be made by the LMIC Proxy Voting Committee, consistent with the policy of maximizing value.

 

A-1


Clients who request that their accounts be managed according to a socially responsible mandate will have proxies voted according to the values communicated in their investment policy statement.

Voting Records & Client Notification

A complete record and file of all votes cast, and where appropriate, the reason therefore, shall be maintained by LMIC with a third party voting service (ISS). A proxy log will be maintained, including the following data: issuer name, exchange ticker symbol of the issuer’s shares to be voted, CUSIP number for the shares to be voted, a brief identification of the matter voted on, whether the matter was proposed by the issuer or by a shareholder of the issuer, whether a vote was cast on the matter, a record of how the vote was cast and whether the vote was cast for or against the recommendation for the issuer’s management team. Clients may obtain information with regard to the manner in which their proxies were voted, as well as the more detailed policies and procedures upon which this summary is based by contacting LMIC at 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland, 21202, attention: Proxy Administrator. In addition, when required by applicable banking or investment adviser statutes and rules, a description of these Policies and Procedures shall be provided to new clients prior to the inception of their account.

Timing

LMIC personnel act in such a manner to ensure that, absent special circumstances, the proxy gathering and proxy voting steps noted above can be completed before the applicable deadline for returning proxy votes.

Disclosure

LMIC’s proxy policies are described in the firm’s Part II of Form ADV, which is provided to all new clients. Upon request, clients may also receive reports on how their proxies have been voted.

Voting Procedures When LMIC Utilizes a Third Party Proxy Service

LMIC utilizes a third party proxy service (ISS) to vote proxies for client accounts. LMIC has elected to provide ISS with implied consent to vote all client proxies according to its policies for routine proxies. The Proxy Voting Committee has the ability to override ISS recommendations. The Chairman of the Committee (Ron Bates) will serve as the primary contact for approval to override ISS decisions.

A portfolio assistant in the Philadelphia (John Reilly) will be the primary user of the ISS system (Governance Analytics) with portfolio managers in Philadelphia and Cincinnati Office serving as back-up. The primary user will ensure that the proxy service delivers its recommendations on a timely basis and, when necessary, that such information is provided to the Proxy Voting Committee and Investment Management Team. For non-routine voting issues the Proxy Voting Committee will authorize ISS the proxy service to vote, the Proxy Coordinator will maintain records of the proxy service recommendations and voting reports. Records of the proxy recommendations and voting reports will be maintained with ISS.

Corporate Actions

All corporate action related material will be delivered to LMIC’s Investment Adviser Support Officer (the “Corporate Action Coordinator”), who will pay strict attention to any pending corporate actions that may be undertaken by, or with respect to, the issuers of securities held in client accounts. When the Corporate Action Coordinator receives notice of a pending corporate action, he or she will be responsible for coordinating with the Investment Management Team to determine the Firm’s desired course of action and communicating the firm’s instructions to the custodian in a timely manner.

The Corporate Action Coordinator will also keep accurate records of each legitimate corporate action received and the Corporate action contact in New York will keep records of the steps that were taken by the firm.

 

A-2


Legg Mason Funds

Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policy

(Revised 9/27/04)

Policy Statement

Unless specifically authorized by this policy or by the Fund’s Chief Legal Officer or a person authorized by the Chief Legal Officer, no portfolio holdings information for any Legg Mason Fund shall be provided to any individual, investor or other person or entity except in accordance with the following guidelines.

(A) Shareholder and Regulatory Reports

Summary or complete portfolio holdings information shall be provided to shareholders of all fund classes through semi-annual and annual reports within 60 days after period end in accordance with the requirements of the Federal securities laws. Such semi-annual and annual reports shall also be made available to the public through postings at the same time on the Legg Mason Funds website.

For Value Trust, Special Investments Trust, American Leading Companies Trust, Balanced Trust, Growth Trust, Opportunity Trust, Financial Services Fund and U.S. Small-Capitalization Value Trust, summary or complete portfolio holdings information consistent with the information provided in the Funds’ annual and semi-annual reports to shareholders shall also be provided to shareholders of all classes through quarterly reports within 60 days of quarter end. All such quarterly reports shall also be made available to the public through postings at the same time on the Legg Mason Funds website.

Complete portfolio holdings information shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on a quarterly basis on Forms N-CSR and N-Q, as the case may be, in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Federal securities laws.

(B) Complete Portfolio Holdings Information

Complete portfolio holdings information may be provided to investors on a quarterly basis no sooner than 30 calendar days after quarter-end, provided that such information shall also be made available to the public through postings at the same time on the Funds’ website.

Partial Information

Partial information concerning portfolio holdings information (such as top ten holdings,) may be provided to investors in fact sheets and other formats on a monthly or quarterly basis no sooner than 15 calendar days after quarter- or month-end, provided that such information shall also be made available to the public through postings at the same time on the Funds’ website.

Requests for Proposals & Pitch Books

Portfolio holdings information and information derived there from that is included in responses to Requests for Proposal, Pitch Books or similar marketing materials shall based only on the latest publicly available holdings information in accordance with these guidelines.

Recipients of Non-public Portfolio Information

From time to time, portfolio holdings that are not publicly available may be required for a third party to perform various services for the fund, including custodian services, pricing services, auditing, compliance, software support, proxy voting support, run a simulation, perform an implementation, test an upgrade, provide

 

A-3


ratings for the fund or otherwise provide a service, including possible promotion of fund shares.. Such third parties may only be provided with information more current than the last publicly available portfolio holdings if 1) more current information is necessary in order for the third party to complete its task, and 2) the third party has agreed in writing to keep the information confidential and use it only for the agreed-upon purpose(s).

No consideration may be received by any party for providing non-public fund portfolio information to any third party, including the information described in the section below, except consideration received by the fund in connection with the services being provided to it by the third party which receives the non-public information. The investment adviser and its affiliates shall not be deemed to have received consideration solely by the fact that services provided to a fund may result in sales of fund shares.

(C) Other Information That May Be Released

Certain information that is related to Portfolio Information or derived from Portfolio Information as set forth in this section may be disseminated to individual and institutional shareholders, prospective shareholders, and intermediaries working on behalf of these persons, and the media if there is a valid business purpose to do so even if the information has not been published on the Fund’s website or in other published form:

Incidental disclosure of a small number of fund portfolio holdings (including information that a fund no longer holds a particular holding) when the amount of the information is such that it cannot reasonably be seen to give the recipient an advantage in trading fund shares or to in any other way harm the fund or its shareholders. However, information about a security should not be released if it could interfere with the current or future purchase or sale activities of a fund. In this respect information about intended transactions or ongoing purchase or sale programs should not be released.

General information about a fund’s portfolio holdings (not including holdings themselves) that is derived from its portfolio holdings (that have or have not been publicly released) that do not reveal portfolio holdings. This would include such characteristics of a fund as portfolio volatility, median capitalization, percentages or international and domestic securities, sector allocations, types of bonds, bond maturities, duration.

 

A-4


APPENDIX B

Securities Ratings

Description of Ratings

Description of S&P Corporate Bond Ratings

AAA

Bonds rated AAA have the highest rating assigned by S&P to a debt obligation. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

AA

Bonds rated AA have a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differ from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

A

Bonds rated A have a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than bonds in higher rated categories.

BBB

Bonds rated BBB are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas they normally exhibit adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for bonds in this category than for bonds in higher rated categories.

BB, B and CCC

Bonds rated BB and B are regarded, on balance, as predominantly speculative with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation. BB represents a lower degree of speculation than B and CCC, the highest degrees of speculation. While such bonds will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions.

Description of Moody’s Corporate Bond Ratings

Aaa

Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt-edge.” Interest payments are protected by a large or exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

 

B-1


Aa

Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities, or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

A

Bonds which are rated A possess favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

Baa

Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

Ba

Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

B

Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of desirable investments. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

Caa

Bonds that are rated Caa are of poor standing. These issues may be in default or present elements of danger may exist with respect to principal or interest.

Moody’s applies the numerical modifier 1, 2 and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through B. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

Description of Commercial Paper Ratings

The rating A-1+ is the highest, and A-1 the second highest, commercial paper rating assigned by S&P. Paper rated A-1+ must have either the direct credit support of an issuer or guarantor that possesses excellent long-term operating and financial strength combined with strong liquidity characteristics (typically, such issuers or

 

B-2


guarantors would display credit quality characteristics which would warrant a senior bond rating of Aor higher) or the direct credit support of an issuer or guarantor that possesses above average long-term fundamental operating and financing capabilities combined with ongoing excellent liquidity characteristics. Paper rated A-1 must have the following characteristics: liquidity ratios are adequate to meet cash requirements; long-term senior debt is rated A or better; the issuer has access to at least two additional channels of borrowing; basic earnings and cash flow have an upward trend with allowance made for unusual circumstances; typically, the issuer’s industry is well established and the issuer has a strong position within the industry; and the reliability and quality of management are unquestioned.

The rating Prime-1 is the highest commercial paper rating assigned by Moody’s. Among the factors considered by Moody’s in assigning ratings are the following: (a) evaluation of the management of the issuer; (b) economic evaluation of the issuer’s industry or industries and an appraisal of speculative-type risks which may be inherent in certain areas; (c) evaluation of the issuer’s products in relation to competition and customer acceptance; (d) liquidity; (e) amount and quality of long-term debt; (f) trend of earnings over a period of ten years; (g) financial strength of parent company and the relationships which exist with the issuer; and (h) recognition by the management of obligations which may be present or may arise as a result of public interest questions and preparations to meet such obligations.

Fitch, Inc. utilizes the rating F1+ to indicate issues regarded as having an exceptional capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. The rating F1 reflects an assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated F1+. The F2 rating indicates a satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; however, the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of higher ratings. When assigning ratings, Fitch considers the historical and prospective financial condition, quality of management, and operating performance of the issuer and of any guarantor. It also considers developments in the economic and political environment that might affect the issuer’s financial strength and credit quality.

Various Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations utilize rankings within ratings categories indicated by a + or -. The funds, in accordance with industry practice, recognize such ratings within categories as gradations, viewing for example S&P’s rating of A-1+ and A-1 as being in S&P’s highest rating category.

 

B-3


OTHER INFORMATION

Item 23. Exhibits

Unless otherwise noted, all references are to the Registrant’s initial registration statement on Form N-1A (the “Registration Statement”) as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on October 21, 1991 (File Nos. 33-43446 and 811-06444).

(a)(1) The Registrant’s Declaration of Trust dated as of October 2, 2006 is incorporated by reference to Post -Effective Amendment No. 70 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on April 13, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 70”).

(2) Designation of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interests in the Trust effective as of February 8, 2007 is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 70.

(3) Amended and Restated Designation of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interests in the Trust effective as of August 9, 2007 is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on August 24, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 72”).

(4) Amended and Restated Designation of Classes effective as of August 9, 2007 is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72.

(5) Amended and Restated Designation of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interests in the Trust and Amended and Restated Designation of Classes effective as of November 8, 2007 is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76 as filed with the SEC on November 30, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 76”).

(6) Amended and Restated Designation of Series of Shares of Beneficial Interests in the Trust effective as of February 7, 2008 is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 87 as filed with the SEC on February 15, 2008 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 87”).

(7) Amended and Restated Designation of Classes effective as of February 7, 2008 is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 87.

(b) The Registrant’s By-Laws dated October 4, 2006 are incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 70.

(c) Not Applicable.

(d)(1) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth Fund, and Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”) is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78 as filed with the SEC on December 14, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 78”).

(2) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Convertible Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(3) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Diversified Large Cap Growth Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(4) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Dividend Strategy Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(5) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(6) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Financial Services Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(7) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Fundamental Value Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.


(8) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners International All Cap Opportunity Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(9) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners All Cap Fund, and Legg Mason Capital Management Inc. (“LMCM”) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73 as filed with the SEC on August 27, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 73”).

(10) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Value Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(11) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(12) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(13) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(14) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Classic Values Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(15) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(16) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Global Equity Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73.

(17) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(18) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Large Cap Growth Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(19) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 100%, and LMPFA is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73.

(20) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 30%, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(21) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 50%, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(22) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 70%, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(23) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 85%, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(24) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Income Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(25) Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Mid Cap Core Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(26) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.


(27) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Core Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(28) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(29) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(30) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners 130/30 U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, and LMPFA, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72 as filed with the SEC on August 24, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 72”).

(31) Form of Management Agreement between the Registrant, on behalf of Legg Mason Partners U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, and LMPFA is incorporated by reference from Post-Effective Amendment No. 87.

(32) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (“ClearBridge”), with respect to Legg Mason Partners Aggressive Growth Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(33) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Convertible Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(34) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Diversified Large Cap Growth Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(35) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Dividend Strategy Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(36) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Legg Mason International Equities Limited (“LMIE”), with respect to Legg Mason Partners Emerging Markets Equity Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(37) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Barrett Associates, Inc. (“Barrett”), with respect to Legg Mason Partners Financial Services Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73.

(38) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Fundamental Value Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(39) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Brandywine Global Investment Management, LLC (“Brandywine”), with respect to Legg Mason Partners International All Cap Opportunity Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73.

(40) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Value Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(41) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(42) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(43) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between ClearBridge and Western Asset Management Company (“WAM”), with respect to Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73.

(44) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between WAM and Western Asset Management Company Limited (“WAML”), with respect to Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(45) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.


(46) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Olstein Capital Management, L.P. (“Olstein”), with respect to Legg Mason Partners Classic Values Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73.

(47) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(48) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc. (“Batterymarch”), with respect to Legg Mason Partners Global Equity Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73.

(49) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(50) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Large Cap Growth Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(51) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Legg Mason Global Asset Allocation, LLC (“LMGAA”), with respect to Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 100%, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement as filed with the SEC on November 1, 2007 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 74”).

(52) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 30%, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74.

(53) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 50%, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74.

(54) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 70%, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74.

(55) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Allocation 85%, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74.

(56) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and LMGAA, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Lifestyle Income Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74.

(57) Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Mid Cap Core Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(58) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Batterymarch, with respect to Legg Mason Partners S&P 500 Index Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(59) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Core Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(60) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and ClearBridge, with respect to Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 78.

(61) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Legg Mason Investment Counsel, LLC (“LMIC”), with respect to Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73.

(62) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Batterymarch, with respect to Legg Mason Partners 130/30 U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 72.

(63) Form of Subadvisory Agreement between LMPFA and Batterymarch, with respect to Legg Mason Partners U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund, is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 87.


(64) Form of Sub-Administration Agreement between LMCM and LMPFA with respect to Legg Mason Partners All Cap Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.

(e)(1) Form of Distribution Agreement with Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. (“CGMI”) is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 30 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on August 16, 2000 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 30”).

(2) Form of Distribution Agreement with PFS Distributors, Inc. (“PFS”) is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 30.

(3) Form of Amendment to the Distribution Agreement with Citigroup Global Markets, Inc. (“CGMI”), dated as of December 1, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 56 filed on January 27, 2006 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 56”).

(4) Form of Amendment of Distribution Agreement and Assumption of Duties and Responsibilities, among the Registrant, PFS Distributors, Inc. and PFS Investments, Inc. (“PFS”), dated as of December 1, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 56.

(5) Form of Distribution Agreement with Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC (“LMIS”) dated as of December 1, 2005 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 57 filed on March 30, 2006 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 57”).

(6) Letter Agreement amending the Distribution Agreements with LMIS dated April 5, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.

(7) Letter Agreement amending the Distribution Agreements with CGMI dated April 10, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.

(8) Letter Agreement amending the Distribution Agreements with PFS, dated April 6, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.

(f)(1) Emeritus Retirement Plan relating to certain funds, established effective as of January 1, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on December 5, 2006 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 60”).

(2) Amended and Restated Trustee Retirement Plan relating to certain funds dated as of January 1, 2005 (the “General Retirement Plan”), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 61.

(3) Legg Mason Investment Series (f/k/a Smith Barney Investment Series) Amended and Restated Trustees Retirement Plan dated as of January 1, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 61.

(4) Amendment to the General Retirement Plan and the Legg Mason Partners Investment Series Amended and Restated Trustees Retirement Plan is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 61.

(5) Amended and Restated Emeritus Retirement Plan relating to certain funds, established effective as of January 1, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 61.

(g)(1) Custodian Services Agreement with State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), dated January 1, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.

(2) Letter Agreement amending the Custodian Services Agreement with State Street, dated April 9, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.

(h)(1) Transfer Agency and Services Agreement dated January 1, 2006 between the Registrant and PFPC Inc. (“PFPC”) is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 56.

(2) Form of License Agreement between the Registrant and Legg Mason Properties, Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 58 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on April 28, 2006 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 58”).

(3) License Agreement between the Registrant and Citigroup Inc. dated December 1, 2005 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 58.


(4) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement Agreement is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 60.

(5) Letter Agreement amending the Transfer Agency and Services Agreement with PFPC Inc., dated April 9, 2007, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.

(6) Form of Fee Waiver and Expense Reimbursement Agreement with respect to Legg Mason Partners 130 /30 U.S. Large Cap Equity Fund is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.

(i)(1) Opinion of Counsel regarding legality of shares being registered is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed on December 6, 1991 (“Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1”).

(2) Legal Counsel’s consent is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 24 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on March 30, 1999 (“Post-Effective Amendment No. 24”).

(3) Opinion and Consent of Counsel regarding the legality of shares being registered is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 70.

(4) Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP regarding legality of Class FI, Class R and Class IS Shares being registered is filed herewith.

(5) Opinion of Venable LLP regarding legality of Class FI, Class R and Class IS Shares being registered is filed herewith.

(j)(1) Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is to be filed by amendment.

(2) Power of Attorney dated February 7, 2008 is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 83.

(k) Not Applicable.

(l) Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Shearson Lehman Brothers Inc. is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1.

(m)(1) Amended Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan relating to Class A, B, C, FI, R and I Shares is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 74.

(2) Amended Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan relating to Class A, B, C, FI, R and I Shares is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 81 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the SEC on January 29, 2008.

(3) Amended Shareholder Services and Distribution Plan relating to Class A, B, C, FI, R I and IS Shares dated as of February 7, 2008 is incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 86, as filed with the SEC on February 15, 2008.

(n)(1) Rule 18f-3(d) Multiple Class Plan of the Registrant pursuant to Rule 18f-3 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 76.

(o) Not Applicable.

(p)(1) Code of Ethics of Citigroup Asset Management—North America and Certain Registered Investment Companies, as amended September 13, 2005 (adopted by LMPFA and ClearBridge), is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 56.

(2) Code of Ethics of LMIS dated December 1, 2005 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 56.

(3) Code of Ethics of Barrett dated December 15, 2005 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 61.

(4) Code of Ethics of LMIE is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 61.

(5) Code of Ethics of Batterymarch dated February 1, 2005 is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 61.

(6) Code of Ethics of Brandywine to be filed by amendment.


(7) Code of Ethics of WAM and WAML dated as of February, 2005, is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 62.

(8) Code of Ethics of LMIC is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 62.

(9) Code of Ethics of Olstein to be filed by amendment.

(10) Code of Ethics of LMCM is incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 73.

(11) Code of Ethics of LMGAA to be filed by amendment.

Item 24. Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant

Not Applicable.

Item 25. Indemnification

The response to this item is incorporated herein by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1.

The directors and officers of the Registrant and the personnel of the Registrant’s manager are insured under an errors and omissions liability insurance policy. The Registrant and its officers are also insured under the fidelity bond required by Rule 17g-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Reference is hereby made to (a) paragraph 9 of the Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC, incorporated by reference herein.

Item 26. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

Investment Adviser—Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC (“LMPFA”)

LMPFA was formed in 2006 under the laws of the State of Delaware as a limited liability company. LMPFA is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason, Inc. (“Legg Mason”).

LMPFA is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The list required by this Item 26 of officers and directors of LMPFA together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by LMPFA pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (SEC File No. 801-66785).

Investment Adviser—Legg Mason Capital Management, Inc. (“LMCM”)

LMCM was formed in 1982 under the laws of the State of Maryland as a corporation. LMCM is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

LMCM is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The list required by this Item 26 of officers and directors of LMCM together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by LMCM pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (SEC File No. 801-18115).

Subadviser—ClearBridge Advisors, LLC (formerly known as CAM North America, LLC) (“ClearBridge”)

ClearBridge was organized under the laws of the State of Delaware as a limited liability company. ClearBridge is a direct wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

ClearBridge is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The list required by this Item 26 of officers and directors of ClearBridge together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by ClearBridge pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (SEC File No. 801-64710).


Subadviser—Barrett Associates, Inc. (“Barrett”)

Barrett was organized under the laws of the State of New York as a corporation. Barrett is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

Barrett is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The list required by this Item 26 of officers and directors of Barrett together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by Barrett pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (SEC File No. 801- 831).

Subadviser—Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc. (“Batterymarch”)

Batterymarch was organized under the laws of the State of Maryland as a corporation. Batterymarch is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

Batterymarch is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The list required by this Item 26 of officers and directors of Batterymarch together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by Batterymarch pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (SEC File No. 801- 48035).

Subadviser—Brandywine Global Investment Management, LLC (“Brandywine”)

Brandywine was organized under the laws of the State of Delaware as a limited liability corporation. Brandywine is a wholly owned subsidiary of Legg Mason. Brandywine is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The list required by this Item 26 of officers and directors of Brandywine together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by Brandywine pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (SEC File No. 801-27797).

Subadviser—Legg Mason International Equities Limited (“LMIE”)

The list required by this Item 26 of officers and directors of LMIE, together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by LMIE pursuant to the Advisers Act (SEC File No. 801-57655).

Subadviser—Legg Mason Global Asset Allocation, LLC (“LMGAA”).

LMGAA is organized under the laws of the State of Delaware as a limited liability company. LMGAA is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

LMGAA is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The list required by this Item 26 of officers and directors of LMGAA together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by LMGAA pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (SEC File No. 801-67287).

Subadviser—Legg Mason Investment Counsel, LLC (“LMIC”)

LMIC is organized under the laws of the State of Maryland as a limited liability company. LMIC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

LMIC is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. The list required by this Item 26 of officers and directors of LMIC together with information as to any other business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature engaged in by such officers and directors during the past two years, is incorporated by reference to Schedules A and D of Form ADV filed by LMIC pursuant to the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (SEC File No. 801-63656).


Subadviser—Western Asset Management Company (“WAM”) is an investment adviser registered with the SEC under the Advisers Act. The following is a list of other substantial business activities in which directors, officers or partners of WAM have been engaged as director, officer, employee, partner, or trustee.

 

Peter L. Bain

  

Director, WAM

  

Director, LMFM

  

Manager, Brandywine

  

Senior Executive Vice President, Legg Mason, Inc.

  

Director, Nova Scotia

  

Vice President and Director, BMML

  

Director, LMCM

  

Director, Bartlett

  

Director, Berkshire

  

Director, LM Funding

  

Director, LM Properties

  

Director, LMRG

  

Director, LM Tower

  

Director, PCM I

  

Director, PCM II

  

Manager, Royce

  

Director, Western Asset Management Company Limited

James W. Hirschmann III

  

Director, WAM

  

Director, Western Asset Management Company Limited

D. Daniel Fleet

  

President and CEO, WAM

Gavin L. James

  

Director of Global Client Services, WAM

  

Senior Executive Officer, Western Asset Management Company Limited

Gregory McShea

  

General Counsel and Secretary, WAM

  

General Counsel and Secretary, Western Asset Management

  

Company Limited

WAM is located at 385 East Colorado Boulevard, Pasadena, CA 91101.

Subadviser—Western Asset Management Limited (“WAML”) was incorporated under the laws of England as a corporation. WAML is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Legg Mason.

WAML is registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act.

The following is a list of other substantial business activities in which directors, officers or partners of WAML have been engaged as director, officer, employee, partner, or trustee.

 

Peter L. Bain

  

Director, WAML

  

Director, LMCM


  

Manager, Brandywine

  

Senior Executive Vice President, Legg Mason

  

Director, Nova Scotia

  

Director, LMFM

  

Director, Barrett

  

Director, Bartlett

  

Director, Berkshire

  

Director, LM Funding

  

Director, LM Properties

  

Director, LMRG

  

Director, LM Tower

  

Director, PCM I

  

Director, PCM II

  

Manager, Royce

  

Director, WAM

James W. Hirschmann III   

Director, WAML

  

President, Legg Mason, Inc.

  

Director, WAM

Gavin L. James   

Senior Executive Officer, WAML

  

Director of Global Client Services, WAM

Gregory B. McShea   

General Counsel and CCO, WAML

  

General Counsel and CCO, WAM

Item 27. Principal Underwriter

(a) LMIS, the distributor of the Registrant, is the distributor for each series of the registrants listed: Legg Mason Partners Premium Money Market Trust, Legg Mason Partners Institutional Trust, Legg Mason Partners Money Market Trust, Legg Mason Partners Variable Equity Trust, Barrett Opportunity Fund, Inc., Legg Mason Partners Variable Income Trust, Legg Mason Partners Income Trust, Legg Mason Cash Reserve Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Charles Street Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Global Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Growth Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Income Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Investment Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Investors Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Light Street Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Special Investment Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Tax Exempt Trust, Inc., Legg Mason Tax-Free Income Fund, Legg Mason Value Trust, Inc., Western Asset Funds, Inc.

LMIS is the placement agent for Institutional Enhanced Portfolio, Prime Cash Reserves Portfolio, U.S. Treasury Reserves Portfolio, Tax Free Reserves Portfolio and Liquid Reserves Portfolio.

 

(b) The information required by this Item 27 with respect to each director and officer of LMIS is listed below:

C. J. Daley – Managing Director

Mark R. Fetting – Managing Director

D. Stuart Bowers – Vice President

W. Talbot Daley – Vice President

Thomas J. Hirschmann – Vice President

Joseph M. Furey – General Counsel and Chief Compliance Officer

Ronald Holinsky – Counsel


Robert E. Patterson – Counsel

Theresa M. Silberzahn – Chief Financial Officer

Elisabeth F. Craig – AML Compliance Officer and Director of Continuing Education

All Addresses are 100 Light Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.

(c) Not applicable.

Item 28. Location of Accounts and Records

With respect to the Registrant:

(1) Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust

125 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

With respect to the Registrant’s Investment Managers:

(2) c/o Legg Mason Partners Fund Advisor, LLC

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

(3) Legg Mason Capital Management, Inc.

100 Light Street

Baltimore, MD 21202

With respect to the Registrant’s Subadvisers:

(4) c/o Legg Mason International Equities Limited

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

(5) Barrett Associates, Inc.

90 Park Avenue

34 th Floor

New York, NY 10016

(6) Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc.

John Hancock Tower

200 Clarendon Street

Boston, MA 02116

(7) c/o ClearBridge Advisors, LLC

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

(8) c/o Legg Mason Global Asset Allocation, LLC

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

(9) c/o Western Asset Management Company and Western Asset Management Company Limited

620 Eighth Avenue

New York, NY 10018

(10) c/o Legg Mason Investment Counsel, LLC

100 Light Street

Baltimore, MD 21202

(11) Olstein & Associates, L.P.

105 Corporate Park Drive

White Plains, NY 10604


(12) Brandywine Global Investment Management, LLC

2929 Arch Street, 8th Floor

Philadelphia, PA 19104

With respect to the Registrant’s Custodian:

(13) State Street Bank and Trust Company

One Lincoln Street

Boston, MA 02111

With respect to the Registrant’s Transfer Agent:

(14) PFPC Inc.

4400 Computer Drive

Westborough, MA 01581

With respect to the Registrant’s Distributor:

(15) Legg Mason Investor Services, LLC

100 Light Street

Baltimore, MD 21202

Item 29. Management Services

Not applicable.

Item 30. Undertakings

Not applicable.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant, LEGG MASON PARTNERS EQUITY TRUST, has duly caused this Post-Effective Amendment to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York on this 26th day of February, 2008.

LEGG MASON PARTNERS EQUITY TRUST , on behalf of Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund, Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund, Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund, Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund, Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund, Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund and Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund.

 

By:  

/s/ R. Jay Gerken*

  R. Jay Gerken
  President and Principal Executive Officer

WITNESS our hands on the date set forth below.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Post-Effective Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated below on February 26, 2008.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/ R. Jay Gerken*

   President, Principal Executive Officer and Trustee
R. Jay Gerken   

/s/ Kaprel Ozsolak

   Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer
Kaprel Ozsolak   

/s/ Paul R. Ades*

   Trustee
Paul R. Ades   

/s/ Andrew L. Breech*

   Trustee
Andrew L. Breech   

/s/ Dwight B. Crane*

   Trustee
Dwight B. Crane   

/s/ Robert M. Frayn, Jr.*

   Trustee
Robert M. Frayn, Jr.   

/s/ Frank G. Hubbard*

   Trustee
Frank G. Hubbard   

/s/ Howard J. Johnson*

   Trustee
Howard J. Johnson   


/s/ David E. Maryatt*

   Trustee
David E. Maryatt   

/s/ Jerome H. Miller*

   Trustee
Jerome H. Miller   

/s/ Ken Miller*

   Trustee
Ken Miller   

/s/ John J. Murphy*

   Trustee
John J. Murphy   

/s/ Thomas F. Schlafly*

   Trustee
Thomas F. Schlafly   

/s/ Jerry A. Viscione*

   Trustee
Jerry A. Viscione   

 

*By:  

/s/ Rosemary D. Emmens

  Rosemary D. Emmens

 

* Attorney-in-Fact, pursuant to Power of Attorney dated February 7, 2008.


EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

 

Description of Exhibit

(i)(4)   Opinion of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP regarding legality of Class FI, Class R and Class IS shares
(i)(5)   Opinion of Venable LLP regarding legality of Class FI, Class R and Class IS shares

LETTERHEAD OF WILLKIE FARR & GALLAGHER LLP

February 26, 2008

Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust

125 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested us, as counsel to Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust (the “Trust”), a Maryland business trust, to furnish you with this opinion in connection with the Trust’s filing of Post-Effective Amendment No. 90 (the “Amendment”) to its Registration Statement on Form N-1A (Securities Act File No. 033-43446 and Investment Company Act File No. 811-06444) (the “Registration Statement”). The Amendment is being filed to register an indefinite number of shares (the “Shares”) of beneficial interest, par value $0.00001 per share, classified in three classes designated as (i) Class FI, (ii) Class R and (iii) Class IS of each series of the Trust listed on Schedule I hereto (collectively, the “Funds”).

We have examined copies of the Declaration of Trust and By-Laws of the Trust, as amended, the Funds’ prospectuses (the “Prospectuses”) and statements of additional information (the “Statements of Additional Information”) included in the Amendment, all resolutions (the “Resolutions”) adopted by the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) with respect to the Shares, consents of the Board and other records, documents and papers that we have deemed necessary for the purpose of this opinion. We have also examined such other statutes and authorities as we have deemed necessary to form a basis for the opinion hereinafter expressed.

In our examination of material, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to original documents of all copies submitted to us. As to various questions of fact material to our opinion, we have relied upon statements and certificates of officers and representatives of the Trust and others.

Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the issuance of the Shares has been duly authorized and, when and if issued and delivered against payment of net asset value therefor in accordance with the Resolutions and the Prospectuses, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, assuming that the Resolutions of the Board authorizing the issuance of the shares that are in effect on the date hereof have not been modified or withdrawn and are in full force and effect on the date of issuance.

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Amendment, to the reference to us in the Statements of Additional Information and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to any application made by or on behalf of the Trust or any distributor or dealer in connection with the registration or qualification of the Funds or the Shares under the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction.


Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust

February 26, 2008

Page 2

 

We are members of the Bar of the State of New York only and do not opine as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York and the federal laws of the United States, and the opinions set forth above are, accordingly, limited to the laws of those jurisdictions. As to matters governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, we have relied upon the opinion of Venable LLP (which is attached hereto).

 

Very truly yours,
/s/ Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP


Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust

February 26, 2008

Page 3

 

SCHEDULE I

Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund: Class IS

Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund: Class FI and Class R

Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund: Class FI, Class R and Class IS

Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund: Class FI and Class R

Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund: Class FI, Class R and Class IS

Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund: Class IS

Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund: Class FI and Class R

LOGO

February 26, 2008

Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust

125 Broad Street

New York, NY 10004

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

787 Seventh Avenue

New York, New York 10019-6099

 

  Re: Registration Statement on Form N-1A:

1933 Act File No. 033-43446

1940 Act File No. 811-06444

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We have served as Maryland counsel to Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust, a Maryland business trust (the “Trust”), in connection with certain matters of Maryland law arising out of the registration and issuance of an indefinite number of shares (the “Shares”) of beneficial interest, par value $.00001 per share, classified and designated as the classes of the series of the Trust listed on Schedule I hereto (collectively, the “Funds”), covered by the above-referenced Registration Statement (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Registration Statement.

In connection with our representation of the Trust, and as a basis for the opinion hereinafter set forth, we have examined originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of the following documents (hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Documents”):

1. The Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information with respect to each of the Funds, which form part of the Registration Statement, substantially in the form transmitted to the Commission under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act;

2. The Certificate of Trust of the Trust, certified as of a recent date by the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (the “SDAT”);


Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

February 26, 2008

Page 2

 

3. The Declaration of Trust of the Trust, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Trust;

4. The Bylaws of the Trust, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Trust;

5. A certificate of the SDAT as to the good standing of the Trust, dated as of a recent date;

6. Resolutions adopted by the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Resolutions”) relating to the authorization of the sale and issuance of the Shares in a continuous public offering, certified as of the date hereof by an officer of the Trust;

7. A certificate executed by an officer of the Trust, dated as of the date hereof; and

8. Such other documents and matters as we have deemed necessary or appropriate to express the opinion set forth below, subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein.

In expressing the opinion set forth below, we have assumed the following:

1. Each individual executing any of the Documents, whether on behalf of such individual or any other person, is legally competent to do so.

2. Each individual executing any of the Documents on behalf of a party (other than the Trust) is duly authorized to do so.

3. Each of the parties (other than the Trust) executing any of the Documents has duly and validly executed and delivered each of the Documents to which such party is a signatory, and such party’s obligations set forth therein are legal, valid and binding and are enforceable in accordance with all stated terms.

4. All Documents submitted to us as originals are authentic. The form and content of all Documents submitted to us as drafts do not differ in any respect relevant to this opinion from the form and content of such Documents as executed and delivered or approved in final form. All Documents submitted to us as certified or photostatic copies conform to the


Legg Mason Partners Equity Trust

Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP

February 26, 2008

Page 3

 

original documents. All signatures on all such Documents are genuine. All public records reviewed or relied upon by us or on our behalf are true and complete. All representations, warranties, statements and information contained in the Documents are true and complete. There has been no oral or written modification of or amendment to any of the Documents, and there has been no waiver of any provision of any of the Documents, by action or omission of the parties or otherwise, in each case in any respect relevant to this opinion.

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the assumptions, limitations and qualifications stated herein, it is our opinion that:

1. The Trust is a business trust duly formed and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of Maryland and is in good standing with the SDAT.

2. The issuance of the Shares has been duly authorized and, when and if issued and delivered against payment of net asset value therefor in accordance with the Resolutions and the Registration Statement, the Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

The foregoing opinion is limited to the substantive laws of the State of Maryland and we do not express any opinion herein concerning any other law. We express no opinion as to compliance with federal or state securities laws, including the securities laws of the State of Maryland, or the 1940 Act.

The opinion expressed herein is limited to the matters specifically set forth herein and no other opinion shall be inferred beyond the matters expressly stated. We assume no obligation to supplement this opinion if any applicable law changes after the date hereof or if we become aware of any fact that might change the opinion expressed herein after the date hereof.

This opinion is being furnished to you for submission to the Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the 1933 Act.

Very truly yours,


SCHEDULE I

 

Series   Class
Legg Mason Partners Appreciation Fund   IS
Legg Mason Partners Capital and Income Fund   R, FI
Legg Mason Partners Capital Fund   R, FI, IS
Legg Mason Partners Equity Fund   R, FI
Legg Mason Partners Investors Value Fund   R, FI, IS
Legg Mason Partners Small Cap Growth Fund   IS
Legg Mason Partners Social Awareness Fund   R, FI